Conference Agenda
Overview and details of the sessions of this conference. Please select a date or location to show only sessions at that day or location. Please select a single session for detailed view (with abstracts and downloads if available).
Please note that all times are shown in the time zone of the conference. The current conference time is: 8th Sept 2026, 23:20:46 EET
|
Daily Overview |
| Date: Monday, 17/Aug/2026 | |
| 8:30 - 9:15 | 99 ERC SES 00: Welcoming Newcomers to ERC Location: Café & Aula Toivo | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Lisa Bugno Session Chair: Elif Tugce Gezer Ceremony |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Welcoming Newcomers to ERC University of Padua (Italy), Italy Presenting Author:The Newcomers' Welcome will serve as a warm welcome into the inclusive ERC community as well as an important gathering designed to ensure a fruitful conference experience for all attendees. |
| 9:00 - 17:00 | 00 SES 0.5 WS X: Side event: Physical Education Curriculum Learning Across European Borders Location: Lyhty | Main building | Courtyard Side Event |
| 9:15 - 9:45 | 99 ERC SES 01 A: ERC Opening Ceremony Location: Main Auditorium | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Ineke Pit-ten Cate Ceremony |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies ERC Opening Ceremony 1: University of Padua (Italy), Italy; 2: University of Luxembourg, Luxembourg; 3: Norwegian University of Science and Tech, Norway; 4: Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:EERA and the local organisers in Tampete would like to welcome participants to the Emerging Researchers' Conference 2026. |
| 9:45 - 10:45 | 99 ERC SES 02 A: ERC Keynote Richard Budd Location: Main Auditorium | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Lisa Bugno Keynote |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper ERC Keynote Budd: Making Space for Socially Just Academic Practice Lancaster University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:As educational researchers our work often focuses on, and unveils, problems related to social inequalities in our curriculum and teaching practices, policies and funding, and working or learning conditions. While these play out varyingly across national and organisational contexts, the broader trends are still recognisable. We can generally see, for example, how academic selectivity operates in tension with inclusion, and that intellectual canons often exclude enriching, alternative perspectives. Similarly, drives towards efficiency may sideline deeper, slower forms of knowledge co-production, and excessive standardisation inhibits our capacity for the bespoke. In combination, this means that our educational systems are invariably somewhat dysfunctional, riven with entrenched structural barriers to acting and thinking as we might want to, even obscuring the exploration of better ways of doing things. The question within this is can we, as practitioners, reconcile these contradictions and in doing so promote greater equity and decency? If so, how? This keynote first of all highlights the range of impediments to social justice that we face in education as a whole and in higher education in particular, recognising where these pressures stem from and how they are manifest. More importantly, though, it identifies where we can find and create gaps for making meaningful and positive differences in our teaching, research, and academic citizenship. Some of these can feel insignificant; on an individual basis they may be, but they can also have very real impact while cumulatively constituting – and contributing to – something far bigger. Others are more profound, and as we progress in our careers, the opportunities for making more space and fostering more fundamental changes will present themselves. In short, we start small and never stop, and through collaboration, reflection, and a little extra effort where possible, we get closer to the higher education we imagined was there. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
| 10:45 - 11:15 | ERC Break A Paper Session |
| 11:15 - 12:45 | 99 ERC SES 03 A: Ignite Talks Location: D11 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Natasha Ziebell Ignite Talk Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk Artificial Intelligence in Higher Education: A Pedagogical and Didactical Inquiry into Adoption, Ethics, and Disciplinary Practice in Human-Machine Interaction Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway Presenting Author:The rapid expansion of artificial intelligence (AI), particularly generative AI, is reshaping teaching and learning practices in higher education across Europe and internationally. Universities increasingly adopt AI-driven systems for assessment, feedback, tutoring, and content generation, often justified through discourses of efficiency, personalization, and innovation (Azhar et al., 2025; Vieira et al., 2025). Despite this rapid uptake, recent systematic reviews show that research on AI in higher education remains dominated by application oriented and technology-acceptance approaches, with limited attention to pedagogy, disciplinary knowledge practices, and epistemological implications (Bond et al., 2024; Yan et al., 2024). This PhD-in-progress addresses this gap by examining AI integration as a pedagogical and didactical issue rather than a purely technical one. The study is situated within a European higher education context, where AI adoption intersects with long-standing didactical traditions, disciplinary autonomy, and emerging debates on responsible and human-centered AI. It adopts the premise that higher education is not reducible to information transfer or skills acquisition but involves inducting students into disciplinary ways of knowing: how knowledge is constructed, validated, interpreted, and judged within academic fields. Teaching is therefore simultaneously pedagogical and epistemological, as instructional decisions embody assumptions about what counts as legitimate knowledge and understanding. Emerging research indicates that engagement with generative AI varies substantially across disciplines, reflecting differences in epistemological commitments and pedagogical traditions (Qu et al., 2024). In science-based and technical disciplines, AI use is often framed as supporting efficiency, optimization, and procedural correctness (Kotsis, 2025). Humanities, social sciences, and professional fields report stronger concerns regarding judgement, originality, and the epistemic status of AI-generated outputs. While some case-based studies suggest that generative AI can support higher-order thinking when embedded in carefully designed pedagogical strategies (Fan et al., 2025), other research highlights risk of overreliance, weakened pedagogical relationships, and diminished human judgement when AI substitutes rather than supports teaching and learning processes (Crawford et al., 2024). Recent conceptualizations of AI as a ‘collaborative co-agent’ in education (Katsenou et al., 2025) further intensify these concerns by challenging traditional notions of epistemic authority and responsibility. Similarly, studies of AI-supported relational learning point to alternative design logics that move beyond efficiency yet remain under-theorized from a didactical and epistemological perspective (Bornemann et al., 2025). Together, these developments underline the need for a discipline-sensitive investigation of how AI enters pedagogical relationships and reconfigures authority, validation, and participation in knowledge practices. Accordingly, the study addresses three research questions: 1. How does the adoption and integration of AI tools in higher education teaching practices shape disciplinary epistemologies and knowledge-making practices? 2. How are pedagogical relationships and epistemic authority reconfigured through human-machine interaction in teaching and learning contexts? 3. What ethical-epistemic principles can guide AI implementation while preserving pedagogical integrity, human agency, and disciplinary responsibility? The theoretical framework integrates socio-constructivist learning theory (Vygotsky & Cole, 1978) with classical didactics, particularly the didactic triangle (teacher-student-content), understood as an epistemic relationship through which students are initiated into disciplinary knowledge practices (Kansanen, 2009; Klafki, 2012). To analyze how educators negotiate AI integration across disciplines, the study also draws on the Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge (TPACK) framework as an organizing lens (Mishra & Koehler, 2006). AI adoption is thus conceptualized as a process of pedagogical and epistemological reconfiguration rather than simple technological uptake. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative, multi-phase research design. Purposeful maximum-variation sampling will be used to recruit approximately 20 - 25 faculty members across four disciplinary clusters: STEM, humanities, social sciences, and professional programs. Within each cluster, participants will vary in their engagement with AI (enthusiastic adopters, cautious users, and critical resisters), career stage, and pedagogical orientation. This sampling strategy enables analysis of how disciplinary epistemologies shape AI integration practices. This project is currently on the first study. Interviews will explore how participants conceptualize disciplinary knowledge, current or emerging uses of AI in teaching, perceptions of student learning and judgement, and ethical concerns such as over-reliance, academic integrity, and epistemic responsibility. Document analysis will include curricula, program descriptions, learning outcomes, and assessment criteria to identify formalized epistemic expectations and how AI related practices align with or challenge them. Data will be analyzed using reflexive thematic analysis, combining deductive coding informed by the theoretical framework with inductive theme development. Cross-case analysis will be used to identify patterns and construct a typology of disciplinary AI integration practices. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to generate three interrelated outcomes. First, it will develop a discipline-sensitive typology of AI integration that clarifies how different academic fields interpret the pedagogical and epistemological legitimacy of AI use. This typology will identify where AI aligns with disciplinary standards of knowledge and where it introduces epistemic tensions, extending existing research on disciplinary differences in generative AI engagement (Qu et al., 2024). Second, the study will offer empirically grounded insights into how human-machine interaction reshapes pedagogical relationships and epistemic authority. Rather than treating AI as inherently beneficial or detrimental, the findings will describe how different configurations of authority and judgement emerge within the didactic triangle: when teachers retain epistemic authority, when students delegate judgement to AI systems, and when AI outputs implicitly function as mediators of correctness. These findings respond to concerns about the substitution of human interaction and its implications for student development and educational relationships (Crawford et al., 2024). Third, the project will articulate ethical-epistemic principles for AI implementation grounded in disciplinary contexts and everyday teaching practice. These principles will provide guidance on preserving student agencies, aligning assessment with disciplinary epistemic goals, and supporting pedagogically responsible AI use. The findings are intended to contribute to European debates on AI in higher education by offering pedagogically grounded insights applicable across diverse national systems and institutional contexts (Bond et al., 2024; Yan et al., 2024). References Azhar, A., Parveen, K., & Saleem, M. (2025). Artificial intelligence for enhancing teaching and learning practices in higher education. https://doi.org/10.63468/sshrr.102 Bond, M., Khosravi, H., De Laat, M., Bergdahl, N., Negrea, V., Oxley, E., Pham, P., Chong, S. W., & Siemens, G. (2024). A meta-systematic review of artificial intelligence in higher education: A call for increased ethics, collaboration, and rigour. International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 21(1), 4. https://doi.org/10.1186/s41239-023- 00436-z Bornemann, M., Hartlieb, E., & Rausch, A. (2025). AI-supported learning for relational capital development: A case study in higher education. Proceedings of the European Conference on Knowledge Management, 26(1). https://doi.org/10.34190/eckm.26.1.3998 Crawford, J., Allen, K.-A., Pani, B., & Cowling, M. (2024). When artificial intelligence substitutes humans in higher education: The cost of loneliness, student success, and retention. Studies in Higher Education, 49(5), 883–897. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2024.2326956 Fan, Y., Wang, Z., Chawla, N. V., & Zheng, L. (2025). Developing students’ higher-order thinking skills with generative AI: Insights and strategies from a case study. In Advances in Computational Intelligence and Robotics. https://doi.org/10.4018/979-8-3693-7332-3.ch024 Gunder, A., Kohnke, L., & Moorhouse, B. L. (2025). Bridging borders: Global faculty learning communities on AI for transforming teaching and learning. Ubiquity Proceedings. https://doi.org/10.5334/uproc.185 Kansanen, P. (2009). The curious affair of pedagogical content knowledge. Orbis Scholae, 3(2), 5–18. Katsenou, A., Filippidis, S. K., & Tzafilkou, K. (2025). Beyond assistance: Embracing AI as a collaborative co-agent in education. Education Sciences, 15(8), 1006. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci15081006 Klafki, W. (2012). Didaktik analysis as the core of preparation of instruction. In Teaching as a Reflective Practice (pp. 139–159). Routledge. Kotsis, K. (2025). Integrating artificial intelligence into higher education curricula: Challenges and opportunities for science-based programs. https://doi.org/10.54660/ijaiet.2025.6.1.04-12 Mishra, P., & Koehler, M. J. (2006). Technological pedagogical content knowledge: A framework for teacher knowledge. Teachers College Record, 108(6), 1017–1054. Qu, Y., Tan, M. X. Y., & Wang, J. (2024). Disciplinary differences in undergraduate students’ engagement with generative artificial intelligence. Smart Learning Environments, 11(1), 51. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40561-024-00341-6 Vieira, C., Figueiredo, M., & Pereira, A. (2025). Generative artificial intelligence in higher education: Challenges, opportunities and pedagogical implications. RTIC – Revista de Tecnologias, Informação e Comunicação. https://doi.org/10.55267/rtic/16675 Vygotsky, L. S., & Cole, M. (1978). Mind in society: Development of higher psychological processes. Harvard University Press. Yan, L., Sha, L., Zhao, L., Martinez-Maldonado, R., Chen, G., Li, X., Jin, Y., & Gašević, D. (2024). Practical and ethical challenges of large language models in education. British Journal of Educational Technology, 55(1), 90–112. https://doi.org/10.1111/bjet.13366 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk Autistic Peer Support Groups in Higher Education: Insights into Experiences and Impacts on Student Engagement Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:Autistic students in higher education (HE) frequently demonstrate strengths that are highly valuable for academic success - deep focus, attention to detail, creativity, persistence, and strong technological skills (e.g. Anderson et al., 2017). Yet, they also face distinct challenges related amongst others to social interaction, executive functioning, sensory processing and time management. These challenges can translate into lower grades, delayed progress, and dropout risk (e.g. Duerksen et. al, 2017; Cai & Richdale, 2016). Simultaneously, autism diagnoses in adulthood are rising (O’Nions et al., 2023), while the number of autistic students in HE institutes has likewise increased internationally (Higher Education Statistics Agency – HESA, 2024; White et al., 2011). Universities worldwide must therefore be prepared to respond to more diverse learner needs with effective, research-informed supports. Existing HE supports for autistic students predominantly emphasize individualized accommodations. While important, these do not fully address social participation, sense of belonging, or community integration - factors tightly coupled with student engagement and retention (Korhonen et al., 2024). Peer support is a promising but underexplored modality in HE for autistic students. Studies so far mostly report “peers” as neurotypical mentors, which can overlook the core peer-support principle of shared lived experience. Exploring, developing and suggesting solutions might be challenging, if the supporting peer has problems empathizing and understanding the autistic experience, often calling for divergent learning and coping strategies (Bertilsdotter Rosqvist et al., 2019). Recent research furthermore indicates a communicative mismatch between autistic and non-autistic people (Milton, 2012; Crompton et al., 2020), which may lower efficiency of social interaction and weaken the experience of support. In contrast, autistic-to-autistic peer support may strengthen belonging, enable the exchange of experiential knowledge, and foster the development of autistic know-how and practices for learning. This study forms one component of an exploratory qualitative PhD project investigating peer support groups for autistic students at Tampere University. It focuses on two key areas and asks: (1) what are autistic students’ experiences and perceptions of participating in these groups, and (2) in what ways has peer support influenced students’ overall engagement in their studies. The broader PhD project also includes two further studies, examining autistic social communication and interaction, as well as processes of knowledge and community building that emerge in peer support group settings. Together, the three parts provide a comprehensive account of the functioning of peer support groups for autistic students and of the outcomes and meanings they generate. As this research will focus on group support in HE, a useful theoretical base for this study will consist of community of practice theory (Wenger, 1998), which emphasizes the meaning and importance of community and social involvement for learning. Developed from this theory is a model of student engagement in HE by Korhonen et al. (2024), tying together individual and collective level factors relevant for successful study progress and student wellbeing. Most autistic students’ challenges fall into the categories important for student engagement to happen, e.g. developing academic skills, finding and clarifying the meaning of their studies, participating safely in their peer communities and experiencing socially constructed practices for supporting them. This will evidently have an effect for their student identity and sense of belonging. This model will therefore offer a suitable framework for investigating the effects of peer support groups on autistic students’ engagement. The study furthermore follows an enactive approach to social cognition and interaction (De Jaegher & Di Paolo, 2007). Following contemporary recommendations, this research takes a neurodiversity affirming and non-pathologizing approach, as well as the viewpoint of the social model of disability, which highlights society’s responsibility in creating disabling barriers for people with different kinds of impairments. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is part of a larger project with two separate methods for data collection. The first part of the data collection was completed during October-November 2025 and consisted of video recordings of professionally-led peer support group sessions, exclusively targeting autistic students, with either medical diagnosis or autistic self-identification. The data for the study to be presented is being collected during spring 2026 and consists of individual in-depth semi-structured interviews with autistic students, who either participated in the group mentioned above or in peer support groups for neurodivergent students at Tampere University. A target sample of 10 participants has been set, of which 5 interviews has been held or arranged by abstract submission. The semi-structured interviews will explore students’ motivations, experiences and perceptions of peer support group participation, including autistic social interaction and the sharing of strategies and learning from peers. They will furthermore examine perceived outcomes for student engagement, such as the meaning of studies, academic skills, participation, sense of belonging, and identity. The data will be analysed using reflexive thematic analysis, to develop patterns of experiences and perceived impacts on student engagement, using Braun & Clarke’s (Braun & Clarke, 2022) guidance. During both recruitment and interviews, the specific accessibility needs of autistic participants are carefully considered. For example, participants are offered multiple options for how they wish to take part in the interviews (face-to-face or online). Ethical approval for the study has been granted by the Ethics Committee of the Tampere Region. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study will generate new knowledge on autistic students lived experiences of autistic peer group support in HE and how participation has influenced students’ engagement, wellbeing, and study progression. By foregrounding autistic students’ first-person accounts, the research provides empirical insight into how peer groups can offer safety, recognition, and shared understanding that are often difficult to achieve in the social environment of HE or through non-autistic peer support. The findings will identify key mechanisms through which these groups support student engagement, such as strengthened sense of belonging, validation of autistic communication and learning practices, and the exchange of practical strategies for navigating academic demands. The study contributes theoretically by extending Communities of Practice theory (Wenger, 1998) into an autistic peer context, illustrating how autistic students form meaningful learning communities that support identity development and sustained study participation. In addition, by applying Korhonen et al.’s (2024) model of student engagement, the study will highlight which individual- and community-level processes, such as regulation of study habits, sense-making around academic purpose, and socially co-constructed support practices are particularly relevant for autistic learners. The research further advances work on the double empathy problem by demonstrating how autistic-to-autistic interaction creates communicative attunement and reduces social friction in a university context. Finally, the study will yield insights for HE institutions aiming to strengthen autistic students’ retention and wellbeing beyond individual accommodations and by promoting autistic peer support as well as autistic community. References Anderson, A. H., Stephenson, J., & Carter, M. (2017). A systematic literature review of the experiences and supports of students with autism spectrum disorder in post-secondary education. Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders, 39, 33–53. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rasd.2017.04.002 Bertilsdotter Rosqvist, H. (2019). Knowing what to do: Exploring meanings of development and peer support aimed at people with autism. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23(2), 174–187. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2018.1427807 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. SAGE Publications. Cai, R. Y., & Richdale, A. L. (2016). Educational experiences and needs of HE students with ASD. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 46(1), 31–41. Crompton, C. J., Ropar, D., Evans-Williams, C. V., et al. (2020). Autistic peer-to-peer information transfer is highly effective. Autism, 24(7), 1704–1711. De Jaegher, H., & Di Paolo, E. (2007). Participatory sense-making. Phenomenology and the Cognitive Sciences, 6(4), 485–507. Duerksen, K., Besney, R., Ames, M., & McMorris, C. A. (2021). Supporting autistic adults in postsecondary settings: Peer mentorship review. Autism in Adulthood, 3(1), 85–99. Higher Education Statistics Agency – HESA (2024): Table 15—UK domiciled student enrolments by disability and sex 2014/15 to 2021/22 | HESA. (n.d.). Retrieved July 2, 2024, from https://www.hesa.ac.uk/data-and-analysis/students/table-15 Korhonen, V., Ketonen, E., & Toom, A. (2024). Student engagement development in university education: A three-year follow-up. Learning and Individual Differences, 113, 102465. Milton, D. (2012). The ‘double empathy problem’. Disability & Society, 27(6), 883–887. O’Nions, E., Petersen, I., Buckman, J. E. J., et al. (2023). Autism in England: Assessing underdiagnosis. The Lancet Regional Health – Europe, 29, 100626. Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of Practice: Learning, Meaning, and Identity. Cambridge University Press. White, S. W., Ollendick, T. H., & Bray, B. C. (2011). College students on the autism spectrum: Prevalence and associated problems. Autism: The International Journal of Research and Practice, 15(6), 683–701. https://doi.org/10.1177/1362361310393363 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk Circulating Reforms and Struggles for Legitimacy: Translating the LMD Model in Algerian Higher Education CNAM, France Presenting Author:The international circulation of higher education reforms such as the Bologna Process and the Licence–Master–Doctorate (LMD) structure is often framed as a process of harmonisation and modernisation. However, critical scholarship in comparative education has shown that these reforms are embedded in implicit power relations and hierarchical academic orders, where some countries define standards while others are expected to conform in order to gain access to funding, mobility, and symbolic recognition (Charlier & Croché, 2012; Cowen, 2009; Ravinet, 2009). The Algerian case illustrates these tensions. Rapidly adopted in 2004, the LMD reform was intended to align the national system with European higher education frameworks and signal international integration. Yet its concrete appropriation within institutions remains uneven and contested. Research question and theoretical framework This study examines how internationally circulating higher education reforms are translated and enacted within national university systems. Focusing on the adoption of the Licence–Master–Doctorate (LMD) reform in Algeria, it asks: How do university actors construct, negotiate, and contest the legitimacy of internationally promoted reform models, and how does this legitimacy work shape what institutions are actually able to implement in practice? Rather than treating reform as a linear process of policy transfer, the study seeks to understand why alignment with global standards does not necessarily lead to substantive organisational or pedagogical change. The theoretical framework combines three complementary perspectives. First, scholarship on policy transfer and circulation (Musselin, Charlier & Croché, Ravinet) is used to analyse reforms as travelling policies shaped by asymmetrical power relations rather than neutral diffusion. Second, a sociology of legitimacy perspective helps explain how certain models become recognised as “valid” or “modern”, while others are marginalised, thereby structuring actors’ margins of action. Third, insights from the sociology of curriculum and institutional work allow the study to examine how reforms are translated, negotiated, and sometimes reinterpreted at the meso and micro levels of programmes and everyday practices. The Algerian case provides a particularly relevant lens for understanding these dynamics at a European and international scale. The LMD reform explicitly derives from the Processus de Bologne and aims to align the national system with European higher education standards. Analysing its local translation therefore contributes to broader debates on how European policy models travel beyond Europe, how legitimacy is constructed in North–South academic relations, and how internationally promoted knowledge shapes the conditions for action in diverse higher education contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative case study design focusing on the implementation of the Licence–Master–Doctorate (LMD) reform in Algerian higher education. This approach allows for an in-depth examination of how internationally circulating policy models are interpreted and enacted within specific institutional and national contexts. Empirical data were collected through approximately forty semi-structured interviews conducted with key university actors, including programme coordinators, department heads, vice-deans, and academic staff involved in curriculum design and reform implementation. These participants were selected because of their direct responsibility for translating national and international policy prescriptions into local educational practices. The interviews explored their perceptions of the reform, decision-making processes, constraints, and strategies of adaptation or resistance. To complement interview data, the study also draws on documentary sources, including ministerial texts, institutional guidelines, curriculum documents, and official reports related to the adoption of the Processus de Bologne-inspired LMD structure. This documentary analysis helps situate actors’ accounts within broader policy discourses and institutional expectations. All interviews were transcribed and analysed using thematic coding. The analysis focused on (1) justificatory discourses mobilised by actors, (2) references to international standards and models, (3) perceived sources of legitimacy, and (4) situations in which local initiatives were either enabled or constrained. This interpretive analysis makes it possible to connect macro-level policy narratives with meso- and micro-level practices. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings show that the LMD reform operates less as a straightforward organisational transformation than as a process of symbolic and institutional legitimisation. While the reform is widely framed as necessary for international alignment and modernisation, its implementation appears uneven and highly negotiated at the local level. Three interrelated dynamics emerge from the qualitative material. First, university actors often prioritise conformity to externally validated standards over locally grounded innovation. References to European models and international recognition function as justificatory resources in decision-making, shaping what is perceived as “credible” reform. Second, this legitimacy work fosters institutional caution: alternative or context-specific initiatives are frequently postponed, discouraged or kept informal, as actors seek to avoid deviating from established norms and expectations. Third, as a result, the reform is sometimes enacted more as a signal of modernisation than as a lever for substantive pedagogical or organisational change, contributing to a gap between formal adoption and everyday practices. Analysing reform through legitimacy helps explain why alignment with international standards does not automatically translate into meaningful transformation, and why compliance-oriented enactments may coexist with local improvisation and selective appropriation. Beyond the Algerian case, the study contributes to European and international debates on the circulation of higher education reforms, particularly those inspired by the Bologna Process. It highlights how policy models travel across unequal academic spaces and how their enactment depends not only on resources but also on symbolic recognition and power relations. References African Union (2007) Harmonisation of HE Programmes in Africa: A strategy for the African Union Summary Report, Addis Ababa: Meeting of the Bureau of the Conference of Ministers of Education of the African Union. African Union.Bergen Communiqué (2005) The European HE Area: Achieving the goals. Communiqué of the Conference of European Ministers Responsible for HE. Charlier J-M, Croché S (2009) Can the BP make the move faster towards the development of an international space for HE where Africa would find its place? Journal of HE in Africa 7(1–2): 39–59.Charlier J-M, Croché S (2011) The Bologna Process: A tool for Europe’s hegemonic project on Africa. Power and Education 3(3): 304–316.Croché S, Charlier J-E (2012) Normative influence of the BP on French-speaking African Universities. Globalisation, Societies and Education 10(4): 457–472.Crosier D, Parvela T (2013) The BP: Its Impact on HE Development in Europe and Beyond. Paris: UNESCO.Ghouati A (2009) Réforme LMD au Maghreb: éléments pour un premier bilan politique et pédagogique. Journal of Higher Education in Africa 7(1–2): 61–77.Khelfaoui H (2009) Introduction: The BP in Africa – Globalisation or return to colonial situation? Journal of Higher Education in Africa 7(1–2): 21–38.Steiner-Khamsi G (2006) The economics of policy borrowing and lending: A study of late adopters. Oxford Review of Education 37(2): 151–171. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk From Short-Term Attraction to Long-Term Retention: Talent Agglomeration Models in Interdisciplinary Research Institutes at World-Class Universities Huazhong University of Science and Technology, China Presenting Author:Against the backdrop of an accelerating new wave of scientific and technological revolution and industrial transformation, international competition is increasingly centered on national competitiveness in research talent, and world-class universities are responding by expanding organized research and interdisciplinary initiatives. In this context, interdisciplinary research institutes differ from traditional departments in governance structure, staffing arrangements, and modes of research organization. They have become key organizational carriers through which universities channel high-caliber researchers toward strategic fields and advantaged platforms. Yet in practice, these institutes commonly face persistent challenges. Research talent may circulate rapidly while long-term retention remains low, talent agglomeration is often sustained through loosely coupled “virtual” projects rather than consolidated and substantively institutionalized organizational structures, and career development pathways for early-career researchers are frequently ambiguous. Accordingly, this study focuses on how interdisciplinary research institutes, through formal institutional design and effective implementation, convert short-term attraction into long-term attachment. On this basis, it comparatively examines how different institutes form differentiated models of talent agglomeration. To enable systematic comparison, the study selects six recently established yet fast-growing interdisciplinary research institutes as cases. The cases include the MIT Media Lab, the Oxford Martin School, and the Institute for Climate Change and Sustainable Development at Tsinghua University. Case selection is guided by the scope of their research influence and the primary missions they undertake. Collectively, these cases represent three salient functional orientations: frontier knowledge production, public governance, and research application with industry linkage. The theoretical framework integrates the Van Meter and Van Horn systems model of policy implementation with the Attraction–Selection–Attrition (ASA) model from person–organization fit theory. This integration connects individual–organizational matching dynamics with an organizational governance perspective and highlights how standards and objectives, resource conditions, inter-organizational relations, implementer dispositions, and the wider institutional environment shape the functioning and effectiveness of formal institutions. Within this integrated framework, the study first underscores that talent agglomeration exerts a pivotal influence on research institutes’ scholarly output and societal impact. Talent agglomeration is conceptualized as a dynamic process shaped by formal organizational institutions, rather than a simple matter of attraction and headcount concentration. This process unfolds across four interrelated stages: initial attraction, talent selection, sustained retention, and synergistic reinforcement. Through these stages, formal rules and organizational routines progressively stabilize affiliation, structure internal collaboration, and strengthen organizational competitiveness. Building on this analytical framework, the study seeks to identify which institutional instruments and implementation conditions are most decisive in determining whether initial inflows can be transformed into durable organizational attachment. It further aims, through systematic cross-case comparison, to examine whether recognizable types of talent agglomeration models can be identified among interdisciplinary research institutes at world-class universities, and to clarify the shared and differentiating features of these types in relation to institutional missions and structural positioning within broader higher education and research systems. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts mixed qualitative–quantitative strategy to examine both the institutionalized pathways and the outcomes of talent agglomeration in interdisciplinary research institutes. Empirically, it combines bibliometric analysis, curriculum vitae (CV) analysis, and document-based institutional analysis to triangulate organizational arrangements with observable career and output patterns. Bibliometric data are used to capture research productivity, disciplinary distribution, collaboration networks, and visibility/impact signals, with outputs attributed to institutes through systematic cleaning of affiliation strings, institute-name variants, and cross-checking against institute member directories and official reporting. CV analysis is employed to reconstruct researchers’ career trajectories and mobility patterns, including prior affiliations, cross-appointments, transitions into and out of the institute, and indicators of career development such as role changes, leadership responsibilities, and stability of institutional attachment. This is supplemented by information from official profiles and publicly available CV documents where applicable. In parallel, institutional and policy documents—such as governance statements, organizational charts, fellowship and appointment descriptions, recruitment and evaluation policies, funding and partnership disclosures, and university-level regulations shaping employment and assessment—are collected and analyzed to map the formal instruments through which institutes attempt to attract, select, retain, and reinforce talent. Analytically, the study first conducts within-case reconstruction of each institute’s staged pathway across attraction, selection, retention, and reinforcement, identifying how formal rules, routines, and resources are designed and enacted over time; it then performs cross-case comparison to surface recurring configurations of institutional instruments and implementation conditions, and to examine how these configurations vary by functional orientation. By integrating these sources and analyses, the methodology enables the study to connect institutional design and implementation capacity with both the observed composition of talent teams and the attribution of research outputs, thereby providing a rigorous basis for identifying and comparing talent agglomeration models across world-class universities’ interdisciplinary research institutes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Building on preliminary results, the study will offer a process-oriented explanation of why “short-term attraction” in interdisciplinary research institutes does not automatically translate into “long-term attachment.” The key mechanisms of talent agglomeration are not confined to initial attraction and recruitment; rather, they depend more decisively on the formal institutional arrangements and organizational operations that underpin the stages of sustained retention and synergistic reinforcement. These later stages are crucial for stabilizing affiliation, consolidating collaborative routines, generating cumulative advantages, and ultimately triggering a renewed cycle of talent agglomeration. Conversely, when institutes operate primarily through time-bounded projects and externally driven funding cycles without the parallel consolidation of substantive organizational structures and stable institutional systems, early-career researchers are more likely to face ambiguous advancement pathways, weaker organizational identification, and diminished long-term attachment. At the same time, the study expects to demonstrate that research institutes with different functional orientations exhibit significant differences in their goals for talent agglomeration, as well as in the relative emphasis they place on recruitment, appointment, and incentive mechanisms and the institutionalized instruments they adopt in these areas. Theoretically, the study deepens an organizational understanding of talent agglomeration in university-based interdisciplinary research institutes by clarifying the institutionalized pathways through which integrated design and stable implementation of formal institutions convert talent attraction into durable organizational attachment. Practically, it seeks to identify which formal institutional tools are most effective in transforming “project-based attraction” into “organization-based attachment,” thereby informing governance strategies for attracting and retaining high-caliber researchers and for strengthening interdisciplinary research capacity and performance. In addition, the study will reflect on how interdisciplinary research institutes can balance frontier knowledge production with broader societal service. References Ávila-Robinson, A., & Sengoku, S. (2017). Multilevel exploration of the realities of interdisciplinary research centers for the management of knowledge integration. Technovation, 62–63, 22–41. Bleiklie, I., & Powell, W. W. (2005). Universities and the production of knowledge: Introduction. Higher Education, 49(1–2), 1–8. Borman, G. D., Chow, A., Hoxby, C., et al. (2018). Organized research units in universities. Minerva, 56(3), 303–325. Cruz-Castro, L., Martínez, C., Peñasco, C., et al. (2020). The classification of public research organizations: Taxonomical explorations. Research Evaluation, 29(4), 377–391. Czaika, M., & Orazbayev, S. (2018). The globalisation of scientific mobility, 1970–2014. World Development, 110, 26–47. Frantz, J. M., McClary, B., Johnson, M., et al. (2022). Institutional policies, practices and initiatives impacting research productivity: A higher education perspective. The Journal of Research Administration, 53(2), 1–17. Lam, A. (2011). What motivates academic scientists to engage in research commercialization. Research Policy, 40(10), 1354–1368. Lancho-Barrantes, B. S., & Cantu-Ortiz, F. J. (2021). Quantifying the publication preferences of leading research universities. Scientometrics, 126, 2269–2310. Leahey, E., Beckman, C. M., & Stark, D. (2017). Interdisciplinary research and its discontents. Science, 357(6353), 109–111. Nyhagen, G. M., & Baschung, L. (2013). New organisational structures and the transformation of academic work. Higher Education, 66(4), 409–423. Omodei, E., De Domenico, M., & Arenas, A. (2017). Evaluating the impact of interdisciplinary research: A multilayer network approach. Network Science, 5(2), 235–246. Rhoten, D., & Parker, A. (2004). Risks and rewards of an interdisciplinary research path. Science, 306(5704), 2046–2047. Robinson-Garcia, N., Sugimoto, C. R., Murray, D., et al. (2019). The many faces of mobility: Using bibliometric data to measure the movement of scientists. Journal of Informetrics, 13(1), 50–63. Tigges, B. B., Miller, D., Dudding, K. M., et al. (2019). Measuring quality and outcomes of research collaborations: An integrative review. Journal of Clinical and Translational Science, 3(5), 1–29. Whitley, R., & Glaser, J. (2014). The impact of institutional reforms on the nature of scientific research. Research Policy, 43(3), 425–442. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk Leading Autonomy with Accountability: How School Leaders Shape SAWA Policies University of Louvain (UCLouvain), Belgium Presenting Author:School autonomy with accountability (SAWA) has become a centerpiece of educational reforms in recent decades, promoted as a global policy model to increase effectiveness and equity in educational systems, and to encourage innovation (Verger et al., 2019). While numerous studies have analyzed SAWA reforms and effects, focusing mainly on sanction-driven accountability systems, research analyzing alternative approaches to SAWA is still scarce. Using the SAWA reform introduced in 2019 by the “Pact for Excellence in Teaching” in French-speaking Belgium (Wallonia-Brussels Federation, Fr-BE) as an empirical case, particularly because it promotes a reflexive approach to accountability and because of the specifics of the Fr-BE education system (decentralized, fragmented, and segregated), the general aim of this paper presentation is to understand the policy enactment process. In Fr-BE, the governance reform mandated by the Pact represents a clear turning point towards SAWA (Cattonar & Dupriez, 2019). Since 2019, every school in Fr-BE has been required to draw up a “steering plan” which, once approved by the educational authorities, becomes a “contract of objectives”. These plans and contracts define a set of objectives to be achieved by the schools and specify the means they will use to achieve them. The implementation of the contract, which covers a period of six years, is subject to two external evaluations conducted by the administration: the first after three years and the second at the end of the cycle. Throughout the process, from the development of plans based on a diagnosis to the implementation of actions to achieve the selected objectives, schools are expected to use their autonomy to develop collaborative dynamics in key areas such as teaching, pedagogical practices, and the management of material and human resources. Rooted in the principles of new public management (Hood, 1991), the SAWA-type educational policy (Verger et al. 2019), recently introduced into the Fr-BE education system, strongly promotes school autonomy while simultaneously introducing accountability measures through management tools. These tools rely heavily on data-intensive mechanisms, such as the use of large-scale external and standardized assessments and performance monitoring to hold schools (and teachers) accountable for achieving predefined outcomes (Tröhler et al., 2014).
Recent studies on the enactment of SAWA in schools have underscored both the influence of contextual factors and the crucial role played by school teams, and particularly school leaders, in shaping how accountability pressures are perceived. Elements such as a school’s performance level or its relative position within the local education market significantly affect how actors interpret and respond to SAWA policy demands. Accountability pressures can lead to variable implementation processes and diverse responses to policy requirements (Barbana et al., 2020; Braun et al., 2011; Pagès et al., 2023; Verger and Skedsmo, 2021). For example, while some teachers align their practices with accountability expectations, others ignore or resist policy requirements (Maroy and Pons, 2019; Verger et al., 2021). Other studies have emphasised the importance of stakeholder perceptions in shaping how policies are received and implemented (Coburn, 2005, Draelants, 2006; Braun et al., 2011; Verger et al., 2021). This study aims to examine how school leaders perceive and interpret the SAWA reform in Fr-BE. More specifically, we will attempt to answer the following research question: How do school leaders perceive and interpret the SAWA reform in contexts characterized by varying levels of accountability pressure? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our study uses a multiple case-study approach as a research methodology. This allows for an in-depth understanding of a complex phenomenon in its real-life context, based on comparison of similarities and differences between the cases (Yin, 2009). We used a purposive sampling to select schools, aiming to ensure variability in key variables, while maintaining comparability in others (Braun et al., 2011). We selected eight schools, considering a combination of two contextual criteria: the networks and the pressure. The networks structure the organization of the education system in Fr-BE and generates diversity between schools (recruitment, staff status, (de)centralisation, management autonomy, etc.). Accountability pressure varies across schools due to differentiated accountability regimes (at risk/non-at-risk schools). Schools identified as underperforming are placed in a three‑year improvement programme (EDA) with administratively defined targets and intensified monitoring. Including these schools in our study is crucial, as such conditions are likely to heighten public accountability pressures and exacerbate tensions around school autonomy. Data collection combines multiple perspectives and a variety of retrospective and concurrent qualitative data. First, we collected documents developed by schools related to their steering plan, schools’ performance data, schools’ educational and pedagogical projects. Second, we conducted semi-structured interviews with school leaders and teachers involved in the school improvement process. Third, we conducted on-site observations of daily school organizational life, since policy enactment is an ongoing process occurring within schools. Data analysis will involve within-case and cross-case analysis and use content analysis for all qualitative data sources: reduce data, show data, draw conclusions, and verify (Creswell, 2007). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In this section, we present preliminary findings from an ongoing study based on interviews with school leaders of eight schools experiencing varying degrees of public accountability pressure (EDA and non-EDA schools). The analysis focuses on how school leaders perceive, interpret, and make sense of the political expectations directed at their schools, and how these interpretations shape their reaction to and engagement with the SAWA policy. In this comparative study, we present the results in three successive parts. First, we analyze school leaders' perceptions and sense-making processes in both EDA and non-EDA schools. This section explores how school leaders interpret the objectives, expectations, and implications of the SAWA framework. This analysis highlights how differences in interpretative frameworks inform leaders’ initial positioning towards the SAWA policy. Second, we analyse how school leaders understand their role in the implementation process: the place they assign to their function, how they define their responsibilities, and how they conceive their leadership actions in steering their schools in light of SAWA requirements. Third, we analyse how school leaders perceive the balance between school autonomy and accountability demands. More specifically, we analyze how they view their professional autonomy in relation to the SAWA policy, and how they interpret the autonomy granted to them given the significant role the reform assigns them in school governance. References Barbana, S., Dumay, X., & Dupriez, V. (2020). Local implementation of accountability instruments in the Frenchspeaking community of Belgium. European Educational Research Journal, 19(2), 94-108. Braun, A., Ball, S. J, Maguire, M. & Hoskins, K. (2011). Taking context seriously: Towards explaining policy enactments in the secondary school. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 32(4), 585-596. Coburn, C. E. (2005). Shaping teacher sensemaking: School leaders and the enactment of reading policy. Educational policy, 19(3), 476-509. Creswell, J. W. (2007). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches. Sage. Draelants, H. (2006). Identités organisationnelles et établissements scolaires. Pertinence et conditions d’un transfert conceptuel », Communication et organisation [En ligne], 30 | 2006, mis en ligne le 21 juin 2012, consulté le 28 octobre 2025. URL : http://journals.openedition.org/communicationorganisation/ 3471 ; DOI : https://doi.org/10.4000/communicationorganisation.3471 Hood, C. (1991). A public management for all seasons. Public Administration, 69, 3-19. Maroy, C., & Pons, X. (2019). Accountability policies in education. A comparative and multilevel analysis in France and Quebec. Springer. Pagès, M., Ferrer-Esteban, G., Verger A., & Prieto, M. (2023). At the crossroad of performativity and the market: Schools’ logics of action under a hybrid accountability regime. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, DOI: 10.1080/03057925.2023.2175316 Tröhler, D., Meyer, H.-D., Labaree, D. F., & Hutt, E. L. (2014). Accountability: Antecedents, power, and processes. Teachers College Record, 116(9), 1-12. Verger, A., Fontdevila, C., & Parcerisa, L. (2019). Reforming governance through policy instruments: How and to what extent standards, tests and accountability in education spread worldwide. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 40(2), 248-270. Verger, A., Ferrer-Esteban, G., & Parcerisa, L. (2021). In and out of the ‘pressure cooker’: Schools’ varying responses to accountability and datafication. In S. Grek, C. Maroy, & A. Verger (Eds.), World yearbook of education 2021: Accountability and datafication in the governance of education (pp. 219-239). Routledge. Verger, A., & Skedsmo, G. (2021). Enacting accountabilities in education: Exploring new policy contexts and theoretical elaborations. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 33, 391-401. Yin, R. K. (2009). Case study research: Design and methods. Sage. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk How Experiential Pedagogies Shape Affective–Behavioral Change Agency in Sustainability-Oriented Master’s Programmes Utrecht University, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:Higher education is increasingly expected to prepare students to contribute to societal change under conditions of poly-crisis, characterised by intersecting ecological, social, political, and technological disruptions. In such contexts, sustainability challenges are not only complex but also uncertain, contested, and time-pressured. Environmental and sustainability education (ESE) has responded to these expectations primarily through competence frameworks that emphasise cognitive capacities such as systems thinking and problem analysis (Wiek et al., 2011; Brundiers et al., 2021; Bianchi, 2022). While these capacities remain important, poly-crisis conditions foreground a complementary challenge: students’ willingness, confidence, and capacity to act, collaborate, and implement change in practice. This contribution addresses this challenge by focusing on affective–behavioral change agency (ABCA), understood as students’ developing disposition and capacity to engage in change-oriented action. ABCA captures dimensions of agency that are particularly salient in poly-crisis contexts, where acting often involves navigating uncertainty, coordinating with diverse actors, and persisting despite limited control over outcomes. Although such dimensions are central to theoretical accounts of sustainability education and action competence (Jensen & Schnack, 1997; Redman & Wiek, 2021; Sass et al., 2020), they remain under-examined empirically in higher education research. Existing studies continue to privilege cognitive learning outcomes, in part because these are more readily operationalised and measured with established instruments (Rogaten et al., 2019; Probst, 2022). The study presented in this proposal examines how experiential pedagogies relate to the development of ABCA across sustainability-oriented master’s programmes. Experiential pedagogies are conceptualised as educational approaches that emphasise authentic engagement with real-world issues, structured collaboration, and student agency within open-ended project contexts (Kolb, 2014; Breunig, 2005). Such pedagogies are frequently advocated as appropriate responses to the complexity of sustainability challenges, yet longitudinal evidence on how they shape students’ affective–behavioral agency over time remains scarce (Burch et al., 2019). Addressing this gap, the study is guided by the following research question: How do experiential pedagogies shape students’ affective–behavioral change agency during their master’s programmes? The proposed Ignite Talk presents the study at the point of initial field deployment, when survey instruments have been piloted and ethical approval is being finalised. Rather than reporting outcomes, the contribution foregrounds two methodological challenges that are particularly relevant for ESE research engaging with poly-crisis conditions: recruiting students at programme entry and managing retention and attrition over time. The session invites reflection on how such challenges affect the study of affective-behavioral agency and how ESE research might better align its methodological practices with the complex realities of sustainability education in higher education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a longitudinal, multi-wave survey design to examine how experiential pedagogies relate to the development of affective–behavioral change agency (ABCA) across sustainability-oriented master’s programmes. The research is conducted across multiple sustainability-oriented master’s programmes within a single European higher education institution. This design allows for examining variation in students’ exposure to experiential pedagogies while remaining within a coherent institutional and policy context shaped by European sustainability and green competence frameworks. Participants are recruited at programme entry and followed across successive measurement waves corresponding to key phases in the master’s trajectory. The benchmarking measurement (T1) captures students’ baseline levels of affective–behavioral change agency at entry, alongside relevant background characteristics. Subsequent waves (T2 and T3) capture changes in ABCA as students engage with experiential pedagogical elements such as authentic projects, structured collaboration, and agency-supportive learning environments. ABCA is operationalised through self-report survey items capturing three interrelated dimensions: action competence (e.g. willingness and confidence to initiate change-oriented action), implementation competence (e.g. translating plans into action and adapting to constraints), and interpersonal competence (e.g. collaborating, coordinating, and working across perspectives). Survey instruments have been developed and refined through pilot testing to ensure clarity, feasibility, and respondent burden are appropriate for repeated administration across programme phases. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As the study is at the point of initial field deployment, the expected outcomes of this contribution are primarily conceptual, methodological, and orientational rather than confirmatory. Empirically, the longitudinal design is expected to reveal differentiated patterns in students’ affective–behavioral change agency (ABCA) across programme phases and pedagogical contexts. In line with existing theory, exposure to authentic, partner-facing projects is anticipated to be more strongly associated with implementation-related dimensions of ABCA, while sustained structured collaboration is expected to relate more closely to interpersonal dimensions. Agency-supportive elements, such as student autonomy in project scoping and decision-making, are expected to be reflected in changes in action-related dimensions over time. These expectations are presented as hypotheses to be examined, not as established findings. At a methodological level, the study is expected to generate insights into the feasibility and limits of longitudinal survey designs for studying agency development in sustainability-oriented higher education. Patterns of recruitment, retention, and attrition across measurement waves are anticipated to highlight how curricular timing, programme structure, and student trajectories shape participation and data quality. Making these dynamics visible is expected to contribute to ongoing discussions within environmental and sustainability education (ESE) research about how agency, particularly affective–behavioral dimensions, can be empirically captured under conditions of uncertainty and complexity. References Breunig, M. (2005). Turning experiential education and critical pedagogy theory into praxis. Journal of experiential education, 28(2), 106-122. Bianchi, G., Pisiotis, U., & Cabrera Giraldez, M. (2022). GreenComp: The European sustainability competence framework (Y. Punie & M. Bacigalupo, Eds.; JRC Science for Policy Report No. 30955 EN, JRC128040). Publications Office of the European Union. https://doi.org/10.2760/13286 Brundiers, K., Barth, M., Cebrián, G., Cohen, M., Diaz, L., Doucette-Remington, S., ... & Zint, M. (2021). Key competencies in sustainability in higher education—toward an agreed-upon reference framework. Sustainability science, 16(1), 13-29. Burch, G. F., Giambatista, R., Batchelor, J. H., Burch, J. J., Hoover, J. D., & Heller, N. A. (2019). A meta‐analysis of the relationship between experiential learning and learning outcomes. Decision Sciences Journal of Innovative Education, 17(3), 239-273. Jensen, B. B., & Schnack, K. (1997). The action competence approach in environmental education. Environmental education research, 3(2), 163-178. Kolb, D. A. (2014). Experiential learning: Experience as the source of learning and development. FT press. Probst, L. (2022). Higher education for sustainability: A critical review of the empirical evidence 2013–2020. Sustainability, 14(6), 3402. Redman, A., & Wiek, A. (2021, November). Competencies for advancing transformations towards sustainability. In Frontiers in Education (Vol. 6, p. 785163). Frontiers Media SA. Rogaten, J., Rienties, B., Sharpe, R., Cross, S., Whitelock, D., Lygo-Baker, S., & Littlejohn, A. (2019). Reviewing affective, behavioural and cognitive learning gains in higher education. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 44(3), 321-337. Sass, W., Boeve-de Pauw, J., Olsson, D., Gericke, N., De Maeyer, S., & Van Petegem, P. (2020). Redefining action competence: The case of sustainable development. The Journal of environmental education, 51(4), 292-305. van Rijnsoever, F. J., Sitzler, S., & Baggen, Y. (2023). The change agent teaching model: Educating entrepreneurial leaders to help solve grand societal challenges. The International Journal of Management Education, 21(3), 100893. Wiek, A., Withycombe, L., & Redman, C. L. (2011). Key competencies in sustainability: a reference framework for academic program development. Sustainability science, 6(2), 203-218. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk Creating Opportunities for Well-being in the Classroom: Understanding Teachers’ and Students’ Experiences of Yoga in Schools with Historically Marginalized Populations St. Francis Xavier University, Canada Presenting Author:Children and youth are experiencing higher levels of stress (Stapp & Lambers, 2020) and as mental health challenges continue to grow (Smith et al., 2024) children are more susceptible to stress and increased expectations to succeed in school (Stapp & Lambers, 2020). Compounding this problem is children’s elevated exposure to the internet, media, and communication technologies (Hagen & Nayar, 2014), as they continue to recover from disruptions to social isolations and learning routines in response to the global pandemic, which has had a significant impact on children’s mental health, including the Kids Help Phone receiving a 42% increase in calls related to stress during this time (Gadermann et al., 2021). More than one-third of youth experienced mental health challenges during the pandemic, with historically marginalized populations and youth living in poverty at greater risk for deleterious mental health outcomes (Smith et al., 2024). Research continues to demonstrate that yoga and mindfulness can be a helpful tool in negating mental health challenges that children and youth continue to face (Broderick & Metz, 2009; Butzer et al., 2016; MacPherson & Rockman, 2023) and increasing their well-being, a key indicator of their academic success (Holmes, 2024; Shanktland et al., 2024). A school-based yoga program ensures that all students have equal access to practices that support physical, mental, and emotional health, fostering holistic well-being. Knowing how to best integrate these practices supports teachers in cultivating a holistic pedagogy that fosters well-being and supports their students with tools to build resilience, manage stress, succeed in school, and thrive in the world. · Determine how a school-based yoga program may impact upper elementary school teachers’ and students’ physical, mental, and social-emotional well-being. · Understand what background and training (if any) teachers need to successfully integrate yoga into their classroom. The questions that will guide this research are: 1. What are the experiences of upper elementary school teachers teaching a school-based yoga program in a school with historically marginalized populations? 2. What are the experiences of upper elementary students participating in a school-based yoga program in a school with historically marginalized populations? 3. What do the participants (teachers and students) learn and understand about themselves (physical, mental, and social-emotional awareness) by participating in daily yoga lessons? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Critical narrative inquiry will be the methodology used to best understand the teacher and student participants’ experiences of the yoga program, while also considering how their experiences have been shaped by social, political, economic and cultural values that have been crystallized over time (Pino Gavidia & Adu, 2022). Critical narrative inquiry focuses on how humans experience the world and how they share these experiences through stories (Connelly & Clandinin, 1990) and is influenced by Critical Race Theory (Ladson-Billings & Tate, 1995). The researcher alternates between their own practice of reflexology and the participants’ interpretative knowledge shaped by social, political, economic and cultural values that have been crystallized over time (Pino Gavidia & Adu, 2022). This interplay is particularly important where inequities exist and can be highlighted by three commonplaces (temporality, sociality, and place), distinct characteristics of narrative inquiry (Clandinin et al., 2007). A critical lens is integral in understanding how to optimize the implementation of a school-based yoga program in schools with vulnerable populations. This research will use a recursive process of data collection (interviews, observations, documents) for a period of 12 weeks. Three teacher participants and six student participants in Nova Scotia from two schools in one urban regional centre will be invited to participate in a school-based yoga program. The yoga sessions will include a breathing practice, followed by the reading of a children’s book, and then a yoga practice incorporating elements of the story, using mindful movements and breathing postures to bring the story to life. Participants will journal weekly and be observed and interviewed three times throughout the research period. Data will be collected using three methods: teacher and student journals, classroom observations, and individual interviews. This research aims to address the barriers (e.g. cost, scheduling, transportation) that historically marginalized populations and students experiencing economic exclusion and poverty often experience, and to contribute to the gaps in the research; suggesting that grade 11 is too late to offer these wellness tools to students. In addition, the intention is to gather evidence to support mental health and well-being for teachers and their students, while highlighting the need for the inclusion of yoga as part of the elementary curriculum in Nova Scotia, and throughout Canada. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Research continues to suggest that yoga increases children and youth’s well-being by helping them concentrate, balance their emotions, develop mind-body awareness and self-regulation, improve their physical fitness, and reduce the high levels of stress that they are experiencing (Butzer et al., 2016; Stapp & Lambers, 2020; MacPherson & Rockman, 2023). In addition, children who have higher levels of well-being demonstrate high levels of academic achievement (Holmes, 2024; Shankland et al, 2024). Given these findings, integrating yoga into the classroom can be an optimal way to contribute to teachers’ and students’ well-being. However, most yoga programs offered in schools are extra-curricular, which creates barriers for some students (e.g., related to cost, time, transportation). There is little research on when or how to skillfully integrate these practices into the classroom. The timing of this research is pivotal in contributing to yoga and its impact on teachers’ and students’ well-being and academic success. It answers the calls of others to research the possibilities of school-based yoga programs with groups who have historically lacked access. For example, Khalsa (2021) highlighted the importance of engaging in research so that yoga can transition from extra-curricular to school-based programs to ensure accessibility. Further, Robinson and Berezowski (2016) suggested the development of a yoga curriculum for younger students. This research aims to contribute to these gaps. We anticipate a reduction in stress and burnout, an increase in feeling calm, confident, and compassionate (towards themselves and others). In addition, we predict an increase in positive feeling and thinking, improved teacher efficacy and positive teacher-student relationships, along with effective integration of yoga into daily routines. Finally, we predict this research will support teachers in cultivating a holistic pedagogy that supports theirs and their students’ well-being. References Broderick, P., & Metz, S. (2009). Learning to BREATHE: A pilot trial of a mindfulness curriculum for adolescents. Advances in School Mental Health Promotion, 2(1), 35–46. Butzer, B., Bury, D., Telles, S., & Khalsa, S. (2016). Implementing yoga within the school curriculum: A scientific rationale for improving social-emotional learning and positive student outcomes. Journal of Children’s Services, 11(1), 2–24. Clandinin, D., Pushor, D., & Orr, A. (2007). Navigating sites for narrative inquiry. Journal of Teacher Education, 58(1), 21–35. Connelly, F., & Clandinin, J. (1990). Stories of experience and narrative inquiry. Educational Researcher, 19(5), 2–14. Gadermann, A., Thomson, K., Richardson, C., Gagne, M., McAuliffe, C., Hirani, S., & Jenkins, E. (2021). Examining the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic on family mental health in Canada: Findings from a national cross-sectional study. BMJ Open, 11(1), 1–11. Hagen, I., & Nayar, U. (2014). Yoga for children and young people’s mental health and well-being: Research review and reflections on the mental health potentials of yoga. Frontiers in Psychiatry, 5(35), 1–6. Holmes, K. (2019). Neuroscience, mindfulness and holistic wellness reflections on interconnectivity in teaching and learning. Interchange, 50(4), 445–460. Khalsa, S., & Cook-Cottone, C. (2021, February 28). Understanding the science and research on yoga for children and adolescents [Conference session]. National Kids Yoga Conference, Online Conference. Ladson-Billings, G., & Tate IV, W. (1995). Toward a critical race theory in education. Teachers College Record, 97(1), 47–65. MacPherson, S., & Rockman, P. (2023). Mindfulness-based teaching and learning: Preparing Mindfulness specialists in education and clinical care. Routledge. Pino Gavidia, L., & Adu, J. (2022). Critical narrative inquiry: An examination of a methodological approach. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 21, 1– 5. Robinson, D., & Berezowski, K. (2016). The yoga 11 experience: A case study of an alternative physical education course. PHEnex Journal, 8(10), 1-21. Shankland, R., Haag, P., Tessier, D., Buchs, C., El-Jor, C., & Mazza, S. (2024). Review of the effects of social and emotional learning on mental health and academic outcomes: The role of teacher training and supportive interactions. Journal of Epidemiology and Population Health, 72(3). Smith, K., Acevedo-Duran, R., Lovell, J., Castillo, A., & Cardenas Pacheco, V. (2024). Youth are the experts! Youth participatory action research to address the adolescent mental health crisis. Healthcare, 12(592). Stapp, A., & Lambers, A. (2020). The impact of mindfulness-based yoga interventions on fifth-grade students’ perceived anxiety and stress. International Journal of Electronic Education, 12(5), 471–480. |
| 11:15 - 12:45 | 99 ERC SES 03 B: Language Education in Transition Location: A08 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Nagima Sarsenbayeva Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Language use, language learning, and identity construction: Two Case Studies 1: University of Iceland, Iceland; 2: University of Iceland, Iceland; 3: University of Akureyru Presenting Author:This article discusses the findings from a qualitative study, which forms part of a larger project, Apart and Apart? Education and Social Inclusion of Refugee Children and Youth in Iceland (ESRCI). Funded by the Icelandic Research Fund. The ESRCI project is the first large-scale study in Iceland to examine the education and social inclusion of Syrian and Iraqi children and youth with refugee backgrounds at pre-, compulsory, and upper secondary school levels. This article examines the experiences of two young women from Syria and Iraq as they learned Icelandic and maintained their heritage language, and the significance that these languages played in their personal and academic lives, particularly in identity formation and academic aspirations. The research question guiding this study is: How do two young Syrian and Iraqi women describe using and learning Icelandic and heritage languages, and what roles do these languages play in their daily lives? Previous studies in Iceland indicate that a sense of physical safety after resettlement does not automatically lead to linguistic and social inclusion among young women with refugee backgrounds. Kristjánsdóttir and Skaptadóttir's (2018) qualitative study of Palestinian women living in a small Icelandic town indicates that, although the women valued the security and hospitality of the Icelandic nation, they experienced social exclusion and loneliness due to limited proficiency in Icelandic and limited daily contact with the Icelandic community. Nouh et al. (2022) report that illiteracy, unaddressed trauma, overwhelming caregiving responsibilities, and emotional exhaustion severely hindered their ability to attend classes and make meaningful progress in learning Icelandic. Across these studies, learning Icelandic emerges as an essential component that structurally constrains and shapes the intersection of disrupted education, caregiving responsibilities, trauma, and social isolation. Similarly, European research indicates that young women with refugee backgrounds sit at the intersection of multilingualism, gender roles, and identity formation (Norton, 2009). Norton (2009) suggests that women with refugee backgrounds use the majority language to claim the right to speak, reposition themselves as students, workers, and citizens, and negotiate gender roles. In Sweden, New Zealand (Svensson, 2024), Scotland (Cox & Phipps, 2022), Greece (Kyrligkitsi & Mouti, 2023), and Australia (Choi et al., 2017), learning the majority language was a form of language capital that allowed Syrian women with rich multilingual repertoires and limited prior schooling to leverage these languages to challenge or reconfigure expectations of being homebound. Taken together, international studies of young women with refugee backgrounds emphasize that language skills and education are vital to achieving future goals, accessing the labor market, and becoming role models. However, their progress is hindered by gender norms, racism, and institutional obstacles that restrict the benefits of their language and educational efforts investments. The framework guiding this study, therefore, draws on Norton’s (2015) model of investment and Bourdieu's (1991) theory of language capital as a lens to understanding Syrian and Iraqi young women’s Icelandic language learning and their heritage language maintenance as they form their identity and future social and academic aspirations in Iceland. Norton’s (2015) model of investment conceptualizes language learning as a socially situated process, shaped by learners’ visions of their future selves and the communities they wish to belong to. Bourdieu’s (1991) theory of language capital further illuminates how different languages hold different social value within specific institutional and social environments, positioning Icelandic as a powerful resource for educational access, social mobility, and long-term opportunity, while Syrian and Iraqi youth's heritage language is undervalued within social and educational language hierarchies. Together, these frameworks enable the study to examine how multilingual identity is negotiated within unequal power structures, highlighting the complex interplay among aspiration, sense of belonging, and the role of multilingual resources in participants' lives Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a qualitative multiple-case design (Stake, 2005) to investigate how two young Syrian and Iraqi women describe their use and learning of Icelandic and heritage languages. Each case is treated as contextually unique, while a cross-case analysis enables identification of shared patterns in language learning and use, identity formation, and multilingual experiences within Icelandic educational and social contexts. Data was collected in two Icelandic municipalities, one urban and one rural, as part of the ESRCI project. The two focal participants were selected through purposive sampling to reflect diverse resettlement contexts, educational histories, and multilingual repertoires. Three complementary methods were used during field work: semi-structured interviews, language portraits, and value cards. The objective was to use agentive, epistemologically equitable tools to enable free discussion of the participants' language experiences on their own terms (Prasad, 2014; Yoshida & Nichols, 2024; McPartland, 2024). Thematic analysis informed by constructive grounded theory (Charmaz, 2016) was used to identify and interpret themes across interviews and visual artifacts. Coding proceeded interactively through initial and thematical stages, followed by cross-case comparisons to examine similarities and differences in participants' experiences. Themes are interpreted through the lens of investement and language capital, allowing attention to aspirations, power dynamics and access to language support. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings So far, findings reveal persistent institutional barriers that shape and often limit the multilingual development of young women from Syria and Iraq, affirming their identities and social and academic aspirations. Within school settings, some youth arrive with limited Modern Standard Arabic literacy and fragmented prior schooling, making it difficult, especially for older students, to use their heritage language as scaffolding for Icelandic language learning, adapt to a school environment, and take a longer time to meet the high demands for Icelandic proficiency set out by educational institutions. Within families, parents value and invest in Syrian and Iraqi youth’s heritage language maintenance and Icelandic language learning, either by paying for online Modern Standard Arabic classes, collaborating with support families, or/and by sending their children to extracurricular activities such as Sunday school at the mosque The anticipated outcomes will not only shed light on the lived experiences of multilingual young women with refugee backgrounds in Iceland but also provide actionable insights for creating an equitable, supportive, and culturally responsive educational environment. References Bourdieu, P. (1991). Language and symbolic power. Harvard University Press. Choi, J., & Najar, U. (2017). Immigrant and refugee women's resourcefulness in English language classrooms: Emerging possibilities through plurilingualism. Literacy and Numeracy Studies, 25(1), 20–37. Cox, S., & Phipps, A. (2022). An ecological, multilingual approach to language learning with newly reunited refugee families in Scotland. International Journal of Educational Research, 115, 101967. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2022.101967 Kristjánsdóttir, E. S., & Skaptadóttir, U. D. (2019). “I’ll Always Be a Refugee”: The Lived Experience of Palestinian Refugee Women of Moving to a Small Society in Iceland. Journal of Immigrant & Refugee Studies, 17(3), 389–404. https://doi.org/10.1080/15562948.2018.1499065 Kyrligkitsi, A., & Mouti, A. (2023). Multilingual Needs of Adult Migrants and Refugees—Linguistic Portraits and Identity Texts in the L2 Greek Classroom: A Case Study in a Non-Formal Educational Setting. Societies. https://doi.org/10.3390/soc13080186. McPartlan, D. (2024). Young people as co-researchers in schools: A collaborative research methodology which benefits young people and school culture. Pastoral Care in Education, 43(4) 520–539. https://insight.cumbria.ac.uk/id/eprint/7809/1/McPartlan_YoungPeopleAs.pdf Norton, B. (2015). Identity and language learning: Extending the conversation (2nd ed.). Multilingual Matters. Nouh, F., Hjálmsdóttir, A. S., & Meckl, M. (2022). Arab Muslim Immigrant Women in Iceland: Immigration experiences and future expectations. Nordicum-Mediterraneum, 17(1). Stake, R. (2005). Qualitative case studies. In N. Denzin & Y. Lincoln (Eds.), Sage handbook of qualitative case research (pp. 443-466). Thousand Oakes, CA: Sage Publications. Svensson, H. (2024). Language learning, gender, and education: Understanding the agency and affordances of refugee-background women with emergent literacy. Linguistics and Education, 81, 101309. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.linged.2024.101309 Yoshida, R., & Nichols, S. (2024). The multiple resources of refugee students: A language portrait inquiry. International Journal of Multilingualism, 21(1), 379 –399. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1080/14790718.2022.2026359 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Tutor Questioning as a Didactic Practice in One-on-One Online EFL Instruction: A Critical Realist Analysis of Teaching–Learning Dynamic University Of Nottingham Ningbi China, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:Topic Teacher questioning is a central didactic practice through which teaching-learning relations are organized, mediated, and rendered visible in instructional interactions (Uştuk & Hu, 2024). Within didactic research, questioning has been widely examined in face-to-face and whole-class contexts, often as a means of structuring participation, eliciting understanding, and guiding learning processes. However, comparatively little is known about how questioning operates in online one-on-one instruction, where interaction is highly individualized, temporally compressed, and technologically mediated (Eleazar & Straub, 2012; Hrastinski et al, 2021; Jopling, 2011). This gap is particularly significant in the context of private supplementary tutoring (Bray, 2018; 2022), where one-on-one synchronous lessons have become a dominant format. In such settings, questioning is not merely a pedagogical technique but a primary means through which teaching unfolds, and learning opportunities are constructed. This study, therefore, investigates how online EFL tutors deploy questioning strategies in synchronous one-on-one sessions and how these strategies shape tutor–student interaction. Research Questions The study addresses the following research questions:
Objectives The primary objective of this research is to provide a multi-layered understanding of questioning as a didactic practice in online one-on-one EFL teaching. Specifically, this study aims to: (a) systematically document observable questioning practices in online one-on-one EFL instruction; (b) identify empirical tendencies linking questioning features to student response characteristics; and (c) explain how and why questioning operates in digitally mediated, individualized teaching contexts. Rather than proposing an entirely new concept of questioning, the study seeks to refine existing didactic understandings by examining how established questioning constructs operate under one-on-one online conditions. In doing so, it extends didactic research on questioning beyond traditional classroom formats and contributes to a more context-sensitive theorization of instructional interaction. Conceptual and Theoretical Framework The study adopts Critical Realism (CR) as philosophical grounding, which enables a stratified analysis of pedagogical phenomena across the empirical, actual, and real domains (Mukumbang, 2023). Through this lens, observable tutor questioning practices constitute the empirical basis of analysis, while recurring interactional patterns identified across tutoring sessions indicate regularities at the actual level of instructional practice. The real layer is addressed through retroductive inference: from repeated interactional solutions to similar contingencies, the study infers practice-based mechanisms shaped by institutional arrangements, technological constraints, and didactic pacing demands. Critical Realism thus informs the study's progression from surface-level patterns to deeper structural explanations of tutor questioning strategies. Analytically, the study draws on established classifications of teacher questioning, including distinctions in question openness (Blosser, 2000; Hargreaves, 1984), functional types (Farrell, 2009; Ellis, 1994; Long & Sato, 1983), and cognitive demand (Anderson & Krathwohl, 2001). These constructs are analyzed descriptively and statistically using established didactic frameworks, such as the initiation–response–follow–up (IRF) cycle. Critical Realism is then used at the explanatory stage to structure interpretation across three analytical levels: observable practices, recurring interactional tendencies, and inferred instructional mechanisms, through retroductive reasoning (Nichol et al, 2023). In this way, the study aligns with contemporary didactic theory while offering a contextual re-theorization of questioning in individualized online instruction. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a mixed-methods design (Creswell, 2020; Dörnyei, 2007), combining quantitative classroom discourse analysis with qualitative explanatory inquiry. The data consist of 30 video-recorded one-on-one synchronous online EFL tutoring sessions conducted in China. Each session lasts approximately one hour, comprising nearly 300 turns of tutor-student interaction and 200 teacher questions on average, capturing the essence of how tutors enhance engagement through diverse questioning techniques. Tutor questions were identified as discrete analytical units based on predefined operational criteria and coded using a multi-dimensional framework encompassing: (1) question openness (closed, semi-open, open); (2) functional question type (e.g. echoic, epistemic); and (3) cognitive depth (lower and higher order). Student responses following each tutor question were coded for response language choices, linguistic complexity, correctness, and cognitive level. These response features were not treated as direct measures of learning outcomes but as interactional indicators of learning-related engagement and cognitive orientation. To address RQ1, frequency counts and proportional analyses were conducted to establish the distributional patterns of tutor questioning practices. To address RQ2, statistical association analyses, including correlation tests and multivariate models, were employed to examine relationships between questioning features and student response characteristics. RQ3 and RQ4 were addressed through a combined conversation-analysis and discourse-analysis approaches to instructional interaction. Analytically, the study drew on conversation analysis to conduct fine-grained, turn-by-turn examination of extended IRF sequences, focusing on how tutor questions were sequentially positioned, how students oriented to them in their responses, and how tutors subsequently shaped interaction through confirmation, reformulation, scaffolding, or re-questioning. Rather than relying on tutor self-reports, the explanatory analysis focused on identifying practice-based instructional mechanisms through systematic examination of these recurring interactional patterns. Drawing on the preceding conversation-analytic and discourse-analytic findings, specific interactional contingencies, such as student hesitation, minimal or incorrect responses, and disruptions to task progression, were identified based on observable sequential features, including pauses, repair initiations, and tutor follow-up moves. These contingencies were then examined across episodes to trace how tutors recurrently responded to similar interactional problems through comparable questioning practices, such as reformulating questions, narrowing question scope, or deploying scaffolded re-questioning sequences. On this basis, explanatory mechanisms were inferred retroductively from the repeated use of similar interactional solutions under comparable instructional conditions, rather than from tutors’ articulated beliefs or intentions. This explanatory move is informed by a Critical Realist view of causation, in which instructional mechanisms may be inferred from recurring practices and contextual conditions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study demonstrates that questioning practices in one-on-one synchronous online EFL tutoring are characterized by a predominance of closed and lower-order questions, alongside the selective deployment of open and cognitively demanding questions in specific instructional moments. Quantitative analyses are anticipated to reveal systematic associations between question openness and cognitive depth and students’ response length, complexity, and cognitive level, indicating recurring patterns in how instructional interaction unfolds in this highly individualized setting. Beyond these empirical regularities, the study shows that the effects of tutor questioning are mediated by interactional dynamics distinctive to one-on-one online instruction. These include rapid turn-taking, sustained tutor control over topic progression, and the use of real-time scaffolding to maintain instructional flow. Through analysis of interactional episodes, the study identifies how tutors’ questioning practices respond to immediate contingencies of the interaction, such as student hesitation, task demands, and the need to advance instructional objectives within limited time frames. Importantly, the explanation of why particular questioning practices recur is grounded in practice-based and structurally inferred mechanisms, rather than tutors’ self-reported beliefs or intentions. The findings suggest that questioning practices are shaped by the didactic logic embedded in one-on-one online instruction itself, including the structural features of synchronous platforms, the individualized nature of tutor–student relations, and the instructional demands of maintaining engagement and task progression. By integrating these findings within a Critical Realist explanatory framework, the study contributes to didactics by offering a multi-layered account of questioning as a pedagogical practice in digitally mediated, individualized learning environments. It shows how observable questioning practices give rise to recurring interactional tendencies, which can be explained by underlying instructional and structural mechanisms. The study thus provides conceptually transferable insights for didactic research on teaching and learning beyond language education, particularly in contexts of online tutoring, mentoring, and other forms of individualized instruction. References Anderson, L.W., & Krathwohl, D.R., et al. (2001). A taxonomy for learning, teaching, and assessing: A revision of Bloom’s taxonomy of educational objectives. Longman Publishers. Blosser, P. E. (2000). How to ask the right questions (2nd ed.). NSTA Press. Bray, M. (2018). Blurring boundaries: The growing visibility, evolving forms and complex implications of private supplementary tutoring. Orbis Scholae, 4(2), 61–73. https://doi.org/10.14712/23363177.2018.12 Bray, M. (2022) Teachers as tutors, and tutors as teachers: blurring professional boundaries in changing eras, Teachers and Teaching, 28:1, 64-77, DOI: 10.1080/13540602.2021.2019700 Creswell, J. W. (2007). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches (2nd ed.). Sage Publications, Inc. Ellis, R. (1994). Second language acquisition research and teacher development: The case of teachers’ questions. In D. Li, D. Mahony, & J. Richards (Eds.), Exploring second language teacher development (pp. 175–194). Hong Kong: City University. Eleazar Vasquez, I., & Straub, C. (2012). Online Instruction for K-12 Special Education: A Review of the Empirical Literature. Journal of Special Education Technology. https://doi.org/10.1177/016264341202700303 Farrell, T. S. C. (2009). Talking, listening, and teaching: A guide to classroom communication. Thousand Oaks, CA: Corwin Press Hargreaves, D. H. (1984). Teachers’ questions: Open, closed, and half‐open. Educational Research, 26(1), 46-51. https://doi.org/10.1080/0013188840260108 Hrastinski, S., Stenbom, S., Benjaminsson, S., & Jansson, M. (2021). Identifying and exploring the effects of different types of tutor questions in individual online synchronous tutoring in mathematics. Interactive Learning Environments, 29(3), 510–522. https://doi.org/10.1080/10494820.2019.1583674 Jopling, M. (2012). 1:1 online tuition: A review of the literature from a pedagogical perspective. Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 28(4), 310-321. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2729.2011.00441.x Long, M., & Sato, C. (1983). Classroom Foreigner Talk Discourse: Forms and Functions of Teachers’ Questions. In H. Seliger, & M. Long (Eds.), Classroom-Oriented Research in Second Language Acquisition (pp. 268-286). Rowley, MA: Newsbury House. Mukumbang, F. C. (2023). Retroductive Theorizing: A Contribution of Critical Realism to Mixed Methods Research. Journal of Mixed Methods Research., 17(1), 93–114. https://doi.org/10.1177/15586898211049847 Nichol, A. J., Hastings, C., & Elder-Vass, D. (2023). Putting philosophy to work: developing the conceptual architecture of research projects. Journal of Critical Realism, 22(3), 364–383. https://doi.org/10.1080/14767430.2023.2217054 Uştuk, Ö., Hu, G. Teacher Questioning for Engaging EMI: A Quest for the Holy Grail?. Asia-Pacific Edu Res 34, 1101–1112 (2025). https://doi.org/10.1007/s40299-024-00924-4 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Secondary Teachers Integrating Generative AI to Support EAL Students: Evidence of Impact on Student Learning in Mainstream Classes Latrobe university, Australia Presenting Author:Generative artificial intelligence (GenAI) is increasingly regarded as a transformative technology (Dwivedi et al., 2023; Kilian et al., 2023), prompting growing academic attention towards understanding how teachers integrate this technology into teaching and learning practices (Holmes et al., 2019). Research indicates that the successful integration of GenAI in school contexts depends not only on the affordances of the technology, but on how teachers perceive, adapt, and mediate its use in classroom contexts (Prestridge, 2024). The aim of this paper is to explore how teachers integrate GenAI into their teaching practices in mainstream classrooms to support students with English as an Additional Language (EAL) and to consider the evidence regarding its impact on these students’ learning outcomes.
Globally, education systems are increasingly implementing GenAI through policy, funding, and digital infrastructure reforms (OECD, 2023). In Australia, for example, one in five schools reports increased use of GenAI-related technologies (Williams, 2025). Such rapid growth reflects education systems’ recognition of GenAI’s potential to strengthen learning outcomes, while reinforcing its position as a transformative force within the education sector (Kilian et al., 2023). GenAI tools capable of generating text, images, explanations, and personalised feedback are becoming increasingly integrated into classroom teaching, particularly as schools explore their capacity to support differentiation, scaffolded learning, and student engagement (Chiu et al., 2023), yet their impact remains uneven across learner groups.
Within educational research, GenAI is not only regarded as a technological innovation, but also a pedagogical resource with particular relevance for EAL students (Kilian et al., 2023). Studies indicate that GenAI’s supports scaffolding (Hsiao & Chang, 2023; Woo et al., 2023), differentiation (Huang et al., 2023; Lin et al., 2025; Tai & Chen, 2024), and targeted language support (Nazari et al., 2021; Xia et al., 2022), enabling improved access to curriculum content and supporting language proficiency. However, the extent to which EAL students benefit from GenAI depends on teachers’ pedagogical knowledge, instructional approaches, digital competence, and confidence in using GenAI responsibly and accurately (Chiu et al., 2023; Fawns, 2022; Gibbons, 2014; Mancusi, 2024; Prestridge, 2024). Without these capabilities, GenAI risks reinforcing educational inequities, particularly for EAL students who require explicit, linguistically informed scaffolding.
In this paper, I draw on the analysis of 11 empirical studies to explore how teachers implement GenAI in mainstream classrooms that include EAL students, and how these practices shape learning and language outcomes. The systematic review of literature addressed two key questions: (1) How do secondary mainstream teachers integrate GenAI into their teaching practices to support EAL students?” and (2) “What empirical evidence evidence exists regarding GenAI’s impact on student learning?”. Across the literature, student outcomes were linked to teachers’ pedagogical decision-making, professional confidence, and ability to integrate GenAI within purposeful classroom practices (Chiu et al., 2023; Tai & Chen, 2024; Khan et al., 2024; Woo et al., 2024). Teachers, therefore, play a central role in shaping students’ engagement with GenAI, ensuring its use is safe, culturally responsive, and aligned with learning goals.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A systematic review methodology was selected to ensure the rigour and reliability of the study’s conclusions, and to minimise bias throughout the review process (Gough et al., 2017). Systematic reviews are appropriate for synthesising evidence in evolving fields such as generative AI (GenAI). To further promote transparency and accuracy, the review was conducted in accordance with the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analysis (PRISMA) framework (Page et al., 2021). The literature search was conducted in April 2025 using three electronic databases: ProQuest Education, Scopus, and EBSCOhost (ERIC). All databases were selected because they provided a range of peer-reviewed literature across relevant areas in education, technology integration, and language learning. This ensured comprehensive coverage of studies related to GenAI, EAL instruction, and mainstream secondary teaching contexts. Given the recent integration of GenAI in education, the search was restricted to studies published between 2015 and 2025. Only peer-reviewed journal articles published in English were included, ensuring academic quality and methodological rigour. Search terms were developed and included combinations of keywords related to artificial intelligence, teacher, learner, secondary school, and EAL. Following duplicate removal, titles and abstracts were screened for relevance by the first author in the first phase of screening. In the second screening phase, two additional authors independently reviewed 93 titles and abstracts against the inclusion criteria. This process resulted in 21 potentially eligible studies, comprising: ProQuest (n = 9), Scopus (n = 5), and EBSCOhost (ERIC) (n = 7). Studies excluded at this stage did not sufficiently address classroom-based GenAI use or its relevance to EAL student learning. Minor discrepancies between reviewers were resolved through discussion, after which the lead author conducted a final consistency check. The final step involved full-text screening of the 21 articles, all of which were read in their entirety to determine whether they presented empirical findings and explicitly addressed the research questions. Several studies were excluded at the full-text stage for clearly defined reasons, mostly because they focused on policy, theoretical, ethical, or organisational perspectives rather than teachers’ classroom practices or EAL student learning outcomes (e.g., Grieve et al., 2024; Haim et al., 2022; Pourdana & Tavassoli, 2022). This process resulted in a final sample of 11 empirical studies. These studies were analysed using narrative synthesis, which involved systematically comparing and interpreting findings across studies to identify patterns. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This review examined how secondary mainstream teachers use GenAI to support EAL students and synthesised the empirical evidence regarding how it influences EAL students’ learning. The findings indicate that when classroom teachers purposefully integrate GenAI into their teaching practices, it has the potential to improve EAL students’ language acquisition, strengthen literacy skills, and promote more flexible and adaptive learning. However, many studies also emphasised the existing challenges, including teachers’ limited digital literacy, lack of confidence, and reliance on GenAI for low-level tasks. Although several studies indicate that GenAI can support EAL students’ learning through differentiation, scaffolding, and adaptive language learning, few have examined specifically how these strategies are most effective for EAL learners. Given that EAL students require explicit linguistic and cognitive support, future research should investigate how GenAI can be aligned with established EAL pedagogical frameworks to improve learning outcomes. Much of the research focused on basic GenAI applications, such as translation and grammar correction, rather than deeper pedagogical uses. As a result, there remains limited empirical understanding of how GenAI may support language development, differentiation, or subject-specific learning. This gap highlights the need for research that moves beyond AI-based applications to examine teachers’ instructional decision-making and its role in improve technological, linguistic, and academic outcomes for EAL students. The findings of this review suggest that GenAI can be meaningfully and effectively integrated into mainstream classrooms when teachers are supported through targeted professional learning, clearly defined pedagogical frameworks, and opportunities for ongoing collaborative reflection. From a practical perspective, the development of teachers’ GenAI pedagogical knowledge, together with the ethical, critical, and responsible use of GenAI, should be embedded into teachers’ ongoing professional practice. Such an approach ensures that GenAI complements rather than replaces effective teaching practices and supports the linguistic, cognitive, and learning needs of EAL students. References Chiu, T. K. F., Moorhouse, B. L., Chai, C. S., & Ismailov, M. (2023). Teacher support and motivation with AI chatbots; Dwivedi, Y. K., Kshetri, N., Hughes, L., Slade, E. L., Jeyaraj, A., Kar, A. K., et al. (2023). ChatGPT and educational implications; Fawns, T. (2022). Entangled pedagogy beyond technology; Gibbons, P. (2014). Scaffolding language learning; Gough, D. (2017). Introduction to systematic reviews; Grieve, A., Rouhshad, A., Petraki, E., Bechaz, A., & Dai, D. W. (2024). Ethical views on AI translation; Haim, O., Orland-Barak, L., & Goldberg, T. (2022). Linguistic repertoires of bilingual teachers; Holmes, W., Bialik, M., & Fadel, C. (2019). Artificial intelligence in education; Hsiao, J.-C., & Chang, J. S. (2024). AI tools for EFL reading and writing; Huang, A. Y. Q., Lu, O. H. T., & Yang, S. J. H.(2023). AI-enabled personalised learning; Khan, M. A., Kurbonova, O., Abdullaev, D., Radie, A. H., & Basim, N.(2024). AI-assisted assessment for young learners; Kilian, K. A., Ventura, C. J., & Bailey, M. M. (2023). Risks and control of advanced AI; Lin, C.-H., Zhou, K., Li, L., & Sun, L. (2025). Generative AI and multimodal composition; Mancusi, L. (2024). AI-supported vocabulary learning; Nazari, N., Shabbir, M. S., & Setiawan, R. (2021). AI writing assistants in higher education; OECD (2023). Digital education outlook; Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., et al. (2021). PRISMA 2020 guidelines; Pourdana, N., & Tavassoli, K. (2022). E-portfolio assessment and writing; Tai, T.-Y., & Chen, H. H.-J. (2024). Intelligent assistants and EFL speaking; Prestridge, S. (2024). Pedagogical beliefs and disruptive technologies; Woo, D. J., Wang, Y., Susanto, H., & Guo, K. (2023). Idea generation with AI tools; Woo, D. J., Wang, D., Guo, K., & Susanto, H. (2024). Teaching EFL writing with ChatGPT; Xia, Q., Chiu, T. K. F., Lee, M., Sanusi, I. T., Dai, Y., & Chai, C. S. (2022). Self-determination design for inclusive AI. |
| 11:15 - 12:45 | 99 ERC SES 03 C: Social Justice and Teacher Development Location: A31 | Main building A | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Carola Mantel Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper How School Social Justice Policies and Practices Shape Teachers’ Self-Efficacy in Multicultural Classrooms: The Mediating Role of Collective Diversity Beliefs 1: National Chi Nan University, Taiwan; 2: Viet Nam National University - Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam Presenting Author:This study examines how school social justice policies and practices (SJPP) relate to teachers’ self-efficacy in multicultural classrooms (SEMC) and whether this relationship operates through collective diversity beliefs (CDB). In essence, classrooms have never been culturally homogeneous spaces. Based on Bourdieu’s (1986) theory of capital, each student enters school carrying different forms of cultural capital shaped by family background, community contexts, and unequal social conditions. Therefore, interactions between teachers and students in the classroom reflect encounters among different “habitus”, which are durable systems of dispositions shaping how individuals learn, communicate, and make sense of the world. From this perspective, diversity is an inherent characteristic of teaching and learning across educational systems. In contemporary societies, this structural diversity of classrooms has been intensified by the global mobility and demographic change, raising policy and professional expectations for equitable and inclusive teaching. Within this context, SEMC emerges as a critical dimension of teachers’ professional capacity. Grounded in Bandura’s (1997) social cognitive theory, self-efficacy is conceptualized as the product of dynamic reciprocal interactions among personal characteristics, behaviors, and environmental influences. Accordingly, teachers’ SEMC develops not only through individual experience, but also through sustained engagement with school environments. In response to diversity and equity concerns, many education systems have introduced SJPP to establish normative expectations, legitimize inclusive practices, and structure professional experiences, which together may constitute key environmental conditions for the development of teachers’ SEMC. However, institutional theory highlights that formal policies frequently remain weakly connected to daily professional practices, a phenomenon commonly described as policy-practice decoupling (Scott, 2014). Schools, therefore, should be understood as interactive social systems in which leaders shape shared meanings, coordinate teacher interaction, and reinforce professional norms (Hoy & Miskel, 2013). Thus, SJPP function not only as policy texts but as leadership instruments through which equity priorities are communicated and normalized in school life. From this perspective, we argue that SJPP influence teachers’ SEMC primarily through a collective mechanism: CDB, defined as the school’s shared convictions regarding how teachers collectively understand and respond to student differences. Following the logic of Goddard and Goddard (2001), the successful internalization of SJPP into teachers’ collective consciousness establishes group norms that legitimize inclusive practices. These norms provide the social validation and motivational force necessary to promote individual SEMC. Thus, CDB can serve as a critical link that translates SJPP into teachers’ SEMC and lived professional realities. While this theoretical integration highlights the importance of CDB in linking school-level SJPP to teachers’ SEMC, empirical evidence examining this mechanism remains limited (Jang et al., 2026; Peterson & Jensen, 2025; Schwarzenthal et al., 2023). Using pooled data from the Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS) 2024 (OECD, 2025), this study addresses the following research questions: (1) What are the relationships between school SJPP, teachers’ CDB, and teachers’ SEMC? (2) Whether and to what extent does the teachers’ CDB mediate the association between school SJPP and teachers’ SEMC? By testing a cross-national mechanism linking policy-practice environments to teacher efficacy through collective belief climate, the study contributes to international discussions on how schools can move beyond symbolic compliance toward meaningful equity in practice—informing both school leadership and policy design. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data and Sample Utilizing the TALIS 2024 dataset, this study analyzed a nested sample of 49,488 lower secondary teachers within 9,042 schools. The final sample resulted from excluding countries with insufficient data, retaining teachers who answered the SEMC items in the rotated design, and handling missing values. Measurement SJPP was constructed as a latent factor using 12 principal-reported dichotomous items, representing the diversity and equity policies and practices implemented at the school level. To ensure model parsimony and stabilize between-school estimates, these items were aggregated into three thematic parcels: (1) cultural inclusion, (2) anti-discrimination, and (3) equity-oriented support. A summed score ranging from 0 to 4 (from none to all four policies/practices implemented) was computed for each of the parcels. For the mediator and outcome variables, the study utilized scale scores provided by the OECD (2025). CDB indicated the school’s normative climate based on principals’ proxy reports of the perceived proportion of teachers holding specific diversity beliefs. Meanwhile, SEMC reflected teachers’ belief in their teaching capabilities for equity in multicultural and diverse classrooms. These OECD-derived scale scores were constructed and validated using cross-national confirmatory factor analysis, demonstrating satisfactory model fit and reliability. Data Analysis This study used SPSS 27 for the data preparation and Mplus 7.4 to conduct MSEM for data analysis. Teacher sampling weights were applied to account for the complex design and ensure national representativeness. Firstly, the intraclass correlation coefficient (ICC) for the outcome variable (SEMC) was calculated to justify the multilevel framework. Based on thematic parcels, the measurement model for the latent predictor (SJPP) was verified via multilevel confirmatory factor analysis (MCFA). Model fit was evaluated using RMSEA (<.06), CFI (>.90), and SRMR-within/between (<.08) (Hu & Bentler, 1999). Secondly, the structural model was estimated to test the hypothesized relationships. Paths a (SJPP to CDB), path b (CDB to SEMC), and path c’ (direct effect of SJPP on SEMC) were specified at the between-school level. To isolate the structural effects, we controlled for teacher-level (education level, teaching experience) and school-level covariates (school type, school location, student composition). The indirect effect (a x b) and total effect were estimated using the MODEL CONSTRAINT command. The maximum likelihood robust (MLR) estimator was employed to provide standard errors robust to non-normality. Missing data on endogenous variables were handled using full information maximum likelihood (FIML), while listwise deletion was applied to exogenous covariates. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The MSEM analysis demonstrated a satisfactory fit to the data (χ2(16) = 369.798, p < .001; RMSEA = 0.021; CFI = 0.920; SRMR-within = 0.001; SRMR-between = 0.035). The ICC for SEMC was 0.179, justifying the multilevel framework. While TLI (0.841) was slightly low, overall indices indicated an acceptable model fit. The three parcels of SJPP loaded significantly onto the school-level latent factor (p < .001), with standardized loadings ranging from 0.548 to 0.720, ensuring construct validity. Structural results at the between-school level revealed that SJPP had a significant positive relationship with CDB (β = 0.290, p < .001). In turn, CDB showed a significant positive relationship with individual teachers’ SEMC (β = 0.073, p < .001). Crucially, while the indirect effect was statistically significant (Estimate = 0.018, p < .001), the direct effect of SJPP on SEMC was non-significant. These results suggest that SJPP are unlikely to strengthen teachers’ SEMC simply through formal adoption. Instead, these school-level SJPP appear consequential when they are collectively interpreted and internalized into shared normative expectations. Teachers with stronger shared beliefs about diversity appear better able to translate institutional commitments into supportive professional environments that foster their confidence in working with diverse learners. By drawing on pooled international TALIS 2024 data, the study suggests that this mechanism operates cross-nationally, rather than being context-specific. The findings demonstrate schools as social organizations where collective beliefs play a central role in shaping how policy signals are enacted in practice. For practice and policy, the implication is straightforward: strengthening teachers’ SEMC requires attention to both the content of SJPP and how schools cultivate shared meanings around diversity. Leadership efforts that foster professional dialogue, normalize inclusive practice, and reduce ambiguity about equity goals may be essential for translating SJPP into supportive working environments that nurture teacher efficacy. References Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The exercise of control. W. H. Freeman. Bourdieu, P. (1986). The forms of capital. In J. G. Richardson (Ed.), Handbook of theory and research for the sociology of education (pp. 241-258). Greenwood Press. Goddard, R. D., & Goddard, Y. L. (2001). A multilevel analysis of the relationship between teacher and collective efficacy in urban schools. Teaching and Teacher Education, 17(7), 807-818. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0742-051X(01)00032-4 Hoy, W. K., & Miskel, C. G. (2013). Educational administration: Theory, research, and practice (9th ed.). McGraw-Hill Education. Hu, L. T., & Bentler, P. M. (1999). Cutoff criteria for fit indexes in covariance structure analysis: Conventional criteria versus new alternatives. Structural Equation Modeling, 6(1), 1-55. https://doi.org/10.1080/10705519909540118 Jang, E., Seo, Y. S., & Jang, B. G. (2026). Building multicultural teaching self-efficacy: Key factors of secondary teachers’ confidence in diverse classrooms. Teaching and Teacher Education, 171, 105332. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2025.105332 OECD. (2025). Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS) 2024 conceptual framework. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/7b8f85d4-en Peterson, J. M., & Jensen, M. T. (2025). Teacher self-efficacy in relation to cultural and linguistic diversity in K–12 settings: A systematic review. Frontiers in Education, 10, 1531481. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2025.1531481 Schwarzenthal, M., Daumiller, M., & Civitillo, S. (2023). Investigating the sources of teacher intercultural self-efficacy: A three-level study using TALIS 2018. Teaching and Teacher Education, 126, 104070. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104070 Scott, W. R. (2014). Institutions and organizations: Ideas, interests, and identities (4th ed.). SAGE Publications. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Exploring the Professional Identity of Greek Minority Teachers in Hungary through Digital Storytelling (Pilot Study) Eötvös Loránd University, Hungary Presenting Author:Hungary is home to 13 legally recognized national minorities, which are considered constituent elements of the state and whose collective and individual rights are guaranteed by cardinal laws. According to the 2022 census, 5.1% of the population (approximately 492,000 people) identified with a national minority based on mother tongue affiliation or language use in family or friendship contexts (KSH, 2023; parliament.hu). However, most minorities in Hungary are highly assimilated: intergenerational language transmission has often weakened or ceased, and the maintenance of minority identity has increasingly become the responsibility of public education institutions (Bindorffer, 2007). In this context, the role of minority teachers extends beyond instruction to include identity maintenance and community-building functions. This pilot study focuses on the professional identity of teachers belonging to the Greek minority in Hungary. The Greek community is one of the smallest minorities in the country, with an institutional educational network limited to only two schools, which makes the role of teachers particularly crucial in sustaining the Greek language, cultural traditions, and community ties. Since the introduction of the Bologna system in 2006, there has been no dedicated Greek minority teacher education program in Hungary. As a result, teacher identity in this context is shaped at the intersection of multiple domains—family, school, community, and transnational experiences—where movement and mediation between contexts play a significant role in identity formation. This specific situation calls for an in-depth qualitative exploration of teacher identity. The study is grounded in Bronfenbrenner’s bioecological model, specifically its PPCT (Person–Process–Context–Time) framework (Bronfenbrenner & Morris, 2006), which conceptualizes professional identity not as a static attribute but as the outcome of temporally unfolding, recurring proximal processes. These processes are realized through sustained, emotionally meaningful interactions between individuals and their environments and play a central role in the stabilization and reorganization of identity (Akkerman & Meijer, 2011). The research applies Digital Storytelling (DST) (Lambert, 2002/2013) not only as a narrative data collection technique but as a complex learning and reflective practice (Pados & al., 2025, Lanszki & Kunos N., 2021). Life history exploration in qualitative research is often conducted through narrative interviews, in which an external researcher collects life history data and subsequently analyzes them (Clandinin & Connelly, 2000); beyond this approach, digital storytelling (DST) enables participants to process their life-course and learning experiences through multimodal narratives, supporting narrative sense-making and identity stabilization (Lanszki, 2022). In the digital stories examined, three clearly distinguishable groups of teachers emerge based on their socio-historical background: (1) descendants of civil-war refugees, (2) those who came to Hungary as a result of migration to seek employment, and (3) philhellenes of Hungarian origin. These groups are not merely demographic categories; rather, they indicate different forms of ecological embeddedness (social networks, institutional access, linguistic and cultural capital, and patterns of legitimation), which, within the interpretive logic of the PPCT model, can be understood as distinct sets of conditions shaping proximal processes. The life-course narratives further pointed to two dominant identity configurations: one characterized by early pedagogical orientation and another by a later consolidation of teacher identity, both strongly shaped by familial, institutional, social and temporal factors. The analysis revealed three mutually reinforcing patterns of proximal processes: (1) the role of relational legitimation and feedback in the emergence and stabilization of the teacher role; (2) cyclical processes of learning and reflection as mechanisms of identity maintenance; and (3) the mediation of language and culture as a lived lifeworld that provides moral and community-based legitimation for the teaching role. These patterns align with ecological and learning-centered interpretations of teacher identity (Bronfenbrenner & Morris, 2006). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodological framework of the study combines Digital Storytelling (DST) and thematic analysis. Digital storytelling is conceptualised as a complex, learning-organising and reflexive approach that simultaneously supports the narrative processing of experiences and meaning-making (Lambert, 2002/2013; Lanszki, 2016). Data collection took place in January 2026 through two one-day digital storytelling workshops involving teachers from the two Greek minority schools operating in Hungary. Participation was voluntary, and informed consent was a prerequisite for inclusion in the study. In total, 14 Greek minority teachers participated in the workshops. The workshops were jointly facilitated by the PhD student and her supervisor and were grounded in an art-based participatory action research approach, which combines participatory collaboration between researchers and participants, art-based methods such as creative writing and video-making, and action research in which the researcher designs, facilitates, and analyzes the process to support reflection, learning, and change. (Leavy, 2015) The DST process provided a structured yet flexible framework for participants to narratively process their life histories and learning experiences, in line with national and international approaches to the pedagogical and higher education application of digital storytelling (Lambert, 2002/2013; Lanszki, 2022). The multi-phase creative process—including story circles, planning, story writing, selection of visual and audio materials, editing, sharing, and collective reflection—enabled repeated engagement with personal experiences and the integration of peer feedback, which is of particular significance for reflective learning and self-representation. A total of 13 digital stories were produced during the workshops. Two narratives were excluded from the analysis because their creators were visiting teachers from Greece who were temporarily working in Hungary, and whose life trajectories and institutional embeddedness differed significantly from those of minority teachers in Hungary. Consequently, the analysis was based on 11 digital stories (n = 11), selected through convenience sampling. The method of analysis was thematic analysis integrating multiple data sources: (1) the complete audio recordings of the workshops, (2) the narrative texts of the digital stories, and (3) the visual and auditory elements of the stories. Both inductive and theory-driven approaches were applied. In the inductive phase, recurring motifs, patterns, narrative nodes, and narrative arcs were identified, followed by theoretical interpretation along the dimensions of the PPCT model (Bronfenbrenner & Morris, 2006; Tong & An, 2024). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This pilot study demonstrates that digital storytelling provides a productive methodological and analytical lens for exploring the professional identity of Greek minority teachers in Hungary. Interpreted through the PPCT framework, the findings highlight that teacher identity in minority contexts is not a fixed professional attribute but an ecologically embedded, temporally unfolding process shaped by sustained relational, institutional, and cultural interactions. The identified proximal processes—relational legitimation, cyclical learning and reflection, and the mediation of language and culture as a lived lifeworld—underscore the central role of emotionally meaningful interactions in the stabilization and reorganization of professional identity. Methodologically, the study shows that digital storytelling extends beyond conventional narrative interviews or oral history approaches by positioning participants as active meaning-makers rather than solely as sources of retrospective accounts. As an art-based participatory action research practice, DST enabled teachers to narratively and multimodally reorganize their life-course experiences, fostering reflexivity, agency, and identity coherence. The participatory and creative dimensions of the workshops supported collective reflection, while the researcher’s facilitative and analytical role ensured methodological rigor and theoretical alignment. Although based on a small, convenience sample, the pilot offers important insights into the ecological complexity of minority teacher identity formation in highly assimilated contexts where educational institutions carry significant responsibility for language and culture maintenance. The findings also suggest that DST may function not only as a research method but as a transformative learning space with implications for teacher education and professional development in minority and migrant settings. Future research with larger and more diverse samples could further explore how art-based participatory approaches contribute to identity resilience, professional learning, and community sustainability across different minority education contexts. References Akkerman, S. F., & Meijer, P. C. (2011). A dialogical approach to conceptualizing teacher identity. Teaching and Teacher Education, 27(2), 308–319. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2010.08.013 Bindorffer, G. (szerk.) (2007). Változatok a kettős identitásra: Kisebbségi léthelyzetek és identitásalakzatok a magyarországi horvátok, németek, szerbek, szlovákok és szlovének körében. Gondolat Kiadó. ISBN 9789639610859 Bronfenbrenner, U. & Morris, P. A. (2006). The bioecological model of human development, in Handbook of Child Psychology, ed. R. M. Lerner (Hoboken, NJ, USA: John Wiley \& Sons, Inc.), 793–828. doi: 10.1002/9780470147658.chpsy0114 Clandinin, D. J., & Connelly, F. M. (2000). Narrative inquiry: Experience and story in qualitative research. Jossey-Bass. Gubrium, A., & Harper, K. (2013). Participatory visual and digital methods (1st ed.). Routledge. Illeris, K. (2014). Transformative learning and identity. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203795502 Lambert, J. (2002/2013): Digital Storytelling, capturing lives, creating community. New York. Lanszki Anita (2016): A digitális történet mint önreprezentáció a Magyar Táncművészeti Főiskola hallgatói körében. Egy nem reprezentatív felmérés eredményei. In: Bolvári-Takács G, Németh A., Perger G. (szerk): Tánc és társadalom: V. Tánctudományi Konferencia a Magyar Táncművészeti Főiskolán 2015. November 13−14., 148−155. Lanszki, A., & Kunos, N. (2021). The use of digital storytelling to address school-related burnout among 10–11 grade students. Journal of Education Sciences, 1, Article 01. https://doi.org/10.35923/JES.2021.1.01 Lanszki, A. (2022): Kutatásmódszertani megfontolások digitális történetek hermeneutikai vizsgálatához In Kempf, K., Polyák, Zs., Vincze, B. (Eds), A művészetpedagógia múltja és jelene – reformpedagógia, életreform, gyermekkultúra (pp. 130-145). Magyarországi Reformpedagógiai Egyesület, Budapest Leavy, P. (2015). Method meets art: Arts-based research practice (2nd ed.). Guilford Press. Mezirow, J. (2000). Learning as transformation: Critical perspectives on a theory in progress. Jossey-Bass. Pados, E., Koltai, B. G., Lanszki, A., Horváth, K., Lázár, I., & Rácz, J. (2025). Empowering voices: Revealing adolescent motherhood through digital storytelling in Hungary. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 24, Article 16094069251370184. https://doi.org/10.1177/16094069251370184 Rushton, E. A. C., Rawlings Smith, E., Steadman, S., & Towers, E. (2023). Understanding teacher identity. Review of Education, 11, e3417. https://doi.org/10.1002/rev3.3417 Tong, P., & An, I. S. (2024). Review of studies applying Bronfenbrenner’s bioecological theory in international and intercultural education research. Frontiers in Psychology, 14, Article 1233925. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2023.1233925 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Exploring Relational Factors for Intercultural Knowledge Development in EFL pre-Service Teachers: A Systematic Literature Review Pontificia Universidad Catolica de Chile, Chile Presenting Author:The increasing focus on interculturality is paramount and recognized as essential for teacher education (UNESCO, 2006; Byram, 2012; Dervin, 2016). Due to the intrinsic link between language and culture, this becomes particularly relevant for English as a Foreign Language (EFL) teachers. Researching interculturality, however, can be challenging due to the nuances of this concept and how it is characterised (Kecskes, 2012). An overview of theoretical positions reveals that competence-based models explain intercultural competence as comprised of four main dimensions: awareness about what being ‘intercultural’ means, knowledge about one’s own and other cultural practices, skills relating to interpreting and adopting different cultural behaviors and attitudes towards discovering and acting under this understanding (Spitzberg & Changnon, 2009). Other approximations, however, call for comprehensive explorations of interculturality, arguing that culture represents a field in which power dynamics are at play (Dervin, 2016). Walsh (2009) calls for a contextualized lens through critical interculturality, proposed as an emancipatory means to the effects of colonisation, particularly in Latin America, which also extrapolates to similar EFL contexts. These different approximations to the study of interculturality reflect its complexity but also call for understanding how interculturality is conceptualised and exercised by individuals in light of these many theoretical positions. To achieve this, this review adopts an inductive approach applying the “Funds of Knowledge” (FoK) framework (González et al., 2005). FoK refers to the historical bodies of knowledge that individuals accumulate throughout their lives and thus allows the review to systematize the different factors that influence the development of intercultural knowledge in pre-service teachers. This systematic literature review explores empirical evidence on how EFL pre-service teachers develop their intercultural knowledge, as an effort to systematise the scarce evidence provided in this matter. The guiding question for this systematic literature review is the following: What factors has the literature reported that influence the intercultural development of English as Foreign Language pre-service English teachers? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Through a systematic review process following PRISMA guidelines, 20 articles published between 2011 and 2025 were selected from Scopus and Web of Science. The criteria for inclusion pertained to the focus on EFL pre-service teachers alone, and their formal and informal intercultural learning experiences in their lives. These resulting corpus underwent thematic analysis, then were further analyzed through a Funds of Knowledge (González et al., 2005) lens to theorize about the evidence. This approach provided a nuanced understanding, validating PSTs' experiences and offering a pathway to integrate them into curriculum and teacher education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results reveal that PSTs develop intercultural knowledge through three main factors: personal, relational, and pedagogical. Personal factors include motivation, reflective personalities, and family influences. Relational factors encompass intercultural exchanges abroad, professional experiences, and digital interactions. Pedagogical factors highlight formal intercultural education, culturally responsive materials, and active participation in research or practicum. These pedagogical experiences, in particular, offer diverse opportunities for intercultural encounters and discussions, which may be shaped by the personal and societal factors, as strands of PSTs’ own funds of knowledge. These findings stress the fact that leveraging PSTs' funds of knowledge is crucial for enhancing their intercultural competence. This review, therefore, calls for teacher educators to implement culturally diverse approaches, acknowledging PSTs' unique characteristics and sociocultural backgrounds, within teacher education programs and classroom practice. References Byram, M. (2012). Conceptualizing intercultural (communicative) competence and intercultural citizenship. In Jackson, J. (Ed.), The Routledge Handbook of Language and Intercultural Communication (pp. 85–97). Routledge. Dervin, F. (2016). Interculturality in Education : A Theoretical and Methodological Toolbox. Palgrave Macmillan UK. https://doi.org/10.1057/978-1-137-54544-2 González, N., Moll, L. C., & Amanti, C. (Eds.). (2005). Funds of knowledge: Theorizing practices in households, communities, and classrooms. Routledge. Kecskes, I. (2012). Interculturality and intercultural pragmatics. In Jackson, J. (Ed.), The Routledge Handbook of Language and Intercultural Communication (pp. 67-84). Routledge. Spitzberg, B. H., y Changnon, G. (2009). Conceptualizing Intercultural Competence. In Deardorff, D. (Ed.), The SAGE Handbook of Intercultural Competence (pp. 2–52). SAGE Publications Inc. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization. (2006). UNESCO Guidelines on Intercultural Education. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000147878 Walsh, C. (2009). Interculturalidad crítica y pedagogía de-colonial: in-surgir, re-existir y re-vivir. In Educación intercultural en América Latina: memorias, horizontes históricos y disyuntivas políticas (pp. 27–54). Universidad Pedagógica Nacional. |
| 11:15 - 12:45 | 99 ERC SES 03 D: Teacher Professional Practice Location: A32 | Main building A | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Piety Runhaar Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Paucity at the Profession Level. Situational Mapping of Professional Autonomy Among ECE Teachers in Chile 1: IE-CIAE Universidad de Chile, Chile; 2: FACSO Universidad de Chile, Chile Presenting Author:THEORETICAL FRAMEWORK. Autonomy is a core trait of professionalism -including its continental European development (Svensson & Evetts,2003)- referring to the capacity of an occupational group to control its own work, free from the interference of any external actor -be it the State, employers, or what the literature refers to as clients (Cribb & Gewirtz, 2015; Svensson & Evetts, 2003). Several authors have distanced from the tacit theoretical assumption that teacher professional autonomy is inherently positive while state control is inherently negative (Cribb & Gewirtz, 2007). In this vein, Wermke and colleagues (Wermke & Salokangas, 2021; Wermke et al., 2018) have posited that teacher professional autonomy has to be understood as a contextual phenomenon, embedded in local and national institutional contexts, in international educational trends, and shaped by the meanings teachers themselves ascribe to it. These authors have differentiated among three levels of control: classroom, school, and profession. Scarce research has addressed ECE teachers' professional autonomy. Most works have showed that ECE teachers’ practice has been constrained by national policies in the last decades (Bamsey & Fogarty, 2025; Oosterhoff et al., 2020). Also seeking to apply a non-anthropocentric way of thinking about agency (Clarke et al., 2017), Oosterhoff (2020) has argued for an understanding of the situated nature of ECE teachers' professional autonomy, contending that it should not be viewed as purely human (i.e. individuals or groups whose agencies are intended), but rather as part of situational assemblages that also include non-human (i.e. material-semiotic actors like technologies, discourses, or institutions, whose agency is not intended) (Taggart, 2011; Fairchild, 2023). Other authors have also addressed ECE teachers' professional autonomy as situated through the "more-than-human" relational lens, analyzing it as entangled assemblages within situated experiences (Arndt, 2015; Fairchild, 2018; Oosterhoff et al., 2021). No research has addressed the relationship between professional autonomy and the construction of professionalism in the ECE field, considering the specificity of ECE teachers' professional identity (Arndt et al., 2021), or the particular national ECE institutional architectures (Kagan et al., 2016). RESEARCH QUESTION. Chile is a country with intrinsic interest to inquire into ECE teachers' professional autonomy. Here, ECE teachers have bachelors' degree, and work in a highly fragmented provision, with curricular prescriptiveness, and high stakes accountability mechanisms (Adlerstein & Pardo, 2020). It is plausible to expect different expressions and understandings of professional autonomy and professionalism among ECE teachers' situated experience. Hence, this paper addressed the following research aim: to identify and interrelate the elements that shape professional autonomy in the situated experience of ECE teachers in Chile, mapping situationally how it is part of the construction of professionalism in the field. METHODOLOGY. It is described in the Methods section of this proposal. FINDINGS. The maps show ECE teachers' professional autonomy as a complex more-than-human assemblage, including human and non-human elements. Specifically, most elements that ECE teachers relate with their professional autonomy are located at the classroom level of control -which they highly value-, while the school level is significantly less prominent, the profession level appears rarely. Furthermore, the situational mapping showed a wide array of human elements (e.g. ECE teachers' pedagogical knowledge and professional experience, the qualities of ECE settings' leaders, and children as right holders (human), and non-human elements (e.g. the kind of engagement of families, and the national curriculum), which were interlinked through more-than-human assemblages (e.g. managerial performativity, territorial professional networks). The maps also show that ECE teachers understand those elements as both enablers as well as hindrances of their professional autonomy, depending on the particularities of the situation; the only exception was the national curriculum, which was unanimously understood as an enabler of ECE teachers' professional autonomy. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used SITUATIONAL ANALYSIS APPROACH This research relied on Situational Analysis, which is an extension of the Grounded Theory that integrates poststructural notions. It emphasizes analyzing behaviors, discourses and relations of power, grounding the analysis in the situation. It takes human (e.g. ECE teachers) and nonhuman elements (e.g. technologies) into analytic account, where the situation itself becomes the unit of analysis (Clarke, 2021). PARTICIPANTS Participants were 104 ECE teachers working as principals or classroom teachers in various types of ECE settings from 9 Chilean cities (Clarke et al., 2016). All of them signed informed consent. DATA PRODUCTION We produced data by drawing on 17 focus groups (Barbour, 2018; Clarke et al., 2016), with 5-9 participants each one. We elicited participants' discourses on professional autonomy by inviting them to reflect on situations drawn from their own everyday experience, and represent it on a participant-produced diagram (Banks, 2018; Clarke et al., 2016). The production of these diagrams served to elicit dialogue around professional autonomy. DATA ANALYSIS Situational Analysis develops through the construction of three consecutive types of maps: Situational Map; Social Worlds/Arenas Map, and Positional Map. This article focuses on the construction of Situational Maps. We constructed Situational Maps through Messy and Relational maps. Messy Maps displayed an unstructured visualization of the major elements in a situation, as framed by participants. Relational maps depicted salient relations among elements from messy maps, indicating their mutual connections. Finally, we constructed Situational Maps by organizing elements into analytic categories (e.g., actors, discourses) for pattern identification, laying out the major human, nonhuman, discursive, political, and other elements (Clarke, 2016), highlighting power relationships, and nonhuman entanglements. As Situational Analysis is an extension of the Grounded Theory, throughout the mapping process, we used the constant comparative method to define categories and relationships, and memo writing accompanied mapping to document analytic decisions and emerging insights. We revised the maps iteratively as new data were incorporated (Clarke et al., 2016). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research contributes to debates on ECE teachers’ professional autonomy by examining it through situational analysis. The maps show a strong concentration of elements related with professional autonomy at the classroom level, indicating a displacement from traditional understandings of autonomy as a form of collective professional jurisdiction (Svensson & Evetts, 2003), and, thus, a potential weakness of ECE teachers' professional autonomy. From a Clarkean perspective, the limited presence of school, and profession levels of autonomy (Cribb & Gewirtz, 2007, 2015) can be interpreted -from a Clarkean perspective- as analytically significant silences, indicating that collective professional control is not a salient dimension of professionalism among ECE teachers in Chile. Large degrees of professional autonomy at the classroom appears as individualised and situational practice enacted in situ. Extending Wermke and colleagues’ multi-level framework, the analysis shows how classroom-level autonomy becomes dominant within the situation of ECE teachers in Chile -as a highly valued trait-, while collective levels (school and profession) remain marginalised. As ECE teachers in Chile highly value their professional autonomy at the classroom level, this pattern differs from the autonomy paradox observed across Europe (i.e. Finland, Ireland, Germany, and Sweden), where teachers perceive heightened individual autonomy as burdensome, fostering self-imposed limits rather than professional freedom. Furthermore, the fact that the elements in the maps are tightly interlinked suggests that ECE teachers understand professional autonomy as primarily mediated through more-than-human assemblages. Finally, the fact that the maps show that practically all elements bear an ambivalent (i.e. positive and negative) relation with their professional autonomy, according to the specific situation, suggests that autonomy emerges not as a stable trait of professionalism, but as a contingent accomplishment produced through specific assemblages that shape teachers’ everyday professional decision-making. References Arndt, S. K. (2015). Pedagogies of difference: Unknowing immigrant teachers as subjects forever in process. Journal of Pedagogy 6(2), 119-132. DOI 10.1515/jped-2015-0017 Bamsey, V., & Fogarty, L. (2025). ’We are teachers too’: reclaiming professionalism in early childhood education from within. Early Years, 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1080/09575146.2025.2580480 Banks, M. (2018). Using visual data in qualitative research. Sage Publications. Barbour, R. S. (2018). Doing focus groups. Sage Publications. Clarke, A. E. (2016). Situational analysis. In The Blackwell Encyclopedia of Sociology. John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. Published 2016 by John Wiley & Sons. DOI: 10.1002/9781405165518.wbeos0777 Clarke, A. E. (2021). From grounded theory to situational analysis: What’s new? Why? How?. In Developing grounded theory (pp. 223-266). Routledge. Clarke, A. E., Friese, C., & Washburn, R. S. (2017). Situational analysis: Grounded theory after the interpretive turn. Sage publications. Clarke, A. E., Washburn, R., Friese, C., & Clarke, A. E. (2016). Situational analysis in practice: Mapping research with grounded theory. Routledge. Cribb, A., & Gewirtz, S. (2007). Unpacking autonomy and control in education: Some conceptual and normative groundwork for a comparative analysis. European Educational Research Journal, 6(3), 203-213. Fairchild, N. (2018). The micropolitics of posthuman early years leadership assemblages: Exploring more-than-human relationality. Contemporary Issues in Early Childhood, 20(1), 53-64. https://doi.org/10.1177/1463949118793332 (Original work published 2019) Fairchild, N. (2023). Pedagogies of place-spaces: walking-with the post-professional. PRACTICE, 5(sup1), 4–20. https://doi.org/10.1080/25783858.2021.1968279 Oosterhoff, A., Oenema-Mostert, I., & Minnaert, A. (2020). Constrained or sustained by demands?vPerceptions of professional autonomy in early childhood education. Contemporary Issues in Early Childhood, 21(2). https://doi.org/10.1177/1463949120929464 Oosterhoff, M. (2021). Turning the kaleidoscope: multiple enactments of professional autonomy in early childhood education. In: https://research.rug.nl/en/publications/turning-the-kaleidoscope-multiple-enactments-of-professional-auto/ Svensson, L., & Evetts, J. (2003). Introduction. In L. Svensson & J. Evetts (Eds.), Conceptual and comparative studies of continental and anglo-american professions. Research report N° 129. Gothenburg: University of Gothenburg. Taggart, G. (2011) Don’t we care?: the ethics and emotional labour of early years professionalism, Early Years: An International Research Journal, 31:1, 85-95, DOI: 10.1080/09575146.2010.536948 Wermke, W., & Salokangas, M. (2021). The Autonomy Paradox: Teachers' Perceptions of Self-Governance Across Europe (Vol. 4). London: Springer. Wermke, W., Olason Rick, S., & Salokangas, M. (2018). Decision-making and control: Perceived autonomy of teachers in Germany and Sweden. Journal of curriculum studies, 51(3), 306-325. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Interdisciplinary education in Initial Teacher Education: Normative documents meanings 1: Pontificia Universidad Católica de Chile, Chile; 2: Universidad Alberto Hurtado, Chile Presenting Author:The incorporation of interdisciplinary education into teacher education standards involves more than the formal inclusion of a pedagogical principle: it entails a set of epistemic and cultural decisions through which specific understandings of knowledge integration and professional preparation are normatively stabilised. Interdisciplinary education is increasingly positioned as a key orientation for preparing teachers to address complex educational problems that exceed disciplinary boundaries, raising questions about how such integration becomes legitimate within formal frameworks of teacher education. This paper examines how interdisciplinary education is constructed through teacher education standards and the tensions that arise from this normative configuration. Teacher education standards play a constitutive role in defining what counts as legitimate knowledge, professional practice, and academic organisation within initial teacher education (Cochran-Smith et al., 2018; Ingvarson et al., 2006). They function as regulatory instruments that operate through normative stabilisation, shaping expectations about what future teachers should know, be able to do, and how their preparation should be organised under regimes of standardisation and accountability (Falabella, 2014, 2021; Bellei & Muñoz, 2023). When interdisciplinary education is articulated within such standards, its meaning is shaped through expert-driven deliberations that delimit its scope, relevance, and relationship to disciplinary traditions. This study examines the Chilean case, where standards have become a central regulatory mechanism for secondary initial teacher education following the establishment of the Teacher Professional Development System (Chile, 2016). In this context, the Ministry of Education convened academic teams from universities to elaborate pedagogical and disciplinary standards through expert-led processes approved by the National Education Council. These standards function as official reference points for programme accreditation and national diagnostic assessment, reinforcing their constitutive influence on the alignment between initial teacher education, the school curriculum, and expectations of professional performance (Voisin & Fernández, 2025). Conceptually, the analysis draws on the notion of policy objects (Sin, 2014) to approach interdisciplinary education not as a stable pedagogical innovation imported into teacher education, but as an object that is constructed, delimited, and rendered governable through normative work. From this perspective, standards-making constitutes a site where expert deliberations establish what interdisciplinary education is taken to mean, what forms of knowledge integration are considered legitimate, and which professional expectations are attached to future secondary teachers. While existing research has identified the institutional domain as a key yet underexplored site for understanding interdisciplinary education, there has been limited analytical specification of how this domain can be examined when the empirical focus is on standards. Process-oriented approaches to institutionalising interdisciplinarity (Vienni-Baptista, 2024) enable this examination by foregrounding epistemic and cultural dimensions through which interdisciplinary education is normatively configured within institutional settings. This study asks how interdisciplinary education is defined and prescribed within the official regulatory field of initial teacher education, which epistemic, pedagogical, and organisational assumptions underpin this prescription, and what tensions, ambivalences, and expectations emerge regarding its incorporation into teacher education programmes. Methodologically, this study is based on qualitative document analysis of a corpus of national teacher education standards and related regulatory texts, analysed through reflexive thematic analysis focusing on definitional statements and internal normative tensions. The findings indicate that interdisciplinary education is selectively and unevenly stabilised within teacher education standards, with disciplinary hierarchies and instrumental framings structuring differentiated expectations regarding integration, collaboration, and professional responsibility. By analysing standards as sites of normative decision-making, the paper contributes to teacher education research by clarifying how interdisciplinary education is institutionally configured through academic and organisational distinctions rather than through coherent pedagogical prescriptions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative, interpretive research design centred on the analysis of normative texts governing initial teacher education. The empirical focus is on Chilean teacher education standards for secondary education, understood as institutional artefacts that stabilise expectations regarding legitimate knowledge, professional practice, and academic organisation. Given the interest in examining how interdisciplinary education is defined and prescribed within the official regulatory field, the study relies on qualitative document analysis combined with reflexive thematic analysis. The empirical corpus comprises national policy and regulatory documents directly related to the definition and regulation of initial teacher education standards for secondary education. These include the Standards for the Teaching Profession intended for pedagogy programs and for practicing teachers, the curricular bases, and complementary technical documents produced during their formulation and validation, based on their formal regulatory status, relevance to the field, and explicit or implicit references to interdisciplinary education, knowledge integration, or cross-disciplinary expectations. Taken together, the corpus represents the authoritative normative framework through which interdisciplinary education is officially articulated for teacher preparation. The analysis was conducted using reflexive thematic analysis, following the approach developed by Braun and Clarke (2006, 2019, 2021). This analytic approach was selected because it conceptualises themes as analytic constructions generated through the researcher’s active, theoretically informed engagement with the data, rather than as categories that simply emerge. Reflexive thematic analysis is particularly well suited to the study of normative and policy texts, as it allows attention to both explicit formulations and epistemic and cultural assumptions embedded in policy language. Analytic work proceeded through iterative and recursive phases of familiarisation with the corpus, initial coding, theme development and refinement, and analytic writing. Coding was primarily semantic but increasingly interpretive, focusing on how interdisciplinary education was defined, justified, delimited, and positioned in relation to disciplinary knowledge, professional expectations, and institutional organisation. Throughout the process, codes and themes were developed in dialogue with the study’s conceptual framework, particularly the notions of policy objects and epistemic and cultural dimensions. Analytical rigour was supported through sustained engagement with the corpus, systematic documentation of analytic decisions, and reflexive memo-writing that traced the development of themes and shifts in interpretation over time. This approach ensured coherence between the research questions, theoretical framing, and analytic claims, foregrounding meaning-making as a situated and theoretically informed process. As a result, the analysis provides a nuanced account of how interdisciplinary education is normatively configured within teacher education standards. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis shows that interdisciplinary education is actively present within teacher education standards, but it is configured through differentiated and uneven normative prescriptions rather than through a unified pedagogical framework. Interdisciplinarity is consistently valued as a desirable orientation, yet its meaning is shaped by strong disciplinary classifications and instrumental framings that structure how integration is imagined, assigned, and limited across curricular areas. The standards analysed distribute expectations for interdisciplinary education asymmetrically. Certain disciplines are positioned as central drivers of integration, often linked to transversal competencies or pedagogical coordination, while others are framed as contributors to predefined learning outcomes without equivalent epistemic authority. This differentiated allocation of roles reinforces existing disciplinary hierarchies and constrains the development of more symmetrical or dialogical forms of knowledge integration in initial teacher education. At the same time, the prescriptive force of standards operates through academic and organisational distinctions rather than through detailed pedagogical guidance. Expectations regarding collaboration, curriculum alignment, and professional responsibility are normatively stabilised, while concrete orientations for designing, enacting, and evaluating interdisciplinary education remain ambiguous. As a result, interdisciplinary education appears simultaneously mandated, encouraged, and constrained within the regulatory framework. These findings underscore the importance of examining standards as institutional sites where epistemic and cultural decisions are made prior to programme-level enactment. The normative configuration identified here shapes the conditions under which interdisciplinary education becomes legitimate and actionable within teacher education programmes, demarcating both its possibilities and its limits. More broadly, this study highlights the need for teacher education research that attends the epistemic and cultural work performed by regulatory texts when interdisciplinary education is promoted as a response to complex educational challenges. Understanding how such orientations are normatively configured at the level of standards is essential for explaining why interdisciplinary education remains often unevenly realised within initial teacher education. References Bellei, C., y Muñoz, G. (2023). Models of regulation, education policies, and changes in the education system: A long-term analysis of the Chilean case. Journal of Educational Change, 24(1), 49-76. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-021-09435-1 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health, 11(4), 589–597. https://doi.org/10.1080/2159676X.2019.1628806 Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2021) One size fits all? What counts as quality practice in (reflexive) thematic analysis?, Qualitative Research in Psychology, 18:3, 328-352, DOI: 10.1080/14780887.2020.1769238 Chile. (2016). Ley N° 20.903: Crea el Sistema de Desarrollo Profesional Docente. Biblioteca del Congreso Nacional de Chile. Cochran-Smith, M., Baker, M., Burton, S., Chang, W.-C., Cummings Carney, M., Fernández, M. B., Keefe, E. S., Miller, A. F., Sánchez, J. G., & Stern, R. (2018). Reclaiming accountability in teacher education. Teachers College Press. Falabella, A. (2014). Do national test scores and quality labels trigger school self-assessment and accountability? A critical analysis in the Chilean context. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 37(5), 743–760. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2014.976698 Falabella, A. (2021). The seduction of hyper-surveillance: Standards, testing, and accountability. Educational Administration Quarterly, 57(1), 113–142. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X20912299 Ingvarson, L., Elliott, A., Kleinhenz, E., & McKenzie, P. (2006). Teacher education accreditation: A review of national and international trends and practices. Australian Council for Educational Research. Sin, C. (2014). The Policy Object: A Different Perspective on Policy Enactment in Higher Education. Higher Education 68 (3): 435–448. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-014-9721-5 Vienni-Baptista, B. (2024) Institutionalising. En Darbellay, F. (Ed,). Elgar Encyclopedia of Interdisciplinarity and Transdisciplinarity. Elgaronline. https://doi.org/10.4337/9781035317967.ch59 Voisin, A. y Fernández, M.B. (2025). (Re-)framing the teaching profession by reforming teacher education and careers in Chile. Journal of Education Policy, 1–24. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2025.2515569 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper “Being There Together for the Children, That Is the Right Way”: an Exploration of Teachers’ Commitment Radboud University Nijmegen, The Netherlands Presenting Author:Education systems world wide deal with persisting teacher shortages (UNESCO, 2024). The related teacher turnover has detrimental effects on students learning, especially in disadvantaged populations (Atteberry et al., 2017). To retain their teachers, school leaders and policy makers should know how teachers commit to their work (Lambersky, 2016). Commitment is a volitional bond with a part of one’s work (i.e., a target) that reflects on dedication and responsibility (Klein et al., 2012). Teacher who have higher commitment have less turnover intentions (Moodie, 2025), report higher well-being (McInerney et al., 2015), and their students have higher academic achievements (Li et al., 2022). Previous research on teacher commitment has primarily focused on commitment directed at their organisation or commitment in general. However, organisations are composed of multiple constituencies with their own values and goals (Reichers, 1985). Consequently, the current study considers a range of potential commitments that teacher may have to broaden the understanding of how teachers relate to the various aspects of their complex work. This will show how commitment towards various targets can be experienced differently. According to Klein et al.'s (2022) commitment systems theory, teachers have these multiple commitments simultaneously in varying degrees which are connected to each other as a network. Commitments that lay closer to the centre of this network influence the meaning and direction of teachers’ commitment in general (Klein et al., 2022). For instance, committed teachers’ primary focus in their work are their students (Fransson & Frelin, 2016), which indicates that commitment to students has a central place in teachers’ commitment systems. By employing this network perspective, understanding of teachers’ commitment is expanded from looking at individual commitments to a more general functioning of teachers commitment as a whole. Furthermore, previous research provided valuable insights into the reason why teachers leave to profession (e.g., Amitai & Van Houtte, 2022; Pressley et al., 2026). Building on these findings, this study addresses why teachers intend to remain in the profession. These insights can equip school leaders to provide teachers with meaningful work. To investigate how teachers commit to their work, this study asks two questions: how to teachers express their commitment to certain workplace targets and how do central commitments influence teachers’ commitment? These research questions were investigated through semi-structured interviews, which will be further addressed in the method section of this proposal. In order to get a sense of how teachers’ experience their work-place commitments, the main components of Klein et al.'s (2012) definition of commitment (i.e., volition, responsibility, and dedication) need to be separately recognised in teachers’ accounts. Responsibility suggests that teachers care for a target (Klein et al., 2014). The role they take has characteristics that make them accountable over the target, which means that their relationship with these targets carries a degree of caution (Martin, 2007). Dedication is a sense of enthusiasm, inspiration or challenge teachers feel for a target, they feel proud to work with it (Schaufeli & Bakker, 2004). As such, commitments are intended to be long-term bonds that drive teachers to perform in favourable actions regarding the target (Meyer et al., 2004). Commitment can be differentiated from other workplace bonds (i.e., acquiescence and instrumental bonds) through the presence of volition (Klein et al., 2012). This study follows approach Zhu's (2004) to volition, meaning that it bridges between teachers’ intentions, desires, beliefs or reasons and the enactment of the commitment. In this vein, not only the presence of positive attitudes, but also internalised intentions, desires, beliefs or reasons indicate some degree of volition in the bond with a target. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For this study, 15 Dutch teachers were conveniently sampled. Within this sample, primary, secondary, and vocational education were equally represented, and six teachers were in service of less than five years and nine longer than five years. Additionally, a diverse array of work contexts are represented in the sample. The interviews constructed in a semi-structured fashion and consisted of two parts. During the first part, teachers’ work arrangements and their motivation to work in education and at their current school were explored. During the second part, their work-place commitments were explored. This was aided by a operational definition of commitment (“a bond for a part of your work that is based on responsibility, enthusiasm or energy”) and non-exhaustive list of potential commitment targets to create common ground. The order of this list was randomised between participants to counter social desirability. The teachers were asked to choose which commitment targets were applicable to them, how they expressed each commitment, and for what reason they held each commitment. At the end, they were asked for what they had absolutely no commitment. Prior to the formal interviews, nine pilot interviews were conducted to validate the interview protocol, test the line of inquiry, and to help the first author getting more proficient at interviewing. During these pilot became apparent that teachers expressed more rich answers when their behaviour was addressed before their intentions, that they thought the definition by Klein et al. (2012) was too vague and abstract, and they tended to start with their commitment to students as it was on top of the potential list of targets. The interviews were transcribed with aTrain (see Haberl et al., 2024) and analysed in Atlas.ti. Each interview was first divided into fragments in which teachers expressed their commitment to a target. If multiple targets were addressed, multiple codes were applied to one fragment. This happened when the expressed commitment regards two over-arching targets (e.g., co-workers and students). To answer the research questions, a content analysis approach was employed. Expressions of volition, responsibility, and dedication trying to capture the voice of the teachers as much as possible. The centrality of a target was addressed by expressions that implied its relative importance over other targets and how that commitment was expressed in other targets. All codes were categorised in groups for analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings show that teachers’ commitment has a strong focus on students, but also emphasise the importance of other commitments in teachers work. The main conclusion is that teachers’ commitment to their students has a central role in their commitment system. They realise their responsibility for their students’ learning and well-being and enjoy working with their students. Moreover, their commitment to their co-workers and schools is also partly based on their commitment to their students. Some teachers postulated spending their own time to prepare lessons and discuss students’ progress and well-being. They acknowledged that some of these behaviours were not healthy, hinting at overcommitment. Overcommitment is “a set of attitudes, behaviours, and emotions that reflect a person's excessive striving for approval and appreciation” (p. 118), which is linked to various psychological and physiological problems (Preckel et al., 2005). Commitment to students is not the only central commitment teachers have to their work. These commitments reflect on characteristics of teachers identity. For instance, one teacher migrated to the Netherlands and their school board, for which they have been working for 25 years, paid for their teacher training and offered them job. This teacher expressed that their commitment to the school board’s educational vision has a strong influence on their teaching. Another teacher proclaimed that personal development was the reason why they participated in innovation projects, apart from providing quality education for their students. These findings can serve as a starting point for the conversation between teachers and administrators about individualised work arrangements. For both parties, this understanding provides awareness about what drives teachers in their work and how important aspects of their work can be influential for one’s bond with their work in general. References Amitai & Van Houtte (2022). Being pushed out of the career: Former teachers’ reasons for leaving the profession. Teaching and Teacher Education, 110, 103540. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2021.103540 Atteberry et al. (2017). Teacher Churning: Reassignment Rates and Implications for Student Achievement. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 39(1), 3–30. https://doi.org/10.3102/0162373716659929 Fransson & Frelin (2016). Highly committed teachers: What makes them tick? A study of sustained commitment. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 22(8), 896–912. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2016.1201469 Haberl et al. (2024). Take the aTrain. Introducing an interface for the Accessible Transcription of Interviews. Journal of Behavioral and Experimental Finance, 41, 100891. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jbef.2024.100891 Klein et al. (2014). The assessment of commitment: Advantages of a unidimensional, target-free approach. Journal of Applied Psychology, 99(2), 222–238. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0034751 Klein et al. (2012). Reconceptualizing workplace commitment to redress a stretched construct: Revisiting assumptions and removing confounds. Academy of Management Review, 37(1), 130–151. https://doi.org/10.5465/amr.2010.0018 Klein et al. (2022). Commitment system theory: The evolving structure of commitments to multiple targets. Academy of Management Review, 47(1), 116–138. https://doi.org/10.5465/AMR.2018.0031 Lambersky (2016). Understanding the Human Side of School Leadership: Principals’ Impact on Teachers’ Morale, Self-Efficacy, Stress, and Commitment. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 15(4), 379–405. https://doi.org/10.1080/15700763.2016.1181188 Li et al. (2022). School Leadership Enhances Secondary Students’ Achievement in Rural China Through Teacher Commitment and Collaborative Culture. Frontiers in Psychology, 13. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2022.894688 Martin (2007). Responsibility: A Philosophical Perspective. In Responsibility and Dependable Systems. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-84628-626-1_2 McInerney et al. (2015). Teachers’ Commitment and psychological well-being: Implications of self-beliefs for teaching in Hong Kong. Educational Psychology, 35(8), 926–945. https://doi.org/10.1080/01443410.2014.895801 Meyer et al. (2004). Employee commitment and motivation: A conceptual analysis and integrative model. Journal of Applied Psychology, 89(6), 991–1007. https://doi.org/10.1037/0021-9010.89.6.991 Moodie (2025). Occupational commitment and turnover intentions among expatriate English teachers in Asia: A close replication and extension of McInerney et al. (2015). Language Teaching, 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0261444825100992 Preckel et al. (2005). Overcommitment to work is associated with vital exhaustion. International Archives of Occupational and Environmental Health, 78(2), 117–122. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00420-004-0572-8 Pressley et al. 2026). Why teachers leave: Insights from teachers leaving or preparing to leave the profession. Teaching and Teacher Education, 169, 105285. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2025.105285 Reichers (1985). A review and reconceptualization of organizational commitment. The Academy of Management Review, 10(3), 465–476. https://doi.org/10.2307/258128 Schaufeli & Bakker (2004). Utrecht work engagement scale: Preliminary manual. UNESCO. (2024). Global report on teachers. International Task Force on Teachers for Education 2030. Zhu (2004). Understanding volition. Philosophical Psychology, 17(2), 247–273. https://doi.org/10.1080/0951508042000239066 |
| 11:15 - 12:45 | 99 ERC SES 03 E: Fostering Competencies and Engagement for Educational Quality Location: A05 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Nestori Kilpi Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Developing Reading Literacy Through Digital Learning Among Pre-service Teachers in Kazakhstan Department of Kazakh Philology Khoja Akhmet Yassawi International Kazakh-Turkish University Turkistan, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Contribution In modern times, global and national policymakers have frequently relied on international assessments (LSAs), such as Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) and Progress in International Reading Literacy Study (PIRLS), to monitor instructional results and inform policy support (Li et al., 2025;Van Rijn et al.,2024). A major concern is that RL remains low at 386 points in PISA-2022 study in Kazakhstan, which is much lower than the OECD (2023) average (476 scores). In 2022 RL was revealed 40 scores drop a lack of digital skills related to the computer-based test. A gap in literacy, particularly in rural areas, was detected by the poor results in PISA (only 36% of students have scores above level 2)(Abildina et al.,2024). This indicator, in turn, requires to be improved use of digital resources, as traditional methods have proven ineffective in digital era. The development will allow us to adapt to the modern information society and strengthen students' analytical skills. Pre-service teachers’ perceptions of RL through digital learning Reading literacy is conceptualized as functional skills beyond decoding words, including interpreting and utilizing the texts for one's own purposes , making inferences and critically evaluating, develop knowledge and potential (Sarmurzin et al.,2025).The researchers from Portugal like Patrícia Dinis da Costa, Patrícia Almeida and Luísa Araújo(2013)identify three main components of RL: situation (the purpose of reading), text (content), and aspect (interpretation). Additionally the European Union defines RL as emphasizing practical understanding and public implementation using international frameworks such as PISA and PIRLS (Sarmurzin et al.,2025). It is a key part of functional literacy and is assessed as a basic skill in the education system. Pre–service teachers’ perceptions of RL through digital learning play a vital role in understanding implementation practice which reasonably influence in the classroom interactions and effectiveness as educators(Sun,et.,2024).Realizing these implementation is important for designing effectively professional development programmes in educational policies and practices, and creating supportive school environments that improve student learning and can prevent lifelong barriers, while digital competence can open up opportunities. Promoting RL through digital learning in schools The government's promotion RL through digital learning in schools is essential requiring a encompassing, supported national effort to address shortcomings in PISA. Nowadays the priority of the national policy is ambitious reform agenda focused on digitalization which foster digital learning of citizens to secure Kazakhstan’s long-term stability(Tokayev,2025). These initiatives create school environments that improve students’ critical thinking and analytical skills in relation to digital complexities(OECD,2019;Dr.Amita 2025). Continuing professional development (CPD) and supportive policies enable pre-service teachers to integrate effectively reading instruction in the classroom, address gaps in learning materials and manage high teaching loads(Yelubayeva,2023).This holds particular relevance for Kazakhstan, where geographical disparities create significant barriers to traditional educational programs,especially for rural pre-service educators (Shamatov et al.,2023). The aim of this study is to investigate (1) the perceptions and practices of pre-service teachers regarding RL through digital learning and (2) its implementation in the curriculum in developing countries, of which Kazakhstan is one. The education system faces significant resource inequalities between urban and rural schools, hindering the equitable development of reading skills through digital learning (Sarmurzin et al.,2021).The research questions targeting pre-service teachers help address these gaps, focusing on scalable digital solutions. Consequently, this study aims to address the following research questions: How do pre-service teachers perceive the role of digital educational platforms for RL development and familiar with framework of PISA? What digital reading instruction methods do pre-service teachers currently use, and how do they differ between urban and rural schools in Kazakhstan? What barriers may hinder the implementation of digital reading instruction in Kazakhstan's national curricula in different types of schools? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative study used mixed methods to explore pre-service teachers’ perspectives on RL through digital learning in context of national challenges identified in PISA. It provided insights into the experiences and underlying beliefs of pre-service teachers in three secondary schools in the southern part of Kazakhstan during the 2024-2025 academic year. Using mixed methods combines quantitative data (surveys) with qualitative insights (interviews) (Creswell & Plano Clark, 2018).Its strategy combines qualitative and quantitative to gain a holistic understanding of complex phenomena such as the pre-service teachers’ perceptions of development RL through digital learning in this study. The quantitative phase used a structured questionnaire to assess pre-services teachers’ readiness for digital learning and to quantify barriers to reading skills development, as well as barriers associated with PISA indicators. In the subsequent qualitative phase, semi-structured interviews were used to explore the quantitative findings in more depth and identify emerging patterns. The researchers single out semi-structured interviews because they allow for the opportunity to explore targeted themes, while taking into account unexpected findings (Galletta &Cross, 2013; Clarke &Braun 2017).The interviews aimed to uncover the root causes of gaps in knowledge RL and defined by analyzing pre-service teachers’ interactions with educational programs, digital learning and PISA. As the result, the data collection tools included(1)questionnaires and (2)personal interviews completed by the pre-service teachers. The study involved 53 participants (surveyed) and 22 (interviewed) from rural and urban schools. The questionnaire based on studies on awareness of PISA, RL challenges, implementation digital platforms and condition of geographical regional schools. It included 25 questions duration taking 30 minutes and analyzed by Qualtrics.The interview questions included professional development opportunities for pre-services to enhance RL through digital tools to overcome barriers, the impact on PISA results , the integration of digital pedagogy, and the role of platforms in teaching practice. The online interviews via Zoom took place over durations ranging from 15 to 25minutes. It proved to be crucial for gaining in-depth insights into classroom equipment and policies implemented to develop digital learning environments in schools. During the interpretation phase, qualitative findings were combined with quantitative data through triangulation, providing a comprehensive understanding of pre-service teachers use training and assessment data in learning through digital learning. The interviews were transcribed, coded, and thematically organized using thematic analysis in according to Braun &Clarke’s(2024)six phases:(1)familiarization data, (2)coding,(3)theme creation,(4)theme perception,(5)defining and naming, and (6)producing findings. Ethical protocols were maintained throughout these stages of the research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The thematic analysis identified several primary themes that reflect how pre-service teachers perceive reading literacy in digital learning environment in Kazakhstan . The investigation conclusions are performed in a methodological manner that aligns with the study objectives and answers the research questions. The first theme examines the pre-services teachers’ perspectives on the role of the digital learning platforms in developing reading literacy as defined in the PISA framework. The second theme examines the challenges of pre-service teachers who face in developing practical reading literacy skills through the digital learning, particularly in well-resourced urban schools and under-resourced rural schools, as well as barriers to incorporating digital reading instruction into the national curriculum in Kazakhstan. This work provides a coherent narrative that addresses the research questions of the study, reflects pre-service teachers’ perspectives, and highlights key barriers to promoting reading literacy through digital learning. In general, the majority of participants confirmed that digital learning and reading literacy represent important competencies in the digital age. Reading literacy is an essential skill for everyone, improving attention and problem-solving skills, which represents the convergance of theory and practice, fostering skills for analyzing as well as enabling individuals to evaluate evidence and effectively predict outcomes in society. Providing digital environment for reading literacy reasonably improve critical thinking and technical competencies for their academic achievement, digital workforce and lifelong learning abilities concern the economic growth. In today's world, people cannot thrive without digital learning, as the President of Kazakhstan noted in his speech. The study participants noted a lack of skills in teaching RL and noted that traditional methods take too long to convey key ideas, which prevent them from achieving high PISA scores. It is recommended that reading literacy be formally incorporated into the national curriculum through the digital learning in relevant grades to improve educational outcomes. References Abildina, S., Sarsekeyeva, Z., Mukhametzhanova, A., Kopbalina, K., & Nurgaliyeva, S. (2024). Enhancing reading literacy among elementary school learners in Kazakhstan: The application and effectiveness of modern teaching techniques. Journal of Infrastructure, Policy and Development, 8(8), 5905. https://doi.org/10.24294/jipd.v8i8.5905 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2024). Reporting guidelines for qualitative research: A values-based approach. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 1–40. https://doi.org/10.1080/14780887.2024.2382244 Clarke, V., & Braun, V. (2017). Thematic analysis. The journal of positive psychology, 12(3), 297- 298. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439760.2016.1262613 Creswell, J. W., & Plano Clark, V. L. (2018). Designing and conducting mixed methods research (3rd ed.). SAGE Publications. Dr. Amita Kushwaha Assessing the Impact of Digital Literacy Programs in Uttar Pradesh DOI: https://doi.org/10.47772/IJRISS.2025.903SEDU0543 Galletta, A., & Cross, W. E. (2013). Mastering the semi-structured interview and beyond: From design to analysis and publication (Vol. 18). NYU press. Li, J., Xue, E., & Guo, S. (2025). The effects of PISA on global basic education reform: A systematic literature review. Humanities and Social Sciences Communications, 12, 106. https://doi.org/10.1057/s41599-025-04403-z OECD (2019), A Flying Start: Improving Initial Teacher Preparation Systems. https://dx.doi.org/10.1787/cf74e549 OECD (2023) PISA 2022 Results (Volume I and II) - Country Notes: Kazakhstan | https://doi.org/10.1787/53f23881-en ; https://doi.org/10.1787/a97db Patrícia Dinis da Costa, Patrícia Almeida and Luísa Araújo.(2013) Reading Literacy in EU Countries: Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union https://doi:10.2788/40816 Sarmurzin, Y., Amanzhol, N., Toleubayeva, K., Zhunusova, M., & Amanova, A. (2021). The impact of OECD research on the education system of Kazakhstan. Asia Pacific Education Review, 22(4). https://doi.org/10.1007/s12564-021-09715-8 Sarmurzin, Y., Kozhamberdina, M., Kerimbekova, B., Kazhimova, K., Dauyenov, Y., & Amanova, A. (2025). Developing Reading Literacy Instruction Skills and PIRLS Awareness Among Pre-Service Primary Teachers in Kazakhstan. Journal of Curriculum Studies Research, 7(2), 412-442. https://curriculumstudies.org/index.php/CS/article/view/699/144 Shamatov, M. Ablayeva , M. Professional capabilities of rural schoolteachers in Kazakhstan Tajik. (2003).Educational policy, innovation and digitalization in the educational №3 (106) DOI: https://dx.doi.org/10.59941/2960-0642-2023-3-55-65 Sun, W.Q. and Zou, D.P. (2024) Exploring the Digital Literacy of EFL Preservice Teachers: Application and Enlightenment in Chinese Normal Universities. Open Access Library Journal, 11, 1-9. DOI: 10.4236/oalib.1112275 Tokayev, K.(2025) President Tokayev Outlines Vision for Kazakhstan’s Digital Future https://www.gov.kz/memleket/entities/mfa/press/news/details/1064012 Van Rijn, P., Por, H.-H., McCaffrey, D. F., Bhaduri, I., & Bertling, J. (2024). A framework for comparing large-scale survey assessments: Contrasting India’s NAS, United States’ NAEP, and OECD’s PISA. Frontiers in Education, 9. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2024.1422030 Yelubayeva Perizat, Tashkyn Erkan, Berkinbayeva Gulzat. (2023). Addressing challenges in Kazakh education for sustainable development. https://www.mdpi.com/2071-1050/15/19/14311 Kazakhstan PISA reading scores - | TheGlobalEconomy.com https://www.theglobaleconomy.com/Kazakhstan/pisa_reading_scores/ https://qazinform.com / news/ secondary-education-quality-improved-in-kazakhstan-2022-pisa-ranking-f712d9 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Pedagogical Visions of Science Museum Educators Middle East Technical University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Science learning goes beyond the limits of the formal education settings with the acknowledgment of informal learning settings, such as science museums, science centers, and botanical gardens. Research provided strong evidence that science learning in informal settings is supportive to increase interest, engagement, and conceptual understanding (Falk & Dierking, 2010). Among these comprehensive settings, science museums are critical cornerstones by providing contextually rich opportunities for lifelong science learning (Bamberger & Tal, 2007). Science museums are unique in their structure, enabling them to offer diverse learning opportunities. Unlike formal settings, science museums’ flexibility allows science museum educators (SMEs) to adopt learner-centered approaches by considering the curiosity of children and exploration (Hein, 1998). These characteristics of science museums make them powerful places to develop conceptual understanding and positive attitudes toward science (National Research Council, 2009). As science museums are central to science learning in informal settings, SMEs have an important role in designing and implementing educational activities, in visitor interactions, and supporting science learning (Falk, 2016). SMEs hold a critical stance with their pedagogical positions blending teaching, learning, facilitating, and communicating (Tran, 2007). SMEs, due to the inherent structure of science museums, are more prone to teach heterogeneous groups including diverse, unprecedented backgrounds and abilities. Even though the literature examines children’s learning, attitudes, and various outcomes in science museums and other informal learning settings, SMEs have received comparatively less attention. As educators are critical in shaping the nature of teaching and learning in these settings (Tal & Morag, 2007), this gap becomes more notable. In line with these, recent studies started to focus on content knowledge of informal educators in “Informal Science Education Pedagogical Content Knowledge” (ISE-PCK) with five distinct dimensions (Busch et al., 2023). However, in these complex and interactive learning settings, it is not sufficient to identify their content knowledge. To address extensive and motivational dimensions of teaching, Hammerness et al. (2005) introduced the term pedagogical vision. This term extends PCK by including values, hope for students’ futures, and emotions. For SMEs, who engage in multifaceted contexts and have broader aims in their teaching, such as raising awareness in science, understanding their pedagogical visions is crucial to get insight into their broader drivers of teaching. Previous studies indicated that SMEs tend to prioritize raising awareness and curiosity by providing authentic experiences to the children, which are difficult to achieve in formal classrooms (Eshach, 2007). As science museums play a critical role in the public views and engagement in science and are considered effective tools for promoting science education (Jakobsson & Davidsson, 2012), studies considered some aspects of SMEs’ experiences. In a study conducted by Shaby et al. (2016), SMEs’ goals regarding science museums were examined. The results showed that museum educators identified science museum goals as changing public views regarding science, promoting science learning, and minimizing inequality in society. While there is focus on the goals and interactions of SMEs, these are not fully efficient and adequate to capture SMEs’ broader pedagogical visions. Consequently, this study aims to focus on pedagogical visions of SMEs. In this way, this study contributes to a comprehension of SMEs’ science teaching in depth. Thus, it will offer insight into science teaching in informal settings, especially science museums. Understanding these visions is essential not only for advancing research on informal science education but also for improving the design of museum programs and activities, strengthening the educational role of science museums. In this vein, this study is guided by the following research question:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To investigate the pedagogical visions of science museum educators, one of the qualitative research methodologies, the case study research method, was used. Case study methodology was selected for in-depth examination of the phenomenon, pedagogical visions, in their own contexts (Yin, 2018). This study was conducted in a science museum, which offers hands-on workshops and engagement for K-8 students primarily. Participants Participants were selected via purposeful sampling based on their experiences. Two science museum educators participated in the study voluntarily, who have been working on a science museum for years. To ensure confidentiality, participants' real names were hidden and given pseudonyms, Sally and Grace. Sally and Grace worked at selected science museums for many years and have expertise in museum education. Sally is a landscape architect and also has a master's and a PhD degree in this field. She worked for more than 18 years in the science museum and specialized in recycling workshops. She organizes the recycling, nature trips, and plant identification workshops/activities for raising awareness about the environment. Grace is a historian and has a master’s degree in museum education. She organizes workshops that are related to the ancient life of humanity, paleontology activities related to dinosaurs, and fossils. Data Collection and Analysis Data was collected through semi-structured interviews by the museum educator. The interview developed by the authors included 14 questions: one background-related question and 13 teaching experiences and visions of science museum educators. During the preparation phase, related literature was reviewed. During the interviews, the authors audio-recorded and noted the interviews. The data were analyzed using thematic analysis. The audios and field notes were coded by the three different researchers openly at different times using special software, that is, MAXQDA. Following the independent coding process, the researchers met to compare, discuss, and refine the codes collaboratively. Then, the final forms of the codes were structured, and themes were organized and identified. The code structure and theme are presented in the result sections. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Interviews about science museum educators’ teaching revealed four main categories about their pedagogical visions: (1) purpose-driven teaching, (2) strategic approaches, (3) offering valuable experiences of science museums, and (4) inspiration to younger generations. Excerpts will be provided in detail during the presentation. Purpose-Driven Teaching: Purpose-driven teaching showed two main purposes of SMEs: raising awareness and providing authentic experiences. Regarding raising awareness, SMEs indicated that they aim, in their teaching, to raise awareness of environmental, social, and cultural issues. Secondly, the purpose of teaching was to provide authentic experiences that cannot be obtained other than in science museums. Strategic Approaches: SMEs had two main strategic approaches concerning (1) methodology and (2) classroom management. Methodological considerations showed that SMEs considered motivating children, using game-based teaching, and fostering children's understanding by (a) simplifying concepts and (b) establishing interdisciplinary connections. Classroom management strategies indicated that balancing formal education’s restrictions and encouraging a balanced and productive learning environment were strong strategies in science museums. Offering Valuable Experiences of Science Museum: Advantages of teaching in a science museum are collected under the context and practice. According to SMEs, rich contextual advantages were present in the science museum due to the opportunities of the setting and institutional effects. From a practical perspective, science museums were seen as flexible settings with adaptive, high-quality, and engaging activities, offering activity-based hands-on learning experiences to children. Inspiration to Younger Generations: SMEs underlined their contribution as cognitive and aspirational. They saw that their teaching contributed to students' interdisciplinary understanding, conceptual learning, and change, and the development of questioning skills. Additionally, museum experiences encouraged further learning and helped guide children’s aspirations, including their career-related decisions. Additionally, museum experiences encouraged further learning and helped guide children’s aspirations, including their future educational and career-related decisions. References Bamberger, Y., & Tal, T. (2007). Learning in a personal context: Levels of choice in a free-choice learning environment in science and natural history museums. Science Education, 91(1), 75–95. Busch, K. C., Kudumu, Mwenda, & Park, S. (2023). Pedagogical content knowledge for informal science educators: Development of the ISE-PCK framework. Research in Science Education, 53(2), 253–274. Crowley, K., Pierroux, P., & Knutson, K. (2014). Informal learning in museums. In R. K. Sawyer (Ed.), The Cambridge handbook of the learning sciences Eshach, H. (2007). Bridging in-school and out-of-school learning: Formal, non-formal, and informal education. Journal of Science Education and Technology, 16(2), 171–190. Falk, J. H. (2016). Identity and the Museum Visitor Experience. Falk, J. H., & Dierking, L. D. (2010). The 95 Percent Solution. American Scientist, 98(6), 486–493. Hammerness, K., Darling-Hammond, L., Bransford, J., Berliner, D., Cochran-Smith, M., McDonald, M., & Zeichner, K. M. (2005). How teachers learn and develop. In L. Darling-Hammond & J. Bransford (Eds.), Preparing teachers for a changing world: What teachers should learn and be able to do (pp. 358–389). Jossey-Bass. Hein, G.E. (1998). Learning in the Museum. Routledge. Davidsson, E., & Jakobsson, A. (2012). Understanding interactions at science centers and museums : approaching sociocultural perspectives.National Research Council 2009. Learning Science in Informal Environments: People, Places, and Pursuits. Washington, DC: The National Academies Press. Shaby, N., Assaraf, O.BZ. & Tal, T. The Particular Aspects of Science Museum Exhibits That Encourage Students’ Engagement. J Sci Educ Technol 26, 253–268 (2017). Yin, R. K. (2018). Case Study Research and Applications: Design and Methods (6th ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Tal, T., & Morag, O. (2007). School visits to natural history museums: Teaching or enriching? Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 44(5), 747–769. Tran, L. U. (2007). Teaching science in museums: The pedagogy and goals of museum educators. Science Education, 91(2), 278–297. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper From Inquiry to Identity: Science High School Students’ Experiences with Scientific Projects and Events in Developing Scientific Attitudes Middle East Technical University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Scientific attitudes, comprising curiosity, open-mindedness, skepticism, objectivity, perseverance, and intellectual honesty, are central to the mission of Science High Schools (SHS) in Türkiye (Schibeci, 1983; Aiken, 1969). Yet beyond formal instruction, extracurricular scientific engagement through projects, competitions, and congresses constitutes a distinct pedagogical space where these dispositions may be cultivated differently than in traditional classrooms. This study adopts a didactic lens to investigate how project-based and event-based scientific experiences function as learning environments that mediate attitude formation, while simultaneously interrogating whether such opportunities are equitably accessible and institutionally supported, a question squarely rooted in educational quality assurance. The research question guiding this inquiry is: What are science high school students' experiences with scientific projects and events in developing scientific attitudes? Rather than treating scientific attitudes as outcomes of classroom instruction alone, this question positions project and event participation as an independent didactic domain, one that involves self-directed inquiry, collaboration with peers and mentors, public dissemination of findings, and iterative problem-solving. These processes engage students in authentic scientific practices that formal curricula frequently cannot replicate (Bybee et al., 2006; Chinn & Malhotra, 2002). The theoretical foundation draws on Schibeci's (1983) comprehensive framework, which distinguishes between attitudes toward science as a body of knowledge, attitudes toward scientific processes, and attitudes toward scientists as a social group. Complementing this, self-determination theory (Deci & Ryan, 2000) provides a motivational lens through which autonomy, competence, and relatedness, key psychological needs, can be evaluated within project contexts. Together, these frameworks enable systematic analysis of how voluntary, interest-driven scientific engagement nurtures attitudinal dimensions that compulsory instruction may not reach. The study examines how the pedagogical architecture of TUBITAK-supported programs, school-organized congresses, physics journals, and science clubs differs from conventional teaching-learning sequences. Each of these contexts demands distinct cognitive and affective engagement: TUBITAK projects require hypothesis formation and data analysis; Olympiads demand sustained independent study; congresses necessitate academic writing and public presentation; and science clubs facilitate peer-driven discourse and expert interaction. Understanding how each context shapes scientific attitudes contributes directly to didactic theory regarding the design of learning environments beyond the classroom. From a quality assurance standpoint, critical questions emerge about institutional commitment. Do all students have equal access to project mentorship? Are competitions structured to foster intrinsic motivation or merely reward performance? Students themselves reported frustrations with limited expert guidance, insufficient recognition of effort, and time pressures imposed by concurrent academic demands, signals that project-based learning, while valued, may not be systematically embedded in institutional quality frameworks (Harlen, 2010; Aktaş, 2016). The European dimension of this study lies in its relevance to broader debates about project-based and experiential learning across European educational systems. Programmes analogous to TUBITAK exist across Europe, from Germany's Bundeswettbewerb Mathematik to France's Concours Général, yet comparative scholarship on how such programmes cultivate scientific dispositions remains sparse. Findings regarding the motivational, identity-forming, and attitudinal effects of structured scientific competitions and congresses offer transferable insights for policy-makers and educators designing extracurricular science programs within diverse national contexts (Zohar & Dori, 2003; Jewett & Kuhn, 2015). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used An interpretative phenomenological approach was adopted to capture the subjective meaning-making processes through which SHS students experienced scientific projects and events. Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis (IPA) was selected as the analytic method because it prioritizes how individuals construct personal significance from lived experiences, particularly suited to understanding how voluntary scientific engagement reshapes students' relationship with scientific inquiry (Giorgi, 2009; Merriam, 2009). The research was carried out at a single Science High School in southern Türkiye during the 2024–2025 academic year. A purposeful maximum variation sampling strategy was employed to ensure representation across grade levels (9th–12th), gender, boarding status, family background, and types of project or event participation. In total, 59 students were interviewed. The sample intentionally included students who had participated in TUBITAK 4006 Science Fairs, TUBITAK 2204-A research competitions, subject Olympiads, UAV competitions, Teknofest, the school's Young Ideas Science Congress, the Physics Journal, and the Science Club, as well as students with no project involvement, enabling comparative perspectives within the dataset. Each participant was interviewed individually through a semi-structured protocol lasting between 45 and 60 minutes, conducted in Turkish. Interview questions were designed around: motivations for joining scientific projects or events; experiences during research, design, experimentation, and presentation phases; perceptions of collaboration and mentorship; challenges encountered; and reflections on how these experiences influenced attitudes toward science. All interviews were audio-recorded with informed consent. Transcripts were analysed following IPA's iterative idiographic procedure: each transcript was read multiple times, initial themes were identified through close annotation, latent themes were abstracted, and cross-case analysis was conducted to identify shared and divergent patterns. MAXQDA software supported the coding process. Superordinate themes and sub-themes were organised hierarchically to preserve the structural integrity of participants' accounts. To strengthen trustworthiness, member checking was conducted by sharing thematic summaries with participants via email. Peer debriefing involved an independent colleague reviewing a subset of coded transcripts. An external academic auditor from a curriculum and instruction department assessed the alignment between raw data and interpreted themes. Prolonged engagement with the school community over six months and detailed contextual description further supported credibility and transferability (Merriam & Tisdell, 2016; Giorgi, 2009). Ethical approval was secured from both the university ethics board and the Ministry of National Education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings organised around four subcategories, all directly drawn from the original study, reveal how scientific projects and events cultivate attitudes through mechanisms distinct from classroom instruction, with implications for educational improvements and quality assurance. TUBITAK-Supported Scientific Projects (4006 Science Fairs, 2204-A Competitions, Olympiads, UAV Competitions, Teknofest): Students engaged in hypothesis-driven experimentation, iterative design, and collaborative problem-solving. Four project types emerged: experimental research, design-based projects, social awareness initiatives, and interdisciplinary explorations. These fostered curiosity, objectivity, perseverance, and open-mindedness. Olympiad participation, spanning Physics, Biology, Chemistry, and Mathematics, cultivated self-directed research skills and logical reasoning beyond curriculum boundaries. UAV and Teknofest competitions highlighted iterative learning cycles, where repeated failure and redesign built resilience and critical thinking. Didactically, these represent pedagogical spaces requiring sustained autonomous inquiry. From a quality assurance lens, students reported inconsistent mentorship, limited institutional recognition, and time pressures threatening genuine engagement. Young Ideas Science Congress: Nearly 34% of students participated in this school-university congress, engaging in literature reviews, research paper writing, poster and oral presentations, and expert interaction. Practices cultivated included academic writing, curiosity-driven inquiry, scientific communication, and methodological rigour. Students reported transformative shifts in self-efficacy, recognising their capacity to produce original scientific work prior to university. Open-mindedness emerged strongly as congress exposure challenged preconceived assumptions. However, tight deadlines, insufficient expert feedback, and limited academic validation constituted significant quality concerns. Physics Journal: Twelve students contributed to the school's physics journal, developing scientific communication, source evaluation, and editorial collaboration. Perseverance and patience were repeatedly highlighted as necessary dispositions. Interdisciplinary curiosity emerged when journal engagement led students into research beyond physics. Science Club: Nine students participated in the club, which organised expert teleconferences, topical broadcasts, and collaborative discussions. Engagement with professionals fostered scientific identity and communication confidence. The club exemplified student-initiated scientific culture, where curiosity and inquiry became community-driven rather than individually imposed. References Aiken, L. R. (1969). Attitudes toward science: A short review of the literature. Science Education, 53(4), 358-371. Aktaş, M. (2016). Turkish science high school students' attitudes toward science. Journal of Science Education, 17(2), 45-62. Bybee, R. W., Taylor, J. A., Gardner, A., Van Scooter, P., Carlsen, J. B., Westbrook, A., ... & Kline, V. (2006). BSCS 5E instructional model: Origins, effectiveness, and applications. BSCS. Chinn, C. A., & Malhotra, B. A. (2002). Epistemologically productive patterns of scientific inquiry. In R. A. Duschl & R. E. Grandy (Eds.), Teaching science as investigations (pp. 262-296). Lawrence Erlbaum. Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2000). The "what" and "why" of goal pursuits: Human needs and the self-determination of behavior. Psychological Inquiry, 11(4), 227-268. Giorgi, A. (2009). The descriptive analysis of consciousness with reference to phenomenology. Phenomenology and the Psychological Sciences, 6(1), 1-15. Harlen, W. (2010). Principles and practice of assessment. Open University Press. Jewett, J., & Kuhn, D. (2015). Adolescents' epistemological development. In B. Ross (Ed.), Advances in child development (Vol. 47, pp. 135-160). Elsevier. Merriam, S. B. (2009). Qualitative research: A guide to design and implementation (3rd ed.). Jossey-Bass. Merriam, S. B., & Tisdell, E. J. (2016). Qualitative research and the design of qualitative research studies (4th ed.). Jossey-Bass. Schibeci, R. A. (1983). Attitude toward science and science teaching in elementary schools. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 20(5), 439-460. Zohar, A., & Dori, Y. J. (2003). Fostering higher order thinking with model-based inquiry. Science Education, 87(3), 497-519. |
| 11:15 - 12:45 | 99 ERC SES 03 F: Negotiating Trajectories in Curriculum Location: A06 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Pamella Picinin de Mesquita Session Chair: Eero Ropo Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Continuity in Transition: Comparing Practices across School Types University of Padova, Italy Presenting Author:It is widely recognised that the early years of life lay the foundation for future development and learning abilities. For this reason, it is necessary to ensure a gradual and continuous transition between the different stages of the educational pathway in order to promote harmonious development and sustain the learning gains achieved in early childhood (OECD, 2017). The concept of transition is closely linked to “school readiness”, understood as children’s preparation for primary education. In the international debate, this concept has been increasingly questioned as a unidimensional construct focused solely on children’s skills. More recent studies adopt a holistic approach, emphasising that readiness concerns not only children, but also schools and families (Bruner, Floyd & Copeman, 2005). Readiness should not be limited to “ready children” but should also include “ready schools” and “ready families” (UNICEF, 2012). This highlights the need for continuity practices that address educational environments and relationships. Educational continuity can be defined as the set of strategies and educational practices aimed at these goals, implemented through projects that promote dialogue and pedagogical mediation during transitions. It is considered a structural principle of the right to education at the European level, as stated in the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the European Union (art. 14, 2000). Continuity is often discussed in relation to the concept of transition. The transition between ECEC and primary school is defined as a critical moment of change that requires collaborative pedagogical practices, aligned curricula, and attention to children’s experiences in order to sustain the benefits of early education (OECD, 2017). The term “transition” is not widely used in Italy and is often replaced by “continuity”. In Italy, continuity is assumed as a normative and foundational principle structuring the educational system, and it is mentioned in key educational policy documents (e.g., National Guidelines, Pedagogical Guidelines for the Integrated 0–6 System). Despite the strong pedagogical principles established, continuity manifests itself in very different forms. The practical implementation of continuity varies across the Italian context. On the one hand, it depends on schools’ choices and resources, as well as on leadership decisions and teachers’ engagement. On the other hand, it faces the constant risk of sliding into a mere bureaucratic drift, transforming a moment of educational reflection into a sterile administrative task (Balduzzi, 2021). This variability reflects different interpretations of educational continuity, which remain underexplored. This raises the question of how continuity is actually understood and enacted in everyday school practices. The present study aims to explore teachers' conceptions and declared practices of educational continuity, examining whether and how these differ across educational contexts and school levels in Italy. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A semi-structured questionnaire was developed (Piccioli, 2019). The survey aimed to identify patterns across broader contexts (González-Moreira, A., Ferreira, C., & Vidal, J., 2023) and to map the distribution of continuity practices identified during the interviews, analysing these practices in relation to different types of schools and identifying patterns and differences across contexts. The structure of the survey combined closed-ended questions, multiple-choice questions, and open-ended questions. The first section of the survey collected professional and contextual information about the participants. The second section investigated teachers’ conceptions of educational continuity. The third section focused on continuity practices implemented by schools, including tools used, activities carried out, and the timing and forms of continuity practices. The fourth section addressed the roles and forms of participation of the different actors involved in the transition process: children, teachers, and families. Finally, the questionnaire included open-ended questions allowing participants to share personal reflections and examples of significant practices. The survey was administered online to nearly 400 preschool and primary school teachers in the Veneto Region, Italy. Participants worked in public schools, state-recognised private schools, and schools adopting specific pedagogical approaches (e.g. Montessori, Reggio Emilia-inspired, and Waldorf). Participation in the questionnaire was voluntary and anonymous. Participants provided informed consent. Anonymity was ensured, and data were handled in accordance with GDPR requirements. Responses were analysed in relation to school type and educational level, with the aim of identifying differences, convergences, and recurring configurations of practices. The findings are described in the next paragraph. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The questionnaire identified two main categories of educational continuity. Using the terminology proposed by Balduzzi (2021), these two categories can be described as “tools for building networks and alliances” (such as meetings between teachers, assemblies, and interviews with parents) and “tools for designing and implementing activities” (such as shared projects between schools and operational tools). The data reveal a gap between declared conceptions and enacted practices. High levels of agreement emerged regarding core conceptions of continuity, particularly the importance of sharing educational visions, building a vertical curriculum, and defining common goals. However, informative, organisational, and guidance-oriented practices are more widespread, while forms of active participation, co-design, and shared reflection remain less consolidated. Family engagement appears to be predominantly understood as school-to-family communication rather than active participation, and children's involvement tends to be oriented towards listening to their experiences rather than more active forms of co-construction. The most relevant differences emerged between preschool and primary school teachers. Preschool teachers tend to interpret continuity in relational and pedagogical terms, emphasising everyday educational processes and children's involvement. Primary school teachers show greater attention to readiness, adaptation, and family-oriented practices during the transition. Schools adopting specific pedagogical approaches do not appear as radically alternative models, but show some differences in their pedagogical conceptions of continuity and in the attention attributed to family involvement. In conclusion, the findings suggest that educational continuity is recognised for its value but enacted differently in school practices. Continuity should be understood as a context-dependent pedagogical process shaped by institutional cultures, professional practices, and educational orientations. An important implication emerging from this study is that continuity activities should not concern only teachers and families but also involve children. As Fabian and Dunlop (2007) argue, transitions should support children’s agency, recognising them as agents of change rather than subjects of transition. References Balduzzi, L. (2021). Pronti per cosa? Innovare i servizi e la scuola dell’infanzia a partire dalle pratiche di continuità educativa. FrancoAngeli. Bruner, C., Floyd, S., & Copeman, A. (2005). Seven things policymakers need to know about school readiness: Revised and expanded toolkit. Des Moines, IA: State Early Childhood Policy Technical Assistance Network. Charter of Fundamental Rights of the European Union (2000). Official Journal of the European Communities, C 364, 18 December 2000. Fabian, H., & Dunlop, A. W. (2007). Outcomes of good practice in transition processes for children entering primary school. The Hague, Netherlands: Bernard van Leer Foundation. González-Moreira, A., Ferreira, C., & Vidal, J. (2023). Review on research methods for studying transition from early childhood education to primary education. Education Sciences, 13(3), 254. OECD (2017). Starting Strong V: Transitions from Early Childhood Education and Care to Primary Education. OECD Publishing. Piccioli, M. (2019). Educational research and mixed methods: Research designs, application perspectives, and food for thought. Studi sulla Formazione, 22(2), 423–438. UNICEF (2012). School readiness: A conceptual framework. New York, NY: United Nations Carta dei diritti fondamentali dell’UE, 2000. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Challenges to the Enactment and Sustainability of Curriculum Negotiation The Uiniversity of Melbourne, Australia Presenting Author:Currently, there are calls for approaches that honour student agency and support the development of 21st century skills to reflect the ever-changing society in which we live (Bron et al., 2022; Green, 2021; Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development [OECD], 2019). Student agency is evident in education policies globally and is explicitly featured within the OECD Learning Compass 2030. The placement of student agency at the basis of this framework demonstrates its global and future-focused importance. The OECD describes agency as students “acting rather than being acted upon” as they “play an active role in deciding what and how they will learn” through “co-construction” of learning with their teachers (2019, p. 1). Despite this strong endorsement, education researchers assert that there are barriers to the enactment of student agency in schools and a paucity of empirical accounts on how co-construction of learning can be realised. This presentation draws on the findings of a study conducted in Melbourne Australia, where student agency was investigated in the form of negotiating the curriculum. Boomer (1992) articulated negotiating the curriculum as a pedagogical process where teachers purposefully plan to co-construct the learning journey with students. The curriculum is then a “jointly enacted composition” (p. 32). In doing so, the traditional power that operates in a classroom is redistributed and the curriculum is undertaken as a process, termed as “curriculuming” (p.32). When curriculuming occurs, students are positioned as active co-creators of curriculum rather than passive recipients, aligning closely with current policy rhetoric and the OECD’s conceptualisation of student agency. While Boomer’s ideas provide a process for curriculum co-construction to occur, they have not been widely adopted in mainstream schooling. Despite this, education researchers continue to write about the importance of his theoretical principles on teaching and learning (eg. Brennan, 2022; Bron et al., 2022; Green, 2022; Mockler, 2018). Within the current educational policy landscape, curriculum negotiation provides a way to support teachers in co-constructing learning with students. However, these aspirational ideas currently sit within a broader global policy environment shaped by the Global Education Reform Movement (GERM) (Sahlberg, 2023). GERM is signified by neoliberal logics of standardisation, datafication and quasi-marketisation that have intensified accountability and narrowed conceptions of curriculum and pedagogy (Sahlberg, 2023). GERM’s effects in Australia have been widely documented (Lingard et al., 2017; Mockler & Groundwater-Smith, 2018; Mockler & Stacey, 2021) and the rise of instrumentalist discourses and reductionist approaches to teaching and learning because of these global trends can present significant challenges to curriculum negotiation. Within the context of this study, student agency is referenced in key curriculum and policy documents at state and national levels, signalling alignment with global priorities and potential opportunities for curriculum negotiation. However, these are mediated by assessment regimes, accountability frameworks, and public perception which can either enable or constrain opportunities for curriculuming with students. Against this backdrop, this study investigated how a primary school enacted and sustained a negotiated curriculum for over 25 years, and what supported or challenged this important work. The presentation will summarise findings regarding the tensions teachers and leaders navigate in reconciling negotiated approaches with policy and accountability requirements, particularly in today’s policy landscape. Possible implications for supporting student agency in policy and practice will be illuminated. Given the international attention to student agency and the current global impact of GERM, this situation may resonate with education researchers in other contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study investigated the research question: How does a whole school enact and sustain the process of negotiating the curriculum by ‘curriculuming’ with students? A social constructivist epistemology and relativist ontology was adopted to explore subjective meanings of participants (Guba & Lincoln, 2018). Qualitative methods were used to garner a deep understanding of multiple perspectives from participants (Creswell & Creswell, 2018; Cohen et al., 2018). The study design comprised two phases. In Phase 1, semi structured expert interviews were conducted via Zoom to provide an orientation to the field and triangulate later findings. Experts were selected using criteria which included their teaching experience, commitment to curriculuming, and influence on teacher practice. Phase 2 was an instrumental case study undertaken at a primary school that was chosen purposively based on its 25year history of negotiated, inquirybased integrated curriculum. The data collection methods consisted of collating school documents, observations, and interviews with leadership staff, teachers, and students to explore their real-world lived experiences and perspectives on how negotiating the curriculum is enacted and sustained over time. Data analysis was conducted using an iterative, inductive thematic approach (Braun & Clarke, 2022). Four major themes were identified as having an impact on the enactment and sustainability of negotiating the curriculum. These will be connected to sample data and explored in this presentation: *the impact of standardised testing and practices linked to GERM; *the effect of curriculum negotiation on teacher workload and time; *the influence of persistent myths and the media; *the power of the traditional grammar of schooling. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings from this study indicate that opportunities for negotiating the curriculum are dependent upon the beliefs, dispositions and actions of teachers and school leaders. Teacher agency emerged as a key enabler of curriculum negotiation, contributing to a supportive school culture that can sustain these practices over time. The evidence also suggests that traditional educational practices and power dynamics, which position teachers over students and systems over teachers, are pervasive and continue to challenge both teacher and student agency. Notably, the study indicates that the current policy climate, dominated by performative accountability and standardisation associated with GERM, has generated negative public discourse around progressive approaches and can erode teacher professional judgement and autonomy. The findings highlight that school leadership plays a pivotal role in mediating these pressures, buffering staff from external demands and creating conditions in which curriculuming with students is possible. The study concludes that if policy makers value the inclusion of student agency, contradictions between espoused aims and other policy mechanisms that constrain agency at all levels need to be addressed. This study provides an important exploration into understanding how negotiating the curriculum offers a concrete way to position students as co-constructors of their learning while demonstrating that this requires the professional judgement and agency of teachers are actively recognised, protected and supported. References Boomer, G. (1992). Curriculum composing and evaluating: An invitation to action research. In G. Boomer, N. Lester, C. Onore, & J. Cook (Eds.), Negotiating the curriculum: Educating for the 21st century (pp. 32–45). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203975381 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. SAGE. Brennan, M. (2022). Teachers and students as researchers: Rebuilding curriculum inquiry for the future. Curriculum Perspectives, 42(1), 85–89. Bron, J., Bovill, C., & Veugelers, W. (2022). Students experiencing and developing democratic citizenship through curriculum negotiation: The relevance of Garth Boomer’s approach. Curriculum Perspectives, 42(1), 39–49. Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2018). Research methods in education (8th ed.). Routledge. Creswell, J., & Creswell J. (2018). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches (5th ed). SAGE. Green, B. (2021). Re-negotiating the curriculum? Curriculum Perspectives, 41(2), 213–225. https://doi.org/10.1007/s41297–021–00143–7 Green, B. (2022). Understanding curriculum as practice, or on the practice turn(s) in curriculum inquiry. Curriculum Perspectives, 42(1), 77–83. https://doi.org/10.1007/s41297–022–00160–0 Guba, E., & Lincoln, Y. (2018). The discipline and practice of qualitative research. In N. Denzin & Y. Lincoln, Y (Eds.), The SAGE handbook of qualitative research (pp. 1-26). SAGE. Lingard, B., Sellar, S., & Lewis, S. (2017). Accountabilities in schools and school systems. Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education. Mockler, N. (2018). Curriculum integration in the twenty-first century: Some reflections in the light of the Australian curriculum. Curriculum Perspectives, 38, 129–136. Mockler, N., & Groundwater-Smith, S. (2018). Questioning the language of improvement and reform in education: Reclaiming meaning. Routledge. Mockler, N., & Stacey, M. (2021). Evidence of teaching practice in an age of accountability: When what can be counted isn’t all that counts. Oxford Review of Education, 47(2), 170–188. Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development. (2019). OECD Future of Education and Skills 2030 Conceptual Learning Framework: Student Agency for 2030. Sahlberg, P. (2023). Trends in global education reform since the 1990s: Looking for the right way. International Journal of Educational Development, 98. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedudev.2023.102748 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Academic and Professional Orientation of Degree Programs in Higher Education Palacky University Olomouc, Czech Republic (Czechia) Presenting Author:Higher education worldwide is undergoing significant transformation, driven by massification (Trow, 1970, 1972, 1973; Pabian, 2008) and increasing expectations regarding graduate practical skills. Higher education institutions face the challenge of balancing academic knowledge with professional preparation to produce work-ready graduates (Gardner & Perry, 2023). Across countries, government policies and labor market needs promote transferable skills such as problem-solving, critical thinking, and communication. Work-Integrated Learning (WIL), which has become a prominent feature of higher education over the past two decades (Ferns et al., 2025, p. 371), provides a pedagogical framework for integrating professional experience into curricula. In this context, it is essential to examine how different degree program profiles are reflected in curricula and how these choices influence graduates’ professional preparedness. In several national contexts, including the Czech Republic, these debates have been institutionalized through formal distinctions between academically and professionally oriented degree programs. In the Czech case, this formal profiling (into academic and professional) was introduced by the 2016 amendment to the Higher Education Act. The legislation defines academically oriented programs as emphasizing theoretical knowledge and creative scholarly activity, while professionally oriented programs are expected to prioritize practical skills underpinned by essential theoretical foundations. Therefore, both profiles are defined as combining academic and professional components, differing primarily in their emphasis. This study examines whether the formal differentiation translates into substantively distinct curricula or remains largely symbolic, assessing the extent to which the system is conceptually coherent. The present research; thus, addresses this issue by analyzing the intended curricula of selected bachelor’s degree programs to examine whether, and to what extent, declared program profiles are reflected in curriculum design. Intended curricula refer to the overt curricula articulated in policy statements as the goals that schools or other educational institutions aim to achieve (Kridel, 2010, p. 489). In this study, degree programs are understood in close relation to the concept of curriculum, which the scholarly literature often treats as a synonymous term (O’Neill, 2015, p. 8); however, the term degree program is used as an overarching label because it denotes a formally named and institutionally defined entity. The following research questions are addressed: RQ1: To what extent is the allocation of academic and professional components aligned with the formally declared academic or professional profile of bachelor’s degree programs? RQ2: How do program guarantors perceive and interpret the differences between professional and academic degree programs based on their experience with program implementation? The theoretical framework draws on Bernstein’s (1999) distinction between vertical discourse, characterized by abstract and hierarchically organized knowledge, and horizontal discourse, which is context-bound and oriented toward practical problem-solving. This distinction provides a basis for conceptualizing differences between academically and professionally oriented degree programs. These profiles are examined through the process of knowledge recontextualization (Bernstein, 2000), understood as the transformation of disciplinary knowledge into application- and profession-oriented forms. Professional orientation is further operationalized through the concept of Work-Integrated Learning (WIL), a pedagogical approach based on authentic, work-related learning experiences that integrate theory and practice (Zegwaard et al., 2023, p. 39). The theoretical background provides a basis for coding curriculum elements along an academic–professional continuum and assessing how declared program profiles are reflected in curriculum design. The relevance of this research extends beyond the Czech context. Across Europe (and beyond), higher education systems face similar challenges related to program differentiation, massification and the growing emphasis on employability. By offering an empirically grounded analysis, the study contributes to international discourse on curriculum governance, policy implementation and the conceptual clarity of academic and professional pathways in higher education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a mixed-methods research approach, centered on a content analysis of curriculum documents (Bos & Tarnai, 1999), examining the orientation (professional or academic) of selected curriculum elements at the course level. Curriculum documents consist primarily of study plans and course syllabi (Posner, 1992), acquired from accreditation materials and institutional information systems. The unit of analysis (Bryman, 2012, p. 68) is the individual course included in the intended curriculum. Following Rata (2021, p. 450), the course level is conceptualized as an intermediate level situated below the program and above the topic level; therefore, the course is understood as an organized body of content taught over a defined period. The sample consists of 40 bachelor’s degree programs systematically selected from the Czech Register of Accredited Degree Programs across three Fields of Education (Non-Teaching Pedagogy, Philology, Teaching). Programs with identical or highly similar names but differing in their declared profile (academic vs. professional) are paired to enable comparative analysis. The content analysis focuses on four curricular elements: (1) graduate profile, (2) thematic focus and nature of content, (3) assessment methods, and (4) learning outcomes. The orientation of these elements is assessed through systematic text coding (Bryman, 2012, p. 299) using a coding manual derived from the theoretical framework, which provides explicit criteria for identifying academic, professional, and mixed orientations. Coded segments are subsequently aggregated at the course level, assigning it an overall orientation on a three-point scale (1 = predominantly academic, 2 = mixed, 3 = predominantly professional). For quantitative comparison, a researcher-developed Orientation Index aggregates course orientations weighted by ECTS credits, producing an overall program-level score for each program within the academic–professional pair. This enables systematic comparison of degree programs with identical or similar names and assessment of whether their curricula exhibit substantive differentiation, as would be expected in a conceptually coherent system. Graduate profiles are coded at the program level only. Additionally, the volume of practical training is analyzed as a supplementary indicator. Coding reliability is ensured through independent double coding. To complement the content analysis, the qualitative component consists of semi-structured interviews (Bryman, 2012, p. 470) with program guarantors. Interview data are analyzed using open coding (Šeďová, 2007, p. 211), with the number of interviews determined by data saturation (Guest et al., 2006) – at least eight interviews with program guarantors, ensuring that each Field of Education is represented. This qualitative component supports data triangulation and deeper interpretation of the findings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings from the content analysis (in response to RQ1) indicate that differences between academically and professionally oriented bachelor’s programs are less pronounced than implied by their formal classification. The results suggest that the primary distinction lies in the volume of formally designated practical training, while overall curriculum design and the balance of academic and professional components remain largely similar. The calculated Orientation Indices reveal only a modest average difference between academic and professional programs. Academically oriented programs: average index – 1.90 (values close to 1 indicate strong academic orientation). Professionally oriented programs: average index – 2.08 (values close to 3 indicate strong professional orientation). Observed distance: 0.18 (2.08 − 1.90). With a possible distance ranging from 0 to 2, the observed value of 0.18 indicates weak differentiation between curriculum models. Programs with identical names but different declared profiles often show very similar structures. Although professional programs include more compulsory practical training, this emphasis is usually limited to that component and rarely extends to other parts of the curriculum. As a result, professional programs often resemble only slightly modified versions of academic ones, though further analysis is needed to confirm these patterns. Although the qualitative phase has not yet been conducted, the findings already raise questions about the coherence and practical meaning of program profiling. The planned interviews with program guarantors will explore how differences between academic and professional programs are understood. Professional degree programs are also subject to lower requirements for academic staffing and research activity under the Czech accreditation standards. The reduced thresholds create the possibility that institutions might strategically select program profiles to simplify the accreditation process; this issue will be also explored through interviews with program guarantors and may contribute to broader discussions on quality assurance in European higher education. References •Bernstein, B. (1999). Vertical and Horizontal Discourse: An Essay. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 20(2), 157–173. •Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy, Symbolic Control and Identity (2nd Ed.). Rowman & Littlefield Publishers. •Bos, W., & Tarnai, Ch. (1999). Content analysis in empirical social research. International Journal of Educational Research, 31(8), 659–671. •Bryman, A. E. (2012). Social Research Methods (4th Ed.). OUP. •Ferns, S. J., Zegwaard, K. E., Pretti, T. J., & Rowe, A. D. (2025). Defining and designing work-integrated learning curriculum. Higher Education Research & Development, 44(2), 371–385. https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2024.2399072 •Gardner, P., & Perry, A. L. (2023). Adapting to an accelerating, disruptive future: Melding work and learning through the role of the T-professional. In K. E. Zegwaard, & T. J. Pretti (Eds.), The Routledge international handbook of work-integrated learning (3rd Ed., pp. 492–509). Routledge. •Guest, G., Bunce, A., & Johnson, L. (2006). How Many Interviews Are Enough?: An Experiment with Data Saturation and Variability. Field Methods, 18(1), 59–82. •Kridel, C. (2010). Intended curriculum. In C. Kridel (Ed.), Encyclopedia of curriculum studies (pp. 489–489). SAGE Publications, Inc. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781412958806.n262 •O’Neill, G. (2015). Curriculum Design in Higher Education: Theory to Practice. UCD Teaching & Learning. •Pabian, P. (2008). Od elitního přes masové k univerzálnímu terciárnímu vzdělávání: Koncepce Martina Trowa. AULA, 16(1), 31–40. •Rata, E. (2021). The Curriculum Design Coherence Model in the Knowledge-Rich School Project. Rev Educ, 9(2), 448–495. https://doi.org/10.1002/rev3.3254 •Švaříček, R., Šeďová K., Sedláček, M., Novotný, P., Nedbálková, K., Miková, M., Janík, T., Kaščák, O., & Zounek, J. (2007). Kvalitativní výzkum v pedagogických vědách: pravidla hry. Portál. •Trow, M. (1970). Reflections on the Transition from Mass to Universal Higher Education. Daedalus, 99(1), 1–42. http://www.jstor.org/stable/20023931 •Trow, M. (1972). The expansion and transformation of higher education. Int Rev Educ, 18(1), 61–84. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01450272 •Trow, M. (1973). Problems in the Transition from Elite to Mass Higher Education. Carnegie Commission on Higher Education. •Zegwaard, K. E., Pretti, T. J., Rowe, A. D., & Ferns, S. J. (2023). Defining work-integrated learning. In K. E. Zegwaard, & T. J. Pretti (Eds.), The Routledge international handbook of work-integrated learning (3rd Ed., pp. 29–48). Routledge. |
| 11:15 - 12:45 | 99 ERC SES 03 G: Inclusivity in Educational Pathways Location: A2a | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Fabio Dovigo Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Exploring Career Decision-Making Among Disadvantaged Multipotential Students Ministry of National Education, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Career decision-making is one of the most complex tasks for individuals, particularly in rapidly changing labor markets shaped by the Fourth Industrial Revolution (Hirschi, 2018). While career choices have always been influenced by personal, social, and contextual factors (Lent et al., 1994) contemporary shifts—such as unstable employment, project-based work, and the growing demand for interdisciplinary competencies—have intensified the challenges faced by students in navigating their career paths (Hirschi, 2018). Career decisions differ from everyday choices due to their long-term impact, limited reversibility, and the emotional, social, and economic implications they carry (Gati & Kulscar, 2021) The process becomes even more challenging for gifted students (Kerr, 1990). Gifted individuals, throughout history, have been recognized for their extraordinary contributions to science, politics, arts, and cultures (Jung, 2019). However, their developmental needs are often neglected in educational policies and career counseling practices, which tend to prioritize academic performance over socio-emotional and vocational guidance (Smith & Wood, 2020). Within this population, multipotential individuals represent a distinct subgroup. Their high abilities across multiple domains expand the range of career alternatives but simultaneously creates unique challenges in narrowing down choices. As research shows, multipotential youth often struggle with anxiety, existential concerns, and identity development issues, as any single decision implies the exclusion of other viable paths. For them, career choices are not only about selecting an occupation but also about reconciling their sense of self with multiple, and sometimes conflicting, possibilities (Silverman, 1993) The situation deepens when multipotentiality intersects with socioeconomic disadvantage. Students from disadvantaged backgrounds often face limited access to social and cultural capital, fewer role models, and restricted opportunities such as internships, mentorship, and extracurricular enrichment (Olszewski-Kubilius, & Thomson, 2015). Families may provide emotional support but often lack the knowledge, resources, and networks required to guide career development effectively. Consequently, disadvantaged multipotential students encounter intensified barriers, including diminished self-efficacy, reduced outcome expectations, and limited exposure to professional pathways. Such challenges increase the risk of underemployment, early school leaving, and career mismatches, representing both individual and societal losses in terms of human capital (Hébert, 2018) Scholarship has generally examined either multipotentiality or socioeconomic disadvantage seperately, overlooking their intersection. Social Cognitive Career Theory (SCCT) highlights the importance of self-efficacy, outcome expectations, and contextual supports in shaping career development (Lent et al., 1994). Yet, empirical studies remain scarce in addressing how these mechanisms operate specifically among disadvantaged multipotential students, who face the paradox of possessing high abilities yet lacking access to adequate resources. This study addresses this gap by exploring the career decision-making processes of multipotential students from socioeconomically disadvantaged backgrounds in Türkiye. While gifted education is formally recognized within the national education system, the specific construct of multipotentiality remains absent from official definitions and interventions. This research therefore offers theoretical and practical contributions: it reveales how internal factors (such as abilities, interests, and psychological struggles) and external factors (such as family socioeconomic status and cultural context) intersect in shaping students’ career trajectories. By examining a “subgroup within a subgroup,” this study extends SCCT to a novel context but also provides actionable insights for more inclusive and socially just career counseling practices. Supporting the career development of disadvantaged multipotential students is essential not only for their personal well-being and self-realization but also for fostering social equity and sustainable development (Olszewski-Kubilius, & Thomson, 2015). By identifying the barriers, contradictions, and coping strategies in their career decision-making processes, this research contributes to the design of tailored interventions that can empower these students to navigate complexity and actualize their diverse potentials. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted a qualitative multiple case study design to explore the career decision-making processes of socioeconomically disadvantaged multipotential students. A case study design was chosen because it allows for an in-depth and contextualized understanding of individual experiences while also facilitating cross-case comparison (Yin, 2018; Stake, 2006). The study included seven students (two girls and five boys) aged between 9 and 15 years. All participants were attending Science and Art Centers (SACs) in five cities in Türkiye. Participants were identified as socioeconomically disadvantaged through school records and family background information. Selection was based on purposive sampling, ensuring diversity in age, gender, and context to capture a broad range of experiences (Stake, 2006). Data were collected over the course of one year, allowing for prolonged engagement with participants and more reliable insights into their career-related thinking (Lincoln & Guba, 1985). Three sources of data were employed to ensure triangulation. Semi-structured interviews were conducted with each participant, with four conducted face-to-face and three online. The interview guide focused on students’ career aspirations, perceptions of multipotentiality, and perceived barriers and supports. Interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed verbatim (Saldaña, 2013). Career genograms were applied as a visual tool to help students reflect on family career histories, perceived role models, and intergenerational influences. This method facilitated deeper conversations and revealed contextual factors not always expressed verbally (Gibson, 2005). Field notes was maintained throughout the study, capturing reflections, contextual observations, and analytic memos that enriched the interpretation of data (Saldaña, 2013) Data analysis followed a two-stage process. First, within-case analysis was conducted to build a holistic picture of each student’s career decision-making process by considering their individual characteristics, family background, and school experiences. Second, cross-case analysis was carried out to identify common patterns, recurring challenges, and shared strategies among the participants (Stake, 2006; Yin, 2018). Thematic analysis was applied both inductively and deductively (Braun & Clark, 2021). To enhance credibility, an independent expert with a doctorate in gifted education and qualitative research experience coded two interviews. Inter-coder reliability was 84% (45/53 × 100), and disrepancies were resolved through discussion. Credibility was further ensured through prolonged data collection over one year and the use of multiple data sources. Thick descriptions of cases supported transferability, while an audit trail and reflexive notes provided dependability and confirmability (Lincoln & Guba, 1985). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study revealed that the career decision-making processes of socioeconomically disadvantaged students with multipotentiality are shaped not only by abilities and interests but also by the interplay of values, psychosocial resources, and contextual conditions. While students largely perceived their multipotentiality as an advantage that broadened their academic and career opportunities, findings also showed that it may coexist with social-emotional challenges such as loneliness or heightened sensitivities. Thus, multipotentiality should be addressed holistically, encompassing both strengths and vulnerabilities. Gender norms strongly influenced students’ career orientations: girls tended toward teaching, architecture, or medicine, while boys were directed toward STEM fields, with limited engagement in artistic domains. Career choices also shifted over time, reflecting developmental stage, family influence, and socioeconomic realities rather than multipotentiality alone. Importantly, students’ aspirations were found to be value-driven even at an early age, with orientations toward innovation, helping others, cognitive curiosity, or teaching. Despite structural barriers, participants displayed resilience, hope, and commitment to effort, highlighting the role of psychosocial resources in sustaining motivation. Families emerged as a powerful influence, both supportive and, at times, restrictive. SACs provided belonging and enrichment opportunities, though career guidance services remained insufficient. These findings underscore the need for earlier, more comprehensive, and value-based career counseling, particularly for disadvantaged gifted students. Schools and SACs should strengthen career education, expand counselor training, and involve families in guidance practices. At the theoretical level, the study demonstrated the applicability of Social Cognitive Career Theory (SCCT) to understanding gifted students’ decision-making, while emphasizing the importance of integrating multicultural and contextual perspectives. Practically, the results call for enriched and sustained career guidance programs, value-oriented counseling, and broader intervention models that address both opportunities and systemic inequities. This study highlights resilience alongside vulnerability, the decisive impact of contextual factors, and the need for inclusive, equity-oriented educational practices. References Braun, V., & Clark, V. (2021). Thematic Analysis: A Practical Guide. Sage. Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2018). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches (4th ed.). Sage. Gati, I., & Kulcsar, V. (2021). Making better career decisions: From challenge to opportunities. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 126(4).1-18. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jvb.2021.103545 Hébert, T. P. (2018). An examination of high-achieving first-generation college students from low-income backgrounds. Gifted Child Quarterly, 62(1), 96–110 https://doi.org/10.1177/0016986217738051 Hirschi, A. (2018). The fourth industrial revolution: Issues and implications for career research and practice. The Career Development Quarterly, 66(3),192-204. https://doi.org/10.1002/cdq.1214 Jung, J. Y. (2019). The career decisions of gifted students and other high-ability groups. Routledge. Gibson, D.M. (2005). The usage of genograms in career counseling with elementary, middle and high school students. The Career Development Quarterly, 53(4), 353-362. https://doi.org/10.1002/j.2161-0045.2005.tb00666.x Kerr, B. (1990). Career planning for gifted and talented youth. ERIC Digest #E492. http://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ED321497.pdf Lent, R. W., Brown, S. D. & Hackett, G. (1994). Toward unifying social cognitive theory of career and academic interest, choice, and performance. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 45(1), 79-122. https://doi.org/10.1006/jvbe.1994.1027 Lincoln, Y. S., & Guba, E. G. (1985). Naturalistic inquiry. Sage. Olszewski-Kubilius, P., & Thomson, D. (2015). Talent development as a framework for gifted education: Implications for best practices and applications in schools. Gifted Child Today, 38(1), 49–58. https://doi.org/10.1177/1076217514556531 Saldaña, J. (2013). The coding manual for qualitative researchers (2nd ed.) Sage. Silverman, L. K. (1993). Techniques for preventive counseling. In L. K. Silverman (Ed.), Counseling the gifted and talented (pp. 81‒110). Love Publishing Co. Smith, C. K., & Wood, S. M. (2020). Supporting the career development of gifted students: New role and function for school psychologists. Psychology in the Schools, 57(10), 1558–1568. https://doi.org/10.1002/pits.22344 Stake, R. E. (2006). Multiple case study analysis. Guilford Press. Yin, R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications: Design and methods (6th ed.). Sage. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Justifications for Special Class Placements at the Start of Schooling 1: University of Turku, Finland; 2: University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:Building a more inclusive education and school system has been one of the key objectives in the most recent reform of learning support in Finland. Old support system was seen too bureaucratic, and it focused merely on the three support steps. Now the scope should be in concrete support measures and early interventions. Although creating an inclusive school involves much more than the existence or non-existence of special classes or special schools, justifying the use of class-based special education lies at the heart of the inclusion debate. However, in Finland decisions about school placement are not made solely by teachers or officials responsible for allocating resources. Opinions on how support should be organised are also sought from the child or pupil themselves, from their guardians, and, when necessary, from healthcare professionals. The aim of this study is to examine how different actors justify placement in special education classes at the start of schooling.
Society, culture and the structure of the school system have an input in parents’ attitudes towards inclusion. Some studies have shown that parents might have a more positive attitude towards inclusion in general than they have to the specific beliefs to its benefits. If a parent themselves has a child who needs special support their inclusion attitude might be a more negative but there is evidence that this might be reaching a plateau at least in some countries. A big question for the parents seems to be the nature of the childs needs. Physical disabilities and learning difficulties are accepted by the parents but especially children with behavioural issues are considered the hardest ones to teach in normal size classrooms. Even if a parent has a positive attitude towards inclusion they might be worried about the schools resources and the abilities of the teacher together with the societal status of the student needing support.
Children’s own voices are often not brought out in early childhood education documents, nor are children’s own views on their support needs frequently investigated. Barriers to hearing the voices of children in need of support have been identified at both the child level and in professionals’ attitudes and the resources available. Little is known about young children’s own views about different schools, classes and support measures.
Previous studies have shown that healthcare experts are used as authorities and specialists in pedagogical documents, and their views and the diagnoses they provide influence pedagogical decisions and the planning of support. It is therefore important to examine the types of justifications used by healthcare professionals when recommending placement in a special education class for a child at the start of schooling.
The study is situated within the Finnish context. However, the development of inclusive schooling and the identification of beliefs and attitudes that hinder inclusion constitute key challenges more broadly across Europe. Accordingly, the central question of this study is: Why would a special education class be considered preferable to a so-called mainstream classroom? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data consisted of 31 pedagogical statements and 20 attachments from the healthcare sector. The pedagogical assessment was a document in use until 31 July 2025, in which the teacher evaluated the need to initiate or discontinue intensified support. It was required to include, among other things, descriptions of the child’s learning progress and the child’s previous intensified support, as well as an assessment of the effects of different forms of support. The data were collected from six large or medium-sized municipalities in the Southwest Finland region. Municipalities with fewer than 5,000 inhabitants were excluded from the study due to potential identification risks. In small municipalities, only a few decisions on special support are made each year, and in such cases, identifying an individual child, preschool, teacher, official, or school placement might become possible, even though municipalities, schools, or identifiable factors emerging from the material—such as diagnoses—are not published. For large cities, the data were collected using a combination of cluster sampling and stratified sampling: first, schools providing class-based special education for first-grade pupils were selected. After this, an invitation to participate in the study was sent to the guardians of all first-grade pupils receiving special support in the selected schools. In smaller cities and municipalities, invitations were sent to all families of first-grade pupils receiving special support. Of the invited guardians and children, 23% gave their consent for their children’s documents to be used in the study. The pedagogical documents used as research material are, without exception, confidential. Research permits were obtained from each municipality participating in the study. Written consent for the use of documents in this research was requested from the pupils and their guardians. In addition, the documents were pseudonymised before being used for research purposes. A favourable ethical review statement for the study was issued on 16 April 2024 by the Ethics Committee for Human Sciences of University of Turku. The data is analysed using reflective thematic analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As preliminary results we have found three ways to justify special class placements. First theme is named the Superiority of Special Classes, where actors imply that special class is somehow better and support is more easily available there. The second theme is the Child’s Attributes where the child is seen so needy that special class is a self-evident choice. The third theme is the Argument from Authority, where actors actually don’t present their own opinions but refer to a teacher, a doctor or a therapists. The data confirms previous findings that the voice of children themselves is frequently ignored in pedagogical documents. Only a few comments about the class placement from the child itself was found. The comments from the guardians were found in most of the documents but they were quite short and raised a new question: Who’s opinion it really was? These documents are only the end point of a long negotiation that parents go through. In many cases the child has had support measures for years in early childhood care and pre-school and in these processes the parents have had several meetings with teachers, doctors and therapists. In that light it is not at all clear, how these opinions and perspectives are formulated and how different actors influence each other. References Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2021). One size fits all? What counts as quality practice in (reflexive) thematic analysis? Quality Research in Psychology, 18(3), 328–352. Paseka, A. & Schwab, S. (2020). Parents’ attitudes towards inclusive education and their perceptions of inclusive teaching practices and resources. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 35(2), 254-272. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2019.1665232 Qvortrup, A. & Qvortrup, L. (2018). Inclusion: Dimensions of inclusion in education. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 22(7), 803–817. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2017.1412506 Sharma, P. (2021). Barriers faced when eliciting the voice of children and young people with special educational needs and disabilities for their Education, Health and Care Plans and Annual Reviews. British Journal of Special Education, 48(4), 455–476. DOI: 10.1111/1467-8578.12386 Tegtmejer, T., Hjörne, E. & Säljö, R. (2023) Diagnoses and special educational support. A study of institutional decision-making of provision of special educational support for children at school, European Journal of Special Needs Education, 38:3, 363-377, DOI: 10.1080/08856257.2022.2089510 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Ecologies of Inclusion: The Integration of Movement Pedagogy and Caregiver Involvement in Early Instrumental Learning University of Luxembourg, Luxembourg Presenting Author:This paper explores how inclusive education in early childhood instrumental music learning emerges through embodied, relational, and ecological processes. Positioned within the field of inclusive education (ECER Network 04), the study investigates movement-based instrumental pedagogy as a means of understanding how knowing and acting are co-constructed by young learners, caregivers, and teachers through shared musical activity. Rather than framing inclusion as an individual learner attribute or an accommodation strategy, inclusion is approached as an enacted practice that unfolds through participation, interaction, and bodily engagement (Bronfenbrenner, 2001; Studd & Cox, 2019). Movement-based instrumental learning provides a particularly relevant site for examining inclusion, as it foregrounds multimodal engagement of kinesthetic, sensory, social, and emotional alongside musical development. The body functions as a primary medium through which children and caregivers communicate, explore, and make meaning together (Studd & Cox, 2019). From this perspective, embodied learning becomes both a form of knowing and a mode of action, shaping how inclusion is experienced in practice. Although embodiment is increasingly recognised within music education research, less attention has been given to how embodied pedagogies contribute to inclusive learning environments by incorporating children’s and families’ voices, particularly in early instrumental contexts. This gap is significant within inclusive education research, where participation, voice, and relational learning are central concerns. Research in developmental psychology and music education demonstrates that early musical interaction supports attachment, attunement, and co-regulation between caregivers and children (Malloch, 1999; Stern, 1985; Trehub et al., 1997; Porges, 2011; Schore, 2001). However, these insights are less frequently integrated into instrumental learning contexts, where caregiver participation is often peripheral or implicitly assumed rather than pedagogically supported (Ilari, 2018; Zdzinski, 1996). The study is guided by the following research questions:
The study adopts an ecological framework informed by Bronfenbrenner’s bioecological theory of development (Bronfenbrenner, 2001) and an inclusive design based on the principals of Universal Design for Learning (CAST. 2018. “Universal Design for Learning Guidelines” V. 2.2. htpp://udlguidelines.cast.org]), alongside theories of embodiment and inclusive pedagogy. Pedagogical activities draw on Dalcroze Eurhythmics, Suzuki-informed instrumental learning, and the Laban-Bartenieff Movement System, all of which foreground exploration, coordination, relational interaction, and adaptability (Ilari, 2018; Studd & Cox, 2019). Inclusion is therefore understood not as a prescribed outcome but as something done through pedagogical action, emerging from interactions among bodies, relationships, and environments. Empirically, the research focuses on three movement-integrated workshops, each 90 minutes in length, involving young flute learners (ages 6–8) and their caregivers. These workshops enact inclusive pedagogical conditions in which learning is negotiated collectively rather than transmitted unidirectionally. The workshop setting is treated as a bounded system, allowing examination of embodied joint engagement among caregiver–child dyads, peers, and the researcher-facilitator through multimodal means (Merriam, 1998; Vaiouli et al., 2015). The European and international relevance of the study lies in its contribution to ongoing debates around inclusive education, family engagement, and embodied learning across diverse educational contexts. By examining how inclusive practices are generated through embodied action, the study aligns directly with ECER 2026’s theme, Knowing and Acting: The Changing Conditions and Potentials of Education Research. It offers empirically grounded insight into how inclusive education can be understood not only as a policy objective but as a lived, relational process shaped through everyday pedagogical interactions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a qualitative case study design to explore embodied inclusion in early instrumental learning. The workshops are designed and facilitated by the researcher and take place in a group learning setting that foregrounds movement, interaction, and shared musical exploration. Workshop activities draw on Dalcroze Eurhythmics (movement-based musicianship through rhythm, space, and improvisation), Suzuki-informed instrumental pedagogy (adaptive instruments, early tone production, repetition, and caregiver involvement), and principles from the Laban-Bartenieff Movement System (bodily organization, coordination, spatial engagement, and relational movement). Together, these approaches support multiple modes of engagement and flexible participation. Data sources include: • Semi-structured interviews with caregivers, focusing on experiences of participation, learning, and interaction • Photovoice with children, an activity-based method shown to support children’s participation and expression in qualitative research (Barnikis et al., 2019; Winstone et al., 2014; Young & Clerke, 2024). Children interpret images through narration, consistent with photovoice practices (Latz & Mulvill, 2017), and arts-based inclusive research (Montreuil et al., 2021) • A reflective teaching journal documenting pedagogical decisions, observations, and emergent reflections (Vaiouli et al., 2015) • Participant ethnographic observation focused on embodied interaction between children and caregivers during workshop activities • Observational data attend specifically to movement, spatial relationships, interaction patterns, and moments of shared musical engagement. Interview, photovoice, and journal data provide insight into participants’ perspectives and the researcher’s evolving pedagogical understanding. Data are analyzed using reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022), informed by ecological and embodied theoretical lenses. Triangulation across data sources supports a nuanced understanding of how knowing emerges through action and how inclusive practices are enacted over time. Ethical considerations include informed consent, child assent, and attention to power relations within caregiver–child and researcher–participant interactions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to demonstrate how movement-based instrumental pedagogy supports inclusive education by enabling participation through embodied action and relational engagement, rather than relying solely on verbal or symbolic modes of learning or traditional master–apprentice models. Findings are anticipated to show that embodied musical activities create accessible entry points for diverse learners and position caregivers as active contributors within the learning ecology. By tracing how children and caregivers move, interact, and make music together, the study highlights how knowing and acting are inseparable within inclusive pedagogical practice. Inclusion emerges not as a static condition but as an ongoing process negotiated through relational, bodily engagement. Caregivers’ involvement is expected to strengthen continuity between learning contexts, supporting inclusion beyond the classroom. References Bartenieff, I., & Lewis, D. (1980). Body movement: Coping with the environment. Gordon and Breach Science Publishers. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Conceptual and design thinking for thematic analysis. Qualitative Psychology, 9(1), 3–26. https://doi.org/10.1037/qup0000196 Bronfenbrenner, U. (1986). Ecology of the family as a context for human development: Research perspectives. Developmental Psychology, 22(6), 723–742. https://doi.org/10.1037/0012-1649.22.6.723 CAST. (2018). Universal Design for Learning guidelines (Version 2.2). https://udlguidelines.cast.org Creswell, J. W. (2007). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches (2nd ed.). Sage. Custodero, L. A. (2024). The musical legacies of childhood and children. In L. A. Custodero (Ed.), Before we teach music: The resonant legacies of childhoods and children (pp. xx–xx). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780197557877.003.0007 Custodero, L. A., & Johnson-Green, E. A. (2007). Caregiving in counterpoint: Reciprocal influences in the musical parenting of younger and older infants. Early Child Development and Care, 178(1), 15–39. https://doi.org/10.1080/03004430600601115 Fortin, S. (2002). Living in movement: Development of somatic practices in different cultures. Journal of Dance Education, 2(4), 128–136. https://doi.org/10.1080/15290824.2002.10387221 Ilari, B. (2005). On musical parenting of young children: Musical beliefs and behaviors of mothers and infants. Early Child Development and Care, 175, 647–660. https://doi.org/10.1080/0300443042000302573 Leman, M., Maes, P.-J., Nijs, L., & Van Dyck, E. (2018). What is embodied music cognition? In R. Bader (Ed.), Springer handbook of systematic musicology (pp. 747–760). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-662-55004-5_34 Merriam, S. B. (1998). Qualitative research and case study applications in education. Jossey-Bass. Nijs, L., Lesaffre, M., & Leman, M. (2013). The musical instrument as a natural extension of the musician. In M. Castellengo & H. Genevois (Eds.), Music and its instruments (pp. 467–484). Éditions Delatour. Studd, K., & Cox, L. (2019). EveryBody is a body (2nd ed.). Dog Ear Publishing. Shubin, E. (forthcoming). Flute moves: Developing movement-based instrumental practices for young learners through collaborative action research. Manuscript in preparation, University of Luxembourg. Vaiouli, P., Grimmett, K., & Ruich, L. J. (2015). “Bill is now singing”: Joint engagement and the emergence of social communication in three young children with autism. Autism, 19(1), 73–83. https://doi.org/10.1177/1362361313511709 Zdzinski, S. F. (1992). Relationships Among Parental Involvement, Music Aptitude, and Musical Achievement of Instrumental Music Students. Journal of Research in Music Education, 40(2), 114–125. https://doi.org/10.2307/3345561 |
| 11:15 - 12:45 | 99 ERC SES 03 H: Pedagogies and Practices for Sustainability Learning Location: A2b | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Emily Rochette Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Application of Theatre-Based Methods in Fostering Sustainability Mindset in Primary School Kaunas University of Technology, Lithuania Presenting Author:Discussions about sustainability are unfolding against the backdrop of increasingly alarming climate data. Recent observations indicate that global temperatures in the first quarter of 2025 were the second warmest on record (Hausfather, 2025). While such data suggest an urgent need for a unified response, phantasmagorical political rhetoric - such as the continued echo of “drill, baby, drill” (Trump, 2025) - highlights that sustainability discourse remains deeply divided. Education has long been identified as a key strategy for addressing the climate crisis; however, it has so far failed to provide a clear pathway out of it (Heggen et al., 2022). For educational systems to meaningfully respond, the focus needs to shift from the accumulation of competencies toward the cultivation of mindsets oriented toward transformation and change (Broo, 2022; Lees, 2021; Rimanoczy, 2020). In sustainability education, emphasizing mindset rather than competencies connects personal beliefs with collective responsibility by integrating cognition, values, and emotions in ways that guide action (Kassel et al., 2018; Rimanoczy, 2020). The concept of a sustainability mindset (SM) has been introduced to encompass both external dimensions (knowledge, systems thinking, skills) and internal dimensions (values, purpose, reflection) (Rimanoczy, 2020). However, existing SM models remain largely anthropocentric. They privilege human introspection and agency, while the more-than-human world is positioned primarily as context, resource, or moral obligation. This framing risks reproducing the very human exceptionalism that underlies unsustainable practices. Consequently, sustainability education requires a reconceptualization of mindset that foregrounds relationality, plurality, and nonhuman agency. Object-Oriented Ontology (OOO) offers a promising theoretical pathway for such a reconceptualization. OOO advances a flat ontology in which all entities - human and more-than-human- exist on equal ontological footing, while retaining a degree of withdrawal beyond full human comprehension (Morton, 2016). When applied to sustainability education, OOO reorients SM toward humility, attentiveness, and ethical openness to more-than-human beings, expanding its ecological and moral dimensions beyond human-centred reasoning. Against this theoretical backdrop, the central research question guiding this study is: How can applied drama-based methods support the development of a sustainability mindset among primary school students by enabling engagement with complex, uncomfortable, and more-than-human sustainability issues? The study pursues four interrelated aims: 1. to redefine sustainability mindset through the lens of OOO, moving beyond anthropocentric assumptions; 2. to introduce and integrate three pedagogical approaches—Critical Pedagogy (CP), Dark Pedagogy (DP), and Applied Drama-Based Pedagogy (ADBP)—as pathways for cultivating such a mindset; 3. to develop a didactical model that supports the introduction of a redefined SM in primary education through drama-based practices; and 4. to explore adapted forum theatre as a concrete pedagogical pathway for SM development in primary school contexts. Each pedagogical strand contributes distinctly to the proposed framework. CP provides a transformative orientation, offering conceptual tools to interrogate oppression, power, and unsustainability (Freire et al., 2014). DP functions as an affective lens that legitimizes discomfort, grief, and uncertainty as integral dimensions of sustainability learning (Head, 2016; Author et al., 2019). ADBP serves as a methodological and pedagogical vehicle, enabling embodied, participatory, and collective engagement with sustainability dilemmas (Nicholson, 2005; Österlind & Hallgren, 2025; Sinha & Schmitz, 2024). Together, these approaches create conditions for cultivating an OOO-informed sustainability mindset that is simultaneously critical, affective, and experiential. Building on this framework, a didactical model inspired by forum theatre is developed and adapted for primary education. The model introduces a three-dramatic-mode system that supports teachers in engaging students with complex sustainability issues through drama-based classroom interventions. These interventions are implemented and examined to explore how theatre-based practices may contribute to the development of a sustainability mindset among primary school students. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is approaching the empirical stage. The study intends to employ qualitative instrumental case study design and follows the following design steps: 1. Based on the theoretical framework and the didactical model, three lesson plans (interventions) are developed, corresponding to the three stages of integrating forum theatre into primary education. 2. The interventions are evaluated by an expert group consisting of teachers, psychologists, and special education teachers (this is particularly important as the lesson content addresses complex and potentially discomforting topics). 3. Semi-structured interviews are conducted with the teachers participating in the study in order to explore their experiences of teaching sustainability-related topics. 4. Training sessions are provided for the participating teachers, during which the three-stage forum theatre method adapted for primary education is introduced; teachers are familiarized with the principles underlying the method as well as with the lesson plans corresponding to the three stages of the method. 5. Classroom observations are carried out to examine how teachers implement the intervention in practice. 6. Follow-up semi-structured interviews are conducted with the teachers to explore their experiences of using the intervention. 7. A qualitative thematic analysis is conducted, analyzing interview data, observation protocols, and artefacts from the intervention lessons (e.g., students’ work, drawings, and other materials). 8. The intervention lesson plans and the didactical model are refined based on the insights gained. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expected outcomes are deep insights into the development of sustainability mindset in primary school classrooms and how theatre practicess assists in revealing the complexity, discomfort and challenges of sustainbaility References Bogost, I. (2012). Alien phenomenology, or what it’s like to be a thing. University of Minnesota Press. Broo, D. G. (2022). Transdisciplinarity and three mindsets for sustainability in the age of cyber-physical systems [Article]. Journal of Industrial Information Integration, 27, 100290. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jii.2021.100290 Dawson, K., & Lee, B. K. (2018). Drama-based Pedagogy. Intellect Books. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctv36xw0wt Elwood, J., Andreotti, V., & Stein, S. (2019). Towards braiding. In Musagetes (pp. 13–21). Freire, P., Bergman Ramos, M., & Ramos, M. B. (2014). Pedagogy of the Oppressed: 30th Anniversary Edition (3rd ed.) [Book]. Bloomsbury Academic & Professional. Harman, G. (2011). The Quadruple Object. Zero Books. Head, L. (2016). Hope and grief in the anthropocene : re-conceptualising human-nature relation. Routledge. Heras, M., & Tàbara, J. D. (2014). Let’s play transformations! Performative methods for sustainability. Sustainability Science, 9(3), 379–398. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-014-0245-9 Horsthemke, K. (2020). Non‐Human Animals and Educational Policy: Philosophical Post‐humanism, Critical Pedagogy, and Ecopedagogy1. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 54(4), 900–915. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9752.12463 jagodzinski, jan. (2022). Cosmology and the Anthropocene: Speculative-Educative-Artistic Practices for a Planetary Consciousness. In Pedagogy in the Anthropocene (pp. 147–174). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-90980-2_8 Kanpol, B. (1999). Critical Pedagogy (2nd ed.). Praeger. Kassel, K., Rimanoczy, I., & Mitchell, S. F. (2018). A sustainability mindset model for management education. In Developing a Sustainability Mindset in Management Education (pp. 3–37). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781351063340-1 Lysgaard, J. A., & Bengtsson, S. (2020). Dark pedagogy – speculative realism and environmental and sustainability education. Environmental Education Research, 26(9–10), 1453–1465. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2020.1739230 Lysgaard, J. A., Bengtsson, S., & Laugesen, M. H.-L. (2019). Dark Pedagogy. Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-19933-3 Malone, K., & Young, T. (2023). Retheorising environmental sustainability education for the Anthropocene. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 55(11), 1200–1204. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2022.2152327 Misiaszek, G. W. (2023). Ecopedagogy: Freirean teaching to disrupt socio-environmental injustices, anthropocentric dominance, and unsustainability of the Anthropocene. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 55(11), 1253–1267. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2022.2130044 Morton, T. (2013). Hyperobjects : Philosophy and ecology after the end of the world. University of Minnesota Press. Morton, T. (2016). Dark ecology: For a Logic of Future Coexistence . Columbia University Press. Zembylas, M. (2013). Critical pedagogy and emotion: working through ‘troubled knowledge’ in posttraumatic contexts. Critical Studies in Education, 54(2), 176–189. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2012.743468 Zembylas, M. (2015). ‘Pedagogy of discomfort’ and its ethical implications: the tensions of ethical violence in social justice education. Ethics and Education, 10(2), 163–174. https://doi.org/10.1080/17449642.2015.1039274 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Critical Biodiversity Education for the Sustainability Transition Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:
Biodiversity loss and the accelerating degradation of ecosystems pose profound ecological, ethical and pedagogical challenges for contemporary societies. Despite its foundational role in sustaining life, biodiversity remains insufficiently addressed in educational structures that are expected to support sustainable futures. Within Finnish basic education, the current sustainability framework outlined in the National Core Curriculum (POPS 2014) does not fully prepare children to engage with the complex socio‑ecological realities that characterize the sustainability transition, particularly regarding environmental justice, multispecies interdependence, and the re‑evaluation of human–nature relations. This proposal develops critical biodiversity education as a transformative pedagogical approach that challenges anthropocentric assumptions, cultivates more‑than‑human awareness, and supports the formation of ethical responsibility at planetary scale.
The study is grounded in transformative learning—learning as a deep change in one’s relation to world and nature (Mezirow; Sterling; Wals). It combines ecological pragmatist humanism (Honnacker) to critique anthropocentric humanism while maintaining moral responsibility, and mobilises education otherwise (Stein et al.) and unlearning (Zembylas) to question habitual, growth‑centric imaginaries. Together, these frames orient pedagogy toward building “macro‑ethics” for planetary citizenship (da Silva). Substantively, the project responds to the Finnish Nature Panel’s and related reviews’ calls to strengthen biodiversity content, move beyond a purely natural‑science focus, and develop pedagogies that address attitudes, values, and action for environmental citizenship. It critiques how neoliberal and growth‑oriented logics in education displace ecological values and narrow sustainability to instrumental goals.
Objectives:
Conceptually, the project advances a meliorist stance: resisting both nihilism and naive progressivism by committing to long‑term (un)learning that constructs new affective infrastructures for alternative modes of thinking, feeling, and acting amid ecological crises. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The empirical design is action research in collaboration with Tampere Taidekaari’s “Taidemetsä” (Art Forest) programme, complemented by limited pilots in regular school environments (eco‑social education network schools) and with primary teacher students at Tampere University. The action‑research cycle iteratively codesigns, implements, documents, and analyses a four‑part pedagogical model with children in Grades 1–6: (1) biodiversity observation via citizen‑science and mobile apps (e.g., species identification; co-operation with Luontokoulu Korento for natural‑science analysis); (2) inquiry into selected indicator species and multispecies interdependencies (3) exploration of nature–culture interfaces, tracing human impacts and mitigation; and (4) arts‑based (un)learning processes to initiate and sustain transformation in nature relations. Data include children’s artworks; app‑generated artefacts; visual documentation (photos/videos); the researcher’s field diary; and semi‑structured interviews with children and key stakeholders (Taidekaari facilitators, partners). Analysis proceeds dialogically with participants and stakeholders across cycles, guided by the project’s theoretical framework (transformative learning, ecological pragmatist humanism, education otherwise, unlearning). A complementary document analysis examines the Finnish core curriculum for basic education and derived learning materials focusing on nature/biodiversity education, extending prior work conducted on climate education. This yields policy‑relevant insights and recommendations. Ethics: The study follows national ethics guidelines for research with children; informed consent (guardians/children) is obtained; continuous ethical monitoring is built into playful, arts‑based, and dialogic participation options to minimise potential harm and recognise participant benefit. University ethical review will be sought (spring 2026). Partnerships & reach: Municipal and regional collaborations (e.g., City of Tampere’s climate/environment policy unit; Ekokumppanit; eco‑social education network) and ECIU partner universities support broader impact and methodological exchange—especially around citizen‑science and educational technology. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings -A validated transdisciplinary pedagogical model for critical biodiversity education that blends outdoor learning, arts‑based inquiry, and citizen‑science‑supported technology for Grades 1–6. -Empirical insights into how (un)learning processes (affective, ethical, cognitive) shift children’s nature/world relations, fostering environmental citizenship oriented to macro‑ethics and planetary responsibility. -Documentation of how arts‑based practices help children work through eco‑emotions (e.g., anxiety) to sustain engagement without defaulting to technosolutionist optimism—thus strengthening constructive hope and agency. -A critical analysis of curriculum and learning materials that identifies gaps and misalignments (e.g., growth‑centric or individualised framings) and offers policy recommendations to centre biodiversity, justice, and collective responsibility within Finnish basic education. -Transferable concepts and tools for education policy and teacher education, including guidance for urban school contexts and teacher‑education courses. Cumulatively, the project contributes to theory by specifying how ecological pragmatist humanism operationalises in primary education; to methodology by integrating arts‑based and citizen‑science approaches within action research; and to practice by offering implementable designs for biodiversity‑centred environmental citizenship education. References Becht, A., et al. (2024). Climate anxiety and adolescents’ pro‑environmental behaviour. J. Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 65(10), 1270–1282. da Silva, M. L. (2011). Information, Communication, and Planetary Citizenship. In Handbook of Global Communication and Media Ethics (Vol. 1), 41–53. Haraway, D. (2015). Anthropocene, capitalocene… Environmental Humanities, 6(1), 159–165. Honnacker, A. (2020). Pragmatic Humanism and the Posthumanist Challenge. Contemporary Pragmatism, 17(1), 70–84. Kallio, K. P., Bami, N., & Sulonen, M. (forthcoming, accepted 5 Oct 2025). A glaring shortage of climate mobility education. EERJ. Laininen, E. (2019). Transformative learning and eco‑social civilisation. Ammattikasvatuksen aikakauskirja, 20(5), 16–38. Mezirow, J. (1997). Transformative Learning: Theory to Practice. NDAACE, 1997(74), 5–12. Ojala, M. (2012). Hope and climate change in youth. Environmental Education Research, 18(5), 625–642. Pihkala, P. (2020). Eco‑Anxiety and Environmental Education. Sustainability, 12(23), 10149. POPS (2014). Finnish National Core Curriculum for Basic Education. Finnish National Agency for Education. Stein, S., et al. (2023). Beyond colonial futurities in climate education. Teaching in Higher Education, 28(5), 987–1004. Sterling, S. (2011). Transformative learning and sustainability. Learning and Teaching in Higher Education, 5, 17–33. Väkkärä, V., et al. (2024). Research‑based Environmental Citizenship (Finnish Biodiversity Panel Report 3B/2024). Wals, A. E. J. (2010/2015). On relativism, uncertainty, democracy…; Critical interpretation of value‑laden environmental relations. Environmental Education Research; various. Zembylas, M. (2024). Unlearning emotional imperialism in education. Discourse, 45(4), 569–582. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper From Project to Education: Pandora’s Project Box* Middle East Technical University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:The average global temperature has increased very rapidly over the last 50 years due to the increase in greenhouse gas emissions. Generally, this increase in human-caused greenhouse gas emissions continues to rise along with the consumption habits of today’s world. Climate change, resulting from global warming caused by this increase, is a global problem threatening future generations (Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change [IPCC], 2023). According to the World Health Organization (WHO, 2015), the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), which aim to act in many areas such as poverty, inequality, health, justice, and planetary protection, were created to make the world habitable in the future. In line with these developments, the importance of climate change education has been emphasized under Sustainable Development Goal number thirteen, Climate Action (United Nations [UN], 2015) The aim is to develop the knowledge and skills necessary to adapt to and combat climate change through the awareness that is planned to be gained by utilizing the vital role of education in change and impact. United Nations (UN, 2015) Sustainable Development Goal 13 states that the integration of climate change education into national education policies, curricula, teacher training, and student assessments is a key objective. Research on climate change education has revealed insufficient integration in teacher knowledge, teacher training techniques, curriculum, and curriculum applicability (Anyolo et al., 2018). As in the rest of the world, the Turkish national education system also requires new, innovative, and contemporary practices that are appropriate to the changing climate change agenda and technologies, in line with the needs and problems related to adapting to and combating the increasing effects of climate change. In Türkiye, technical, social, and socio-scientific projects on adaptation and combating climate change have been and are being developed under the leadership and support of TÜBİTAK (Turkish Scientific and Technological Research Institution). These projects, which have very important and valuable content on combating and adapting to climate change, do not include educational parts at the primary, secondary, high school, or even university levels due to the advanced levels of their content. However, proposed solutions to climate change can be transformed into educational materials for students at all levels through collaborative work between educators and researchers. Adapting these projects to educational materials that school children can understand easily has a great potential to become important resources for them to understand reasons, results, and recent technologies for combating climate change. Therefore, we believe that evaluating and adapting the scientific and technological content of the completed projects related to climate change as educational materials will enhance the vision of young generations in the fields of global issues, science and technology and support their 21st-century skills. Therefore, the purpose of this study is to develop the criteria and the framework for finding best suitable projects to be transferred to education materials and to develop project – to – educational material framework. Based on this perspective, the research question of the study is 1) “How science projects related to climate change can be transformed to educational materials?”
So, our target for the long term is to inspire Climate Change Education researchers for a new trend and the project funding agencies to consider an “From Project to Education – Pandora’s Project Box -” section to call for proposals. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study utilizes qualitative research methods, which focuses on more social phenomena by examining human experiences rather than analyzing numerical data of real-life problems (Tenny et al., 2025). Also, the project contains document analysis method that is used for interpreting written documents (Chanda & Armstrong, 2021). Within the scope of the research, scientific projects containing the keywords "climate change”, “global warming”, “sustainability”, “renewable energy”, “greenhouse gas emissions”, “fossil fuels”, and “carbon footprint” in TÜBİTAK archive that formed between 2022-2024 were examined, and the process of transforming these projects into educational materials was set up. Document analysis first applied for listing the projects according to the keywords assigned; we focused on the abstracts of the projects while listing. After having the list of 189 projects, they were analyzed for their features suitable to transform as educational materials through a rubric developed by the writers. The documents taken as a background for developing the rubric are SDG 13, UNESCO Education for Sustainable Development Goals Learning Objectives and GreenComp the European Sustainability Competence Framework. As well, Bloom’s taxonomy and 21st Century science process skills were also considered for the target audience’s cognitive level. Accorddingly, cognitive learning, emotional-social, and observable skills together with embodying sustainability values, understanding the complexity of sustainability, imagining sustainable futures, and taking action for sustainability were determined to be used as the criteria to grade the scientific research projects in the TUBITAK archive. According to the grading system, among the graded projects the ones with grades > 50 were accepted as suitable for adaptation as education material. The five projects having such potential are being re-examined for their content. Following the re-examination, design of educational material will be initiated. Thus, the researchers are now working on developing a frame for designing education materials from projects. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Although the education material design phase is not yet complete, the expected outcome of this research is to contribute to the science education literature by converting academic data on climate change and sustainability into educational sets using various science education methods. Accordingly, each of these five planned materials is designed to incorporate different science teaching methods. Research has revealed that projects retrieved from the TÜBİTAK archive possess the potential to be adaptable and functional educational resource compatible with the science education curriculum. The educational materials are planned to be designed using methods such as problem-based learning, project-based learning, STEM, and gamification. These science education methods will enhance students’ inquiry-based learning skills, their understanding of the nature of science and their science process skills. Additionally, the multidisciplinary subject of climate change and sustainability will enhance students’ multidisciplinary perspectives. Furthermore, it is anticipated that these educational materials will increase students’ awareness of SDG 13, climate action. The aim is for students to understand the seriousness of climate change as a problem, the importance of its local and global impacts, and to develop the awareness to act within the framework of SDG 13. In short, this study aims to contribute to the applicability of climate change education, one of the SDG 13 objectives, by making complex and abstract scientific information more understandable and concrete for students. This will facilitate the dissemination of complex scientific knowledge to the public and reach a wider audience for climate change action. Finally, the aim of this project is to serve as a model in climate change and sustainability education, to be integrated primarily into the national education system, and subsequently to inspire the integration of education system policies in other countries. *This project is supported by The Scientific and Technological Research Council of Türkiye (TUBITAK 2209-A). References Anyolo, E. O., Kärkkäinen, S., & Keinonen, T. (2018). Implementing Education for Sustainable Development in Namibia: School teachers’ perceptions and teaching practices. Journal of Teacher Education for Sustainability, 20(1), 64–81. https://doi.org/10.2478/jtes-2018-0004 Calvin, K., Dasgupta, D., Krinner, G., Mukherji, A., Thorne, P. W., Trisos, C., Romero, J., Aldunce, P., Barret, K., Blanco, G., Cheung, W. W. L., Connors, S. L., Denton, F., Diongue-Niang, A., Dodman, D., Garschagen, M., Geden, O., Hayward, B., Jones, C., … Ha, M. (2023). IPCC, 2023: Climate change 2023: Synthesis report, summary for policymakers. Contribution of Working Groups I, II and III to the Sixth Assessment Report of the intergovernmental panel on climate change [core writing team, H. Lee and J. Romero (eds.)]. IPCC, Geneva, Switzerland. IPCC, 2023: Climate Change 2023: Synthesis Report. Contribution of Working Groups I, II and III to the Sixth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change [Core Writing Team, H. Lee and J. Romero (Eds.)]. IPCC, Geneva, Switzerland., 1–34. https://doi.org/10.59327/ipcc/ar6-9789291691647.001 Chanda, S., & Armstrong, A. (2021, 29 Aralık). Key methods used in qualitative document analysis. SSRN. https://doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.3996213 Tenny, S., Brannan, J. M., & Brannan, G. D. (2025). Qualitative study. In StatPearls. StatPearls Publishing. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK470395/ United Nations. (2015). Goal 13 | Department of Economic and Social Affairs. United Nations. https://sdgs.un.org/goals/goal13#targets_and_indicators World Health Organization. (2015). Sustainable development goals. World Health Organization. https://www.who.int/europe/about-us/our-work/sustainable-development-goals#:~:text=The%20Sustainable%20Development%20Goals%20 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Middle School Students’ Environmental Mental Models in an Industrial “Sacrifice Zone”: Insights from Drawings and Narratives Middle East Technical University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:The rapid industrial expansion of the 21st century has fostered “sacrifice zones”: areas where ecological integrity is compromised for economic growth, and pollution risks are disproportionately borne by local communities (Lerner, 2010). The Ergene Basin in northwestern Turkey, a textile and chemical industry hub, represents a striking example. While the region is notorious for Class IV water pollution (Tokatlı, 2020), industrial emissions and factory chimneys constitute a visible, everyday reality for residents, particularly in urban centers like Çorlu. Situated within this context, this study explores how middle school students in this high-risk environment perceive and represent environmental problems through drawings and narratives. Rather than simple illustrations, drawings are conceptualized as meaningful indicators of how children cognitively and symbolically construct environmental issues (Kozma, 2003). The objective is to identify how living in a “sacrifice zone” shapes children’s environmental mental models and to contribute to a localized framework for environmental education. The central research questions are:
The study is grounded in Mental Models Theory (MMT), the Draw-An-Environment Test (DAET) methodology, and Place-Based Education (PBE). MMT provides a foundation for interpreting drawings as externalizations of internal cognitive structures, allowing insight into how learners organize complex environmental phenomena experienced through sensory exposure (Johnson-Laird, 1983; Greca & Moreira, 2000). The DAET-R (Rubric) serves as the primary analytical framework to elicit dimensions of environmental mental models, including concern, responsibility, and agency (Moseley et al., 2010). Analyzing drawings alongside written narratives supports a grounded interpretation of symbolic choices. This triangulation reduces researcher bias and increases analytical validity (Strauss 1987; Patton 2002). Finally, PBE emphasizes that environmental literacy is most effective when rooted in learners’ immediate surroundings (Sobel, 2004). In the Ergene Basin, students’ representations are inevitably shaped by direct encounters with degradation, enabling connections between local experience and broader ecological transitions. Although situated in Turkey, the study addresses shared European challenges related to the ecological transition of industrial heartlands. Pollution in the Ergene Basin is a transboundary issue; it carries industrial waste into the North Aegean Sea via the Maritsa (Meriç) River, affecting waters shared with Greece and Bulgaria. This connects the study directly to the European Green Deal’s ‘Zero Pollution’ ambition (European Commission, 2021). Understanding how children in this shared basin perceive such risks is crucial for Europe’s collective ecological transition. Furthermore, while European research underscores how school-based policies and contact with nature shape student outcomes (Boeve-de Pauw & Van Petegem, 2018), this research explores the inverse: how intense industrial degradation in 'sacrifice zones' influences the formation of environmental mental models. This comparative perspective contributes to a broader European understanding of how industrial landscapes shape children’s environmental understanding. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative case study design to enable an in-depth, context-sensitive exploration of students’ environmental perceptions within a specific socio-ecological setting (Yin, 2018). This approach is particularly suitable for examining how environmental meanings are constructed in regions characterized by long-term industrial pollution. Purposeful sampling was used to select 11 seventh-grade students (n=11) from the Ergene Basin (Çorlu), an industrial “sacrifice zone” where ecological integrity is systematically compromised by textile and chemical production (Lerner, 2010; Tokatlı, 2020). Prolonged exposure to these conditions is expected to shape students’ internal cognitive and emotional structures, conceptualized here as environmental mental models. Ethical approval was obtained, and informed consent was secured from participants and parents. The primary instrument was the Draw-An-Environment Test (DAET), a child-centered method that enables participants to externalize mental models difficult to articulate verbally (Moseley et al., 2010). Students were prompted: “Draw the environmental problems in your surroundings and explain your drawing in writing on the back.” A combined visual–narrative approach has been widely used in environmental perception research, where children’s drawings are analysed alongside verbal or written explanations to uncover their conceptual and affective understandings of environmental issues (Barraza, 1999; Alaçam, 2025). Such approaches enable researchers to interpret symbolic choices in drawings in conjunction with participants’ own narratives, strengthening depth and credibility of qualitative interpretation (Strauss, 1987; Patton, 2002). Data analysis followed a two-stage qualitative procedure. First, interpretive thematic analysis identified recurring visual symbols (e.g., factory chimneys, polluted rivers), grouped into meta-themes. Second, the DAET-R (Rubric) assessed the structural complexity of representations across four dimensions: human, biotic, abiotic, and artificial environments. Each was scored on a 0–3 scale based on the level of interaction depicted, evaluating students’ systems thinking (Moseley et al., 2010). To ensure methodological rigor, the study followed Lincoln and Guba’s (1985) trustworthiness criteria. Credibility was established through data triangulation and peer debriefing. Transferability was supported via thick description of the industrial context. Dependability and confirmability were ensured through an audit trail and inter-coder reliability checks, with a second researcher independently coding a subset of data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings reveal that students in the Ergene Basin appear to hold predominantly catastrophic mental models, characterized by risk-dominated and loss-oriented representations rather than solution-oriented imaginaries. Air pollution emerged as the most oppressive theme, with drawings saturated by factory chimneys emitting dense smoke, frequently labeled as CO₂. The widespread use of dark, monochromatic color palettes signals underlying environmental anxiety and functions as a visual counter-narrative to the “reassurance discourse” often promoted by industrial institutions (Malchiodi, 1998; Phillimore, 1998). Using the DAET-R as an analytical scaffold to interpret the structural complexity of students’ mental models, the study found that students’ representations were dominated by artificial and abiotic dimensions in strong interaction with human behaviors, while biotic elements remained marginalized. Higher-level representations (scores 2–3) demonstrated causal reasoning, whereas lower-level drawings relied on isolated depictions. The recurring “black river” motif, often accompanied by dead fish, suggests that industrial pollution has become an internalized ecological reality for these children. Notably, responsibility was not attributed solely to industry. Students emphasized everyday behaviors such as littering cigarette butts or chewing gum, linking these to harm inflicted on wildlife. This indicates a critical awareness of social responsibility alongside structural critique. Furthermore, several drawings displayed spatial bridging, connecting local pollution to global consequences like melting polar ice. Although some links reflect conceptual inaccuracies, such as associating deodorant use with the greenhouse effect, they reveal strong biocentric empathy and attempts to reason across ecological scales. Overall, these findings underscore the need for restorative, place-based environmental education (Sobel, 2004) that balances risk awareness with ecological agency and action-oriented hope (Ojala, 2012). Such an approach offers an important contribution to environmental justice-oriented pedagogy for industrial heartlands across Europe, informing context-sensitive climate interventions in regions facing similar ecological transitions. References Alaçam, N. (2025). Environment in the views of preschool children: an investigation of children’s drawings and narratives in Turkey. Oxford Review of Education, 51(4), 614–631. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2024.2359978 Barraza, L. (1999). Children’s Drawings About the Environment. Environmental Education Research, 5(1), 49–66. https://doi.org/10.1080/1350462990050103 Boeve-de Pauw, J., & Van Petegem, P. (2018). Eco-school evaluation beyond labels: the impact of environmental policy, didactics and nature at school on student outcomes. Environmental Education Research, 24(9), 1250–1267. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2017.1307327 European Commission. (2021). Pathway to a Healthy Planet for All: EU Action Plan – Towards Zero Pollution for Air, Water and Soil. European Commission. Greca, I. M., & Moreira, M. A. (2000). Mental models, conceptual models, and modelling. International Journal of Science Education, 22(1), 1–11. https://doi.org/10.1080/095006900289976 Johnson-Laird, P. N. (1983). Mental Models: Towards a Cognitive Science of Language, Inference, and Consciousness. Harvard University Press. Kozma, R. B. (2003). The material features of multiple representations and their cognitive and social affordances for science understanding. Learning and Instruction, 13(2), 205-226. Lerner, S. (2010). Sacrifice Zones: The Front Lines of Toxic Chemical Exposure in the United States. MIT Press. Lincoln, Y. S., & Guba, E. G. (1985). Naturalistic Inquiry. Sage Publications. Malchiodi, C. A. (1998). The Art Therapy Sourcebook. McGraw-Hill. Moseley, C., Desjean‐Perrotta, B., & Utley, J. (2010). The Draw‐An‐Environment Test Rubric (DAET‐R): exploring pre‐service teachers’ mental models of the environment. Environmental Education Research, 16(2), 189–208. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504620903548674 Ojala, M. (2012). Hope and climate change: the importance of hope for environmental engagement among young people. Environmental Education Research, 18(5), 625–642. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2011.637157 Patton, M. Q. (2002). Qualitative research and evaluation methods (3rd ed.). Sage. Phillimore P. (1998). Uncertainty, reassurance and pollution: the politics of epidemiology in Teesside. Health & place, 4(3), 203–212. https://doi.org/10.1016/S1353-8292(98)00015-X Strauss, A. L. (1987). Qualitative analysis for social scientists. Cambridge University Press. Sobel, D. (2004). Place-based education: Connecting classrooms & communities. Orion Society. Tokatlı, C. (2020). Ergene Nehir Havzası su kalitesinin çok değişkenli istatistik analizler kullanılarak değerlendirilmesi [Assessment of water quality in the Ergene River Basin using multivariate statistical analyses]. Journal of Limnology and Freshwater Fisheries Research, 6(1), 38–46. https://doi.org/10.17216/limnofish.524036 Yin, R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications: Design and methods (6th ed.). Sage Publications. |
| 11:15 - 12:45 | 99 ERC SES 03 I: Assessment for driving impact Location: A07 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Riikka Anttonen Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Relational Feedback: Listening to the Experiences of First-Year Students Encountering the “Power” of Teacher Feedback Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:Assessment feedback is widely recognised as central to learning (Black and Wiliam, 1998; Nicol and Macfarlane‐Dick, 2006; Hattie and Timperley, 2007; Shute, 2008). Yet students do not always engage with feedback (Dawson, Carless, and Lee, 2020) or take action on it (Evans, 2013; Postmes et al., 2024; Winstone et al., 2017), rendering teachers’ time investment obsolete. Consequently, a key challenge in feedback research concerns not only what feedback says, but how dialogic feedback moments are intentionally designed to support meaningful engagement. Traditionally, assessment research has conceptualised feedback as information transmitted from teacher to student, an intervention some describe as monological and transactional (Winstone and Boud, 2019). Popularised by Hattie and Timperley (2007), this framing positions feedback as a message whose effectiveness depends on how it is crafted. With the advent of Generative Artificial Intelligence (GenAI), feedback risks becoming further reduced to an input-output model, reinforcing transmission logics in which feedback is treated as data assumed to produce learning gains when consumed (Corbin, Tai and Flenady, 2025; Flenady and Sparrow, 2025). More recently, feedback has been reconceptualised as a process (Winstone and Carless, 2020), informed by humanist epistemologies and focused on students’ perspectives, self-regulation, and feedback recipience. This shift has foregrounded the design of dialogic feedback moments and led to practical recommendations around feedback literacy for students and teachers (Sutton, 2012; Carless and Boud, 2018; Molloy, Boud and Henderson, 2019). However, this approach has also been critiqued for following a logic of equipment (Biesta, 2007; 2010; 2016), reinforcing individualism (Nieminen and Carless, 2022; Gravett and Carless, 2023), and insufficiently accounting for context (Biesta, 2007). As Carless (2020) notes, feedback remains “a contested terrain” (p. 426). Despite their differences, both feedback-as-information and feedback-as-process risk reinforcing performative notions of learning focused on outcomes, often at the expense of broader educational purposes such as socialisation and subjectification (Biesta, 2020; 2022). Within these paradigms, feedback is rarely questioned; disengagement or rejection is framed as maladaptive (Boud and Molloy, 2013), reinforcing measurement cultures and the entanglement of feedback with grades (Winstone and Boud, 2022). While feedback can be transformative, engaging with it is neither neutral nor context-free. Drawing on the stories of eight first-year students, my doctoral research shows that feedback inter- and intra-actions (Barad, 2003) are woven into surrounding assessment cultures and must be understood as socially and materially situated (Gravett, 2022). One guiding research question was: “How do assessment cultures influence students’ engagement with feedback?” This study examines how interrelated layers of assessment culture (from macro and chrono levels to micro and nano levels) shape students’ lived experiences of feedback. Using a sociomaterial lens, the study connects everyday student-teacher interactions with the broader forces that configure what feedback is, how it is enacted, and how it is received. Sociomateriality reframes educational practices as relational encounters shaped by human and non-human actors, including time, space, artefacts, power, and personal ecologies (Fenwick, Edwards and Sawchuk, 2011). In this view, feedback engagement unfolds within assemblages rather than residing solely within individual students (Gourlay, 2015). The findings illustrate how assessment cultures shift attention away from individualised explanations of disengagement and toward the conditions under which feedback encounters occur. Students’ engagement is shaped by access to resources such as time, by competing responsibilities, and by whether feedback is experienced as supportive or identity-threatening. Understanding feedback as sociomaterial and culturally situated offers a richer account of how students navigate feedback within complex assessment environments, and why disengagement may sometimes be a rational, situated response rather than a deficit. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The onto-epistemological positioning of the research was informed by critical theory, which is absent in feedback research (Nieminen, Bearman and Tai, 2023), and the theoretical framing was inspired by the work of Gravett (2022) in situating feedback literacies as sociomaterial practices. The study adopted a two-stage, qualitative mixed-method design: Stage one involved 16 students completing a narrative frame (Barkhuizen and Wette, 2008) through an anonymous questionnaire, designed to elicit stories of encountering teacher feedback (Passeport, 2023). Stage two involved in-depth semi-structured interviews with a smaller group of eight students from the stage one sample (three domestic, five international) and integrated the use of photo-elicitation to support participants in visualizing their experiences of teacher feedback. This abstract zooms into the data collected stage two (interviews) which was analysed through thematic coding in NVivo, using Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis (IPA) (Smith, Flowers and Larkin, 2022) which facilitated a close, idiographic examination of the data, representing both the individual accounts and shared experiences. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Examining how undergraduate students experience teacher feedback revealed the influences of students’ contexts-for-(in)action, moving from a cognitive understanding of feedback as a sense-making process requiring feedback literacy skills, to a situated experience informed by the ‘intra-actions’ of various sociomaterial elements. Through the data, feedback talk (Heron et al., 2021) and dialogic course design (Winstone and Carless, 2020) constitute promising ways to deliberately create a new micro-culture that influence students’ uptake positively and sustainably (Carless et al., 2010), and to resist a transmission culture whereby feedback does not land. The results of the study point towards a shift from the logic of effectiveness, homogeneity, and individualism (Biesta, 2007; 2010b; 2016b; Orón Semper and Blasco, 2018; Gourlay, 2019), and towards more relational and embodied approaches that honour plurality and contexts, for more holistic feedback encounters (McLean, Bond and Nicholson, 2014). Relational pedagogies recognise that student engagement with feedback might be inhibited by factors beyond the control of individuals (Gravett, 2022; Gravett and Carless, 2023), and that students’ act by means of their contexts-for-(in)action. The lens of feedback literacies as relational events (Gravett and Carless, 2023) and sociomateriality (Gravett, 2022) can further support the refining of our understanding of feedback encounters, by situating them socially and materially, intertwined with many elements that enter in relationships with one another. People (students, teachers) are not free-floating but entangled with the material in dynamic and ever-changing contexts (Fenwick, Edwards and Sawchuk, 2011; Gourlay, 2015; Gourlay, 2019; Gravett, 2023; Quinn, 2024). This approach recognises that dialogue is not neutral and that contextual elements matter greatly to the feedback encounter (Gravett, 2022; Gravett and Carless, 2023). References Barad, K. (2003) Posthumanist performativity: toward an understanding of how matter comes to matter. Signs, 28(3), pp. 801–831. Biesta, G.J.J. (2007) Why “what works” won’t work: evidence-based practice and the democratic deficit in educational research. Educational Theory, 57(1), pp. 1–22. Biesta, G.J.J. (2016) Resisting the seduction of the global education measurement industry. Ethics and Education, 10(3), pp. 348–360. Biesta, G.J.J. (2020) Risking ourselves in education: qualification, socialization, and subjectification revisited. Educational Theory, 70(1), pp. 89–104. Black, P. and Wiliam, D. (1998) Inside the black box: raising standards through classroom assessment. Phi Delta Kappan, 80(2), pp. 139–148. Boud, D. and Molloy, E. (2013) Rethinking models of feedback for learning. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 38(6), pp. 698–712. Carless, D. (2020) Longitudinal perspectives on students’ experiences of feedback. Higher Education Research & Development, 39(3), pp. 425–438. Carless, D. and Boud, D. (2018) The development of student feedback literacy. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 43(8), pp. 1315–1325. Corbin, T., Tai, J.H.-M. and Flenady, G. (2025) Understanding the place and value of GenAI feedback. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, pp. 1–14. Evans, C. (2013) Making sense of assessment feedback in higher education. Review of Educational Research, 83(1), pp. 70–120. Fenwick, T., Edwards, R. and Sawchuk, P. (2011) Emerging approaches to educational research: tracing the sociomaterial. London: Routledge. Gravett, K. (2022) Feedback literacies as sociomaterial practice. Critical Studies in Education, 63(2), pp. 261–274. Gravett, K. and Carless, D. (2023) Feedback literacy-as-event. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 49(2), pp. 142–153. Hattie, J. and Timperley, H. (2007) The power of feedback. Review of Educational Research, 77(1), pp. 81–112. Winstone, N.E. and Boud, D. (2019) Exploring cultures of feedback practice. Higher Education Research & Development, 38(2), pp. 411–425. Winstone, N.E. and Carless, D. (2020) Designing effective feedback processes in higher education. London: Routledge. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The Politics of Assessment in Early Childhood Education and Care University of Tampere, Faculty of Education and Culture, Finland Presenting Author:Assessment plays a significant role in contemporary life, permeating all aspects of society. Peter Dahler-Larsen (2012) charactetizes this ubiquity by describing modern society as an ”evaluation society”. This increasing prominence of assessment is evident across various policy domains, including education. Within the field of education, this trend is exemplified by the rise of standardized assessments, which are widely regarded as key indicators of educational effectiveness and quality (Camphuijsen, Møller & Skedsmo, 2021; Verger, Parcerisa & Fontdevila, 2019). The growing emphasis on assessment also extends to Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC) influencing both national and global policies and affecting the experiences of individual children and educators (Siippainen & Pitkänen, 2024). In Finnish ECEC assessment has traditionally emphasized play rather than children’s educational performance and formal assessment (Karila, 2012). However, recent studies have identified the increasingly prominent role of learning-oriented assessment in Finnish ECEC (Keski-Panula & Niemelä, 2022; Siippainen, Toivonen & Paakkari, 2023). While the emergence of learning-oriented assessment has been acknowledged, its underlying drivers have not been thoroughly examined. To be able to understand the changes the earlier research (e.g. Paananen, Länsmans & Räikkönen, 2025; Paananen & Siippainen, 2025) has identified in the assessment of Finnish ECEC, this study integrates the fields of childhood studies and policy research. From a policy research perspective, this study will first focus on the Multiple Streams approach (MSA). MSA primarily seeks to identify the conditions that allow a policy idea, such as the use of child assessment, to emerge at the right moment, however, over the past two decades, this approach has been modified and applied in a variety of contexts (Moulton & Silverwood, 2018; Santos & Kauko, 2022). The policy-making process consists of three streams: problems, policies and politics, and when these three streams converge, a policy window opens allowing for change (Moulton & Silverwood, 2018). This study aims to understand how the three streams (problems, politics and policies) of MSA have converged to create a policy window for changes in assessment policies and practices within Finnish ECEC. The second part of this study employs the doppelganger approach, a methodological tool for understanding assessment and datause in educational contexts (Pierlejewski, 2024). Earlier research points out that data production is often prioritized over other teaching responsibilities, reshaping professional priorities and contributing to the emergence of data-driven subjectivities among both children and educators (Pierlejewski, 2024). It alters pedagogy by shifting attention from engaging with children to collecting data (Bradbury, 2021). This approach considers child assessment practices as technologies of power that alter subjectivity and change pedagogy. It directs the focus on ”data doubles”, the images of children produced in data, and their performative force, the way in which these partial images of children change ECEC practices. The first research question is based on multiple streams approach with three sub-questions. The second and third questions are informed by doppelganger approach. The research questions are as follows: 1. Which factors influence the adoption of learning-oriented assessment practices? 1A What kinds of constructions of challenges or deficiencies have been used for justifying the need for learning-oriented assessment? 1B What kinds of epistemic authorities shape the development of learning-oriented assessment practices? 1C How have political dynamics and institutional agendas influenced the adoption of learning-oriented assessment policies? 2. What kinds of “data doubles” emerge in current local child assessment practices in early childhood education? 3. To what extend and how does the “data double” function as a technology of power that shapes subjectivity and transforms pedagogy? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This doctoral research employs a multiple case study approach to examine assessment policy in ECEC, focusing on five cases. Data for the dissertation will be collected through interviews, document analysis and ethnographic observation. The dissertation will consist of three sub-studies. The first sub-study addresses the first research question. Data for this sub-study will comprise interviews from early childhood education teachers and municipal officials from five different municipalities. The municipalities are selected from a large-scale national survey conducted by VADA-project in 2021, which mapped assessment practices in Finnish ECEC. Ethnographic methods will be employed to answer second and third research questions. Ethnography allows the researcher to gain an in-depth understanding of the social, cultural or organizational context in which a phenomenon occurs (Cohen, Manion & Morrison, 2018). Ethnographic observation data will be connected during field visits to kindergartens located in municipalities where learning-oriented assessment practices are implemented. Preparations for the fieldwork focus on both practical arrangements and ethical considerations. This study adheres to ethical guidelines of the Finnish National Board on Research Integrity (TENK, 2023) as well as European principles of good scientific practice, which include reliability, honesty, respect and responsibility. I am committed to following these principles at all stages of research. A fundamental ethical principle guiding this research is the obligation to avoid causing harm to participants at any stage of the process (Simons, 2009). Given the ethnographic approach, I will continuously reflect critically on my role as a researcher and integrate my observations into an interpretative analysis within a clear and consistent framework (Simons, 2009; Cohen et al., 2018). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on this study, we can better understand how changes in assessment policy happen. We will better understand which factors influence the adoption of new policies and practices. Throughout the research process, this case in ECEC offers valuable insights to assessment research within the broader field of education. References Bradbury, A. (2021). Ability, Inequality and Post-Pandemic Schools: Rethinking Contemporary Myths of Meritocracy (1st ed.). Bristol University Press. https://doi.org/10.46692/9781447347019 Camphuijsen, M. K., Møller, J., & Skedsmo, G. (2021). Test-based accountability in the Norwegian context: exploring drivers, expectations and strategies. Journal of Education Policy, 36(5), 624–642. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2020.1739337 Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (Keith R. B.). (2018). Research methods in education (Eighth edition). Routledge. Dahler-Larsen, P., (2012). The Evaluation Society. Stanford University Press. Karila, K. (2012). A Nordic Perspective on Early Childhood Education and Care Policy. European Journal of Education, 47(4), 584–595. https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/ejed.12007 Keski-Panula, H., & Niemelä, E. (2022). Lapsiin kohdistuva arviointi varhaiskasvatuksen paikallisella tasolla: Lapsiryhmään tai vastaajaan liittyvien tekijöiden yhteys demokraattiseen ja performatiiviseen arviointiorientaatioon. Master’s Thesis. Tampere University. Moulton, J. F. G., & Silverwood, J. (2018). On the agenda? The multiple streams of Brexit era UK climate policy. Marmara Journal of European Studies, 26(1), 75–99. Paananen & Siippainen (2025). Johdanto: Varhaiskasvatuksen arviointi datafikaation aikakaudella. In. A. Siippainen & M. Paananen (Eds.), Mitattu Lapsuus – Varhaiskasvatuksen arviointi Suomessa (pp 9–23). Gaudeamus. Paananen, Länsmans, Räikkönen (2025). Kyynisyyttä ja innokkuutta: Arvioinnin monenkirjavat paikalliset käytännöt. In. A. Siippainen & M. Paananen (Eds.), Mitattu Lapsuus – Varhaiskasvatuksen arviointi Suomessa (pp 81–111). Gaudeamus. Pierlejewski, M. (2024). Doppelganger as method: A framework for examining datafication. Contemporary Issues in Early Childhood, 25(3), 322–332. https://doi.org/10.1177/14639491241273927 Santos, Í., & Kauko, J. (2022). Externalisations in the Portuguese parliament: analysing power struggles and (de-)legitimation with Multiple Streams Approach. Journal of Education Policy, 37(3), 399–418. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2020.1784465 Siippainen, A., Toivonen, H., & Paakkari, A. (2023). Toward a democracy of translations? Local evaluation actor networks in Finnish early childhood education. Global Studies of Childhood, 13(3), 217–231. https://doi.org/10.1177/20436106231175026 Siippainen, A. & Pitkänen, H. (2024). On the surface and below: A genealogical look at the waves of evaluation in early childhood education and care. Journal of Education Policy 1–24. https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/02680939.2024.2344099#abstract Simons, H. (2009). Case study research in practice (1st ed.). SAGE. TENK.(2023). Hyvä tieteellinen käytäntö ja sen loukkausepäilyjen käsitteleminen Suomessa. Tutkimuseettisen neuvottelukunnan HTK-ohje 2023. https://tenk.fi/sites/default/files/2023-03/HTK-ohje_2023.pdf Verger, A., Parcerisa, L., & Fontdevila, C. (2019). The growth and spread of large-scale assessments and test-based accountabilities: a political sociology of global education reforms. Educational Review (Birmingham), 71(1), 5–30. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2019.1522045 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Evaluating Junior High School Student Literacy and Numeracy Outcomes under Kurikulum 2013 and Kurikulum Merdeka: A Curriculum Reform Impact Assessment (2021-2025) 1: National Taiwan Normal University, Taiwan; 2: Universitas Pelita Harapan, Indonesia Presenting Author:Over the past decades, countries across the world including Asia have undergone profound social and political transformations. Education systems have been central to these transitions, with large-scale curriculum reforms aiming to redefine "official knowledge" and align schooling with national development (Apple, 2014; Gopinathan, 2007). While traditionally top-down, contemporary reforms increasingly emphasize inclusive stakeholder engagement and teachers' pivotal role in enacting change (Gouëdard et al., 2020). Within this context, curriculum reform has been a persistent feature of Indonesia’s education system. However, student learning outcomes remain a challenge. PISA results consistently place Indonesia below the OECD average (ranking 70/78 in 2018 and 69/80 in 2022). International reports indicate these issues extend beyond curriculum design, pointing to systemic weaknesses in instruction, teacher development, and support for inclusive learning (UNESCO, 2022; World Bank, 2020). In a significant departure, Indonesia has implemented Kurikulum 2013 (K13) and Kurikulum Merdeka (KM) in parallel between 2021 and 2025. K13 emphasizes structured competency development, while KM promotes flexibility, learner agency, and character education through the Pancasila Student Profile Strengthening Project. Empirical evidence comparing their effects on core learning outcomes remains critically limited. Drawing on theories of educational change that frame reform as a multi-level process (Fullan, 2007), this study analyses Indonesia's reform through the phases of initiation, implementation, and institutionalization.
Initiation Reform was initiated through Ministry-led policy reviews under the 2020–2024 Education Strategic Plan (Kemdikbud [MoEC], 2020). Evaluations of K13 revealed persistent challenges: declining PISA performance, an overly dense curriculum, rigid sequencing, and limited instructional flexibility (BSKAP Kemdikbudristek [MoECRT], 2024). Teachers often equated mastery with content completion over conceptual understanding. Notably, the Emergency Curriculum used during the COVID-19 pandemic, emphasizing essential learning, yielded better literacy and numeracy outcomes (numeracy: 517; literacy: 570) than K13 (numeracy: 482; literacy: 532). This success provided a strong rationale for KM, launched in 2021 to simplify the learning load and center on the six dimensions of the Pancasila Student Profile.
Implementation (2021–2025) Consistent with Fullan and Park's (1981) conception of change as shifts in materials, methods, and beliefs, KM differs substantially from K13. While K13 was centrally prescribed, content-heavy, and assessed through high-stakes national examinations to determine the entrance to the higher level of education, KM emphasizes flexible, student-centered learning, project-based pedagogy, differentiated instruction, and low-stakes system-level assessment through the National Assessment (AN) for diagnostic and formative purposes. Administratively, K13 relied on a highly centralized, top-down structure in which schools acted mainly as curriculum implementers. In contrast, KM adopted a more decentralized support model through pilot schools, teacher coaches, and digital infrastructure via the Merdeka Mengajar digital Platform, enabling greater instructional support and flexibility at the school level.
Institutionalization The recent administrative restructuring of the Ministry of Education has reinforced implementation continuity, allowing schools flexibility between K13 and KM. Concurrently, it discontinued the pilot school and pilot teacher programs and reconfigured the national assessment. This assessment is now integrated with the Academic Test Ability for grades 6, 9, and 12, with grade 12 results impacting eligibility for high-achiever university tracks.
Research Gap and Questions Despite this extensive reform process, a critical evidence gap persists. There is no rigorous, national-level analysis comparing the effectiveness of the parallel K13 and KM in achieving literacy and numeracy outcomes. This study directly addresses this gap to inform future policy by answering:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Design This study employs an explanatory sequential mixed-methods design, beginning with a quantitative phase followed by a qualitative phase to deepen the findings (Creswell & Creswell, 2018). This approach integrates the generalizability of quantitative analysis with the contextual depth of qualitative inquiry, enabling a more comprehensive evaluation of curriculum reform impact (Greene et al., 1989). The analysis focuses on student literacy and numeracy outcomes at the school level. Literacy is measured across content (informational, fictional), context (personal, sociocultural, scientific), and cognitive levels (access, interpret, evaluate). Numeracy is measured across domains (number, geometry, algebra, data), similar contexts, and cognitive levels (knowing, applying, reasoning). Quantitative study The quantitative phase utilizes dataset from the Ministry of Education’s (MOE) National Assessment (AN) for 2021–2025. The sample comprises junior high schools under the MOE’s jurisdiction, excluding schools managed by the Ministry of Religious Affairs and those with inconsistent AN participation, resulting in a final sample of N=11,281 schools (2025 data await the MOE’s official release). Schools are categorized as: 1. Early Adopters (KM from 2021) 2. Late Adopters (KM from 2022-2025) 3. Never-Adopters (K13 only) Using a Two-Way Fixed Effects (TWFE) Event Study design (Callaway & Sant’Anna, 2021), separate regression models will estimate the dynamic effect of curriculum adoption on literacy and numeracy. Models control for time-varying school-level aggregates of student socioeconomic status and parental education/occupation. With the Variables as follow: 1. Dependent variable: Student learning outcomes on literacy and numeracy. 2. Independent variables: Dummy variables for each year relative to each school's adoption time (event-time dummies). 3. Time-Varying Control Variables: Student composition characteristics aggregated at the school-year level: a. Student SES b. Mother education c. Father education d. Father occupation Qualitative study The qualitative study will be conducted through document analysis and in-depth semi-structured interviews conducted online, expected to last approximately 45–60 minutes and will be audio- and video-recorded with the participants’ consent as well as researcher realtime field notes to capture participants’ impressions, emphases, and nonverbal cues. Interview data will be analyzed using the six-step Thematic Analysis framework (Braun & Clarke, 2006, 2022): 1. Familiarization with the data 2. Generating initial codes 3. Searching for themes 4. Reviewing themes 5. Defining and naming themes 6. Producing the report. To ensure rigor, methodological triangulation with documents, limited member checking, and a maintained audit trail of coding decisions and reflexive notes will be employed (Creswell & Miller, 2000). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study is significant, as it is expected to contribute in three primary ways. First, it serves as an impact evaluation of the curriculum reform implemented between 2021 and 2025 on junior high school students’ literacy and numeracy outcomes in Indonesia, as measured by the National Assessment (AN). By doing so, it provides empirical evidence on the effectiveness of this reform, thereby contributing to the broader literature on education policy evaluation in developing countries where large-scale reforms are often contested. Second, the study is particularly important because the two curricula under examination, K13 and KM, represent fundamentally different approaches. K13 emphasizes structured competency development with a heavier learning load, whereas KM adopts a more flexible, student-centered model with a lighter load. Evaluating their comparative effectiveness offers critical insights into which pedagogical approach may be more suitable for Indonesia’s diverse educational contexts. Third, the study not only measures reform outcomes but also identifies implementation challenges and contextual factors by incorporating stakeholder interviews. This dual perspective facilitates evidence-based recommendations for policy refinement and targeted interventions, ultimately supporting the goal of improving educational quality and equity in Indonesia. Limitation of the study This study has several limitations that should be acknowledged. First, the concurrent implementation of the Emergency Curriculum alongside KM13 complicates the isolation of the latter’s independent effect on learning outcomes. Methodologically, while the National Assessment (AN) data provide contextual relevance and scale, they offer less international comparability than assessments like PISA. The Two-Way Fixed Effects (TWFE) design also relies on the parallel trends assumption, which may be tenuous in this context. Furthermore, schools under the Ministry of Religious Affairs are excluded due to incomplete data and ambiguous reform implementation. Finally, although qualitative interviews enhance explanatory depth, their interpretive nature means findings are indicative rather than definitive. References Apple, M. W. (2014). Official Knowledge. Routledge. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic Analysis: A Practical Guide. SAGE Publications Ltd. BSKAP Kemdikbudristek [MoECRT]. (2024). Kajian Akademik Kurikulum Merdeka [Academic Review of the Merdeka Curriculum]. Creswell, J. W., & Creswell, J. D. (2018). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches (5th ed). SAGE. Creswell, J. W., & Miller, D. L. (2000). Determining Validity in Qualitative Inquiry. Theory Into Practice, 39(3), 124–130. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15430421tip3903_2 Fullan, M. (2007). The New Meaning of Educational Change. Teachers College Press. Fullan, M., & Park, P. (1981). Curriculum Implementation: A Resource Booklet. Ontario Inst for Studies in. Gopinathan, S. (2007). Globalisation, the Singapore developmental state and education policy: A thesis revisited. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 5(1), 53–70. https://doi.org/10.1080/14767720601133405 Gouëdard, P., Pont, B., Hyttinen, S., & Huang, P. (2020). Curriculum reform: A literature review to support effective implementation (OECD Education Working Papers, No. 239). OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/efe8a48c-en Greene, J. C., Caracelli, V. J., & Graham, W. F. (1989). Toward a Conceptual Framework for Mixed-Method Evaluation Designs. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 11(3), 255–274. https://doi.org/10.3102/01623737011003255 Kemdikbud [MoEC]. (2020). Rencana Strategis Kementrian Pendidikan dan Kebudayaan [Ministry of Education and Culture’s Strategic Plan] 2020-2024. Kementrian Pendidikan dan Kebudayaan [Ministry of Education and Culture]. UNESCO. (2022). National Consultations on Transforming Education in Indonesia. UNESCO. https://media.unesco.org/sites/default/files/webform/ed3002/Indonesia_NC_final_Report_0.pdf World Bank. (2020). The Promise of Education in Indonesia. © World Bank. The World Bank. https://documents1.worldbank.org/curated/en/658151605203420126/pdf/The-Promise-of-Education-in-Indonesia.pdf 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The Impact of Criteria-Based Assessment on the Motivation of Mainstream Secondary School Students in Kazakhstan 1: University of Bristol, United Kingdom; 2: AEO "Nazarbayev Intellectual Scools" Presenting Author:A major development in Kazakhstani education was the implementation of an updated curriculum for secondary education. This initiative began with a program for gifted students in 2008, leading to the creation of Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools (NIS) in 2009. These schools pioneered modern management to test innovative programs before spreading practices to mainstream schools (Yakavets, 2014). In 2016, the Ministry of Education and Science (MoES) introduced nationwide reforms encompassing curriculum, teaching methods, and assessment. A key component was replacing the traditional five-point grading system with criteria-based assessment (CBA). By the 2021-2022 academic year, the reform affected all grade levels. This research aims to uncover secondary school students’ views on CBA and how it influences their motivation. The introduction of CBA marks a significant shift from traditional systems. It aimed to modernize practices through a transparent and developmental approach. Despite ambitious goals, implementation has faced challenges. Students transitioned from five-point grades to a system emphasizing specific criteria and continuous feedback. This shift was intended to foster an engaging environment. However, early observations suggest mixed reactions, with some experiencing a decline in motivation due to the lack of conventional grades. There is limited empirical research on how CBA affects student motivation in the Kazakhstani context. This study fills that gap by investigating students' views on CBA's effectiveness. The guiding question is: What are mainstream secondary school students’ perspectives on and experiences with criteria-based assessment? CBA evaluates students based on specific criteria provided beforehand, allowing for a focused process. Clear criteria move focus from a teacher-led system to a student-centered approach (Otter, 1995). CBA fosters development through constructive feedback (Carlson et al., 2000). Feedback is crucial, helping students improve and assess academic levels. Assessment serves three purposes: for, as, and of learning. Summative assessment (SA) captures knowledge at a point in time. Formative assessment (FA) identifies needs and gaps to adjust teaching. FA is highly effective in raising standards. Key forms include peer and self-assessment, where students judge their work quality using explicit criteria (Andrade et al., 2010). Motivation is a dynamic process propelling individuals toward action (Pintrich & Schunk, 1996; Dörnyei, 1998a). This study is grounded in Ryan and Deci’s (2000a) Self-Determination Theory (SDT). SDT distinguishes between autonomous (intrinsic) motivation and controlled (extrinsic) motivation. Intrinsic motivation is supported when three basic psychological needs are met: autonomy, competence, and relatedness. Autonomy involves feeling in control of decisions. Relatedness involves a sense of belonging (Martens et al., 2004). Competence involves mastering tasks. Motivation exists on a continuum. External regulation occurs when students are driven by rewards or fear. Introjected regulation involves internal pressures like guilt. FA is a tool for boosting motivation (Cauley & McMillan, 2010). Effective FA helps students internalize mastery goals—focusing on understanding rather than outperforming others. Involving students in goal-setting makes them active participants. Teachers play a key role in choosing assessments that inspire effort and reduce anxiety. FA helps students understand strengths and weaknesses. In Kazakhstan, existing studies focus on theoretical foundations. Little research examines CBA's direct impact on student motivation. Findings indicate students' motivation to prepare has declined. Teachers and parents attribute this to the absence of traditional grades. Some students stopped completing homework without failing grades ("2") or top grades ("5") (Ixanova, 2018). Students also struggled to understand the purpose of FA. Some resorted to dishonest practices for SA, which led teachers to lower scores, often backfiring and diminishing motivation (Turganalina, 2020). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research follows a constructivist approach, acknowledging that reality is shaped by the interactions between the researcher and participants (Denzin & Lincoln, 2005). Given the limited literature on students' perspectives of Criteria-Based Assessment (CBA) in Kazakhstan, a qualitative research design was chosen as it is best suited for exploring the central phenomenon in depth (Creswell, 2014). Specifically, the study employs a phenomenological design to describe the "lived experiences" of the participants regarding the new assessment system (Patton, 2015). The research site comprises mainstream secondary schools in urban southern Kazakhstan, excluding pilot schools to focus on standard implementation contexts. The study involved 20 students selected through homogeneous purposive sampling, a strategy that involves choosing individuals based on shared defining characteristics—in this case, experience with CBA (Creswell, 2014). Snowball sampling was utilized to recruit participants, helping to maintain confidentiality and encourage open responses (Creswell, 2014). Data were collected via individual semi-structured interviews. This method allows for direct, flexible interaction and real-time clarification. Conducting interviews one-on-one fosters a trusting atmosphere, conducive to obtaining genuine responses (Lopez & Whitehead, 2013). The interview protocol consisted of "broad and general" open-ended questions to allow participants to articulate their own understandings (Creswell, 2007). For data analysis, interviews were transcribed and translated into English. The data were coded and organized into themes using NVivo software. This process involved labeling and categorizing data to identify recurring themes (Creswell, 2014) and analyzing these patterns to cluster shared experiences (Cohen, Manion & Morrison, 2007). Ethical considerations were paramount; fully informed consent was obtained from all participants and their parents (Cropley, 2015) , and pseudonyms were used to ensure anonymity. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study demonstrates that the transition to Criteria-Based Assessment in Kazakhstani mainstream schools has generated profound disconnect between the reform's developmental goals and the students' established learning habits. The investigation revealed that the removal of the traditional five-point grading system created a significant "motivational vacuum" for students who had been historically conditioned to rely on external validation. Participants consistently indicated that without the immediate reinforcement of daily marks, they struggled to perceive the value of ongoing classwork, often categorizing ungraded formative tasks as "optional" or inconsequential. This reliance on extrinsic rewards resulted in a notable decline in lesson preparation and homework completion, confirming that the shift in assessment structure disrupted the students' traditional mechanisms for self-regulation. Furthermore, the data highlighted a critical misalignment in how students conceptualized the purpose of assessment. Rather than viewing Formative Assessment (FA) as a tool for "assessment for learning" to guide improvement, students predominantly associated value only with high-stakes Summative Assessments (SA). This perception fostered a paradox where the absence of daily pressure led to disengagement during the learning process, which in turn spiked anxiety during summative periods. In several instances, this pressure to perform without adequate preparation drove students toward academic dishonesty, prioritizing the final grade over content mastery. However, the findings also suggest that this "motivation gap" is not an inherent failure of the CBA model itself, but rather a symptom of its partial implementation. In classrooms where educators successfully substituted grades with high-quality, actionable feedback, students reported a restored sense of competence and autonomy. The study concludes that the implementation of CBA requires more than a structural change to grading criteria; it demands a cultural shift where feedback becomes the primary driver of motivation. Consequently, future policy must prioritize teacher training to effectively bridge the gap between policy intent and student engagement. References Andrade, H. L., Du, Y., & Mycek, K. (2010). Rubric-referenced self-assessment and middle school students' writing. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 17(2), 199-214. Carlson, T., Macdonald, D., Gorely, T., Hanrahan, S., & Burgess-Limerick, R. (2000). Implementing criterion-referenced assessment within a multi-disciplinary university department. Higher Education Research & Development, 19(1), 103-116. Cauley, K. M., & McMillan, J. H. (2010). Formative Assessment Techniques to Support Student Motivation and Achievement. The Clearing House: A Journal of Educational Strategies, Issues and Ideas, 83(1), Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2007). Research methods in education. New York: Routledge. Creswell, J. W. (2007). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. Creswell, J. (2014). Educational research: Planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research: International edition (4th ed.). Boston: Pearson. Cropley, A. (2015). Introduction to Qualitative Research Methods. Denzin, N. K. & Lincoln, Y. S. (2005) Introduction: The discipline and practice of qualitative research, in: N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (3rd edn) (Thousand Oaks, CA, Sage Publications). Dörnyei, Z. (1998a). Motivation in second and foreign language learning. Language teaching, 31(3), 117-135. Ixanova, U. (2018). Fifth and seventh grade mainstream schoolteachers' perceptions of the renewed curriculum: a qualitative single case study in Central Kazakhstan (Unpublished Master's thesis), Nazarbayev University Graduate School of Education, Astana. Lopez, V., & Whitehead, D. (2013). Sampling data and data collection in qualitative research. Nursing and Midwifery Research: Methods and critical appraisal for evidence-based practice, 124-140. Martens, R., Gulikers, J., and Bastiaens, T. (2004). The impact of intrinsic motivation on e-learning in authentic computer tasks. J. Comput. Assist. Learn. 20, 368-376. Otter, S. (1995). Assessing competence: the experience of the enterprise in higher education initiative. Assessing competence in higher education. London: Kogan Page, 43-64. Patton, M. Q. (2015). Qualitative research & evaluation methods (4th ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Pintrich, P. R., & Schunk, D. H. (1996). Motivation in education: theory, research, and applications. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall. Ryan, R., & Deci, E. (2000a). Intrinsic and extrinsic motivations: classic definitions and new directions. Contemp. Educ. Psychol. 25, 54-67. Turganalina, Z. (2020) Criteria-Based Assessment in Kazakhstani Mainstream Schools: Teachers' Perspectives and Experiences, Nazarbayev University Graduate School of Education, Astana. Yakavets, N (2014) Educational Reform in Kazakhstan: The First Decade of Independence. In Educational reform and internationalization: The case of school reform in Kazakhstan, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. |
| 11:15 - 12:45 | 99 ERC SES 03 J: Reflexivity in teacher development and practice Location: E301 | Main building E | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Marit Honerød Hoveid Session Chair: Emilia Restiglian Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Perceptions of Metacognition in the English Secondary Classroom University of Southampton, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Metacognition, an ability to reflect on one’s thinking, stemmed as an early area of research interest in the 90s (Zimmerman, 1995, Hamman et al., 1996, Metcalfe and Shimamura, 1996), as a development to Flavell’s (1979) definition of metacognition as ‘one’s stored knowledge or beliefs about oneself and others as cognitive agents, about tasks, about actions or strategies’ (Flavell, 1979, p.906). Metacognition and the application of metacognitive knowledge, skills, and strategies is one of the “ultimate goals of all learning” (Hattie, 2012, p.102, McElwee, 2009). The educational benefits of metacognition are recognised globally: from America (Murphy and Castel, 2022), to Malaysia (Kummin and Rahman, 2010), and to The Netherlands and Belgium (Meijer et al., 2013). In England, this focus has been recently enhanced due to the Education Endowment Foundation’s (EEF’s) renewed focus on metacognition (EEF, 2021). One’s ability to apply metacognitive study strategies to their own learning, unsupervised, has long been recognised as important in education (Sperling et al., 2004, Hidayah et al., 2016, Marulis and Nelson, 2021). Research conclusions encourage educators to revitalise their instruction by embedding metacognitive practices (Sadykova et al., 2024). However, many studies do not seek the perspective of students, and some disregard their value (Kornell and Bjork, 2007, Skerritt, 2022). It is acknowledged that for a whole-school initiative to be successful it needs to be well implemented and maintained (Desimone, 2002, Freeman et al., 2014, Hudson et al., 2020), meaning that every member of the school community – students, support staff, classroom teachers, and the Senior Leadership Team (SLT) - need to be working unanimously on the same goal with the same purpose, as outlined consistently in various examples of school policy and practice guidance (Stirling and Emery, 2016, Cowne et al., 2018). This case study research brings together the opinions regarding metacognitive study strategies from multiple perspectives within the school community to strengthen the various sources of evidence and address this gap in the literature (Rowley, 2002). Student perceptions of metacognition are addressed, but only in international research with mature learners. Conclusions suggest that metacognitive study strategies are both useful in assisting those attending lecturers in a different language to their own, and that they feel the value and benefit of these strategies too (Selamat and Sidhu, 2011). Strategies addressed in Selamat and Sidhu’s study do not form an exhaustive list of those used within English secondary education: including only summarising, planning, and testing (Selamat and Sidhu, 2011). Additionally, the age of the students means that their perceptions of metacognitive study strategies cannot be used as a comparison or indication for how the students of this study – aged 11-16 years old – perceive the use of metacognitive study strategies to be at the detriment of benefit of their educational progress. Wall and Higgins’ creation of Pupil Views Templates (PVTs) consolidates that gap, as they provide evidence for students’ metacognitive understanding and skilfulness, rather than exploring and detailing the student view of metacognition and the process (Wall et al., 2005, Wall and Higgins, 2006). Therefore, the research questions for this doctoral study are:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The case study research approach was adopted for this research due to the prevalent focus on student and staff perceptions, gathered in their real-life setting (Crowe et al., 2011) – via observations, surveys, and semi-structured interviews: both one-to-one and in focus groups. Student focus groups included Pupil Views Templates (PVTs). This case study research focuses on the English department of one school in England, located along the south coast. The English department is part of a bigger mainstream, non-selective secondary school, which includes a resourced provision for students with Autistic Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Fundamental to this research was the desire to give students a platform to share their perceptions on their education. Whilst highlighting student perceptions was the paramount influence of this research, being able to understand the perceptions of staff delivering the teaching (and non-teaching, if believed to be detrimental) of metacognitive study strategies, and other members of staff in the school community, also became an important factor for this research. The focus and emphasis on individual perceptions, both student and staff, based on their own understanding, experiences, and reflection (Honebein, 1996, Magoon, 1977) situates this study within a constructivist paradigm; there are multiple subjective realities which is socially constructed by and between – in this research, students and staff – as individuals. Initially, students completed a survey and the Junior Metacognitive Awareness Inventory (JrMAI-B). Staff from selected departments were invited to complete a similar survey. Observations were conducted prior to the focus groups to develop the observations from the classroom to group discussion (Krueger, 1998, O.Nyumba et al., 2018). A pilot study was utilised to test the methodology (Lancaster et al., 2004, Thabane et al., 2010, Malmqvist et al., 2019), allowing for adjustments to be made to the semi-structured aspect of the interviews, and the observation checklist, prior to the commencement of the main study. The observations were used to see how students use metacognitive study strategies in their lessons. 516 students completed the survey and JrMAI. From which, 25 students (of varying demographic information: gender, attainment, PP, SEND) were selected to share their perceptions on metacognitive study strategies in the focus group interviews with the PVTs (O.Nyumba et al., 2018). 33 members of staff from varying faculties (English Department, Senior Leadership Team, Learning Support Assistants (LSAs), and The ASD Resourced Provision LSAs) completed the survey, with 21 of those participating in respective focus group interviews. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Early findings suggest that students perceive metacognitive study strategies as helping with their learning, as 79% reported that they help. Additionally, students in this study have a lower Regulation of Cognition than they do Knowledge of Cognition (Brown, 1978). This may imply that students have a repertoire of metacognitive study strategies available to use, yet they may not be able to effectively plan, monitor, and reflect on their own learning. Students know the strategies but not when or how to use them effectively. Despite students having a higher self-reported Knowledge of Cognition, some students still use strategies that they consider to be ineffective. 21.71% of students reported highlighting to be their preferred strategy, yet only 9.88% of students reported highlighting an a strategy that they consider to be effective. The prevalent focus on student and staff perceptions will combine the two, where previous research has focused solely on staff perceptions. Simultaneously, this will support the students being at the focus of the research, where previous studies have made assumptions about students’ preferred strategy uses based on frequency (Karpicke et al., 2009), discarding their perceptions. Additionally, 17.65% of participants have a Special Educational Need (SEND), this research aims to include students in research from which they are so often excluded due to inaccurate assumptions about their ability to engage with research, and inappropriate research designs that only further marginalise their voices (Aldridge, 2016). Finally, it is hoped that this study will explore the implementation of pedagogical approaches to enhance this in future to both reduce staff workload and increase the benefits for students’ learning. This doctoral research study is currently at the data analysis stage, so there are some findings, but these are still being developed. References BROWN, A. L. 1978. Knowing when, where, and how to remember: A problem of metacognition., Hillsdale, New Jersey, Lawrence Erlbaum. COWNE, E., FRANKL, C. & GERSCHEL, L. 2018. The SENCo Handbook : Leading and Managing a Whole School Approach, Milton, Routledge. CROWE, S., CRESSWELL, K., ROBERTSON, A., HUBY, G., AVERY, A. & SHEIKH, A. 2011. The case study approach. BMC Medical Research Methodology, 11, 100. EEF. 2021. Metacognition and self-regulation [Online]. Education Endowment Foundation. Available: https://educationendowmentfoundation.org.uk/education-evidence/teaching-learning-toolkit/metacognition-and-self-regulation [Accessed]. FLAVELL, J. H. 1979. Metacognition and cognitive monitoring: A new area of cognitive-development inquiry. American Psychologist, 34, 906–911. HATTIE, J. 2012. Visible learning for teachers : maximizing impact on learning, London ; New York, Routledge. KARPICKE, J. D., BUTLER, A. C. & ROEDIGER, H. L. 2009. Metacognitive strategies in student learning: Do students practise retrieval when they study on their own? Memory, 17, 471–479. KORNELL, N. & BJORK, R. A. 2007. The promise and perils of self-regulated study. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 14, 219–224. METCALFE, J. & SHIMAMURA, A. P. 1996. Metacognition; Knowing about Knowing, Cambridge, MIT Press. SELAMAT, S. & SIDHU, G. K. 2011. Student Perceptions of Metacognitive Strategy Use in Lecture Listening Comprehension. Language Education in Asia, 2, 185–198. SKERRITT, C. 2022. A sinister side of student voice: surveillance, suspicion, and stigma. Journal of Education Policy, 1–18. SPERLING, R. A., HOWARD, B. C., STALEY, R. & DUBOIS, N. 2004. Metacognition and Self-Regulated Learning Constructs. Educational Research and Evaluation, 10, 117–139. WALL, K. & HIGGINS, S. 2006. Facilitating metacognitive talk: a research and learning tool. International Journal of Research & Method in Education, 29, 39–53. WALL, K., HIGGINS, S. & SMITH, H. 2005. 'The visual helps me understand the complicated things': pupil views of teaching and learning with interactive whiteboards. British Journal of Educational Technology, 36, 851–867. ZIMMERMAN, B. J. 1995. Self-Regulation Involves More Than Metacognition - a Social Cognitive Perspective. Educational Psychologist, 30, 217–221. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Identifying Profiles of Reflective Thinking and Metacognitive Awareness in Pre-Service Teachers University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:Understanding how pre-service teachers learn remains a central objective of research-based academic teacher education (Swennen, 2025). Reflection and metacognition are important aspects of pre-service teachers’ learning (Korthagen, 2016; Matsumoto-Royo et al., 2022), yet many pre-service teachers graduate without sufficiently developed capacities of reflection and metacognition, which form part of the skills needed to succeed in increasingly diverse and complex educational contexts (Michalsky, 2024; Suphasri & Chinokul, 2021). The variation in pre-service teachers’ initial reflective and metacognitive capacities highlights the need for teacher education programs that support higher-order thinking while addressing individual differences, an enduring challenge in European and global educational contexts. Well-developed reflection and metacognition are associated with multiple positive outcomes in pre-service teacher education. Reflection supports learning and professional development (Korthagen, 2016; Li, 2025), the ability to take multiple perspectives (Toom et al., 2015), and deeper understanding of the teaching profession (Li, 2025). Metacognition enhances pre-service teachers’ own learning (Bedel, 2012), academic performance (Hong et al., 2020) and teaching practices (Matsumoto-Royo et al., 2022). These findings highlight the importance of examining how reflection and metacognition contribute to pre-service teachers’ learning characteristics, informing both the design of teacher education programs and research on individual differences in higher-order thinking. Both reflection and metacognition are broadly regarded as forms of higher-order thinking (Ritchhart & Perkins, 2005) with theoretical intersections (Tarricone, 2011). Dewey (1933) describes reflection as the “active, persistent, and careful consideration of any belief or supposed form of knowledge,” a process further elaborated in transformative learning theory (Mezirow, 1991). Metacognition refers to thinking about one’s own cognitive processes (Flavell, 1979), while metacognitive awareness specifically denotes individuals’ knowledge of their cognition and ability to regulate it through planning, monitoring, and evaluation (Schraw & Dennison, 1994). The present study focuses on pre-service teachers perceived reflective thinking (RT) and metacognitive awareness (MA), which capture measurable dimensions of these constructs, allowing investigation of higher-order thinking. Pre-service teachers differ in RT and MA due to variation in readiness (Kitchener, King & DeLuca, 2006), developmental trajectories (Kleka et al., 2019) and prior cognitive resources (Larmar & Lodge, 2014). These capacities are influenced by internal factors, including prior knowledge, motivation, and cognitive resources, as well as by contextual conditions that can facilitate or constrain their learning (Sargent 2015; Abrouq, 2024). Research shows variability in university students’ MA (Hong, 2020), and in pre-service teachers’ development of MA (Mendoza & Elepano, 2023; Radulović et al., 2024). Similarly, RT develops individually, with varying contextual dependency and differences across programmes (Allas, Leijen & Toom, 2020; Gahlsdorf Terrell & Sherman, 2022; Tiainen et al., 2018). Prior research is largely qualitative or cross-sectional, with few studies examining associations between RT and MA (e.g. Adadan & Oner, 2018; Alt & Raichel, 2020; Ho & Lau, 2025; Pousi et al., 2025). To our knowledge, no prior study has investigated these capacities together using a person-centred approach in pre-service teacher education. The present study therefore empirically examines the joint structural patterns of RT and MA to understand pre-service teachers’ learning characteristics. Using latent profile analysis on repeated-measurement data, the study seeks to identify distinct subgroups and describes homogeneous profiles, providing insight into the variation and structure of higher-order thinking. Although the data are longitudinal, the present analysis is cross-sectional, emphasizing profile structures at three time points. Accordingly, this study addresses the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study utilizes a longitudinal dataset with three measurement points. At autumn 2022 (T1), 262 Finnish first-year pre-service teachers from one university participated in the study at the beginning of their studies (response rate 72 %). At the second data collection in autumn 2023 (T2) 172 participants remained (65.6% retention from T1). By the third data collection in spring 2025 (T3), 105 participants completed the survey, corresponding to 40.1% of the original T1 sample and 61.0% of the T2 sample. As the present analysis is cross-sectional, participant dropout is not a primary concern. The participants’ voluntary involvement, informed consent, and anonymity were ensured during the research process. The participants were early childhood education (n=87), primary school (n=92), and subject pre-service teachers (n=83) aged 19 to 59 years (M = 24.2, SD = 7.1) (T1 sample). The sample consisted primarily of female participants (89.8%). Data were collected using the Finnish-adapted Reflective Thinking Questionnaire (RTQ) (Kember et al., 2000; Pousi et al., 2025) and a compressed version of the Metacognitive Awareness Inventory (MAI) (Kallio et al., 2018). The RTQ, measuring non-RT and RT, included four components: habitual action (non-RT), content reflection, process reflection, and critical reflection. The MAI included three components: knowledge of cognition, regulation of cognition and self-evaluation. Factor structure and measurement invariance were confirmed for each timepoint using confirmatory factory analysis, demonstrating acceptable fit. As for measurement invariance testing, metric invariance was reached for both questionnaires. Separate LPAs were conducted for each time point (T1=262, T2=172, T3=105), testing models with 1–5 profiles. Analysis was done with R using tidyLPA-package. Factor scores from CFAs were used as latent profile indicators. Separate LPAs were estimated for each time point rather than assuming profile stability across time. This approach allows for potential changes in the number, shape, and size of profiles as teacher education progresses (Edelsbrunner, 2023). Consistent with recommendations (Johnson, 2021; Rahden et al., 2025), the selection process proceeded in two steps where within-type comparison proceeds across-type comparison. First each variance-covariance model specification was evaluated separately to determine the optimal number of profiles. Second the most suitable models from types 1–3 were compared using a combination of statistical fit indices with preference for AIC and SABIC as Edelsbrunner (2023) suggests. To examine how the identified profiles differed in terms of the higher-order thinking variables used in the LPA, between-profile tests at each timepoint were carried out with Welch’s ANOVA. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The aim of this study was to identify distinct profiles of RT and MA among pre-service teachers across three measurement points in teacher education. At each timepoint, solutions with three to four profiles and a Type 2 variance–covariance structure (varying variances, zero covariances) provided the most parsimonious and interpretable representation of the data. A four-profile solution best captured meaningful variation in pre-service teachers’ learning characteristics. Although mean levels of RT and MA varied somewhat across timepoints, the overall configuration of profiles remained structurally similar. At each timepoint, profiles could be ordered along a continuum of increasing RT and MA and, to some extent, decreasing non-RT, indicating a stable structural organization of higher-order thinking profiles across the stages of teacher education. However, because strict scalar measurement invariance was not established, the findings do not support longitudinal interpretations of change. The identified profiles reflected distinct configurations of RT and MA. Profile 1 was characterized by low RT and MA alongside higher non-RT, whereas Profile 2 represented generally below-average levels across both constructs. Profile 3 displayed moderately elevated RT and MA, while Profile 4 consisted of consistently high RT and MA and low non-RT. Overall, the findings suggest that RT and MA function as complementary, but distinct learning characteristics that cluster in meaningful ways. Furthermore, despite their conceptual relatedness and previously reported strong interconnections, the results indicate that RT and MA constitute separate, though closely associated, constructs. The presence of intermediate profiles indicates potential for developmental movement, even though such transitions cannot be examined within the present design. By adopting a person-centred approach, this study contributes empirical insight into how reflection and metacognition manifest jointly in pre-service teachers’ learning, offering a foundation for future longitudinal research and teacher education practices responsive to individual differences and that further enhance student teachers’ reflective capabilities. References Selected key references Adadan, E., & Oner, D. (2018). Examining preservice teachers’ reflective thinking skills in the context of web-based portfolios: The role of metacognitive awareness. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 43(11), 26–50. Allas, R., Leijen, Ä., & Toom, A. (2020). Guided reflection procedure as a method to facilitate student teachers’ perception of their teaching to support the construction of practical knowledge. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 26(2), 166–192. Alt, D., & Raichel, N. (2020). Reflective journaling and metacognitive awareness: Insights from a longitudinal study in higher education. Reflective Practice, 21(2), 145–158. Aquino Mendoza, J., & Elepaño, C. (2023). Metacognitive awareness levels of pre-service teachers. World Journal of Advanced Research and Reviews, 17(3), 365–375. Abrouq, N. (2024). Reflective thinking: From opacity to clarity. British Journal of Teacher Education and Pedagogy, 3(1), 87–96. Gahlsdorf Terrell, D., & Sherman, D. (2022). Mirror of mind: Eliciting critical reflections in preservice and novice teachers. Action in Teacher Education, 44(3), 230–251. Ho, W., & Lau, Y. (2025). Role of reflective practice and metacognitive awareness in the relationship between experiential learning and positive mirror effects: A serial mediation model. Teaching and Teacher Education, 157, 104947. Hong, W., Bernacki, M., & Perera, H. (2020). A latent profile analysis of undergraduates’ achievement motivations and metacognitive behaviors, and their relations to achievement in science. Journal of Educational Psychology, 112(7), 1409–1430. Larmar, S., & Lodge, J. (2014). Making sense of how I learn: Metacognitive capital and the first year university student. International Journal of the First Year in Higher Education, 5(1), 93–105. Matsumoto-Royo, K., Ramírez-Montoya, M., & Glasserman-Morales, L. (2022). Lifelong learning and metacognition in the assessment of pre-service teachers in practice-based teacher education. Frontiers in Education, 7. Pousi, I., Kallio, M., Hotulainen, R., & Toom, A. (2025). Reflective thinking among Finnish pre-service teachers and its relation to metacognitive awareness. European Journal of Teacher Education, 1–25. Radulović, B., Džinović, M., & Miščević, G. (2024). Using a longitudinal trajectory of pre-service elementary school teachers’ metacognition as a quality indicator of higher education. International Journal of Cognitive Research in Science, Engineering and Education, 12(2), 251–257. Suphasri, P., & Chinokul, S. (2021). Reflective practice in teacher education: Issues, challenges, and considerations. PASAA: A Journal of Language Teaching and Learning in Thailand, 62, 23A–2A4. Swennen, A. (2025). Good teachers need good teacher educators. European Journal of Teacher Education, 48(4), 671–680. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Chemistry Teachers’ Self-Regulated Learning in AI-Supported Teaching: An Exploratory Qualitative Study 1: https://ror.org/054xkpr46; 2: https://ror.org/0285rh439 Presenting Author:1. Introduction Artificial intelligence (AI) is increasingly shaping educational practice by offering tools for lesson planning, content generation, assessment, and feedback. In chemistry education, AI-supported applications are used to explain complex concepts, generate instructional materials, and support differentiated learning. While existing research has begun to explore the implications of AI for student learning, much less attention has been paid to how AI influences teachers’ professional learning processes. Teachers are not only facilitators of learning but also learners who continuously adapt their instructional practices. Self-regulated learning (SRL) provides a useful framework for understanding how teachers plan, monitor, and evaluate their professional actions. In contexts involving technological innovation, such as AI integration, teachers’ capacity for self-regulation becomes particularly important, as they must navigate new tools, evaluate their pedagogical value, and adjust their practices accordingly. Despite the relevance of SRL for understanding teacher learning, empirical research examining teachers’ SRL processes remains limited, especially within subject-specific domains such as chemistry education. Moreover, studies that explicitly link AI use to teachers’ self-regulated learning are scarce. Addressing this gap, the present study explores how chemistry teachers who already use AI in their teaching regulate their learning and instructional decision-making processes. This study contributes to research on self-regulated learning by extending SRL theory to teachers’ professional learning in AI-supported teaching contexts. By focusing on chemistry teachers, the study offers subject-specific insights into AI integration in science education. The findings are expected to inform teacher education and professional development initiatives aimed at supporting reflective and self-regulated teaching practices. 2. Theoretical Framework 2.1 Self-Regulated Learning Self-regulated learning refers to learners’ active processes of goal setting, strategic action, monitoring, and self-reflection (Zimmerman, 2000, 2002). Zimmerman’s cyclical model conceptualizes SRL across three interrelated phases: forethought, performance, and self-reflection. These phases encompass key processes such as planning, task strategy use, help seeking, and self-evaluation. While SRL research has traditionally focused on students, teachers also engage in self-regulated learning as they design instruction, respond to classroom challenges, and reflect on their practice (Butler, 2002). Teachers’ SRL has been shown to play a critical role in instructional quality and professional development, particularly in complex teaching environments. 2.2 Teachers’ SRL in Technology-Rich Contexts Technology integration presents both opportunities and challenges for teachers’ self-regulation. Digital tools may support planning and reflection, yet they also increase cognitive demands and require continuous adaptation (Dignath & Büttner, 2018). AI tools, in particular, introduce new forms of support by generating instructional content and feedback, potentially influencing how teachers plan lessons, seek assistance, and evaluate instructional outcomes. From an SRL perspective, AI may function as a strategic resource that reshapes teachers’ regulatory processes. However, empirical evidence examining these processes remains limited, especially in science education contexts. This study addresses this gap by examining chemistry teachers’ SRL processes in AI-supported teaching. 3. Purpose and Research Questions The purpose of this exploratory qualitative study is to investigate how the use of AI in chemistry teaching influences teachers’ self-regulated learning processes. The study addresses the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative exploratory research design. Such an approach is appropriate for examining underexplored phenomena and capturing participants’ perspectives in depth. The design aligns with the Emerging Researchers’ Conference emphasis on work in progress and theory-informed inquiry. Participants will be ten high school chemistry teachers working at high schools in Turkey who actively integrate AI tools into their teaching practices. Teachers will be selected through purposive sampling to ensure experience with AI-supported instructional activities. The participants are gıing to fill in a sort online questinnaire on if they use AI to enhance their teaching and if they use it for planning, developing strategies, help-seeking and self assessment. The participants will be selected among the ones who use AI actively for such pruposes. Participation will be voluntary, and informed consent will be obtained prior to data collection. Data will be collected through semi-structured meetings with each teacher. The meetings will focus on teachers’ experiences with AI use and their self-regulation processes related to planning, task strategies, help seeking, and self-evaluation. All meetings will be audio-recorded and transcribed verbatim. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Data will be analyzed using thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006). Initial coding will be guided by Zimmerman’s SRL framework, while allowing for inductive themes to emerge. To enhance trustworthiness, coding decisions will be discussed among researchers, and analytic memos will be maintained throughout the analysis process. Although data collection is ongoing, several expected patterns can be anticipated. It is expected that AI use will support teachers’ planning by facilitating lesson preparation and content organization. Teachers may report adaptive task strategies, particularly when revising or contextualizing AI-generated materials. In terms of help seeking, AI is expected to function as an immediate and flexible source of support, potentially altering traditional collegial help-seeking practices. Regarding self-evaluation, teachers may engage in more frequent reflection as they assess the pedagogical effectiveness of AI-supported instruction. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Butler, D. L. (2002). Individualizing instruction in self-regulated learning. Theory Into Practice, 41(2), 81–92. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15430421tip4102_4 Dignath, C., & Büttner, G. (2018). Teachers’ direct and indirect promotion of self-regulated learning in primary and secondary school mathematics classes. Learning and Instruction, 55, 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2017.07.003 Kramarski, B., & Kohen, Z. (2017). Promoting preservice teachers’ dual self-regulation roles as learners and as teachers. Teaching and Teacher Education, 63, 83–98. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2016.12.001 Panadero, E. (2017). A review of self-regulated learning: Six models and four directions for research. Frontiers in Psychology, 8, 422. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2017.00422 Zimmerman, B. J. (2000). Attaining self-regulation: A social cognitive perspective. In M. Boekaerts, P. R. Pintrich, & M. Zeidner (Eds.), Handbook of self-regulation (pp. 13–39). Academic Press. Zimmerman, B. J. (2002). Becoming a self-regulated learner: An overview. Theory Into Practice, 41(2), 64–70. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15430421tip4102_2 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Feedback Moves in Reciprocal Peer Coaching Dialogues: A Case Study of Reflective Teacher Learning Middle East Technical University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:There are several approaches which are mentoring, coaching, and supervision to support pre-service teachers (PSTs) during the field experience (Lawson et al., 2015). Alternately, the literature has utilized the terms mentoring, coaching, and supervision (Ambrosetti et al., 2014). The approaches to mentoring and coaching for PSTs differ in terms of their objectives and the specific areas of support they aim to provide (Orland-Barak, 2014). Coaching usually focuses more on goals and less on sharing personal experiences or offering advice. Subsequently, in certain areas of the educational context, the adoption of an enhanced coaching framework has significantly increased (O'Bree, 2008). Several coaching techniques have been developed to provide PSTs with instructional help throughout their school-based practicum experience (Becker et al., 2019). Coaching draws upon sociocultural theory by framing learning as a socially mediated and interaction-driven process. In this theory, Vygotsky (1978) acknowledged that learning is mostly the outcome of the novice's interactions with the social and cultural background in addition to what the more experienced person contributes to them. According to this theory, individuals can create knowledge by interacting with one another. Collaborative conversations help people build their own viewpoints and serve as role models for others within the context of coaching (Dale, 1994). In the 1990s, a review of studies on coaching revealed that there were two primary types of coaching such as, expert peer coaching and reciprocal peer coaching (Ackland, 1991; Lu, 2010). In reciprocal peer coaching (RPC), peers develop non-hierarchical relationships by disclosing their professional strengths and shortcomings (Cox, 2012). RPC allows coaches to adopt a more cooperative approach in contrast to receiving feedback from an authoritative figure (Ladyshewsky & Ryan, 2002). Bailey (2006) asserts that feedback enhances teacher awareness, hence promoting positive adjustments in their instructional behaviour. According to Britton and Anderson (2010), one of the most important aspects of peer coaching is the facilitation of professional dialogues among peers. These dialogues generate opportunities for reflection, that subsequently aids peers in reconsidering their experiences from a variety of perspectives. Similarly, coaching has shown beneficial effects in encouraging teachers to embrace new viewpoints, develop insights through shared experiences and engage in self-reflective learning (Zwart et al., 2009). As a result, it has been used in pre-service teacher education since the early 1980s after researchers became intrigued by the benefits it provided for in-service professional growth (Lu, 2009; McAllister & Neubert, 1995). This study contributes to improving the teacher education literature by clarifying how teacher candidates interpret their teaching experiences within reciprocal peer coaching approaches and how reflective teacher learning is dynamically fostered. The purpose of this study is to examine the emerging patterns of coaching dialogues within reciprocal peer coaching cycles carried out by teacher candidates during faculty-based microteaching and to reveal how peer coaching interactions contribute to reflective teacher learning. Consequently, the study aims to qualitatively analyze PSTs focus on during pre- conference and post-conference, how they provided feedback to each other, and what kinds of changes were observed in reflective patterns throughout coaching cycles. The following research questions are examined: (1) What types of feedback moves do pre-service teachers use during pre-conference and post-conference dialogues in RPC cycles? (2) How do these dialogues facilitate pre-service teachers’ reflective sense-making across coaching cycles? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research is structured as a qualitative case study utilizing several data sources. The scope of this case study is bounded by 10 senior year chemistry pre-service teachers at a well-known Turkish state university, focusing on two peer coaching cycles scheduled between March and June 2026 at the faculty. The research focuses on examining the structured peer coaching cycles that PSTs engage in during faculty-based teaching practices (micro-teaching). The participants were chosen via criterion sampling, which is one of the purposive sampling strategies. All participants have successfully completed the chemistry teaching method courses and other required courses to take this course. The implementation process will consist of three stages. In the first stage, all participants will attend a four-hour peer coaching training session designed to support the basic principles of peer coaching cycle, observation process, and reflection. In the second stage, each PSTs in the study will conduct 2 micro-teachings as part of the course These micro-teachings will be recorded on video with the students' permission so that they can benefit from them when writing their reflections. In the third stage, after each micro-teaching session, PSTs will implement a structured coaching cycle with their peers. Each cycle will consist of four steps: pre-conference, semi- structured observation protocol, post-conference, and reflection. In line with this structure, each PST will participate in the coaching cycle twice, based on micro-teaching experiences conducted approximately six weeks apart in semester. The process of collecting data will make use of three primary sources (i) audio recordings of pre- and post-conference, (ii) video recordings of PSTs’ micro-teachings, and (iii) written reflection that PSTs will create by watching their own micro-teaching. The coaching sessions will qualitatively analyze participants' feedback moves and their written reflections. The qualitative analysis will focus on student perceptions and reinterpretations of their teaching experiences using reflections. The data will be thematically analyzed using a move-based coding approach in order to identify feedback moves and reflective sense-making patterns over coaching cycles. Triangulation will be ensured by collecting data gathered from many sources such as written reflections, microteachings video-recordings, and pre-/post-conferences. Additionally, an independent researcher will do double-coding of selected transcripts to ensure trustworthiness. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study is expected to reveal detailed patterns regarding the structure of feedback moves demonstrated by PSTs in coaching dialogues throughout RPC cycles and how these moves support their reflective teacher learning. Firstly, following the training to be provided, PSTs will become familiar with peer coaching approach, conducting systematic observations, providing non-evaluative feedback, and asking reflective questions. It is plausible that PSTs will offer more generic and superficial feedback in the initial cycle; in the subsequent cycle, they will exhibit more detailed, inquisitive, and pedagogically oriented feedback moves. The anticipated six-week period between cycles is supposed to foster a developmental distinction by affording PSTs the requisite reflection time to assimilate initial feedback and integrate it into the subsequent microteaching. Secondly, it is expected that PSTs are going to focus on instructional objectives, teaching strategies, and possible difficulties during pre-conference sessions; whereas in post-conference sessions, they will assess more tangible teaching instances such as lesson execution, classroom engagement, time management, clarity of explanations, and student feedback. Furthermore, it is predicted that the feedback moves that are utilized in coaching dialogues will appear in a variety of forms, including statements that are supported by evidence, suggestions, statements that are supportive, and reflective questions. These actions are expected to occur sequentially, so enabling PSTs to rationalize their pedagogical choices, evaluate their own teaching practices and explore alternate methodologies. By watching their own microteaching, they might be able to provide more evidence-grounded justifications for their evaluations, rather than relying solely on verbal. That is, it is considered that video-based written reflections will be beneficial to increase reflective interpretation in coaching dialogues. This is because they will enable PSTs to revisit teaching moments that they did not notice while they were in class. References Ackland, R. (1991). A review of the peer coaching literature. Journal of Staff Development, 12, 22–27. Ambrosetti, A., Knight, B. A., & Dekkers, J. (2014). Maximizing the potential of mentoring: A framework for pre-service teacher education. Mentoring & Tutoring: Partnership in Learning, 22(3), 224-239. Bailey, K. 2006. Language teacher supervision: A case-based approach. New York: Cambridge Univ. Press. Becker, E. S., Waldis, M., & Staub, F. C. (2019). Advancing student teachers’ learning in the teaching practicum through Content-Focused Coaching: A field experiment. Teaching and Teacher Education, 83, 12-26. Britton, L. R. & Anderson, K. A. (2010). Peer coaching and pre-service teachers: Examining an underutilised concept. Teaching and Teacher Education, 26 (2), 306-314. Cox, E. (2012). Individual and organizational trust in a reciprocal peer coaching context. Mentoring & Tutoring: Partnership in Learning, 20(3), 427-443. Dale, H. (1994). Collaborative research on collaborative writing. English Journal, 83, 66-70. Ladyshcwsky, R., and J. Ryan. (2002, July 7-10). The development of reflective practice in postgraduate business education through the use of peer- centered coaching strategies. [Conference Presentetation], HERDSA Conference, Perth, Australia Lawson, T., Çakmak, M., Gündüz, M., & Busher, H. (2015). Research on teaching practicum e a systematic review. European Journal of Teacher Education, 38(3), 392-407. Lu, H. (2009). Joint effects of peer coaching and the student teaching triad: perceptions of student teachers. Southeastern Teacher Education Journal, 2(2), 7–18. Lu, H. (2010). Research on peer coaching in preservice teacher education—A review of literature. Teaching and Teacher Education, 26, 748–753. McAllister, E. A., & Neubert, G. A. (1995). New teachers helping new teachers: Preservice peer coaching. ERIC/EDINFO Press. O’Bree, M. (2008). Leadership coaching: If you can’t change people what can you change? The Australian Educational Leader, 30(1), 44–45. Orland-Barak, L. (2014). Mediation in mentoring: A synthesis of studies in Teaching and Teacher Education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 44, 180-188. Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society. Harvard University Press. Zwart, R. C., Wubbels, T., Bergen, T., & Bolhuis, S. (2009). Which characteristics of a reciprocal peer coaching context affect teacher learning as perceived by teachers and their students? Journal of Teacher Education, 60(3), 243-257. |
| 11:15 - 12:45 | 99 ERC SES 03 K: Teacher Professionalism between Crises and Agency Location: E222 | Main building E | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Anke Wegner Session Chair: Ella Mattila Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Living with Burden, Acting with Agency:A Study on Chinese Teachers' Burden and Coping Strategies from the Perspective of Communicative Rationality Beijing Normal University, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:1.Research Question In recent years, the burden on Chinese teachers has become increasingly severe, with a deepening crisis of job burnout(Wang&Ning,2018;Liu&Bian,2024;Xue&Zhang,2024). Teachers are exhausted by a multitude of non-teaching tasks. Although the Chinese government has introduced a series of policies aimed at alleviating teachers' burden, the effectiveness has been limited. To move beyond an external observation of teachers as mere objects of measurement, this study argues for the necessity of entering their authentic life-world to understand their real lived experience.Based on this shift in perspective, this study is guided by three core research questions: “Why is the burden on Chinese teachers so severe?” “What are the specific manifestations of this burden?” and “How do Chinese teachers exercise their agency, and what coping strategies do they employ in response?” Addressing these questions aims to provide a deeper understanding of teachers' authentic life-world, offer evidence-based insights for alleviating their burden, and contribute meaningful references for the development of teacher education. The research is grounded in Jürgen Habermas's Theory of Communicative Action, specifically employing the dual conceptual framework of "System and Life-world." (Wang, 2024) Habermas posits that the life-world is the source of social order and the arena where consensus is reached through communicative action, with communicative rationality at its core. Communicative rationality constructs an "ideal speech situation," requiring that interactions among subjects satisfy the three validity claims of truth, sincerity, and normative rightness. It offers a theoretical pathway, through rationally motivated communicative action, to restore teacher autonomy and creativity, thereby providing a foundation for alleviating teacher burden and enhancing educational quality. The erosion by the system leads to the colonization of the life-world, which refers to the encroachment and control of the life-world by the system—a phenomenon particularly evident in modern society. The expansion of instrumental rationality results in the atrophy of value rationality. Economic and administrative systems, via the non-linguistic media of money and power, colonize the originally non-marketized and non-commodified private and public spheres, leading to a loss of meaning and value. This framework allows for an analysis that transcends a simple subjective-objective dichotomy, instead viewing teacher burden as the result of the systemic (instrumental) colonization of the teachers' lived, experiential world (life-world).With the theory,the study investigates the phenomenon of excessive burden among Chinese teachers. Moving beyond conventional descriptions of burden as merely administrative or quantitative(OECD, 2014;Wang&Ning,2018), this research conceptualizes teacher burden as a process of systemic colonization of the teacher's life-world. The life-world, comprising the cultural, social, and personal dimensions of teachers' lived experience and professional interactions, is increasingly eroded by the instrumental logic of external systems ,such as administrative and economic systems(Habermas, 2004; Wang, 2024; Xia, 2024). Teacher burden:Teacher burden refers to the multidimensional pressures educators face in their professional roles, stemming from systemic colonization of the life-world (Habermas, 2004). It encompasses pedagogical demands, role conflicts, administrative tasks, and adaptive challenges from policy changes, impacting well-being and job satisfaction. Teacher life-word:Rooted in Husserl’s critique of scientific abstraction, the life-world is the pre-reflective, experientially given realm of everyday life (Husserl, 2005). Schütz later sociologized it as a context for meaningful action. Habermas (2004) conceptualizes it as the background horizon of cultural knowledge, social norms, and personal identity. In this study, the teacher life-world denotes the integrated sphere where educators’ professional, cultural, and personal dimensions interact. It is where systemic burden are felt and where communicative rationality enables meaningful resistance and agency. 4.Contribution This study contributes a critical theory perspective(Communicative Rationality) to analyze the genesis of Chinese teacher burden and their coping strategies, offering a new framework to inform policy and enhance teacher well-being. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 1.Methods This study adopts narrative inquiry within the qualitative research paradigm. The core of narrative inquiry as a methodological path lies in exploring individual experiences and social phenomena through the collection and analysis of narrative data. In educational narratives, both the self and society are constituted through narration, where social conditions, discourse, and narrative practices intertwine to shape the attributes of the self and its identity (Ding, 2008). As MacIntyre (2007) argued, "social life is itself a narrative, and individuals gain the meaning of existence by linking their birth, life, and death into a coherent story." The researcher aims to gain an in-depth understanding of teachers' life-world by engaging with their personal stories, which is considered a necessary pathway to accessing their lived experiences (Wang, 2010). 2.Data collection Data were collected through semi-structured interviews. This method allows for real-time adjustment of questions to probe deeply into the interviewees' meaning-making and experiential systems. As Wengraf (2001) notes, such interviews are a co-creation between researcher and participant, requiring immersion into the interviewee's everyday discourse. 3.Data analysis The data analysis followed established qualitative methods of situational analysis and categorical analysis. Situational analysis places data within their natural context, descriptively examining events and narratives in chronological order. Key steps involved repeated holistic reading of transcripts, identification of crucial concepts (e.g., local metaphors, recurrent themes), and the development of narrative impressions (Chen, 2000; Chen et al., 2023). Categorical analysis, the process of identifying recurrent phenomena and the concepts that explain them (Maxwell, 1996), was conducted through coding. This involved breaking down the data, conceptualizing it, and reorganizing it to distill core categories and themes. 4.Participants Based on the theoretical framework and research questions, this study employed purposeful sampling to select participants. The teachers were recruited from the Class Teacher Development Program at Beijing Normal University. Prior to the formal interviews, each potential participant was invited to briefly describe their daily work. Their responses were analyzed based on the keywords they used to characterize their professional experience. Ultimately, seven teachers were selected as the final participants. Their initial descriptions consistently highlighted themes of pressure, busyness, and anxiety, while also revealing coexisting experiences of achievement and fulfillment, thus reflecting the complex reality of the teaching life-world. Each teacher participated in 1 to 3 in-depth interviews, with each session lasting 40 minutes or longer. Data collection continued until thematic saturation was reached. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study concludes that the burden on Chinese teachers is fundamentally a crisis of modernity within education, characterized by the colonization of the life-world by instrumentally rational systems. This colonization operates through five pathways: (1) Goal Colonization, where metrics like exam scores displace holistic education; (2) Institutional Colonization, creating a state of “coerced voluntarism”; (3) Role Colonization, leading to overload and boundary blurring; (4) Communication Colonization, where mono-logic directives foster “strategic silence”; and (5) Physical-Mental Colonization, which instrumentalizes health and normalizes working while ill. This model details how systemic logic erodes teachers' professional meaning, autonomy, and well-being. The core theoretical contribution reconceptualizes teachers as active agents of everyday resistance. Employing communicative rationality, they engage in micro-practices to rebuild connections through a triad of resistance: building solidarity with peers, establishing "I-Thou" bonds with students, and forging existential bonds with the self through reflexive praxis. This triad forms a vital "repair mechanism" that sustains educational meaning and defends subjectivity.Consequently, teacher education must undergo a paradigm shift: from training system technicians to cultivating agents of rational change. It must be reconfigured as a practice of empowerment, fostering teachers' communicative rationality to critically understand, defend, and reconstruct their professional life-world. This entails integrating critical theory, promoting collaborative practices, and advocating for policies that protect autonomy, thereby transforming teacher education into a foundation for sustainable agency. References [1]Chen, X. (2000). Zhi xing yan jiu fang fa yu she hui ke xue yan jiu [Qualitative research methods and social science research]. Educational Science Publishing House. [2]Chen, X., Feng, G., & Huang, B. (2023). One dataset, four methods: Diverse approaches to qualitative analysis. Education Research Monthly, (11), 12–19. [3]Ding, G. (2008). The methodology of educational narrative research. Global Education, (3), 52–59. [4]Habermas, J. (2004). Jiao wang xing wei li lun [The theory of communicative action] (Cao Weidong, Trans.). Shanghai People’s Publishing House. (Original work published 1981) [5]Liu, D., & Bian, B. (2024). A study on the emotional labor of primary school teachers participating in after-school services: An empirical investigation based on 1,300 primary school teachers in W city. Global Education, 53(4), 118–136. [6]MacIntyre, A. (2007). After virtue: A study in moral theory (3rd ed.). University of Notre Dame Press. (Original work published 1981) [7]Maxwell, J. A. (1996). Qualitative research design: An interactive approach. Sage Publications. [8]OECD. (2014). A teachers’ guide to TALIS 2013: Teaching and learning international survey. OECD Publishing. https://www.oecd.org/education/a-teachers-guide-to-talis-2013-9789264216075-en.htm [9]Wang, F. (2024). Revisiting Habermas’s theory of the colonization of the lifeworld: Starting from the two-level social conception of “system-lifeworld.” Academic Monthly, 56(8), 5–13. [10]Wang, H. (2010). Methodological reflections on “teachers telling stories”: In pursuit of a path to the teachers’ lifeworld. Journal of Educational Studies, 6(1), 30–36. [11]Wang, J., & Ning, B. (2018). Teachers’ working hours and workload in Shanghai from an international perspective: An empirical study based on TALIS data. Teacher Education Research, 30(6), 81–88. [12]Wengraf, T. (2001). Qualitative research interviewing: Biographic narrative and semi-structured methods. Sage Publications. [13]Xia, H. (2024). The sociological turn of the concept of lifeworld: Based on the analyses of Husserl, Schütz, and Habermas. Journal of South China Normal University (Social Science Edition), (4), 149–158, 207–208. [14]Xue, H., & Zhang, S. (2024). A study on the level and structure of compulsory education teachers’ workload under the “Double Reduction” policy. Journal of the Chinese Society of Education, (7), 70–77. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Acting amidst Tensions and Making Choices : Exploring Teacher Agency in Sri Lankan Bilingual Classrooms University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:Bilingual Education (BE) is a globally established educational approach implemented in both strong and weak forms (Baker, 2006). In Sri Lanka, the Bilingual Education Programme (BEP) was introduced in 2001 with the dual aim of fostering bilingualism and biliteracy, while promoting social cohesion and ethnolinguistic harmony in a multilingual and multi-ethnic community. The terms Bilingual Education and English Medium Instruction (EMI) are typically used interchangeably, reflecting the privileged status assigned to English in a post colonial education system. However, even after two decades, Sri Lanka has no explicit national BE policy, which has led to inconsistent implementation, inequities in access, and persistent gaps in teacher education and pedagogies (Wijesekera, 2018). Although Content and Language Integrated Learning (CLIL) was prescribed as the recommended pedagogical approach in 2016, less than 20% of BE teachers and teacher educators apply CLIL in practice while CLIL is largely absent from the teacher education curricula (National Education Commission, 2024). In this context, the importance of teacher agency in navigating the pedagogical and institutional tensions inherent in BE classrooms, and the urgent need for empirical, evidence-based insights into teachers’ professional experiences have been highlighted (National Education Commission, 2024). However, empirical research examining how BE teachers in Sri Lanka perceive, negotiate, and enact their agency remains scarce and has created a critical gap in understanding the lived realities of the bilingual classrooms, especially in relation to how teachers navigate daily challenges, and make critical pedagogical choices amidst contextual constraints and affordances. This ongoing doctoral study addresses this gap by exploring the tensions, choices and experiences of BE teachers in junior secondary classrooms (Grades 6–9) in relation to their agency enactment. The aim of this study is to explore agency from the perspective of BE teachers’ pedagogical practices and choices, as well as affordances and constraints that shape their agency.The overarching research question is “How do Sri Lankan bilingual teachers navigate tensions and make choices in their agency enactment”, supplemented by the following: 1. In what ways do bilingual teachers in Sri Lanka perceive and enact their agency at work? 2. What are the pedagogical practices teachers apply to demonstrate teacher agency in BE classrooms? 3. What contextual factors enable or constrain the enactment of teacher agency in bilingual education? Theoretical framework Human agency has been conceptualized in multiple ways by researchers from diverse disciplines. For Emirbayer and Mische (1998) agency was a temporal construct while Bandura (2001) viewed it as an individual’s intentional actions. In relation to teachers , Zembylas ( 2003) explained agency as an essential element of teacher identity construction and highlighted the role of emotions. This study is grounded in a two- layered theoretical framework including the ecological framework of agency (Priestley et al., 2015) and the socio-cultural theory (Vygotsky, 1978). The ecological model of agency proposed by Mark Priestley, Gert Biesta and Sarah Robinson in 2015 is used as the primary framework as its core dimensions are mapped to this investigation. The ecological model conceptualizes agency as an emergent phenomenon that is the outcome of the interplay of individual capacities, environmental conditions, cultural and material contexts over time. The three dimensions of ecological agency i.e. Iterational, Practical-evaluative and Projective agency capture multiple aspects of BE teachers’ agency enactment process. These dimensions provide the holistic framework to understand how BE teachers perceive and enact agency in their classrooms.This framework is complemented by the sociocultural approach that foregrounds social interaction, negotiations, and cultural contexts that can shape the agency of BE teachers. These two perspectives provide a complimentary framework to explore how bilingual teacher agency is shaped , enacted or constrained in this Global South context. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative research design, framed as a case study, driven by a narrative approach. As the study investigates how Sri Lankan bilingual teachers enact agency within the institutional, cultural, and pedagogical conditions of bilingual education, a qualitative approach is appropriate to capture and explore teachers’ meaning-making processes, professional choices, and pedagogical practices in context. This is a highly human-centric phenomenon that is best understood through individual experiences and sense-making (Eteläpelto et al., 2013) and a qualitative study provides the space to explore multiple meanings and lived experiences of humans (Creswell, 2013). A case study design with a narrative focus is used since case studies are appropriate when conducting in-depth studies of specific individuals in distinctive contexts (Yin, 2018) and compliments this study because it focuses on BE classrooms in urban and rural schools while affording an in-depth exploration of contextualized challenges, classroom realities and agency enactment. The narrative approach facilitates the study of BE teachers’ perceptions and their agency enactment through their own stories and reflections (Mertova & Webster, 2019). Study participants are selected through purposive sampling, focusing on bilingual teachers working in junior secondary bilingual classrooms, (Grades 6–9) in both urban and rural schools. Sampling targets participants with diverse profiles with varied teaching experience, subject expertise , and institutional contexts as agency is significantly shaped by teachers’ professional histories as well as their current working environments.This research will collect data using narrative style in-depth interviews, classroom observations and reflective audio journals. In-depth interviews are critical when exploring meaning and lived experiences in qualitative studies (Kvale & Brinkmann, 2018), as they help capture agency enactment and BE teachers’ negotiation of classroom demands. Interviews are designed to explore BE teachers’ recounting of pedagogical choices, language usage and professional challenges within bilingual classroom contexts that encapsulate teachers’ past experiences, present environmental factors , and future aspirations. In addition, classroom observations will shed light on real-time experiences (Tracy, 2012), i.e. participants’ enactment of teacher agency through language mediation, classroom interaction and pedagogical choices made in BE classrooms. Observations are non-participant and use a theoretically informed observation protocol. In addition, reflective audio journals will capture the dynamic meaning making process of the participant teachers across contexts (Verma, 2021). Data analysis will be a thematic analysis and this doctoral study will produce three journal articles on teacher agency enactment in urban schools, rural schools and a comparative study as well. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The initiated doctoral study will make significant contributions to bilingual education in Sri Lanka at multiple levels. At the pedagogical level, the potential findings are expected to provide empirically grounded insights into how bilingual teachers make pedagogical choices in a context where a coherent bilingual policy and systematic pedagogical training are absent. At the level of teacher education and professional development, the insights will inform national level dialogues on BE classroom practices, helping to design informed pedagogical training , professional development and mentorship programs aligned with the realities of bilingual classrooms. Furthermore, insights regarding pedagogical practices from participant bilingual teachers can be incorporated into teacher education curricula and support prospective teachers’ agency development. The actionable knowledge and recommendations provided by the study can directly impact the BE framework in Sri Lanka and provide a model for other multilingual contexts. At a theoretical level, this study has the potential to contribute to empirical research on bilingual teacher agency in the Global South by using the two- layered theoretical framework combining the ecological and sociocultural lenses. With this comprehensive framework, the findings will potentially generate a nuanced account of agency as an emergent and dynamic phenomenon that is highly contextual. In addition, the study may also shed light on language and mediation in shaping agency enactment in bilingual classrooms and these insights will inform BE practitioners and researchers in similar Global South contexts. Furthermore, the study has the potential to provide evidence-based insights critical to policy discussions on bilingual education in Sri Lanka as it is grounded in BE teachers' lived experiences and professional choices. By shedding light on how teachers navigate policy ambiguities and enact agency at classroom level, the study can contribute to the development of more responsive, tailored and context-sensitive bilingual education policies. References References Baker, C. (2006). Foundations of bilingual education and bilingualism (4th ed.). Clevedon: Multilingual Matters. Bandura, A. (2001). Social Cognitive theory: an Agentic Perspective. Annual Review of Psychology, 52(1), 1–26. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.psych.52.1.1 Creswell, J. W. (2013). Qualitative inquiry & research design: Choosing among five approaches Emirbayer, M., & Mische, A. (1998). What Is Agency? American Journal of Sociology, 103(4), 962–1023. https://doi.org/10.1086/2312943rd ed.). Sage Publications. Eteläpelto, A., Vähäsantanen, K., Hökkä, P., & Paloniemi, S. (2013). What is agency? Conceptualizing professional agency at work. Educational Research Review, 10, 45–65. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2013.05.001 Kvale, S., & Brinkmann, S. (2018). Doing interviews (3rd ed.). Sage Publications. Mertova, P., & Webster, L. (2019). Rethinking validity and reliability. In Using Narrative Inquiry as a Research Method. Routledge. National Education Commission. (2024). Situational Analysis of Bilingual Education Approach (English Medium Instruction) in Sri Lankan Government and Government-Assisted Schools: Towards Informed Policy Recommendations. National Education Commission. https://nec.gov.lk/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/RP_GE_2024_Situational-Analysis-of-Bilingual-Education-Approach-in-Sri-Lankan-Government-and-Government-Assisted-Schools.pdf Priestley, M., Biesta, G., & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher Agency. Bloomsbury Publishing. Tracy, S. J. (2012). Qualitative research methods: Collecting evidence, crafting analysis, communicating impact. Wiley-Blackwell Verma, A. (2021). Using audio-diaries for research and education: AMEE Guide No. 144. Medical Teacher, 43(12), 1346–1352. https://doi.org/10.1080/0142159X.2021.1972954 Vygotsky, L. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Harvard University Press. Wijesekera, H. D. (2018), Students’ ethnolinguistic identities in multiethnic, Bilingual Education classrooms in Sri Lanka [ Doctoral Dissertation, Queensland University of Technology]. https://eprints.qut.edu.au/119217/ Yin, R. K. (2018). Case Study Research and Applications (6th ed.). Sage Publications. Zembylas, M. (2003). Emotions and Teacher Identity: A poststructural perspective. Teachers and Teaching, 9(3), 213–238. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540600309378 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Teacher Professionalism in Times of Societal Ruptures: Media Discourses in Estonia in 1930-35 and 2020-25 Tallinn University, Estonia Presenting Author:This study investigates the discursive construction of teacher professionalism within the Estonian media, comparing two distinct socio-political eras: the interwar period of the 1930s and the contemporary neoliberal landscape of the 2020s. Teacher professionalism is not a static concept but an ideological and historically situated construct, constantly reshaped by societal, political, and cultural transformations. By critically analyzing media representations across these epochs, the research seeks to illuminate how different ideological frameworks—specifically the ideal of teachers as custodians of national culture versus the modern emphasis on accountability and performance—refract in professional identity. This research addresses a significant gap in Estonian educational history by providing a historical-comparative analysis of media discourses, contributing to broader international debates on how public narratives mediate professional identities during times of societal rupture. The theoretical foundation of this research draws upon the understanding of professionalism as a dynamic ideological construct (Stevenson et al., 2007). The framework incorporates Hoyle’s (1974) distinction between the status and value of teaching and Ozga’s (1995) conceptualization of professionalism as a mechanism of state control. Central to this study is the tension between different models of professionality: the "moral community leader" and the "service provider." The interwar period is examined through the lens of nation-building, where teachers acted as "cultural custodians", fostering social cohesion and national identity. Conversely, the contemporary analysis is framed by neoliberalism and New Public Management, which align education with market logics such as competition, parental choice, and target-driven performativity. This shift redefines professionalism around measurability and accountability, often at the expense of moral leadership. Furthermore, the study utilizes the concept of "refraction" (Rudd & Goodson, 2016), acknowledging that while teacher professionalism is shaped by global trends like digital transformation and neoliberal governance, these forces are locally reinterpreted within specific national contexts. Freidson’s (2001) emphasis on knowledge-based autonomy and the service of the "public good" provides an additional layer for evaluating how social trust in the profession is constructed or eroded. The study is guided by three primary research questions and several sub-questions designed to capture discursive shifts: 1. How is teacher professionalism discursively constructed and represented in the media? * Which discourses of teacher professionalism in the media have been represented in international academic education journals since the 2000s? 2. Which conceptions of professionalism are dominant in different types of Estonian media and policy documents? * Are there differences in the discourses of teacher professionalism across various media formats (e.g., specialized teacher newspapers versus general daily newspapers)? * What qualities do the policy documents of the 1930s and 2020s attribute to teacher professionalism, and what ideologies do they reflect? 3. How does media discourse reflect societal changes and construct the image of teacher professionalism accordingly? By integrating Estonian findings with international scholarship, this research plans to highlight how global phenomena—such as the intensification of public scrutiny, the impact of COVID-19 on digital transformation, and the rise of performance management—manifest in a specific European context. The study explores how the teaching profession, often characterized by low status or state-limited autonomy (Perkin, 1983), seeks to redefine its value in an era where learning processes are increasingly prioritized over the holistic social roles previously expected of educators. Ultimately, the research hopes to offer a comprehensive look at how political, cultural, and technological changes have shaped the very meaning of what it means to be a "professional" teacher in the modern world. This research attempts to move beyond sequenceing of historical facts to offer a critical interpretation of how education and society mutually influence one another, emphasizing that developments in education drive social and political change as much as they reflect it. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To achieve the research objectives, this study employs Critical Discourse Analysis (CDA). As conceptualized by Van Dijk (2001), CDA investigates how social power relations, inequalities, and ideologies are reproduced and contested through language. This approach is inherently non-neutral; it seeks to uncover power imbalances and highlight the positioning of the marginalized by scrutinizing the linguistic choices of those in power (Wodak & Meyer, 2009; Jørgensen & Phillips, 2002). The research relies exclusively on document analysis, acknowledging that textual codes are historically and socially situated (Aava, 2004). By analyzing these texts, the study explores how discourse acts as a powerful mechanism for shaping social reality (Van Dijk, 2005). The media serves as a primary arena for the dissemination of discourse, often privileging specific narratives while excluding others (Blackmore & Thorpe, 2003). In education, media coverage frequently gravitates toward conflicts and scandals, which can redirect public attention toward reactive, crisis-based responses rather than substantive issues (Evans, 2008). In Estonia’s compact media landscape, dominant discourses in daily newspapers can rapidly become "common sense," naturalizing ideological relations (Wodak & Meyer, 2009). By examining news and opinion pieces, this study analyzes textual modality, tone, and role assignments to reveal how ideologies are encoded in language (Kasik, 2008). The study utilizes a multifaceted corpus to enable a comparative historical analysis: Traditional Media: The primary data includes opinion pieces, editorials, and news articles from Õpetajate Leht, Postimees. Analysis targets specific seasonal windows (e.g., September, March, May) for both the 1930s and 2020s. Political and Institutional Texts: To identify official definitions of professionalism, the study examines codes of ethics, professional standards, and national curricula. Archival and Academic Materials: For the 1930s context, the research analyzes ministry circulars and educational council minutes. This is complemented by a review of international scientific articles and media discourse in journals since the 2000s to provide a global comparative dimension. Through this data, the study reveals which values and oppositions currently sustain hegemony and how the "professional" teacher is reconstructed across different ideological eras. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings By utilizing Critical Discourse Analysis, the study aims to reveal the complex contradictions and power relations embedded in the media’s portrayal of teachers. The expected findings will demonstrate how the 1930s cultural custodian model—centered on social cohesion and national identity—contrasts with the 2020s service provider model, which is dictated by neoliberal performance metrics and digital transformation. This comparison provides the critical knowledge necessary to navigate an era saturated with populist promises and shifting ideological agendas, fostering the ability to distinguish between external influences and internal professional values (Wodak & Meyer, 2009). The study provides a scientific foundation for the Estonian Education Strategy 2021–2035, specifically regarding the transformation of career models and professional standards. By highlighting how media discourse shapes public trust and societal expectations, the research serves as an evidence-based tool for policymakers and professional developers. The research carries significant international resonance by aligning with the European Education Area 2025 goals for strengthening the teaching profession. Through its historical comparative lens, the study illustrates how expectations regarding teacher adaptability are constantly shifting in response to global trends, supporting EU efforts to retain high-quality teachers. Furthermore, by examining the impact of digital transformation on professional roles, the research contributes to wider European debates on digital competence and professional autonomy. One of the primary international outputs will be an analytical overview of professionalism concepts since 2000, offering a theoretical symbiosis of media, history, and discourse analysis that provides valuable data for evidence-based policymaking and European cooperation. This work essentially provides a roadmap for understanding how historical and ideological sedimentation affects modern professional identity within the global educational community. References Aava, K. (2004). Narratiiv müüdiloome teenistuses: Arhetüübid meediatekstides. R. Kasik (Toim), Tekstid ja taustad III: lingvistiline tekstianalüüs. Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus. Blackmore, J., & and Thorpe, S. (2003). Media/ting change: The print media’s role in mediating education policy in a period of radical reform in Victoria, Australia. Journal of Education Policy, 18(6), 577–595. https://doi.org/10.1080/0268093032000145854 Evans, L. (2008). Professionalism, Professionality and the Development of Education Professionals. British Journal of Educational Studies, 56(1). https://www.researchgate.net/publication/33039880_Professionalism_Professionality_ and_the_Development_of_Education_Professionals Freidson, E. (2001). Professionalism: The Third Logic. Chicago, IL: The University of Chicago Press. Hoyle, E. (1975) Professionality, professionalism and control in teaching. In V. Houghton et al. (eds) Management in Education: the Management of Organisations and Individuals (London, Ward Lock Educational in association with Open University Press) Jørgensen, M. and Phillips, L.J. (2002) Discourse Analysis as Theory and Method. SAGE Publications Ltd., London, 1-23. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781849208871 Kasik, R. (2008). Meediateksti analüüs: Eesmärgid ja metoodika. K. Paalits, Tartu Ülikool, & R. Kasik (Toim), Tekstid ja taustad V: Meediatekstide keelekasutus ja selle sotsiokultuurilised taustad. Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus. Ozga, J. (1995). Deskilling a Profession: Professionalism, Deprofessionalisation and the New Managerialism. Managing Teachers as Professionals in Schools. Routledge. Perkin, H. (1983). The teaching profession and the game of life. Is teaching a profession, 12(25). Rudd & Goodson (2016). Refraction as a Tool for Understanding Action and Educational Orthodoxy and Transgression. Educação em Revista 19(Special Issue) Stevenson, H., Carter, B., & Passy, R. (2007). „New professionalism,“ workforce remodeling and the restructuring of teachers’ work. International Electronic Journal for Leadership in Learning, 11(18). Van Dijk, T. A. (2001). Critical discourse anallysis. D. Schiffrin, D. Tannen, & H. E. Hamilton (Toim), The handbook of discourse analysis. Blackwell Publishers. Van Dijk, T. A. van. (2005). Ideoloogia: Multidistsiplinaarne käsitlus (M. Karise, Tõlk). Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus. Wodak, R., & Meyer, M. (2009). Critical Discourse Analysis: History, Agenda, Theory, and Methodology 1. Methods of Critical Discourse Analysis. |
| 11:15 - 12:45 | 99 ERC SES 03 L: Philosophical Perspectives on Citizenship and Moral Development Location: A4 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Vesna Holubek Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Civic Renewal Through Education: The Ethics of the Ideal Citizen in Kamal Junblatt’s Thought University of Haifa, Israel Presenting Author:This paper draws on an extensive thesis-based study and explores education for civic morality within Kamal Junblatt’s philosophical framework. Junblatt was a key Druze figure and a highly influential actor in Arab political and intellectual life. As a politician, philosopher, and visionary leader, he promoted Pan-Arabism and ethical principles that transcended sectarian boundaries. His beliefs and public actions were closely intertwined with his educational philosophy and his commitment to cultivating civic virtues in Lebanese society, as reflected in his books, speeches, and philosophical writings. The study examines Junblatt’s educational philosophy, emphasizing his understanding of civic morality, spiritual development, and social responsibility as essential foundations for individual and societal advancement. Although Junblatt was not formally an educational theorist, he was a socialist political thinker whose writings reveal a coherent educational vision. Accordingly, the study adopts an interpretive and theoretical approach, extracting educational insights from his broader philosophical and political texts. Through close textual and theoretical analysis of Junblatt’s major works, the study identifies the core elements of his educational philosophy. These include a holistic worldview integrating spirituality, ethics, and politics; a strong emphasis on civic virtues such as justice, responsibility, solidarity, and moral courage; an understanding of education as a transformative process aimed at personal freedom and ethical self-liberation; and a conception of the ideal citizen as an active, morally committed participant in social and political life. In Junblatt’s perspective, education extends beyond formal schooling and is intrinsically connected to civic action, community engagement, and moral struggle. Educational philosophy provides a crucial framework for examining how such virtues are cultivated. It addresses key questions concerning the aims of education, the formation of citizenship, and the moral responsibilities of educational institutions. This study employs this framework to analyze Junblatt’s conception of education as a formative moral practice shaping civic identity and ethical judgment. A central analytical lens is the philosophical tension between “is” and “ought” - the gap between moral ideals and lived social realities. The study explores how Junblatt positions education as a mediating practice through which individuals and communities navigate this tension via ethical reflection and civic participation. The study also highlights Junblatt’s engagement with the cultural and social values of the Druze community. His educational philosophy emphasizes civic identity, social cohesion, and ethical leadership while remaining grounded in spiritual and cultural traditions. Although rooted in the Druze context, his thought offers insights relevant to broader Arab societies and minority communities confronting contemporary political and social challenges. Engaging with philosophical debates on civic virtue, moral education, and citizenship central to European educational discourse, this study positions Junblatt’s thought in dialogue with wider international traditions of civic and democratic education. It thus introduces a non-Western yet universally relevant perspective into debates that have been shaped mainly by Eurocentric frameworks. The study addresses the following research questions:
Finally, the study calls for future research on how Junblatt’s educational ideas are interpreted and applied in contemporary academic settings, particularly within Druze communities in Arab countries and in Israel. By foregrounding Junblatt’s educational philosophy, the study offers a normative and comparative contribution that repositions education as a moral and civic project within international debates on citizenship, democratic renewal, and social responsibility in pluralistic societies. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Eliciting an implicit educational philosophy requires a nuanced methodological approach that integrates textual analysis, historical contextualization, and philosophical interpretation. Political texts primarily define power, rights, and social order; however, they also encompass assumptions regarding how citizens should learn, deliberate, and morally evolve. Consequently, this research adopts a theoretical and interpretive framework to elucidate Kamal Junblatt’s implicit educational philosophy as articulated through his political writings, speeches, and manifestos. The central premise is that political discourse is inherently non-neutral pedagogically: concepts such as justice, solidarity, and revolution intrinsically convey educational directives pertaining to human development, moral cultivation, and civic engagement. The analysis is grounded in philosophical inquiry into Junblatt’s ontology, epistemology, and ethics, recognizing that these dimensions fundamentally shape educational thought. Junblatt’s engagement with Western philosophy, Eastern traditions, and mysticism—often emphasizing harmony, interdependence, and moral responsibility—suggests a holistic educational vision oriented toward ethical self-formation and social reform. Because Junblatt did not articulate his educational ideas in formal pedagogical texts, the study requires an approach capable of extracting educational meaning from political, ethical, and spiritual discourse. Accordingly, the study employs a hermeneutically informed Critical Discourse Analysis (CDA). Hermeneutics enables interpretation of deeper meanings within texts and their educational implications (Gadamer, 1977), while CDA examines how language operates as social action, revealing power relations, moral assumptions, and ideological positioning (Fairclough, 1995; Wodak, 2014). This combined approach allows the study to identify how Junblatt’s emphasis on social justice, democratic participation, and solidarity implies an educational model aligned with civic empowerment and ethical engagement. Paulo Freire’s concept of critical consciousness (Freire, 1968) provides a complementary theoretical lens for understanding education as a practice of liberation and civic agency. The primary corpus consists of five foundational texts spanning Junblatt’s political, spiritual, and social thought: the Charter of the Progressive Socialist Party (1950), A Revolution in the World of Humans (1967), his Speech at the Opening of Al-Irfan School (1974), Towards a More Humane Socialism (1976), and This is My Testament (1977). These texts were digitized, translated into English with back-translation verification, and coded using NVivo. Following Fairclough’s three-level model, the analysis proceeds through textual description, discursive practice, and social practice. This framework situates Junblatt’s educational vision within Lebanon’s post-colonial context, Druze minority politics, and socialist mobilization, revealing education as a central mechanism for cultivating civic virtues, ethical leadership, and social cohesion. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this study indicate that Kamal Junblatt articulated a coherent and holistic educational vision that addresses the formation of pupils, teachers, curriculum, schools, and society as interrelated dimensions of civic and moral education. Although his ideas are embedded within political and philosophical writings rather than formal pedagogical texts, they reveal a comprehensive model of education oriented toward ethical self-formation and social transformation. Pupils are conceived as “whole human beings” rather than passive recipients of knowledge. Education aims to cultivate critical thinking, moral courage, imagination, and social responsibility, alongside physical vitality and lifelong learning. Knowledge, in Junblatt’s view, acquires meaning only when it is translated into ethical action and public service. Teachers occupy a central moral role as intellectual leaders and civic guides. Junblatt envisions educators as exemplars of integrity, humility, and social commitment who actively shape character and civic consciousness rather than merely transmit content. Teacher education, therefore, is inseparable from ethical formation and reflective practice. The curriculum is understood as a holistic and integrative framework that combines humanistic studies, scientific and vocational learning, civic reasoning, and spiritual inquiry. Rather than technocratic specialization, Junblatt advocates a curriculum that fosters ethical judgment, empathy, ecological awareness, and responsibility for the common good. Schools are positioned as democratic communities of practice embedded within society. Junblatt emphasizes participatory governance, engagement with nature and community life, and institutional structures that promote equality, cooperation, and social justice. At the societal level, education functions as a foundation for civic renewal, particularly for minority communities, balancing cultural identity with democratic participation. Overall, this study concludes that Junblatt’s educational philosophy offers a culturally grounded yet universally relevant model for forming ethically responsible citizens and strengthening democratic life in pluralistic societies. References Al-Khazen, W. (1988). Kamal Jumblatt, the Uncrowned Druze Prince of the Left. Middle Eastern Studies, 24(2), 178-205. Arendt, H. (1958). The Human Condition. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Part II, Section 5. Arendt, H. (1961). Between Past and Future: Eight Exercises in Political Thought. Viking Press. Arthur, J. & Carr, D. (2013). Character in learning for life: a virtue-ethical rationale for recent research on moral and values education. Journal of Beliefs & Values, 34(1), 26-35. Dagger, R. (1997). Civic Virtues: Rights, Citizenship, and Republican Liberalism. Oxford University Press. Dewey, J. (1916). Democracy and Education. New York: Macmillan. Fairclough, N. (1995). Media discourse (pp. 9–14). London: Edward Arnold. Firro, K.M. (1992). A History of the Druzes. E.J. Brill. Firro, K.M. (2011). The Druze Faith: Origin, Development and Interpretation. Arabica, 58(1), 76-99. Freire, P. (2014). Pedagogy of the Oppressed (Ramos, M.B. Translator). New York; London: Bloomsbury. (Originally published in 1970). Gadamer, H. G. (1977). Philosophical Hermeneutics. University of California Press. Galston, W. A. (1991). Liberal Purposes: Goods, Virtues, and Diversity in the Liberal State. Cambridge University Press. Galtson, W.A. (2001). Political Knowledge, Political Engagement, and Civic Education. Annual Reviews, 4(1), 217-234. Howe, B. (2017). Civic Virtue: The Rights and Duties of Citizenship. Philosophia: International Journal of Philosophy, 18(1), 102-117. Huckin, T.N. (1988). Critical Discourse Analysis. In Miller, T. (Ed.), Functional Approaches to Written Text: Classroom Application (78-101). United States Information Agency. Junblatt, K. (1950). The Charter of the Progressive Socialist Party. Beirut: Dar al-Ahad. Junblatt, K. (1967). Revolution in the World of Man. Beirut: Dar Sader for Printing and Publishing. Junblatt, K. (1974). Speech at the Opening of the Irfan Tawhidiyya School – Simqaniyya. Junblatt, K. (1976). Towards a More Humane Socialism. Al-Mukhtara, Lebanon: The Progressive House. Junblatt, K. (1977). This is My Testament. Al-Mukhtara, Lebanon: The Progressive House. Lutz, M.J. (1997). Civic Virtue and Socratic Virtue. Polity, 29(4), 565-592. Schwab, J. (1970). The Practical: A Language for Curriculum. National Education Association. Schwab, J. (1978). Science, Curriculum, and Liberal Education. The University of Chicago Press. Timoveev, I. (2001). Kamal Jumblatt: The Man and the Legend. Dar al-Nahar. Westbury, I. (2005). Reconsidering Schwab's “Practicals”: a response to Peter Hlebowitsh's “Generational ideas in curriculum: a historical triangulation”. Curriculum Inquiry, 35(1), 89-101. Wodak, R. (2014). Critical discourse analysis. In C. Leung, & B. V. Street (Eds.), The Routledge companion to English studies, (pp. 302-317). Routledge. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper From Knowing to Acting: Emotion Regulation as a Mechanism of Moral Implementation in Contemporary European Education Universidad Internacional de La Rioja, Spain Presenting Author:The intricate interplay between reasoning, emotional experience, and behavior remains one of the central challenges in contemporary social and educational research. Decades of empirical evidence show that knowing what one considers morally right does not reliably translate into acting accordingly (Licon, 2025). This difficulty—commonly referred to as the knowledge–action gap and discussed through related conceptual labels (e.g. Darnell et al., 2019)—captures a shared challenge of translating moral insight into action. As such, it poses an urgent concern for moral, civic, and character education across Europe, with consequences for democratic coexistence and well-being (Brake & Nauta, 2022). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper adopts a theoretical–analytic inquiry grounded in a purposive and conceptually driven review of interdisciplinary scholarship, combined with analytical synthesis. Rather than reporting original empirical data, the study aims to clarify a conceptual gap in existing research by integrating insights from psychology, philosophy, and education to develop a coherent explanatory framework for understanding ER as a moral capacity in educational contexts. The literature corpus was purposefully selected on the basis of theoretical relevance, empirical significance, and conceptual influence, rather than exhaustiveness. Sources were drawn from moral psychology, affective science, neuroscience, virtue ethics, and educational theory. Searches were conducted in major academic databases (e.g. Scopus, APA PsycINFO), using key terms related to ER, moral action, values, practical wisdom, and character education. The corpus includes both seminal theoretical contributions that have shaped contemporary debates and recent empirical studies that provide up-to-date evidence on emotional processes in morally relevant contexts. The analytical process unfolded in three stages. First, dominant psychological models of ER were examined, with particular attention to Gross’s process model and Tamir’s motivational framework. These models were analysed in terms of their underlying assumptions, explanatory scope, and implications for moral agency and educational practice. Second, selected empirical findings linking ER to moral behaviour, value-consistent action, and moral disengagement were synthesised to identify recurring patterns and limitations in the implementation of moral commitments under emotional pressure. Third, these descriptive accounts were interpreted through a neo-Aristotelian teleological lens, drawing on contemporary European scholarship in virtue ethics and character education. Conceptual integration was achieved through iterative comparison across disciplines, identifying convergences and tensions between psychological and philosophical accounts. This process resulted in an integrative framework that situates ER within a hierarchical structure of ER strategies, motivational goals, value orientations, and practical wisdom (phronesis), oriented toward human flourishing. This methodological approach is an explicit epistemological choice rather than a limitation. It prioritises conceptual clarification and interdisciplinary integration over comprehensive mapping, clarifying how ER operates as a mediating process between moral understanding and action. The method is particularly suited to educational research contexts where theoretical clarification is required to inform future empirical work and policy-relevant applications. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Persistent difficulties in aligning moral and civic commitments with action remain a central challenge for educational research in times of poly-crisis. European policy frameworks (Council of Europe, 2018; OECD, 2021, 2025) increasingly emphasise the enactment of values, knowledge, and attitudes to sustain ethical agency, social cohesion, and democratic life. However, educational approaches remain largely shaped by cognitive or skills-based models insufficiently integrated with affective and motivational perspectives. Although contemporary educational approaches increasingly acknowledge the relevance of emotions, ER remains theoretically under-integrated within moral educational frameworks. Moreover, ER is predominantly conceptualised in instrumental, adaptive, or hedonic terms—focused on emotional comfort, stress reduction, or performance optimisation—rather than as a capacity oriented toward relational, value-consistent moral action (Martínez-Priego et al., 2024). As dominant psychological models typically refrain from articulating a teleological orientation, educational approaches informed by them risk prioritising emotional adjustment and performative outcomes over moral discernment and civic responsibility (Saari et al., 2024). Consequently, learners may acquire techniques for managing affect without developing the capacity to remain morally responsive when emotional pressure tests consitency between values and action (Kristjánsson & Fowers, 2024). Against this background, the present analysis supports pedagogical approaches integrating emotional reflection, dialogical moral inquiry, and situated practice in ethically complex and relationally demanding contexts. Rather than treating ER as a context-independent self-management skill, the paper conceptualises it as a moral capacity. While ER has often been treated as one factor associated with the moral knowledge–action gap, this account shows how it can also function as a plausible and explicitly non-doctrinal pathway for addressing it by enabling value-consistent action under emotional strain. In doing so, the paper contributes to European educational dialogue on how education can move beyond performative skill acquisition toward a more integrated understanding of knowing, feeling, and acting in pluralistic contexts, with implications for moral, civic, and social-emotional education. References Aristotle (2014). Nicomachean ethics (R. Crisp, Trad.; 2nd ed.). Cambridge University Press. Brake, T., & Nauta, B. (2022). Caught between is and ought: The Moral Dissonance Model. Frontiers in Psychiatry, 13. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyt.2022.906231 Council of Europe (2021). The Reference Framework of Competences for Democratic Culture in Brief. Council of Europe. https://rm.coe.int/prems-004721-the-reference-framework-of-competences-for-democratic-cul/1680a27f24 Darnell, C., Gulliford, L., Kristjánsson, K., & Paris, P. (2019). Phronesis and the knowledge-action gap in moral psychology and moral education: A new synthesis? Human Development, 62(3), 101–129. https://doi.org/10.1159/000496136 De Sousa, R. (2022). What Philosophy Contributes to Emotion Science. Philosophies, 7(4), 87. https://doi.org/10.3390/philosophies7040087 Gross, J. J. (1998). The emerging field of emotion regulation: An integrative review. Review of General Psychology, 2(3), 271–299. https://doi.org/10.1037/1089-2680.2.3.271 Gross, J. J. (2015). The Extended Process Model of Emotion Regulation: Elaborations, Applications, and Future Directions. Psychological Inquiry, 26(1), 130–137. https://doi.org/10.1080/1047840X.2015.989751 Kohlberg, L. (1984). Essays on Moral Development, Volume II: The Psychology of Moral Development. Harper & Row. Kristjánsson, K., & Fowers, B. J. (2024). Phronesis: Retrieving practical wisdom in psychology, philosophy, and education. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780192871473.001.0001 Lake, J., Sneddon, J., Bardi, A., & Lee, J. (2025). How far into the future can values predict behavior? It depends on value importance. Social Psychological and Personality Science, 16(5), 552–561. https://doi.org/10.1177/19485506241233646 Li, Y. (2023). Cognitive and Emotional Factors in Moral Decision-Making. Journal of Education, Humanities and Social Sciences. https://doi.org/10.54097/ehss.v22i.13390. Licon, J. A. (2025). You Oughta Know: On the Possibility of Morally Mandatory Knowledge. Episteme, 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1017/epi.2025.10055 Martínez-Priego, C., García-Noblejas, B. P., & Roca, P. (2024). Strategies and goals in Emotion Regulation models: a systematic review. Frontiers in psychology, 15, 1425465. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2024.1425465 Nguyen, B., & Crossan, M. (2022). Character-infused ethical decision making. Journal of Business Ethics, 178(1), 171–191. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10551-021-04790-8 OECD (2021). Beyond Academic Learning: First Results from the Survey of Social and Emotional Skills. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/92a11084-en OECD (2025), Education for human flourishing: A conceptual framework, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/73d7cb96-en. Saari, A., Brunila, K., & Vainio, S. (2024). The Psychologization of Student Subjectivity in the Finnish Academia. Sociological Research Online, 29(2), 334-350. https://doi.org/10.1177/13607804231221949 (Original work published 2024) Tamir M. (2016). Why Do People Regulate Their Emotions? A Taxonomy of Motives in Emotion Regulation. Personality and social psychology review : an official journal of the Society for Personality and Social Psychology, Inc, 20(3), 199–222. https://doi.org/10.1177/1088868315586325 |
| 11:15 - 12:45 | 99 ERC SES 03 M: Parenting and Children’s Socioemotional Development Location: A3 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Laurence Lasselle Session Chair: Anne Paterson Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Stability and Change in Parental Subsystem Profile and their Associations with Child Characteristics University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:Becoming a parent is a significant life milestone that can bring both positive experiences and substantial challenges. Although research has long recognized the crucial role parents play in shaping their own development, their children’s development, and overall family well‑being, most studies have focused on how parents influence children rather than on parents themselves (See review by Yan et al., 2021). In recent decades, parenting expectations in many European countries have shifted toward a more child‑centered orientation, placing additional pressures on parents and affecting their mental health (Roskam et al., 2021). Consequently, child development and inclusive family well-being will be affected because parents function as interdependent subsystems within the broader family unit, where emotional well‑being, identity processes, personality traits, and relational patterns mutually influence one another, based on Family Systems Theory (Minuchin, 1974; Cox & Paley, 1997). This framework aligns with the idea that parental identity interacts with well‑being and personality to form integrated patterns of functioning, derived from the Identity Theory which conceptualizes identity as a multifaceted system of meanings, emotions, and behavioral commitments that shape how individuals interpret and respond to their roles (Stryker & Burke, 2000). Complementing this view, Jay Belsky’s process of parenting model (1984) and the updated process of parenting model (Taraban & Shaw, 2018) situates parents within nested environmental contexts that shape and are shaped by their internal characteristics. Additionally, Bronfenbrenner’s ecological and later bioecological models argue that development emerges from interactions among personal attributes, proximal processes, and contextual conditions across multiple system levels (Bronfenbrenner, 1979; Bronfenbrenner & Morris, 2006). This ecological lens reinforces the need to conceptualize parents as whole persons‑in‑context, whose identity, well‑being, and personality are inseparable from their environments. Therefore, it is important to understand parental subsystem as whole in promoting all family members’ development and well-being. Moreover, gender differences permeate the relational mechanisms among family members, shaping both the magnitude and nature of parent-child interactions. Specifically, men and women experience different feelings towards being parents (Rönkä et al., 2003). Also, parental gender plays a critical role in parent-child interactions: mothers often report greater stress and emotional reactivity to adolescent internalizing behaviors (e.g., anxiety, sadness), likely due to societal expectations positioning mothers as primary emotional caregivers (Chaplin et al., 2020). Fathers, by contrast, exhibit stronger reactions to externalizing behaviors (e.g., rule-breaking, impulsivity), potentially reflecting cultural norms linking paternal roles to discipline and authority (Endendijk et al., 2017). Despite these insights, prior research often overlooked paternal perspectives or conflates maternal and paternal experiences, obscuring nuanced gendered pathways. Finally, person‑oriented approaches argue that individuals should be studied as coherent configurations of interacting attributes rather than as independent variables (Bergman & Magnusson, 1997). This methodological perspective provides direct justification for modeling parents using multidimensional profiles that capture real‑world complexity. Together, these highly cited frameworks offer a robust theoretical foundation for examining parental subsystem as whole, integrated individuals, supporting the use of inclusive, multidimensional profiles to understand parental psychosocial functioning. Research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 1523 Finnish adolescents (1001 mothers, 522 fathers) and their children from four municipalities (two in Central Finland, one in Western Finland, and one in Eastern Finland) were investigated from grades 1-7 and 9, drawing from a large-scale longitudinal study (Authors, 2006-2016).The study followed a cohort of approximately 2,000 Finnish children from kindergarten through Grade 9. At each time point, parents filled in questionnaires concerning their well-being and background information. A Finnish translation (Aro et al., 2009) of the Beck Depression Inventory (Beck et al., 1961) was applied to measure parental depressive symptoms. Parenting stress was measured by a Finnish translation (Rantanen et al., 2015) of the Gerris' Parental Stress Inventory (Gerris, 1993). A Finnish version (Koskelainen et al., 2000) of the Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire (SDQ; Goodman, 1997) was self-reported by to adolescents measure their behavior. Family total incomes per month were reported by parents. Parenting styles were assessed using the Finnish adaptation (Aunola & Nurmi, 2005) of Block’s Child-Rearing Practices Report (CRPR; Roberts et al., 1984). First, LPA (Muthén & Muthén, 1998-2017) was employed to identify profiles of parental subsystem well-being (both maternal and paternal depressive symptoms, parenting stress, Parental worries, Parenting styles, Parenting practices in homework situations, and Parental beliefs on child’s academic performance), ranging from one to K latent profiles, separately for fathers and mothers at each measurement time (RQ 1). To assess the discrimination between latent classes, the Moderate Latent Class Posterior Probabilities (AvePP) for individuals with the highest probability of class membership, along with entropy, were utilized. Higher values of AvePP (with a maximum of 1) indicate greater distinctiveness between latent profiles (Nagin, 2005). Then, a simultaneous multinomial logistic regression analysis was conducted, combining all three measurement points and employing the number of profiles and initial values from the previous stage to maintain analytical consistency. This approach generated movement paths from one measurement occasion to the next across all three time points (RQ 2). All analyses described above were conducted by using the Mplus statistical package version 8.11 (Muthén & Muthén, 2017). The subsequent covariates analyses (RQ 3) were then performed through IBM SPSS, utilizing one-way ANOVA, Tamhane’s pairwise comparisons which allow different variances between groups (IBM, Armonk, NY, USA). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is still under analysis. However, we hypothesize that various profiles showed differentiated combination of parental indicators as well as gender-specific effects will be identified. Also, the identified profiles will be rather stable over time. Additionally, these profiles will associate with some child characteristics and other covariates. We are quite sure that our results and findings will be ready when the conference start in August. References Belsky, J. (1984). The determinants of parenting: A process model. Child Development, 55(1), 83–96. Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard University Press. Cox, M. J., & Paley, B. (1997). Families as systems. Annual Review of Psychology, 48, 243–267. Cox, M. J., & Paley, B. (2003). Understanding families as systems. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 12(5), 193–196. Endendijk, J. J., Groeneveld, M. G., & Mesman, J. (2018). The gendered family process model: An integrative framework of gender in the family. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 47(4), 877-904. Lanza, S. T., Rhoades, B. L., Greenberg, M. T., & Cox, M. (2011). Modeling multiple risks during infancy to predict quality of caregiving. Parenting: Science and Practice, 11(2–3), 199–220. Minuchin, S. (1974). Families and family therapy. Harvard University Press. Morris, A. S., Silk, J. S., Steinberg, L., Myers, S. S., & Robinson, L. R. (2007). The role of the family context in the development of emotion regulation. Social Development, 16(2), 361–388. Muthén, B., & Muthén, L. (2000). Integrating person-centered and variable-centered analyses: Growth mixture modeling with latent trajectory classes. Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research, 24(6), 882–891. Roskam, I., Aguiar, J., Akgun, E., Arikan, G., Artavia, M., Avalosse, H., Aunola, K., Bader, M., Bahati, C., Barham, E. J., Besson, E., Beyers, W., Boujut, E., Brianda, M. E., Brytek-Matera, A., Carbonneau, N., César, F., Chen, B.B., Dorard, G., . . . Mikolajczak, M. (2021). Parental burnout around the globe: A 42-country study. Affective Science, 2(1), 58–79. Rönkä, A., Oravala, S., & Pulkkinen, L. (2003). Turning Points in Adults' Lives: The Effects of Gender and the Amount of Choice. Journal of adult development, 10(3), 203-215. Taraban, L., & Shaw, D. S. (2018). Parenting in context: Revisiting Belsky’s classic process model of parenting. Developmental Review, 48, 55–81. Yan, N., Ansari, A., & Peng, P. (2021). Reconsidering the relation between parental functioning and child externalizing behaviors: A meta-analysis on child-driven effects. Journal of Family Psychology, 35(2), 225-235. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Parenting Away from Labor: Affective Mechanisms of Educational Aspiration Transmission in Working-Class Families in China 1: Hangzhou Normal University, China; 2: Nanjing Normal University, China Presenting Author:1. Introduction In international literature, many parents, regardless of their nationality, socio-economic status, and cultural background, are reported to embrace high educational aspirations for their children’s academic performance. Especially in the “credential societies” wherein credentials functioned as a stepstone to middle-class occupation, parents attach great importance to children’s academic achievement. While existing research consistently documents high educational aspirations per se among parents, far less is known about how such aspirations are communicated, negotiated, and embodied in everyday family life under conditions of structural disadvantage. This study examines how educational aspirations are transmitted within rural-to-urban migrant working-class families in China, a group that has been widely reported in the literature to hold high educational expectations for their children. Particular attention is paid to the affective mechanisms through which such aspirations are conveyed and negotiated within the family. Whereas middle-class families typically articulate high educational aspirations to enable their children to become like themselves, working-class families often express high educational aspirations with the explicit intention that their children should not become like them. Compared with middle-class families, the transmission of educational aspirations (TEA hereafter) in working-class families therefore appears to be more complex. Middle-class children grow up within a middle-class habitus, possessing everyday familiarity with middle-class occupations, lifestyles, and educational pathways, which allows them to more readily interpret and negotiate parental expectations. In contrast, for children in working-class migrant families, middle-class life often exists as a vague and abstract imagination rather than a lived and experientially grounded reality. Specifically, the study wants to explore what kinds of educational aspirations migrant parents transmit to their children. And how are these aspirations communicated, negotiated, and sustained through everyday parent–child interactions? 2. Theorizing educational aspiration transmission Theoretically, the study builds on Pierre Bourdieu’s theories to reconceptualize educational aspiration as a classed and embodied practice, rather than a stable cognitive belief or verbalized goal. From this perspective, educational aspirations are not simply transmitted through explicit encouragement or rational planning, but are gradually inculcated through routinized practices, moral narratives, and affective cues embedded in everyday family life. Existing psychological and educational models of intergenerational value transmission—such as value internalization frameworks—tend to assume that parental expectations are clearly articulated, accurately perceived, and meaningfully negotiated within relatively resource-secure family contexts. This study argues that such assumptions are inadequate for understanding aspiration transmission in structurally disadvantaged families. Among migrant working-class parents, aspirations are often characterized by ambiguity, hesitation, and experiential gaps: parents strongly desire upward mobility for their children but lack first-hand experience of middle-class educational trajectories and occupations. To capture this dynamic, the study conceptualizes aspiration transmission as a process of de-embodiment and re-embodiment. Parents seek to detach children from identification with manual labor—often through exposing them to the physical hardship, instability, and stigma associated with working-class work—while simultaneously encouraging an orientation toward education as the sole legitimate escape route. Crucially, this process operates less through positive vision-building than through negative affective mobilization, particularly the cultivation of fear of failure and fear of becoming “like us.” Analytically, the study identifies three recurrent modes of aspiration transmission—verbal saturation, bodily exposure to labor, and staged occupational experiences—which function not as deliberate strategies but as practical schemes shaped by parents’ own classed life histories. These practices generate what the study terms a “negation–fear–discontinuity” mechanism: while effective in distancing children from manual labor, they often fail to provide concrete images of a good life or usable tools for navigating educational obstacles, potentially producing anxiety, self-doubt, and fragile motivation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative, ethnographic research design to examine how educational aspirations are produced, transmitted, and negotiated within rural-to-urban migrant working-class families in China. The empirical data are drawn from one year of intensive ethnographic fieldwork, enabling close engagement with families’ everyday lives and interactions. The primary data sources include field notes, in-depth interviews with 19 migrant parents and 7 migrant children, and participant observation conducted in 6 migrant families. All interviews were audio-recorded with informed consent and transcribed verbatim. Field notes were written contemporaneously and expanded shortly after observation. Thematic analysis was applied to unpack the processes through which educational aspirations are transmitted with reference to Braun and Clarke’s (2019) work. The analysis began with inductive, bottom-up coding, aiming to identify recurring patterns in parents’ narratives, everyday practices, and parent–child interactions related to education, labor, and future orientation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study reveals that educational aspirations in migrant working-class families are transmitted through affective and embodied mechanisms rooted in parents’ lived experiences of precarity. While migrant parents maintain high aspirations, these are primarily framed as a defensive —emphasizing what children must not become rather than offering concrete, attainable futures. The analysis identifies three recurrent modes of transmission: verbal saturation of failure narratives, direct exposure to the damaged laboring body, and staged vocational hardship. Together, these constitute a “negation–fear–discontinuity” mechanism. Through this process, children are socialized to distance themselves from manual labor, yet middle-class life remains a "blurred imagination" lacking practical grounding. This study critically argues that such practices are premised on a thorough negation of parents’ own lives. While they may succeed in mobilizing fear as a motivational force, they simultaneously foster children’s devaluation toward the moral worth of ordinary labor, including qualities such as diligence, endurance, and practicality. Moreover, this mode of aspiration transmission fails to provide children with concrete representations of a good life or with sufficient tools to navigate potential failure. When structural or academic obstacles emerge, children are therefore particularly vulnerable to self-blame, withdrawal, and disengagement. These findings resonate with European and international research on migration, social mobility, and educational inequality. They highlight the need to move beyond deficit explanations of “low” or “misaligned” aspirations and to attend instead to the emotional costs and unintended consequences of aspiration transmission in contexts marked by labor insecurity, credential inflation, and limited upward mobility. The study thus calls for educational policies and support mechanisms that not only raise aspirations but also provide meaningful guidance, institutional mediation, and emotional support for families navigating structurally constrained futures. References Willis, P. (2017). Learning to labour: How working class kids get working class jobs. Routledge. Bourdieu, P. (2018). The forms of capital. In The sociology of economic life (pp. 78-92). Routledge. Grusec, J. E., & Goodnow, J. J. (1994). Impact of parental discipline methods on the child's internalization of values: A reconceptualization of current points of view. Developmental psychology, 30(1), 4. Koo, A. (2012). Is there any chance to get ahead? Education aspirations and expectations of migrant families in China. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 33(4), 547-564. Gu, X., & Yeung, W. J. J. (2020). Hopes and hurdles: Rural migrant children’s education in urban China. Chinese Sociological Review, 52(2), 199-237. Irwin, S., & Elley, S. (2013). Parents' hopes and expectations for their children's future occupations. The Sociological Review, 61(1), 111-130. Cebolla-Boado, H., & Soysal, Y. N. (2018). Educational optimism in China: migrant selectivity or migration experience?. Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 44(13), 2107-2126. Li, Z., Zhu, Y., & Wu, Y. (2024). Migrant Optimism in Educational Aspirations for Children in Big Cities in China: A Case Study of Native, Permanent Migrant and Temporary Migrant Parents in Shanghai. Population Research and Policy Review, 43(1), 1. Barni, D., Ranieri, S., Scabini, E., & Rosnati, R. (2011). Value transmission in the family: Do adolescents accept the values their parents want to transmit?. Journal of Moral Education, 40(1), 105-121. Cheung, C. S. S., & Pomerantz, E. M. (2015). Value development underlies the benefits of parents’ involvement in children’s learning: A longitudinal investigation in the United States and China. Journal of educational psychology, 107(1), 309. Friedman, E. (2022). The urbanization of people: The politics of development, labor markets, and schooling in the Chinese city. Columbia University Press. Kipnis, A. B. (2019). Governing educational desire: Culture, politics, and schooling in China. University of Chicago Press. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Parental Emotion Regulation Strategies and Children’s Socioemotional Functioning: The Role of Temperament 1: Faculty of Education and Psychology, University of Jyväskylä, Finland; 2: Department of Psychology, University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:This study examined the roles of parental emotion regulation strategies and child temperament in children’s socioemotional functioning. In this study, children’s socioemotional functioning is defined through five key dimensions: emotional symptoms, conduct problems, hyperactivity/inattention, peer problems, and prosocial behavior (Goodman, 1997). Adaptive socioemotional functioning enables children to understand and regulate their emotions, build positive relationships, adopt socially appropriate behaviors, and cultivate empathy, all of which enhance their ability to engage effectively in social interactions (Hirvonen et al., 2018). Parents play an important role in this developmental process (Denham et al., 2009). Previous research has indicated that difficulties in parental emotion regulation and alexithymia associated with higher levels of emotional symptoms, conduct problems, and hyperactivity/inattention in children (Davodi-Boroujerd et al., 2021; Scarzello, 2023; Wang et al., 2025). According to the emotion socialization theory (Eisenberg et al., 1998), the way parents regulate their emotions influences their parenting behaviors, which in turn affects their children’s emotional arousal. Furthermore, within the framework of the role of parental emotion regulation in emotional socialization, the strategies parents employ, which include differentiating between adaptive and maladaptive approaches, impact children’s internalization and externalization issues (Havighurst & Kehoe, 2017). Despite this knowledge, there remains a gap in understanding how different parental emotion regulation strategies relate to specific aspects of children’s socioemotional functioning. Notably, strategies such as cognitive reappraisal, expressive suppression, rumination, problem-solving, seeking social support, overall emotion regulation difficulties, and alexithymia (Preece et al., 2022) have not been examined collectively in relation to children’s socioemotional outcomes. Children’s individual characteristics may further influence these associations. According to the child-environment model of adaptation, the type of environmental support best suited to children, as well as the types of environmental risks to which they are particularly vulnerable, depends on their individual characteristics (Nigg, 2006). The goodness-of-fit theory (Thomas & Chess, 1977) suggests that the relationship between children’s temperament and their socioemotional functioning is affected by the compatibility between their temperament and their developmental environment. although child temperament has been shown to moderate the relationship between personal or caregiving aspects of parenting and children’s socioemotional functioning (Çelebi & Acar, 2024; Hirvonen et al., 2018), little is known about how different temperament traits influence the associations between parental emotion regulation strategies and children’s socioemotional functioning. To address the limitations of previous research, this study aimed to explore how various parental emotion regulation strategies relate to the socioemotional functioning of children aged 4–17 years and how temperament may moderate these relationships. This study’s research questions are:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data used for the present study is part of a broader ongoing international research project International Investigation of Parental Burnout (IIPB) involving more than 50 countries around the world (https://www.burnoutparental.com/international-consortium). The Finnish data used in the present study (the webpage of the research project: https://www.jyu.fi/en/projects/voiku-2018-2024). Data in this study were analyzed from 623 children whose parents indicated that their most challenging child was between the ages of 4 and 17 years (mean age = 9.15). Furthermore, a subgroup of parents (n = 478) provided information about their emotional regulation strategies. Parental emotion regulation strategies were assessed through a self-reported questionnaire consisting of 7 items related to individual emotion regulation approaches. These items were developed by David Preece and James Gross, drawing on their expertise in previous emotion regulation research (Gross, 2015; Preece et al., 2022). Moreover, children’s socioemotional functioning was evaluated using parent reports on the Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire (SDQ) (Goodman, 1997). The SDQ is a 25-item questionnaire designed for parents to evaluate their children’s, aged 4–17 years, scoring each item between one and three points. Child temperament was assessed through parent reports using an adaptation of the Children’s Behavior Questionnaire Very Short Scale (Sleddens et al., 2012). This study controlled parental status (i.e., father or mother), parental educational level, child’s age and whether the parents considered that their children had special needs. General Linear Modeling (GLM) was used to investigate the relationships between parental emotion regulation strategies and children’s socioemotional functioning, as well as between child temperament and socioemotional functioning. Furthermore, GLM was used to analyze the interaction effects of parental emotion regulation strategies and child temperament on children’s socioemotional functioning. Follow-up analyses were conducted separately for the surgency/extroversion, negative affectivity, and effortful control temperaments where necessary. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The present study provides promising evidence that parental alexithymia, especially parents’ difficulties in identifying their negative emotions, plays a significant role in children’s emotional symptoms, conduct problems, and hyperactivity/inattention, while other parental emotion strategies did not show similar associations. More importantly, the current study demonstrated that a child’s temperament can moderate the relationship between parental emotion regulation and children’s socioemotional functioning, with the surgency/extroversion temperament being the most sensitive to parental emotion regulation strategies. Among children with surgency/extroversion and effortful control, higher parental expressive suppression was associated with more peer problems. Additionally, among surgency/extroversion children, higher parental cognitive reappraisal was related to greater prosocial behavior. Conversely, among children with negative affect, higher parental social support seeking was related to more emotional symptoms. These findings suggest that it is important for parents to be aware of their emotion regulation styles, as they can impact children’s socioemotional functioning. These results should encourage the design of interventions for children’s socioemotional functioning that not only strengthen parents’ emotion regulation strategies but also consider the child’s temperament in the parent–child interaction. References Çelebi, Ş., & Acar, I. H. (2024). Investigating correlates of children’s emotional well-being: Parenting stress and child temperament. Infant and Child Development, 33(6), e2539. https://doi.org/10.1002/icd.2539 Davodi-Boroujerd, G., Abasi, I., Arani, A. M., & Aslzaker, M. (2021). The relation between maternal personality and internalizing/externalizing behaviors: Mediating role of maternal alexithymia, children’s alexithymia and emotional regulation. Iranian Journal of Psychiatry, 17(1), 61–71. https://doi.org/10.18502/ijps.v17i1.8050 Denham, S. A., Wyatt, T. M., Bassett, H. H., Echeverria, D., & Knox, S. S. (2009). Assessing social-emotional development in children from a longitudinal perspective. Journal of Epidemiology & Community Health, 63(Suppl 1), i37–i52. https://doi.org/10.1136/jech.2007.070797 Eisenberg, N., Cumberland, A., & Spinrad, T. L. (1998). Parental socialization of emotion. Psychological Inquiry, 9(4), 241–273. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15327965pli0904_1 Goodman, R. (1997). The strengths and difficulties questionnaire: A research note. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 38(5), 581–586. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1469-7610.1997.tb01545.x Gross, J. J. (2015). Emotion regulation: Current status and future prospects. Psychological Inquiry, 26(1), 1–26. https://doi.org/10.1080/1047840x.2014.940781 Havighurst, S., & Kehoe, C. (2017). The role of parental emotion regulation in parent emotion socialization: Implications for intervention. In: Deater-Deckard, K., Panneton, R. (Eds), Parental Stress and Early Child Development (pp.285–307). Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-55376-4_12 Hirvonen, R., Väänänen, J., Aunola, K., Ahonen, T., & Kiuru, N. (2018). Adolescents’ and mothers’ temperament types and their roles in early adolescents’ socioemotional functioning. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 42(5), 453–463. https://doi.org/10.1177/0165025417729223 Nigg, J. T. (2006). Temperament and developmental psychopathology. Journal of Child Psychology And Psychiatry, 47(3-4), 395–422. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1469-7610.2006.01612.x Preece, D. A., Mehta, A., Petrova, K., Sikka, P., Bjureberg, J., Becerra, R., & Gross, J. J. (2022). Alexithymia and emotion regulation. Journal of Affective Disorders, 324, 232–238. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jad.2022.12.065 Scarzello, D. (2023). The relationship between paternal alexithymia and children’s internalizing and externalizing behavioral problems during early childhood. Children, 10(9), 1498. https://doi.org/10.3390/children10091498 Sleddens, E. F. C., Hughes, S. O., O’Connor, T. M., Beltran, A., Baranowski, J. C., Nicklas, T. A., & Baranowski, T. (2012). The children’s behavior questionnaire very short scale: Psychometric properties and development of a one-item temperament scale. Psychological Reports, 110(1), 197–217. https://doi.org/10.2466/08.10.21.PR0.110.1.197-217 Thomas, A., & Chess, S. (1977). Temperament and development. Brunner/Mazel. Wang, X., Xie, R., Ding, W., Chen, Y., Wang, X., Zhang, R., & Li, W. (2025). Bidirectional longitudinal relationships between parents’ dysregulation, children’s emotion regulation and children’s internalizing problem. Children And Youth Services Review, 108169. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.childyouth.2025.108169 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper “Those mornings”: Constructing Parental Agency in the Stories of Morning Transitions with Children Facing Emotion-Related School Attendance Challenges University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:This narrative study aims to describe how Finnish parents construct their agency during school mornings when their children face emotion-related school attendance challenges (ER-SAC). For many families, school mornings are already a site of schedules, negotiation and conflict, and ER-SAC often make them even more demanding. Attending school regularly and finishing upper secondary education provide a strong basis for a good life (Kearney, 2021) whereas school absenteeism has been linked to a range of factors that undermine well-being (Gubbels et al., 2019). SAC often leaves parents unsure as to how best support their child or which resources are the available for them to do so (Chockalingam et al., 2023; Havik et al., 2014; Smout et al., 2023). Still, the parents’ perspective is scarcely visible in research on school attendance challenges (Hamadi et al., 2024; Havik et al., 2014). To strengthen parents’ confidence to act as active agents when facing their child’s ER-SAC, and to support their sense of parental agency, we need to understand how parents make sense of their children's ER-SAC and construct their agency. In this research we focus on how this is told in morning context by asking: How do parents construct their parental agency when narrating morning transitions with children facing emotion-related school attendance challenges? Within this research, parental agency is conceptualized as narrative agency. Narrative parental agency can be seen as the ability to use, (re)interpret, and engage with narratives that are culturally available (e.g. master narratives of good parent), as well as to be able to analyse and challenge them (Meretoja, 2023). Thus, when constructing their narrative agency, parents give shape to their past experiences and their own position in them, integrate them into their life stories as well as contextualize past habits and imagine alternative possibilities (Emirbayer & Mische, 1998; Ochs & Capps, 1996; Riessman, 2008). The research data consisted of narrative interviews with 19 Finnish parents. The parents told mornings of 22 children with ER-SAC during interviews. In this research, the term child is used to refer to the relationship between a parent and their child, not to an age category. Children were betweeen 8 and 18 years old. The interview data was analysed through Bamberg’s (1997) narrative positioning theory and meanings given to mornings by focusing on small stories in which parents narrated their children’s ER-SAC mornings. The findings showed that the parents constructed the following four meanings to their parental agency in the morning narratives: 1) Reactive Parental Agency, 2) Compelled Parental Agency, 3) Eroding Parental Agency and 4) Withdrawing Parental Agency. In the research article, these parental agency interpretations are presented through word images synthesized from quotes (Clandinin et al., 2006; Ely et al., 1997). Reactive parental agency was constructed through narration of frantic repeated attempts to support children’s school attendance. Compelled parental agency contained a lot of first-person narrative and modal verbs to highlight the parents’ narrated obligation to facilitate the school attendance. Eroding parental agency was a combination of narratives of unpredictable mornings and parents hoping for their children’s school attendance. Withdrawing parental agency brought out poignantly ER-SAC’s threat to parents’ mental health (see McGahan et al., 2025) with narrations that framed the need for stepping aside for the sake of parents’ or family’s well-being. The parents’ narratives revealed that parenting was compared both to the personal ideal of good parenting and to social and cultural expectations of what constitutes good parenting. On ER-SAC mornings parental agency did not always align with parents own ideals of parenting. These ideals seemed to be influenced also by social and cultural normative discourses. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research data was comprised of interviews with nineteen parents (17 mothers, 2 fathers) conducted 2024 in Finland. Participating parents had children who faced or had faced significant challenges with school attendance, either refusing to attend school entirely or struggling with regular attendance. The interviews, conducted by the first author, were narrative in nature, meaning the researcher sought to collect stories by asking open-ended questions and allowing space for participants to share their narratives freely. Such narrative interviews are understood to both convey lived experiences and reveal the ways in which participants organize and make sense of events (Ochs & Capps, 1996). To capture parents’ agency construction during ER-SAC mornings, we searched for parents’ small descriptive stories of their children’s waking up (or attempting it) to going to school (or attempting it) inside parents’ narrations. We are interested in how parents used small stories to construct a sense of who they are and how they want to be understood and how this formed their agency (Bamberg & Georgakopoulou, 2008). The participants were recruited through parent peer support groups focused on parents with children facing SAC. Participation in a peer support group meant for parents with children facing SAC was considered a prerequisite for inclusion in the study. This ensured that participants would not be left without support after the interview, should any painful emotions arise during the discussion. These groups are not common in Finland, and they are organized, coordinated and structured in various ways. For the analysis, the first author identified small stories inside the narrations, including three key aspects: morning, ER-SAC and parenting. After identifying small stories and categorizing them by using narrative positioning analysis (Bamberg 1997), we summarized each of these four parental agency narratives into core narratives. Further on, to present participants’ voices and the mornings in the vivid way possible, we synthesized parents quotes into word images, as research poems (Clandinin et al., 2006; Ely et al., 1997). These vivid poems capsulate the essence of an event and has its advantage in representing speaker’s voices rather than the mere practice of quoting selected excerpts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research focused on parental agency on school mornings when children have emotion-related school attendance challenges (ER-SAC). The aim was to describe the different dimensions and manifestations of parental agency during these mornings. The parents’ narratives reflected their sense of parental agency in which their own parenting was compared both to their personal ideal of good parenting and to social and cultural expectations of what constitutes good parenting. It can be stated that the parental agency described by the parents on ER-SAC mornings did not always align with their own ideals of parenting. These ideals seemed to be influenced also by social and cultural normative discourses. Parents described both their efforts to help their children and their own sense of helplessness. The four types of parental agency that emerged in this study illustrate how diverse ER-SAC mornings are within different families. When positioning themselves, parents had to either react for the needs of their child, or they felt compelled to fulfil their responsibility to maintain school attendance, or they were powerless to act, or they had to consider their own mental health as well as the overall situation and well-being of the entire family and therefore step aside. It is important to understand the parental agency on ER-SAC mornings to be able to plan targeted support for the child and family when planning support on school attendance. References Bamberg, M. (1997). Positioning between structure and performance. Journal of Narrative and Life History, 7(1–4), 335–342. https://doi.org/10.1075/jnlh.7.42pos Bamberg, M., & Georgakopoulou, A. (2008). Small stories as a new perspective in narrative and identity analysis. Text & Talk, 28(3). https://doi.org/10.1515/text.2008.018 Chockalingam, M., Skinner, K., Melvin, G., & Yap, M. B. H. (2023). Modifiable parent factors associated with child and adolescent school refusal: A systematic review. Child Psychiatry & Human Development, 54(5), 1459–1475. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10578-022-01358-z Clandinin, D. J., Huber, J., Huber, M., Murphy, M. S., Murray Orr, A., Pearce, M., & Steeves, P. (2006). Composing diverse identities: Narrative inquiries into the interwoven lives of children and teachers. Routledge. Ely, M., Vinz, R., Anzul, M., & Downing, M. (1997). On Writing Qualitative Research: Living by Words. Routledge. Emirbayer, M., & Mische, A. (1998). What is agency ? The American Journal of Sociology, 103(4), 962. https://doi.org/10.1086/231294 Gubbels, J., Van Der Put, C. E., & Assink, M. (2019). Risk factors for school absenteeism and dropout: A meta-analytic review. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 48(9), 1637–1667. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10964-019-01072-5 Hamadi, S. E., Furenes, M. I., & Havik, T. (2024). A systematic scoping review on research focusing on professionals’ attitudes toward school attendance problems. Education Sciences, 14(1), Article 1. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci14010066 Havik, T., Bru, E., & Ertesvåg, S. K. (2014). Parental perspectives of the role of school factors in school refusal. Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties, 19(2), 131–153. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632752.2013.816199 Kearney, C. A. (2021). Integrating Systemic and Analytic Approaches to School Attendance Problems: Synergistic Frameworks for Research and Policy Directions. Child & Youth Care Forum, 50, 1–42. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10566-020-09591-0 McGahan, J., Fraser, H., Campbell, A., Wright, N., Hearn, J., Braithwaite, E. C., Bowes, L., & Pearson, R. M. (2025). Exploring the bidirectional relationship between school attendance problems and maternal mental health. In Review. https://doi.org/10.21203/rs.3.rs-7129553/v1 Meretoja, H. (2023). Implicit narratives and narrative agency: Evaluating pandemic storytelling. Narrative Inquiry, 33(2), 288–316. https://doi.org/10.1075/ni.21076.mer Ochs, E., & Capps, L. (1996). Narrating the self. Annu. Rev. Anthropol., 1996(25), 19–43. Riessman, C. K. (2008). Narrative methods for the human sciences. Sage Publications. Smout, A., Chandrasekara, D. T., Wu, L., Melvin, G., Seguin, J. P., Olivier, P., Cardamone-Breen, M. C., Bartindale, T., Mcnaney, R., & Yap, M. B. H. (2023). Enabling digital parenting interventions to promote empathic partnerships among parents, educators, and adolescents targeting school refusal. Proceedings of the 2023 CHI Conference on Human Factors in Computing Systems, 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1145/3544548.3581312 |
| 11:15 - 12:45 | 99 ERC SES 03 N: Educational Pathways to Sustainability, Peace, and Resilient Futures Location: C6 | Main building C | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Michelle Proyer Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper “It Just Suits Me Really Well to Be Out There” – Work Engagement Among Early Childhood Educators Teaching in Nature Groups Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:The state of work-related wellbeing of early childhood educators is alarming both internationally and in European context, a concern that has been extensively examined within early childhood education research (Li et al., 2024). One promising approach to address the issue is to strengthen work engagement (Schaufeli et al., 2002) by providing educators with working conditions that align with their needs (Yang et al., 2025). This study explores the work engagement experienced by educators who spend a substantial portion of their working hours outdoors in nature. In the other Nordic countries, comparable practices are often described as nature kindergartens (Alme & Reime, 2021). In Finland, however, usually only one or a few child groups within a daycare centre spend most of their daily activities outdoors, while the remaining groups operate in traditional settings indoors. Also, nature groups and indoor groups apply the same curriculum that is required in all Finnish ECE. For these reasons, the Finnish model is more accurately referred to in this text as nature groups rather than nature kindergartens. As educators in nature groups have often actively chosen these working conditions, this context provides a compelling example of a well-fitting work environment that may foster work engagement. Previous research suggests that outdoor activities can increase work engagement (Salonen et al., 2018), yet the underlying factors that explain the connection between working outdoors and work engagement remain unclear. This study aims to analyze educators' perceptions of their work engagement and to examine the phenomenon of outdoor teaching in relation to the experiences it provides. The research questions (RQ) guiding this study are: RQ1. What is the level of work engagement among early childhood educators in nature groups? (quantitative) RQ2. What characterizes high work engagement among early childhood educators in nature groups? (qualitative) In this research, early childhood educators’ wellbeing is conceptualized as a changing state influenced by individual and relational factors, the work environment, and socio-cultural-political contexts (Cumming & Wong, 2019). Work-related wellbeing is understood as part of the overall context in which it is experienced, and a holistic model is used to illustrate this, describing different environments and their connection to individual wellbeing. Factors related to work engagement are examined through the Job Demands-Resources (JD-R) model, which seeks to explain the job resources and demands that influence wellbeing (Bakker & Demerouti, 2017). Work engagement refers to a persistent, positive emotional state related to work (Maslach et al., 2001), characterized by a generally positive attitude toward all aspects of work rather than specific tasks (Schaufeli et al., 2002). The study examines which factors associated with outdoor teaching contribute to work engagement, operationalized through three dimensions: vigor, dedication and absorption (Maslach et al., 2001). Vigor reflects high energy, resilience and willingness to invest effort in work, even under challenging conditions. Dedication involves perceiving work as meaningful and inspiring, feeling pride, and embracing challenges. Absorption refers to deep concentration and immersion in work, often accompanied by a sense of time passing quickly. Work engagement manifests as sustained work motivation and a positive attitude toward all aspects of work (Schaufeli et al., 2002). This study investigates whether time spent in nature is associated with higher levels of work engagement among early childhood educators. In addition, we will investigate what exactly it is about the outdoor work environment that increases work engagement. By exploring this connection, the study aims to contribute to the scientific discussion by proposing that providing educators with work environments aligned with their preferences may enhance work engagement, thereby improving the attractiveness and retention within the field. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study targeted Finnish early childhood educators who spend significant working hours outdoors and integrate pedagogical activities into nature. The exact population size is unknown, as no comprehensive statistical data on this type of teaching in Finland exist. Identification began with data from the Finnish early childhood education database (Varda) and continued via snowball sampling. In 2023, 183 active nature groups practicing outdoor teaching were identified and a total of 151 educators participated in the study. This study employs a sequential explanatory mixed-methods design (Creswell, 2015). First, a survey (N=151) incorporating well-established scales and open-ended questions was conducted, followed by semi-structured interviews (n=25). The survey addressed RQ1, while the interviews focused on RQ2. The research was conducted in accordance with ethical guidelines and received the necessary approvals. Work engagement was measured using the Utrecht Work Engagement Scale – 9, UWES-9 (n=121) (Schaufeli et al., 2006), validated within Finnish educational context (Hakanen, 2005). The UWES-9 consists of nine items grouped under three dimensions of work engagement: vigor, dedication, and absorption (Schaufeli et al., 2002). Each dimension includes three statements rated on a seven-point Likert scale, where 0 indicates Never and 6 indicates Daily (Hakanen, 2009). The psychometric properties of the survey data were examined using SPSS. Based on survey results indicating above-average work engagement among nature group educators, those with the highest engagement levels (Hakanen, 2009) were invited for interviews. A semi-structured interview framework was developed based on survey findings and literature review and piloted in two interviews. Interviews were conducted remotely via Microsoft Teams between March and April 2025. Participants could choose camera use, while the interviewer kept video on to foster interaction. Recordings ranged from 23 to 61 minutes, with an average length of 45 minutes. Automated transcriptions were verified and corrected through repeated listening. Interview data were analyzed using inductive content analysis (Elo et al., 2022), following reduction, grouping, and abstraction stages (Miles & Huberman, 1994). The unit of analysis was a set of ideas, possibly several sentences (Elo & Kyngäs, 2008). Irrelevant text was removed before importing into MAXQDA 24 software. Sets of ideas were coded and similar expressions were grouped into subcategories, then categories and main categories (Elo et al., 2022). To enhance reliability, selected units of analysis and classifications were collaboratively reviewed by the research team. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings At the time of submission, the analysis is still ongoing. To determine the level of work engagement, mean scores were calculated for each dimension, as well as for the overall scale. These scores were categorized according to Hakanen’s (2009) UWES Finnish manual Low (M=1,44–3,43), Moderate (M=3,44–4,53), Above Average (M=4,55–5,30), and High (M=5,31–6,00). None of the responses fell into the Very Low category (M=0–1,43). Based on these preliminary findings, educators teaching outdoors appear to experience high work engagement. This may reflect self-selection, those who enjoy teaching outdoors may already enjoy their work, or more favorable conditions outdoors. Interviews were targeted for individuals with High work engagement also across all subdimensions: vigor (M=5,34–6,00), dedication (M=5,51–6,00), and absorption (M=5,30–6,00). Initial results suggest that work engagement outdoors primarily stems from the freedom to implement early childhood education in ways that suit both educators and children, without rigid schedules typical of daycare centers. Participants reported that work engagement was enhanced by opportunities to develop their skills through functional outdoor activities. A collaborative and enthusiastic team, guided by shared values and goals, was also a key factor. Most interviewees felt supported by managers who appreciated and enabled outdoor practices. Additional factors contributing to work engagement included the wellbeing benefits of nature, physical activity, and a reduced workload, particularly due to lower noise levels and fewer behavioral rules required outdoors. Educators noted that children had ample space, resulting in fewer conflicts and less need for constant reprimands. These conditions were perceived to positively influence adult-child relationships and the overall atmosphere. This study contributes to the literature by deepening understanding of the benefits of ECE work conducted in nature, and of the elements associated with enhanced educator work-related wellbeing. Limitations are discussed to enlighten the needs for future studies. References Alme, H., & Reime, M. A. (2021). Nature kindergartens: a space for children’s participation. Journal of Outdoor and Environmental Education, 24(2), 113–131. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42322-021-00081-y Bakker, A.B. & Demerouti, E. (2017). Job Demand-Resources theory: taking stock and looking forward. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 22(3), 273–285. Creswell, J. W. (2015). A consise introduction to mixed methods research. SAGE. Cumming, T. & Wong, S. (2019). Towards a holistic conceptualization of early childhood educators’ work-related well-being. Contemporary Issues in Early Childhood, 20(3), 265–281. Elo, S., Kajula, O., Tohmola, A., & Kääriäinen, M. (2022). Steps and phases of qualitative content analysis process. Hoitotiede, 34(4), 215–225. Elo, S., & Kyngäs, H. (2008). The qualitative content analysis process. Journal of Arvanced Nursing, 62(1), 107–115. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1365- 2648.2007.04569.x. Hakanen, J. (2005). Työuupumuksesta työn imuun: työhyvinvointitutkimuksen ytimessä ja reuna-alueilla. Työterveyslaitos Hakanen, J. (2009). Työn imun arviointimenetelmä - Työn imu -menetelmän (Utrecht Work Engagement Scale) käyttäminen, validointi ja viitetiedot Suomessa. Työterveyslaitos. Li, X., Zhang, L., Lee, J. C.-K., & Chen, J. (2024). A Systematic Review of Research Patterns and Trends in Early Childhood Education Teacher Well-Being from 1993 to 2023: A Trajectory Landscape. Behavioral Sciences, 14(12), 1179. https://doi.org/10.3390/bs14121179 Maslach, C., Schaufeli, W., & Leiter, M. (2001). JOB BURNOUT. Annual Review of Psychology, 52(1), 397–422. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.psych.52.1.397 Miles, M. B., & Huberman, A. M. (1994). Qualitative data analysis: an expanded sourcebook (2. ed.). Sage. Salonen, K., Hyvönen, K., Määttä, K., Feldt, T., Mauno, S., & Muotka, J. (2018). Luontoympäristön yhteydet työhyvinvointiin ja työssä suoriutumiseen: kysely-, interventio- ja haastattelututkimuksen tuloksia. Jyväskylän yliopisto. http://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-951-39-7539-5 Schaufeli, W. B., Bakker, A. B., & Salanova, M. (2006). Utrecht Work Engagement Scale-9 (UWES-9). APA PsycTests. https://doi.org/10.1037/t05561-000 Schaufeli, W., Salanova, M., González-romá, V., & Bakker, A. (2002). The Measurement of Engagement and Burnout: A Two Sample Confirmatory Factor Analytic Approach. Journal of Happiness Studies, 3(1), 71–92. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1015630930326 Yang, J., Wang, X., & Hong, H. (2025). Do Early Childhood Educators Benefit from a Playful Working Environment? A Study on Workplace Fun and Work Engagement. Behavioral Sciences, 15(2), 149. https://doi.org/10.3390/bs15020149 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Knowing and Acting for Peace: Professional Representations and Educational Action from a Peace Education Perspective 1: Università di Roma "La Sapienza", Italy; 2: Università degli Studi Mediterranea di Reggio Calabria Presenting Author:In the context of a global polycrisis characterised by armed conflicts, democratic crises, structural inequalities, and profound digital transformations, educational scholarship is increasingly called upon to critically interrogate its epistemic conditions and its public role. From this perspective, the present contribution argues that peace education constitutes a privileged field for examining the tension between the production of knowledge and the possibility of responsible educational action. Peace is understood here not as a negative state defined by the absence of war, but as a positive, relational, and political process, oriented towards the transformation of forms of structural and cultural violence that permeate educational and social contexts (Galtung, 1969; 2014). This perspective is rooted in the tradition of critical and democratic pedagogy, which conceives education as a dialogical and cooperative practice (Dewey, 1916; Freire, 1970), and finds its normative foundation in the nexus between rights, democracy, and peace, as theorised by Kant and further developed by Bobbio. Without the recognition and protection of fundamental rights there can be no democracy, and without democracy the minimal conditions for the peaceful resolution of conflicts are undermined (Kant, 1795/2013; Bobbio, 1990). Within this framework, peace is not merely a curricular content, but an orienting horizon for educational action, directly addressing the public responsibility of pedagogical knowledge. Arendt’s reflections on action, speech, and plurality allow educational contexts to be understood as public spaces in which peace is constructed through practices of mutual recognition, initiative, and nonviolent conflict management, thereby resisting a purely technical or procedural reduction of educational experience (Arendt, 1958/2002). Peace education thus becomes a space in which knowing and acting cannot be separated: educational knowledge is always situated, normative, and intrinsically action-oriented, as it takes shape within relationships among subjects who share a common world and are publicly accountable for it. It is precisely from this inseparability between knowledge and action that peace education enables a critical interrogation of contemporary transformations in knowledge ecosystems. In a scenario marked by informational acceleration, discursive simplification, polarisation, and the spread of disinformation, peace education foregrounds the centrality of the public use of reason and of educational responsibility in sustaining practices of critical judgement, deliberation, and democratic coexistence (UNESCO, 2023). In this sense, peace education does not merely respond to ongoing transformations, but functions as an epistemic space in which the quality of educational knowledge itself, and its capacity to orient action in complex and conflictual contexts, is called into question. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The sample consists of 266 teachers working across different school levels (early childhood, primary, and secondary education), with heterogeneity in terms of years of teaching experience and territorial contexts. Participation was voluntary and anonymous, in accordance with ethical principles of educational research. Data were collected through a predominantly qualitative online questionnaire, structured into two main sections: Socio-professional data, aimed at contextualising responses (school level, years of experience, territorial area); Open-ended questions, designed to explore: definitions and representations of peace; the relationship between peace and conflict; the aims attributed to peace education; declared educational practices and conflict-management strategies. The decision to privilege open-ended questions reflects the need to capture the semantic complexity of professional representations, avoiding a reduction of peace to predefined or standardised categories. Textual responses were analysed through thematic analysis, supported by the qualitative data analysis software MAXQDA. The coding process followed a hybrid approach: a deductive phase, drawing on theoretical categories established in the peace education literature (positive and negative peace; structural and cultural violence; conflict as an educational resource; dialogue; rights and democracy); an inductive phase, aimed at identifying categories emerging directly from the empirical corpus. This analytical process made it possible to relate representations of peace to declared educational practices, highlighting convergences, tensions, and ambivalences in the relationship between pedagogical knowledge and professional action. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings highlight a conception of peace education predominantly understood as a complex, relational, and dynamic educational process, rather than as a mere absence of conflict. In teachers’ professional representations, peace emerges as a daily practice constructed through the quality of relationships, recognition of the other, and nonviolent management of tensions. Conflict is frequently recognised as a structural dimension of educational experience and, in many cases, as a potential formative resource, provided it is supported by dialogical and reflective practices. This view is consistent with peace education approaches that conceive conflict not as an anomaly to be eliminated, but as an opportunity for ethical, social, and political learning. In conclusion, the contribution argues that peace education can function as an epistemic device for rethinking the public role of educational scholarship, understood not only as the production of descriptive knowledge, but as the construction of interpretative frameworks capable of orienting professional action in contexts marked by plurality and conflict. References Arendt, H. (2002). Vita activa. La condizione umana (trad. it.). Milano: Bompiani. (Ed. orig. 1958). Baldacci, M. (2018). Ragione e affettività. In Educare gli affetti: studi in onore di Bruno Rossi (pp. 18–25). Milano: FrancoAngeli. Baldacci, M. (2024). Pace, guerra, educazione. Revista Derechos Humanos y Educación, 2(10), 45–51. Bobbio, N. (1997). L’età dei diritti. Torino: Einaudi. Dewey, J. (1916). Democracy and Education: An Introduction to the Philosophy of Education. New York, NY: Macmillan. Freire, P. (1970). Pedagogy of the Oppressed. New York, NY: Continuum. Galtung, J. (1969). Violence, peace, and peace research. Journal of Peace Research, 6(3), 167–191. https://doi.org/10.1177/002234336900600301 Galtung, J. (2014). Transcend and Transform: An Introduction to Conflict Work. Berlin: Springer. Guetta, S. (2024). La Raccomandazione UNESCO 2023 e l’educazione alla pace: prospettive transdisciplinari. Studi sulla Formazione, 27(2), 119–129. https://doi.org/10.36253/ssf-15761 Kant, I. (2013). Per la pace perpetua. Un progetto filosofico (trad. it.). Milano: Feltrinelli. (Ed. orig. 1795). Lederach, J. P. (1997). Building Peace: Sustainable Reconciliation in Divided Societies. Washington, DC: United States Institute of Peace Press. Lederach, J. P. (2005). The Moral Imagination: The Art and Soul of Building Peace. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Morin, E. (2001). I sette saperi necessari all’educazione del futuro. Milano: Raffaello Cortina. Nussbaum, M. C. (2010). Not for Profit: Why Democracy Needs the Humanities. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Reardon, B. (2013). Comprehensive Peace Education: Educating for Global Responsibility. New York, NY: Teachers College Press. UNESCO. (1974). Recommendation concerning Education for International Understanding, Co-operation and Peace. Paris: UNESCO. UNESCO. (2023). Recommendation on Education for Peace, Human Rights, International Understanding, Cooperation, Global Citizenship and Sustainable Development. Paris: UNESCO. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Reasoning About Indirect Relationships in Ecosystems: Middle School Students’ Ability to Model Multi-Step Causal Connections in a Meadow Food Web MIDDLE EAST TECHNICAL UNIVERSITY, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Understanding ecosystems as complex systems requires learners to explain ecological phenomena by reasoning about indirect relationships and multi-step causal connections rather than relying solely on direct cause–effect explanations (Mehren et al., 2018; Mambrey et al., 2022). Research on science education has consistently demonstrated that middle school students tend to interpret food webs through monocausal or linear reasoning patterns, which limits their ability to recognize indirect effects and feedback-based population dynamics (Hogan, 2000; Grotzer & Basca, 2003; Hokayem & Gotwals, 2016). Such reasoning patterns often result in static and hierarchical conceptions of ecosystems, where interactions are reduced to isolated predator–prey relationships instead of dynamic system-level processes (Webb & Boltt, 1990; Griffiths & Grant, 1985). Reasoning about indirect ecological relationships, is closely associated with system modeling skills, as learners are expected to trace causal influences across multiple system components and trophic levels (Mehren et al., 2018; Ben-Zvi Assaraf & Orion, 2010). Mehren (2018) and Mambrey et al.(2020 ) state that system modeling probe students’ ability to reason about indirect, multi-step, and cross-level relationships, such as how a change in one species could affect another species that is not directly connected in the same food chain.Previous studies have emphasized that the ability to model indirect effects represents a critical threshold in the development of advanced systems thinking, marking a transition from localized explanations toward holistic understandings of ecosystem dynamics (Grotzer & Solis, 2015; Mambrey et al., 2020). Empirical evidence, however, suggests that many students struggle to construct such multi-step causal models, particularly when feedback mechanisms and non-adjacent interactions are involved (Hogan, 2000; Hokayem & Gotwals, 2016; Hokayem, Ma, & Jin 2015; Mambrey et al., 2022). Based on this theoretical background, the present study focuses on students’ reasoning about indirect relationships within a single ecological system, namely a meadow food web, as a context for examining system modeling skills (Mehren et al., 2018; Mambrey et al., 2020; 2022; Sweeny & Sterman, 2007 ). In line with this focus, the study addresses the following research question: To what extent are students able to reason about indirect relationships within a single individual system (the meadow food web) and model multi-step causal connections? It should be underlined here that the meadow food web diagram used in the study includes daisies as producers, caterpillars and snails as primary consumers, birds and mice as secondary consumers, and foxes as the top predator, with energy input provided by the sun. Although a directed feeding arrow from snails to birds is represented in the diagram, this depiction requires students not merely to identify a single-step relationship but to model indirect causal connections by considering multiple trophic pathways and system-level interactions within the food web (Mambrey et al., 2020).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a descriptive quantitative research survey design to examine students’ systems thinking skills, with a particular focus on their ability to reason about indirect relationships and to model multi-step causal connections within a single ecological system. Data were collected from 510 students enrolled in the 6th, 7th, and 8th grades in different public schools using a questionnaire developed by Mambrey and her colleagues (2020; 2022) which is grounded in the systems thinking framework proposed by Mehren et al. (2018). It is embedded in a meadow food web and is designed to assess students’ reasoning about population-level changes, indirect effects, and causal relationships across multiple system components. The questionnaire includes items targeting different dimensions of systems thinking, namely system organization, system behavior, system-consistent action intention, and system modeling skills. The study reports findings related only to system modeling skills; therefore, focuses on students’ ability to recognize indirect and feedback-based relationships and to mentally model multi-step causal chains involving multiple trophic levels within the same food web (Mambrey, Timm, et al. 2020). Students’ responses were analyzed through a three-stage analytical procedure grounded in the systems thinking and causal reasoning frameworks (Mehren et al., 2018). This integrated analytical approach provided a detailed and systematic examination of students’ ability to reason about indirect ecological relationships and to model multi-step causal connections within a single ecological system. In the first stage (Stage 1), students’ answer choices for each item were examined descriptively to identify how learners reasoned about indirect population-level interactions and multi-step causal connections within the meadow food web. In the second stage (Stage 2), students’ responses across the indirect relationship items were examined in terms of causal reasoning patterns. Based on the structure of the implied explanations, responses were classified as monocausal, linear, or complex, enabling an examination of the overall distribution of reasoning patterns. In the Stage 3, a more fine-grained analysis was conducted by coding students’ responses according to the causal reasoning framework proposed by Mehren et al. (2018). Prior to conducting the study, ethical clearance was granted from the University’s Human Research Ethics Committee and the Ministry of National Education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study revealed that students performed relatively better in identifying indirect relationships involving short and conceptually accessible causal chains. For example, in a question requiring students to recognize an indirect relationship between snails and birds, most students demonstrated complex reasoning (Stage 3) by identifying the role of shared interactions within the food web. Fewer than thirty percent reported that snails and birds were too far apart to influence one another, while only small portion denied any influence believing that organisms were not part of the same chain. These responses reflect monocausal reasoning (Stage 1) emphasizing proximity or direct interaction rather than systemic connections. When asked ‘how the population of caterpillars could be increased in the food web’, more than half of the students, indicated that “the population of caterpillars could be increased by increasing the number of daisies,” showing complex reasoning (Stage 3). These students seemed aware of increasing the number of daisies could indirectly increase the caterpillar population. However, when a question requiring students to trace a longer and more complex causal chain involving snails, mice, and foxes was posed, the percentages of students exhibiting complex reasoning decreased. As an example, when asked ‘how can the number of foxes in the food web be reduced in a given food web’, only 42% agreed that “one could reduce the number of snails, because then foxes could feed on fewer mice.” Some students argued that “reducing the number of snails would decrease the population of all organisms in the food web’. Others alluded that “the fox population cannot be reduced by changing the population of organisms that are not directly connected to foxes”. Still others claimed that “the number of foxes cannot be reduced because foxes are at the top of the food web,” which reveals a misconception, the belief that top predators remain unaffected by changes at lower trophic levels. References Ben-Zvi Assaraf, O., & Orion, N. (2010b). System thinking skills at the elementary school level. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 47(5), 540–563. https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.20351. Griffiths, A., & Grant, B. (1985). High school students’ understanding of food webs: Identification of a learning hierarchy and related misconceptions. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 22, 421–436. Grotzer, T., & Basca, B. (2003). How does grasping the underlying causal structures of the ecosystems impact students’ understanding. Journal of Biological Education, 38, 16–29. Hogan, K. (2000). Assessing students’ systems reasoning in ecology. Journal of Biological Education, 35, 22–28. Hokayem, H., & Gotwals, A. W. (2016). Early elementary students’ understanding of complex ecosystems: a learning progression approach. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 53(10), 1524–1545 Hokayem, H., Ma, J.,&Jin, H. (2015). A learning progression for feedback loop reasoning for feedback loop reasoning at the lower elementary level. Journal of Biological Education, 49, 246–260. Mambrey, S., Schreiber, N., & Schmiemann, P. (2020). Young Students’ Reasoning About Ecosystems: the Role of Systems Thinking, Knowledge, Conceptions, and Representation. Research in Science Education, 52(1), 79–98. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11165-020-09917-x Mambrey, S., Timm, J., Landskron, J. J., & Schmiemann, P. (2020). The impact of system specifics on systems thinking. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 57(10), 1632–1651. https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.21649 Mehren, R., Rempfler, A., Buchholz, J., Hartig, J., & Ulrich-Riedhammer, E. M. (2018). System competence modeling: Theoretical foundation and empirical validation of a model involving natural, social, and human-environment systems. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 55(5), 685–711. https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.21442 Sweeny, L., & Sterman, J. (2007). Thinking about systems: Students’ and teachers’ conceptions of natural and social systems. System Dynamics Review, 23, 285–312. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper From Transmissive to Transformative Education for Disaster Resilience: A social and ethical framework for future practice Monash University, Australia Presenting Author:Multiple international policy frameworks relating to the 2030 Agenda on Sustainable Development advocate for protecting the natural environment to build future resilience from individual to societal levels. These include the United Nations Sendai Framework for Disaster Risk Reduction (United Nations, 2015), which promotes education as a mechanism for engendering ‘agency’ in young people with regards to building resilience in their communities. Despite this policy recognition of the role of education, recent insights from the field of practice by Benavot et al. (2024) reveal that new approaches are needed to capture the multiplicity of education for resilience initiatives’ (p.1). Another problem is that educational research on the topic of resilience to natural hazards tends to favour an instrumentalisation of education (Säfström, 2022)—i.e. focusing on ‘what’ should be learnt—as opposed to understanding the socialised processes and considerations of ‘how’ (Kitagawa, 2021) and ‘why’ (Biesta, 2025) education should be purposed. Given the scale and unprecedented nature of recent technological, political, and socio-ecological change, there is a heightened ‘urgency for radical reimaginings of education’ (Yliniva et al., 2024) to inform policy and practice in Europe and beyond. In relation to natural hazards and associated disasters, education will inevitably involve facing new practical challenges of daily life resulting from the alteration of the individualised self relation to socialised forms of self that capture complex social, cultural, affective and cognitive processes (Illeris, 2018). The purpose of this study is to move the debate forwards through fresh understandings of what could constitute as moving towards more meaningful (and possibly transformative) educational approaches for this topic by considering the ‘how ‘and ‘why’ of education, particularly with regards to how socialised forms of education can inspire agency in learners with regards to recent considerations about how to think about community resilience (Stein et al., 2022). In considering these issues and gaps, we hope to promote an expanded educational purpose for this topic beyond standard instrumentalised, knowledge transmission approaches. As a way to conceptualise other forms of education for this topic the study applies Biesta’s (2013) three distinctions between the functions of education: 1) ‘qualification’ (acquisition of skills and knowledge), 2) ‘socialisation’ (the process of integrating into societal, political and cultural norms and practices), and 3) ‘subjectification’ (appreciation of the subjectivity of the learner. In particular, an emphasis is placed on the ‘socialisation’ and ‘subjectification’ functions to progress ideas of what constitutes as ‘meaningful education.’ We also apply a relationality for educational encounters in the context of social paradigms of disaster through Paul Ricœur’s (1992) ethical philosophy of Oneself as Another as an ontological scaffold for Biesta’s conceptualisation of ‘socialised’ and ‘subjectification’ education domains. Oneself as Another invites an understanding of an ethically oriented and “participatory experience of a Self” when we become other than ourselves (Pellauer & Dauenhauer, 2022), which occurs epistemologically through enacting Ricoeur’s dialectical identity concept of sameness (ipse) and changeability or responsiveness (ipseity). To summarise, the research seeks to reframe education on this topic through a deeper understanding of an ethically derived contribution to education that can be made by applying a Biesta’s three educational domains and Ricoeur’s Oneself as Another as a relational interpretive heuristic. Informed by Carol Bacchii’s (2016) ‘What’s the Problem Represented to Be? approach, our research questions in relation to disaster resilience education consist of:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative study represents a deliberative inquiry, informed by a reflexive and interpretive approach identified through a relational onto-epistemology; whereby human interactions and relationality are the axiology. Findings are organised conceptually across individual, collaborative and socially-relational spheres of influence for social change. Three qualitative inquiries were completed: 1. Identifying the educational qualities of socialised and relational education that are relevant to DRE in a social context, 2) A critical review and relational reinterpretation 45 published global DRE school initiatives, and 3) Four Deliberative Discussion (focus) Groups covering five socially transformative best practice education cases with an intercultural focus across Japan, Indonesia, USA and Australia. The aim of our deliberative discussion groups (Rothwell et al., 2016) was to obtain further in-depth data about the social and cultural contextual factors that influenced the design and delivery of the education programmes, identified as being socially and relationally oriented in practice. The discussions included up to eight participants plus the lead facilitator and researcher, which comprises the lead education implementers and case authors as well as additional disaster education, disaster resilience or environmental education independent scholars who could offer additional perspectives that could either validate or counteract the experience of the case author and educational implementers. Data analysis involved a qualitative synthesis comprising a mix of critical interpretive analysis, theoretical concept synthesis (Okoli, 2022), and interpretive phenomenological analysis (IPA). IPA involves the researcher’s own conceptions influence the interpretation process, and this is represented by the ‘double hermeneutic’ (i.e., ‘dual interpretation’) involving dialogue between the research participants’ sense of their lived experiences as well as the researcher’s interpretation of how these participants have made sense of their social world (Creswell & Poth, 2018). Our methodology also introduces an innovative “triple” hermeneutic, represented by an occasional third layer of experience expressed by external experts, which can serve to highlight additional complexity across different contexts through a third layer of independent experience of education. Phenomenological research is predominantly concerned with revealing the ‘essence’ of the meaning of a particular phenomenon or concept (Lim, 2025), which is generated through the fundamental unit of analysis of experience of individuals (Creswell & Poth, 2018). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We found that socialised and relational approaches to education on this topic were understood as more meaningful and influential for promoting social forms of resilience, not only for learners, but also for educators and the wider community. Socialised educational approaches can enable educational outcomes to span beyond school boundaries into the community in an incremental and expansive process – a process we liken to the "Butterfly Effect". The compilation of research findings across the three qualitative deliberative inquiries has resulted in the development of new education models for school-community disaster resilience, which are reflective of: 1) An ethical self intention; 2) A socialised and relational educational praxis, and 3) A socialised Self. The new socialised and relational education models are underpinned by ethical predicates that underpin transformative possibilities of pedagogy when education is geared towards socially oriented and ethical priorities for practice (Hickey & Riddle, 2024). An ethical intention is inherently implied through Ricoeur’s benevolent sentiment of Oneself as Another. In philosophy morality and ethics are often discussed interchangeably, however in Oneself as Another, Ricoeur makes a distinction between the two and prioritises ethics over morals and states. Ethical intention is described as ‘aiming for the good life with and for others, in just institutions’ (p. 172). Ricoeur articulates the ability to live the good life through two main constructs: 1. self-esteem as the capacity to give and receive from others and 2. solicitude as an ethic of care for Other. Our findings support these ideas and are reflected in the new socialised and relational education models that encapsulate a ‘socialised self,’ ‘symmetrical dialogical’ and a ‘socialised mutual action competence’ for future engaged citizens. References Bacchi, C. (2016). Problematizations in Health Policy: Questioning How “Problems” Are Constituted in Policies. Sage Open, 6(2), 2158244016653986. https://doi.org/10.1177/2158244016653986 Benavot, A., Williams, J. H., & Naidoo, J. (2024). Should we not be educating for resilience? Leveraging SDG 4 in times of crisis. International Journal of Educational Development, 104, 102929. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedudev.2023.102929 Biesta, G. (2025). The future of education in the impulse society: Why schools and teachers matter. PROSPECTS, 55(3), 335-343. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11125-025-09723-1 Biesta, G. J. J. (2013). Beautiful risk of education. Taylor and Francis Group. Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2018). Qualitative Inquiry & Research Design. Choosing Among Five Approaches. SAGE. Hickey, A., & Riddle, S. (2024). Proposing a conceptual framework for relational pedagogy: pedagogical informality, interface, exchange and enactment. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 28(13), 3271-3285. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2023.2259906 Illeris, K. (2018). A comprehensive understanding of human learning. In K. Illeris (Ed.), Contemporary Theories of Learning : Learning Theorists ... in Their Own Words (pp. 1-14). Taylor & Francis Group. http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/monash/detail.action?docID=5323092 Kitagawa, K. (2021). Disaster risk reduction activities as learning. Natural hazards, 105(3), 3099-3118. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11069-020-04443-5 Lim, W. M. (2025). What Is Qualitative Research? An Overview and Guidelines. Australasian Marketing Journal, 33(2), 199-229. https://doi.org/10.1177/14413582241264619 Okoli, C. (2022). Developing Theory from Literature Reviews with Theoretical Concept Synthesis: Topical, Propositional and Confirmatory Approaches https://doi.org/http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.3452134 Pellauer, D., & Dauenhauer, B. (2022). "Paul Ricoeur" https://plato.stanford.edu/archives/win2022/entries/ricoeur/ Ricœur, P. (1992). Oneself as another. University of Chicago Press. Rothwell, E., Anderson, R., & Botkin, J. R. (2016). Deliberative Discussion Focus Groups. Qual Health Res, 26(6), 734-740. https://doi.org/10.1177/1049732315591150 Säfström, C. A. (2022). The Destruction of a Great Idea: Public Education and the Politics of Instrumentalism. Educational Theory, 72(3), 349-367. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1111/edth.12535 Stein, S., Andreotti, V., Suša, R., Ahenakew, C., & Čajková, T. (2022). From “education for sustainable development” to “education for the end of the world as we know it”. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 54(3), 274-287. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2020.1835646 United Nations. (2015). The Sendai Framework for Disaster Risk Reduction, 2015-2030. https://www.preventionweb.net/files/43291_sendaiframeworkfordrren.pdf Yliniva, K., Bryan, A., & Brunila, K. (2024). ‘The future we want’? – the ideal twenty-first century learner and education’s neuro-affective turn. Comparative Education, 60(3), 498-518. https://doi.org/10.1080/03050068.2024.2363096 |
| 11:15 - 12:45 | 99 ERC SES 03 O: History of Education Beyond Borders Location: C8 | Main building C | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Christian Ydesen Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Thinking What It Means to Be a “Human Being”: Historical Consciousness and Interculturality in Portugal University of Minho Presenting Author:This study, anchored in contemporary intercultural challenges, seeks to understand the historical-social consciousness expressed in the historical narratives of History teachers and students in Portuguese schools. The debate on respect for human dignity within intercultural dialogue has been reshaped in light of emerging concerns, discussed from a didactic perspective and articulated with the need for a “new humanism” (Rüsen, 2021) that may be strengthened through Historical Education. The study aims to examine how the discipline of History has contributed to the development of historical consciousness. It is therefore essential to map and critically discuss educational and social ideas and practices related to the concepts of Human Dignity, New Humanism, Interculturality, Historical Consciousness and Teacher Education, in order to identify pathways for enhancing critical and independent thinking in curricular and pedagogical decision-making and for promoting educational practices aligned with research and with the shared conceptual framework of Historical Education. This paper presents preliminary results from the first phase of the research, focused on the initial characterisation of teachers’ and students’ conceptions of human dignity, interculturality and historical-social consciousness, as well as on the identification of interpretative tendencies emerging from their historical narratives. This exploratory phase makes it possible to recognise meaning-making patterns and hermeneutical tensions that shape how both groups mobilise historical ideas in contexts of plural coexistence and decision-making. Within this scope, the study seeks to address questions such as: what conceptions History teachers and students in Portugal hold regarding respect for human dignity, interculturality and historical-social consciousness; how teachers promote these principles in their pedagogical practices; how students mobilise their ideas in decision-making processes; and how teacher education in Portugal may reinforce pedagogical practices that support human dignity, interculturality and historical-social consciousness. The objectives of this initial phase are to map teachers’ and students’ conceptions concerning human dignity, interculturality and historical-social consciousness; to understand how teachers integrate these principles into their educational practices; to conduct a preliminary analysis of how students use these ideas to substantiate decisions; and to outline directions that may strengthen subsequent stages of the research and inform proposals for teacher education. Expected contributions include the future development of training initiatives in collaboration with the Portuguese History Teachers Association (APH), aimed at promoting respect for human dignity, interculturality and historical-social consciousness, as well as the co-construction, in later phases, of an educational resource repository that may support teaching practices grounded in these principles. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The Profile of Students at the End of Compulsory Schooling states that schools should “equip young people with knowledge and values for building a fairer society, centred on the person, on human dignity, and on action in the world” (PASEO, 2017, p. 13). Guided by this framework, the present study began as a qualitative, descriptive and interpretative investigation informed by Grounded Theory (Charmaz, 2009), with the purpose of understanding how human dignity, interculturality and historical-social consciousness intersect within the teaching and learning of History. In an initial phase, a comprehensive conceptual and literature review was conducted, encompassing legislation, curriculum documents, international guidelines, theoretical debates and research in Historical Education and Curriculum Studies. This review provided the conceptual grounding required to articulate the analytical focus and methodological direction of the study. Drawing on data from the Portuguese Immigration and Borders Service (SEF, 2023), it became evident that the foreign resident population is unevenly distributed across the country. Consequently, a purposive and stratified sampling strategy was designed, selecting the three districts with the greatest cultural diversity (Lisbon, Faro and Setúbal) and the three with the lowest diversity (Guarda, Portalegre and Vila Real). Schools offering lower secondary education within these districts were identified, and 9th-grade classes were randomly selected, as this is the final year in which all students share a common curriculum in Historical Education. Following the principles of Grounded Theory, an exploratory study was undertaken to examine the relevance and feasibility of the research design. A pilot study was then conducted, involving the administration of open and semi-open questionnaires, paper-and-pencil tasks, focus groups and follow-up semi-structured interviews. The preliminary analysis of these data supported the adjustment of procedures, the clarification of instructions and the improvement of the suitability of the instruments for the participating teachers and students. Although the research was framed predominantly within a qualitative paradigm, complementary quantitative procedures were incorporated. In particular, Likert-type scales were used to identify general tendencies and patterns of opinion among participants. This methodological integration enabled the triangulation of data and strengthened the analytical depth of the study, while maintaining its descriptive and interpretative orientation. Based on this initial phase already completed, more precise directions for the final study were established, grounded both in the preliminary empirical evidence and in the need to deepen the understanding of teachers’ practices and students’ decision-making regarding human dignity, interculturality and historical-social consciousness. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study is grounded in an integrated and humanistic view of curriculum, emphasising practical rationality in examining curricular articulation and the role of the teacher as a curriculum agent within a complex and democratic professional framework (Pacheco, 2001; Flores, 2017; Roldão, 2017). By mobilising the concept of respect for human dignity as a central guiding principle, the study seeks to understand the conceptions and educational practices through which History teachers and students engage with cultural diversity in school contexts marked by increasing plurality. The preliminary results from this first phase of the research will allow the identification of emerging tendencies in participants’ conceptions, particularly regarding how they understand the relationship between human dignity, historical consciousness and interculturality. Among teachers, different levels of conceptual appropriation and various ways of integrating these principles into pedagogical practice are expected to be observed, revealing both potentialities and interpretative challenges. Among students, it is anticipated that patterns of historical reasoning and decision-making will be identified, showing how they mobilise values, memories and cultural references when interpreting social and historical issues. More broadly, the findings are expected to contribute to understanding how Historical Education may support approaches attentive to cultural diversity and conducive to the development of historical consciousness oriented towards human dignity. The analysis is likely to highlight not only the difficulties faced in applying these principles, but also opportunities that subsequent phases of the study may pursue. The conclusions from this preliminary phase will thus provide conceptual and pedagogical indicators that may inform proposals for the professional development of History teachers, including future training initiatives in collaboration with the Portuguese History Teachers Association (APH) and the development of an educational resource repository. These contributions aim to support curriculum and teacher education practices that are better informed and aligned with the ethical and intercultural challenges present in societies. References Charmaz, K. (2009). A construção da teoria fundamentada: Guia prático para a análise qualitativa. Artmed. Directorate-General for Education. (2017). Perfil dos Alunos à Saída da Escolaridade Obrigatória [Profile of Students at the End of Compulsory Schooling]. Ministry of Education and Science. Flores, M. A. (2017). Práticas e discursos sobre currículo e avaliação: Contributos para aprofundar um debate. De Facto Editores. Pacheco, J. A. (2001). Currículo: Teoria e práxis. Porto Editora. Roldão, M. C. (2017). Currículo e debate curricular atual: Eixos e contributos para uma análise incompleta. In M. A. Flores (Ed.), Práticas e discursos sobre currículo e avaliação. De Facto Editores. Rüsen, J. (2021). Humanism: Foundations, diversities, developments. Routledge. Serviço de Estrangeiros e Fronteiras. (2023). Relatório de imigração, fronteiras e asilo [Immigration, Borders and Asylum Report]. SEF. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Reconfiguring Civic Education Through Knowledge: Epistemic Authority and Curriculum Reform in Spain (1970–2013) Universidad de Extremadura, Spain Presenting Author:Civic and citizenship education has long been a field of political and moral contestation in Spain (Vázquez Ramil & Porto Ucha, 2020; Groves & Navarrete-Sánchez, 2025). Building on previous research on the historical evolution of citizenship models in Spanish education policy, this paper argues that these controversies cannot be portrayed as a clash of ideologies over values and moral content alone. Rather, they are recurrently articulated as struggles over the legitimacy of knowledge: who is entitled to define civic aims for schooling, on what epistemic grounds, and through which forms of expertise political choices appear acceptable, neutral, or inevitable (Burnham, 2001; Porter, 1995; Biesta, 2007; Tröhler, 2023). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper adopts a historically informed policy analysis with a qualitative discourse-analytic strategy (McCulloch, 2016). Sources are organised by reform episode and include the education laws themselves (LGE 1970; LODE 1985; LOGSE 1990; LOE 2006; LOMCE 2013); pertinent associated curricular decrees, with particular attention to provisions related to civic education, values, competences, standards and evaluation; and parliamentary speeches linked to each reform, including plenary sessions and education committee debates. Parliamentary material is selected through purposive, theory-driven sampling aimed at capturing explicit justificatory and contestatory arguments. Priority is given to ministerial interventions and main education spokespersons; to debates at key legislative moments (opening framing, ministerial defence, final approval); and to passages containing triggering terms that indicate disputes over epistemic legitimacy, such as neutrality, objectivity, indoctrination, quality, evaluation, standards and competences, as well as references to OECD, PISA and EU frameworks (Rizvi & Lingard, 2010; Grek & Ozga, 2010). The analysis proceeds in two steps. First, a genealogical mapping identifies, for each reform episode, the dominant regime of epistemic authority invoked to legitimise civic formation in schooling, focusing on who speaks with authority and on what grounds (Cowen, 2002; Tröhler, 2013). Second, a focused comparative analysis of the 2006–2013 period examines the mechanisms through which technical vocabularies and transnational references support or challenge normative commitments (Porter, 1995). Coding categories include: type of authority (technocratic, democratic-legal, pedagogical-professional, evaluative/accountability, transnational); technical devices (competences, standards, external evaluation, indicators); political operations (legitimising change, delegitimising opponents, claiming neutrality, invoking international necessity); and forms of resistance (indoctrination claims, neutrality disputes, critiques of measurement and Europeanisation). Credibility is strengthened through source triangulation (law texts, curricular decrees and parliamentary debate) and transparent sampling and coding rules enabling analytical replication (Westberg, 2021). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper is expected to demonstrate that conflicts over citizenship education in Spain are best understood as historically shifting struggles over legitimate authority, rather than as episodic ideological confrontations (Tröhler, 2013; Navarrete, 2023). Across successive reforms, technical expertise and transnational comparison have increasingly functioned as key legitimising resources, particularly in the period surrounding the 2006–2013 confrontation (Rizvi & Lingard, 2010; Grek & Ozga, 2010). For this period, the analysis is likely to show that technical vocabularies—competences, standards, evaluation, quality and evidence—do not neutralise normative disagreement, but rather reconfigure it (Ball, 2003; Biesta, 2010). Political conflict is displaced towards disputes over objectivity, neutrality and epistemic authority, visible in parliamentary debates through accusations of indoctrination, appeals to constitutional limits and critiques of evidence-based or internationally aligned governance (Burnham, 2001; Flinders & Buller, 2006). By embedding this analysis in a longer historical trajectory, the paper highlights how contemporary modes of governing citizenship education draw on earlier justificatory logics while responding to new uncertainties linked to globalisation and measurement (Cowen, 2002; Van Ruyskensvelde et al., 2021). In line with the conference theme, the study uses historical inquiry to inform future-oriented debates about legitimacy, transparency and democratic accountability in educational policy, particularly in normatively charged curricular domains such as citizenship education (Westberg, 2021). References Bauer, M. W., & Knill, C. (2014). A Conceptual Framework for the Comparative Analysis of Policy Change: Measurement, Explanation and Strategies of Policy Dismantling. Journal of Comparative Policy Analysis, 16(1). https://doi.org/10.1080/13876988.2014.885186 Biesta, G. J. J. (2007). Why “what works” won’t work. Educational Theory, 57(1), 1–22. Biesta, G. J. J. (2010). Good education in an age of measurement. Paradigm. Burnham, P. (2001). The politics of depoliticisation. British Journal of Politics and International Relations, 3(2), 127–149. Cowen, R. (2002). Moments of time: A comparative note. History of Education, 31(5): 413-424. Espigardo Tocino, G., & Cabrera Montoya, B. (2016). Las leyes educativas de la democracia en España a examen (1980-2013). Historia y Memoria de la Educación, (3), 7-14. https://doi.org/10.5944/hme.3.2016.16245 Flinders, M., & Buller, J. (2006). Depoliticisation. British Politics, 1, 293–318. González-Moreno, J. (2021). La política educativa del PSOE sobre escolarización y secularización (1976-1996) (Ministerio de Educación y Formación Profesional). https://cpage.mpr.gob.es/producto/la-politica-educativa-del-psoe-sobre-escolarizacion-y-secularizacion-1976-1996-2/ Grek, S., & Ozga, J. (2010). Governing education through data. British Educational Research Journal, 36(6), 937–952. Groves, T., & Navarrete-Sánchez, I. (2025). Religion, Catholic civil society and the struggle over notions of citizenship in the Spanish education system: A case of a parents’ association (1975–2013). European Educational Research Journal, 25(1), 78-94. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041251333456 McCulloch, G. (2016). New directions in the history of education. JICE, 5(1), 47–56. Porter, T. M. (1995). Trust in numbers: The pursuit of objectivity in science and public life. Princeton University Press. https://doi.org/10.1515/9780691210544 Rizvi, F., & Lingard, B. (2010). Globalizing education policy. Routledge. Tröhler, D. (2006). History and Historiography of Education: Some remarks on the utility of historical knowledge in the age of efficiency. Encounters on Education, 7, 5-24. Tröhler, D. (2023). Comparative education or epistemological power games for world domination. Comparative Education, 59(3), 458-474. https://doi.org/10.1080/03050068.2023.2185358 Vázquez Ramil, R., & Porto Ucha, Á. S. (2020). Temas transversales, ciudadanía y educación en valores: De la LOGSE (1990) a la LOMLOE (2020). Innovación educativa, (30), 113-125. https://doi.org/10.15304/ie.30.7092 Westberg, J. (2021). The usefulness of history. Encounters in Theory and History of Education, 22, 227–248. Ydesen, C., & Andreasen, K. E. (2019). The Historical Roots of the Global Testing Culture in Education. Foro de Educación, 17(26), Article 26. https://doi.org/10.14516/fde.710 |
| 11:15 - 12:45 | 99 ERC SES 03 R: Self-Regulation and Learning Processes Location: D13 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Ulrike Stadler-Altmann Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Artificial Intelligence and Self-Regulated Learning in Education: A Narrative Review of Empirical Research (2020–2025) and Implications for European Educational Futures TED University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:The rapid advancement of artificial intelligence (AI) has significantly reshaped educational practices, particularly in technology-enhanced learning environments. Across European education systems, learner autonomy, engagement, and lifelong learning have been identified as central educational goals, reflected in frameworks such as the European Education Area and the EU Digital Education Action Plan (2021–2027), which emphasize personalized learning, digital competence, and self-directed learning capacities (European Commission, 2025). Within this context, self-regulated learning (SRL) has gained renewed attention as a foundational competence enabling learners to manage their learning processes effectively across formal and informal settings. SRL refers to learners’ active control over cognitive, metacognitive, motivational, and behavioral aspects of learning (Zimmerman, 2000). While SRL has traditionally been studied as an individual psychological process, recent developments in educational technology, particularly AI-driven systems, have opened new possibilities for supporting SRL dynamically and at scale (Järvelä et al., 2023). AI applications such as adaptive learning systems, intelligent tutoring systems, learning analytics, and predictive modeling can provide personalized feedback, scaffold learning strategies, and support monitoring and reflection processes. Despite growing interest, the rapidly expanding body of research on AI and SRL remains fragmented, with varying theoretical foundations, methodological approaches, and educational targets. The purpose of this narrative review is to synthesize and critically examine empirical research published between 2020 and 2025 on the relationship between AI and SRL, a period marked by accelerated digitalization and intensified use of AI in education. Drawing on 98 peer-reviewed articles retrieved from Web of Science, Scopus, ERIC/EBSCOhost, and JSTOR, the review identifies dominant research patterns, theoretical frameworks, and gaps, while situating findings within broader European educational priorities. The review is guided by the following research questions:
The theoretical framing of the review is informed by Zimmerman’s model of self-regulated learning, which remains the most frequently adopted framework in the literature. At the same time, the review critically reflects on the dominance of this model and considers the need to broaden theoretical perspectives by engaging with alternative SRL frameworks that emphasize motivation, emotion, and social regulation which can be described as perspectives that strongly associate with European socio-cultural and learner-centered educational traditions. By synthesizing recent empirical evidence, this study seeks to contribute to European educational dialogue on how AI can be used not merely as a technological solution, but as a pedagogically grounded tool to foster autonomous, engaged, and lifelong learners across diverse educational contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted a narrative review methodology to provide an integrative and theory-oriented synthesis of recent empirical research on AI and SRL (Baumeister & Leary, 1997). A narrative approach was selected to allow for critical interpretation, identification of conceptual patterns, and exploration of theoretical and pedagogical implications, rather than statistical aggregation. A systematic search was conducted across four major academic databases widely used in educational research: Web of Science, Scopus, ERIC/EBSCOhost, and JSTOR. The search covered publications from January 2020 to March 2025, reflecting the period of intensified AI adoption in education. Search terms combined variations of artificial intelligence, AI-based learning systems, self-regulated learning, learning regulation, and educational technology. Inclusion criteria were: (a) peer-reviewed empirical studies, (b) focus on educational contexts, (c) explicit examination of AI applications in relation to SRL or its components, and (d) publication in English. Conceptual papers, editorials, and studies unrelated to SRL were excluded. Following screening procedures, 98 studies were retained for analysis. Each study was coded with respect to: educational level, AI application type, SRL components addressed, theoretical framework, research design, and reported outcomes. Patterns were identified through iterative comparison and thematic grouping. To enhance transparency and rigor, the review process involved repeated cycles of reading and coding, with particular attention to how SRL was operationalized and how AI was positioned pedagogically. Rather than evaluating effectiveness alone, the analysis emphasized how AI was used to support regulation processes, and which dimensions of SRL were foregrounded or neglected. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The review reveals several robust patterns in contemporary AI-SRL research. First, AI demonstrates considerable potential to enhance self-regulated learning and indirectly improve student engagement, particularly through personalized feedback, adaptive pathways, and real-time learning analytics (Wang & Lin, 2023;Wei, 2023). These findings align with European policy priorities emphasizing learner autonomy, personalized learning, and lifelong learning competences. Second, the majority of reviewed studies target higher education students, with AI primarily implemented as an intervention rather than an integrated pedagogical ecosystem (Moon et al, 2024; Vuorenmaa et al. 2023). Common AI applications include adaptive and personalized systems, prediction and profiling tools, intelligent tutoring systems, and assessment and evaluation technologies. Third, the impact of AI on SRL is predominantly examined in relation to cognitive and metacognitive regulation, such as planning, monitoring, and strategy use. Motivational regulation, however, remains underrepresented, despite its central role in sustaining engagement and persistence which is an issue of particular relevance for inclusive and equitable European education systems. Fourth, while Zimmerman’s SRL model dominates the theoretical landscape, more than one-third of studies do not specify an explicit SRL framework. This highlights the need for theoretical diversification and stronger conceptual grounding to capture the multifaceted nature of SRL. Finally, learners generally perceive AI applications as useful for supporting cognitive, metacognitive, and behavioral regulation, but not motivational regulation. Learners emphasize three key considerations for effective AI-supported SRL: learner identity, learner activeness, and learner position within the learning process (Molenaar et al.2023). These findings invite discussion on how AI-enhanced SRL can be pedagogically designed to address motivational and emotional dimensions and how European educational research can contribute to more holistic, learner-centered AI integration. References Baumeister, R. F., & Leary, M. R. (1997). Writing narrative literature reviews. Review of General Psychology, 1(3), 311–320. European Commission. (December, 2025). European Education Area: Quality education and training for all. https://education.ec.europa.eu/about-eea Fan, Y., Lim, L., Van der Graaf, J., Kilgour, J., Raković, M., Moore, J., Molenaar, I., Bannert, M., & Gašević, D. (2022). Improving the measurement of self-regulated learning using multi-channel data. Metacognition and Learning, 17(3), 1025–1055. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11409-022-09304-z Järvelä, S., Molenaar, I., & Nguyen, A. (2023). Advancing SRL Research with Artificial Intelligence. Computers in Human Behavior, 107, 847. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chb.2023.107847 Jebur, G., Al-Samarraie, H., & Alzahrani, A. I. (2022). An adaptive Metalearner-based flow: A tool for reducing anxiety and increasing self-regulation. User Modeling and User-Adapted Interaction, 32(3), 469–501 Liao, X., Zhang, X., Wang, Z., & Luo, H. (2024). Design and implementation of an AI -enabled visual report tool as formative assessment to promote learning achievement and self-regulated learning: An experimental study. British Journal of Educational Technology, 55(3), 1253–1276. https://doi.org/10.1111/bjet.1342 Molenaar, I. (2022). The concept of hybrid human-AI regulation: Exemplifying how to support young learners’ self-regulated learning. Computers in Human Behavior Reports, 4, 100130. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chbr.2022.100130 Molenaar, I., de Mooij, S., Azevedo, R., Bannert, M., Järvelä, S., & Gašević, D. (2023). Measuring self-regulated learning and the role of AI: Five years of research using multimodal multichannel data. Computers in Human Behavior, 139, 107540. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chb.2022.107540 Moon, J., Yeo, S., Banihashem, S. K., & Noroozi, O. (2024). Using multimodal learning analytics as a formative assessment tool: Exploring collaborative dynamics in mathematics teacher education. Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 40(6), 2753–2771. https://doi.org/10.1111/jcal.13028 Vuorenmaa, E., Järvelä, S., Dindar, M., & Järvenoja, H. (2023). Sequential patterns in social interaction states for regulation in collaborative learning. Small Group Research, 54(4), 512–550. https://doi.org/10.1177/10464964221137524 Wang, C. Y., & Lin, J. J. (2023). Utilizing artificial intelligence to support analyzing self-regulated learning: A preliminary mixed-methods evaluation from a human-centered perspective. Computers in Human Behavior, 144, Article 107721. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chb.2023.107721 Wang, W. S., Pedaste, M., Lin, C. J., Lee, H. Y., Huang, Y. M., & Wu, T. T. (2024). Signaling feedback mechanisms to promoting self-regulated learning and motivation in virtual reality transferred to real-world hands-on tasks. Interactive Learning Environments, 1–16. Wei, L. (2023). Artificial intelligence in language instruction: Impact on English learning achievement, L2 motivation, and self-regulated learning. Frontiers in Psychology, 14, 1261955. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2023.1261955 Zimmerman, B. J. (2002). Becoming a self-regulated learner: An overview. Theory into Practice, 41(2), 64–70. https://doi. org/10.1207/s15430421tip4102_2 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Executive Functioning as a Condition for Literacy Engagement: A Classroom-Based Practitioner Inquiry in the Early Primary Years Dublin City University Presenting Author:A growing body of research positions executive functioning (EF); including inhibitory control, working memory, and cognitive flexibility, as closely linked to children’s readiness to engage with classroom learning, in interaction with early academic skills (Blair & Raver, 2015; Diamond, 2013). Within early education, learning-related skills are commonly defined as the capacity to control, direct, and plan actions in academic contexts and are conceptualised as interrelated with social-emotional competence and classroom factors (McClelland et al., 2007). Across this readiness literature, EF and behavioural self-regulation are discussed in relation to attention control (often framed as executive attention), inhibitory control, and working memory, and are positioned within conceptual models linking learning-related skills to academic achievement, including reading and vocabulary. From a literacy-specific perspective, models of writing development emphasise that transcription and self-regulation place substantial demands on limited cognitive resources in younger writers, constraining higher-order composition processes when handwriting and spelling are not yet sufficiently fluent (Graham & Harris, 2000). Research also highlights the connections between writing and reading systems (“language by hand” and “language by eye”), supporting a view of literacy learning as multi-component and interdependent rather than a single skill domain (Berninger et al., 2002). This paper presents a classroom-based practitioner inquiry examining how attention to EF demands shapes pupils’ engagement with literacy learning in an early primary classroom. Rather than evaluating an intervention or measuring pupil outcomes, the inquiry foregrounds teacher learning and instructional reasoning through the following questions:
The inquiry is grounded in developmental and psychobiological models of self-regulation, which conceptualise EF as an integrated system shaped by biological, emotional, and contextual factors (Blair & Diamond, 2008; Blair & Raver, 2015). The analytic focus is the teaching-learning relation: how task design and instructional moves mediate learners’ participation under varying EF demands. Drawing on this literature, the study adopts the stance that executive functioning should be understood not as a learner deficit but as a classroom condition that shapes how literacy tasks are experienced and enacted, particularly where task complexity, transcription demands, and attentional shifts intersect with developing self-regulation. The contribution is a practice-proximal didactic lens for identifying and redesigning EF demand points in early literacy tasks, especially where multiple cognitive demands converge. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative practitioner inquiry design, consistent with established traditions of teacher research that conceptualise inquiry as systematic, intentional investigation by teachers into their own classroom practice (Cochran-Smith & Lytle, 1993). Within this framework, the purpose of the inquiry is not to evaluate an intervention or measure pupil outcomes, but to generate professional knowledge through reflective analysis of teaching–learning interactions as they unfold in situ. Data consist solely of the teacher-researcher’s professional artefacts, including structured observation notes, reflective journals, and post-lesson analytic memos generated during literacy instruction across one school term. The use of teacher-generated documents as data aligns with qualitative inquiry approaches that recognise the researcher as the primary analytic instrument and position meaning-making as central to analysis (Creswell, 2013). No recorded pupil data (audio or video), assessment scores, or identifiable pupil records were collected; the dataset comprises only the teacher’s contemporaneous notes and analytic memos. Observations focused on instructional moments where pupils appeared to experience difficulty sustaining attention, managing task demands, or engaging with literacy activities. All notes were written in de-identified form and analysed inductively to identify recurring patterns related to executive functioning demands (e.g., task length, transcription load, attentional shifts, transitions between lesson components). Analytic procedures involved iterative cycles of reflection, coding, and memo writing, informed by sensitising concepts from executive functioning and literacy research. An audit trail was maintained through dated notes, coding iterations, and analytic memos linked to specific lesson episodes to support transparency of interpretation. Reflection was treated as an analytic process rather than unstructured introspection, drawing on typologies of reflective practice that emphasise descriptive, comparative, and interpretive reasoning in professional inquiry (Jay & Johnson, 2002). To reduce confirmation bias, discrepant episodes were actively sought and coded, including lessons where anticipated EF demand points did not materialise. Consistent with qualitative inquiry traditions, the analysis prioritised situated understanding of instructional decision-making rather than claims of effectiveness, generalisability, or causal impact (Creswell, 2013). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The inquiry generated three provisional insights, presented explicitly as teacher learning. First, classroom literacy tasks were experienced by the teacher as requiring levels of sustained attention and working memory that necessitated task redesign at points of peak EF demand in order to support participation. This aligns with accounts of executive functioning and self-regulation as central to early learning engagement and readiness, and with conceptualisations of EF in terms of executive attention, inhibitory control, and working memory in early educational contexts (Blair & Raver, 2015; McClelland et al., 2007). Second, heightened teacher awareness of executive functioning demands was associated with more deliberate instructional choices, including reduced simultaneity (fewer concurrent demands), shorter instructional segments, and pacing adjustments. These decisions were oriented toward reducing unnecessary processing demands where transcription competed with composition and meaning-making (Graham & Harris, 2000). Third, the inquiry supported a shift in the teacher’s interpretation of off-task drift, particularly during transitions and multi-step writing tasks, which was increasingly analysed as a potential indicator of misalignment between task demands and developing self-regulation capacities rather than as behavioural non-compliance. These outcomes are reported as professional learning and reflective judgement, not evidence of causal impact. References Baddeley, A. (2000). The episodic buffer: A new component of working memory? Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 4(11), 417–423. https://doi.org/10.1016/S1364-6613(00)01538-2 Berninger, V. W., Abbott, R. D., Abbott, S. P., Graham, S., & Richards, T. (2002). Writing and Reading: Connections Between Language by Hand and Language by Eye. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 35(1), 39–56. https://doi.org/10.1177/002221940203500104 Blair, C., & Diamond, A. (2008). Biological processes in prevention and intervention: The promotion of self-regulation as a means of preventing school failure. Development and Psychopathology, 20(3), 899–911. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0954579408000436 Blair, C., & Raver, C. C. (2015). School Readiness and Self-Regulation: A Developmental Psychobiological Approach. Annual Review of Psychology, 66(1), 711–731. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-psych-010814-015221 Diamond, A. (2013). Executive Functions. Annual Review of Psychology, 64(1), 135–168. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-psych-113011-143750 Diamond, A., & Ling, D. S. (2016). Conclusions about interventions, programs, and approaches for improving executive functions that appear justified and those that, despite much hype, do not. Developmental Cognitive Neuroscience, 18, 34–48. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.dcn.2015.11.005 Graham, S., & R. Harris, K. (2000). The Role of Self-Regulation and Transcription Skills in Writing and Writing Development. Educational Psychologist, 35(1), 3–12. https://doi.org/10.1207/S15326985EP3501_2 Jay, J. K., & Johnson, K. L. (2002). Capturing complexity: A typology of reflective practice for teacher education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 18(1), 73–85. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0742-051X(01)00051-8 Lungu, M. (2022). The Coding Manual for Qualitative Researchers. American Journal of Qualitative Research, 6(1), 232–237. https://doi.org/10.29333/ajqr/12085 Miles, M. B., Huberman, A. M., & Saldaña, J. (2014). Qualitative data analysis: A methods sourcebook (Edition 3). Sage. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Predictors of Chemistry Achievement: The Interplay Between Motivational Beliefs and Self-Regulatory Strategies Among High School Students Middle East Technical University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Chemistry learning poses persistent challenges in the 21st-century educational landscape due to its abstract nature and the inherent need to integrate symbolic, macroscopic, and microscopic representations. In such cognitively demanding domains, students’ ability to proactively manage their learning processes—rather than relying on passive reception—becomes a critical determinant of academic success. Grounded in the social-cognitive perspective of Self-Regulated Learning (SRL), this study investigates how the interplay between motivational beliefs and self-regulatory strategies influences chemistry achievement within highly competitive, high-stakes testing environments. The theoretical framework is primarily anchored in Pintrich’s (2000) multidimensional model of SRL, which provides a comprehensive structural basis for understanding the cognitive and motivational pillars of learning. Pintrich’s model is unique in its integration of expectancy-value components with cognitive and metacognitive strategies, allowing for a nuanced exploration of why students choose to engage (motivation) and how they execute that engagement (strategies). To complement the structural depth of Pintrich’s framework, this study incorporates Zimmerman’s (2000) cyclical phase model. Zimmerman’s model elucidates the iterative process of learning through three distinct phases: forethought (goal setting and strategic planning), performance (self-control and self-observation), and self-reflection (self-judgment and causal attribution). In the rigorous context of chemistry education, where the complexity of content often leads to cognitive overload, students' success depends not only on the quantity of study time but on the quality of their regulation (Schunk & Greene, 2018). This study focuses on the tension between surface-level processing and deep-level regulation. For instance, while high-stakes assessment environments often push students toward rehearsal strategies (rote memorization), Pintrich’s framework suggests that deeper engagement through elaboration and effective resource management (e.g., time and study environment management) is essential for conceptual mastery. By integrating these two dominant SRL models, the study explores whether autonomous, self-regulated behaviors can serve as a buffer against the detrimental effects of standardized, exam-oriented pressure. From a European and international perspective, this research addresses a vital concern: the "rehearsal paradox" observed in many modern educational systems where high performance in standardized tests does not necessarily equate to scientific literacy or conceptual understanding (Zohar & Dori, 2003). As Europe moves toward fostering "competence-based" science education, understanding the self-regulatory profiles of students in competitive contexts like Turkey offers a valuable comparative lens for international researchers and policymakers aiming to develop resilient, 21st-century learners (Wigfield & Eccles, 2000). Accordingly, this study addresses the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a correlational research design to examine the predictive relationships between self-regulated learning components and chemistry achievement. The sample consisted of 161 twelfth-grade students (science track) from four different districts in Ankara, Turkey. The sample reflected a diverse range of socioeconomic backgrounds, providing a representative cross-section of students facing high-stakes university entrance examinations. Data were collected using two validated and reliable instruments. First, the Turkish adaptation of the Motivated Strategies for Learning Questionnaire (MSLQ), originally developed by Pintrich et al. (1991) and adapted into Turkish by Sungur (2007), was utilized. The MSLQ is a self-report instrument consisting of two main sections: a motivation section and a learning strategies section. In this study, specific subscales corresponding to Pintrich’s SRL framework were selected, utilizing a 7-point Likert scale (1 = not at all true of me, 7 = very true of me). The internal consistency of the subscales was verified, ensuring the instrument's reliability for the local context. Second, chemistry achievement was assessed through a researcher-developed Chemistry Achievement Test (CAT), consisting of 29 multiple-choice items. The CAT was meticulously designed to measure conceptual understanding across the high school chemistry curriculum, moving beyond rote recall to higher-order thinking. The test underwent a rigorous validation process, including content validity checks by an expert panel of chemistry educators and experienced secondary school teachers. Following a pilot study with 100 students, the CAT demonstrated high internal consistency with a Cronbach’s alpha of .853, and item analysis was performed to ensure appropriate difficulty and discrimination indices. Data analysis was conducted using IBM SPSS software. Multiple Linear Regression (MLR) analyses were performed to determine the predictive power of the independent variables (motivational beliefs and learning strategies) on the dependent variable (chemistry achievement). Before the analysis, all necessary statistical assumptions were tested: normality of residuals was checked through histograms and P-P plots; linearity was verified via scatterplots; and the absence of multicollinearity was confirmed using Variance Inflation Factor (VIF < 10) and Tolerance (> .10) values. Two separate regression models were constructed to identify the unique contributions of motivational and strategic components, ensuring a clear differentiation between students' "will" and "skill." Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Multiple linear regression analyses revealed a differentiated pattern of predictors that highlight the complex nature of SRL in science education. Motivational beliefs significantly predicted achievement, accounting for 15.6% of the variance (R2 = .156, p < .05). Among these, task value emerged as the strongest positive predictor (β = .363, p = .002), indicating that students who perceive chemistry as meaningful and personally relevant are significantly more likely to succeed. This finding reinforces the expectancy-value theory (Wigfield & Eccles, 2000), suggesting that internal motivation is a more powerful driver than external exam pressure. Learning strategies significantly predicted achievement accounting for 20.7% variance (R2 = .207, p < .05). A striking "rehearsal paradox" was identified in this section. While high-stakes environments often encourage rote learning, rehearsal strategies emerged as a significant negative predictor of achievement (β= -.284, p = .018). This empirically demonstrates that reliance on surface-level processing hinders conceptual mastery in chemistry (Zohar & Dori, 2003). Conversely, time and study environment management significantly contributed to success (β= .273, p = .018), highlighting the critical role of resource regulation in competitive contexts. These findings advocate for a transformative pedagogical shift within European science education. To develop resilient, autonomous learners, instruction must move beyond content delivery toward explicit strategy instruction. Specifically, science educators should focus on enhancing students' "task value perceptions" by connecting abstract chemistry concepts to real-world applications. Furthermore, the results emphasize the need to discourage rote memorization in favor of metacognitive and resource management strategies. By offering a comparative lens on how competitive environments shape learning, this study contributes to the international discourse on fostering deep scientific understanding in the 21st century. References Pintrich, P. R. (2000). The role of goal orientation in self-regulated learning. In M. Boekaerts, P. R. Pintrich, & M. Zeidner (Eds.), Handbook of self-regulation (pp. 451-502). Academic Press. Pintrich, P. R., Smith, D. A., Garcia, T., & McKeachie, W. J. (1991). A Manual for the Use of the Motivated Strategies for Learning Questionnaire (MSLQ). Schunk, D. H., & Greene, J. A. (Eds.). (2018). Handbook of Self-Regulation of Learning and Performance (2nd ed.). Routledge. Sungur, S. (2007). Modeling the relationships between students' motivational beliefs, self-regulated learning strategies, and effort regulation. Turkish Online Journal of Educational Technology, 6(4), 119-126. Wigfield, A., & Eccles, J. S. (2000). Expectancy–value theory of achievement motivation. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 25(1), 68-81. Zimmerman, B. J. (2000). Attaining self-regulation: A social cognitive commentary. In M. Boekaerts, P. R. Pintrich, & M. Zeidner (Eds.), Handbook of self-regulation (pp. 13-39). Academic Press. Zohar, A., & Dori, Y. J. (2003). Higher order thinking skills and low-achieving students: Are they mutually exclusive? Journal of the Learning Sciences, 12(2), 145-181. |
| 11:15 - 12:45 | 99 ERC SES 03 S: Sociologies of Education Across Borders Location: C5 | Main building C | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Oshie Nishimura-Sahi Session Chair: Andreas Hadjar Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Future Pandemic Management in Basic Education – A Comparative Study of Ecuador, Finland, New Zealand, South Africa, and Taiwan Åbo Akademi, Finland Presenting Author:The research question of this doctoral dissertation is: which evidence-based policy recommendations should be established for preparing the transnational basic education politics for future pandemics? This study builds on the traditions of comparative education and sociology of education, although it is not limited to educational or social sciences. In contemporary history, the COVID-19 pandemic has been one of a kind. It is “the first disease event since the 1918–20 H1N1 Spanish influenza (flu) pandemic to demand an urgent global healthcare response, propagated by the speed and likelihood of potential transmission” (Patterson & McIntyre & Clough et al. 2021, 1). However, the existing scientific literature of transnational pandemic management in basic education is predominantly young, shallow, and disjointed – offering primarily partial views rather than systemic and systematic understanding of the broader implications. The transnational approaches are geographically, thematically, and methodologically limited and fragmented, especially considering the Global South (Wisenöcker & Helm & Große et al. 2025; Alkhnbashi & Mohammad & Bamasoud 2024, 16; Betthäuser & Bach-Mortensen & Engzell 2023, 375). Still, there is an abundance of acute and fundamental research gaps that should be addressed pedantically. This study fills a part of these gaps with transnationally comprehensive, evidence-based insights in pandemic management. The acuteness of the research question may be described in two ways: Firstly, education is a right of the child (UNICEF 1989, article 28), whose human value is beyond replacement also during severe crises, such as pandemics. Secondly, it has been estimated that a global school shutdown of five months may “generate learning losses that have a present value of $10 trillion” (Azevedo & Hasan & Goldemberg et al. 2021, 29). Therefore, solving the research question of this study in a sustainable manner is a trillion-dollar question. This dissertation argues that key to understand global pandemic management in education, is analysing 1) the connection between pandemic management and transnational flows of information; and 2) the potential use of pandemic management in governance by diverse political actors as a way to transform education (cf. Kauko & Takala, & Rinne 2018, 5). The dissertation is conducted within the dynamics framework. The definition of dynamics is the following: the complexity of interactions between political institutions and actors as well as other systemic discursive formations (Kauko & Simola & Varjo et al. 2012, 214; Simola & Kauko & Varjo et al. 2017, 16). The analysis of dynamics is traditionally divided into three descriptive dimensions: the political situation, the political possibilities, and the use of political space (Kauko & Centeno & Piattoeva et al. 2018, 21). The political situation describes the structures and positions as well as changes of different political actors. The political possibilities define how the relevant actors see the potential opportunities and threats. The use of political space illustrates how the actors transform ideas stemming from the first two dimensions into action. Effectively, to understand these three descriptive dimensions, five core research themes are formed: the lessons of the COVID-19 pandemic, future pandemics, actors, change dynamics, and other potential issues. On the whole, the emphasis of this study is on holistic, normative questions of future pandemic policy recommendations. Nevertheless, socio-historical contextualisation is key in forming the policy recommendations as applicable and universalisable as possible in the real world. Philosophically, a logically deductive path from descriptive to normative statements is all but self-evident. The is–ought problem claims that normative judgements cannot straightforwardly be deduced from descriptive statements (Hume 2019, 518–519). Therefore, the logical deduction of this study bridges a descriptive premise with normative judgements for being able to deduce a normative conclusion (cf. Singer 2015, 23; Kodelja 2013, 15–16). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research is executed as a comparative case study. The composition of countries was based on the COVID-19 response strategies and diversity across ethnic, cultural, geographic, and socioeconomic dimensions. More specifically, to ensure the heterogeneity of the geographic regions included in the study, the starting point was to select one country from each of the following continents or regions: Africa, the Americas, Asia, Europe, and Oceania. The five core research themes (the lessons of the COVID-19 pandemic, future pandemics, actors, change dynamics, and other potential issues) were used to classify the interview questions. The main data of the research was collected by conducting twenty-eight semi-structured interviews with thirty-four educational leaders, political actors, experts, administrators, teachers and other relevant professionals and representatives of interest groups. The interviews were organised in 2022 in South Africa (5th–20th of January), Ecuador (1st–17th of February), Finland (11th of June – 23rd of September), Taiwan (16th of October – 4th of November), and New Zealand (9th–27th of November). To diversify the representativeness of the interviewees, different minorities, such as indigenous peoples, were emphasised. The informants were carefully picked so that the interviewees, as a whole, represent a broad transnational network of educational professionals, political actors, and interest groups. The extensiveness of the informants was particularly important because of the complexity of the research question; holistic policy recommendations require involvement of diverse relevant stakeholders in education politics. At present, the audio recordings are transcribed, coded, and analysed. The method of analysis of the research data is qualitative thematic content analysis. Two central approaches of qualitative content analysis are implemented in this research: inductive category development and deductive category application (Mayring 2000). The five core research themes (the lessons of the COVID-19 pandemic, future pandemics, actors, change dynamics, and other potential issues) are used to form the deductive main categories in the coding process of the transcriptions. In other respects, the analysis is predominantly conducted in an inductive, data-driven manner. As a field research approach, a rigorous reflexivity of ethnographic interviewing was implemented throughout the process. As a result, a digital field research diary was produced, especially reflecting the contextualisation of the research and the positionality of the researcher. The diary will be cited within the research results to transparently examine the research stages and the interpretation of the findings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminarily, the analysis of the gathered transnational research data in this study is expected to yield the following educational pandemic-policy recommendations, which aim to make transnational basic education systems more robust in the face of pandemics: 1. The societies should proactively and holistically prepare both for the pandemic elimination strategy and the pandemic mitigation strategy. During the COVID-19 pandemic, the elimination strategy was not always even seriously considered. For the future, both strategies require systematic preparations, practice, and pedagogical development, e.g. regarding distance education preparedness. 2. The coordination of pandemic management cooperation between countries should be genuinely transnational. To date, globally, pandemic preparation is fragmented, insufficiently communicated, and overly Global North-oriented. Genuinely global pandemic preparedness measures should be considered in order to prepare the humankind, and every education system, for future disruptions. 3. Besides macro level problems, the transnational pandemic management should proactively analyse and repair the meso and micro level issues, such as the pandemic measures for borderland residents and their educational needs. 4. The representation of local, national and transnational minorities should be enhanced in pandemic planning and decision-making processes in order to prevent exacerbating inequalities in education during disruptions. 5. The conditions for crisis pedagogy, such as pandemic pedagogy, should be implemented, regularly practiced, and developed with a pedagogy-first approach. For instance, critical educational digital infrastructure, such as internet connections and open-source educational software, should be considered for unexpected crises. Ideally, transnational public institutions, such as the United Nations, would initiate development of critical educational infrastructure for the whole humanity in order to be ready when the next crisis mode is triggered. References Alkhnbashi, Omer S. & Mohammad, Rasheed, & Bamasoud, Doaa (2024). Education in Transition: Adapting and Thriving in a Post-COVID World. Systems, 12(10), 402. Azevedo, João & Hasan, Amer & Goldemberg Diana & Geven Koen, & Iqbal, Syedah (2021). Simulating the Potential Impacts of COVID-19 School Closures on Schooling and Learning Outcomes: A Set of Global Estimates. The World Bank Research Observer, lkab003. Betthäuser, Bastian & Bach-Mortensen, Anders, & Engzell, Per (2023). A systematic review and meta-analysis of the evidence on learning during the COVID-19 pandemic. Nat Hum Behav 7, 375–385. Hume, David (2019). A Treatise Of Human Nature, Electric Book. ProQuest Ebook Central. Kauko, Jaakko & Centeno, Vera Gorodski & Piattoeva, Nelli & Candido, Helena & Gurova, Galina & Medvedeva, Anna & Santos, Iris & Suominen, Olli, & Xingguo, Zhou (2018). Layers of reflectivity in comparative research. In Kauko, Jaakko & Rinne, Risto, & Takala, Tuomas (Eds.): Politics of Quality in Education. A Comparative Study of Brazil, China, and Russia. (1st ed.). Routledge. Kauko, Jaakko & Simola, Hannu & Varjo, Janne & Kalalahti, Mira (2012): What Could a Dynamics Perspective Contribute to Comparative Research? In Joel Kivirauma & Arto Jauhiainen & Piia Seppänen & Tuuli Kaunisto (Eds.); Koulutuksen yhteiskunnallinen ymmärrys [Social Perspectives on Education]. 219-233. Finnish Educational Research Association. Kauko, Jaakko & Takala, Tuomas, & Rinne, Risto (2018). Comparing politics of quality in education. In Kauko, Jaakko & Rinne, Risto, & Takala, Tuomas (Eds.): Politics of Quality in Education: A Comparative Study of Brazil, China, and Russia. (1st ed.). Routledge. Kodelja, Zdenko (2013). Are Duties of Justice in Education Global in Scope?. In: Szkudlarek, T. (eds) Education and the Political. Comparative and International Education. SensePublishers. Mayring, Philipp (2000): Qualitative content analysis. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung/Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 1(2). Patterson, Grace & McIntyre, Marie & Clough, Helen, & Rushton, Jonathan (2021). Societal Impacts of Pandemics: Comparing COVID-19 With History to Focus Our Response. Frontiers in public health, 9, 630449. Simola, Hannu & Kauko, Jaakko & Varjo, Janne & Kalalahti Mira & Sahlström, Fritjof (2017): Dynamics in Education Politics: Understanding and Explaining the Finnish Case, Routledge. Singer, Peter (2015). Famine, affluence, and morality. Oxford University Press, Incorporated. UNICEF (1989). Convention on the Rights of the Child. Wisenöcker, Andrea & Helm, Christoph & Große, Cornelia & Hübner, Nicolas, & Zitzmann, Steffen (2025). A meta-analysis of students’ academic learning losses over the course of the COVID-19 pandemic. Learning and Instruction. Volume 98, 102111. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Between Market, Democracy, and Technocracy: Socio-Discursive Networks of UNESCO/OREALC in the Chilean School System (1990–2025) Universidad Católica de Chile, Chile Presenting Author:In recent decades, a robust body of scholarship has examined the influence of the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) in shaping the global educational landscape (Chabbot 2002; Fontdevila 2023; Elfert and Ydesen 2023). Within this literature, research inspired by Social Network Analysis (SNA) and the so-called “network turn” (Hafner et al. 2009) has highlighted UNESCO’s unique capacity to structure diverse networks oriented toward the fulfillment of international educational agendas. Notable examples include the Education for All initiative (Read 2019), Sustainable Development Goal 4 (Bandola-Gill et al. 2022), and the Global Education Coalition during the COVID-19 pandemic (Saura 2020). Recently, Zapp et al. (2024, 21) characterized UNESCO as the “queen bee” around which international educational activity is organized—a position that “demonstrates UNESCO’s legitimacy and its appeal to a large number of members in the field.” In sum, academic research has identified networks as a primary mechanism through which UNESCO produces, legitimizes, and consolidates its agenda (Fuentes et al. 2025; Addey 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically, this paper employs social-semantic network analysis (SNN) to integrate knowledge of UNESCO/OREALC’s networks (Avelar and Ball 2023; Hodge et al. 2020; Menashy and Verger 2019) with the discourses circulating within them in post-dictatorship Chile (Basov and Roth 2025). SNN is an emerging methodological approach that combines social network analysis with semantic discourse analysis. Its central premise is that networks not only position actors but also shape the production and circulation of discourses, which co-evolve with their social environments (Basov and Roth 2025; Roth and Cointet 2010). The study compiles, systematizes, and analyzes a corpus of 140 policy documents produced by UNESCO/OREALC between 1990 and 2025. These documents, publicly available through the UNESDOC platform, constitute a key source for identifying both UNESCO/OREALC’s partners and the discourses they produce (McCaffrey and Church 2024). The classification of UNESCO/OREALC partners was informed by an “ideal types” framework, developed following the typological approaches of Srivastava et al. (2024) and Wieczorek et al. (2023), which allowed social attributes to be assigned to the different partners. To examine discourses, an inductive codebook was elaborated based on the leitmotifs commonly promoted by international organizations (Niemann and Martens 2021; Vanderhoven 2023; Villalobos et al. 2025). This procedure facilitated the systematic categorization of the discourses mobilized within the network. The article uses UCINET software to calculate centrality and betweenness measures for the actors. NetDraw was also used to generate two-layer network visualizations that illustrate the relationships between actors and the discourses they promote. Finally, a historical perspective was adopted to analyze changes and continuities, both in the dynamics of the networks and in the physiognomy of the discourses (Steiner-Khamsi 2025). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings indicate that UNESCO/OREALC has maintained connections with an extensive network of collaborators (n = 350), particularly through seminars, technical meetings, and commissioned reports. However, these networks are characterized by low density and by the sporadic and episodic nature of many partnerships. In contrast, several actors within the network display high levels of centrality and homophily, particularly those located within the Chilean academic sphere (e.g., the Center for Educational Research and Development, the Catholic University of Chile, among others). These actors provide UNESCO/OREALC with critical cognitive resources that strengthen the organization’s scientific authority in areas such as policy planning, educational information systems, and teacher training. Additionally, notable changes have occurred in the centrality of global education actors: while the participation of the World Bank has markedly declined, collaborations with the OECD and UNICEF have increased significantly in the context of the SDG 4 agenda. With respect to discourses, and given the sporadic and multifaceted nature of UNESCO/OREALC’s collaborations, the networks reveal the coexistence of thematically heterogeneous narratives. Yet when observed in historical sequence, an important discursive shift becomes evident. During the early 1990s, UNESCO/OREALC’s policy texts echoed and, to some extent, supported local privatization dynamics, with a strong emphasis on concepts such as quality, learning, and efficiency. Since the early 2000s, however, the discourses circulating in the network exhibit a moderate but identifiable critique of the national accountability system, accompanied by calls for a more active and coordinating role for the state in the provision of education. The increasing prominence of concepts such as rights, social cohesion, and development underscores this transition. Taken together, these shifts suggest a gradual reorientation in the organization’s discursive strategy, moving from an alignment with market-led reforms to a more balanced and state-centered approach to educational governance. References Addey, Camilla. 2021. “Passports to the Global South, UN Flags, Favourite Experts: Understanding the Interplay between UNESCO and the OECD within the SDG4 Context.” Globalisation, Societies and Education 19 (5): 593–604. https://doi.org/10.1080/14767724.2020.1862643. Alarcón, Cristina. 2015. “Governing by Testing: Circulation, Psychometric Knowledge, Experts and the ‘Alliance for Progress’ in Latin America During the 1960s and 1970s.” European Education 47 (3): 199–214. https://doi.org/10.1080/10564934.2015.1065396. Avelar, Marina, and Stephen Ball. 2023. “Network Ethnography: Shifting Perspectives and Approaches to Make Sense of Education Governance.” Praxis Educativa 18:1–14. https://doi.org/10.5212/PraxEduc.v.18.22640.084. Bandola-Gill, Justyna, Sotiria Grek, and Marlee Tichenor. 2022. Governing the Sustainable Development Goals. Sustainable Development Goals Series. Cham: Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-03938-6. Basov, Nikita, and Camille Roth. 2025. “Socio-Semantic Networks.” In Handbook of Culture and Social Networks, edited by Nick. Crossley and Paul. Widdop, 250–69. Massachusetts: Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc. Beckfield, Jason. 2008. “The Dual World Polity: Fragmentation and Integration in the Network of Intergovernmental Organizations.” Social Problems 55 (3): 419–42. https://doi.org/10.1525/sp.2008.55.3.419. Bellei, Cristián, and Gonzalo Muñoz. 2023. “Models of Regulation, Education Policies, and Changes in the Education System: A Long-Term Analysis of the Chilean Case.” Journal of Educational Change 24 (1): 49–76. https://doi.org/10.1007/S10833-021-09435-1. Bueger, Christian. 2015. “Making Things Known: Epistemic Practices, the United Nations, and the Translation of Piracy.” International Political Sociology 9 (1): 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1111/IPS.12073. Chabbot, Collette. 2002. Constructing Education for Development: International Organizations and Education for All. London: Routledge. Cutroni, Anabella Abarzúa. 2018. “El Poder Simbólico de La UNESCO En América Latina. Sobre El Vínculo FLACSO-UNESCO.” História Da Educação 22 (55): 244–59. https://doi.org/10.1590/2236-3459/72083. Demortain, David. 2017. “Experts and the Production of International Policy Knowledge: Do Epistemic Communities Do the Job?” In International Organiza-Tions: How International Bureaucracies Produce and Mobilize Knowledge, edited by Annabelle Littoz-Monnet, 111–27. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315542386ï. Elfert, Maren, and Christian Ydesen. 2023. Global Governance of Education. Educational Governance Research. Cham: Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-40411-5. Erfurth, Marvin, and Natasha Ridge. 2021. “Philanthropy in Education: Making Sense of an Emerging Field.” In Annual Review of Comparative and International Education 2020. International Perspectives on Education and Society 40, 40:241–55. Emerald Publishing Limited. https://doi.org/10.1108/S1479-367920210000040014. Fontdevila, Clara. 2023. “The Politics of Good Enough Data. Developments, Dilemmas and Deadlocks in the Production of Global Learning Metrics.” International Journal of Educational Development 96 (January):102684. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedudev.2022.102684. Fuentes, José Miguel, Lluís Parcerisa, and Cristóbal Villalobos. 2025. “UNESCO’s Global Governance in the School Education: A Scoping Review.” Revista Española de Educación Comparada 46 (46): 343–64. https://doi.org/10.5944/REEC.46.2025.41423. |
| 11:15 - 12:45 | 99 ERC SES 03 T (P): Posters Location: Main Auditorium foyer | Main building A Session Chair: Sofia Eleftheriadou Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Teachers’ Transformative Professional Agency in Multi-Level Professional Networks University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:Teachers’ professional development increasingly takes place within diverse professional networks that go beyond individual schools, organizational charts, and national borders. At the same time, teachers are expected not only to implement educational reforms but also to actively shape pedagogical methods, especially amid the ongoing digital transformation (Roumbanis Viberg et al., 2021; Van Der Heijden et al., 2015). These demands highlight the crucial role of teachers’ agency, which is their ability to initiate, justify, and collaboratively promote changes in educational practices (Emirbayer & Mische, 1998; Schatzki, 2002). Although professional networks are widely seen as key sources for professional growth and innovation, there is less understanding of how teachers perceive these multi-level networks as resources for fostering their transformative professional agency. This research examines how teachers perceive their professional networks shaping their transformative professional agency in the context of digitalization. It is grounded in the concept of transformative professional agency (Korhonen et al., 2024; Markauskaite & Goodyear, 2017; Reinius et al., 2022; Stetsenko, 2016), which views agency as future-focused, collective, and aimed at changing practices rather than merely adapting to existing ones. The study also draws on sociocultural perspectives (Eteläpelto et al., 2013) on professional learning, knowledge creation, and communities of practice (Wenger, 1999), highlighting that social interactions, tools, and organizational contexts shape professional agency. In this view, professional networks serve as dynamic spaces for collective sense-making, identity work, and knowledge development, which can either facilitate or limit teachers’ ability to innovate and develop their practices. The study utilizes a qualitative, multi-modal research approach within the Finnish context of the Learning and Teaching in Digital Environments Professional Specialization Program (DigiErko). It involves 12 teachers who have completed the program and are actively involved in digital pedagogical development. Data collection includes semi-structured interviews and ego-centered professional network maps focused on teachers’ digital pedagogical activities. The maps served as elicitation tools during the interviews, helping participants reflect on their professional networks and their roles within them. The data analysis combines qualitative content analysis of interview data with a systematic visual examination of network maps. By merging interview stories with visual data, the study offers a detailed understanding of how teachers view their professional networks and how these networks influence their sense of transformative professional agency. The findings indicate that teachers’ professional networks consist of multi-level, overlapping ecosystems rather than isolated or linear structures. Teachers describe these networks as ranging from close, school-based collaborations to broader national, digital, and international professional communities. In these various contexts, professional networks enhance transformative professional agency in multiple interconnected ways. They reduce the barriers to experimentation and pedagogical risk-taking by providing safe spaces for dialogue, shared problem-solving, and mutual learning from experiences. Additionally, networks serve as sources of inspiration and innovation, providing access to new ideas, tools, and practices that can be tailored to local settings. Participation in these networks also helps legitimize teachers’ roles in professional development, boosting their professional identity and credibility when leading pedagogical change in schools. Lastly, networks facilitate collective knowledge creation and dissemination, positioning teachers as brokers, mentors, and facilitators whose influence reaches beyond their classrooms. The study advances research on teacher agency by framing transformative professional agency as relational and distributed within networked contexts. In practice, the results indicate that professional networks need to be intentionally designed, acknowledged, and supported as essential infrastructure for sustained, teacher-led educational change in increasingly digital learning environments. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative research design complemented by a structured visual elicitation task. The research context is the Learning and Teaching in Digital Environments Professional Specialization Program (DigiErko), a Finnish program designed to strengthen teachers’ digital pedagogical competence and their capacity to act as developers of educational practice. The participants are 12 teachers from diverse educational settings who have completed the program and are actively involved in digital pedagogical development. The data comprises two interrelated components: semi-structured interviews and ego-centered professional network maps. Before the interviews, participants completed an ego-centered network mapping task using a standardized template and written instructions. Teachers were asked to visually map people, groups, and organizations that supported or influenced their digital pedagogical development. Participants placed themselves at the center of the map and arranged network actors by perceived importance and interaction frequency. The mapping task was completed independently before the research interaction to ensure that the representations reflected participants’ own understandings of their professional networks rather than being shaped by the interview situation. Following the mapping task, qualitative data were collected through semi-structured interviews. During the interviews, participants were invited to describe and reflect on their network maps, discuss their experiences with professional networking, and explain how different network relationships supported or challenged their development work. The interviews focused on teachers’ experiences of agency, collaboration, and pedagogical change within and across network contexts, particularly in relation to digitalization. The analysis combines qualitative content analysis of interview transcripts with a systematic visual analysis of the network maps. Interview data were analyzed iteratively to identify recurring themes related to professional networks and transformative professional agency. The visual analysis focused on structural and relational features of the network maps, including network levels (school-based, municipal, national, digital, international), central and peripheral actors, boundary-crossing connections, and the teacher’s position within the network. Selected features were compared across participants to identify shared patterns and variations. This qualitatively driven, multi-modal approach enables an in-depth examination of how teachers conceptualize their professional networks and how these networks serve as resources for developing transformative professional agency. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study demonstrates that teachers’ professional networks play a central role in fostering transformative professional agency in the context of digital pedagogical change. Rather than functioning as isolated or supplementary structures, professional networks form multi-level, overlapping ecosystems that shape teachers’ opportunities to initiate, justify, and lead pedagogical development. The findings highlight that professional networks support transformative professional agency in several interconnected ways. Networks lower the threshold for experimentation by providing psychologically safe spaces for dialogue, shared problem-solving, and learning from peers’ experiences. They also serve as sources of inspiration and innovation, enabling access to new ideas, tools, and practices that extend beyond local school contexts. Importantly, participation in professional networks contributes to the legitimation of teachers’ developer roles, strengthening professional identity and credibility when leading change initiatives within schools. Through network-based roles such as brokers, mentors, and trainers, teachers can extend their influence beyond their own classrooms and contribute to collective knowledge creation. The study contributes theoretically by reinforcing a relational and sociocultural understanding of teachers’ transformative professional agency as distributed across networked contexts rather than confined to individual teachers. Agency emerges through interaction, shared practices, and boundary-crossing connections that enable future-oriented action. From a practical perspective, the findings suggest that educational organizations and policymakers should more explicitly recognize and support teachers’ network-based work as a core component of professional development and school improvement. Intentionally designed and sustained professional networks may serve as critical infrastructure for fostering teacher-led, sustainable educational change in digitally evolving learning environments. References Emirbayer, M., & Mische, A. (1998). What is agency? American Journal of Sociology, 103(4), 962–1023. https://doi.org/10.1086/231294 Eteläpelto, A., Vähäsantanen, K., Hökkä, P., & Paloniemi, S. (2013). What is agency? Conceptualizing professional agency at work. Educational Research Review, 10, 45–65. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2013.05.001 Korhonen, T., Karme, S., Airaksinen, J., & Laakso, N. (2024). Finnish teachers’ experiences with transformative digital agency. COGENT EDUCATION, Vol 11:1. Markauskaite, L., & Goodyear, P. (2017). Epistemic fluency and professional education (Vol. 14). Springer Netherlands. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-007-4369-4 Reinius, H., Kaukinen, I., Korhonen, T., Juuti, K., & Hakkarainen, K. (2022). Teachers as transformative agents in changing school culture. Teaching and Teacher Education, 120, 103888. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2022.103888 Roumbanis Viberg, A., Forslund Frykedal, K., & Sofkova Hashemi, S. (2021). “The teacher educator’s perceptions of professional agency – a paradox of enabling and hindering digital professional development in higher education.” Education Inquiry, 14(2), 213–230. https://doi.org/10.1080/20004508.2021.1984075 Schatzki, T. R. (Ed.). (2002). The site of the social: A philosophical account of the constitution of social life and change. Pennsylvania State University Press. Stetsenko, A. (2016). The transformative mind: Expanding Vygotsky’s approach to development and education (1st ed.). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9780511843044 Van Der Heijden, H. R. M. A., Geldens, J. J. M., Beijaard, D., & Popeijus, H. L. (2015). Characteristics of teachers as change agents. Teachers and Teaching, 21(6), 681–699. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2015.1044328 Wenger, E. (1999). Communities of practice: Learning, meaning, and identity. Cambridge University Press. https://books.google.fi/books?id=Jb8mAAAAQBAJ 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Teachers’ Inequality-Relevant Knowledge in Digitally Mediated Classrooms. An Interpretative Analysis of Professional Orientations Bergische Universität Wuppertal, Germany Presenting Author:Education is regarded as a central instrument for promoting social participation. However, the German education system functions as a mechanism for the reproduction of social inequalities through normalizing processes of selection (El-Mafaalani, 2021; Heinemann & Mecheril, 2023). Schools are not only institutions of knowledge transmission, but also spaces of interaction in which societal power relations and structural conditions become effective and are (re)produced through processes of difference-making (West & Fenstermaker, 1995). Teachers therefore bear responsibility for actively counteracting discrimination based on constructions of difference (Antidiskriminierungsstelle des Bundes, 2018). Reflexive knowledge of societal power relations as well as of processes of privileging and discrimination constitutes a prerequisite (Rendtorff, 2021). In the absence of such knowledge, school-based selection practices may particularly affect students with a migration background or from low-income families (Sirin, 2005; El-Mafaalani, 2012). Teacher-led performance-based differentiation does not occur exclusively along the meritocratic principle, but also on the basis of intersectional categories of difference such as gender, race, class, and disability (Giesinger, 2007). Structural inequalities are further intensified through unequal treatment based on inequalities (El-Mafaalani, 2021). Educational inequalities are also reproduced in a digitalized society, even though reflexive and problematizing knowledge of the underlying structural injustices is increasing (Heinz, 2023). For Germany, results from the International Computer and Information Literacy Study (ICILS) 2018 show that social background influences unequal prerequisites for digital competence. Students from families with low cultural capital exhibit lower levels of computer- and information-related competencies than those from families with high cultural capital (Eickelmann et al., 2019). Van de Werfhorst et al. (2022), also analyzing ICILS 2018 data, add that the divide in students’ digital competencies is additionally shaped by gender and migration background. According to Lüring et al. (2022), school-based learning opportunities are used less extensively by children from families with a migration background and from low-income households, among other factors. These patterns are associated with stereotypical and deficit-oriented attitudes by teachers (ibid.). In a case study conducted in three Californian middle schools, Rafalow (2020) identified differing evaluations of and approaches to students’ digital skills depending on ethnicity and social class. Only teachers at a school with a predominantly white, high-income student population transformed digital competencies into educational capital. Rafalow conceptualizes teachers as gatekeepers of students’ potential in dealing with technologies (ibid.). For Europe, especially Germany, systematic reconstructive investigations of these interrelations are still lacking. The present project addresses this desideratum. Its epistemic interest is directed toward inequality-relevant knowledge held by teachers in the context of digitalized teaching. Specifically, the study investigates how such knowledge is shaped by, embedded in, and expressed through teachers’ professional orientations in digitally mediated classroom practices. Inequality-relevant knowledge comprises both knowledge of inequality and inequality-critical knowledge. Knowledge of inequality refers to socially acquired and embodied knowledge that can be explicated in norms (Güllü, 2025). Inequality-critical knowledge may take the form of acquired knowledge and consolidate into problematizing this embodied societal knowledge. On an implicit level, both forms of knowledge may structure practices of action and speech (ibid.). In the tradition of praxeological sociology of knowledge, this distinction does not hinge on the factual correctness or normative desirability of the knowledge in question. Rather, the focus lies on reconstructing how it is produced in practice (Bohnsack, 2021). The study is guided by the following research questions: (1) Which inequality-relevant knowledge do teachers display when speaking about their digitalized teaching practices? (2) Which categories of difference are rendered relevant by teachers in this context? Taken together, these questions reflect an open and exploratory approach to the forms of knowledge under investigation.The project contributes to basic research in the field of inequality-sensitive professionalization. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data set comprises seven semi-structured interviews with narrative elements (Helfferich, 2011) conducted with teachers at secondary schools in North Rhine–Westphalia, Germany. The sampling strategy aims at achieving a broad variation of perspectives, which was initially guided by an external framing through the inclusion of the different school types grammar school (Gymnasium), intermediate secondary school (Realschule), and lower secondary school (Hauptschule) and was subsequently expanded inductively by following the approach of theoretical sampling within these school types (Glaser & Strauss, 1998/1967). An inclusion criterion was the regular use of digital media, particularly tablets and laptops, in teaching practice. The sample includes four interviews with teachers from grammar schools, one interview with a teacher from an intermediate secondary school, and two interviews with teachers working at lower secondary schools. The analysis is conducted using the documentary method (Bohnsack, 2018; Nohl, 2017). The documentary method is an interpretative qualitative approach that aims at reconstructing implicit, practical knowledge that structures practices and interactions. Rather than focusing on explicit statements or intentions of participants, the documentary method analytically distinguishes between communicative meaning and documentary meaning (Mannheim, 1980), that is, the underlying orientation frameworks through which reality is produced. Methodologically, the documentary method follows a comparative and sequential logic of interpretation, enabling the reconstruction of shared orientations across cases and the development of types (Bohnsack, 2021). In this research, the documentary method is employed to reconstruct teacher orientations. The focus is not on observing teaching practice itself, but on identifying the practical knowledge underlying teachers’ accounts of their professional action. Through narrative passages, descriptions, and modes of argumentation in the interviews, teachers implicitly refer to habitualized ways of perceiving students, interpreting difference, and handling inequality-related situations in a digitalized classroom setting. The method enables the analysis of orientation frameworks toward educational inequality that are not articulated explicitly but become visible in how teachers recount and structure their experiences. This interpretative approach is central to addressing the research question, as it allows for the systematic analysis of how educational inequalities are made meaningful and dealt with from the perspective of teachers’ professional experience. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings At a descriptive level, a first comparison of the interviews across school types reveals variation in the use of digital devices in teaching. Teachers at grammar schools describe a norm of parent-financed tablets, with new devices acquired in cases of damage or loss. By contrast, the intermediate secondary school receives tablets through the state-funded Digital Pact of North Rhine-Westphalia. While this arrangement ensures access to digital devices, it also creates administrative dependence on the state, often leading to delays. One teacher reported temporarily suspending tablet use to ensure that all students could participate equally in lessons. Teachers at lower secondary schools also reported having digital devices provided. Unlike the teachers at grammar schools or the intermediate secondary school, they highlighted the lack of professional development opportunities and the absence of financial resources to acquire suitable software. Moreover, students’ digital competencies were generally limited so that digitalized lessons relied almost exclusively on word-processing programs. Moving beyond descriptive comparison, an interpretive analysis of three interviews with teachers at grammar schools reveals that differing levels of students’ (digital) competencies are explicitly negotiated along distinct lines of difference, particularly social background, gender, and race. As part of the reflecting interpretation, an initial orientation becomes visible in one case, where intergroup differences are primarily framed along the line of gender and inequality is understood as individually and naturalistically attributed to students. In contrast, another teacher addresses the same stimulus by focusing on social background and conceptualizing inequality as rooted in familial and cultural orientations. The next analytical step examines whether such orientations recur across additional interview passages and can therefore be reconstructed as case-internal orientation patterns, which will subsequently be contrasted across cases. Through the comparative analysis of cases, types are identified that capture collective orientations, which manifest in and structure habitualized practices. References Antidiskriminierungsstelle des Bundes (2018). Diskriminierung an Schulen erkennen und vermeiden. Praxisleitfaden zum Abbau von Diskriminierung in der Schule. Online: https://www.antidiskriminierungsstelle.de/SharedDocs/downloads/DE/publikationen/Leitfaeden/leitfaden_diskriminierung_an_schulen_erkennen_u_vermeiden.pdf?__blob=publicationFile&v=6 Bohnsack, R. (2018). Praxeological Sociology of Knowledge and Documentary Method. Karl Mannheim’s Framing of Empirical Research. In D. Kettler & V. Meja (eds.), The Anthem Companion to Karl Mannheim (p. 199–220). Anthem. Bohnsack, R. (2021). Rekonstruktive Sozialforschung: Einführung in qualitative Methoden. Verlag Barbara Budrich. Eickelmann, B., Bos, W., Gerick, J., Goldhammer, F., Schaumburg, H., Schwippert, K., Senkbeil, M., & Vahrenhold, J. (eds.). (2019), ICILS 2018 #Deutschland: Computer- und informationsbezogene Kompetenzen von Schülerinnen und Schülern im zweiten internationalen Vergleich und Kompetenzen im Bereich Computational Thinking. Waxmann. El-Mafaalani, A. (2012). BildungsaufsteigerInnen aus benachteiligten Milieus: Habitustransformation und soziale Mobilität bei Einheimischen und Türkeistämmigen. VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. El-Mafaalani, A. (2021). Mythos Bildung: Die ungerechte Gesellschaft, ihr Bildungssystem und seine Zukunft. Kiepenheuer & Witsch. Giesinger, J. (2007). Was heißt Bildungsgerechtigkeit?. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik 53(3), 362–381. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:4402 Glaser, B. G., & Strauss, A. L. (1998/1967). Grounded Theory. H. Huber (amerik. Orig.: The Discovery of Grounded Theory. Aldine.). Güllü, N. (2025). Rassismuskritische Fremdsprachenlehrer:innenbildung: Implizites und explizites rassismusrelevantes Wissen von Englischlehrpersonen. In Zeitschrift für Rekonstruktive Fremdsprachenforschung 6, 86 – 109. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:33638 Heinemann, A. M. B., & Mecheril, P. (2023). Erziehungswissenschaftliche Diskriminierungsforschung. In A. Scherr, A. C. Reinhardt & A. El-Mafaalani (eds.), Handbuch Diskriminierung (p.115–130). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Heinz, J. (2023). Bildungsgerechtigkeit in einer digitalen Gesellschaft. MedienPädagogik 52, 191–216. https://doi.org/10.21240/mpaed/52/2023.02.10.X. Lüring, K., Schneider, R., Steinberg, H., Steiner, C., & Zerle-Elsäßer, C. (2022). Zusammenhänge zwischen prekären Lebenslagen und Bildungsverläufen: Die Situation von Schülerinnen und Schülern am Übergang von der Grundschule in die Sekundarschule.https://www.dji.de/fileadmin/user_upload/bildungsentscheidungen/ DJI_Abschlussbericht_Stadt_Muenchen.pdf. Mannheim, K. (1980). Strukturen des Denkens. Suhrkamp. Nohl, A.-M. (2017). Interview und Dokumentarische Methode: Anleitungen für die Forschungspraxis. Springer VS. Rafalow, M. H. (2020). Digital Divisions. How Schools Create Inequality in the Tech Era. University of Chicago Press. Rendtorff, B. (2021). Geschlecht in Bildungs- und Erziehungskontexten. In U. Bauer, U. H. Bittlingmayer & A. Scherr (eds.), Handbuch Bildungs- und Erziehungssoziologie (p. 1–18). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Sirin, S. R. (2005). Socioeconomic status and academic achievement: A meta-analytic review of research. Review of Educational Research, 75(3), 417–453. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543075003417 van de Werfhorst, H.G., Kessenich E., & Geven, S. (2022). The digital divide in online education: Inequality in digital readiness of students and schools. Comput Educ Open. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeo.2022.100100 West, C., & Fenstermaker, S. (1995). Doing Difference. Gender & Society, 9(1), 8–37. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Educators as Facilitators of Executive Functions in Early Childhood: professional development through a play-based approach 1: University of Padova, Italy; 2: University of Trieste, Italy; 3: University of Monash, Australia Presenting Author:Executive functions (EFs) are a set of higher-order cognitive processes, that include working memory, inhibitory control, cognitive flexibility, and sustained attention, that play a crucial role in self-regulation, learning, and adaptive behaviour from early childhood onward (Bascandziev et al., 2016). Research highlights early childhood as a sensitive period for the development of EF, with long-term implications for academic achievement, social competence, and emotional well-being (Blakey & Carroll, 2015; Fitzpatrick et al., 2014; Sasser, Bierman & Heinrichs, 2015). For this reason, early childhood education settings represent a key context for fostering the development of these skills through pedagogical practices. Within this broader research framework, the present paper constitutes a focused theoretical and pedagogical deepening of a wider project aimed at promoting EF development in early childhood. This contribution is designed as an in-depth reflection addressed to the professional training of early childhood educators, with the goal of supporting their ability to intentionally foster executive functions in everyday educational practices and play-based contexts. Drawing on a socio-constructivist and cultural-historical perspective, this paper conceptualizes EF not as isolated individual abilities, but as skills that develop through social interaction, shared activity, and emotionally meaningful experiences (Bronfenbrenner, Morris, 2006). Within this framework, Vygotsky’s concept of perezhivanie is used as a theoretical lens to understand how children actively experience, interpret, and are transformed by their interactions with the environment. EF development is therefore shaped by the dynamic relationship between the child’s individual characteristics and the educational context in which experiences occur (Vygotskij, 2022). Play, especially symbolic and imaginative, is identified as a privileged context for the activation and development of EF in early childhood. Imaginative play allows children to move between reality and fiction, attribute new meanings to objects, and construct shared narratives, fostering the development of increasingly complex forms of thinking (Bembich, Sorzio, 2020). From this perspective, the role of the educator is central. Educators act as cultural mediators and facilitators of play, intentionally designing learning environments that promote EF development while respecting children’s agency and interests (Veresov, et al., 2021). Through scaffolding strategies, educators support children in maintaining the coherence of play narratives, remembering rules, managing turn-taking, and regulating emotions during moments of frustration or conflict. Rather than directing play in a rigid manner, educators guide and enrich it by introducing meaningful challenges, posing reflective questions, and adding narrative or problem-solving elements that stimulate executive processes. Intentional pedagogical planning is particularly important in play-based activities that integrate storytelling, role-play, and symbolic use of materials. By selecting stories, educators create familiar and engaging contexts in which children can explore new roles and perspectives. The introduction of problem situations within play narratives encourages children to collaboratively generate solutions, adapt strategies, and negotiate meanings, thereby strengthening EF in a social and emotionally supportive setting (Veresov, et al., 2021). Adult support does not limit children’s autonomy; rather, it enhances the quality of play by sustaining engagement, deepening conceptual understanding, and supporting self-regulation. These practices are particularly beneficial for children from disadvantaged socio-economic backgrounds, for whom early support of EF can serve as a protective factor against later academic difficulties (Meixner, Laubrock, 2024). In conclusion, this paper offers a targeted contribution within a broader research and educational project by addressing the role of educator training in supporting EF development in early childhood settings. Educators play a vital role in creating intentional, play-based learning environments that support children’s cognitive and emotional development (Veresov, et al., 2021). By valuing play as a central pedagogical tool and by adopting reflective and responsive teaching strategies, early childhood educators can meaningfully contribute to the development of EF, promoting long-term educational success and overall well-being. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a mixed-methods research design based on a multiple case study approach, with a strong focus on the professional training, ongoing support, and pedagogical accompaniment of early childhood educators. Taking into consideration one component of a broader research project, this paper investigates how educators can be progressively prepared and supported to assume the role of intentional facilitators of EF development in early childhood education settings through play-based pedagogical practices. The research adopts an explanatory sequential architecture (Trinchero & Robasto, 2019), integrating quantitative and qualitative methods to explore the outcomes of the educational intervention processes through which educators develop the theoretical knowledge, reflective competencies, and practical skills necessary to intentionally support EF. The first phase of the study is explicitly dedicated to educator training and theoretical-methodological grounding. Through guided work, shared theoretical reflection, and analysis of pedagogical scenarios, this phase aims to build a common conceptual framework around EF, play-based learning, and the Playworld model. Educators are supported in linking theoretical concepts to their everyday practice, strengthening pedagogical intentionality and awareness of how specific adult actions can scaffold children’s self-regulation and EFs. The second phase consists of an in-depth field study focusing on the supported and scaffolded implementation of the Playworld model as a situated learning experience in the selected centres. During this phase, educators are continuously accompanied through ongoing coaching, collaborative planning sessions, and reflective discussions, which allow them to experiment pedagogical strategies, receive feedback, and refine their role as facilitators of EFs. Educators play a central role throughout the intervention, as implementers and as active co-constructors of pedagogical knowledge. They participate in a structured training programme and engage in collaborative planning aimed at designing, enacting, and revising Playworld experiences (Fleer, 2017). Over a ten-week period (Fleer et al., 2020), educators progressively learn to intentionally integrate narrative structures, role-play, and problem situations into play. The final qualitative phase engages participating educators in semi-structured interviews to deeply explore their professional learning trajectories, changes in pedagogical beliefs, and evolving understanding of their role as facilitators of EFs. Educators’ perspectives on the Playworld approach, its feasibility within annual educational planning, and the challenges encountered during implementation are examined as key elements of the training process. The study concludes with reflective activities, including focus groups that actively centre educators’ voices in interpreting findings and designing practical strategies for sustaining and embedding Playworld-based practices into everyday educational contexts and long-term professional development pathways. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study highlights the central role of educators in fostering the development of EFs in early childhood education settings through intentional, play-based pedagogical practices (Veresov, et al., 2021) promoting long-term educational success and well-being. The findings underline that educators’ intentional involvement is essential for enhancing the developmental potential of play (Fleer, 2017). When educators act as facilitators and cultural mediators, they scaffold children’s engagement, support self-regulation, and introduce cognitive and emotional challenges that stimulate executive processes without compromising children’s autonomy. Guided play, as implemented through the Playworld model, allows educators to balance structure and freedom, creating emotionally engaging learning environments in which children can practice EFs in authentic and motivating ways (Fleer, 2017). Moreover, the study suggests that professional training and collaborative planning are key conditions for the implementation of play-based approaches aimed at supporting EFs. Educators who are provided with theoretical grounding and reflective opportunities are better equipped to recognize EF demands within play and to intentionally design experiences that promote them. Narrative, role-taking, and problem situations emerges as strategies for embedding EF development within educational practices. The results emphasise the potential of play-based interventions to reduce developmental inequalities. Children from socio-economically disadvantaged backgrounds appear to benefit from educational contexts in which EF are explicitly supported through guided play: such approaches can act as protective factors and promote more equitable learning opportunities from the early years (Meixner, Laubrock, 2024). In conclusion, this research reinforces the idea that the development of EFs in early childhood is a collective and relational process, deeply embedded in social interaction and pedagogical intentionality. Early childhood educators play a vital role in shaping learning environments that support both cognitive and emotional development. Integrating structured imaginative play within daily educational planning not only enhances EF development but also contributes to children’s long-term educational success and well-being. References Adams, C.R., Minton, C.A.B., Hightower, J., & Blount, A.J. (2022). A Systematic Approach to Multiple Case Study Design in Professional Counseling and Counselor Education. Journal of counselor preparation and supervision. 15(2). Bascandziev, I., Powell, L. J., Harris, P. L., & Carrey, S. (2016). A role for executive functions in explanatory understanding of the physical world. Cognitive Development, 39, 71-85. Bembich, C., Sorzio, P. (2020). L’immaginazione nel gioco. In Fare Scienza. Bambini, Spaggiari editore. N. 4, pp. 14-17 Blakey E, Carroll DJ. (2015). A Short Executive Function Training Program Improves Preschoolers' Working Memory. Front Psychol. Nov 24; 6:1827. Derry, S.J., Pea, R.D., Barron, B., Engle, R.A., Erickson, F., Goldman, R., Hall, R., Koschmann, T., Lemke, J.L., Sherin, M.G., Sherin, L. (2010). Conducting video research in the learning sciences: guidance on selection, analysis, technology, and ethics. The journal of the learning sciences, 19: 3-53. Bronfenbrenner, U., Morris, P.A. (2006). The bioecological model of human development. In Larner, R.M., Damon, W. (eds.). Handbook of child psychology: Theoretical models of human development (pp. 793-828). Hoboken, NJ, US: John Wiley & Sons Inc. Fitzpatrick, C. McKinnon, R.D., Blair, C.B., Willoughby, M.T. (2014). Do preschool executive function skills explain the school readiness gap between advantaged and disadvantaged children? Learning and Instruction, vol. 30, pp. 25-31. Fleer, M. (2017). Scientific Playworld: a model of teaching science in play-based settings. Research in science education, 1-22. Fleer, M., Veresov, N., Walker, S. (2020). Playworlds and executive functions in children: theorizing with the cultural-historical analytical lenses. Integrative Psychological and Behavioral Science, 54(1): 124-141 Goldman, R., Pea, R., Barron, B., Derry, S.J. (2006). Video research in the learning sciences. Routledge, New York & Londra. Meixner, J.M., Laubrock, J. (2024). Executive functioning predicts development of reading skill and perceptual span seven years later, Journal of Memory and Language. vol 136. Sasser TR, Bierman KL, Heinrichs B. (2015) Executive Functioning and School Adjustment: The Mediational Role of Pre-kindergarten Learning-related Behaviors. Early Child Res Q. 1st Quarter;30(Pt A):70-79. Trinchero, R., Robasto, D. (2019). I mixed methods nella ricercar educative. Mondadori Education S.p.A., Milano. Veresov, N., Veraksa, A., Gavrilova, M., Sukhikh, V. (2021). Do Children Need Adult Support During Sociodramatic Play to Develop Executive Functions? Experimental Evidence. Frontiers in Psychology. 12. Vygotskij, L.S. (2022). Pensiero e linguaggio. Ricerche psicologiche. Mecacci, L. (a cura di), Laterza, Roma-Bari. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Development of Argumentative Statements through Analysis of Information Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Taldykorgan, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:This study looks at how secondary school learners can improve their argumentative skills by analyzing information from different subjects. In today’s education, argumentation is seen as an important skill needed for academic success, involvement, and critical thinking. However, research and classroom experiences show that many learners have difficulty creating evidence-based arguments, especially when dealing with complex texts that require identifying main ideas, evaluating evidence, and using logical reasoning. This study tackles this issue through an interdisciplinary Lesson Study carried out by teachers of English, Kazakh language, and World History in a Grade 10 (learners aged 15 to 16) in Kazakhstan. The main research question is: How can structured analytical tools help secondary school learners build evidence-based arguments through text analysis in various subjects? The major aim of the research was to see if using structured tables as analytical helpers could improve learners’ ability to extract key information from texts, organize ideas logically, and create clear, well-supported arguments. Another goal was to look into how these tools work for learners with different academic skills and how support can gradually be lessened to encourage independent thinking. The study is based on sociocultural and cognitive theories. From a sociocultural viewpoint, it uses Vygotsky’s idea of the Zone of Proximal Development, which focuses on how scaffolding and guided support assist learners in tackling complex tasks they can't yet do on their own. Structured tables served as tools to help learners shift from supported to independent argument creation. From a cognitive standpoint, the study incorporates cognitive load theory, which stresses the need to minimize unnecessary cognitive load when students handle complex tasks like text analysis and argumentation. By breaking down the argumentative process into manageable parts (key ideas, evidence, counterarguments, conclusions), the structured tables helped learners organize information better and concentrate their cognitive efforts on reasoning instead of managing the task. The research also references literature on higher-order thinking skills and argumentation. According to revised Bloom’s Taxonomy, constructing an argument requires learners to progress from understanding to analysis, evaluation, and synthesis. Previous studies on graphic organizers and structured analytical tools suggest that visual and organizational supports can help this process, especially for learners who find abstract reasoning or written expression challenging. Methodologically, the study used a qualitative Lesson Study design that included three research lessons. Data was gathered through classroom observations, pre-study learner surveys, semi-structured student interviews, analysis of learner work, and focused case studies of three students with different achievement levels. The iterative nature of Lesson Study allowed for ongoing adjustments of teaching strategies based on observed learner needs. The findings show that structured analytical tables led to noticeable improvement in students’ argumentative skills across subjects. Most learners were better able to identify key ideas, choose relevant evidence, and build more coherent arguments. Notably, this approach reduced the number of learners who needed extra help, while allowing high-achieving learners to become more independent as support was gradually removed. The European and international significance of this study lies in its focus on practical teaching strategies that promote argumentation as a skill used across subjects. In various educational contexts facing issues like information overload, media literacy, and critical thinking, structured support combined with collaborative teacher inquiry provides an effective and flexible solution. The study adds to international conversations on curriculum development, interdisciplinary teaching, and teacher learning, showing how Lesson Study can systematically enhance learners’ argumentative skills across different subjects. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a qualitative research design grounded in the Lesson Study methodology, which was selected for its emphasis on collaborative inquiry and close examination of classroom practice. The Study enabled the research team to observe how learners’ argumentative skills developed over time and to refine teaching strategies in response to learners’ needs. The research was conducted in a Grade 10 at NIS Taldykorgan and involved twelve learners with varying levels of academic achievement. Teachers of English, Kazakh language, and World History worked collaboratively throughout the study, allowing argumentation to be explored as a shared, cross-curricular competence rather than a skill limited to one subject area. The Lesson Study cycle consisted of three research lessons designed to progressively support learners in analysing texts and constructing evidence-based arguments. A central instructional tool was the use of structured analytical tables. These tables acted as scaffolds, guiding learners to identify key ideas, select relevant evidence, consider alternative viewpoints, and formulate conclusions. As the lessons progressed, teacher support was gradually reduced to encourage greater learner independence in organising ideas and constructing arguments. Data collection relied on qualitative sources to capture learners’ experiences and development in depth. Prior to the intervention, a learner survey was used to identify perceived difficulties in working with texts, such as extracting key information, organising ideas, and supporting claims with evidence. During each research lesson, classroom observations focused on learner engagement, use of the structured tables, and changes in argumentative reasoning. To explore how the approach supported learners with different needs, three learners were selected as case studies, representing high-, average-, and lower-achieving profiles. Learner work samples, including completed tables and written argumentative statements, were analysed to identify changes in structure, coherence, and use of evidence. In addition, semi-structured learner interviews were conducted after each research lesson to capture learners’ reflections on the process, perceived challenges, and growing confidence in argumentation. Data analysis followed an inductive, thematic approach. Observation notes, interview data, and learner work were examined to identify patterns in how learners organised information, used evidence, and moved toward more independent argument construction across the lesson sequence. Ethical considerations were carefully addressed. All learner data were anonymised, participation in interviews was voluntary, and informed consent was obtained for the use of learner quotations. Throughout the study, care was taken to ensure that learners experienced the process as supportive and developmental rather than evaluative. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this study indicate that structured analytical tools can play a significant role in supporting the development of learners’ argumentative abilities across subject areas. The use of structured tables enabled learners to move beyond surface-level text comprehension toward more systematic analysis and evidence-based reasoning. Most learners demonstrated improved ability to identify key ideas, organise information logically, and support claims with relevant evidence. A key outcome of the study was the positive impact of structured scaffolding on learners with differing levels of academic achievement. Learners who previously struggled with text analysis benefited from the clear framework provided by the tables, which reduced cognitive overload and increased confidence in engaging with complex tasks. At the same time, higher-achieving learners were able to progress toward greater independence as scaffolding was gradually removed, allowing them to deepen their analytical reasoning and construct more sophisticated arguments. The Lesson Study approach also produced valuable outcomes for teaching practice. Collaborative planning, observation, and reflection enabled teachers to refine instructional strategies and respond more effectively to learners’ needs. The interdisciplinary nature of the study demonstrated that argumentation can be taught as a shared, transferable competence rather than as a skill confined to individual subjects. In terms of expected outcomes beyond the immediate research context, the findings suggest that structured analytical tools can be adapted and applied in diverse educational settings where learners face challenges related to information overload, critical thinking, and evidence-based writing. The approach offers a practical strategy for integrating argumentation into curricula across languages and humanities subjects. Overall, the study contributes to international discussions on how structured scaffolding and collaborative teacher inquiry can support equitable development of argumentative competence. It highlights the potential of combining simple pedagogical tools with reflective teaching practices to foster learners’ confidence, independence, and critical engagement with texts. References Anderson, L. W., & Krathwohl, D. R. (2001). A taxonomy for learning, teaching, and assessing: A revision of Bloom’s taxonomy of educational objectives. New York, NY: Longman. Fisher, A. (2011). Critical thinking: An introduction (2nd ed.). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Marzano, R. J., Pickering, D. J., & Pollock, J. E. (2001). Classroom instruction that works: Research-based strategies for increasing student achievement. Alexandria, VA: Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development. Novak, J. D., & Cañas, A. J. (2008). The theory underlying concept maps and how to construct and use them. Technical Report IHMC CmapTools 2006-01 Rev 01-2008. Florida Institute for Human and Machine Cognition. Sweller, J. (1988). Cognitive load during problem solving: Effects on learning. Cognitive Science, 12(2), 257–285. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15516709cog1202_4 Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Zohar, A., & Dori, Y. J. (2003). Higher-order thinking skills and low-achieving students: Are they mutually exclusive? The Journal of the Learning Sciences, 12(2), 145–181. https://doi.org/10.1207/S15327809JLS1202_1 Jones, M. L., & Brown, K. (2019). Structured argumentation in secondary education. Journal of Educational Practice, 45(3), 125–134. Smith, J. A. (2020). Developing critical thinking in education. London: Learning Press. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Learning to Teach in the AI Era: An Ethnographic Study of Teacher Education in Lithuania and Kenya Vilnius University, Lithuania Presenting Author:Artificial intelligence (AI) is rapidly becoming a defining capability of the twenty-first century, increasingly shaping contemporary teacher education through ongoing digitalisation. Since the Covid-19 pandemic, teachers’ engagement with digital technologies has intensified, and professional proficiency in deploying digital tools has expanded considerably. At the same time, persistent teacher shortages place additional pressure on teacher education programmes to prepare future teachers under conditions of accelerated change. Together, these developments raise critical questions about the nature of teaching and what it means to learn to teach in the AI era (OECD, 2026). Digital technologies do not only reshape instructional practices; they also influence how teachers understand their role, expertise, and the relational and affective dimensions of their work (Sutherland et al., 2010; Markauskaite et al., 2022; Strom, 2015). Existing research on teaching in digitally mediated contexts has largely focused on defining digital competencies, examining the adoption of specific tools, or evaluating learning outcomes (Tan et al., 2025). Far less attention has been paid to how pre-service teachers actually experience learning to teach within these changing conditions. Pre-service teacher education constitutes a significant site of inquiry because it is not merely preparatory but constitutive. It is within initial preparation programmes that future teachers first encounter the discourses, technologies, policies, and relational dynamics that shape their emerging understandings of teaching (Strom, 2015; Strom & Viesca, 2022; Sidebottom, 2021; Sutherland et al., 2010). These programmes are also spaces in which candidate teachers are expected to learn how to navigate tensions between standardised expectations of teaching and the unpredictable, relational realities of contemporary classrooms (Russell & Martin, 2016). As AI and digital infrastructures become more prominent in higher education, these tensions are intensified, making pre-service teacher education a critical site for examining how future teachers learn to navigate complexity and uncertainty in professional practice (Markauskaite et al., 2022). Despite growing interest in AI and education, there remains limited empirical research that examines how learning to teach is experienced from the perspective of pre-service teachers themselves. Moreover, teacher education scholarship remains marked by geographical and epistemic unevenness (Ovens et al., 2016; Zembylas, 2024). Much of the existing literature is concentrated in English-speaking and Western contexts, raising concerns about cultural ethnocentricity. The present study addresses this gap through an ethnographic exploration of pre-service foreign language teacher education in two under-examined contexts: Lithuania and Kenya. Rather than treating these contexts as directly comparable national systems, the study approaches them as distinct educational environments shaped by different historical trajectories, institutional arrangements, and digital conditions (Government of Kenya, 2007; Ministry of Education and Science of the Republic of Lithuania, 2013), treating Lithuania and Kenya as epistemically equal sites of knowledge production rather than positioning one as central and the other as peripheral, which aligns with calls for decolonising and geographically just approaches to educational research (Kruger & Zembylas, 2026). Foreign language teacher education provides a particularly revealing site of inquiry: language teaching is inherently relational, and AI mediation directly challenges this by reconfiguring communication, authorship, and human interaction in language learning (Yang & Markauskaite, 2025), making foreign language teacher preparation an especially critical context for this study. The present study seeks to understand how learning to teach is experienced across different educational contexts in teacher education within higher education.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts an ethnographic research design informed by Agar’s (1980, 2006) abductive and iterative approach to ethnography as epistemology (Skukauskaite, 2023). Fieldwork was conducted in foreign language teacher education programmes at one university in Lithuania and one university in Kenya. Data collection comprised: - weekly participant observation of lectures; - semi-structured interviews with pre-service teachers and teacher educators; - analysis of programme documents and institutional materials. Observations focused on pedagogical interactions, teaching and learning practices, task design, and the situated use of digital technologies, including AI. Interviews explored participants’ experiences of learning to teach, their engagement with digital tools, perceptions of preparedness for practice, ethical considerations, and emerging professional understandings. In total, 36 participants took part in the study, including seven teacher educators (three in Lithuania and four in Kenya) and 29 pre-service foreign language teachers (12 in Lithuania and 17 in Kenya). Purposive sampling was used in Lithuania to recruit participants directly involved in foreign language teacher education. In Kenya, initial purposive sampling was organised in collaboration with two lecturers prior to fieldwork and subsequently evolved into snowball sampling. This approach reflects the researcher’s position as a non-local researcher and enabled access and trust to develop gradually through institutional contacts and participant referrals. Data analysis followed an abductive and iterative logic (Agar, 1980, 2006; Timmermans & Tavory, 2012). Interview transcripts were coded verbatim in MAXQDA using in vivo coding (Charmaz, 2006), generating 452 codes in the Lithuanian dataset and 641 in the Kenyan dataset. Related codes were grouped into broader analytic themes through ongoing movement between empirical material, fieldnotes, and theoretical frameworks, in line with reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2019) and an ethnographic approach to meaning-making (Skukauskaite, 2023). In addition to thematic analysis, the study employs vignettes as an analytic device. Informed by Agar’s (1980, 2006) concept of rich points and Geert’s (1973) understanding of ethnographic rendering, vignettes capture the moments encountered during fieldwork that disrupted initial interpretations and opened new analytical directions. All necessary ethical approvals had been obtained prior to data collection. In Lithuania, ethical approval was granted by the relevant faculty-level research ethics committee at a public university. In Kenya, institutional permission was secured through the Deputy Vice-Chancellor’s office at a public university, and a national research licence was obtained from the National Commission for Science, Technology and Innovation (NACOSTI). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings reveal that learning to teach in the AI era is experienced as emotionally demanding and non-linear, shaped less by competency acquisition and more by navigating uncertainty, relational complexity, and institutional conditions. Three interrelated dimensions constitute this process, including institutional organisation, self-direction, and relational learning, with the relational proving most foundational in both settings. RQ1: Pre-service teachers experience learning to teach as simultaneously formative and uncertain. In Lithuania, participants navigate simultaneous employment, valuing psychology and didactics courses as meaningful while experiencing a persistent gap between university preparation and classroom realities regarding classroom management, parental pressure, and AI use. In Kenya, learning unfolds through lecturer-led pedagogy, peer presentations, and teaching practice, building professional confidence and identity. RQ2: Institutional arrangements shape experiences in contextually distinct ways. In Lithuania, AI mediation has prompted lecturers to replace take-home writing with in-class tasks to ensure authenticity, while hybrid delivery enables access but reduces relational presence. In Kenya, class sizes of up to 300 students limit assessment to written examinations, and no formal AI policy leaves individual lecturers to govern AI use independently. RQ3: Uncertainty emerges most acutely during teaching practice. In Kenya, participants who entered with reluctance left with a deepened sense of vocation – teaching practice as transformative experience. In Lithuania, one participant disclosed after the interview their intention to leave, revealing commitment and doubt as coexisting realities. Across both contexts, AI introduces tensions around cognitive offloading, dependency, and authenticity, and navigating these critically becomes a form of professional formation. These findings contribute empirically grounded evidence that becoming a teacher in the AI era is shaped not by technical competency acquisition, but by navigating uncertainty, relational complexity, and institutional conditions, where AI mediates but does not define the experience of becoming a teacher (Yang & Markauskaite, 2025; OECD, 2026). References Agar, M. (1980). The professional stranger: An informal introduction to ethnography. Academic Press. Agar, M. (2006). Culture: Can you take it anywhere? International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 5(2), 1–12. Government of Kenya. (2007). Kenya Vision 2030: The popular version. Government Printer. Markauskaite, L., Marrone, R., Poquet, O., Knight, S., Martinez-Maldonado, R., Howard, S., Tondeur, J., De Laat, M., Buckingham Shum, S., Gašević, D., & Siemens, G. (2022). Rethinking the entwinement between artificial intelligence and human learning: What capabilities do learners need for a world with AI? Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 3, 100056. Ministry of Education and Science of the Republic of Lithuania. (2013). National education strategy 2013–2022. OECD. (2026). OECD Digital Education Outlook 2026: Exploring effective uses of generative AI in education. OECD Publishing. Ovens, A., Garbett, D., & Hutchinson, D. (2016). Becoming Teacher: Exploring the Transition from Student to Teacher. In J. Loughram, & M. L. Hamilton (Eds.), International Handbook of Teacher Education. Sidebottom, K. (2021). Rhizomes, assemblages and nomad war machines – re-imagining curriculum development for posthuman times. [Doctoral Thesis, Lancaster University]. Lancaster University. Skukauskaite, A. (2023). Ethnography: Foundations, challenges, and spaces of possibilities. In R. J. Tierney, F. Rizvi, & K. Erkican (Eds.), International encyclopedia of education (4th ed., Vol. 12, pp. 92–101). Elsevier. Strom, K. J. (2015). Teaching as Assemblage: Negotiating Learning and Practice in the First Year of Teaching: Negotiating Learning and Practice in the First Year of Teaching. Journal of Teacher Education, 66(4), 321-333. Strom, K. J., & Viesca, K. M. (2022). Posthumanism and teacher education: A framework for rethinking teacher learning. Teaching and Teacher Education, 113, 103670. Sutherland, L., Howard, S., & Markauskaite, L. (2010). Professional identity creation: Examining the development of beginning preservice teachers’ understanding of their work as teachers. Teaching and Teacher Education, 26(3), 455–465. Tan, X., Cheng, G., & Ling, M. H. (2025). Artificial intelligence in teaching and teacher professional development: A systematic review. Computers & Education: Artificial Intelligence, 8, 100355. UNESCO. (2025). AI and the future of education: Disruptions, dilemmas and directions. Zembylas, M. (2025). On the entanglement of epistemic violence and affective injustice in higher education: a conceptual analysis. High Educ 89, 791–805. Kruger, F., & Zembylas, M. (2026). Theorising reparative futures in global education: Decolonial pathways through dis-enclosure and conviviality. Globalisation, Societies and Education. Yang, H., & Markauskaite, L. (2025). Fostering language student teachers' transformative agency for embracing GenAI.Teaching and Teacher Education, 159, 104980. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster AI-Supported Materials Development as a Means of Professionalization for Pre-Service Teachers University of Würzburg, Germany Presenting Author:Teachers operate under conditions of increasing professional demands, including intensified workloads and the need to respond to diverse learner needs. In this context, artificial intelligence (AI) is frequently discussed as a potential means of supporting instructional practice. This is congruent with the growing number of teachers who are reporting an increased utilization of AI in the preparation of their lessons (Herm & Hagen, 2025). Nevertheless, the German School Barometer revealed that 62% of respondents expressed feelings of uncertainty or extreme uncertainty regarding the utilization of AI, and 31% reported not using AI at all (Herm & Hagen, 2025). These findings indicate a substantial lack of professional preparedness, underscoring the need to systematically address AI-related competencies in teacher training. Consequently, AI must become an integral component of teacher training, accompanied by empirical research on pre-service teachers’ (PSTs) AI use and the effectiveness of related pedagogical measures. However, research on the use of AI for subject-specific materials development remains limited, and clear connections between AI literacy and concrete teaching practice are rarely made (Xin, 2024, p. 4). Moreover, studies focusing explicitly on PSTs remain scarce, as research often centers on students or in-service teachers (Huang et al., 2025, p. 2). Against this backdrop, this dissertation project aims to investigate the usage of AI among PSTs for English as a foreign language in secondary schools. The project's central theme is the design and analysis of a university seminar (comprising 11 sessions of 90 minutes each) in which generative AI is systematically employed for materials development. The present project examines how PSTs utilize AI in this context, the evaluation criteria they apply, and the changes observed in their practices and evaluative perspectives over the course of the seminar. The analysis examines patterns of interaction and adaptation that emerge in dealing with AI and focuses on how the critical justification of AI-based material revisions develops. The following research questions are investigated:
The seminar, therefore, combines existing didactic and materials-related theories with AI-specific content. For instance, the program includes sessions on AI algorithms, ethical considerations, and prompt engineering, and their implications for materials development. The theoretical underpinnings of the seminar are provided by the UNESCO AI Competency Framework for Teachers (2024) because it provides clear guidance for the AI content that is to be implemented in teacher training (Bai, 2025, p. 50). Materials development was chosen as the focal area, as it constitutes a recurring and authentic pedagogical practice in which AI-specific learning objectives and curricular guidelines can be operationalized. According to Edmett et al. (2024, p. 31), it is the most popular use of AI among teachers, with 57% of the surveyed teachers reporting that they use AI for this purpose. However, in the same study, more than half of those teachers disagreed or strongly disagreed with the statement 'I have received enough training to incorporate AI into my teaching' (Edmett et al., 2024, p. 36), which points to a clear misalignment between the frequent use of AI in teaching and teachers’ self-reported training experiences. The seminar’s positioning at the intersection of didactics and AI education introduces a new dimension of professionalization, grounded in the systematic reflection on pedagogically justified AI use. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The present study utilizes a mixed-methods approach. At the beginning and end of the seminar, Ning's AI Literacy Questionnaire is utilized in order to self-assess PSTs’ individual AI literacy levels (Ning et al., 2025). The efficacy of the seminar is determined by evaluating the pre-post changes. Furthermore, three generated materials from each PST, staggered over time (beginning, middle, and end of the seminar), are analyzed. This serves to record their prompt interaction with AI and their continuous adaptation of the material. Throughout the seminar, PSTs record their individual experiences and complete various reflection tasks in reflection portfolios, which are effective tools for observing learning processes (Akleh & A.Wahab, 2020). The focus here is on PSTs’ experiences and applications of AI, with an emphasis on the evolution of these practices throughout the semester. Furthermore, the portfolios will facilitate the visualization of the reflection process, from the initial prompt to the final material, by requiring PSTs to substantiate their thoughts and adjustments. The prompts and reflection portfolios are analyzed and classified through qualitative content analysis. The objective of this triangulation is to unveil patterns of interaction and adaptation in the utilization of AI. The analysis examines which criteria guide the revision and whether the AI output is evaluated differently over the course of the seminar. Design-based research functions as an overarching framework (Reinmann et al., 2024). The implementation of the seminar in the summer semester 2026 (April-July) constitutes the initial phase of the iterative cycle. Following a thorough evaluation and subsequent refinement, the seminar will be offered once more in the winter semester. This process is expected to be repeated two or three times. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study proposes a novel approach to the integration of generative AI in teacher training. Preliminary studies have demonstrated that the degree to which individuals possess AI literacy, understood as the capacity for critical engagement with AI, can be augmented through university-based interventions (Tzirides et al., 2024, p. 9). The key challenge now lies in transferring these advances into contexts that are relevant to PSTs’ future professional practice. With its focus on the combination of AI with materials development, it is in precisely this context that the present study is situated. The results will contribute to understanding how AI is used by teacher training students of English and how AI can be put to meaningful use. It is reasonable to hypothesize that the development of AI literacy will be accompanied by the emergence of critical thinking, critical distance, and ethical considerations. Moreover, a university seminar concept will be formulated and subjected to rigorous evaluation and testing. Given the utilization of the UNESCO AI Competency Framework for Teachers, a global reference framework for competencies, it is conceivable that this seminar could be transferred to other universities or teacher training settings as well. It might also be possible to transfer the concept to other subjects, especially other foreign languages than English. References AI competency framework for teachers. (2024). UNESCO. https://doi.org/10.54675/ZJTE2084 Akleh, A., & A.Wahab, R. A. (2020). Effectiveness of Course Portfolio in Improving Course Quality at Higher Education. International Journal of Higher Education, 9(3), 39. https://doi.org/10.5430/ijhe.v9n3p39 Bai, J. (2025). Overview and summary of AI competency framework for teachers. Global Medical Education, 2(1), 47–51. https://doi.org/10.1515/gme-2024-0029 Edmett, A., Ichaporia, N., Crompton, H., & Crichton, R. (with Lightfoot, A.). (2024). Artificial intelligence and English language teaching: Preparing for the future (Version Second edition) [Application/pdf]. British Council. https://doi.org/10.57884/78EA-3C69 Herm, M., & Hagen, C. (2025, June 25). Lehrkräfte sorgen sich um die Kompetenzen der Generation ChatGPT. Robert Bosch Stiftung. https://www.bosch-stiftung.de/de/storys/lehrkraefte-sorgen-sich-um-die-kompetenzen-der-generation-chatgpt-0 Huang, T., Wu, C., & Wu, M. (2025). Developing pre-service language teachers’ GenAI literacy: An interventional study in an English language teacher education course. Discover Artificial Intelligence, 5(1), 163. https://doi.org/10.1007/s44163-025-00435-1 Kohnke, L., Zou, D., Ou, A. W., & Gu, M. M. (2025). Preparing future educators for AI-enhanced classrooms: Insights into AI literacy and integration. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 8, 100398. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeai.2025.100398 Manto, A. M., Señedo, G. E., Jauculan, F. G. E., Giangan, M. S. Q., & Alcantara, G. A. (2025). AI Literacy Among Future Math Educators: The Mediating Role of Digital Literacy in Mathematics Teaching. International Journal of Learning, Teaching and Educational Research, 24(7), 753–775. https://doi.org/10.26803/ijlter.24.7.37 Ning, Y., Zhang, W., Yao, D., Fang, B., Xu, B., & Wijaya, T. T. (2025). Development and validation of the Artificial Intelligence Literacy Scale for Teachers (AILST). Education and Information Technologies, 30(12), 17769–17803. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-025-13347-5 Reinmann, G., Herzberg, D., & Brase, A. (2024). Forschendes Entwerfen: Design-Based Research in der Hochschuldidaktik (1st ed., Vol. 7). transcript Verlag. https://doi.org/10.14361/9783839474242 Tzirides, A. O. (Olnancy), Zapata, G., Kastania, N. P., Saini, A. K., Castro, V., Ismael, S. A., You, Y., Santos, T. A. D., Searsmith, D., O’Brien, C., Cope, B., & Kalantzis, M. (2024). Combining human and artificial intelligence for enhanced AI literacy in higher education. Computers and Education Open, 6, 100184. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeo.2024.100184 Xin, J. J. (2024). Investigating EFL teachers’ use of generative AI to develop reading materials: A practice and perception study. Language Teaching Research, 13621688241303321. https://doi.org/10.1177/13621688241303321 Yong-In University, & Van Horn, K. (2024). ChatGPT in English Language Learning: Exploring Perceptions and Promoting Autonomy in a University EFL Context. Teaching English as a Second or Foreign Language--TESL-EJ, 28(1). https://doi.org/10.55593/ej.28109a8 |
| 11:15 - 12:45 | 99 ERC SES 03 U (P): Posters Location: Main Auditorium foyer | Main building A Session Chair: Ineke Pit-ten Cate Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Teaching in and for Cultural Diversity University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:Increasing international immigration across Europe has created new challenges and opportunities for education systems, highlighting the need for teachers to develop intercultural competencies (IC) to work effectively in culturally diverse classrooms. However, research suggests that initial teacher education (ITE) may not always be sufficiently adapting to these changing contexts (e.g., Herzog Punzenberger et al., 2022). Drawing on two closely intertwined doctoral research projects within the EDUCA-Doc pilot programme, this poster presents key findings and implications from six studies on cultural diversity in education from a Finnish context, with a particular focus on relationship building (RB), IC, and cultural beliefs. Although we primarily refer to working with students with migrant backgrounds, we acknowledge that cultural diversity does and should not solely refer to migrants and that migrant students constitute a heterogenous group marked by diverse identities and experiences (Conti, 2025). Conceptually, RB is defined as the fostering of positive reciprocated social bonds between two or more individuals or groups, informed by the social capital theory of Bourdieu (1996) and the Teaching Through Interaction framework of Hamre et al. (2013). Cultural beliefs (in Study 5 referred to as lay theories of culture, see Rosenthal & Levy, 2010) refer to an individual’s orientation towards cultural diversity, ranging from multicultural and egalitarian beliefs to assimilationist beliefs (e.g., Hachfeld et al., 2011; 2015). Cultural beliefs affect both how pre-service teachers engage with teaching material aimed at cultural diversity, but also in-service teachers’ self-efficacy and adaptability when working in culturally diverse environments (e.g., Hachfeld et al., 2015; Rissanen et al., 2023). IC has commonly been conceptualised as encompassing the dimensions of attitudes, knowledge, skills and behaviour (Perry & Southwell, 2011). While criticised by some for its inflexibility and underplaying structural power relations (e.g., Dervin et al., 2020), IC offers a theoretical basis for evaluating and strengthening the professionalism teachers require to ensure inclusive and high-quality education for learners from all cultural backgrounds (e.g. Theeuwes et al., 2025). The overarching topic of pre-service teachers’ preparation for cultural diversity in the context of RB, cultural beliefs and IC was addressed through a total of six sub-studies. A scoping review on RB in culturally diverse educational contexts across Europe highlighted the need to more actively develop pre-service teachers’ capacity to facilitate meaningful relationships already within ITE (Study 1). This relates to Study 2, which will investigate how newly arrived migrant students portray the ways in which their social networks (e.g. teachers) support their learning and sense of belonging. Supporting students’ RB especially with peers was also found important in a study on Finnish preparatory education teachers’ views on supporting newly arrived migrant students (Study 3). The study also discussed teachers’ understanding of students’ sociopolitical landscape and diversity as an element of their own IC. Furthermore, a quantitative study on pre-service teachers’ cultural beliefs in the first and third year of their ITE (Study 4) noted that while many hold positive views towards cultural diversity, those with egalitarian views do not necessarily develop their cultural beliefs throughout their education. This underlines results of Study 5, finding that about a fifth of in-service teachers reports egalitarian (in the study referred to as colourblind) cultural beliefs, with 11% of participants framing cultural diversity as problematic. Together, these two studies highlight the need to address pre-service teachers’ cultural beliefs within ITE, and to prepare them adequately to teach in culturally diverse environments. However, a study on teacher educators’ perceptions and approaches to facilitate this preparation (Study 6) found that not all teacher educators feel prepared themselves, as well as a wide variety in theoretical understanding and a lack of professional development opportunities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Study 1 is a scoping review, drawing on peer-reviewed English-language research on RB in culturally diverse classrooms in European contexts. It identified 32 relevant articles, published in 14 different European countries, between 2014 and 2024. Study 1 is contextually informed by Bourdieu's social capital theory (1986) and the Teaching Through Interaction framework of Hamre et al. (2013). Study 2 uses a narrative approach to analyse ecomaps drawn by and interviews with 30 newly arrived migrant students between the ages of 15 and 17. The study investigates how the students narrate the social networks they found meaningful during their transition from preparatory education to basic education. The focus is on how these social networks support their learning and sense of belonging during the transition. Study 3 employed reflexive thematic analysis on interviews with 30 in-service teachers working with newly arrived migrant students in preparatory education classrooms in Finland, focusing on their views on supporting new arrivals and collaborating with mainstream education teachers. The results were viewed through the lens of intercultural professionalism, which was understood as teachers’ ethical and holistic orientation to promote equity among diverse students (Jokikokko 2005; Rissanen 2019). Study 4 employed a quantitative approach, using the Teacher’s Cultural Belief Scale of Hachfeld et al. (2011) to identify latent cultural belief profiles among Finnish student teachers (n = 2404) in their first and third year of studies. The profiles were further analysed employing an R3Step analysis, focusing on the importance of university, ITE programme, and other factors on profile membership. Study 5 examined comprehensive schoolteachers’ (N=273) attitudes and beliefs about cultural diversity as part of their IC. The study used abductive content analysis through the lens of lay theories of culture framework. Study 6 used reflexive thematic analysis to explore how 20 teacher educators working at Finnish universities perceive and approach intercultural education within ITE. It drew contextually on the concepts of intercultural education (e.g., Figueredo-Canosa et al., 2020). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of these studies highlight the need to address pre-service teachers’ preparation for cultural diversity in ITE from multiple perspectives: Both within the teaching curricula through teaching material aimed at the development of intercultural competencies and cultural beliefs, but also the teacher educators themselves. Pre-service teachers need to be adequately prepared to foster RB and develop the IC needed to provide adequate and supportive teaching in culturally diverse environments. However, our findings suggest that persistent challenges related to RB and IC remain among in-service teachers, even those working closely with newly arrived migrant students. This underlines the need to address IC more in-depth within ITE, both for pre-service teachers as well as for teacher educators. Systemic professional development opportunities are needed to enable teacher educators to adapt to the evolving needs in a fast-changing educational landscape. While focused on a Finnish context, the findings of the studies are internationally relevant and offer important insights into the importance of RB and cultural beliefs for teachers in culturally diverse classrooms. They further highlight the need to address IC actively and consistently within ITE, and to prepare teacher educators to meet these needs. References Bourdieu, P. (1986). The forms of capital. In J. G. Richardson (Ed.), Handbook of theory and research for the sociology of education (pp. 241–258). Greenwood Press. Conti, L. (2025). Intercultural education: recalibrating meanings, objectives, and practices. Intercultural Education 36(4), 418–236. https://doi.org/10.1080/14675986.2025.2484514 Dervin, F., Moloney, R. & Simpson, A. (Eds.) (2020). Intercultural Competence in the Work of Teachers. Confronting Ideologies and Practices. Routledge. Figueredo-Canosa, V., Ortiz Jiménez, L., & López Berlanga, M. C. (2020). Teacher training in intercultural education: Teacher perceptions. Education Sciences 10(3), 81. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci10030081 Hachfeld, A., Hahn, A., Schroeder, S., Anders, Y., Stanat, P., & Kunter, M. (2011). Assessing teachers’ multicultural and egalitarian beliefs: The Teacher Cultural Beliefs Scale. Teaching and Teacher Education, 27(6), 986–996. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2011.04.006 Hachfeld, A., Hahn, A., Schroeder, S., Anders, Y., & Kunter, M. (2015). Are teachers’ beliefs about cultural diversity related to their professional competence? Journal of Teacher Education 66(4), 317–332. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487115587369 Hamre, B. K., Pianta, R. C., Downer, J. T., DeCoster, J., Mashburn, A. J., Jones, S. M., Brown, J. L., Cappella, E., Atkins, M., Rivers, S. E., Brackett, M. A., & Hamagami, A. (2013). Teaching through interactions: Testing a developmental framework of teacher effectiveness in over 4,000 classrooms. The Elementary School Journal, 113(4), 461–487. https://doi.org/10.1086/669616 Herzog-Punzenberger, B., Brown, M., Altrichter, H., & Gardezi, S. (2023). Preparing teachers for diversity: how are teacher education systems responding to cultural diversity – the case of Austria and Ireland. Teachers and Teaching, 29(5), 479–496. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2022.2062734 Jokikokko, K. (2005). Interculturally trained Finnish teachers' conceptions of diversity and intercultural competence. Intercultural Education 16(1), 69–83. https://doi.org/10.1080/14636310500061898 Perry, L. B. & Southwell, L. (2011). Developing intercultural understanding and skills: models and approaches. Intercultural Education 22(6), 453–466. http://doi.org/10.1080/14675986.2011.644948 Rissanen, I. (2019). Intercultural competencies as part of teachers’ moral professionalism. In M. A. Peters (Ed.) Encyclopedia of teacher education (pp. 1–6). Springer Nature. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-1179-6_187-1 Rissanen, I., Kuusisto, E. & McMullen, J. (2023). Identifying core beliefs of an intercultural educator: How polyculturalism and group malleability beliefs shape teachers’ pedagogical thinking and practice. Social Psychology of Education 26, 1201–1225. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11218-023-09785-z Rosenthal, L. & Levy, S. R. (2010). The Colorblind, Multicultural, and Polycultural Ideological Approaches to Improving Intergroup Attitudes and Relations. Social Issues and Policy Review 4(1), 215–246. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1751-2409.2010.01022.x Theeuwes, B., Saab, N., Denessen, E. & Admiraal, W. (2025). Unraveling teachers’ intercultural competence when facing a simulated multicultural classroom. Teaching and Teacher Education 162. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2025.105053 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Lived Experiences of Parents Raising Children with Down syndrome in Kazakhstan: A Phenomenological Study Nazarbayev University, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:The topic of parenting a child with Down syndrome (DS) has not received much attention from scholars in Kazakhstan, where understanding of the needs, support systems, and lived experiences of these families remains minimal. To address this gap, this qualitative phenomenological study examines the lived experiences of parents, with a focus on the educational paths of their children and the barriers encountered along the way. This study, derived from Master's research conducted from fall 2023 to spring 2024, was guided by the main research question: “What are the lived experiences of parents of children with Down syndrome as they relate to education related endeavors?” There were three sub questions: 1) As parents of children with DS, what is their role in the educational journey of their The study draws on data from interviews with eight parents of children with DS from various regions of Kazakhstan, guided by the Conceptual Model of Family Factors Relating to the Early Development of Children with Down syndrome (Van Hooste and Maes 2003). The model emphasizes the central role of parent-child interactions, positing that the quality of these interactions defines the developmental outcomes of children with Down syndrome. Various factors can influence these interactions, including family characteristics (e.g., parental attitudes and expectations, stimulating environments), available support resources (e.g., social support networks, early intervention services), and stressors (e.g., information needs, provision of support services known as resource needs, interpersonal and family distress, and confidence threats). The present study focuses on formal support systems, such as early intervention services and educational settings, and explores the associated stressors. Although situated in Kazakhstan, the findings speak to broader concept of inclusive education, offering insights that are transferable to other contexts where families similarly navigate gaps between policy and practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research used a philosophical approach within interpretivist epistemology, employing phenomenology as its methodological framework. Eight mothers were selected for the study through a snowball sampling strategy. Subsequent participants were recruited through the personal connections of this initial family, parent support groups on social media and word of mouth. Informed by the conceptual framework guiding the study, a semi-structured interview protocol was designed to investigate parents' experiences regarding their child's development and educational experiences. Parents were also asked to elaborate on their support needs. Overall, the interviews comprised a total of 14 questions, and lasted from 30 to 90 minutes. Except for one, all semi-structured interviews were conducted via audio chat platforms such as Zoom or WhatsApp Call. Interviews were audiotaped with participant consent. The first step in data analysis involved verbatim transcription of the interviews, followed by translation from Russian to English. To establish a codebook, two interviews were randomly selected and analyzed using Saldana’s (2013) two-cycle coding method. Each participant and their children were assigned pseudonyms for confidentiality. After completing the coding process for all interviews, similar data were grouped into categories and subcategories. This process resulted in the identification of six overarching themes aligned with the categories of the conceptual framework, which for the purpose of current study were condensed to two: parental challenges and support needs. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Guided by Van Hooste and Maes’ (2003) conceptual framework, this study examined family factors influencing the development of children with Down syndrome in Kazakhstan, focusing on parental expectations, social support, early intervention (EI), and educational experiences. All core components of the framework were reflected in parental interviews; however, most were described through challenging lived experiences. Social support emerged as the most consistently positive factor, with mothers highlighting the importance of extended family and peer networks of other parents of children with Down syndrome in coping with stress and sustaining resilience, consistent with prior research (Pillay et al., 2012). Mothers described their daily lives as shaped by continuous advocacy. Participants reported persistent efforts to secure access to services, appropriate school placements, and respectful interactions with professionals, often in response to exclusionary practices and stigmatizing attitudes within community and institutional settings. These findings align with research identifying institutional barriers as major contributors to family stress (Ocasio-Stoutenburg, 2020). Significant gaps were identified in state-provided EI services, including long waiting periods, limited availability of qualified specialists, and insufficient guidance for parents. Such barriers undermine the effectiveness of EI, which should be timely, individualized, and family centered (Van Hooste & Maes, 2003). Consequently, many families sought private services, creating financial strain and continued difficulty in locating competent providers. Parents emphasized that limited support for home-based language development further increased developmental risks (Buckley & Le Prevost, 2002). Despite strong parental commitment to fostering positive developmental environments, cumulative systemic stressors contributed to what Van Hooste and Maes (2003) describe as “confidence threat,” undermining parental self-efficacy. Overall, findings suggest that difficulties experienced by families stem primarily from institutional and societal barriers rather than from Down syndrome itself, highlighting the need for family-centered, strength-based practices and systemic reform in early intervention and education services. References Biklen, D., and J. Burke. 2006. “Presuming Competence.” Equity & Excellence in Education 39 (2): 166–75. doi:10.1080/10665680500540376. Blacher, J., and C. Hatton. 2007. “Families in context: Influences on coping and adaptation.” In Handbook of Developmental Disabilities, edited by S.L. Odom, R.H. Home, M.E. Snell, and Jan Blacher. New York: Guilford Press. Buckley, S., and P. Le Prèvost. 2002. “Speech and Language Therapy for Children with Down Syndrome.” PsycEXTRA Dataset. doi:10.1037/e493402004-001. de Graaf, G., F. Buckley, and B. G. Skotko. 2020. “Estimation of the Number of People with Down Syndrome in Europe.” European Journal of Human Genetics 29 (3): 402–10. doi:10.1038/s41431-020-00748-y. Fidler, D. J., and L. Nadel. 2007. “Education and Children with Down Syndrome: Neuroscience, Development, and Intervention.” Mental Retardation and Developmental Disabilities Research Reviews 13 (3): 262–71. doi:10.1002/mrdd.20166. Hodapp, R. M., T. M. Ly, D. J. Fidler, and L. A. Ricci. 2001. “Less Stress, More Rewarding: Parenting Children with Down syndrome.” Parenting 1 (4): 317–37. doi:10.1207/s15327922par0104_3. Ocasio-Stoutenburg, L. L. 2020. “Voices of Diversity in Parent Advocacy for Children with Down syndrome: Intersectional and Contextual Considerations for Special Education and Health Care Practitioners” PhD diss., University of Miami. University of Miami Libraries. https://scholarship.miami.edu/esploro/outputs/doctoral/Voices-of-Diversity-in-ParentAdvocacy/991031456285102976 Human Rights Watch. 2019. “On the Margins”: Education for Children with Disabilities in Kazakhstan. https://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/report_pdf/kazakhstan0319_web3.pdf Passeka, Y., and M. Somerton. 2022. “Bridging the Gap: Special Educators’ Perceptions of Their Professional Roles in Supporting Inclusive Education in Kazakhstan.” Disability & Society 39 (6): 1380–1401. doi:10.1080/09687599.2022.2160925. Pillay, D., S. Girdler, M. Collins, and H. Leonard. 2012. “‘It’s Not What You Were Expecting, But It’s Still a Beautiful Journey’: The Experience of Mothers of Children with Down syndrome.” Disability and Rehabilitation 34 (18): 1501–1510. doi:10.3109/09638288.2011.650313. Saldaña, J. 2021. The Coding Manual for Qualitative Researchers. London: SAGE Publications Ltd. Van Hooste, A., and B. Maes. 2003. “Family Factors in the Early Development of Children with Down Syndrome.” Journal of Early Intervention 25 (4): 296–309. doi:10.1177/105381510302500405. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster The Tacit Dimension of Navigating Higher Education with Affective Disorders Aarhus University, Danish School of Education, Denmark Presenting Author:This project investigates how students with affective disorders (ICD-10, 2019; WHO, 2024) navigate higher education, focusing on the interplay between body, physical environment, and emotions. The increasing number of students with mental disorders highlights the need to rethink the design of learning environments that foster both inclusion and academic development. Global estimates from the World Health Organization (2022) and the United Nations (2025) indicate that over 1.3 billion people - 16% of the world’s population - experience significant disability, resulting from interactions between individuals and environmental factors (WHO, 2022; WHO, 2026). Despite being the world’s largest minority, this population faces persistent barriers and exclusion, particularly in education and broader societal participation (CRPD, 2006). Studies have emphasized that educational environments are primarily developed for students with “neurotypical” development, potentially excluding students with mental disorders (Horlin et al., 2024). In Denmark, one in five students (19%) report having a disability, over half (56%) indicate that their disability is related to mental health (EVA, 2023). By examining how students with affective disorders -from two Danish universities - navigate the physical and social spaces of higher education through embodied and embedded strategies, this project illuminates’ students’ tacit, embodied knowledge and adaptive practices, offering insights for promoting inclusive learning environments. Tacit knowledge (Polanyi, 1967) is understood as knowledge carried in the body and in actions (Adloff et al., 2015). Embodied strategies are conceptualized phenomenologically, following Merleau-Ponty (1945/2012), as the ways this knowledge is lived, felt, and enacted through the body’s intentional engagement with the world. Embedded strategies, analyzed through a space-and-place lens (Tuan, 1977), describe how tacit and bodily knowledge is shaped by and enacted within specific social and material environments (Schrijver, 2021), where characteristics of spaces, places, and institutional settings influence possibilities for action, experience, and emotional engagement. To explore essential forms of tacit knowledge among students with affective disorders in higher education, this study raises three analytical questions: 1) What embodied and embedded strategies do students with affective disorders use to navigate higher education? 2) What role does the body play in the inclusion of these students? 3) How does the physical environment affect their inclusion? Subjective experiences must be carefully considered to understand the neural bases of human behavior (Fuchs & Schlimme, 2009). Studies highlight the importance of understanding individuals through their lived experiences and bodily constructions, suggesting that “embodiment” is emerging as a major paradigm in psychopathology (Ratcliffe, 2008, 2023; Stanghellini, 2004). Embodied approaches emphasize the circular interaction of altered subjective experiences (Ratcliffe, 2015). Guided by phenomenology (Fuchs, 2021, 2023; Fuchs & Koch, 2014; Fuchs et al., 2009; Merleau-Ponty, 1945/2012) and spatial theory (Tuan, 1974, 1977), this project aims to: Investigate the role of the body in shaping strategies for managing academic, social, and emotional challenges. Analyze how bodily, emotional, and spatial interactions can exacerbate or alleviate the effects of affective disorders on learning and participation. Generate insights to inform more inclusive educational practices and the design of learning environments supporting students with affective disorders. (512 words) Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A phenomenological ethnographic approach, combining multiple qualitative methods, was adopted to examine how students with affective disorders navigate educational contexts through tacit, bodily, and situated knowledge. This approach was selected for three reasons. Firstly, it enables in-depth exploration of subjective and sensory experiences, capturing the embodied and affective dimensions of students’ engagement with learning environments. Secondly, it allows flexible, participant-centered data collection through walk-and-talk interviews (Kusenbach, 2003), participatory observation, and photo-elicitation (Grimmet & Boucher, 2017), providing insight into how social and spatial contexts shape strategies for managing anxiety, depression, or bipolar disorder. Thirdly, this methodology emphasizes research with participants rather than about them, fostering ethical reflexivity, participant autonomy, and co-creation of knowledge. By integrating these methods, the study reveals how bodily, emotional, and environmental factors interact to influence students’ well-being and academic experiences, offering rich, situated insights inaccessible through purely quantitative approaches. (149 words) Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Increasing understanding of how students with affective disorders experience and navigate higher education bodily and emotionally will inform the development of institutional learning environments and spatial designs that better accommodate emotional distress. By combining walk-and-talk interviews, participatory observation, and photo-elicitation, the study will provide nuanced insight into students’ subjective and sensory experiences and how different learning environments may exacerbate or alleviate anxiety, depression, or bipolar disorder. The scientific contribution lies in advancing knowledge of how learning environments influence academic life and social relationships, particularly for students with affective disorders, offering a foundation for further phenomenological and ethnographic research. Findings can guide universities and policymakers in creating inclusive and supportive spatial and academic frameworks, as well as sustainable learning environments that enhance student well-being and learning outcomes. Societal benefits include increased awareness of affective conditions, better understanding of how educational institutions can improve student well-being, and reduced stigma by situating personal experiences within broader educational contexts. This knowledge can inform the design of learning spaces and support services that respond effectively to students’ experiences and needs. (175 words) References Adloff, F., Gerund, K., & Kaldewey, D. (2015). Revealing tacit knowledge : embodiment and explication (1st ed.). [transcript]. https://doi.org/10.14361/transcript.9783839425169 Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities, (2006). https://www.ohchr.org/en/instruments-mechanisms/instruments/convention-rights-persons-disabilities EVA, D. E. (2023). Førsteårsstuderendes oplevelse af special-pædagogisk støtte. (www) 978-87-7182-704-0 Fuchs, T. (2021). In defense of the human being : foundational questions of an embodied anthropology (First edition. ed.). Oxford University Press. Fuchs, T. (2023). Hjernens økologi (1. udgave. ed.). Klim. Fuchs, T., & Koch, S. C. (2014). Embodied affectivity: on moving and being moved. Frontiers in psychology, 5. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2014.00508 Fuchs, T., Schlimme, J. E., Fulford, K. W. M., Sadler, J. Z., & Hoff, P. (2009). Embodiment and psychopathology: a phenomenological perspective. Current opinion in psychiatry, 22(6), 570-575. https://doi.org/10.1097/YCO.0b013e3283318e5c Grimmet, K., & Boucher, M. L., Jr. (2017). Using Photo-Elicitation to Break the Silence. In (pp. 71-92). Springer International Publishing AG. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-64413-4_4 Horlin, C., Hronska, B., & Nordmann, E. (2024). I can be a "normal" student: the role of lecture capture in supporting disabled and neurodivergent students' participation in higher education. Higher education. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-024-01201-5 ICD-10. (2019). Chapter V - Mental and behavioural disorders (F00-F99). International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD). Retrieved 10.09 from https://icd.who.int/browse10/2019/en#/F30-F39 Kusenbach, M. (2003). Street Phenomenology: The Go-Along as Ethnographic Research Tool. Ethnography., 4(9), 455-485. https://doi.org/info:doi/ Merleau-Ponty, M. (1945/2012). Phenomenology of perception. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203720714 Polanyi, M. (1967). The tacit dimension (2. print. 2009 ed.). University of Chicago Press. (1967) Ratcliffe, M. (2008). Feelings of being: phenomenology, psychiatry and the sense of reality. Oxford University Press. Ratcliffe, M. (2015). Experiences of depression : a study in phenomenology (First edition. ed.). Oxford University Press. Ratcliffe, M. (2017). Real hallucinations: psychiatric illness, intentionality, and the interpersonal world. The MIT Press. Ratcliffe, M. (2023). Grief worlds: a study of emotional experience (1st ed.). The MIT Press. Schrijver, L. (2021). The Tacit Dimension Architecture Knowledge and Scientific Research. Leuven University Press. Tuan, Y.-F. (1974). Topophilia: A Study of Environmental Perceptions, Attitudes, and Values. Columbia University Press. Tuan, Y.-F. (1977). Space and place : the perspective of experience (5. printing. 2007 ed.). University of Minnesota Press. United Nations, U. (2025). International Day of Persons with Disabilities, 3 December. https://www.un.org/en/observances/day-of-persons-with-disabilities WHO. (2024). Mental disorders. World Health Organization. WHO, W. H. O. (2022). Global report on health equity for persons with disabilities (ISBN 978-92-4-006360-0 ). WHO, W. H. O. (2026). Disability. Retrieved 08.01.2026 from https://www.who.int/health-topics/disability#tab=tab_1 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Students’ Experiences of Motivation in High-Performing Schools: When Being Talented is Not Enough NIS Shymkent-Karatau, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:High-performing secondary schools, particularly selective schools for gifted students, have become a prominent feature of education systems across Europe and beyond. These institutions are designed to maximise academic potential and produce high achievement. However, growing research suggests that high ability and academic success do not automatically guarantee sustained student motivation, engagement, or well-being (Hornstra et al., 2023). In competitive environments, talented students may experience pressure, social comparison, and emotional strain, which can undermine their motivation over time (Luthar et al., 2020). This study is situated in the context of Kazakhstan’s Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools (NIS), a nationwide network of selective high-performing schools established to educate gifted students and prepare future national leaders (Yakavets, 2014). While NIS schools demonstrate strong academic outcomes, less is known about how students themselves experience motivation within these demanding environments. This research addresses this gap by exploring students’ lived experiences of motivation and demotivation, focusing on the idea that being talented is not enough to sustain engagement without appropriate pedagogical and emotional support. Existing literature on gifted education highlights that motivation among gifted learners is shaped by both individual dispositions and school-level factors. Studies have shown that teacher practices, learning environment, and emotional support play a critical role in sustaining motivation among gifted students (Phillips & Lindsay, 2006). Longitudinal research further suggests that gifted students may initially display high intrinsic motivation, but this advantage can diminish when learning environments fail to meet their psychological needs (Hornstra et al., 2023). Social comparison processes are particularly relevant in high-performing schools. According to the Big-Fish–Little-Pond Effect, students with similar ability levels may develop lower academic self-concepts when placed in highly competitive peer groups (Marsh & Parker, 1984). As a result, students who were previously high achievers may feel “average,” which can negatively affect confidence and motivation. Recent international research has even identified students in elite schools as an at-risk group for stress and maladjustment due to high expectations and performance pressure (Luthar et al., 2020). The study is theoretically grounded in Self-Determination Theory (SDT) (Deci & Ryan, 2000), which conceptualises motivation as dependent on the satisfaction of three basic psychological needs: autonomy, competence, and relatedness. When educational environments support these needs, students are more likely to develop intrinsic motivation and sustained engagement. Conversely, environments that emphasise control, excessive competition, or rigid differentiation may undermine motivation, even among high-achieving students (Deci & Ryan, 2000). Research Question:
Objectives:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative case study design to explore students’ motivational experiences in depth. The research was conducted at a Nazarbayev Intellectual School in southern Kazakhstan, characterised by selective admission and a high academic workload. Participants consisted of approximately 12 secondary school students aged 15–18, selected through purposive sampling to reflect variation in academic performance, gender, and grade level within the high-performing context. Ethical approval was obtained, and informed consent was secured from both students and parents. Data were collected through semi-structured individual interviews, allowing students to articulate their experiences in their own words. Interview questions focused on students’ motivation, perceptions of differentiation, experiences of competition, relationships with teachers and peers, and moments of both engagement and discouragement. Interviews lasted between 45 and 60 minutes and were audio-recorded and transcribed verbatim. Data analysis followed a thematic analysis approach. Initial open coding was conducted to identify recurring ideas and patterns. These codes were then grouped into broader themes through iterative comparison and refinement. The analytical process was guided by sensitising concepts from Self-Determination Theory, particularly autonomy, competence, and relatedness (Deci & Ryan, 2000). To enhance trustworthiness, peer debriefing and member checking were employed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings indicate that students’ motivation in high-performing schools is complex and uneven. While many students value academic challenge, perceived differentiation sometimes leads to discouragement, particularly when students interpret ability grouping as a signal of lowered expectations. Students placed in lower tiers within a selective environment reported reduced confidence and motivation. Competition emerged as both motivating and harmful. Some students described competition as pushing them to improve, while others experienced constant comparison with high-achieving peers as emotionally exhausting. These experiences align with research on academic self-concept in competitive environments (Marsh & Parker, 1984). Students who maintained strong motivation often relied on intrinsic factors, such as personal interest and self-set goals, rather than grades alone. Supportive teacher–student relationships were identified as a key protective factor, helping students cope with pressure and maintain engagement. Overall, the findings suggest that talent alone does not ensure motivation. Supportive differentiation, meaningful autonomy, and a sense of belonging are essential for sustaining motivation in high-performing schools. References Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2000). The “what” and “why” of goal pursuits: Human needs and the self-determination of behavior. Psychological Inquiry, 11(4), 227–268. Hornstra, L., Mathijssen, A. C. S., Denissen, J. J. A., & Bakx, A. (2023). Academic motivation of intellectually gifted students and their classmates in regular primary school classes. Learning and Individual Differences, 107, 102345. Luthar, S. S., Kumar, N. L., & Zillmer, N. (2020). High-achieving schools connote risks for adolescents. American Psychologist, 75(7), 983–995. Marsh, H. W., & Parker, J. W. (1984). Determinants of student self-concept: Big-fish–little-pond effect. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 47(1), 213–231. Phillips, N., & Lindsay, G. (2006). Motivation in gifted students. High Ability Studies, 17(1), 57–73. Yakavets, N. (2014). Reforming society through education for gifted children: The case of Kazakhstan. Research Papers in Education, 29(5), 513–533. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster The Large-Scale Psychological Game “Kaleidoscope” as a Tool for Creating a Psychologically Safe Educational Environment and Promoting Social-Emotional Interaction 1: Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools, Kazakhstan; 2: Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools, Kazakhstan; 3: Suleyman Demirel Lyceum school; 4: Psychological Suport Center of the Astana Mayor,s Office; 5: LLP Apple Tree:Center for Continuning Education; 6: Municipal State Institution "Proletarka Basic School" of the Ulan Department of Education. Presenting Author:In contemporary educational contexts, schools face numerous challenges associated with increasing psycho-emotional demands on students and ongoing social changes. Consequently, schools are increasingly viewed not only as spaces for academic instruction but also as significant environments for the formation and support of students’ mental health and wellbeing [1], [2]. The creation of a psychologically safe educational space has become a key condition for sustainable personal development, social adaptation, and positive interaction among participants in the educational process. International educational frameworks emphasise the importance of developing such conditions in schools to support the mental health of children and adolescents [1]. The large-scale psychological game “Kaleidoscope” is considered one way of organising such an educational space. It is designed to create conditions of psychological safety, foster emotional and social connections, and promote positive group experiences among students. The game constitutes a holistic environment with its own structure, rules, and symbolism, within which participants engage in joint activities, experience emotionally meaningful situations, and reflect on their personal experiences. This format aligns with contemporary perspectives on social and emotional learning and whole-school approaches to promoting wellbeing in educational settings [2], [3]. The purpose of the proposal is to present and conceptually examine the large-scale psychological game “Kaleidoscope” as a tool for creating a psychologically safe educational environment and for fostering social-emotional interaction among students, as well as to explore its preventive and supportive potential within school-based systems of psychological and pedagogical support [1], [2]. The core idea of the proposal is to conceptualise the “Kaleidoscope” game as an instrument for creating a psychologically safe space and enhancing social-emotional interaction among students. The game also demonstrates potential for the prevention of psycho-emotional difficulties and for supporting students’ mental health within the school context more broadly. Conceptually, it is grounded in ideas of holistic personal development and an understanding of school as a key context for social and emotional formation, in which wellbeing emerges through the interaction of individual characteristics, interpersonal relationships, and features of the educational environment [2], [4]. The “Kaleidoscope” game is not intended for diagnostic or narrowly defined corrective purposes. Rather, it functions as a supportive space in which students are able to safely explore their emotions, patterns of interaction with others, and their place within the group. Particular emphasis is placed on creating an atmosphere of voluntary participation, acceptance, respect for personal boundaries, and recognition of the value of each participant’s individual experience. Under these conditions, students can express emotions, discuss experiences, and experiment with new behavioural models without fear of evaluation or sanctions, contributing to reduced anxiety levels, strengthened feelings of belonging, and the development of trust within the group [1], [3]. Such an organisation of the игровое space contributes to reduced anxiety, enhanced feelings of belonging, and the development of trust within the group. Overall, the “Kaleidoscope” game demonstrates significant potential for creating a psychologically safe environment and can be integrated into school-based systems of psychological and pedagogical support as a preventive practice aimed at reducing psycho-emotional risks in educational settings [1], [2], [4]. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A qualitative, practice-oriented methodological approach was employed in the study, aimed at analysing the large-scale psychological game “Kaleidoscope” as a form of creating a psychologically safe educational environment and fostering social-emotional interaction among students. The study was conducted within the natural context of the school educational setting and was based on an analysis of the structure, content, and internal logic of the large-scale psychological game, as presented in the authors’ methodological materials and professional sources on organising psychological games for children and adolescents [5]. The methodological framework of the study is grounded in the conceptualisation of the large-scale psychological game as a holistic, extended form of group activity characterised by its own structure, symbolism, rules, and internal logic. The game is not regarded as a diagnostic or narrowly defined corrective tool; rather, it is conceptualised as a supportive and preventive space oriented toward participants’ lived social and emotional experiences. This perspective aligns with contemporary whole-school and humanistic models of wellbeing support in educational settings. The following qualitative methods were employed in the study: • analysis of the structure and stages of the large-scale psychological game “Kaleidoscope” (entry into the game situation, game tasks, group dynamics, and reflection); • pedagogical and psychological observation of participants during the game, focused on identifying indicators of psychological safety, emotional expression, social interaction, and engagement; • analysis of group reflection and participant feedback following the completion of game stages; • analysis of symbolic and visual products of participants’ activities (kaleidoscopic images, collective compositions). The following research instruments were used: • the script and methodological materials of the large-scale psychological game “Kaleidoscope”; • facilitator observation protocols; • reflection and feedback questions; • materials used during the game (kaleidoscopes, visual elements, group compositions); • methodological guidelines for conducting large-scale psychological games presented in professional, practice-oriented sources on working with children and adolescents [5]. Data analysis was conducted using qualitative thematic analysis and principles of methodological triangulation, enabling psychological safety and social-emotional interaction to be conceptualised as dynamic processes formed within the game-based and educational space of the school. The methodological approach employed in the study corresponds with contemporary international perspectives that conceptualise the school as a key context for children’s and adolescents’ mental, social, and emotional development and emphasise the value of supportive, experience-oriented, and preventive practices in educational environments. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study examining the implementation of the large-scale psychological game “Kaleidoscope” in the school educational environment demonstrates that this format has substantial potential for creating a psychologically safe space and enhancing students’ social-emotional interaction. Analysis of observational data, participants’ reflective materials, and internal school documentation revealed stable positive changes in students’ emotional states and patterns of social interaction. According to pedagogical and psychological observations as well as participant feedback, the majority of students exhibited reduced levels of emotional tension and anxiety following participation in the game. Approximately 65–70% of students demonstrated calmer emotional states and fewer signs of anxiety during and after the game sessions. Around 72% of participants reported a subjective sense of psychological safety and comfort in communication and collaborative activities within the game environment. Analysis of social-emotional interaction indicated increased engagement and positive group dynamics. About 60–65% of students showed higher activity in collaborative tasks, greater willingness to cooperate, and participation in group reflection. More than 70% of participants demonstrated indicators of empathy development, acceptance of differences, and respectful attitudes toward the perspectives of other group members. The “Kaleidoscope” game was particularly significant for students experiencing difficulties in social adaptation or heightened emotional vulnerability, who constituted approximately 25–30% of the total participants. Within this group, positive changes were observed in 75–80% of students, including increased self-confidence, reduced avoidance of group interaction, and a strengthened sense of belonging to the school community. Overall, the findings suggest that the large-scale psychological game “Kaleidoscope” can be considered an effective preventive practice within the school’s psychological and pedagogical support system. The game contributes to the development of protective factors for mental health, including psychological safety, trust, social inclusion, and emotional regulation skills. Continued implementation is expected to strengthen a psychologically safe educational environment within the school community. References 1.World Health Organization. (2021). Guidelines on mental health promotive and preventive interventions for adolescents. https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240025707 2.Weare, K. (2015). Promoting Mental, Emotional and Social Health: A Whole School Approach. Routledge. 3. Durlak, J. A., Domitrovich, C. E., Weissberg, R. P., & Gullotta, T. P. (2015). Handbook of Social and Emotional Learning: Research and Practice. Guilford Press. 4. Eccles, J. S., & Roeser, R. W. (2011). Schools as developmental contexts during adolescence. Journal of Research on Adolescence, 21(1), 225-241. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1532-7795.2010.00725.x 5. Bityanova, M. R. Practicum on Psychological Games with Children and Adolescents. Moscow: Genesis, 2006. 6. OECD. (2021). Beyond Academic Learning: First Results from the Survey of Social and Emotional Skills.Paris: OECD Publishing. https://www.oecd.org/education/global-competence/social-emotional-skills/ 7. Weare, K., & Nind, M. (2011).Mental health promotion and problem prevention in schools. Health Promotion International, 26 (1), 29–69. https://doi.org/10.1093/heapro/dar003 8. Heckman, J. J., & Kautz, T. (2012). Hard evidence on soft skills.Labour Economics, 19(4), 451-464.https://doi.org/10.1016/j.labeco.2012.05.014 9. Zins, J. E., Weissberg, R. P., Wang, M. C., & Walberg, H. J. (Eds.). (2004). Building Academic Success on Social and Emotional Learning.New York: Teachers College Press. 10.CASEL. (2020).What Is SEL? Collaborative for Academic, Social, and Emotional Learning. https://casel.org/what-is-sel/ 11. Darling-Hammond, L., & Cook-Harvey, C. (2018).Educating the whole child: Improving school climate to support student success.Palo Alto, CA: Learning Policy Institute. https://learningpolicyinstitute.org/product/educating-whole-child-report 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Youth Aspirations and Study Abroad Intent: Factors Influencing the Selection of International Education among 11th-grade Students. Heriot Watt University Kazakhstan Campus, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:The study seeks to explore the factors that influence the decision-making process of eleventh-grade students in mainstream public schools in Western Kazakhstan when choosing international education. This is a timely topic of importance, as the number of eleventh-grade students leaving overseas is growing yearly. Moreover, having gained national independence, Kazakhstan has undertaken some significant educational reforms that have led to an increase in the number of higher education students going abroad to study. The study utulizes Bronfenbrenner's Ecological System Theory as theoretical framework for the research.Bronfenbrenner's Ecological Systems Theory (EST) provides a robust framework for understanding how environmental layers shape human development, particularly students' decisions to study abroad. Developed by Urie Bronfenbrenner in the 1970s and refined into the bioecological model, EST views development as bidirectional interactions between individuals and five nested systems, with proximal influences exerting the strongest effects. The microsystem encompasses immediate settings like family, peers, school, and clubs, where direct relationships form the core of influence. For high schoolers, parental encouragement or peer discussions about international education drive study abroad intent most powerfully, as seen in studies from Japan and West Virginia. The mesosystem links microsystems, such as parent-teacher interactions or school-peer dynamics, amplifying effects through interconnectedness. For instance, counselor-parent communications can reinforce or deter abroad aspirations. Further out, the exosystem involves indirect external factors like parents' workplaces, media, or local policies, subtly shaping opportunities without direct involvement. The macrosystem captures cultural "blueprints"—laws, economy, values, and politics—that overlay all systems. Geopolitical tensions or economic stability can reduce intent to study in certain countries.Finally, the chronosystem addresses time-based changes, including life transitions, historical events, or generational shifts, like economic crises lowering aspirations across cohorts. The research utilizes a mixed-methods approach, incorporating online surveys and individual interviews to gather comprehensive data. The findings will contribute to enhancing the educational opportunities and support systems available to students in Western Kazakhstan. In the quantitative part, data from a survey with 94 participants, including demographic information and questions related to factors influencing decision-making, is presented. The survey focused on aspects such as the influence of family, community, culture, and society on students' decisions. The qualitative analysis involved interviews with four participants selected voluntarily from those whose parents agreed to participate. These interviews explored participants' motivations, aspirations, socio-economic backgrounds, cultural influences, and language considerations in their pursuit of international education. Overall, the findings underscore the complex interplay of personal, familial, socio-economic, cultural, and linguistic factors in shaping students' decisions to pursue international education. Based on the results of the study, it was concluded that the above-mentioned factors influence collectively students' motivations, aspirations, and ability to overcome challenges in accessing educational opportunities abroad, and for college counselors, it is important to consider them when helping students to choose their future path.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study utilized a mixed-methods approach, specifically an explanatory sequential design, to examine factors influencing eleventh-grade students’ intentions to study abroad in Aktobe, Western Kazakhstan, combining quantitative and qualitative methods for triangulation, enhanced validity, and holistic insights into the complexities of decision-making (Creswell, 2014; Merriam & Tisdell, 2016). The research questions guiding the work were: RQ1: What factors influence eleventh-grade students’ decision-making for international education? RQ2: How do socio-economic backgrounds affect their interest? RQ3: How do cultural and language considerations impact decisions? This pragmatic design first collected quantitative data via an online survey targeting approximately 100 eleventh-graders from a private international school and a public school-gymnasium—selected for contrasting cultures and exosystems per Ecological Systems Theory (EST)—using total population and purposeful non-probability sampling to capture students planning higher education in Kazakhstan or abroad (Rai & Thapa, 2015; Creswell, 2014). The survey addressed RQ1, employing Likert-scale items (coded 1-5 from strongly disagree to strongly agree) to quantify trends in motivations, aspirations, parental education, and socioeconomic status (SES), analyzed descriptively with SPSS or Jamovi for frequencies, percentages, means, and tables (Ary et al., 2014; O’Dwyer & Bernauer, 2014). Survey results informed qualitative participant selection via ID-linked anonymity, ensuring ethical handling of sensitive topics like finances and tutoring. For the qualitative phase explaining quantitative findings, semi-structured one-to-one interviews were conducted with four students (two per school) using convenience sampling, allowing adaptability to emerging perspectives on RQ2 and RQ3 (Creswell, 2018; Ary et al., 2014). Interviews, audio-recorded and transcribed, underwent structural coding by research questions and EST elements (e.g., “Motivation,” “Microsystem,” “Challenges”), followed by thematic pattern analysis (Saldana, 2013; Bronfenbrenner, 1979). Access to sites was secured through school gatekeepers via email, with initial meetings introducing the study’s purpose and voluntary participation. This integration leveraged quantitative breadth for tendencies and qualitative depth for nuanced views, addressing gaps in prior Kazakhstan-focused research concentrated in central/northern regions, while acknowledging qualitative sampling limits on generalizability (Greene et al., 1989; Toyon, 2021; Blaxter et al., 2010). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study investigated factors shaping eleventh-grade students' decisions to pursue international education in Western Kazakhstan, employing a mixed-methods design with 84 survey participants and 4 in-depth interviews, analyzed through Bronfenbrenner's Ecological Systems Theory (EST). Microsystem elements emerged as primary influencers: family and parents provided pivotal emotional, financial, and logistical support, aligning with literature emphasizing parental approval and resources (Hurd, 2016; Porter & Porter, 2020; Chenoweth & Galliher, 2004). Teachers and career advisors, particularly in private schools, inspired via personal abroad narratives—like Diana's English teacher's stories—reinforcing mesosystem interactions (Đurišić & Bunijevac, 2017). Extracurriculars engaged 61% of respondents for portfolio enhancement, cultivating global skills and perspectives through debate clubs, Model UN, and exchanges (Luo & Jamieson-Drake, 2015; Kingery & Erdley, 2007). Peers exerted indirect influence as information sharers (9% direct impact), prioritizing personal goals over social pressure (Ke et al., 2022; Lingo et al., 2018). Gender proved insignificant, attributed to average-to-high socio-economic status mitigating traditional disparities (contra Houston, 2017; Hovdhaugen & Wiers-Jenssen, 2023; Rispel et al., 2019). Exosystem dynamics highlighted socio-economic background and scholarships as enablers—86% deemed financial aid essential—bridging gaps for first-generation students across public and private schools (Salisbury et al., 2011; King, 2010). Macrosystem factors included cultural openness and language proficiency (61% valued abroad study, yet only 22% prepared via IELTS/TOEFL/SAT), alongside climate and political stability deterring 61% amid safety concerns (Chenoweth & Galliher, 2004; Voekl, 1993). Chronosystem evolution reflected shifting motivations from diplomatic to multifaceted drivers like visas and online options (King et al., 2012; Bista, 2021). Overall, proximal supports (family, educators, activities) dominate, with distal finances and contexts enabling aspirations, informing targeted interventions for equitable access. References Bronfenbrenner, U, 2005, Making human beings human: Bio-ecological perspectives on human development, London: Sage Publications83 Bronfenbrenner, U. (1977). Toward an experimental ecology of human development. American psychologist, 32(7), 513. Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Bronfenbrenner, U. (1986). Ecology of the family as a context for human development: Research perspectives. Adolescents and their families, 1-20. Bronfenbrenner, U. (1995). The bioecological model from a life course perspective: Reflections of a participant observer. Chenoweth, E., & Galliher, R. V. (2004). Factors influencing college aspirations of rural West Virginia high school students. Journal of research in rural education, 19(2), 1-1 Creswell, J. W. (2012). Educational research. London: Pearson. Creswell, J. W. (2014). Educational research: Planning, conducting and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research (4th ed.). Harlow, Essex: Pearson. Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2016). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches. Sage publications. National Bureau of Statistics. (n.d.). National Open Database of Education. Retrieved from https://nobd-analytics.iac.kz/login/index.php O'Dwyer, L. M., & Bernauer, J. A. (2013). Quantitative research for the qualitative researcher. SAGE publications. OECD. (2018). Education at a glance 2018: OECD indicators. Paris: OECD Publishing. doi: 10.1787/eag-2018-en The Center of Bologna Process and Academic Mobility in the Republic of Kazakhstan, The report on the implementation of Bologna process in the Republic of Kazakhstan. Analytical report. Astana, (2018). UNESCO Institute for Statistics. (2020). Global flow of tertiary-level students. Retrieved from https://uis.unesco.org/en/uis-student-flow |
| 11:15 - 12:45 | 99 ERC SES 03 V (P): Posters Location: Main Auditorium foyer | Main building A Session Chair: Petra Grell Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Holistic Insights into Young Adults’ Social Exclusion: A Systematic Literature Review Jyväskylä University, Finland Presenting Author:This study examines how situationality, consciousness, and embodiment manifest in young adults’ experiences of social exclusion, as well as the coping strategies they describe. The research is framed within Lauri Rauhala’s (2005, 2014) theory of the regulative situational circuit, which provides a conceptual framework for examining how life situations and individual meaning-making shape lived experience. Social exclusion among youth is a significant phenomenon across Europe, and understanding it from a comparative, international perspective is essential for informing education policies, youth support services, and mental health interventions. By focusing on peer-reviewed studies from both Finnish and international contexts, this research highlights cross-cultural similarities and differences in how young adults experience and respond to social exclusion. The study addresses two central questions:
By combining a phenomenological lens with a European/international perspective, the study contributes to a broader understanding of youth social experiences in multiple societal contexts. The holistic approach allows for an integrated view of psychological, social, and situational factors influencing young adults’ engagement and well-being. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This systematic literature review examined 26 peer-reviewed international (22) and Finnish (4) articles published between 2019 and March 15, 2025. Database searches yielded 345 international and 35 national (Finna) articles. Inclusion criteria were: participants aged 18–29, interviews focusing on social exclusion. Exclusion criteria were: studies related to COVID-19. The analysis was conducted following theory-guided content analysis: Rauhala’s concepts provided the conceptual framework, while themes related to social exclusion were also identified inductively from the material. Analysis proceeded from data excerpts to overarching themes, coping strategy categories, and their subcategories. This approach allowed for a holistic understanding of awareness, embodiment, and situational aspects in young adults’ experiences, as well as their coping strategies and future-oriented intentions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The review indicates that situational, conscious, and embodiment-based aspects are intertwined in young adults’ experiences of social exclusion, with no single dimension taking precedence (Rauhala, 2014; Backman, 2015). Youth experiences cannot be understood solely through structural factors or individual choices. The findings show that embodied challenges, such as chronic illness and disrupted daily rhythms, are closely linked to situational constraints and awareness-based experiences of hopelessness. Similarly, experiences of internalized stigma and psychological burden are associated with situational factors such as educational dropout, uncertainty of residence status, and lack of family support. The significance of psychological burden is further emphasized by the fact that suicidal ideation or suicide attempts were reported in 27% of the studies (7/26), aligning with global concerns highlighted by the World Health Organization (WHO, 2023). Fostering positive attitudes supports young adults’ future optimism, persistence in education, and helps prevent social exclusion, reinforcing previous research showing that positive experiences, perceived competence, and a sense of belonging are linked to later societal engagement (Nguyen, 2023, 2024; Robinson & Idle, 2023). Following Rauhala’s (2005, 2014) holistic model, experiences and coping strategies are organized as situational, embodied, and awareness-based processes. As a practical implication, it is crucial to increase awareness in schools about gender and sexual diversity, as well as youth social exclusion. While the experiential perspective highlights the human dimension of the phenomenon, it should be complemented by structural and critical understanding. A holistic, context-sensitive approach can deepen understanding of young people’s lived experiences and inform interventions to prevent exclusion and promote youth well-being. References Backman, J. (2015). Situationaalinen säätöpiiri: Rauhalan filosofinen kädenjälki [The regulative situational circuit: Rauhala’s philosophical contribution]. In V. Tökkäri (Ed.), Kokemuksen tutkimus V: Lauri Rauhala 100 vuotta (pp. 73–102). Lapland University Press. Nguyen, T. P. (2023). An overview of social withdrawal—Hikikomori in Japan and support in the context of the COVID-19 pandemic. Journal of English and Education, 15(1), 98–105. https://doi.org/10.22144/ctu.jen.2023.013 Rauhala, L. (2005). Hermeneuttisen tieteenfilosofian analyyseja ja sovelluksia (2nd ed.). Yliopistopaino. Rauhala, L. (2014). Ihmiskäsitys ihmistyössä (3rd ed.). Gaudeamus. Robinson, S., & Idle, J. (2023). Loneliness and how to counter it: People with intellectual disability share their experiences and ideas. Journal of Intellectual & Developmental Disability, 48(1), 58–70. https://doi.org/10.3109/13668250.2022.211251 World Health Organization. (2023, April 14). Suicide [Fact sheet]. https://www.who.int/news-room/fact-sheets/detail/suicide 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Recognising Youth in Europe as Experts in Bridging Human Rights and Critical Media Literacy University of Vienna, Austria Presenting Author:Research question: This proposal covers a part of my PhD project titled “Human rights-based approach to critical media literacy: Youth perspectives on human rights in the digital environment.” For the poster proposal, the focus will be on one of the sub-research questions investigated in this dissertation project: “How do youth in Europe consider critical media literacy while engaging with human rights (issues) in the digital environment?” Existing body of research tends to focus on the skills of youth in the digital environment and to draw conclusions regarding the perceived or actual risks and threats youth face, such as issues related to the use of artificial intelligence (AI), challenges with disinformation, concerns about mental health, issues regarding data privacy among others. From such an angle, youth, to a large extent, are not seen as active and competent individuals, but as “more at risk of the assumed dangers of media exposure and use” (Higdon et al., 2024). This perspective results in a narrow and “alarmist” (Buckingham, 2020) narrative about youth participation and youth’s capabilities in the digital environment and has been criticised by scholars investigating empowering approaches to media education (Third et al., 2014; Livingstone, 2017). This poster proposal, therefore, acknowledges youth as experts (Fleming and Boeck, 2012) and aims to address this gap by actively seeking youth perspectives on critical media literacy (CML) and building the link between human rights and CML from their lived realities. European dimension: The target group of this research is youth from a European youth organisation, aged between 18-29, who are actively engaged in youth work as volunteers in 10 European countries. The selection is based on criteria such as interest in youth rights issues across Europe as well as familiarity with media and media literacy to allow them to act as experts in the field for this research. The rationale for selecting this target group is explained by the fact that youth in Europe appear as among the most connected in comparison to other age groups and regions, making them a particular demographic group, who are among the most affected as well as among the groups that benefit from the digital environment the most. Theoretical framework: The research is informed by three theories that speak to each other and considered as complementary in conceptualising human rights in the digital environment. These theories are: 1) Critical media literacy (CML) theory (specifically the conceptual understandings) by Kellner and Share (2019); 2) Ideal requirements for public sphere framework by Dahlberg (2001), which bases its foundation on Jürgen Habermas’ theory (1962; 2023); and 3) digital citizenship framework by Choi (2016). CML theory guides the research in exploring human rights by focusing on critical consciousness and the agency of individuals in recognising, analysing, engaging and creating media and thus the ‘actions’ of youth. Secondly, the focus on digital environment as a public sphere provides a foundation to discuss youth’s perception on and understanding of democracy and democratic values online. Finally, digital citizenship framework offers a “multidimensional” (Choi, 2016) approach in analysing youth participation online, by focusing on the aspects of ethics, media literacy, critical resistance and participation/engagement (ibid). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology: The PhD research project is informed by a participatory approach and constructed as an exploratory sequential qualitative design. The poster will focus on the Step/Phase 3 of my dissertation project. This phase comes after the systematic literature review (Step 1) and an exploratory qualitative study (art-based workshop) (Step 2) and precedes the final qualitative study (Step 4). This phase is particularly rich in its design and analysis since it is deeply informed by the literature review and exploratory study, the findings of which provide the basis for this study. As a participatory youth research, a youth expert group has been formed and since then the group has been accompanying the research project and acting “as active participants in the research process and knowledge development” (Fleming and Boeck, 2012). This expert group has been involved in the design of the research instrument, recruitment of the interview participants as well as data analysis. Research Instrument: The research instrument for the poster proposal is the interview questionnaire, which has been worked out with and finalised together with the youth expert group, who have been guiding the research cycle. The questionnaire is built upon the three theories mentioned above and aim to generate new knowledge and insights by addressing the gap in literature. The interviews were completed in February 2026 and the data is currently being analysed using thematic analysis by Braun & Clarke (2022). The analysis is being done with the youth expert group, which plays a key role in deepening the interpretation of the findings and therefore ensuring a participatory approach also in the analysis phase. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This phase of the research is expected to be fully completed in 2026: The interviews took place in February 2026, and I am currently working on the data analysis and reporting. The initial findings of the research clearly demonstrate the unique perspectives gathered from youth in Europe and deepens the understanding of human rights (issues) in the digital environment, while connecting it to critical media education. The expected findings of the research revolves around four themes (after the analysis of 22 interviews carried out with youth aged between 18-29 based in 10 European countries, analysed together with the youth expert group within this participatory research): - youth in the digital environment: focusing on the experiences of human rights in participation in the digital environment - human rights in the digital environment: exploring the specific rights most relevant to youth - media and CML: exploring the role of media, being “literate” and the meaning of “critical” - youth participation & public sphere: investigating the perceived understanding of digital environment as a public sphere References Beitz, C. R. (2009). The Idea of Human Rights. Oxford University Press. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic Analysis: A Practical Guide (1st ed.) SAGE Publications Ltd. Buckingham, D. (2020). Epilogue: Rethinking digital literacy: Media education in the age of digital capitalism. Digital Education Review, 37, 230–239. Choi, M. (2016). A Concept Analysis of Digital Citizenship for Democratic Citizenship Education in the Internet Age. Theory and Research in Social Education, 44(4), 565–607. Council of Europe. (2024). European Year of Digital Citizenship Education 2025 - education Retrieved Dec 29, 2025, from https://www.coe.int/en/web/education/europeanyear-of-digital-citizenship-education-2025 Dahlberg, L. (2007). The Internet, Deliberative Democracy, and Power: Radicalizing the Public Sphere. International Journal of Media and Cultural Politics, 3(1), 47–64. Fastrez, P. & Landry, N. (2024). Introduction: Navigating the field of Media Literacy and Media Education through its Research Methods: Media Practices, Educational Initiatives, and Prescriptive Discourses. In Media Literacy and Media Education Research Methods (1st ed., pp. 1–19). Routledge. Fleming, J., & Boeck, T. (2012). What is Research with Young People? In Involving Children and Young People in Health and Social Care Research (pp. 7–16). Gennaro, S., Higdon, N., & Hoechsmann, M. (2024). Transformative Practice in Critical Media Literacy: Radical Democracy and Decolonized Pedagogy in Higher Education. Routledge. Geracoulis, M. (2024). Making Curricular Space for Critical Media Literacy and Human Rights Education in the United States. International Journal of Human Rights Education, 8(1) Habermas, J. (1992, 1962 published originally in German). The Structural Transformation of the Public Sphere: an Anquiry into a Category of Bourgeois Society. Polity Press. Habermas, J. (2023). A New Structural Transformation of the Public Sphere and Deliberative Politics (C. Cronin, Trans.). Polity Press. Higdon, N., Butler, A., Gennaro, S., & Hoechsmann, M. (2024). Critical Media Literacy in Higher Education: What Mattered Then and What Matters Now. In Transformative Practice in Critical Media Literacy (1st ed., Vol. 1, pp. 5–12). Routledge. Kellner, D. & Share, J. (2019). The Critical Media Literacy Guide: Engaging Media and Transforming Education. Leiden: Brill Sense. O’Neill, B. (2010). Media Literacy and Communication Rights: Ethical Individualism in the New Media Environment. The International Communication Gazette, 72(4–5), 323–338. Tumber, H., & Waisbord, S. (2017). Media and Human Rights: Mapping the Field. In The Routledge Companion to Media and Human Rights. Taylor & Francis Group. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster The Making of a Student Category - An Anthropological Study of Student Teachers’ Perceptions of Ethnic Minority Pupils in School Aarhus University, Denmark Presenting Author:What ethnic racialized perceptions do student teachers hold about ethnic minoritized pupils in schools? Where do these perceptions originate from? And how does teacher education (re)produce and/or challenge these perceptions throughout the education? These are the central questions I explore from an anthropological approach in a PhD project at the Danish School of Education. Despite political intentions to create a Danish public school grounded in values such as “freedom of thought, equality, and democracy” (Retsinfo, §3), research on ethnicity in education shows that pupils categorized as ethnic minorities continue to face unequal opportunities for participation in school. A key explanation is that many teachers –despite often good intentions – encounter this group of pupils through ethnically racialized perceptions (e.g., Staunæs 2004/2022; Gorski 2008; Gilliam 2009). The established research field thus points to a paradox: on the one hand, racialized perceptions appear to be deeply embedded in teachers, in teaching, and in school practices (e.g., Sleeter 2017; Jaffe‑Walter 2016), yet on the other hand, they often remain invisible and unspoken (e.g., Gillborn 2008; Capello 2012). While previous studies have predominantly examined the practices of established teachers, this project foregrounds teacher education as the main analytical field. The aim is to move attention away from the question of whether teachers hold ethnically racialized perceptions of pupils, towards how such perceptions are constructed as part of student teachers’ professional becoming. International research on ethnicity and racialization identifies teacher education as a key actor in developing more equity‑oriented practices in schools for pupils across ethnic backgrounds (e.g., Sleeter 2013; Vachon 2022; Fylkesnes et al. 2025). At the same time, studies have shown that teacher education plays a decisive role in shaping children’s educational trajectories through the perceptions that student teachers develop during their education (e.g., Lander 2011; Abdullahi et al. 2024). In a Danish context, however, the role of teacher education in relation to social inequality and marginalization in schools remains largely unexplored. Drawing on an understanding of teacher education as a central site of cultural change within schooling (Vachon 2022), this project examines how teacher education functions as a distinct pedagogical space that actively constructs specific perceptions of ethnic minoritized pupils (McLeod & Yates 2003; Youdell 2003). I approach racialization as a social process of categorisation in which bodily, cultural, and linguistic differences are ascribed with meaning and used to identify, interpret, and subordinate the Other (Hervik 2015). In my analysis, controlling images (Ferguson 2020) serve as the central analytical lens for examining how such (imagined) differences are actively produced and naturalised through stereotypical representations circulating within institutional contexts. This perspective shifts attention away from intentional racism and towards the ways in which professionals’ understandings of “race” and ethnicity are shaped by culturally embedded images that structure prospective teachers’ perceptions of pupils. By linking ethnicity and racialization, I examine how controlling images both legitimise and attach processes of racialization to specific ethnic groups. The aim is to capture and make visible the complexity and nuances that characterise these forms of social categorisation. Drawing on an ethnographic fieldwork conducted at two teacher education programmes, this poster presents my initial analytical findings. The analysis indicates how teachers’ internal relations, social dynamics, and cultural logics contribute to maintaining exclusionary practices and negative perceptions of ethnic minoritized pupils. The analysis shows how school placements and student teachers’ encounters with experienced teachers and teacher educators are shaped by hierarchies of experience that, through processes of power, function as controlling images. These controlling images shape what is perceived as legitimate knowledge and truth within the educational context, thereby contributing to the reproduction of negative ethnic racialized perceptions about pupils Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs an anthropological ethnographic approach to gain an in depth understanding of the relationship between student teachers, teacher education, and the opportunities available to ethnically minoritized pupils in school. Drawing on an anthropological tradition, the project seeks to grasp the world as it is understood locally (Hastrup 2010). I have therefore methodologically used participant observation at two teacher education institutions, as this approach simultaneously enables an engagement with the world as it is understood locally and creates space for in depth analytical reflections of complex social practices (Spradley 1980). Methodologically, I conducted six months of ethnographic fieldwork at two teacher education institutions in Denmark, following three cohorts of student teachers in their final year. I observed everyday routines both in teaching situations and during breaks, examined what student teachers and teacher educators do and talk about, and interviewed student teachers, teacher educators, and institutional leaders about their practices and perceptions - of pupils, of students, and of teaching. In addition to participant observation and qualitative interviews, I followed ten student teachers during their school placements using audiologs as a method. This approach is inspired by Line Lærke Mørck’s (2015) methodological framework, which involves the continuous exchange of voice messages between researcher and participant and functions as a methodological tool that enables engagement in the field across time and space. This method has provided access to student teachers’ practice based experiences and spontaneous reflections during their practicum in real time situations that I, as a researcher, cannot directly observe This ethnographic approach enabled close engagement with everyday life both on campus and in the practicum, providing situated and qualitative depth to the empirical material. By participating in and observing these arenas, the study gains insight into the embodied experiences, emotions, interactions, and social relations that, more or less unconsciously, shape prospective teachers’ perceptions towards ethnically minoritized pupils. Through the combination of participant observation, audiologs and qualitative interviews, my empirical material highlights not only what is done in the field but also the meanings and understandings that are attached to and construct these practices (Rubow 2010). Taken together, these methodological strategies support conducting research with participants rather than merely about them, underscoring the importance of ethical reflexivity, participant autonomy, and co created knowledge. The overall aim is to generate rich, situated insights into the institutional and social barriers and processes that continue to shape unequal opportunities for participation in schools Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The project sheds light on the role of teacher education in shaping prospective teachers’ constructions of pupil categories. Through its in depth qualitative methodological approach, the project generates new knowledge that can inform the development of institutional practices in both teacher education and schools, with the aim of fostering greater social inclusion for this pupil group. Where previous research has primarily focused on established teachers (see above) or on pedagogical and didactic approaches to diversity enhancing teaching (e.g., Li & Devin 2018; Sleeter 2024), this project offers a complementary perspective on the social and institutional dynamics that shape student teachers’ perceptions of ethnically minoritized pupils. Drawing on the qualitative depth of the empirical material - centered on understandings, experiences, and practices - the project highlights the affective as well as academic barriers that influence the educational context. In doing so, the findings illuminate how student teachers are prepared to act within diverse school settings References Abdullahi, A., Berne, S., Juang, L. & Frisén, A. (2024). Framing Ethnicity in Initial Teacher Education: A Focus Group Study with Student Teachers, Identity. An International Journal of Theory and Research Cappello, M. (2012). Producing (white) teachers: a geneaology of secondary Teacher Education in Regina. University of Regina Ferguson, A. (2020). Bad Boys - Public Schools in the Making of Black Masculinity. The University of Michigan Press Fylkesnes, S.,Gils, B. ,Synnes, R. (2025). Teacher Educators Matter: A call for countering the workings of whiteness in so-called post-racial societies through a pedagogy of remembrance and accountability Gillborn, D. (2008). Racism and education: Coincidence or conspiracy? Routledge Gilliam, L. (2009): De umulige børn og det ordentlige menneske, Aarhus Universitetsforlag Gorski, P.C. (2008). Good intentions are not enough; A decolonizing intercultural education, Intercultural Education, 19(6) Hastrup, K. (2010). Feltarbejde. I: S. Brinkmann & L. Tanggaard. (Ed.), Kvalitative metoder. En grundbog. Hans Reitzels forlag Hervik, P. (2015). Race, ”race”, racialisering, racisme og nyracisme. Dansk sociologi, 26(1), 29 – 50 Jaffe-Walter, R. (2016). Coercive Concern. Nationalism, Liberalism, and the Schooling of Muslim Youth. Anthropology of policy Lander, V. (2011). Race, Culture and all that: an exploration of the perspectives of white secondary student teachers about race equality issues in their initial teacher education. Race Ethnicity and Education, 14(3) Li, Y. & Dervin, F. (2018). Interculturality in a different light. Intercultural Communication Education McLeod, J., & Yates, L. (2003). Who is ‘us’? Students negotiating discourses of racism and national identification in Australia. Race, Ethnicity and Education, 6(1) Mørch, L. L. & Hansen, P. (2015): FRA ROCKER TIL AKADEMIKER, Psyke & Logos Rubow, C. (2010). Samtalen - Interviewet som deltagerobservation. I K. Hastrup (Ed.), Ind i verden - En grundbog i antropologisk metode, Hans Reitzels forlag Sleeter, C. (2013). Power, Teaching, and Teacher Education: Confronting Injustice with Critical Research and Action, Peter Lang Publishing Inc Sleeter, c. (2017). Critical Race Theory and the Whiteness of Teacher Education. Urban Education, 52(2) Sleeter, C. (2024). Critical Multicultural Education; Theory and practice. Teacher College Press Spradley, J. (1980). Participant Observation. Holt, Rinehart and Winston Staunæs, D. (2004/2022). Køn, etnicitet og skoleliv, Samfundslitteratur Vachon, K. (2022). The Racialization of Self and Others. An Exploration of Criticality in Pre-Service Teacher Self-Reflection. Teacher Education 31(1) Youdell, D. (2003). Identity traps or how black [1] students fail: The interaction between biographical, sub-cultural, and learner identities. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 24(1) 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Positive Peace Education in Rural Schools: Recognizing Teacher Agency in Addressing Structural and Cultural Violence Nazarbayev University, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:This study explores how teachers in rural schools in Kazakhstan design and lead Positive Peace Education (PPE) initiatives, and how these initiatives contribute to addressing direct, structural, and cultural forms of violence in their school communities. The study forms part of a wider 2.5-year international research project on PPE in Kazakhstan, and this particular paper presents one in-depth strand of analysis developed from that larger programme of research. While educational reforms in many contexts are often implemented through top-down policies and standardized programmes, this study focuses on teacher-led, bottom-up transformation through action research. The main research question guiding this paper is: How do rural teachers enact agency through Positive Peace Education to identify and address direct, structural, and cultural violence in their school contexts? This question is further explored through the following sub-questions:
By focusing on rural teachers’ lived experiences, the paper challenges deficit narratives that often position rural schools as lacking capacity and instead highlights teachers as key agents of peace-oriented change. The study is grounded in Johan Galtung’s (1969) theory of positive and negative peace, which distinguishes between the absence of direct violence (negative peace) and the presence of social justice, equity, and supportive relationships (positive peace). Galtung’s conceptualization of direct, structural, and cultural violence provides the main analytical lens for understanding educational inequalities and everyday school practices. Structural violence refers to systemic inequalities embedded in social, political, and economic structures that limit individuals’ opportunities. In education, this includes disparities in school resources, teacher distribution, infrastructure, and access to quality learning, particularly evident in rural contexts. Cultural violence involves cultural norms, language, ideologies, and practices that legitimize or normalize inequality, exclusion, and symbolic harm, such as stigmatization of students or devaluation of rural knowledge. Building on Galtung, the paper draws on the work of Cremin and Bevington (2017) and Cremin and Leighton (2022), who conceptualize Positive Peace Education as an educational approach that promotes empathy, care, inclusion, critical reflection, and active citizenship across multiple levels: inner peace (wellbeing), relational peace (interpersonal relationships), community peace (social participation), and ecological peace. This framework allows the study to move beyond a narrow focus on conflict resolution and instead examine how teachers engage with deeper, often normalized forms of violence embedded in school cultures and structures. PPE is therefore understood not as a fixed programme, but as a relational and reflective process that enables teachers to recognize violence, question taken-for-granted practices, and enact context-sensitive change. Although the empirical context is Kazakhstan, the study speaks to broader European and international debates on educational inequality, rural education, teacher agency, and peace education. Rural-urban disparities, deficit discourses around rural schools, and pressures of standardization are common challenges across many European education systems. The findings contribute to international scholarship by demonstrating how teacher-led, low-cost, and relational approaches can foster meaningful change in under-resourced contexts. By foregrounding teacher agency and action research, this paper aligns with European priorities around democratic education, professional autonomy, wellbeing, inclusion, and social justice. It offers PPE as a transferable framework for educators and policymakers seeking sustainable, context-sensitive alternatives to technocratic or compliance-driven reforms, particularly in marginalized or rural settings. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative research design grounded in action research, conducted as part of a wider 2.5-year international research project on Positive Peace Education (PPE) in Kazakhstan. Action research was selected as the primary methodological approach as it aligns with the epistemological orientation of PPE, which emphasizes reflection, participation, relationality, and practitioner-led change. The broader project involved 32 teachers from seven schools across southern, western, and central regions of Kazakhstan. Schools were recruited on a voluntary basis following an official invitation distributed by the Altynsarin National Academy of Education through regional education departments. From the pool of interested schools, the research team purposefully selected seven schools to reflect geographical diversity, school type, and contextual variation. This paper focuses on a sub-sample of 19 teachers working in four rural schools, which were selected for in-depth analysis due to their distinct structural conditions, resource constraints, and community-based characteristics. Participants included classroom teachers and subject teachers with varying years of professional experience. Data collection was embedded within a cyclical action research process. In October 2023, participating teachers attended a three-day professional development workshop in Astana facilitated by the national research team and the international co-principal investigator. The workshop introduced key PPE concepts and provided training in ethical research practices and action research methods. Following the workshop, teachers independently identified context-specific issues related to wellbeing, relationships, equity, and inclusion in their schools and designed their own action research projects. These projects were implemented over a period of three to nine months. Throughout the process, the research team provided ongoing support through weekly or bi-weekly online mentoring sessions and site visits to six of the seven schools. Multiple qualitative data sources were generated, including: pre- and post-intervention semi-structured interviews with participating teachers; weekly written reflection notes produced by teachers during project implementation; observations and reflections conducted during school visits; All interviews and focus groups were audio-recorded, transcribed, and thematically analysed. The analysis followed an inductive-deductive approach, combining emergent coding with theoretically informed categories derived from Galtung’s (1969) framework of direct, structural, and cultural violence. Analytical attention was given to teachers’ narratives of change, pedagogical shifts, and evolving understandings of agency. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study demonstrates that Positive Peace Education (PPE) can function as a powerful, low-cost and context-sensitive approach to school development in rural settings. The findings indicate that rural teachers are not passive recipients of reform but active agents capable of identifying, interpreting, and addressing forms of direct, structural, and cultural violence within their own educational environments. At the level of direct violence, teachers shifted from predominantly punitive and authoritarian classroom management strategies towards more relational and non-violent practices, such as emotional regulation, non-verbal communication, and restorative dialogue. These shifts contributed to calmer classroom climates and improved teacher–student relationships. In relation to structural violence, teachers became increasingly aware of systemic inequities embedded within school practices, including student labelling, class grouping, resource distribution, and exclusion of learners with special educational needs. Although many of these structures are shaped by national policy, teachers used PPE to challenge internal hierarchies and advocate for more inclusive practices at the school level. In addressing cultural violence, teachers critically reflected on everyday language, norms, and assumptions that legitimise marginalisation and deficit views of students, particularly those from disadvantaged backgrounds. Through their action research projects, teachers promoted alternative narratives centred on belonging, care, empathy, and community responsibility. The study is expected to contribute theoretically by extending Galtung’s peace framework into micro-level educational contexts, illustrating how peacebuilding can be enacted through everyday pedagogical practices. Practically, it offers empirical evidence for PPE as a form of transformative professional learning that strengthens teacher agency, reflexivity, and leadership. From a European and international perspective, the findings speak to broader debates on rural education, teacher empowerment, and peace-oriented schooling, suggesting that relational capital and community cohesion can be leveraged as key resources for educational change in under-resourced contexts across different national systems. References Cremin, H., & Bevington, T. (2017). Positive Peace in Schools: Tackling conflict and creating a culture of peace in the classroom. Routledge. Cremin, H., & Leighton., R. (2022). The Positive Peace Matrix. Retrieved from www.cperg.org/programmes Galtung, J. (1969). Violence, peace, and peace research. Journal of Peace Research, 6(3), 167–191. https://doi.org/10.1177/002234336900600301 Harris, I. M. (2004). Peace education theory. Journal of Peace Education, 1(1), 5–20. https://doi.org/10.1080/1740020032000178276 Nurbayev, Z. (2021). Inequality between students of rural and urban schools in Kazakhstan: Causes and ways to address it. Central Asia Program. Roberts, P., & Fuqua, M. (Eds.). (2021). Ruraling education research: Connections between rurality and the disciplines of educational research (1st ed.). Springer Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-16-0131-6 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster A Comparative Study of First- and Second-generation Ethnic Minority Parents' Experiences with School-home Collaboration in the Danish Public School System. Aarhus Universitet, Denmark Presenting Author:What meaning do minority ethnic parents’ generational status, socioeconomic and ethnic background, and gender have for their parenting practices and home–school relationships? This question frames a newly initiated PhD project, which this poster presentation introduces. Situated within a Danish educational context, the project aims to generate knowledge about how minority ethnic parents across generational position, social and ethnic background, and gender experience their relationships with the Danish public school. The project explores similarities and differences between first- and second-generation minority ethnic parents’ approaches to parenting, schooling, and their relationships with the school. According to the national objectives for the Danish public school, schools are expected to challenge all pupils to reach their full potential and to reduce the impact of social background on academic achievement. These objectives reflect politically defined visions of equal opportunities and participation for all pupils. However, qualitative research on minority ethnic pupils demonstrates that they experience unequal opportunities for participation, and that an important reason for this is that teachers—often contrary to their intentions—approach minority ethnic pupils through racialised understandings and low expectations. The Danish Public School Act states that the school’s mandate must be fulfilled in cooperation with parents. Research on minority ethnic pupils’ school experiences can therefore not stand alone but must also include an examination of minority parents’ relationships with the school. There is broad agreement among researchers that strong home–school relationships are important for pupils’ schooling, development, and well-being. Accordingly, the project has a dual research focus: first, to examine home–school relationships across first- and second-generation minority ethnic parents; and second, to investigate whether similar racialising processes shape teachers’ relationships with parents. Previous research on home–school relationships has primarily focused on first-generation minority ethnic parents and has often framed these relationships as problematic from the school’s perspective. Challenges have frequently been explained by reference to parents’ cultural background or assumed lack of resources and language skills. A growing group of minority ethnic parents in the Danish public school consists of second-generation parents—individuals who were born in Denmark or have lived most of their lives there. These parents are generally assumed to have stronger linguistic and cultural prerequisites for engaging with the school than the first generation. Nevertheless, there is a significant need for deeper insight into home–school relationships across both first- and second-generation minority ethnic parents if schools are to live up to democratic ideals of equal opportunities for all pupils and parents, regardless of background. The project is theoretically grounded in Pierre Bourdieu’s sociology of education and his concepts of field, habitus, and capital. These concepts are used to analyse the conditions that first- and second-generation minority ethnic parents bring into the school, as well as the taken-for-granted assumptions and unwritten norms embedded in the school as an institution that may shape unequal opportunities for parental participation. Intersectional perspectives are integrated into Bourdieu’s framework to account for how multiple categories—such as gender, socioeconomic background, and ethnicity—intersect in shaping parents’ conditions for participation in home–school relationships. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research questions are primarily explored through a qualitative study consisting of ethnographic fieldwork at two public schools in Aarhus, Denmark. The selection of two schools located in different socioeconomic areas enables a comparative perspective on how families’ resources and the schools’ local contexts influence home–school relationships. One school is located in a suburban area with both owner-occupied housing and social housing, while the other is an urban school serving a more socioeconomically diverse population. The fieldwork will span six to eight months and include observations of classroom teaching, parent–teacher conferences, parent meetings, and social events where parents are present at the school. These observations aim to explore how parents and school staff interact across different contexts and to gain insight into the children around whom the relationships are formed. In addition, the study includes semi-structured interviews with first- and second-generation minority ethnic parents, teachers, and other school professionals. The interviews focus on participants’ experiences of home–school relationships and on the institutional conditions framing these relationships. By juxtaposing parent and teacher perspectives, the project seeks to illuminate variations in how participants understand one another. The empirical material will comprise approximately 20 first- and second-generation minority ethnic parents of different genders and ethnic backgrounds, 3–6 teachers, and three other school professionals with key roles in the school. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Existing national and international research primarily focuses on first-generation minority ethnic parents. The few studies that examine second-generation minority ethnic parents tend to focus on parenting practices, school strategies, and assimilation patterns rather than on home–school relationships. By comparing first- and second-generation parents, this project contributes new knowledge about how experiences of schooling are shaped by migration histories, social background, and gender. The project thus nuances existing research that often explains differences in parental involvement primarily through social class by also incorporating ethnicity and generational status. Overall, the project aims to contribute knowledge that can inform more inclusive and equality-promoting practices in home–school relationships. References Børn og Unge. (2021). Undersøgelse af DSA-området i Aarhus Kommune Hovedrapport. Aarhus Kommune. https://aarhus.dk/media/jerpsiib/hovedrapport-undersoegelse-af-dsa-omraadet-i-aarhus-kommune-2021.pdf?format=noformat Danmarks Statistik. (2024). Indvandrere i Danmark 2024. Danmarks Statistik. https://www.dst.dk/Site/Dst/Udgivelser/GetPubFile.aspx?id=52300&sid=indv2024 Folkeskoleloven. (2024). Lovbekendtgørelse nr. 989. Bekendtgørelse af lov om folkeskolen. Retsinformation.dk. https://www.retsinformation.dk/eli/lta/2024/989 Gillborn, D., Ladson-Billings, G., & Bulman-May, J. (2017). Critical Race Theory, Europa og pædagogik og uddannelse. Dansk pædagogisk tidsskrift, 27–36. Gillborn, David. (1990). “Race”, ethnicity and education: schools. Unwin Hyman. Gilliam, L. (2022). ‘This Society Has Taken Me.’ Intensive Parenting and Fragile Belonging among Second-Generation Minority Danish Parents. Genealogy, 6(3). https://doi.org/10.3390/genealogy6030063 Gilliam, L. (2024). Averting, stepping-up or shielding: school strategies and intensive minority pa- renting among second-generation minority Danish parents. Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 50(4), 792–810. https://doi.org/10.1080/1369183X.2023.2199945 Jørgensen, A. H. (2019). Tilblivelser af skolefædre: en etnografisk undersøgelse af migrantfædres erfaringer med og navigation af skole-hjem-samarbejde. Nordiske udkast. Khawaja, I., & Lagermann, L. C. (2023). Indledning. I I. Khawaja & L. C. Lagermann (Red.), (Farve)blinde vinkler: om racialisering, ulighed og andetgørelse i pædagogisk praksis (s. 13–32). Nyt fra Samfundsvidenskaberne. Matthiesen, N. C. L. (2014). Voices of the unheard: home-school collaboration between Somali diaspora families and teachers in Danish public schools. Matthiesen, N. C. L. (2019). Skolens samarbejde med forældre med etnisk minoritetsbaggrund. Kvan, 39(113), 62–74. Timm, L., & Kristjánsdóttir, B. (2011). Uhørte stemmer: sproglige minoritetsforældre og samarbejde med skolen. (L. Timm & B. Kristjánsdóttir, Red.). Via Systime. UVM. (2025). Om nationale mål. https://www.uvm.dk/folkeskolen/folkeskolens-maal-love-og-reg-ler/nationale-maal/om-nationale-maal 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Patterns of Participation – Participation in Co-Constructive Interaction Processes During Cooperative Group Research Technische Universität Braunschweig, Germany Presenting Author:1. Relevance of the Topic: Inclusion and Participation in Cooperative Learning The Global Sustainability Goals call for inclusive, equitable, and high-quality education for all (Reich, 2018). Inclusion is “an unending process of increasing learning and participation for all students” (Booth & Ainscow, 2002, p. 2). Yet it is still a long way to go: Empirical research not only shows that learning results depend on students’ social background (e.g., OECD, 2023), but also that classroom participation is often unequal: Students with low peer status or cultural capital participate less frequently (Black, 2004; Cohen et al., 1999). Cooperative learning methods are considered promising for reducing these inequalities (Thäle, 2019). Yet, empirical studies on how and under what conditions cooperative learning actually involves all students in cognitive activity and engagement with the subject matter are lacking. Our research project addresses this gap by analyzing the micro-level of co-constructive interaction processes in classroom discussions.
2. Defining Participation: A Didactic and Instructional Perspective on Cooperative Group Research Participation is understood here as necessary involvement and opportunities for co-creation within classroom interaction processes (Frohn et al., 2019). As a reference, the “Didactic Model for Inclusive Teaching and Learning (DiMiLL)” emphasizes two dimensions: Subject-didactic: Enabling societal participation through learning content concerning societal key issues (Buck & Breidbach, 2019; Klafki, 2007). Instructional Perspective: Active involvement of all students in co-constructive interactions, e.g., through cooperative learning methods (Buck & Breidbach, 2019; Klafki, 2007). Our study examines student participation in a cooperative group investigation setting (Sharan & Sharan, 1990) focusing on sustainability in a social studies class at a German comprehensive school (lower secondary education).
3. Research Questions: Exploring Participation in Co-Constructive Interaction Processes The poster will present the background and study design as well as findings from the first step of our analysis of the video data and focus on the following key research question:
Thus, we aim to uncover not only the patterns of participation in classroom discourse, but also the deeper mechanisms and contextual factors that shape students' engagement in collaborative learning environments. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We will present findings from a longitudinal case study. One 8th grade social science classroom was videographed during eight subsequent lessons. During the first phase (4 lessons) regular lessons were observed. During the second phase the teacher implemented a form of group investigation (Sharan & Sharan, 1990). The videography methodology in this study employs a multi-perspective recording setup—combining classroom cameras, Go-Pro devices, and table microphones—to systematically capture verbal interactions during cooperative group research. This approach is adapted from the Interfach Forschungsprogramm (n. d.), ensuring a comprehensive and detailed analysis of participation dy-namics and collaborative discourse. In addition to videography, the social science teacher teaching the class as well as 4 students were interviewed. 1. Grounded Theory as a Methodological Approach The constructivist grounded theory (Charmaz, 2014) serves as the central methodological frame-work for this study. This approach is particularly suited to open-ended and exploratory research interests, as it emphasizes the iterative process of data collection and analysis (Mey & Reimer-Gordinskaya, 2021). Charmaz’s constructivist perspective builds on the classic abductive approach of Glaser and Strauss (Charmaz, 2011), but extends it by incorporating the researcher’s reflexive awareness of their own situatedness in the research process (Charmaz, 2014). This ensures that the knowledge generated is not imposed by preconceived theoretical assumptions but emerges from the participants’ perspectives. The iterative cycle of data collection and analysis is a hallmark of grounded theory. Researchers move between the field and analysis, continuously comparing and refining emerging categories until theoretical saturation is achieved (Corbin & Strauss, 2015). This process allows for the devel-opment of situated and local knowledge (Charmaz, 2011), which is particularly relevant for under-standing the complex social dynamics of classroom interactions. 2. Social Constructivist Epistemology Charmaz’s approach rejects the notion of developing universal, abstract theories. Instead, it recog-nizes that knowledge is socially constructed and shaped by the participants’ diverse perspectives (Charmaz, 2011). This aligns with the study’s focus on heterogeneous student populations, where students’ participation is shaped by their social and biographical contexts – thus meaning hetero-geneity brought from outside into the classroom (Budde, 2012). The social embeddedness of knowledge (Charmaz, 2014) is central to this framework. Knowledge is not seen as an isolated, objective entity but as something co-constructed through social interaction (Ryu & Lombardi, 2015). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The poster presentation will introduce the project, summarizing coding results and initial Ground-ed Theory insights, visualizing key findings such as participation patterns and emerging categories, and discussing next steps and open questions for further analysis. References Black, L. (2004). Differential participation in whole-class discussions and the construction of margi-nalised identities. Journal of Educational Enquiry, 5(1), 34–54. https://ojs.unisa.edu.au/index.php/EDEQ/article/view/516 Booth, T., & Ainscow, M. (2002). Index for Inclusion: Developing Learning and Participation in Schools (2nd ed.). Centre for Studies on Inclusive Education (CSIE). Buck, J., & Breidbach, S. (2019). Zum Einsatz dramapädagogischer Methoden für partizipationsför-derliche Lerngelegenheiten im kommunikativen Englischunterricht. In J. Frohn, E. Brodesser, V. Moser, & D. Pech (Eds.), Inklusives Lehren und Lernen: Allgemein- und fachdidaktische Grundlagen (pp. 115–126). Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:16759 Budde, J. (2012). Die Rede von der Heterogenität in der Schulpädagogik: Diskursanalytische Per-spektiven [Speaking about diversity in school pedagogics: Discourse analytical perspectives]. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung, 13(2), Article 16. https://doi.org/10.17169/fqs-13.2.1761 Charmaz, K. (2011). Den Standpunkt verändern: Methoden der konstruktivistischen Grounded Theory. In G. Mey, & K. Mruck (Eds.), Grounded Theory Reader (pp. 181–205). VS Verlag für Sozi-alwissenschaften. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-93318-4_9 Charmaz, K. (2014). Constructing Grounded Theory (2nd ed.). Sage. Cohen, E. G., Lotan, R. A., Scarloss, B. A., & Arellano, A. R. (1999). Complex instruction: Equity in cooperative learning classrooms. Theory Into Practice, 38(2), 80–86. http://www.jstor.org/stable/1477227 Corbin, J. M., & Strauss, A. L. (2015). Basics of Qualitative Research: Techniques and Procedures for Developing Grounded Theory (4th ed.). Sage. Frohn, J., Brodesser, E., Moser, V., & Pech, D. (Eds.), Inklusives Lehren und Lernen: Allgemein- und fachdidaktische Grundlagen. Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:16759 Interfach-Studie. (n. d.). Videostudie – Forschungsprogramm Interfach. Retrieved from https://interfach.de/forschungsprogramm/videostudie/ Klafki, W. (2007). Neue Studien zur Bildungstheorie und Didaktik: Zeitgemäße Allgemeinbildung und kritisch-konstruktive Didaktik (6th ed.). Beltz. Mey, G., & Reimer-Gordinskaya, K. (2021). "We are not Coding Machines" – Positions and Poten-tials of Grounded Theory Methodology. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung, 22(2), Article 10. https://doi.org/10.17169/fqs-22.2.3710 OECD (2023). PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/53f23881-en Reich, K. (2018). Inklusive Bildung in Deutschland umsetzen. https://www.unesco.de/assets/dokumente/Deutsche_UNESCO-Kommissi-on/02_Publikationen/Publikation_Blickwinkel_Inklusive_Bildung_in_Deutschland_umsetzen.pdf Ryu, S., & Lombardi, D. (2015). Coding Classroom Interactions for Collective and Individual En-gagement. Educational Psychologist, 50(1), 70–83. https://doi.org/10.1080/00461520.2014.1001891 Sharan, Y., & Sharan, S. (1990). Group Investigation Expands Cooperative Learning. Educational Leadership, 47(4), 17–21. https://files.ascd.org/staticfiles/ascd/pdf/journals/ed_lead/el_198912_sharan.pdf Thäle, A. (2019). Kooperation. In J. Frohn, E. Brodesser, V. Moser, & D. Pech (Eds.), Inklusives Leh-ren und Lernen: Allgemein- und fachdidaktische Grundlagen (pp. 50–52). Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:16759 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Integrating Gender Education into Tourism through Photo-Narrative Pedagogy in General Education National Dong Hwa University, Hualien, Taiwan, R.O.C. Presenting Author:Gender education in higher education is often confined to specialized courses or treated as an abstract social issue detached from students’ everyday experiences. In contrast, tourism and travel are widely perceived as leisure activities, rarely recognized as pedagogical resources for critical reflection. This study explores an interdisciplinary general education course that brings gender education and cultural tourism into dialogue, positioning tourism experiences as meaningful learning materials for gender awareness and social reflection. The research is situated in a team-taught general education course that integrates gender studies and tourism studies. The course was designed around a photo-narrative pedagogy, encouraging students to engage with gender issues through their own tourism-related experiences. Students were invited to document cultural tourism sites through photography and to construct narrative reflections that articulate their observations of gender roles, stereotypes, power relations, and social inequalities encountered in tourism contexts. These photo narratives were further discussed through structured classroom dialogue and peer interaction, allowing students to collectively reflect on how gender is socially constructed and performed within cultural and touristic spaces. The study addresses the following research questions: Conceptually, the study draws on theories of informal and experiential learning, viewing learning as an interpretive process emerging from lived experience, dialogue, and reflection rather than from content transmission alone. Gender is understood as socially constructed and continuously negotiated through everyday practices, including tourism and leisure activities. By situating gender learning within tourism contexts, the course seeks to bridge students’ personal experiences with broader social structures, enabling gender education to move beyond abstract concepts toward embodied and situated understanding. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a teaching practice research approach combining qualitative and quantitative methods to examine the implementation and effects of the interdisciplinary course. The research participants were undergraduate students enrolled in the general education course at a comprehensive university in Taiwan. The central pedagogical intervention was a photo-narrative learning activity. Students were guided to take photographs during tourism or travel experiences that they perceived as relevant to gender issues, and to produce written narratives explaining their observations and interpretations. These materials served as both learning artifacts and research data. Ethical considerations regarding image use, consent, and representation were explicitly addressed in the course design, with students instructed to avoid identifiable faces or sensitive imagery when necessary. Quantitative data were collected through pre- and post-course questionnaires measuring changes in students’ gender awareness and attitudes toward cultural tourism. Descriptive statistics and reliability tests were conducted using SPSS to assess overall trends and learning outcomes. Qualitative data included students’ photo narratives, reflective writings, interview transcripts, and teaching journals. These data were analyzed using thematic analysis, focusing on recurring patterns related to gender stereotypes, role expectations, power relations, and reflective learning processes. Triangulation across data sources and collaborative coding within the research team were employed to enhance analytical rigor and credibility. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As a teaching practice study, this research is expected to demonstrate that integrating gender education into tourism-based learning environments can effectively enhance students’ gender awareness and reflective capacity. Preliminary analysis suggests that photo-narrative pedagogy enables students to recognize gendered assumptions embedded in cultural tourism practices and to critically engage with issues that might otherwise remain unnoticed in everyday travel. The study is expected to show that tourism contexts provide accessible and meaningful entry points for gender education, allowing students to connect abstract gender concepts with lived experience. Through photography, narration, and dialogue, students move from passive observation to active interpretation, developing a more nuanced understanding of gender as a socially constructed and context-dependent phenomenon. Pedagogically, the study contributes insights into the possibilities and limitations of photo-narrative methods in general education, particularly regarding time constraints, ethical considerations, and students’ varying levels of visual literacy. Overall, the findings aim to inform the design of innovative intercultural learning environments in higher education and to offer practical guidance for educators seeking to integrate gender issues into interdisciplinary curricula. References Berger, P. L., & Luckmann, T. (1966). The social construction of reality: A treatise in the sociology of knowledge. Anchor Books. Butler, J. (1990). Gender trouble: Feminism and the subversion of identity. Routledge. hooks, b. (1994). Teaching to transgress: Education as the practice of freedom. Routledge. Kolb, D. A. (1984). Experiential learning: Experience as the source of learning and development. Prentice Hall. Pritchard, A., Morgan, N., Ateljevic, I., & Harris, C. (Eds.). (2007). Tourism and gender: Embodiment, sensuality and experience. CABI. Riessman, C. K. (2008). Narrative methods for the human sciences. Sage Publications. Schugurensky, D. (2000). The forms of informal learning: Towards a conceptualization of the field (Working Paper No. 19-2000). Centre for the Study of Education and Work, Ontario Institute for Studies in Education, University of Toronto. http://hdl.handle.net/1807/2733 Urry, J. (1990). The tourist gaze: Leisure and travel in contemporary societies. Sage. |
| 12:45 - 14:15 | ERC Break B Paper Session |
| 13:00 - 14:00 | 99 ERC SES 03.5: ERC Lunch Break Event: Getting to Know EERA and Making the Most of the Emerging Researchers' Conference and ECER (pre-registration required) Location: Café & Aula Toivo | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Ottavia Trevisan Session Chair: Lisa Bugno Ceremony |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Lunch Break Event: Getting to Know EERA and Making the Most of the Emerging Researchers' Conference University of Padua (Italy), Italy Presenting Author:You are warmly invited to attend this informal lunch session with experienced academics and the ERG co-convenors. We will help you chart your way through the conference program, understand the structure of EERA and how you can participate in the activities. It will be also a wonderful opportunity to connect with fellow ‘emerging’ researchers. During the event, you will have the opportunity to explore some of the themes below and network with other members of EERA teams at your table in order to learn more about ERG activities and EERA networks. Informal discussions with the experienced academics and co-convenors will ensure crucial insights. |
| 14:15 - 15:45 | 100 ERC SES 04 EXEC Location: C1 | Main building C | 1 Fl. Governance Meeting |
| 14:15 - 15:45 | 99 ERC SES 04 A: Ignite Talks Location: D11 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Petra Grell Ignite Talk Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk In the Words of Education Practitioners: Narratives of Vertical Continuity Across Ages 0–3–6+ Within a System Undergoing Transition University of Bologna, Italy Presenting Author:The concept of educational continuity is key with reference to educational consistency and coherence within single institutions and in transitions across early childhood education and care (ECEC) and compulsory school education (CSE). Educational continuity has come to the fore in the current pedagogical debate, benefiting from theoretical endorsement and empirical evidence concerning child development and early learning both nationally and worldwide (Balduzzi, 2021). At the institutional level, several national and international documents underscore its social and pedagogical relevance (Italian Ministerial Circular 339/92; OECD, 2017; Council of Europe, 2019). Research shows that in transitions within ECEC and between ECEC and CSE vertical educational continuity is a shared responsibility of education practitioners, who should negotiate common approaches and act jointly adopting a reflective stance (Lazzari et al., 2020; Ackesjö, 2014). What single professionals contribute to the dialogue on the curriculum, educational coherence, transitions and discontinuities within and among institutions is central to the design and implementation of coherent and effective practices of vertical continuity. Consistently, a significant number of European studies focus on professionals’ narratives, experiences, beliefs, and representations (Rantavuori et al., 2017), but few have been carried out in the Italian context (Balduzzi et al., 2019). Italy is endeavouring to gradually move away from a split system towards a recently established integrated system for ages 0-6 (Decree Law 65/17), which is followed by a first cycle of education for ages 6-14. In region Emilia-Romagna, as in other areas, there is a vast majority of state-run primary schools (ages 6-11); two or more of these are typically combined with one state-run lower secondary school and a variable number of state-run preschools (ages 3-6) into comprehensive institutes with a view to vertical continuity from ages 3-14 (Ministerial Decree 176/97). These unified institutes are now the most common form of first-cycle educational institution in Italy, but they also welcome students from non-state preschools, which are numerically significant (e.g., approximately 50% of all preschools in Emilia-Romagna). In several areas, the system is thus marked by equally sizeable but fundamentally different parallel tracks for ages 3-6. In addition, all the children entering preschool after attending nursery school come from non-state institutes with diverse governance models (i.e. local authorities and the private sector), adding to the overall complexity. This multi-perspectival IPA study (Smith et al., 2009) focuses on the professional experiences narrated by educators (age group 0-3) and teachers (age groups 3-6 and 6+) who conceive of, design, and implement vertical educational continuity in a specific District of the Emilia-Romagna region. Which are the actors and actants in their narratives, and what role do they play? What meanings, emotions and beliefs are associated with the idea, practices, and institutional recommendations/provisions pertaining to vertical continuity? What can be learned by analysing the life stories (Bertaux, 2005) of professionals who work at different levels of the system, in diverse settings, but are nevertheless locally required to purposefully interact to design and implement vertical educational continuity? Underscoring the significance of individual experiences and interpretations, findings aim to delve into the role played by personal views and epistemic beliefs in shaping professional stances and relationships that are key to effective educational continuity. The in-depth analysis of life stories will contribute insights from the Italian context to the ongoing international academic dialogue and provide valuable knowledge that can inform educational and training practices, as well as institutional decision-making processes. From a transformative perspective, this study also aims to give voice to professionals, supporting reflection (Schön, 1987) and fostering a deeper dialogue on continuity among the educational community at large. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative study focuses on the collection and analysis of narrative data within the framework of interpretative phenomenological analysis (IPA), which is idiographic in nature and allows for a view of phenomenological insights as beneficial in supporting and enacting social change (Thorne, 2014). The research design is multi-perspectival: it enables a dual focus on individual experiences and on more general issues relating to the phenomenon under investigation, along with the comparison of themes from professional life stories of vertical continuity as told by at least three educators working in nursery school (age group 0-3), three teachers working in preschool (age group 3-6) and three teachers working in state-run primary schools within the appointed District. The sampling for this study is non-probabilistic and purposive; all participants share the common experience of engaging with vertical continuity within a larger institutional and regional context, but from different educational sectors and settings, allowing for the emergence of thematic and structural patterns uncovering possible correspondence, resonance, integration and/or divergence (Larkin et al., 2019). Data is collected by means of semi-structured interviews conducted using non-directive strategies. Each interview will be made up of a life story (Bertaux, 2005) concerning personal experiences of vertical educational continuity and an open-ended question on a regional project all participants have been involved in, a specific project whose implementation relies on continuity across educational and school levels in terms of pedagogical assumptions and practice. As the study does not set out to test hypotheses but aims to explore a complex phenomenon in depth, the analyst consistently acknowledges and attempts to bracket their own assumptions and preconceptions to focus on the participants’ experiential world. Data analysis is to be carried out without software support; in terms of content, it focuses on individual experiences and meanings through the IPA approach, starting with a thorough case-by-case analysis. In addition, the study will employ the analytical process outlined by Didier Demazière e Claude Dubar (2000), producing essential interview diagrams aiming to highlight structural and thematic features by showing how meaningful elements diverge and converge. Cross-case analysis, with a view to critically juxtapose key elements in the narratives from each subgroup of participants, will finalise the process. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study aims to delve into the participants’ lived experiences, focusing on the emotions and meaning-making processes revolving around vertical educational continuity as conceived of and implemented by professionals working in ECEC and CSE settings. A deeper understanding of the personal beliefs and inner dynamics of in-service educators and teachers, along with other possible factors influencing commitment, engagement, agency, identity, perceived social positioning and decision-making, is likely to provide useful insights to foster the effective professional relationships and collaborative dialogue which are instrumental in educational continuity. Moreover, relevant themes and subthemes may uncover underlying factors requiring intervention and generate reflections pertaining to training and organisational aspects in the field of ECEC and CSE; lived experiences can inform improvements in how management, pre-service and in-service training, and academic research relate to and have an impact on practices of continuity within nursery schools, preschools and primary schools. In this study, the research field provides data but at the same time serves as a space for producing personal narratives that support professionals in Geertz’s notion of self-authoring—that is, articulating their own voices (1986). These voices, suitably anonymised, are meant to be shared with governance practitioners and the professional community, as they offer detailed pictures of relatable experiences and outline journeys of self-reflection that can both promote reflective practice at a personal level and enlighten the specific issue of what vertical educational continuity looks and feels like in practice from the perspective of teachers and educators. References Ackesjö, H. (2014). Children’s transitions to school in a changing educational landscape: borders, identities and (dis-)continuities. International journal of transitions in childhood, 7, 3-15. Balduzzi, L. (2021). Pronti per cosa? Innovare i servizi e la scuola dell’infanzia a partire dalle pratiche di continuità educativa. Franco Angeli Balduzzi, L., Lazzari, A., Van Laere, K., Boudry, C., Režek, M., Mlinar, M., & McKinnon, E. (2019). Literature Review on Transitions across Early Childhood and Compulsory School Settings in Europe. Ljubljana: ERI Bertaux, D. (2005). Los Relatos de Vida. Perspectiva Etnosociológica. Bellaterra Council of European Union. (2019). Council Recommendation on High-Quality Early Childhood Education and Care Systems (ST/9014/2019/INIT). https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=oj:JOC_2019_189_R_0002 Demazière, D., & Dubar, C. (2000). Dentro le storie: analizzare le interviste biografiche. Cortina Geertz, C. (1986). Making Experiences, Authoring Selves. In Turner, V. & Bruner, E. (Eds.), The anthropology of experience (pp. 373-380). University of Illinois Press Italy. Interministerial Decree 15 March 1997, n. 176. Disposizioni riguardanti la riorganizzazione della rete scolastica, a norma dell'articolo 1, commi 70 e seguenti, della legge 23 dicembre 1996, n. 662 Italy. Law Decree 13 April 2017, n. 65. Istituzione del sistema integrato di educazione e di istruzione dalla nascita sino a sei anni, a norma dell'articolo 1, commi 180 e 181, lettera e), della legge 13 luglio 2015, n. 107 Italy. Ministerial Circular 16 November 1992, n. 339. Continuità educativa. Trasmissione del Decreto Ministeriale applicativo dell'art. 2 della Legge 5 giugno 1990, п. 148 Larkin, M., Shaw, R., & Flowers, P. (2019). Multiperspectival designs and processes in interpretative phenomenological analysis research. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 16(2), 182–198. Lazzari, A., Balduzzi, L., Van Laere, K., Boudry, C., Rezek, M., & Prodger, A. (2020). Sustaining warm and inclusive transitions across the early years: insights from the START project. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 28(1), 43–57. OECD (2017). Starting Strong V: Transitions from Early Childhood Education and Care to Primary Education. OECD Publishing Rantavuori, L., Päivi, K., Karila, K. (2017). Relational expertise in preschool–school transition. Journal of Early Childhood Education Research, 2, 230-248. Schön, D. A. (1987). Educating the reflective practitioner: Toward a new design for teaching and learning in the professions. Jossey-Bass Smith, J. A., Flowers, P., & Larkin, M. (2009). Interpretive phenomenological analysis: Theory, method, and research. Sage Thorne, S. E. (2014). Applied Interpretive Approaches. In Leavy, P. (Ed.), The Oxford Handbook of Qualitative Research (pp. 99-115). Oxford University Press 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk Professional Learning of Experienced Mid-Career Teachers: Long-Term Study Leave as a Context for Reflective Professional Growth Kobe University/Japan, Japan Presenting Author:This research focuses on professional learning of experienced Mid-Career teachers, conducting long-term study leave for their professional growth. The need for professional learning is being emphasized internationally: “… the world of education and training is changing, and so is the occupation of teachers and trainers, with increasing demands, responsibilities and expectations” (Official Journal of the European Union, 2020) We are facing various global challenges which young generations must confront in the future and find solutions for them. As a result, the content of school education is expanding beyond typical capacities of teachers. The Japanese Ministry of Education, Culture, Sports, Science and Technology (MEXT, 2012 p.2) emphasizes: “To respond to the rapidly changing demands of society …, teachers must possess a spirit of inquiry and remain continuous learners.” and “It is necessary to construct institutional mechanisms that enable teachers to maintain a commitment to ongoing learning across the span of their professional lives.” Also, The Act on Special Measures concerning Education Personnel (Japan, Act No.1 of 1949) clearly articulates the necessity for teachers to engage in continuous professional development in Japan. However, this begets a fundamental question: Is more learning what is actually needed for teachers now? If so, how can teachers, especially experienced-teachers, learn more positively? Demonstrable willingness and intrinsic motivation to engage in learning is crucial for the success of professional development programs (cf. Liu, Li & Zou, 2016). My personal experience as a teacher in Japan supports this too. Creagh and colleagues(2023) have shown that teachers’ work has become increasingly demanding due to both heavy workload and intensified work practices. Something may need to be done before they engage in professional learning. They are often compelled—through policy directives—to participate in mandated professional development and often treated like ‘dry sponges’ and expected to quickly absorb new knowledge and skills. However, this mindset is questionable when promoting or planning professional learning programs. UNESCO(2024) reports that excessive workload and expanding role expectations limit teachers’ access to professional learning opportunities. We should regard them as ‘sponges filled with water’. Teachers, especially mid-career teachers, have much experience, skills and knowledge. Clearly, the first thing they must do is to squeeze water out of the sponge. A teacher’s length of service is not necessarily proportional to their level of pedagogical skill or knowledge. It is worth considering the characteristics of teachers' work from the perspective of overlearning. While overlearning enhances retention, accuracy and automaticity by continued practice, it may hinder flexible transfer or deeper conceptual understanding.(Schön,1983) When applied to the teaching profession, these insights suggest that years of accumulated classroom routines may solidify into automatic practices that teachers rarely question, even when these routines no longer correspond to the diverse, complex demands of contemporary schooling. (Berliner, 2001) In this sense, professional experience can paradoxically become a barrier to growth. Huberman (1993) demonstrates that experienced teachers frequently reach a crossroads in their careers, where accumulated experience may lead either to professional renewal or to increased caution, stagnation, and distancing from further growth. This research aims to examine long-term study leave as a form of professional development. Taking a long-term professional learning course and having an extended period allows them to thoroughly reflect on their teaching experience (Darling-Hammond et al. 2017). Additionally, by conducting research that links this experiential knowledge with theory and critically examines it, teachers can discover both their past selves and who they should become. Furthermore, this research seeks to generate insights into the development of more effective professional learning frameworks for teachers by conducting an analysis with the current in-service teacher learning systems in Japan. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research adopts (1)a comparative research design combining international and Japanese secondary data analysis, (2)policy document analysis, and (3)semi-structured interviews with Japanese teachers. By triangulating these sources, the research aims to illuminate structural constraints on teachers’ professional learning and to examine the potential of long-term study leave as a form of mid-career professional development. First, international survey data from the OECD’s Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS 2024) are analyzed to establish a comparative context for teachers’ engagement in professional learning barriers, with particular attention to time constraints, workload, and incentive structures. These data situate Japan within broader international trends and provide an empirical baseline for understanding systemic pressures on teachers’ learning across education systems. Second, I conduct a document-based analysis of professional development policies and legal frameworks governing in-service teacher education in Japan. Official policy documents issued by MEXT, statical reports on teacher training participation, and related legislative texts are examined. This analysis focuses of the alignment - and misalignment – between policy intentions and actual implementation, especially regarding long-term training opportunities such as study leave or graduate-level enrollment. To highlight institutional differences, the analysis distinguishes between public and private school systems, noting differences in legal obligations, participation requirements, and incentive structures for professional development. Third, I analyze qualitative data collected/will be collected through semi-structured interviews in the summer of 2025 with six in-service teachers who temporarily left their teaching positions to enroll in a two-year professional graduate school of education. The participants are employed at two different private secondary schools. Unlike public school teachers in Japan, they are not entitled to participate in nationally funded long-term study leave programs. Instead, their opportunities for professional learning depend largely on the policies and financial decisions of the school corporations that operate private schools. The study therefore examines cases in which private school corporations invest in teachers’ professional development by supporting long-term study leave. By focusing on teachers who pursued advanced study without access to national training schemes, the research highlights alternative model of professional learning driven by institutional commitment rather than government mandate. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The survey on ‘Continuous Professional Learning’ (TALIS 2024) shows that higher percentage of teachers in Japan find it difficult to participate in professional learning because of lack of time, compared to that of other countries. On top of that, more than half of them wish to continue learning, but their busyness prevents them from doing so. According to Eurydice report. (2021), “Teachers may take long study leave in approximately one third of the education systems analysed. ” In contrast, Japan lags behind many European countries in terms of opportunities of long-term study leave, only a thousand public school teachers from kindergartens through upper secondary schools conducted a long-term study leave in 2023. (MEXT, 2023) Individuals with prior training experience account for only 0.1% of the total. Findings from the interviews with teachers suggest that the long-term study leave not only enabled them to critically reflect on their careers but also contributed to a transformation in their professional orientation and sense of engagement with their work following their return to the workplace. One of them commented,” Gaining a new perspective on teaching has been highly significant”. Other participants also perceived a range of effects and benefits from participating in the program. These can be broadly categorized into the following three types: (1) Recognizing their immersion in experience (2) Changes in practice or behavior (3) The Discovery of a renewed sense of professional self Their post-program reflections can be analyzed as indicating the development of a highly positive and more autonomous sense of themselves as teachers. Finally, questions concerning how the outcomes of long-term study leave should be evaluated, how national-level systems might be expanded, and what implications these findings may have for the further development in financially constrained private school contexts remain areas for future consideration. References Berliner, D. C. (2001). Learning about and learning from expert teachers. International Journal of Educational Research, 35(5), 463–482. Donald A. Schon(1983)The Reflective Practitioner How Professionals Think in Action European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice, 2021. Teachers in Europe: Careers, Development and Well-being. Eurydice report. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. Huberman, A. M. (1993). The Lives of Teachers. London: Cassell / New York: Teachers College Press. Linda Darling-Hammond, Maria E. Hyler, and Madelyn Gardner, with assistance from Danny Espinoza(2017) Effective Teacher Professional Development, Learning Policy Institute | Research Brief Liu, Ws., Li, XW. & Zou, Ym. The Formation of Teachers’ Intrinsic Motivation in Professional Development. Integr. psych. behav. 53, 418–430 (2019). https://doi.org/10.1007/s12124-018-9465-3 OECD. (2024). Results from TALIS 2024: The Teaching and Learning International Survey. Paris: OECD Publishing, Chapter 3, pp. 120–17 Official Journal of the European Union Council conclusions on European teachers and trainers for the future (2020/C 193/04) Sue Creagh, Anna Hogan, Greg Thompson, Nicole Mockler and Meghan Stacey(2025) Educational Review 2025, Vol.77, No.2, 661–680 Workload, work intensification and time poverty for teachers and school leaders The Ministry of Education, Culture, Sports, Science and Technology (MEXT, 2012) Report on Comprehensive Measures for the Integrated Development of Teachers’ Competencies Throughout Their Professional Careers The Ministry of Education, Culture, Sports, Science and Technology (MEXT, 2023) Survey Results on the Implementation Status of Graduate School–Based In-Service Training Programs https://www.mext.go.jp/content/20250307-mxt_kyoikjujinzai01_-100002375_3.pdf UNESCO(2024) Global Report on Teachers : addressing teacher shortages and transforming the profession, UNESCO International Task Force on Teachers for Education 2030 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk “What is within my Scope?” The Effect of Different School Practices on Teachers’ Autonomy in VET University of Iceland Presenting Author:This study is part of a doctoral research project on school practices in vocational education and training (VET) in Iceland. The aim of the overall project is to explore school practices in VET in Iceland, with particular attention to recent shifts in student demographics. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed qualitative methods, including participant observations and interviews, across three upper-secondary VET programs in Iceland. A short-term ethnography (Pink & Morgan, 2013) was conducted within all three programs. Participant observations were conducted for approximately 10 school days over a month-long period, per program. The aim was to document evidence of school practices in action and to write field notes on the environment and field discourse. Field notes also included recorded examples (photos and drawings) of observed workstations and teaching methods. Participant observations involved being present for, preferably, the entire school day each time, following students’ daily schedules, and conversing with as many people as possible in the field. Pink and Morgan’s (2013) suggestion - that short-term ethnography shall maintain the ethnographer's firsthand involvement as a core element in how the researcher comes to know about other people's lives and experiences - was followed. However, as Pink and Morgan (2013) suggest, short-term ethnography takes a more deliberate, interventionist approach than long-term participant observation and is more theoretically engaged. For example, in this study, students and teachers were asked to demonstrate how they completed tasks or projects they were not currently working on. This could interrupt the usual workflow during the school day. Interviews were conducted with students, teachers, and administrators across the three programs, for a total of 30. In this paper, however, the focus is only on interviews with teachers and administrators (n = 12) and participant observations. The interviews were analyzed using thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2013, 2022). In constructing themes, the data were approached from two different directions. On the one hand, from above, through the lens of Morais and Neves’s (2010) pedagogic practice model. On the other hand, bottom up, not shaped by existing theory (Braun & Clarke, 2013, 2022). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study's findings are organized into two main themes. The first theme explores how the school's practices enable teachers to control pedagogic practices and how they perceive their roles and autonomy. This theme is further divided into four sub-themes to examine the specific differences among the three programs. The first examines how different school practices influence communication between students and teachers. The second examines how the programs enable different types of control over the pacing of learning. The third examines how the selection and sequencing of subjects are controlled within the programs. Finally, the fourth sub-theme examines the evaluation criteria, especially for the aesthetic component of the studies. The other main theme explores how teachers address student collaboration, as another part of this doctoral study shows that students rely heavily on one another when deciding what to do and what is occurring day to day, whether in terms of individual tasks or overall school organization. This study contributes to our understanding of how various VET school practices affect teachers' autonomy. The study's results should inform VET policymaking and highlight the potential benefits and challenges of adopting different school practices. References Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy symbolic control and identity: Theory research critique (Rev.). Rowman & Littlefield. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2013). Successful qualitative research: A practical guide for beginners. SAGE Publications. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. SAGE Publications. Morais, A. M., & Neves, I. P. (2010). Educational texts and contexts that work—Discussing the optimization of a model of pedagogic practice. In Frandji & P. Vitale (Eds.), Knowledge, pedagogy & society: International perspectives on Basil Bernstein’s sociology of education. Routledge. OECD. (2023). Education at a Glance 2023. https://www.oecd-ilibrary.org/content/publication/e13bef63-en Pink, S., & Morgan, J. (2013). Short-Term Ethnography: Intense Routes to Knowing. Symbolic Interaction, 36(3), 351–361. JSTOR. Statistics Iceland. (2025). Talnaefni: Framhaldsskólastig. https://hagstofa.is/talnaefni/samfelag/menntun/framhaldsskolastig/ 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk Between Policy and Practice: Exploring the Perspectives and Preparedness of Irish Primary Teachers of LGBTQ+ Inclusive Education Maynooth University, Ireland Presenting Author:Background / Context LGBTQ+ inclusive education in Irish primary schools is developing at a moment of curricular change and rising socio-political tension. While the redeveloped SPHE curriculum foregrounds, for the first time, explicit learning related to LGBTQ+ inclusion, these policy developments are not without significant tensions. Teachers work within cultural and school environments shaped by newly emerging heteroactivist discourses that mobilise child protection, parental rights and social stability to oppose LGBTQ+ education (Nash & Browne, 2020). Such narratives intersect with longstanding discourses of childhood innocence, which frame LGBTQ+ content as inherently sensitive or inappropriate for primary-aged children (Neary & Rasmussen, 2020), and with reactionary uses of secularism and pluralism that recast resistance in ostensibly neutral, rights-based terms (Kitching, 2024). These dynamics shape teachers’ preparedness which is tentatively conceptualised as a multidimensional capacity that brings together teachers’ knowledge, pedagogical judgment, emotional readiness and navigation of institutional conditions so they can engage confidently and critically with LGBTQ+-inclusive teaching. However, in this broader context, teacher preparedness emerges not as an individual trait but as a socially situated process shaped by competing political, cultural and social discourses. Aim / Objectives / Purpose This study aims to explore the personal, structural and discursive factors that influence Irish primary teachers’ preparedness for LGBTQ+-inclusive education. Drawing on Queer Theory and a critical interpretivist approach, the project explores how teachers interpret LGBTQ+ education, navigate tensions between policy and practice, and make professional decisions within contemporary socio-political conditions. Primary Research Question: How do Irish primary teachers experience and interpret LGBTQ+ education within the current curricular, social and political landscape? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data collection is underway and involves semi-structured interviews supported by vignettes that present realistic school-based dilemmas involving LGBTQ+ inclusion. These scenarios invite teachers to reflect on professional reasoning without requiring personal identity disclosures. Ethical safeguards recognise sensitivities around ethos, parental expectations and perceived community responses. Data is being analysed using reflexive thematic analysis, exploring how preparedness is shaped through the interplay of personal disposition, institutional culture and resistance dynamics. Emergent insights from the data collection phase are being shared, with conference participants invited to contribute to the ongoing refinement of the project. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study offers a theoretically grounded, context-sensitive account of how LGBTQ+ education, gender resistances and teacher preparedness intersect in Irish primary schools. By centring structural and discursive influences rather than individual deficits, the project aims to inform professional learning that is ethically attentive, practically grounded and responsive to the realities teachers face in implementing LGBTQ+-inclusive SPHE. References Nash, C. J., & Browne, K. (2020). Heteroactivism: Resisting lesbian, gay, bisexual and trans rights and equalities. Bloomsbury. Neary, A., & Rasmussen, M. L. (2020). Marriage equality time: Entanglements of sexual progress and childhood innocence in Irish primary schools. Sexualities, 23(5–6), 898–916. Kitching, K. (2024). The reactionary use of concepts of secularism, pluralism and freedom of expression: Implications for education studies. Irish Educational Studies, 42(3), 317–330. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk Diffractive Wonderings and Illuminations on (Career) Learning Mykolas Romeris University, Lithuania Presenting Author:The philosophy of immanence of Deleuze and Guattari and Barad’s new materialism temporarily gather in a togethering play. Thinking with the concepts and diffracting, I believe that life is material and discursive, social and natural at the same time, as therefore is career learning. There are no “foundational texts” (Murris and Bozalek, 2019a), which would presuppose hierarchical arborescent order, therefore philosophical works, interviews with the students and career development theoryandpractice are read through one another, which can be referred to as diffraction (Barad, 2014). Though this article focuses on human activity, it is an attempt to shift the attention to the process of career learning, constant becoming, connections and intra-action, to the rhizomatic nature of career learning, entanglements with human and non-human entities. Affected by post-structuralist and the new materialist concepts I find myself in a creative journey of thinking differently, driven by desire and curiosity. Could life be the rhizome, a network of connections without hierarchy, without centre? Then, can career learning be a plateau that constitutes and continues the life-rhizome? Also, I engage in thinking with Barad’s relational ontology, concepts of entanglement and intra-action. The reading is an encounter with what MacLure (2017) calls data’s “bad behaviour” – any pre-thought suppositions blur, forcing emergent thought through intra-action. I become allured by the “glow” (MacLure, 2017). The idea of pre-given tools, pure methods and prescribed stages is incommensurable with post-qualitative research. Instead, it is viewed as experimentation (Murris and Bozalek, 2019b), engagement in a creative process (St. Pierre, 2021), wonderings (Sheehan, 2022) “reimagining what a method may do” (St. Pierre, 2016), where “we know the world because we are of the world” (Barad, 2007). Diffractive analysis aims at new different knowledge creation (Mazzei, 2014), generating fresh insights as well as rich speculations (Fox and Alldred, 2023); rearranging, playing, disturbing, generating new questions (Murris and Zhao, 2022) instead of describing, categorizing the world. Therefore, the purpose is to produce different knowledge about students’ career learning through diffractive analysis and thinking with theory. This includes questioning, rearranging and perturbation of traditional thinking about career learning through reading texts together with and through one another. These are the questions that drive the work in different directions: ➢ How do post-structuralist and new materialist concepts work for career learning? ➢ What difference may be produced through diffraction? Along with the questions that move thinking in different directions, I cut-in with doubts/emerging questions/encounters in the process and re-turn to them later on. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Inspired by the concepts of Deleuze and Deleuze and Guattari in partnership works as well as Barad’s new materialism, I engage in non-representational diffractive analysis of career learning of university students, a multilogue of interviews which serve as “data”, thinking with philosophical concepts of rhizome, desire, becoming, assemblage (Deleuze amd Guattari, 2013) and entanglement, intra-action (Barad, 2007), career theoryandpractice and my own experience through reading, where new ideas and meanings are diffracted. Here, I do not “interrogate” data (MacLure, 2017), but focus on connections, entanglements. I diffract and map differences rather than reflect and interpret (Barad, 2007). Diffraction in physics defines the coming of waves together and overlapping when they encounter an obstruction and how they bend and spread (Barad, 2007). Diffraction is contrasted (but by no means denied) to reflection as diffraction works in a different way: it goes beyond mirroring and producing of the same, but rather seeks to capture differences and their effects (Bozalek and Zembylas, 2017). Diffractive analysis is concerned with phenomena - “material-discursive intra-active enactments” where matter and meaning co-constitute one another (Lenz Taguchi and Palmer, 2013). To engage in the process of producing difference rather than reflection (Barad, 2007), theory and practice are not separated and material is paramount in the new empiricism (St Pierre, 2016). Diffractive analysis is not based on theory/practice, subject/object and similar dichotomy, it brings together ontology and epistemology (Barad, 2007). This is where different ideas as well as data and experiences encounter, interplay and intra-act. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis is a non-linear, inconsistent rhizome or a maze of intensities and lines, a neurotic net of connections. It is not easy to skim or extract the essence and summarize. Still, in order for the author to respect the reader and to give a short summary, several insights are drawn. I refer to them as illuminations (the highlight is used intentionally), that emerged through reading the texts together, through the entanglement and intra-acting with them: 1. Career learning as life. 2. Desire as productive force in career learning. 3. Encounters and chance events as career learning moments. 4. Career learning as an entanglement and intra-action with human and non-human. 5. Grand narratives of career learning – how they are created and ingested. References Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke Up. Barad, K. (2014). Diffracting Diffraction: Cutting Together-Apart, Parallax, 20(2), 168-187. https://doi.org/10.1080/13534645.2014.927623 Bozalek, V., & Zembylas, M. (2017). Diffraction or reflection? Sketching the contours of two methodologies in educational research. International journal of qualitative studies in education, 30(2), 111-127. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/09518398.2016.1201166 Deleuze, G. Guattari, F. (2013). A thousand plateaus: capitalism and schizophrenia (Reprinted edition.). Bloomsbury. Fox, N. J., & Alldred, P. (2023). Applied research, diffractive methodology, and the research assemblage: Challenges and opportunities. Sociological Research Online, 28(1), 93-109. DOI: 10.1177/13607804211029978 Hein, N., & Søndergaard, D. M. (2020). Poststructuralist and new-materialist approaches to analyses of bullying among children. Social Theory and Health Education: Forging New Insights in Research, 56. Juelskjær, M., & Schwennesen, N. (2012). Intra-active entanglements: An interview with Karen Barad. Kvinder, Koen og Forskning, 21(1-2), 10-23. Lenz Taguchi, H. (2012). A diffractive and Deleuzian approach to analysing interview data. Feminist theory, 13(3), 265-281. https://doi.org/10.1177/1464700112456001 Lenz Taguchi, H., & Palmer, A. (2013). A more ‘livable’ school? A diffractive analysis of the performative enactments of girls’ ill-/well-being with(in) school environments. Gender and Education, 25(6), 671-678. https://doi.org/10.1080/09540253.2013.829909 MacLure, M. (2017). Qualitative methodology and the new materialisms: “A little of Dionysus's blood?”. In Qualitative inquiry in neoliberal times (pp. 48-58). Routledge. Mazzei, L. A. (2014). Beyond an easy sense: A diffractive analysis. Qualitative inquiry, 20(6), 742-746. https://doi.org/10.1177/1077800414530257 McCash, P., Hooley, T., & Robertson, P. J. (2021). Introduction: Rethinking career development. In P. J. Robertson, T. Hooley, & P. McCash (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of career development (pp. xiv–x19). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780190069704.013.2 Murris, M., & Bozalek, V. (2019a): Diffracting diffractive readings of texts as methodology: Some propositions, Educational DOI:10.1080/00131857.2019.1570843 Philosophy and Theory, Murris, K., & Bozalek, V. (2019b). Diffraction and response-able reading of texts: The relational ontologies of Barad and Deleuze. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 32(7), 872-886. https://doi.org/10.1080/09518398.2019.1609122 Murris, K., & Zhao, W. (2022). Non/representational. In K. Murris (Ed.), A glossary for doing postqualitative, new materialist and critical posthumanist research across disciplines. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003041153 Savickas, M. L. (2011). constructing careers: actor, agent, and author. Journal of Employment Counseling, 48(4), 179–181. St. Pierre, E. A. (2016). The empirical and the new empiricisms. Cultural Studies? Critical Methodologies, 16(2), 111-124. DOI: 10.1177/1532708616636147 St. Pierre, E. A. (2021). Post qualitative inquiry, the refusal of method, and the creation of the new. Qualitative Inquiry 27 (1):3–9. doi:10.1177/1077800419863005 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk Researching the Kindergarten Space with Children: Applying a Participatory Mosaic Approach to Understand Children’s Spatial Experiences Polish Naval Academy, Poland Presenting Author:This research project examines how young children perceive and experience kindergarten spaces. The aim is to make children’s voices central to understanding and redesigning early learning environments. While traditional educational research often prioritises adult perspectives when defining the quality and function of educational spaces, this project highlights children as active social agents and 'experts in their own lives', whose spatial experiences provide valuable insights into the quality, meaning and use of kindergarten environments. The project adopts the Mosaic research approach, a participatory, multi-method methodology developed by Alison Clark and Peter Moss that systematically integrates children’s voices into qualitative research. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Researchers' interest in childhood issues began at the turn of the 19th and 20th centuries and was intensively developed in studies conducted until the 1980s, mainly by representatives of developmental psychology. This was research on children, treated as research subjects, aimed at establishing developmental norms for specific age categories. In accordance with the positivist paradigm recognized at the time, derived from natural science, the aim was to obtain knowledge that would be objective, representative, and verifiable. This paradigm of childhood was verified at the end of the last century. Personal knowledge and children's negotiating skills began to be appreciated (Zwiernik 2020). I am keen to explore space from the perspective of children, which is why I favor participatory research involving children. Aligned with the Mosaic approach, this study will adopt a qualitative, multi-method design, engaging 20 children aged 3–6 in a series of research activities embedded within their kindergarten routines. Data will be generated through child photographs, spatial tours led by children, drawings and map creation, recorded dialogues, and observational field notes. These data fragments will be systematically compiled and interpreted collaboratively with children and educators to ensure authenticity and reflexivity. Ethical considerations—including informed consent, respect for children’s agency, and confidentiality—will guide every stage of the research process. By applying the Mosaic approach, this research aims to contribute both empirically and theoretically to early childhood studies and to offer a model for participatory research that can support transformative practice in early learning environments. he research quesion is how do children conceptualise and experience kindergarten space, and how can participatory research methods reveal the role of space in shaping children’s agency, learning, and everyday social practices across different European contexts? This overarching question is supported by the following sub-questions: How do children identify, use, and attribute meaning to specific spatial elements of the kindergarten environment? In what ways do participatory, child-led methods (such as those proposed in the Mosaic approach) enable children to articulate spatial experiences that are often inaccessible through adult-centred research tools? How do children’s perspectives on space reflect broader cultural, pedagogical, and institutional traditions within European early childhood education systems? How can insights from children’s spatial narratives inform internationally relevant discussions on the design, organisation, and pedagogy of early childhood learning environments? Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research aims to provide empirically grounded and theoretically informed insights into how young children perceive, use and interpret kindergarten spaces. Employing a participatory Mosaic approach will foreground children’s perspectives as a legitimate and indispensable source of knowledge about early childhood environments, challenging the adult-centred assumptions which often dominate spatial design and pedagogical decision-making. A key expected outcome is a deeper understanding of kindergarten spaces as relational and pedagogical constructs, shaped by everyday interactions between children, educators, materials and institutional norms. The findings are expected to show that children’s experiences of space go beyond mere functionality to include emotional, social and symbolic dimensions that affect their sense of belonging, agency and well-being. These insights will inform international debates on learning environments, providing evidence of how spatial arrangements can support or constrain children’s participation and autonomy. Methodologically, the research is expected to confirm the value of the Mosaic approach as a robust, ethically responsive framework for working with young children in diverse cultural contexts. It is likely that the study will show that multimodal tools, such as child-led tours, photography, drawing and mapping, enable children to articulate spatial experiences that remain invisible in conventional research. This has significant implications for European and international researchers seeking inclusive methodologies that align with children’s rights and participatory principles. From a comparative and European perspective, the findings are expected to reveal shared patterns and variations specific to context in how children experience kindergarten spaces across different educational and cultural settings. Such results will facilitate cross-national dialogue on early childhood education. By placing children's voices at the heart of research into educational spaces, the study will generate internationally significant knowledge on early childhood education, participatory research and the impact of spaces on learning and social life. References Clark A., 2005, Talking and listening to children, w: W. Dudek (red.), Children’s spaces, Architectural Press, Oxford; Clark, A., and Moss, P., 2011, Listening to young children: The mosaic approach (Second edition.). London: National Children’s Bureau; Clark, A. and Moss, P., 2005, Spaces to play, More listening to young children using the Mosaic approach, London: National Children’s Bureau; Clark, A., 2007, A hundred ways of listening: Gathering children’s perspectives of their early childhood environment. Young Children, 62(3) pp. 76–81; Gawlicz K., Rӧhrborn B., 2014, Edukacja przedszkolna: pytanie o demokrację. Warszawa, Biuro Rzecznika Praw Dziecka; Giroux, H., 1997, Pedagogy and Politics of Hope: theory, culture, and schooling, Boulder: Westview Press; PUNCH S., 2002, Research with children: The same or different from research with a d u l t s ? , C h i l d h o o d; Rinaldi, C., 2005, Documentation and assessment: What is the relationship?’, in A. Clark, A. Kjørholt and P. Moss (eds) Beyond listening: Children’s perspectives on early child-hood services, Bristol: Policy Press. pp. 17–28; Seidel, S., 2001, ‘Perspectives on research in education’, in C. Giudici, C. Rinaldi and M. Krechevsky (eds) Making learning visible: Children as individual and group learners, Reggio Emilia: Reggio Children, pp. 330–5; Zwiernik J., 2012, Podejście mozaikowe w badaniu doświadczania przez dzieci życia codziennego w instytucjach wczesnej opieki i edukacji, M. Chomczyńska-Rubacha (red. nauk.), Przegląd Badań Edukacyjnych, nr 2(15); Zwiernik J., 2015, Podejścia badawcze w poznawaniu wiedzy dziecka, Teraźniejszość – Człowiek – Edukacja, nr 1(69); Zwiernik J., 2017, Badania z dziećmi. Dziecięcy obraz szkoły, Teraźniejszość – Człowiek – Edukacja, nr 1(77); 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk Re-Imagining Feedback as a Relational Practice Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:Feedback in higher education is often framed as either as information (transmission model) or a process (dialogic or learning model), both falling into performative notions of learning as qualification (improving learning outcomes). In both cases, feedback risks becoming detached from the relational, ethical, and affective dimensions of education. This ignite talk reimagines feedback as a relational practice: not something done to students, but something co-created with them through dialogic encounters that are situated, embodied, and authentic. Drawing on critiques of the (neo-)“banking model” of education (Freire, 1970) and of the self-regulated neoliberal individual (Gourlay, 2015), this ignite talk challenges dominant feedback discourses that focus on equipment logics (feedback literacy as skills). Instead, it positions feedback as lived “happenings” that are socially and materially situated, and which act as beginnings for students to take up or reject, creating an opening for students’ response-ability. From this perspective, feedback is neither neutral nor purely cognitive; it is shaped by power, positionality, emotions, histories, and forces surrounding these feedback encounters. This ignite talk is theoretically grounded in relational pedagogies (Gravett, 2022 ; Gravett and Carless, 2023) and empirically supported by my completed doctoral research (Passeport, 2025). It attends to the ways in which human and non-human elements (bodies, positionalities, assessment artefacts, digital platforms, physical spaces, timescapes) become entangled in feedback practices. These assemblages influence how feedback is encountered, interpreted, taken up, or resisted. Following this, the session foregrounds the ethical and political work of feedback, including whose voices are legitimised, whose emotions are managed or silenced, and how responsibility is distributed between students, educators, and institutions. The study was carried out in the Netherlands and is relevant to international Higher Education Institutions. The participants were a mis of domestic and international students, showing differences in experiences. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The onto-epistemological positioning of the research was informed by critical theory, which is absent in feedback research (Nieminen, Bearman and Tai, 2023), and the theoretical framing was inspired by the work of Gravett (2022) in situating feedback literacies as sociomaterial practices. The study adopted a two-stage, qualitative mixed-method design: Stage one involved 16 students completing a narrative frame (Barkhuizen and Wette, 2008) through an anonymous questionnaire, designed to elicit stories of encountering teacher feedback (Passeport, 2023). Stage two involved in-depth semi-structured interviews with a smaller group of eight students from the stage one sample (three domestic, five international) and integrated the use of photo-elicitation to support participants in visualizing their experiences of teacher feedback. This abstract zooms into the data collected stage two (interviews) which was analysed through thematic coding in NVivo, using Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis (IPA) (Smith, Flowers and Larkin, 2022) which facilitated a close, idiographic examination of the data, representing both the individual accounts and shared experiences. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings For practitioners, this ignite talk offers a lens for noticing the often-invisible micro-moves of feedback and care-ful directions that enable (or close) dialogue. For researchers, it proposes feedback as a fertile site for examining relationality, affect, and response-(in)ability in assessment cultures. Throughout, short provocations and illustrative examples from my doctoral research will be used to invite participants to reflect on their own feedback practices and the conditions that shape them. The ignite talk concludes by outlining principles for cultivating relational feedback cultures that are attentive to socialisation and subjectification purposes of education (Biesta, 2022), moving beyond performative notions of feedback, and towards feedback as a liminal space of situated interruptive encounters that allow students to meet their own freedom. References Barkhuizen, G. and Wette, R. (2008) 'Narrative frames for investigating the experiences of language teachers', System, 36(3), pp. 372-387. Biesta, G.J.J. (2022) World-centred education: a view for the present. New York: Routledge. Freire, P. (1970) Pedagogy of the oppressed. New York: Penguin Classics. Gourlay, L. (2015) '‘Student engagement’ and the tyranny of participation', Teaching in Higher Education, 20(4), pp. 402-411. Gravett, K. (2022) 'Feedback literacies as sociomaterial practice', Critical Studies in Education, 63(2), pp. 261-274. Gravett, K. and Carless, D. (2023) 'Feedback literacy-as-event: relationality, space and temporality in feedback encounters', Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 49(2), pp. 142-153. Nieminen, J.H., Bearman, M. and Tai, J.H.-M. (2023) 'How is theory used in assessment and feedback research? A critical review', Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 48(1), pp. 77-94. Passeport, S. (2023) 'Ringing the inner voice: listening to students' experiences of teacher-generated feedback using narrative frames', AEA-Europe conference 2023: Assessment reform journeys: intentions, enactment and evaluation, Valletta (Malta), 3 November. Passeport, S. (2025) “Thank you for the feedback, but no!” Listening to the experiences of first-year students encountering the ‘power’ of teacher feedback.” Doctoral Thesis. University of Dundee. Available at: https://discovery.dundee.ac.uk/en/studentTheses/thank-you-for-the-feedback-but-no-listening-to-the-experiences-of/ (Accessed: 18 Jan 2026). Smith, J.A., Flowers, P. and Larkin, M. (2022) Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis: theory, method and research. 2nd edn. London: Sage. |
| 14:15 - 15:45 | 99 ERC SES 04 B: Language Teaching, Curriculum, and Classroom Practice Location: A08 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Ayşe Nihan Zengin Session Chair: Carola Mantel Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Knowing and Teaching: How Textbooks and Didactics Guide Teachers in Teaching Verbs (Grades 4–6) Tomas Bata University in Zlín, Faculty of Humanities, Czech Republic (Czechia) Presenting Author:In the Czech context, school grammar has traditionally held a relatively strong position and is taught systematically, often in greater detail than in many Anglophone educational contexts (Hudson, 2016). At the same time, curriculum and pedagogy have been moving towards a more functional view of language teaching, in which grammatical knowledge is expected to support meaning-making, communication, and work with texts rather than being an end in itself. This aligns with current debates in L1 grammar education, which increasingly focus less on whether grammar should be taught and more on how it should be explained, organised, and pedagogically sequenced (Hudson, 2016; Camps & Fontich, 2019; Myhill & Watson, 2014). However, curricula often formulate competence-oriented aims without an explicit conceptual structure or clear guidance on learning progression. This increases the importance of textbooks and raises demands on teachers when translating the intended curriculum into classroom practice (Myhill & Watson, 2014). In Czech Language and Literature, expected outcomes are phrased in relatively general terms and the sequencing of grammatical concepts across grades is only weakly specified; textbooks therefore co-determine which model of “school grammar” reaches pupils and what teachers rely on in instruction. Together with selected didactic publications for teachers, textbooks act as key knowledge resources, connecting knowing (teachers’ conceptual tools) with teaching (how these tools become explanations and tasks). This is particularly visible in the teaching of verbal tense. Tense is typically introduced early because it is assumed to be intuitively accessible; however, misconceptions may develop. Pupils often learn “tense” as a set of forms, but then encounter cases in which temporal meaning cannot be inferred directly from form, especially in expressing future time. Without an early grasp of the verbal aspect (Czech slovesný vid) as a contrast between ongoing or unfinished events and completed or bounded events, explanations of tense may remain abstract and internally inconsistent. Pupils commonly use verbal-aspect distinctions in communication before they can name them explicitly. Verbal aspect can therefore serve as a bridge between implicit linguistic competence and explicit grammatical knowledge. At the same time, it places demands on teachers’ professional knowledge as it requires translating a meaning contrast into accessible explanations and tasks. Nevertheless, primary-level textbooks often explain future time in vague terms, such as “some verbs form the future using present-tense forms”, and postpone a more systematic treatment of verbal aspect. The presentation examines how Czech language textbooks for Grades 4–6 conceptualise verbal categories, with particular attention to explanations of future time and an implicit (unnamed) verbal-aspect principle. It explores what consequences this may have for pupils’ concept formation and teachers’ capacity to provide coherent explanations within a competence-oriented curriculum. Research questions (RQ) Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is a qualitative content analysis of curricular documents and instructional materials. In the Czech context, where the national curriculum framework does not provide an explicit list of grammatical categories or recommended sequencing, textbooks and teacher-oriented didactic texts carry increased responsibility for the conceptual organisation of grammar content and for shaping pedagogical metalanguage (MŠMT, 2021; MŠMT, 2025). In addition to textbook analysis, the study compares selected didactic publications as teachers’ professional knowledge resources in order to describe what support they do (or do not) provide for conceptual progression and explanatory strategies. The primary corpus consisted of 27 Czech language textbooks for Grades 4 to 6, representing nine publishers across three grade levels. The analysis focused on explanatory passages and tables on the verbal system, with particular attention to tense (including future time) and to explicit or implicit treatment of verbal aspect. Attention was paid to the formulation of definitions, rules, examples, and pedagogical metalanguage, as well as to terminological continuity across grades and within textbook series. The secondary corpus consisted of four didactic publications used in teacher education and teaching practice. A third data source included two versions of the national curriculum framework: the currently valid version and a revised version scheduled for compulsory implementation from the 2027/28 school year in Grades 1 and 6. Relevant passages from textbooks and didactic publications were converted into editable form and segmented into analytic units (definitions, rules, tables, metalinguistic notes, examples), following established guidance for textbook research (Pingel, 2010). A qualitative content analysis was conducted using a categorical coding frame combining deductive and inductive codes. Deductive codes were derived from the literature (conceptualisation, content sequencing, links between pupils’ implicit knowledge and explicit instruction, and pedagogical metalanguage), while inductive codes captured patterns specific to the analysed materials. Coding of explanations and tasks was guided by the research questions. Textbook findings were compared with the didactic publications (terminology and methodological guidance for teachers) and with the curriculum (explicit and implicit guidance). This study presents part of a broader doctoral project, in which later phases will extend the mapping of verb-related content across textbook components and will be supplemented by empirical classroom data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings suggest that when the curriculum is framed in broad terms without an explicit conceptual structure, textbooks strongly shape the conceptual model of verbal categories that pupils encounter (RQ1). Explanations are often organised around morphological overviews and identification routines, while relations between categories, particularly between mood and tense, remain only weakly explicit. A key difficulty concerns explanations of future time. Many textbooks describe futurity without an explicit meaning-based account grounded in verbal aspect and instead rely on vague statements, such as “some verbs”. This reduces the transparency of different strategies for expressing future reference and leaves room for misconceptions (RQ2). This is not merely a matter of grammatical accuracy: future reference is central to everyday communication (plans, intentions), so unclear explanations may affect both comprehension and production. A typical consequence is a conflation of form and temporal meaning, such as present-form verbs used with future meaning, and increased abstraction even in tasks intended to be accessible (RQ3). Pupils may master the isolated rule will + infinitive without understanding why future time is sometimes expressed through present forms and why the verb’s meaning (ongoing vs. completed event construal) matters. Didactic literature provides clearer guidance by highlighting the systemic interplay between tense and verbal aspect and by cautioning against metalinguistic shortcuts that might unintentionally increase abstraction (van Rijt, de Swart, & Coppen, 2019; RQ2–RQ3). The study therefore argues for an earlier, functionally grounded introduction of verbal aspect (an aspect-first or aspect-with-tense approach) as a didactically defensible option that may improve coherence, support progression, and offer teachers a stable explanatory framework. More broadly, the tense–aspect issue is also a professional one as it concerns the conditions under which teachers make decisions aboutinfi concepts, pedagogical metalanguage, and sequencing when curricula leave much of this translation into practice to them. References Camps, A., & Fontich, X. (2019). Teachers’ concepts on the teaching of grammar in relation to the teaching of writing in Spain: A case study. L1–Educational Studies in Language and Literature, 19, 1–36. https://doi.org/10.17239/L1ESLL-2019.19.02.02 Hudson, R. (2016). Grammar instruction. In C. A. MacArthur, S. Graham, & J. Fitzgerald (Eds.), Handbook of writing research (2nd ed., pp. 288–300). Guilford Press. Myhill, D., & Watson, A. (2014). The role of grammar in the writing curriculum: A review of the literature. Child Language Teaching and Therapy, 30(1), 41–62. https://doi.org/10.1177/0265659013514070 MŠMT. (2021). Rámcový vzdělávací program pro základní vzdělávání: Verze s vyznačenými změnami [PDF]. https://digitalizace.rvp.cz/files/rvp-zv-2021-s-vyznacenymi-zmenami.pdf MŠMT. (2025). Rámcový vzdělávací program pro základní vzdělávání: Závazná část včetně metodické podpory [PDF]. https://prohlednout.rvp.cz/zakladni-vzdelavani Pingel, F. (2010). UNESCO guidebook on textbook research and textbook revision (2nd revised and updated ed.). UNESCO; Georg Eckert Institute for International Textbook Research. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000117188.pdf van Rijt, J. H. M., de Swart, P., & Coppen, P.-A. J. M. (2019). Linguistic concepts in L1 grammar education: A systematic literature review. Research Papers in Education, 34(5), 621–648. https://doi.org/10.1080/02671522.2018.1493742 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper A Fala: Social and Linguistic Reality at the School in Valverde del Fresno. University of Extremadura, Spain Presenting Author:This study analyses the social interactions between schoolchildren in their mother tongue, known as A Fala, and a dominant European language, such as Spanish. The sample includes all the pupils at the public school in Valverde del Fresno, specifically 39 participants from pre-school education and 101 informants from primary education, which provides a representative sample of all educational stages. The approach used in this study is qualitative, applying an ethnographic method and obtaining information from participant observation in the field of study. The results reveal that language is influenced by power dynamics and school standardisation, which limits its ability to meet the challenges it currently faces. Likewise, the resistance of certain educational actors to the mechanisms of control and social oppression established in educational institutions is observed. This leads to the deterioration of multilingual education, which has consequences for students' full access to the linguistic repertoire. On the other hand, research reveals that schools facilitate processes of acculturation and linguistic standardisation, as well as guiding students' behaviour towards the acquisition of the dominant culture. This practice reflects the position adopted by modern schools throughout the 19th century and until the last third of the 20th century, as they established and consolidated themselves as assimilationist and homogenising institutions. In other words, it became a centralist instrument of nation building that diminished the visibility of minorities and almost always marginalised many regional voices, languages and cultures (Beniscelli et al., 2019; García-García and Rina Simón, 2023; Gellner, 1983; Guo & Maitra, 2017; Hobsbawm, 1992; Tröhler, 2020, 2023). Thus, the centralised and standardising school of the modern era has been largely responsible for fostering linguistic and identity conflicts, especially where two different language repertoires coexisted. In a context of multilingualism and multiculturalism such as the one described above, there is a need to explore the changes in linguistic register that students make between a vernacular variety, A Fala, and a hegemonic language, Spanish. The aim is to analyse how students in schools are taught a second language to be used in a completely separate way from what is known as their mother tongue (García & Otheguy, 2020). Therefore, this study seeks to analyse how learners establish different levels of interaction between two linguistic varieties with unequal consideration, arising from processes of linguistic discrimination. In other words, it seeks to understand how children activate their choice of language and its linguistic features according to the contextual factors, both formal and informal, to which they are subjected. The framework from which to proceed addresses, the coexistence of two languages in the north of the province of Cáceres (Extremadura), on the border with Portugal (Xálima region), where there is a shared repertoire among the members of a community, both linguistic and extralinguistic in nature, which is the cumulative result of their negotiations (Meyerhoff & Strycharz, 2013). This pretext refers to the Fala de Xálima, a variety used by fewer than 3,700 speakers in three villages: San Martín de Trevejo, Eljas and Valverde del Fresno (Dondelewski, 2024). It is therefore a very small and compact linguistic community (Valeš, 2017), characterised by the use of three main varieties: mañego in San Martín de Trevejo, valverdeñu in Valverde and lagarteiro in Eljas. Differences between the three varieties still persist today. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study presented here has employed qualitative methodology, specifically educational ethnography, focusing on the analytical description of intact cultural groups and settings (Goetz & LeCompte, 1988). Under this approach, the aim is to apply a single case study in which a detailed, systematic and rigorous analysis process is established with the objective of the study (Stake, 2007). Therefore, by applying this strategy, it will be possible to explain the behaviours and beliefs that govern bilingual contexts, as well as the presence of linguistic ideologies that represent the way in which certain groups, such as the school community, express and interpret language (Woolard, 1998). To complete this methodological section, the field study lasted for a period of five months, with a stable frequency of five sessions per week. This allowed us to meet the criteria of permanence and enforceability outlined in this type of research, as well as to collect information from participants in the context itself and the linguistic reality they experience. As for the setting, it is worth mentioning that it is a public school, Nuestra Señora de la Asunción, located in the municipality of Valverde del Fresno, belonging to the Autonomous Community of Extremadura (in south-western Spain) and characterised by its local dialect known as A Fala. Returning to the ethnographic strategy, we can highlight the use of a resource included within it. In this case, it is participant observation, a method that allows us to understand observable linguistic trends, attitudes, and behaviours. This approach also allows speakers to be seen as agents of knowledge, since it is the interlocutors who can reveal the phenomena that occur in the cultural scene. To collect this information, the study is complemented by field notes, which highlight the communication styles used by children depending on the communicative situations in which they find themselves. Finally, I would like to highlight that the research is complemented by the technique of discourse analysis, as this can provide answers to the dynamics of power, hegemony and injustice that are established in communicative exchanges between individuals (Crotty, 2012). Similarly, this theoretical position allows us to respond to the impact of monoglot and hegemonic linguistic ideologies that guide current language education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings At first glance, it can be said that the research confirms that language constructs technologies of power, such that a standardised language is imposed to the detriment of the vernacular variety spoken by schoolchildren. In this sense, a standardised language, Castilian Spanish, is established to discipline students, which leads to the necessary application of heteroglossic teaching aimed at bilingual literacy in the school community. Therefore, it is essential to adopt a multilingual education, which requires a certain curricular organisation to make room for all languages within teaching. From this position, educational institutions will adapt to the linguistic characteristics of the student body, allowing them to access their full linguistic repertoire. This will contribute to the linguistic community of A Fala having the right to speak their mother tongue and receive a quality education in the language of instruction (Hélot & Cavalli, 2017). On the other hand, in response to the research question outlined in this study, it has been found that children activate their choice of language and its linguistic features according to the educational contexts, both formal and informal, in which they are immersed. Therefore, this work has made it possible to show how linguistic compartments appear to be shaped by the ideologies present in certain groups, such as the school community. Likewise, it has been verified that language constructs technologies of power, capable of guiding speakers towards the adoption of the majority norm. This leads to the presence of certain mechanisms that have an impact on speakers and their communication, namely (self-)surveillance, (self-)discipline and normalisation. Therefore, the education system must offer a series of guarantees for the multilingual expression of students, including the teaching of regional or minority languages such as the variety of A Fala. References Beniscelli, L., Riedemann Fuentes, A., & Stang, M. F. (2019). Multicultural y, sin embargo, asimilacionista. Paradojas provocadas por el currículo oculto en una escuela con alto porcentaje de alumnos migrantes. Calidad En La Educación, (50), 393–423. https://doi.org/10.31619/caledu.n50.522 Crotty, M. (2012). The foundations of social research: Meaning and perspective in the research process. Sage Publications. Dondelewski, B. (2024). A Fala de Xálima e ideoloxías lingüísticas – algúns comentarios. Estudios Hispánicos, 31, 9–20. https://doi.org/10.19195/2084-2546.31.1 García, O., & Otheguy, R. (2020). Plurilingualism and translanguaging: commonalities and divergences. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 23(1), 17–35. https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050.2019.1598932 García-García, J., & Rina Simón, C. (2023). Banderas sin viento: Naciones y nacionalismo en la Sociología de la Educación. Revista Internacional de Sociología de la Educación-RISE, 12(2), 111–140. https://doi.org/10.17583/rise.10851 Gellner, E. (1983). Nations and nationalism. Cornell University Press. Goetz, J. P., & LeCompte, M. D. (1988). Etnografía y diseño cualitativo en investigación educativa. Ediciones Morata. Hobsbawm, E. (1992). Nations and Nationalism since 1780. Cambridge University Press. Meyerhoff, M., & Strycharz, A. (2013). Communities of Practice. In J. Chambers & N. Schilling (Eds.), The Handbook of Language Variation and Change (pp. 428–447). Blackwell Publising. Stake, R. (2007). Investigación con estudio de casos. Ediciones Morata. Tröhler, D. (2020). National literacies, or modern education and the art of fabricating national minds. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 52(5), 620– 635. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2020.1786727 Tröhler, D. (Ed.). (2023). Education, curriculum and nation-building. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003315988 Valeš, M. (2017). Community-driven revitalization of A Fala: Experience with the orthography project. In N. Ostler, V. Ferreira, & C. Moseley (Eds.), Communities in Control: Learning tools and strategies for multilingual endangered language communities (pp. 59–64). Foundation for Endangered Languages. Woolard, K. A. (1998). Language ideology as a field of inquiry. In B. Schieffelin, K. Woolard, & P. Kroskrity (Eds.), Language Ideologies: Practice and theory (pp. 3–48). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780195105612.003.0001 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Written Language in Early Foreign Language Lessons - Teacher practices in the First Grade University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:In this study, I examine how the role of written language is reflected in early foreign language education. Foreign languages have been taught in all Finnish schools since spring 2020, starting in the first grade. Based on previous studies (e.g., Hahl et al., 2020), some teachers have been uncertain about the appropriate working methods for early foreign language teaching. Some have expressed concern that not all 1st and 2nd grade students can read and write yet – previously, foreign language teaching mainly began in 3rd grade, when most students were already literate. On the other hand, some teachers have stated that written language is not necessary in early language education. The Finnish National Core Curriculum for Basic Education (EDUFI, 2016) gives teachers room for interpretation. In early language teaching, the description of the curriculum content and objectives covers grades 1–2. According to the curriculum, early language teaching should emphasize oral interaction and diverse, functional learning. Opportunities to become familiar with the written language should also be provided, and pupils should be gradually encouraged to read and write in the foreign language. However, pupils are not required to have reading or writing skills at the beginning of foreign language education. This study is part of the second article of my doctoral dissertation, which continues the theme of my first article on the role of written language in early language education. My dissertation is part of a larger research project that examines teachers' perceptions of multiliteracies and how these perceptions are reflected in teaching practices in early foreign language education. In my first article (Hakola, draft), I studied teachers' views on written language in first-grade foreign language teaching based on teacher interviews. The teachers interpreted and implemented the "gradual introduction to written language" aspect of the curriculum in different ways, which were divided into three groups: 1) written language is a natural part of diverse language teaching, 2) written language is visible, but reading and writing are not emphasized, and 3) written language does not belong in foreign language teaching in the first grade. The study also highlighted the role of written language as a calming activity or alternative when functionality fails. Teachers' views on teaching, language teaching, and learning have a significant impact on what their teaching looks like in practice (Krogager & Andersen 2021). In this study, I focus on classroom observation data to examine how the role of written language is reflected in foreign language teaching practice. To achieve this, I will answer the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this study, I focus on analyzing data from classroom observations, which consists of completed observation forms and video recordings from lessons of three teachers. The teachers were selected for this study because, based on my previous research, their views on written language and its use in first-grade foreign language teaching differ from each other. Three teachers were selected for this study. The first teacher sees written language as part of a multifaceted language teaching approach. This teacher says that they use diverse methods to teach language and mentions writing and reading as activities they use. The second teacher is aware of the discussion about written language. This teacher explains that they make a conscious choice to familiarize their students with written language and sees it as a means of differentiation. The third teacher avoids showing and using written language in first grade foreign language lessons almost entirely, with a few exceptions. I analyzed the data using qualitative content analysis (Krippendorff, 2019). I selected four consecutive language lessons from each teacher, identified all the activities in the lessons and examined which areas of the target language (heard, written, spoken) appeared in them. I then focused on activities where written language appeared and examined the role of the written language in them. Finally, I selected illustrative examples of each role that I will present in my presentation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As with the teachers' views on the target language, there were both similarities and differences in their practices. Most of the activities were based on oral and spoken language. However, written language was often visible, for example, as vocabulary displayed on the board, on the students' task cards, and as subtitles for songs or videos. In these cases, written language appeared passively, and it was not necessary for students to focus on it. In a few activities, the students were asked to read or write. In the early foreign language teaching of the teacher who said they avoided written language, written language was not visible almost at all – it was visible on the classroom walls, but not in the teaching itself. References EDUFI. (2016). National core curriculum for basic education 2014. Publications 2016:5. Finnish National Agency for Education. Hahl, K., Savijärvi, M., & Wallinheimo, K. (2020). Varhennetun kieltenopetuksen käytäntöjä: Opettajien kokemuksia onnistumisista ja haasteista. [Practices in early language teaching: Teachers' experiences of successes and challenges.] In R. Hildén & K. Hahl (Eds.), Kielididaktiikan katse tulevaisuuteen: Haasteita, mahdollisuuksia ja uusia avauksia kielten opetukseen (s. 77–103). Ainedidaktisen tutkimusseuran julkaisuja. Helsingin yliopisto. Hakola, E (draft). “So, there’s now this controversy going on about whether first graders should see that text” - Teachers' views on The Role of Written Language in Early Foreign Language Education Krippendorff, K. (2019). Content analysis. An introduction to its methodology. 4th edition. SAGE. Krogager Andersen, L. (2021). Three perspectives on the role of teacher beliefs in the language classroom. Apples – Journal of Applied Language Studies, 15(2), 71–92. https://doi.org/10.47862/apples.103078 |
| 14:15 - 15:45 | 99 ERC SES 04 D: Digital and AI Competences for Teacher Professional Development Location: A32 | Main building A | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Emily Rochette Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Enacting Digital Competence as Professional Practice: Teacher Educators’ Agency in Vietnamese Higher Education 1: University of the National Education Commission, Kraków, Poland; 2: Faculty of Education, University of Warsaw Presenting Author:In the context of accelerating digital transformation, digital competence has become a core requirement for higher education teachers, particularly for teacher educators responsible for preparing future teachers. European research has provided conceptual foundations for influential frameworks addressing teachers’ digital competence, such as TPACK and DigCompEdu. More recently, the HeDiCom framework has been proposed to capture the specific digital competence requirements of higher education teachers (Tondeur et al., 2023). Despite their widespread use in European contexts, qualitative evidence remains limited regarding how these conceptualisations are enacted in professional practice beyond Europe, particularly within policy-driven higher education systems. This study addresses this gap by adopting HeDiCom as an analytical lens to examine how teacher educators enact digital competence as professional practice in Vietnamese higher education. Digital competence is conceptualised not as a static set of individual skills but as a situated professional practice enacted through pedagogical judgement, decision-making, and action (Krumsvik, 2014; Uerz et al., 2018; Tondeur et al., 2023). This perspective is complemented by professional agency, defined as teacher educators’ capacity to enact HeDiCom competencies while navigating institutional expectations, policy demands, and material conditions.
The study builds on preliminary survey evidence indicating recurring challenges related to infrastructure, workload, and pedagogical integration among teacher educators across Vietnamese universities. However, these findings did not elucidate how teacher educators experience, interpret, and respond to such conditions in everyday practice. Accordingly, a qualitative, multi-site design centred on in-depth interviews was employed. Empirical data were collected through semi-structured interviews with fifteen teacher educators (five per institution) from three major Vietnamese universities of teacher education: Hanoi National University of Education, Ho Chi Minh City University of Education, and the University of Danang – University of Science and Education. These institutions were selected as analytically contrasting sites within a shared national policy framework for digital transformation, rather than for regional comparison. Participants were purposively selected to capture diversity in academic qualifications, length of professional service, teaching experience, and engagement with digital teaching. Interview questions were aligned with the four HeDiCom domains—teaching practice, empowering students for a digital society, teachers’ digital literacy, and teachers’ professional development—alongside prompts on professional agency and institutional conditions. Data were analysed using thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2012), combining deductive coding informed by HeDiCom with inductive coding to identify emergent patterns of agency and constraint.
The findings indicate that teacher educators demonstrate awareness of the pedagogical potential of digital technologies and a sense of professional responsibility for developing students’ digital competence. However, the enactment of HeDiCom competencies is shaped by institutional conditions, including intensified workloads, limited time for professional learning, fragmented digital infrastructure, and ambiguous organisational expectations regarding digital innovation. Under these conditions, professional agency is frequently expressed in adaptive or compliance-oriented forms, with teacher educators selectively integrating digital technologies at a manageable level rather than engaging in more transformative practice. Digital competence thus emerges not as an individual skills deficit but as a negotiated professional practice embedded in everyday academic work.
By applying a European digital competence framework to a non-European higher education context, the study advances a practice-oriented understanding of digital competence and strengthens dialogue between European digital competence research and global higher education contexts. The findings also contribute to methodological discussions by demonstrating how a multi-site qualitative design can capture the interplay between policy, institutional conditions, and professional agency. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A qualitative case study methodology (Creswell, 2009) was employed to explore teacher educators’ professional practices, experiences, and interpretations of digital competence within their institutional contexts. The research was conducted across three major centres of teacher education in Vietnam—Hanoi, Ho Chi Minh City, and Da Nang—which operate within a shared national policy framework for digital transformation. These sites were selected as analytically contrasting institutional settings rather than for regional comparison, enabling the identification of recurring patterns across different organisational contexts. The qualitative case study design provided a context-sensitive approach to examining the professional meanings, judgements, and forms of agency that emerge in response to institutional conditions. Data were collected through semi-structured interviews with fifteen teacher educators from three universities: Hanoi National University of Education, Ho Chi Minh City University of Education, and the University of Danang – University of Science and Education. Five participants were purposively selected from each institution to ensure diversity in academic qualifications, length of professional service, teaching experience, and levels of engagement with digital teaching. The sample included early-, mid-, and senior-career teacher educators involved in undergraduate and postgraduate teacher education programmes. The interview protocol was explicitly aligned with the four domains of the HeDiCom framework (Tondeur et al., 2023)—teaching practice, empowering students for a digital society, teachers’ digital literacy, and teachers’ professional development—alongside prompts addressing professional agency and institutional conditions, including workload, professional learning opportunities, infrastructural support, and organisational expectations regarding digital innovation. Interviews were conducted in Vietnamese, audio-recorded with participants’ consent, and transcribed verbatim. Transcripts were analysed in Vietnamese to preserve meaning. Interview data were analysed using thematic analysis following Braun and Clarke (2012). Deductive coding was guided by the HeDiCom framework, while inductive coding captured emergent themes related to professional agency, constraints, and adaptive practices. ATLAS.ti (version 23) supported systematic coding, data organisation, and theme development, enhancing analytical rigour and transparency. To strengthen credibility, emergent themes were discussed with a subset of participants (member checking) and triangulated with survey findings from the preliminary exploratory phase. Ethical standards for qualitative research were strictly adhered to. Participation was voluntary, and informed consent was obtained from all participants. Confidentiality was ensured through anonymisation of transcripts and secure storage of research data. Participants were fully informed about the study’s aims and procedures and were free to withdraw from the research at any stage without consequences. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study examined how teacher educators enact digital competence as professional practice in Vietnamese higher education during digital transformation, using the HeDiCom framework as an analytical lens. Drawing on qualitative interview data from three major universities of teacher education, the findings demonstrate that digital competence is not merely a matter of individual skills or technical proficiency but a situated and negotiated practice shaped by institutional contexts. Teacher educators generally recognise the pedagogical potential of digital technologies and express a strong sense of professional responsibility for supporting students’ development of digital competence. However, the enactment of HeDiCom competencies is consistently mediated by institutional and systemic conditions, including intensified workloads, limited opportunities for professional learning, fragmented digital infrastructure, and unclear organisational expectations regarding digital innovation. Under such constraints, professional agency tends to be exercised in adaptive or compliance-oriented ways, with teacher educators selectively integrating digital technologies at a manageable level rather than engaging in more transformative forms of practice. These findings reinforce a practice-oriented understanding of digital competence, highlighting that challenges in digital transformation cannot be reduced to deficits in individual capability alone. By applying a European digital competence framework to a non-European, policy-driven higher education context, this study makes two key contributions. First, it extends the empirical relevance of the HeDiCom framework beyond Europe, demonstrating its usefulness for analysing teacher educators’ professional practice across diverse institutional settings. Second, it foregrounds professional agency as a critical mediator between digital competence frameworks and their enactment in everyday teaching. The findings suggest that initiatives to strengthen teacher educators’ digital competence should move beyond skills-based training to address the organisational and structural conditions that enable sustainable and meaningful digital innovation in teacher education. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2012). Thematic analysis. In H. Cooper, P. M. Camic, D. L. Long, A. T. Panter, D. Rindskopf & K. J. Sher (red.), APA handbook of research methods in psychology, Vol. 2: Research designs: Quantitative, qualitative, neuropsychological, and biological (s. 57–71). American Psychological Association. DOI: 10.1037/13620-004 Creswell, J. W. (2009). Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed Methods Approaches (third). SAGE Publications. Hwang, S. (2008). Utilizing qualitative data analysis software: A review of Atlas.ti. Social Science Computer Review, 26(4), 519–527.https://doi.org/10.1177/0894439307312485 Koehler, M. J. (2013). What is technological pedagogical content (TPACK)? Journal of Education: Pedagogical Content Knowledge, 193(3), 13–19. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/260281100 Krumsvik, R. J. (2014). Teacher educators’ digital competence. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 58(3), 269–280. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2012.726273 O’Connor, J., Ludgate, S., Le, Q. V., Le, H. T., & Huynh, P. D. P. (2023). Lessons from the pandemic: Teacher educators’ use of digital technologies and pedagogies in Vietnam before, during and after the Covid-19 lockdown. International Journal of Educational Development, 103. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedudev.2023.102942 Redecker, C, & Punie, Y. (2017). European Framework for the Digital Competence of Educators: DigCompEdu. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. Tondeur, J., Howard, S., Van Zanten, M., Gorissen, P., Van der Neut, I., Uerz, D., & Kral, M. (2023). The HeDiCom framework: Higher Education teachers’ digital competencies for the future. Educational Technology Research and Development, 71(1), 33–53. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11423-023-10193-5 Tondeur, J., Scherer, R., Baran, E., Siddiq, F., Valtonen, T., & Sointu, E. (2019). Teacher educators as gatekeepers: Preparing the next generation of teachers for technology integration in education. British Journal of Educational Technology, 50(3), 1189–1209. https://doi.org/10.1111/bjet.12748 Uerz, D., Volman, M., & Kral, M. (2018a). Teacher educators’ competences in fostering student teachers’ proficiency in teaching and learning with technology: An overview of relevant research literature. Teaching and Teacher Education, Vol. 70, 12–23. Elsevier Ltd. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2017.11.005 Zhao, Y., Llorente, A., & Gómez, M. (2021). Digital competence in higher education research: A systematic literature review. Computer & Education, 168, 104212. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Starting Out with AI: Induction-Phase English Teachers’ Adaptive Expertise in Teaching in China University of Southampton, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Artificial Intelligence (AI) has brought in irreversible changes in learning and teaching processes, prompting a re-evaluation of teacher education globally. While this technological advancement is also celebrated for its potential to innovate teacher education, effective integration requires addressing the heterogeneity of the teaching workforce, which shapes how AI is adopted. Such a gap is significant for induction-phase teachers, who occupy a uniquely precarious position: they are expected to act as primary agents in translating AI-related policy ambitions into classroom practice due to their assumed technical familiarity, while simultaneously negotiating the ongoing formation and transforming their professional identity. As Tondeur et al. (2017) contend, perceived complexity and inadequate preparation present persistent hurdles among beginning teachers, and AI integration undoubtedly adds another layer of technological complexity to an already demanding transition.
Adaptive expertise, as the ability to flexibly respond to problems in novel, complex and changing contexts, is key to induction-phase teachers’ development (Rohwedder & Le Fevre, 2025). It helps teachers maintain consistent performance in new situations, such as flexibility, innovation, and creativity, which requires activities beyond the established routines (Cai et al., 2023; Ward et al., 2019). In the context of AI, where the technological landscape changes fundamentally, the complexity of classroom situations is in constant flux. In response, teachers with high adaptiveness will have knowledge that continuously grows and invent new procedures when necessary (Bohle-Carbonell et al., 2014; Hatano and Oura, 2003).
Previous studies using TAE as a framework in AI-integrated contexts have not yet paid due attention to how induction-phase teachers construct adaptive expertise. Furthermore, most AI research tends to depict teacher development as a linear and top-down process, thereby overlooking the heterogeneity of teachers’ backgrounds, experiences, and professional trajectories (Liu & Shang, 2025). This study addresses these gaps by conceptualising TE as a process that requires contextualised and individualised customisation to teachers’ diverse needs. To this end, the research adopts a qualitative case study approach, guided by the following three research questions: (1) How do induction-phase teachers currently use AI in curriculum and schooling in China? (2) What new competencies does AI integration into education require of induction-phase teachers? (3) How can teacher training address the newly developing needs for induction-phase teachers?
Drawing on a multiple case study conducted in China, this chapter investigates induction-phase teachers’ experience of AI integration into teaching, factors shaping their practice, and these teachers’ developmental needs. Primarily using the interview data, triangulated with self-report questionnaires and stimulated recalls, the study finds that, while beginning teachers initially demonstrate a relatively cautious and pragmatic orientation towards AI adoption, their attitudes shift positively with increased exposure. Furthermore, the study identifies teacher autonomy, emotion regulation, pedagogical enactment, and deliberate practice as critical individual competencies contributing to teachers’ adaptive expertise. Additionally, collaborative and relational factors are essential for fostering required expertise. The chapter concludes with implications and recommendations for developing tech-enhanced language pedagogy and AI-focused teacher training in China and beyond. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This chapter primarily draws on online semi-structured interview data. To enhance the trustworthiness of the study, prolonged engagement and reflexive journaling (Dado et al., 2023) were employed throughout the process to triangulate and enrich the reported perspectives. Each semi-structured interview lasted approximately 90 minutes and was conducted in English, given that all participants are professionally certified English teachers. All interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed using automatic transcription software, TurboScribe, after which the transcripts were carefully reviewed and verified by the researcher for accuracy and clarity. Follow-up communication via WeChat was used to confirm factual details and to seek clarification where necessary. In data analysis, the study employs Braun and Clark’s (2006) six-phase thematic analysis. It combines both deductive coding—stemming from the adaptive expertise research of Pelgrim et al. (2022), and inductive coding—allowing the sub-themes to emerge from teachers’ narratives. NVivo 14.0 software was used to assist with the data coding and analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings show that beginning teachers’ experience with AI integration into their teaching is a layered and complex process, revealing the interrelated nature of various dimensions of adaptive competences. The study confirms previous findings concerning the complexity of integrating technology in their teaching for induction-phase teachers. This is because induction-phase teachers need to deal with the tension between pedagogical innovation and professional survival needs. This paper makes the following unique contributions. Theoretically, this investigation contributes to the teacher expertise and development literature by identifying the competences required to integrate AI in teaching.This helps better understand the nature of TAE in technology-assisted teaching. From a pedagogical perspective, this study provides evidence for enhancing teacher educators' critical awareness of the professional development needs of induction-phase teachers concerning AI integration into public schooling, such as embedding hands-on, domain-specific AI training programmes, extending beyond STEM to customise language teaching contexts, which did not receive due scholarly or professional attention. It also embodies research-informed practice to help policy and institutional change for AI in TE and beyond. While drawing on data from Chinese schools, its thick description and comparative perspective woven into the study and this report offer wider implications on early career teachers’ adaptive expertise development more broadly. References Bohle Carbonell, K., Stalmeijer, R. E., Könings, K. D., Segers, M., & Van Merriënboer, J. J. G. (2014). How experts deal with novel situations: A review of adaptive expertise. Educational Research Review, 12, 14–29. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2014.03.001 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health, 11(4), 589–597. https://doi.org/10.1080/2159676X.2019.1628806 Cai, Y., Li, Y., & Tang, R. (2023). Development of a theoretical construct for teacher expertise in the Chinese context and identification of its components: A mixed-methods study. Frontiers in Psychology, 14, 1121109. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2023.1121109 Hatano, G., & Oura, Y. (2003). Commentary: Reconceptualizing school learning using insight from expertise research. Educational Researcher, 32(8), 26–29. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X032008026 Liu, Y., & Shang, J. (2025). Charting Diverse Pathways to AI Empowerment Among Teachers: A Multi-Case Study in Chinese K-12 Education. International Journal of Chinese Education, 14(3), https://doi.org/10.1177/2212585X251408661 Pelgrim, E., Hissink, E., Bus, L., Van Der Schaaf, M., Nieuwenhuis, L., Van Tartwijk, J., & Kuijer-Siebelink, W. (2022). Professionals’ adaptive expertise and adaptive performance in educational and workplace settings: An overview of reviews. Advances in Health Sciences Education, 27(5), 1245–1263. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10459-022-10190-y Rohwedder, A.-B., & Le Fevre, D. M. (2025). Effective early career VET teaching: The importance of developing adaptive expertise in workplace learning. International Journal of Training Research, 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1080/14480220.2025.2512733 Tondeur, J., Pareja Roblin, N., Van Braak, J., Voogt, J., & Prestridge, S. (2017). Preparing beginning teachers for technology integration in education: Ready for take-off? Technology, Pedagogy and Education, 26(2), 157–177. https://doi.org/10.1080/1475939X.2016.1193556 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Game Changer AI Challenges and Fosters SEL: Interactive, Hospitality-based Stories Foster Socio-emotional Learning for Primary School Children University of Surrey, Germany Presenting Author:The rapid integration of artificial intelligence (AI) into education also in primary schools is fundamentally reshaping the skills required for future participation in work and society. Forecasts indicate that AI-dominated environments will significantly increase the demand for socio-emotional skills. Global labour market analyses predict that skills such as empathy, teamwork, emotional intelligence, creativity, and self-management will become increasingly essential across all industries. In response, educational systems face an urgent need to identify effective, scalable, and developmentally appropriate approaches for fostering socio-emotional learning (SEL) especially from early childhood. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research focuses on parents of primary school children working in or outside the hospitality industry. Based on the SCCT Theory by Lent et al (1994), a questionnaire has been developed. This model has been used as base for researching children’s career aspirations, and also for researching socio-emotional learning and its impact on children’s self-efficacy, outcome expectations in terms of SEL and their overall goals in SEL. In this research the SCCT model is used as a base to develop the questionnaire for parents to evaluate, how parent’s evaluate and perceive their children’s socio-emotional learning. The core variables of this theory are • self-efficacy beliefs (confidence in one’s abilities) • Outcome expectations (beliefs about the consequences of actions) • Personal goals (determination to engage in certain activities). SCCT provides a useful view to understand how parents’ expectations influence children’s career development and learning of socio-emotional skills. By shaping self-efficacy, outcome expectations, and personal goals to increase engagement, parents help construct the personal and contextual factors that guide children’s career paths and life skills. This research will focus on the impact of children’s books and stories on parents working in hospitality and tourism. Based on the research-based picture book “Dee and Flee in the Theme Park” (University of Surrey) a video-pilot will show the book stories and will be used to test the impact of the book stories to parents working in the tourism industry on their perception regarding their children’s socio-emotional learning. Based on the SCCT Theory (Social Cognitive Career Theory) quantitative pre/post research will be conducted. For this research, a quantitative methodology has been chosen and a parent’s survey, consisting of 10 questions, has been designed. The survey is split into a pre and post - intervention-section and leads the parents step by step through the questions before watching an interactive pilot-video-trailer, which has been developed based on the research-based book stories „Dee and Flee in the Theme park“, and after watching the video. It will be distributed by Qualtrics in February 2026. In this phase we are interested in the assessment of parents working in the hospitality and tourism sector, and parents not working in the sector. We are targeting at 1000 parents taking part in the survey, provided by prolific. A multiple item construct of reflective measurements has been chosen based on the SCCT Model. The questionnaire developed has been based on a quantitative, cross-sectional structure online Survey. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research responds to the growing demand for socio-emotional skills in an increasingly AI-driven society by exploring innovative and developmentally appropriate approaches to socio-emotional learning (SEL) in early childhood.The present study contributes to this discourse by examining parents’ perceptions of research-based, hospitality-oriented children’s book stories adapted into interactive learning videos for children aged 5 to 7 years. G This approach provides insight into the perceived impact of immersive, story-based learning tools on children’s socio-emotional skill development. The findings are expected to demonstrate that hospitality-related narratives—characterized by service orientation, empathy, and social interaction—offer a valuable and underexplored context for fostering socio-emotional competencies. Importantly, the study underscores the central role of parents in supporting and evaluating SEL interventions, addressing a critical gap in current research and practice. Overall, this research advances the field of socio-emotional learning by proposing a novel, evidence-informed approach that integrates storytelling, interactivity, and parental engagement. The outcomes offer practical implications for educators, content developers, and policymakers seeking to design innovative SEL tools that prepare young learners for future careers and active participation in society. The outcome of this research will give information on the impact-level the book and video-stories have on parents regarding learning socio-emotional skills of their children. The picture-book stories are the base for this research and give insights on the extend of impact the parents evaluate the content, pictures and storylines for learning socio-emotional skills, which is important for their children’s future careers in any industry. As the survey will be online by February 15th, 2026, the results and analysis of this part of the study (parents perception of the effectiveness of using interactive, videos, based on research-based children stories within hospitality environment for learning socio-emotional skills) will be available by the end of March 2026. This research is part of a research testing the book stories and videos with parents and children. References Carlisle, S., Ivanov, S., Molinero, P.E.(2023)'Delivering the European Skills Agenda: the importance of social skills for a sustainable tourism and hospitality industry' (2023) Tourism & Management Studies, 19(3). https://doi.org/10.18089/tms.2023.1903. Durlak, J.A., Mahoney, J.L. and Boyle, A.E. (2022) What we know, and what we need to find out about universal, school-based social and emotional learning programs for children and adolescents: A review of meta-analyses and directions for future research, Psychological Bulletin. https://www.youcandoiteducation.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/What-We-Know-and-What-We-Need-to-Find-Out.pdf Jones, S.M. et al. (2017) Navigating SEL from the inside out looking inside and across 33 leading SEL Programs: a Practical resource for schools and OST providers preschool and elementary focus. https://wallacefoundation.org/sites/default/files/2023-08/navigating-social-and-emotional-learning-from-the-inside-out-2ed.pdf Lent, R.W., Brown, S.D. and Hackett, G. (1994) 'Toward a unifying social cognitive theory of career and academic interest, choice, and performance,' Journal of Vocational Behavior, 45(1), pp. 79–122. https://doi.org/10.1006/jvbe.1994.1027. Leopold, T., Di Battista, A., Jativa, X., Sharma, S., Li, R., & Grayling, S. (2025). Future of jobs report 2025. In World Economic Forum. https://www. weforum. org/reports/the-future-ofjobs-report-2025. Mc Kinsey & Company (2022) ‘Socio-emotional ties: A secret ingredient to success’, available at:: https://www.google.com/search?client=firefox-b-d&q=mc+kinsey+socio-emotional+skills+ (Assessed: 23.September 2024). Mondi, C.F., Giovanelli, A. and Reynolds, A.J. (2021) `Fostering socio-emotional learning through early childhood intervention‘, International Journal of Child Care and Education Policy/International Journal of Child Care and Education, 15(1). https://doi.org/10.1186/s40723-021-00084-8. Murano, D., Sawyer, J.E. and Lipnevich, A.A. (2020) 'A Meta-Analytic Review of Preschool Social and Emotional learning Interventions,' Review of Educational Research, 90(2), pp. 227–263. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654320914743. Murphy, K.M., Cook, A.L. and Fallon, L.M. (2021) 'Mixed reality simulations for social-emotional learning,' Phi Delta Kappan, 102(6), pp. 30–37. https://doi.org/10.1177/0031721721998152 Napolitano, C.M. et al. (2021) 'Social, Emotional, and Behavioral Skills: an integrative model of the skills associated with success during adolescence and across the life span,' Frontiers in Education, 6. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2021.679561 OECD (2022), "Survey on Social and Emotional Skills (SSES): ", in Beyond Academic Learning: First Results from the Survey of Social and Emotional Skills, OECD Publishing, Paris. https://doi.org/10.1787/a0642101-en Shi, J., Cheung, A.C.K. and Ni, A. (2025) 'A meta-analysis of effective social-emotional learning programs in Pre-K-12 classrooms: disentangling the critical role of curriculum-based approaches in promoting students’ social emotional skills,' Current Psychology [Preprint]. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12144-025-07677-3. Stangl et al (2024). Transferable skills in Tourism and Hospitality’, Annals of Tourism Research. Tushabe et al (2024). Socio-emotional Skills and Graduate Employability in the Hospitality Sector of South Western Uganda, Kigezi Sub -Region. Journal of Research and innovation and Implications in Education. Vol.8, No.3, 2024, pp. 483 – 492 |
| 14:15 - 15:45 | 99 ERC SES 04 E: Reimagining Educational Experience Location: A05 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Dragana Radanovic Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper School as a Space of Resonance: A Phenomenological–Reconstructive Study of Perception, Relationship, and World Relations in Pedagogical Practice University College of Teacher Education Vienna/Lower Austria (KPH), Austria Presenting Author:The research question is:
Introduction, Relevance, Research Gap, and State of Research School is increasingly shaped by processes of acceleration, standardization, and performance orientation that characterize educational systems across Europe. Against this background, pedagogical approaches that foreground relational quality, meaning-making, and lived experience are gaining renewed relevance. Resonance pedagogy, grounded in the resonance theory of Hartmut Rosa (2016, 2019), conceptualizes education as a relational process characterized by mutual responsiveness, openness, and meaningful engagement between teachers, students, and the world. This study investigates how resonance relationships are created, experienced, and disrupted in everyday classroom practice in primary schools. Focusing on teachers’ perspectives, it explores how resonance pedagogy becomes visible in pedagogical action and how teachers interpret and shape moments of resonance in their professional practice. Rather than examining specific instructional techniques, the study emphasizes relational dynamics, experiential dimensions of teaching, and conditions that enable or hinder resonant educational encounters. The relevance of this topic lies in a growing body of European and international research demonstrating the importance of teacher–student relationships for learning, motivation, and well-being, particularly in contexts marked by institutional pressure and cultural heterogeneity. Resonance pedagogy offers a theoretically grounded counter-perspective to instrumental and outcome-driven models of education by emphasizing relational depth, responsiveness, and experiences of meaning. While resonance theory has gained considerable attention in educational discourse across Europe, empirical studies examining resonance pedagogy in classroom practice remain limited. Existing contributions are predominantly theoretical or normative and provide little insight into how resonance is lived, negotiated, and interpreted by teachers in everyday school contexts. Consequently, resonance pedagogy lacks sufficient empirical grounding to inform teacher education and professional development at a European level. Addressing this gap, the present study employs qualitative interviews, research diaries, and participatory classroom observations to reconstruct teachers’ implicit orientations toward resonance and their pedagogical practices. By doing so, the study contributes empirically to current European debates on pedagogical professionalism, relational teaching, and meaningful education under conditions of social acceleration. Theoretical Origins of Resonance Pedagogy Resonance pedagogy is theoretically rooted in the resonance theory developed by Hartmut Rosa (2016, 2019), which conceptualizes resonance as a counter-concept to late-modern experiences of acceleration, alienation, and social exhaustion. Resonance refers to a “successful relationship to the world” characterized by mutual openness, responsiveness, and transformation. It is not understood as harmony or permanent positivity, but as a fragile and dynamic process that includes moments of disruption. Applied to education, this perspective reframes teaching and learning not as processes of knowledge transmission but as relational and experiential events. Teaching becomes resonant when teachers and students respond authentically to one another and when subject matter mediates meaningful world relations. European scholars such as Beljan, Endres, and Winkler conceptualize schools as “spaces of resonance” and emphasize the relational quality of educational processes. Although Rosa’s theory is sociological in origin, its foundations are deeply embedded in European philosophical and educational traditions. Relational conceptions of education can be traced back to Plato’s notion of pedagogical eros as well as to the work of Friedrich Schleiermacher and Otto Friedrich Bollnow, who emphasize emotional attunement, responsiveness, and enthusiasm in educational relationships. Phenomenological perspectives, particularly those of Edmund Husserl and Maurice Merleau-Ponty, further inform resonance pedagogy by highlighting embodied and affective dimensions of subject–world relations. Hermeneutic traditions and critical theories of alienation, especially Karl Marx’s concept of alienation, complement this framework by contrasting resonant with reified modes of relating to the world.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology and Methods Methodological Considerations The methodological framework of this study aims to reconstruct how resonance-oriented pedagogical elements are constituted and given meaning from the perspective of teachers, and how resonance is perceived, experienced, and reflected upon in everyday classroom practice. The study is situated within qualitative–hermeneutic research and draws on reconstructive educational research as developed by Ralf Bohnsack and colleagues. This approach assumes that pedagogical reality—and resonance as part of it—is socially produced in interaction, communicatively mediated, and sedimented in implicit individual and collective structures of meaning. Teaching practice is therefore understood as a meaningful social practice shaped by experiential knowledge, tacit orientations, and professional self-understandings. Against this background, the study examines whether and under which conditions resonance processes postulated by resonance pedagogy can be identified as lived experiential phenomena in school practice. Central to the analysis is how teachers interpret moments of successful or disrupted resonance and how they account for the emergence or absence of meaningful world relations in their pedagogical actions. Rather than operationalizing resonance as a predefined construct, the study adopts a reconstructive logic that foregrounds teachers’ own interpretations. To complement this reconstructive approach, a phenomenological perspective inspired by Max van Manen’s phenomenology of practice is integrated. This perspective conceptualizes pedagogical action as embodied, situational, and atmospherically grounded. Teaching is understood as a lived practice involving bodily, emotional, and relational engagement within concrete situations. From this viewpoint, resonance becomes accessible not only as an interactional pattern but as a qualitatively lived experience manifesting in moments of openness, connection, attentiveness, as well as blockage or withdrawal. The phenomenological lens thus foregrounds the experiential dimension of pedagogical practice and enables access to tacit meaning structures central to resonance-oriented teaching. Methods The research design combines several qualitative methods to capture resonance relationships in classroom practice from the perspective of primary school teachers. Semi-structured interviews provide access to teachers’ narratives and sense-making processes regarding resonant and non-resonant situations. Research diaries allow teachers to document experiences longitudinally and close to practice, offering insight into situational perceptions and emotional dynamics. Participatory classroom observations situate these subjective accounts within concrete pedagogical interactions. The triangulation of interviews, diaries, and observations enables a differentiated reconstruction of implicit orientations, professional beliefs, and action logics underlying resonance-oriented pedagogical practice. By combining reconstructive and phenomenological approaches, the study addresses the complexity of resonance as a relational, experiential, and meaning-laden phenomenon. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expected Outcomes / Results of the Research The expected outcomes of this dissertation relate to empirical, theoretical, and practice-oriented contributions to resonance pedagogy and qualitative educational research. On an empirical level, the study is expected to generate insights into how resonance processes emerge, are experienced, and are interpreted by primary school teachers in everyday classroom contexts. Through the qualitative reconstruction of interviews, research diaries, and participatory observations, the study will identify characteristic forms and moments of resonant and non-resonant pedagogical relationships, as well as situations in which resonance is facilitated, disrupted, or absent. The findings are expected to reveal how teachers perceive and make sense of resonance experiences in relation to their professional self-understanding, emotional involvement, and pedagogical decision-making. In particular, the study may illuminate how teachers interpret moments of openness, connection, attentiveness, or withdrawal, and how these experiences shape their understanding of meaningful teaching and learning. At the same time, structural and institutional conditions—such as time pressure, curricular demands, and organizational constraints—are expected to emerge as factors influencing resonant pedagogical relationships. On a theoretical level, the study aims to contribute to the empirical grounding of resonance pedagogy by translating the abstract concept of resonance, as developed by Hartmut Rosa, into empirically reconstructable dimensions of pedagogical practice. By integrating phenomenological and reconstructive perspectives, the research is expected to refine the understanding of resonance as a lived, relational, and situational phenomenon rather than a normative ideal. From a practical perspective, the results may offer reflective impulses for teacher education and professional development by making visible implicit orientations and relational practices that support or hinder resonance in the classroom. Ultimately, the study seeks to strengthen the understanding of pedagogical professionalism as resonant relational practice and to contribute to debates on relationships, emotions, and world relations in education. References Literature: Beljan, J. (2017). Schule als Resonanzraum und Entfremdungszone: Resonanzpädagogik als Bildungsansatz. Springer VS. Beljan, J., & Winkler, M. (2019). Resonanzpädagogik auf dem Prüfstand: Analysen – Perspektiven – Anwendungen. Beltz Juventa. Bohnsack, R. (2014). Rekonstruktive Sozialforschung: Einführung in qualitative Methoden (9. Aufl.). UTB. Bohnsack, R., Nentwig-Gesemann, I., & Nohl, A.-M. (Hrsg.). (2013). Die dokumentarische Methode und ihre Forschungspraxis (3. Aufl.). Springer VS. Bollnow, O. F. (1959). Existenzphilosophie und Pädagogik. Kohlhammer. Bremer, R., & Gruschka, A. (1987). Bürgerliche Kälte und Pädagogik. Pädagogische Korrespondenz, 1, 19–33. Buhren, C. G., Endres, W., & Rosa, H. (Hrsg.). (2018). Resonanzpädagogik und Schulleitung: Schule als Resonanzraum gestalten. Beltz Juventa. Ellinger, S., & Kleinhenz, L. (2022). Strukturell erstickte Resonanzbeziehung: Kritik an der Einseitigkeit des pädagogischen Umgangs in der Schule. In S. Richter & A. Bitzer (Hrsg.), In Beziehung sein (S. 95–106). Beltz Juventa. Endres, W. (2020). Resonanzpädagogik in Schule und Unterricht: Von der Entdeckung neuer Denkmuster. Beltz Verlag. Gruschka, A. (2000). Es ist eben, wie es ist: Über die fraglose Übernahme der Strukturen, die Kälte verursachen. Pädagogische Korrespondenz, 26, 28–38. Humboldt, W. von. (1792). Über das Studium des Altertums und des Griechischen insbesondere. Husserl, E. (1913). Ideen zu einer reinen Phänomenologie und phänomenologischen Philosophie. Niemeyer. Keller, M. M., Goetz, T., Becker, E. S., Morger, V., & Hensley, L. (2016). Teachers’ emotional experiences and exhaustion as predictors of emotional labor in the classroom. Frontiers in Psychology, 7, 1239. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2016.01239 Marx, K. (1844). Ökonomisch-philosophische Manuskripte. Merleau-Ponty, M. (1945). Phänomenologie der Wahrnehmung. Gallimard. Platon. (2000). Symposion (U. Wolf, Übers.). Reclam. (Originalwerk ca. 380 v. Chr.) Rosa, H. (2016). Resonanz: Eine Soziologie der Weltbeziehung. Suhrkamp. Rosa, H. (2019). Unverfügbarkeit. Residenz Verlag. Rosa, H., & Endres, W. (2016). Resonanzpädagogik – Wenn es im Klassenzimmer knistert (2. Aufl.). Beltz Verlag. Rosa, H., Buhren, C. G., & Endres, W. (2018). Resonanzpädagogik & Schulleitung: Neue Impulse für die Schulentwicklung. Beltz Verlag. Rosa, H., Endres, W., & Beljan, J. (2017). Resonanz im Klassenzimmer: 48 Impulskarten zur Resonanzpädagogik. Beltz Verlag. Schiller, F. (1795). Über die ästhetische Erziehung des Menschen in einer Reihe von Briefen. Schleiermacher, F. (1799/1990). Über die Religion. Reden an die Gebildeten unter ihren Verächtern (K.-V. Selge, Hrsg.). Reclam. (Original 1799) Van Manen, M. (2014). Phenomenology of practice: Meaning-giving methods in phenomenological research and writing. Left Coast Press. Wienberg, J. (2021). Erlebte Momente von Resonanz im Weiterbildungsgeschehen [Dissertation, Universität Hamburg]. DIE Bonn. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The Production of Subjectivity in Education The Universtity of British Columbia, Canada Presenting Author:This proposal aims to deepen the theoretical understanding of subjectivity in education and explore how educational experiences shape its emergence. Subject, as commonly understood in the educational discourse, often focuses on the “self” and “I”, emphasizing how one might exist as the agent of one’s own life. Yet, less attention has been given to how subjectivity emerges and what it ought to be (Todd, 2023). In this regard, Gilles Deleuze and Felix Guattari’s work could perhaps offers some important inspirations for discussion. For them, subjectivity is continually being produced, transformed, and assembled within capitalism (Deleuze & Guattari, 1983). Subjectivity thus is not a unified Self but “a product of individuals, groups, and institutions” (Guattari, 2000, p. 1), with a polyphonic, multicentred, heterogeneous character (Guattari, 1995). Subjectivity thus includes non- and pre-personal dimensions, shaped by flows of desire that exceed individual consciousness. The task, then, is not to reclaim an authentic self, but to understand the dynamic processes through which subjectivity takes form. As Guattari writes: Thus, on the one hand there is the infantilization of the production of subjectivity, with the intense binarization of messages, uniformization and unidimensionization of relations to the world and, on the other, expansion of other non-denotative functions of language: the composition of rhythms and the unprecedented production of relations to the world. (Guattari, 2009, p. 74) As the literature on educationalization suggests, education functions as a vital process in the formation of modern subjects, where social issues once framed as economic, political, or ethical are rearticulated in the educational discursive framework (Depaepe, 1997; Fendler, 2018). The subject thus becomes a battleground between the homogenizing power of capitalism and heterogeneity, mediated through mechanisms of social subjection and machinic enslavement (Deleuze & Guattari, 1983; Lazzarato, 2014). Countering these mechanisms, Deleuze and Guattari developed concepts that respond to and exceed dominant regimes of subjectivation. This proposal will also particularly focus on notions from Guattari’s work, such as metamodelization and the ethico-aesthetic paradigm, to articulate a more nuanced understanding of subjectivity’s capacity to invent new assemblages of meaning and modes of existence. Against this backdrop, this proposal asks: What does education uniquely possess that renders it reducible to the capitalist machine? What does it mean to be “educated”, instead of “educationalized”? What does education offer in the (re-)invention and (re-)singularization of subjectivity? On the other hand, this proposal incorporates the theoretical perspective of curriculum as a crucial conceptual link between education and subjectivity. Curriculum theory, having undergone multiple transformation, most notably through the Reconceptualist movement in the U.S. context (Pinar, 1975, 2011, 2022), continues to evolve in its understanding of education. Curriculum theorizing entails “a form of practical-theoretical reason” (Pinar, 2004, p. 25) that rethinks experience and representation, treating curriculum as “texts, events, encounters, and experiences” that provoke pause, second thoughts, and the unlearning of memories that entangle us (Phelan, 2015, p. 5). In this sense, curriculum becomes a “complicated conversation,” an interdisciplinary ethical, political, and aesthetic undertaking that engages the entanglements of human agency, responsibility, society, and historical moments in relation to subjectivity. From this standpoint, curriculum theory is particularly suited to addressing the emergence of the “educated,” rather than the merely “educationalized,” subject. Integrating curriculum theory will thus be invaluable for illuminating the distinctive values that education holds for the shaping of subjectivity. To summarize, this proposal will be guided by the following two research questions: 1. What is distinctive about education in the production of subjectivity today? 2. In the Hong Kong context, how does schooling creates conditions for the invention and singularization of students’ subjectivities? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This proposal situates the discussion of subjectivity in education within the context of Hong Kong as a case, chosen for both its personal significance and its unique historical, cultural, political, and social conditions. Two additional dimensions further inform this inquiry: the global circulation of semio-capitalism (Berardi, 2015; Gensoko, 2012; Guattari, 2009), a form of capitalism that intensifies processes of subjectivation through the disintegration of traditional semiotic systems amid technological and digital transformations, and the regional influence of New-Confucianism in Hong Kong (Chan, 2011; Stanchina, 2025; Zhang, 2023), offering ethical and spiritual insights into the production of subjectivity. One part of this contextualization is an empirical study investigating how schooling in Hong Kong might create conditions for the production of subjectivity while resisting dominant socio-political machines such as meritocratic reproduction, authoritarian neoliberalism and semio-capitalist commodification. This study asks how schools act as contested spaces for interrupting dominant machinery and fostering the polyphonic subjectivities of students, in helping students recognize and navigate these forces creatively and ethically through their educational experience. Obviously, this could not be achieved without the presence of teachers, in the establishment of a relationship with students for ethical judgments and decision for the educational good for students. The singularity of teacher’s subjectivity, concerning teacher’s “freedom of expression, thought, and action” (Phelan, 2015, p. 4) in their capacity to constantly act against the homogenizing subjectivation forces, becomes one of the crucial factors in giving rise to the student’s singularity. Therefore, teacher’s subjectivity will be part of the study to enrich the understanding. Sharing between the student’s and teacher’s subjectivity is thus the curriculum, as experienced by both sides in the lived time of study and teaching. Through the curriculum, the pertinent questions about education are constantly visited, in thinking about “what knowledge is of most worth, to what purposes, and in whose interests?” (Phelan, 2015, p. 9). The study adopts a case study design (Yin, 2014) to focus on a single secondary school (K7-K12) in Hong Kong serving predominantly low-income students, foregrounding the special need to rethink subjectivity under stratified and constraining conditions for the underprivileged. Data will be gathered mainly through three ways: (1) sustained observation of classrooms, school culture, spatial and temporal organization, and relational practices; (2) semi-structured interviews with school leaders, teachers, and students; and (3) analysis of school documents and artefacts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In response to the first research question, this proposal argues that understanding subjectivity as plural and polyphonic, rather than solely as an individual self, is crucial for education. Subjectivity is not simply something that resides “inside” the learner, but a production that emerges through complex, collective processes. Drawing on Guattari’s (1995) work on institutional psychotherapy, education can be reconceived less as a mechanism for remodelling students’ subjectivities to fit pre-given norms and more as the creation of “local centres for collective subjectivation,” oriented toward “a production sui generis” (p. 6). In this view, education should expose students to “new universes” of meaning and experience, enabling resingularization out of repetitive impasses. This aligns with Guattari’s ethico-aesthetic paradigm, where subjectivity is formed through the invention of new modalities, analogous to artistic creation, opening possibilities for autonomy or “autopoiesis” (Guattari, 1995, p. 7). Education thus becomes a distinctive space-time for encounters with others and with the world, where “complexes of subjectivation” arise through multiple exchanges between individuals, groups, and institutional-machinic arrangements (Guattari, 1995, p. 7). This orientation directly connects to questions of educational experience and of “what knowledge is of most worth,” an area where curriculum theory offers significant resources. To the second research question, the complex assemblages, and tensions between homogenizing and heterogenizing forms of subjectivity, will be the focus of the case of schooling in Hong Kong, to reveal how global and local historical, political, and cultural conditions intersect in the production, and how educators could navigate through the constraining condition to preserve the uniqueness of education for an ethical and aesthetic way of life. While grounded in Hong Kong, the insights are intended to resonate with the wider international perspectives against regimes of control. References Berardi, F. (2015). Heroes: Mass Murder and Suicide. Verso. Chan, N. S. (2011). The Thought of Mou Zongsan (Vol. 4). Brill. Deleuze, G., & Guattari, F. (1983). Anti-Oedipus: Capitalism and Schizophrenia. (R. Hurley, M. Seem & H. R. Lane Trans.). Athlone Press. (Original work published 1977) Deleuze, G., & Guattari, F. (1987). A thousand plateaus: Capitalism and schizophrenia (B. Massumi, Trans.). University of Minnesota Press. (Original work published 1980). Depaepe, M. (2012). Between Educationalization and appropriation: Selected writings on the history of modern educational systems. Leuven University Press. Fendler, L. (2018). Educationalization. In Semyers, P. (Ed.) International handbook of philosophy of education (pp. 1169–1183). Springer International Publishing. Genosko, G. (2012). Introduction: Félix Guattari in the age of semiocapitalism. Deleuze Studies, 6(2), 149-169. Todd, S. (2023). The touch of the present: Educational encounters, aesthetics, and the politics of the senses. State University of New York Press. Guattari, F. (2000) The Three Ecologies (I. Pindar & P. Sutton Trans.). Athlone Press. Guattari, F. (2009). Soft Subversions: Texts and Interviews: 1977-1985. MIT Press. Guattari, F. (2011) The Machinic Unconscious: Essays in Schizoanalysis (T. Adkins Trans.). Semiotext(e). Pinar, W. F. (Ed.). (1975). Curriculum theorizing: The reconceptualists. McCutchan Publishing Corporation Pinar, W. F. (2011). The character of curriculum studies: Bildung, currere and the recurring question of the subject. Palgrave MacMillan. Pinar, W. F. (2022). A praxis of presence in curriculum theory: Advancing currere against cultural crises in education. Routledge. Stanchina, G. (2025). The Art of Becoming Infinite: Mou Zongsan’s Vertical Rethinking of Self and Subjectivity. Open Book Publishers. Yin, R. K. (2014). Case study research and applications: Design and methods. SAGE Publications. Zhang, C. (2023). Affective Subjectivity in Mou Zongsan’s Moral Metaphysics (Unpublished doctoral dissertation). University of Macau. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Love as Epistemology University of Cambridge, United Kingdom Presenting Author:My work examines love as a way of knowing, framed by epistemological considerations from a diversity and inclusion standpoint. It applies the findings in pedagogic contexts to support a revitalization of knowledge-making practices that address issues of epistemic injustice in classrooms and beyond. The traditional western classroom operates on epistemological traditions that prioritize certain forms of knowledge over others, namely Descartes’s mind/body split (Paris & Winn, 2014) in a “banking” model of education that Freire critiques as "characteristic of the ideology of oppression” (Freire, 2017). Pedagogies that stem from these limited models of knowledge-making often alienate students who come from different epistemological backgrounds; as Junot Diaz wrote about the creative writing classroom in particular, “I was a person of color in a workshop whose theory of reality did not include my most fundamental experiences” (Chavez, 2021). This gestures to the need for not only radically inclusive practices that shift dynamics of privilege and marginalization but also distinct ways of knowing that honour other ways to be. I use theoretical frameworks outlined by feminist pedagogues such as bell hooks, Audre Lorde, and Ursula K. Le Guin to argue that love is crucial to dismantling colonial understandings of “legitimate knowledge” in favour of “knowledge in the making” intersecting with “selves in the making” (Ellsworth, 2005). I also engage with decolonial methodologies like storytelling, connecting, and sharing (Smith, 2012) to honour the many forms in which learning has existed across cultures for centuries. Seeing knowledge as embodied, relational process foregrounds praxis that caters to diverse lived experiences and identities. While pedagogues including Freire have written about the role of love in pedagogy, I focus especially on the epistemological implications of love, based on definitions of revolutionary love outlined by queer Black feminists, including Alexis Pauline Gumbs, bell hooks, and adrienne maree brown. I came to this topic while working with Indigenous youth in Canada, and with the federal government as a Policy Analyst in the First Nations and Inuit Health Branch, where questions of what counts as legitimate knowledge and data are highly relevant. Different communities had different definitions of how to learn, how to transmit that learning, and even what counts as learning or knowledge itself; these concerns are not limited to the Canadian context but essential to engage with everywhere. As part of my project, I developed anti-racist and decolonial writing workshops to further accessible ways of supporting students historically excluded from institutions of learning due to the delegitimization of their lived realities. Based on my teaching experience, I will share examples of exercises that provoke attention to emergence, holding emotions, and embracing love as ways of making sense in community, in opposition to a Cartesian mind/body split. With the increasing prevalence of AI in education, developing different ways to learn and know has become extremely relevant not only to marginalized students but to everyone. I argue that love is a deeply critical skill and a means to counter current challenges to engage students in critical thinking, as LLM models can bring about a "knowledge collapse" (Peterson, 2025): a gradual narrowing of the information humans can access, along with a declining awareness of other viewpoints and other ways of knowing, the more that we treat that knowledge as singular or static. As such, though my work has clear outcomes in classroom spaces, these epistemological considerations can act as a guiding framework across a range of settings and disciplines as we redefine what knowledge means and how to share it in this crucial time. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used My research relies on arts-based methods such as collaging workshops, wherein “by juxtaposing disparate visual elements, new associations and meanings arise” (Leavy 2018). I have also developed much of my praxis through writing workshops in community centres and classrooms as a part of my fieldwork. Exercises like map-making, movement, list-building, self-portraiture, or sketching feelings recognize that process (rather than product) is how ongoing meaning-making occurs. I also rely on posthuman theory and post-qualitative inquiry to frame living as loving as research methodology, such as St. Pierre’s “post-qualitative inquiry” that states: "the concept of data collection is itself problematic because it points to an ontology that assumes data are separate from human being and so can be 'collected'" (St. Pierre, 2021). Practicing anti-extractive qualitative research is crucial to furthering ethical decolonial scholarship. This means a) starting with love as an entry point, a different epistemological opening than mainstream western conceptions of knowledge, and b) finding other ways to engage with data and representation. For me, this has looked like fictioning (Burrows & O’Sullivan, 2019), fragmentation (Fadel, 2023), and situated writing (Livholts, 2019). Importantly, I engage with post-qualitative inquiry for its capacity for “radical uncertainty” but respond to important critiques (Wolgemuth et al., 2022) of how this should not be seen as an end goal. The aim of my work and of these methods is to recentre justice with love and care, hence the foundation of Indigenous and Black feminist scholarship in the outline of my project. In seeking to broaden which epistemological traditions are deemed as legitimate, I likewise expand on current approaches to doing research in order to honour different ways of knowing and being. My research methods also further feminist definitions of “everyday aesthetics” (Saito, 2020) as method, notably Sara Ahmed’s “listening with a feminist ear” and “tending to spillage” (2022) as well as adrienne maree brown’s “noticing” of emergence (2017) that legitimizes everyday acts and overlooked instances. Methodologically, love is defined as noting and ritualizing care, with the recognition that “what we pay attention to grows” (brown, 2017). This research therefore also involves everyday living and noticing as methodology; the definitions of living and loving are deeply entwined in this process of paying attention and leaning in. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings My research outcomes include step-by-step pedagogical guides that can be applied in workshops, classrooms of varying subjects, and co-curricular educational spaces. I anticipate they could shift teaching practices to incorporate epistemologies of embodiment, storytelling, and relational pedagogy with implications on how we measure and define knowledge. These impacts could expand educational policies to further oral traditions, Indigenous land-based learning, or play-based learning frameworks as well as encourage institutions of higher education and public services to consider alternative solutions towards access. Legitimizing diverse ways of knowing means honouring existing but erased pedagogies, thereby creating more opportunities in mainstream education for anyone who comes from a background where knowledge-making looks different. Given the range of cultures that make up many of our schools today, it is crucial to honour the various ways that learning has been enacted and passed down; we will all profit from a revitalization of learning. In considering access, my work contributes to growing definitions of schooling, language, and community to better serve a range of needs. My research has gained international traction for pushing boundaries of form and content, moving towards decoloniality, and providing critical examples for educational change. Notably, I have two forthcoming book chapters in pedagogical academic volumes that outline the theory and praxis I discuss above as well as an edited volume on living and loving as research methodologies under contract with Routledge. I have also applied the epistemological implications I discuss in my work to other disciplines, such as in a recent co-written journal article on ways to engage differently with archives. These outputs speak to the urgency of these considerations and will help to further conversations on epistemic justice across fields. References Ahmed, S. (2021). Complaint! Duke University Press. brown, adrienne maree. (2017). Emergent strategy. AK Press. brown, adrienne maree. (2019). Pleasure activism: The politics of feeling good. AK Press. Burrows, D., & O’Sullivan, S. (2019). Fictioning: The Myth-Functions of Contemporary Art and Philosophy. Edinburgh University Press. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781474432412 Chavez, F. R. (2021). The anti-racist writing workshop: Decolonizing the creative classroom. Haymarket Books. Ellsworth, E. A. (2005). Places of learning: Media, architecture, pedagogy. RoutledgeFalmer. Fadel, L. (2023). Re-Search on the Hyphen: (Re)writing the Fragmented Self within Contexts of Displacement. Genealogy, 7(4), 80. https://doi.org/10.3390/genealogy7040080 Freire, P. (2017). Pedagogy of the oppressed (M. Bergman Ramos, Trans.; Published in Penguin Classics 2017). Penguin Books. Gumbs, A. P. (2024). Survival is a promise: The eternal life of Audre Lorde. Farrar, Straus and Giroux. Haraway, D. (2016). Staying with the trouble: Making kin in the Chthulucene. Duke University Press. hooks, bell. (2014). Teaching To Transgress (0 ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203700280 hooks, bell. (2018). All about love: New visions (First William Morrow paperback edition). William Morrow. Le Guin, U. K. (1989). Dancing at the edge of the world: Thoughts on words, women, places. Gollancz. Leavy, Patricia, (2018). Handbook of Arts-Based Research. New York: The Guilford Press. Livholts, M. (2019). Situated Writing as Theory and Method: The Untimely Academic Novella (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429296833 Lorde, A. (2018). The master’s tools will never dismantle the master’s house. Penguin Books. Nguyễn, L. S. (2026). Learning in love: The generative nature of research in close relationships. In A. Bayley, Fieldnotes from the edges of higher arts education: Intra-active pedagogies for urgent times (pp. 177-195). Routledge. Olufemi, L. (2020). Feminism, interrupted: Disrupting power. Pluto Press. Olufemi, L. (2021). Experiments in imagining otherwise. Hajar Press. Paris, D., & Winn, M. T. (2014). Humanizing Research: Decolonizing Qualitative Inquiry with Youth and Communities. SAGE Publications, Inc. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781544329611 Smith, L. T. (2012a). Decolonizing methodologies: Research and indigenous peoples (Second edition). Zed Books. St. Pierre, E. A. (2021). Post Qualitative Inquiry, the Refusal of Method, and the Risk of the New. Qualitative Inquiry, 27(1), 3–9. https://doi.org/10.1177/1077800419863005 Tsing, A. L. (2015). The Mushroom at the End of the World: On the Possibility of Life in Capitalist Ruins. Princeton University Press. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400873548 Wolgemuth, J. R., Marn, T. M., Barko, T., & Weaver-Hightower, M. B. (2022). Radical Uncertainty Is Not Enough: (In)Justice Matters of Post-Qualitative Research. International Review of Qualitative Research, 14(4), 575–593. https://doi.org/10.1177/19408447211012658 |
| 14:15 - 15:45 | 99 ERC SES 04 F: Leadership, Governance and Quality Development in Education Location: A06 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Nestori Kilpi Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper After the First Warning. Response Discretion of School Inspectors in Mild, Trust-based Regulatory Regimes University of Bergen, Norway Presenting Author:This study aims to contribute to the theoretical refinement of discretion in responses as it is used in a trust-based regime, which emphasizes cooperation and dialogue. Norwegian school inspection was picked as a case because of its particularly mild and trusting approach to regulatees (Levatino et al, 2024: 269-270; Painter & Guy Peters, 2010: 23). As such, this case is suited for reflections on discretionary dilemmas which might occur when inspectors are faced with undesirable practice while the commitment to cooperation and dialogue is pushed to its limits. In addition, the study aims to contribute to empirical knowledge about inspector discretion in the field of education, which currently only a modest number of studies do (like Dedering & Sowada, 2017; Hall, 2017). The research question for this study is: how do Norwegian school inspectors use their professional discretion when they respond to undesirable school provider practice and what could be sources for their discretionary dilemmas? This question directs the gaze towards what inspectors in reality do in addition to what they formally are allowed to do, and also offers insights into how discretionary dilemmas may come about. By doing so, this study underlines the essential role of discretion in inspection: inspection is more than a tool to reach either technical or idealistic aims, but an institution which is continuously created in the interactions between social actors, including inspectors, who give meaning to policies and laws through the decisions they make (Meyer et al, 2021). Street-level bureaucracy research on how inspectors use their discretionary room is a flourishing field. Many studies focus on discretion in interpretation and judgement (see, for example, Carter, 2017; Dedering & Sowada, 2016), that is how inspectors decide what part of the legal framework is applicable in a particular situation and how this situation should be judged. But some attention has also been paid to discretion in intervention, that is the course of action inspectors choose when faced with an undesirable practice (see, for example, Mascini, 2013). The studies commonly treat discretion as the room for inspectors to maneuver within an existing formal framework. While some describe this room as a recognition of professional competence and power (see, for example, Moberg et al, 2023: 1044), others emphasize its intrinsic vulnerability and doubt (see, for example, Raaphorst, 2018: 485). Despite these valuable contributions, however, the understanding of inspector discretion is still underdeveloped when it comes to intervention. Developing this understanding is particularly relevant because of the shift to more “responsive regulation” over the last decades (Loyens et al, 2019: 2; Raaphorst, 2018). The idea of responsive regulation was introduced by Ayres & Braithwaite in 1992, and it steadily gained ground as an attractive alternative to a strict control-based approach without becoming powerless in the face of undesirable practice. As a result, inspection work has become much more than “ticking of boxes”, many scholars emphasize (see, for example, Raaphorst, 2018; Loyens et al, 2018; Rutz et al, 2017; Dedering & Sowada, 2017). Responsive regulation requires a high dependency on the professional discretion of inspectors across systems and policy fields (Raaphorst et al, 2022: 107-108). The shift underlines the societal importance of looking into how inspectors use their discretionary space in their everyday work, and not in the least how they deal with reluctant or uninformed regulatees. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer the research question, a single case study is being done with the help of interviews with Norwegian school inspectors and their direct leaders. In Norway, school inspection is a core task of the County Governor (Norwegian name: Statsforvalter). The County Governor is the collective name for the regional representatives of the state; Norway does not have a national education inspectorate for public schools. The regional agencies have the responsibility for overseeing multiple policy fields in their region and not just public education (DFØ, 2022: 20). Compared to education oversight systems in other European countries, like England and the Netherlands, Norwegian school inspection is mild: inspectors have no formal power to use or threaten with hard sanctions when they are observe undesirable practice; the only exception concerns situations in which individual children are in danger and feel unsafe to which the County Governor can respond with daily fines (Education Act, 2024: §12-8). In the case of undesirable practice, inspectors should first give a formal warning including a deadline. If the school provider has not or has insufficiently adjusted its practices after the deadline, the County Governor can consider offering a meeting to “discuss the situation”; in some cases, it might be “necessary” to have a “continuous dialogue” with the municipality to ensure “sufficient progress” (Udir, 2023: §8.3). For this study, semi-structured interviews are being conducted with individual inspectors and their leaders at different locations. To ensure credibility of the findings, inspectors are approached who vary in years of work experience and educational background and also work at offices in regions with variation in school density and professional capacity. The data is being analyzed with the help of thematic analysis for which a coding scheme has been developed. Half of the data collection has been done; the data collection is expected to be finished in June 2026. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Norwegian school inspectors use their discretionary room in different ways when faced with undesirable practice. They use the formal options given to them but also come up with their own solutions. Some identified responses so far are offering dialogue, repetition (“flat escalation”), change of tone, pushing orders up in the hierarchy, and shifting responsibility for coercion to the municipality. The lack of options for hard sanctions comes with several challenges, like being powerless in the face of those who are unwilling to change practices, and the time investment. The findings of this study will be used to contribute to empirical knowledge about inspector discretion in the field of education, while also offering a theoretical reflection on inspector discretion in responses. References Carter, D.P. (2017), Role perceptions and attitudes toward discretion at a decentralized regulatory frontline: The case of organic inspectors. Regulation & Governance, 11, 353-367. Dedering, K., & Sowada, M.G. (2017), Reaching a conclusion – procedures and processes of judgement formation in school inspection teams. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 29, 5-22. DFØ (2022), Færre og bedre – en evaluering av statsforvalterstrukturen (Less and better – an evaluation of the structure for the County Governor). The Norwegian Agency for Public and Financial Management. Oslo: DFØ. Hall, J.B. (2017), Examining school inspectors and education directors within the organization of school inspection policy: perceptions and views. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 61(1), 112-126. Levatino, A., et al (2024), School governance through performance-based accountability: A comparative analysis of its side effects across different regulatory regimes. Review of Research in Education, 48, 248-286. Loyens, K., et al (2019), Strict enforcement or responsive regulation? How inspector-inspectee interaction and inspectors’ role identity shape decision making. In: Walle, S. van de, & Raaphorst, N. (eds.) (2019), Inspectors and enforcement at the front line of government. Cham: Palgrave Macmillan. Mascini, P. (2013), Why was the enforcement pyramid so influential? And what price was paid? Regulation & Governance, 7, 48-60. Meyer, R.E., et al (2021), Zones of meaning, Leitideen, institutional logics – and practices: A phenomenological institutional perspective n shared meaning structures. Research in the Sociology of Organizations, 70, 161-186. Moberg, L., et al (2023), Explaining variations in enforcement strategy: A comparison of the Swedish health care, eldercare, and compulsory school sector. Regulation & Governance, 17, 1041-1057. Painter, M., & Guy Peters, B. (eds.) (2010), Tradition and public administration. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. Raaphorst, N. (2018), How to prove, how to interpret and what to do? Uncertainty experiences of street-level tax officials. Public Management Review, 20(4), 485-502. Raaphorst, N., et al (2022), Nobody’s agent: discretion as individualistic accountability. In: Hupe, P. (ed.) (2022), The politics of the public encounter. Cheltenham: Edward Elgar Publishing. Rutz, S., et al (2017), Enhancing responsiveness and consistency: Comparing the collective use of discretion and discretionary room at inspectorates in England and the Netherlands. Regulation & Governance, 11, 81-94. Udir (2023), Metodehåndbok for tilsyn (Manual for control). The Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training. Oslo: Udir. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Title:Middle-tier Leadership as a Catalyst for Professional Capital: A Comparative Institutional Analysis of Sweden and Greece 1: University of Patras, Greece; 2: Regional Directorate of Education, Greece Presenting Author:This study investigated the evolving role of middle-tier educational leadership Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopted a comparative qualitative design (Bray et al., 2014) to examine how these middle-tier positions are constructed and enacted. The methodology integrated an institutional framework analysis to map the path dependency of governance in both nations. This was coupled with qualitative document analysis, involving a thematic review of contemporary legislative frameworks and the latest policy guidance from the Swedish National Agency for Education (Skolverket, 2024). To ensure robust triangulation, the research synthesized recent secondary resources, including the OECD Education Policy Outlook (2024) and Eurydice (2025) structural indicators. This approach enabled the identification of decoupling between global policy benchmarks and localized institutional practice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Data analysis revealed a functional divergence rooted in distinct traditions. While the Swedish superintendent focuses on strategic resource management and municipal accountability to meet OECD equity benchmarks, the Greek Quality Supervisor is specialized in the coordination of education advisors and pedagogical reforms. The study suggested that the professional identity of these cadres is being redefined from bureaucratic intermediaries into managers of professional capital. In the Greek context, this is achieved by transforming isolated pedagogical guidance into a cohesive network through structured coordination. This transformation implies a shift toward a model of mediated professional trust (Tschannen-Moran, 2014), where middle-tier leaders balance accountability with the empowerment of school units. In summary, the findings reveal a paradox: while Sweden seeks to reclaim central control via recent mandates, Greece utilizes new structures to foster professionalized, yet decentralized, pedagogical oversight. Conclusively, this analysis highlights how middle-tier leadership acts as a critical lever for institutional change, suggesting that reform success depends on the ability of middle-tier actors to function as institutional entrepreneurs who foster trust-based governance. References Bray, M., Adamson, B., & Mason, M. (Eds.). (2014).Comparative Education Research: Approaches and Methods(2nd ed.). Springer Cham. DiMaggio, P. J., & Powell, W. W. (1983). The iron cage revisited: Institutional isomorphism and collective rationality in organizational fields.American Sociological Review, 48(2), 147–160. Eurydice. (2025).Structural Indicators for Monitoring Education and Training Systems in Europe 2025. Publications Office of the European Union. Hargreaves, A., & Fullan, M. (2023).The Professional Capital of Teachers and Schools: Rethinking the Future of Education(2nd ed.). Teachers College Press. Hellenic Republic. (2021).Law 4823/2021: Upgrading the School, Empowering Educators and Other Provisions. Government Gazette A 136/03.08.2021. National Printing House. OECD. (2024).Education Policy Outlook 2024: Empowering All Learners for the Future. OECD Publishing. Scott, W. R. (2013).Institutions and Organizations: Ideas, Interests, and Identities(4th ed.). SAGE Publications. Skolverket. (2024).National Policy Guidance for School Governance: Mandates for Re-centralization and Equity. Swedish National Agency for Education. Tschannen-Moran, M. (2014).Trust Matters: Leadership for Successful Schools(2nd ed.). Jossey-Bass. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper A Multidimensional Maturity Model for Higher Education Institution Eötvös Loránd University/University of Technology and Applied Sciences, Hungary Presenting Author:Quality culture has emerged as a pivotal construct in understanding and enhancing educational effectiveness and quality assurance within higher education institutions (HEIs). Yet, scholarly and policy discourse reveals persistent conceptual fragmentation and methodological ambiguity in how quality culture is defined, operationalised, and assessed. Drawing on seminal frameworks in quality assurance and organisational maturity, this paper presents a conceptual maturity model designed to capture the multiple dimensions of quality culture within HEIs. The model synthesises insights from contemporary maturity frameworks including Crosby’s Quality Management Maturity Grid (1979), Capability Maturity Model Integration (CMMI) (Carnegie Mellon University, 2018), Bollaert’s phases of quality development in European HE (2014), Harvey and Stensaker’s quality culture orientations (2008), and the matrix architecture proposed by Verschueren et al. (2023) to produce a coherent, developmental, and contextually sensitive framework that serves both diagnostic and developmental purposes. Quality culture is conceptualised as a dual-aspect construct that interweaves formal systems (governance, policies, procedures, documentation) with symbolic cultural elements (values, trust, shared responsibility, engagement). This duality reflects the complex realities of educational institutions, where structural arrangements provide enabling architecture for quality work, and cultural dispositions shape how quality commitments are interpreted and enacted by organisational actors. The proposed model positions quality culture within a five-stage developmental continuum Initial/Ad Hoc, Emerging/Awakening, Defined/Systematic, Managed/Measured, and Optimising/Embedded — offering differentiated lenses through which institutions can understand their maturity across discrete dimensions central to quality assurance and improvement. Unlike models that treat quality culture as a single, monolithic construct, the present framework adopts a matrix logic. Drawing on Verschueren et al. (2023), it identifies multiple intersecting dimensions of quality culture such as leadership and governance, stakeholder participation, communication and trust, and evidence use and situates these within normative, strategic, and operational layers of institutional activity. This layered architecture enables institutions to recognise not only where they are on a developmental trajectory but also how specific cultural and structural domains intersect, interact, and evolve. Importantly, the model incorporates contextual contingencies that characterise educational settings: institutional context (history, mission, governance traditions), external pressures (accreditation requirements, policy environments, global rankings), and staff agency (autonomy, professional identity, collective engagement). These factors are integral to understanding how quality culture develops unevenly across domains and over time, reflecting the differentiated pressures and opportunities that HEIs encounter. By presenting the maturity model, this paper contributes to ongoing debates within quality assurance research and practice. It provides a conceptual tool that bridges existing gaps between normative policy frameworks (e.g., European Standards and Guidelines for Quality Assurance), organisational culture theory, and practical quality management. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper adopts a conceptual and design-oriented research approach to develop a comprehensive maturity model for quality culture in higher education. The method is rooted in theoretical synthesis, integrating established frameworks and critiquing their limitations and possibilities within the specific domain of educational quality assurance. The first phase involved a systematic conceptual review of quality culture and maturity model literature across organisational studies, quality assurance, and higher education research. Key works included Crosby’s (1979) foundational maturity grid, which introduced developmental stages as narrative representations of organisational learning; the CMMI framework (Carnegie Mellon University, 2018), which articulates five levels of process capacity and improvement; Bollaert’s phases of quality development in European higher education contexts (2014); and Harvey and Stensaker’s (2008) typological analysis of quality culture orientations. These sources provided the developmental logic and analytic vocabulary for differentiating maturity states. Simultaneously, the model architecture drew direct inspiration from the matrix logic articulated by Verschueren et al. (2023). Their approach organises quality culture into multidimensional matrices distinguishing structural, human, and connective elements and emphasises “ideal type” descriptions that can be applied interpretively within institutional settings. While their structure was not adopted wholesale due to its descriptive rather than developmental emphasis, the matrix form was retained and expanded to support stage-based analysis across multiple dimensions. The second phase of the method involved theoretical integration and adaptation. This entailed aligning developmental sequences (e.g., Initial → Emerging → Defined → Managed → Optimising) with the multidimensional matrix architecture. Each stage was defined with reference to both structural characteristics (governance, policy formalisation, documentation systems) and cultural attributes (values alignment, trust, shared responsibility, stakeholder engagement). The integration was informed by organisational and higher education literature on culture, agency, and institutional change, including works by Ehlers (2009), Schein (2010), and Sattler and Sonntag (2018). A third methodological strand involved embedding contextual modifiers institutional context, external regulatory environments, and staff agency as factors that shape the trajectory and expression of quality culture within institutions. This was grounded in empirical observations from post-merger and reform-intensive HE environments where uneven cultural maturity is a common feature (Cardoso et al., 2019; Harman & Harman, 2008). The resulting model represents a conceptual tool rather than an empirical instrument. It is designed to be testable and adaptable, offering a coherent framework for future quantitative and qualitative studies that explore quality culture maturity within and across educational systems. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper proposes a maturity model that advances conceptual clarity and practical relevance in the study of quality culture in higher education. By synthesising multiple strands of theoretical and methodological insight from quality management, organisational culture, and educational quality assurance the model provides a coherent developmental framework capable of capturing the complexity and context-sensitivity of quality culture in diverse institutional settings. The model’s strength lies in its dual-aspect orientation, integrating formal structural arrangements with symbolic cultural attributes. It recognises quality culture not as a static endpoint but as an evolving constellation of organisational practices, values, and interpretations. The five-stage developmental continuum facilitates nuanced description of institutional trajectories, enabling stakeholders to identify strengths, challenges, and opportunities for strategic improvement. By adopting a matrix configuration, the model enhances diagnostic capacity. Institutions are encouraged not only to determine their overall maturity stage but to profile maturity across intersecting dimensions such as leadership, communication, stakeholder participation, and evidence use. This layered perspective supports differentiated improvement planning and reflects the organisation’s internal complexity. Importantly, the model embeds external and contextual considerations including regulatory demands, global policy influences, and internal professional agency acknowledging that quality culture both shapes and is shaped by wider educational ecosystems. This makes the model particularly suited to comparative analysis across national, regional, and institutional contexts. The conceptual maturity framework offers a substantive contribution to ongoing discourses in educational improvement and quality assurance. It provides a theoretically robust and conceptually integrative tool that can support institutional reflection, policy dialogue, and strategic planning. It also lays the groundwork for empirical research that tests and refines the model in specific contexts, contributing to a more cumulative and evidence-informed understanding of quality culture in higher education. References References Bollaert, L. (2014). Quality assurance in Europe (2005–2015): From internal and institutional to external and international. Journal of the European Higher Education Area, 3, 1–24. Carnegie Mellon University. (2018). CMMI model V2.0. CMMI Institute. Crosby, P. B. (1979). Quality is free: The art of making quality certain. McGraw Hill. Ehlers, U. D. (2009). Understanding quality culture. Quality Assurance in Education, 17(4), 343–363. ENQA. (2015). Standards and guidelines for quality assurance in the European Higher Education Area. European Association for Quality Assurance in Higher Education. European University Association (EUA). (2006). Quality culture in European universities: A bottom up approach. Brussels: EUA. Gottschalk, P. (2009). Maturity levels for interoperability in digital government. Government Information Quarterly, 26(1), 75–81. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.giq.2008.03.003 Harvey, L., & Stensaker, B. (2008). Quality culture: Understandings, boundaries and linkages. European Journal of Education, 43(4), 427–442. Hildesheim, C., & Sonntag, K. (2020). The quality culture inventory: A comprehensive approach towards measuring quality culture in higher education. Studies in Higher Education, 45(4), 892–908. Mettler, T., & Rohner, P. (2009). Situational maturity models as instrumental artefacts for organisational design. In Proceedings of the 4th International Conference on Design Science Research in Information Systems and Technology (pp. 1–9). Sattler, C., & Sonntag, K. (2018). Quality cultures in higher education institutions—Development of the Quality Culture Inventory. In P. Meusburger, M. Heffernan, & L. Suarsana (Eds.), Geographies of the University (pp. 313–327). Springer. Schein, E. H. (2010). Organisational culture and leadership (4th ed.). Jossey Bass. Smart, J. C., & St. John, E. P. (1996). Organisational culture and effectiveness in higher education. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 18(3), 219–241. Verschueren, N., Van Dessel, J., Verslyppe, A., Schoensetters, Y., & Baelmans, M. (2023). A maturity matrix model to strengthen the quality cultures in higher education. Education Sciences, 13(2), 123. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci13020123 |
| 14:15 - 15:45 | 99 ERC SES 04 G: Inclusive teaching practices Location: A2a | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Fabio Dovigo Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper In the Search for Cosmopolitan Literacies: An Intrinsic Case Study of an Expatriated White Teacher Turkish Ministry of Education, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Immigration brings about the matter of living harmoniously in places both for immigrants and for the host country’s citizens. Teachers are pivotal in creating safe spaces for immigrant and local students in classrooms. Moral cosmopolitanism (Appiah, 2006) offers a framework in which the experiences of immigrants and local people are contingent on one another to build a healthy community. Hansen (2017) identifies a task for teachers to be inquisitive about different cultures to accomplish their role. The experiences that immigrant students bring into the classroom create valuable input for teachers. While American teachers are criticised for being primarily monolingual and monoracial, local American teachers’ efforts to fulfil their tasks for teaching immigrant students are overlooked in the literature. Cosmopolitan literature constituted a detailed and well-studied corpus in the scholarly literature. There are three trends in the cosmopolitan literature. First, book or movie clubs that people interact with other cultures at the representational level. The second is documenting immigrant individuals’ literacy practices as cosmopolitan agents, which places a burden on a small group, even a single person, to represent an entire culture. The third is connecting different groups of youth around the globe and exchanging media, which is very challenging to conduct. Hence, I problematized the literature from the point of view of the participants’ profiles. The participant profile in these three trends is skewed towards the individuals who participated in transnational travel (Canagarajah, 2011; Oikonomidoy, 2018). More importantly, local individuals and those with varying levels of travel experience (e.g., expatriates) are underrepresented in the literature. Thus, this study focuses on the teaching practice of a White American teacher who spoke three languages and lived in Yemen for six years. She presented a profile that both represented the overlooked population and challenged the common criticism of American language teachers. As a Muslim student from Türkiye, working toward a doctoral degree in the US, I experienced being an immigrant. Although I agree with the critics of American teachers being predominantly white and monolingual, I was introduced to a teacher who lived in Yemen for a long time as a White American woman during my piloting studies. Hence, I departed on my experience to build an intrinsic case study (Stake, 1995) to draw on Erica’s (pseudonym) teaching practice. I spent one year with Erica and her assistant teacher in her sheltered ESOL classroom, church, and at social occasions. To build Erica's account, I collected three semi-structured interviews, two paired in-depth interviews, nine stimulated recall interviews, observational data, and personal artefacts. Additional interviews with her assistant were also collected. I will draw only on the artifactual analysis of two materials for this presentation. The leading research question of the study was: How does a formerly expatriated ESL teacher locate artefacts as cosmopolitan materials? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Intrinsic case studies (Stake, 1995) focus on the instantiated version of a phenomenon within a case (Compton-Lilly, 2021). Because intercultural interaction in a classroom can be a site of cultural flow, an intrinsic case study is best suited to capture the case. To apply the method effectively, I employed various data collection tools. Silent observation (Dyson & Genishi, 2005) was the primary tool for understanding the context and nature of interactions in the study setting. Three types of interviews accompanied the silent observation in the data. The first was a series of standard interviews I conducted with the focal participant, Erica (pseudonym) and the secondary participant, Lucy (pseudonym). The second was stimulated recall interviews, which were used to examine cultural interactions in depth. The third is artifactual interviews that focus on specific artefacts in Erica’s living spaces and on their metaphoric representation. The participant profiles were also important for the intrinsic nature of the study. The focal participant presents as a White American woman who taught a sheltered ESOL class in a middle school. She had 9 years of experience in expatriation in Yemen and spoke Arabic fluently. Upon her return, she began teaching in the US and conducting cultural activities in her social life. She mainly worked with immigrant students who were at certain language comprehension in her teaching. The secondary participant was the assistant teacher who worked closely with the focal participant every day. She was a paraprofessional who was named Employee of the Year by the district. She was a heritage Spanish speaker and learned the language later in life from her grandparents. She primarily worked with newcomer students with lower language comprehension. The study's context was important for understanding the nature of the intrinsic case. Due to the nature of the topic, intercultural interaction, the interaction occurred through the bigger context and the smaller context. The broader context that led to the shelving of the study was a middle school in a southern U.S. state. The state's stereotypical Southern features of American culture were reflected in the school's daily life. The smaller context was the sheltered class, in which students from different language levels met and received instruction. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The first artefact, the frame, was the Arabic version of Matthew 6:9-13. It sparked a discussion among Erica's social circle about religion and stereotypes in the Middle East. During her time in Yemen, Erica lived in a primarily Muslim country and met with local Christians who the government oppressed. The frame presented a Bible verse in Arabic that could be mistaken for a Quranic verse. Interviews about the artefact revealed that her experience in Yemen “crystallised” (Roswell & Abrams, 2019) into a concrete account of immigration and became a memoir of lived experience. Erica emphasised that her background in immigration informs her commitment to teaching immigrant students. Hence, the artefact and the interaction surrounding it were closely related to the broader context that shaped people’s reactions. The second artefact was related to Erica’s time in expatriation in Yemen. The artefact was a handmade basket that represented Erica’s Jewish heritage. Although the material was not expensive, it held an important place for her. She obtained it from a Yemeni Jewish family and retained it because she was half Jewish on her father’s side. During the interview, she emphasised that she was proud of her heritage in a hospitable manner. Drawing on the remarks about the first artefact, she developed a harmonious perspective in which two or more opposing views could live together. Thus, the second artefact was closely related to a smaller context in which Erica performed a harmonious life as she wished. The two artefacts illustrated how macro- and micro-level contexts shape her practice. The stereotypical representation of the Arabic alphabet shadowed the existence of Arabic Christians. While she welcomed all comments on her engagements with other cultures, her hospitality stemmed from a personal item. Grounded in genuine attention to learning from one another, Erica embodied a cosmopolitan profile. References Appiah, K. A. (2006). Cosmopolitanism: Ethics in a World. London: Allen Lane. Canagarajah, S. (2011). Translanguaging in the classroom: Emerging issues for research and pedagogy. Applied linguistics review, 2(2011). Compton-Lilly, C. (2021). Turtles, tortoises, ethnographies, and case study: Nuances of difference and design. Literacy research methodologies, 7-26. Dyson, A. H., & Genishi, C. (2005). On the case: Approaches to language and literacy research (an NCRLL volume). Teachers College Press. Hansen, D. T. (2017). The teacher and the world: A study of cosmopolitanism as education. Routledge. Rowsell, J. M., & Abrams, S. S. (2019). Immateriality Redux: Tacit Modalities and Meaning across Timescales. In Negotiating Place and Space in Digital Literacies: Research and Practice (pp. 242-259). Stake, R. (1995). Case study research. thousand oaks, CA: Sage. Oikonomidoy, E. M. (2018). Critical cosmopolitanism in diverse students’ lives: Universal and restricted expressions. Routledge. |
| 14:15 - 15:45 | 99 ERC SES 04 H: Systems, Institutions, and Leadership for Sustainability Location: A2b | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Natasha Ziebell Session Chair: Emily Dobrich Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Scopes and Challenges of Education for Sustainable Development in Higher Educations Institutions: Sustainability on Campus 1: University of Vechta, Germany; 2: Rafael Landivar University, Guatemala Presenting Author:Addressing the relationship between the built and the natural environment, Birkeland (2008) proposes the concept of "positive development". This concept includes the transition from current vicious cycles to future virtuous cycles through the design of the built environment. From the perspective of the built environment, sustainability is a design problem, since most negative impacts are caused by physical and institutional design practices. Some solutions to specific problems associated with sustainable development can also be reversed by design. Most institutional environmental management tools that seek to solve problems are part of systems planning, design and management that undermine or discourage good practice. These tools are still paying attention to the symptoms of the problems, such as pollution and waste, instead of addressing the causes of those problems and correcting them through appropriate design systems. The redesign of the built environment needs decision tools to promote diversity, adaptability and reversibility (Millenium Ecosystem Assessment (2005) in Birkeland, 2008). According to the author, the built environment is responsible for the largest share of energy consumption, a large proportion of raw material extraction, toxic landfills, production of packaging waste and the emission of greenhouse gases. Also, the built environment contributes to the strengthening of problems such as deforestation, climate change, soil erosion, air pollution, water scarcity and biodiversity loss, all of them related to the quantity of resources, space and energy needed for today and for the future. With this research, it is expected to bring an overview on the scopes and challenges that diferent “sustainability on campus” initiatives are facing and bring them as a comparative analysis to the current european context. The conceptual framework of the analysis circulates around the Education for Sustainable Development -ESD- approach, which aims to empower people with knowledge, skills, values, attitudes and behaviors to live in a way that is good for the environment, the economy, and society (UNESCO, 2025). To disaggregate this analysis into positive and negative impacts, the research question aims to address “What are the main scopes and challenges of higher education institutions in the implementation of sustainability on campus initiatives?”. A cross-case analysis has been designed taking into consideration that initiatives to implement “sustainability on campus” in higher education institutions have grown in recent years across the world but the structure and content of these initiatives (conceptualization, definitions, interpretations, and implementation strategies) vary from one university to another (Garrido-Yserte and Gallo-Rivera, 2020). Deleye (2024), conducted a topic modelling-assisted discourse analysis on the “sustainable university” conceptualization that addressed the relationship between the university, higher education and sustainability. The author identified three dominant discourses and defined them as the “sustainable university discourses framework”: Firstly, the sustainable higher education institution, where sustainability is embedded all over the organizational structure layers and management and institutional strategies represents a relevant role. Secondly, the engaged community, where the university is not considered as an institution but as a community of people that are engaged with sustainability. And thirdly, the green-tech campus, which results as a combination of the previous two with emphasis on the university as creator of sustainable technological innovations. This research considers the third discourse as the starting point for the definition of university campus, which includes its operations and physical infrastructure, its focus on technology and the involvement of students as users of the campus (Deleye, 2024). However, the conceptual framework of the cross-case analysis is broadly immersed within the whole sustainable university discourses framework proposed by Deleye (2024). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Cross-case analysis is a method for in-depth exploration of similarities and differences through cases in support of conceptual generalizability and theoretical predictions, it facilitates the comparison of commonalities and differences in events, activities, and processes of the units of analyses (Yin, 1994). According to Dawson (1997), Snow & Thomas (1994) and Wolfgramm (1997) in Chaves and Weiler (2016), as an empirical investigation that studies a contemporary phenomenon within its real-life context, a cross-case study searches to expand and analyze a theory (analytical generalization) rather than enumerate frequencies (statistical generalization). The units of analysis of this cross–case study are seven different universities of the Latin America region. The data collected from each unit of analysis has been related to the sustainable university discourses framework to visualize what are the main scopes and challenges that these higher institutions are facing on their path to sustainability on campus transformations. This analysis includes a combination of data collection techniques, such as interviews, institutional documents, webpage revision and collaboration with experts. The analysis criteria is based on sustainability science, education for sustainable development, sustainable university campus initiatives, living laboratory and sustainable development. Through the analysis of qualitative data and cross-sectional analysis in the selected seven universities, 25 interviews have being counducted to a diverse audience that includes the following key institutional positions or stakeholders: (a) Director/authority of sustainability campus planning; (b) Faculty member involved in sustainability initiatives; (c) University facilities/operations manager; (d) Student sustainability leader or sustainability involved researcher; and (e) Sustainability department staff. The structure of the analysis comes out of the role and experience of each participant and the general understanding of the university in sustainability practices. Thereafter, the sustainability implementation has been addressed through the sustainability campus operations and infrastructure, the academic integration of sustainability practices, the community participation, governance mechanisms, innovation, technology, resource management and challenges and opportunities in the mid and long terms. Considering the main concerns of ECER 2026, such as the climate crisis, the dismantling of democracy, pandemics, wars and conflicts, the refugee crisis, the radical impact of artificial intelligence, and the massive accumulation of wealth in the hands of the few, this reseach is looking forward to contribute into the dialogue and discussion of challenges, knowledges, methodologies and practices by providing relevant insights to the question of “How should Environmental and Sustainability Education address this situation and (re)articulate itself?”. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings From a quantitative perspective, the most relevant characteristics of sustainability on campus initiatives belong to a wide set of variables mainly located in the environmental dimension. Among these variables, there is a high predominance of initiatives related to energy management, waste management (collection, transport classification and treatment of office, laboratory, clinical and food waste), sustainable procurement (acquisition of goods and services), sustainable mobility (business travel and commuting of staff and students), environmental system (campus air quality, smoke pollution control on campus and green transport planning), environmental management (energy conservation), water management, climate change, climate risk, ecological footprint, green labs, green and energy-efficient buildings and landscape and biodiversity management (Martek et al., 2022; Fissi et al., 2021; Sáez de Cámara et al., 2021; Wu, 2021; Yusoff et al., 2021; Garrido-Yserte and Gallo-Rivera, 2020; Rivera and Savage, 2020; Kılkış, 2017; Zen, 2017). From a qualitative perspective, a “sustainable campus community” (Zen et.al. 2016) is an institution that operates over its local and global responsibilities with focus in the enhancement of health and wellbeing of humans and ecosystems, including the acquired knowledge of a university as a living learning community that aims to address its ecological and social challenges (Cole, 2003 in Zen, 2017). The expected outcome of this study is to characterize the quantitative and qualitative variables that are being implemented in seven university campuses and contextualized them within the scope and challenges that current practices are facing in the implementation of sustainability on campus initiatives. Based on a system´s modeling of dynamics and interactions of the selected variables, it is expected to articulate the European scientific debate towards a conceptual framework that includes the institutional, environmental, social and economic dimensions of a socio-ecological system (IARNA, 2009), the sustainable university discourses framework (Deleye, 2024) and UNESCO´s (2025) ESD approach. References • Birkeland, J. (2008) Positive Development, from vicious circles to virtuous cycles through built environment design. Earthscan. • Chaves and Weiler (2016) Los estudios de casos como enfoque metodológico. • Deleye, M. (2024). Which “sustainable University” are we actually talking about? A topic modelling-assisted discourse analysis of academic literature. Environmental Research, 30:4 • Fissi, S., Romolini, A., Gori, E. and Contri, M. (2021). The path toward a sustainable green university: The case of the University of Florence. Journal of Cleaner Production, 279 • Garrido-Yserte, R. and Gallo-Rivera, M.-T. (2020). The Potential Role of Stakeholders in the Energy Efficiency of Higher Education Institutions. Sustainability, 12(21), 8908 • IARNA / URL -Instituto de Investigación en Ciencias Naturales y Tecnología de la Universidad Rafael Landívar- (2009). Programa Ambiental del Campus Central de la Universidad Rafael Landívar. Guatemala • Kılkış, Ş. (2017). Comparative analyses of sustainable campuses as living laboratories for managing environmental quality. Management of Environmental Quality: An International Journal, 28(5), 681-702 • Martek, I., Hosseini, M. R., Durdyev, S., Arashpour, M., & Edwards, D. J. (2022). Are university “living labs” able to deliver sustainable outcomes? A case-based appraisal of Deakin University, Australia. International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, 23(6), 1332-1348. • Rivera, C. J. and Savage, C. (2020). Campuses as living labs for sustainability problem-solving: Trends, triumphs, and traps. Journal of Environmental Studies and Sciences, 10(3), 334-340 • Sáez de Cámara, E., Fernández, I. and Castillo-Eguskitza, N. (2021). A Holistic Approach to Integrate and Evaluate Sustainable Development in Higher Education. The Case Study of the University of the Basque Country. Sustainability, 13(1), 392 • UNESCO -United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization- (2025). https://www.unesco.org/en. Last viewed on January 23rd, 2025. • Wu, C. (2021). An empirical study on discussion and evaluation of green university. Ecological Chemistry and Engineering S-Chemia Inzinierie Ekologiczna. 28(1) • Yin, R. (1994): Case Study Research: Design and Methods. Sage Publications, Thousand Oaks • Yusoff, S., Abu Bakar, A., Rahmat Fakri, M. F. and Ahmad, A. Z. (2021). Sustainability initiative for a Malaysian university campus: Living laboratories and the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions. Environment, Development and Sustainability, 23(9) • Zen, I. S. (2017). Exploring the living learning laboratory: An approach to strengthen campus sustainability initiatives by using sustainability science approach. International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, 18(6) 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Experiencing Sustainability in Initial Teacher Education: Pre-service Teachers’ Perspectives from Italian Universities LUMSA University, Italy Presenting Author:The integration of Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) within higher education has been widely recognised as a key lever for promoting sustainability-oriented values, practices, and ways of thinking among future generations. Universities are increasingly expected to act not only as sites of knowledge transmission but also as learning environments in which sustainability is meaningfully embedded through institutional cultures, everyday practices, and educational experiences (UNESCO, 2005; Wals, 2009; United Nations, 2015; Barth et al., 2016; Wals & Benavot, 2017; Rieckmann, 2018). Within this context, initial teacher education occupies a particularly relevant position, as pre-service teachers encounter sustainability both as learners in higher education and as future professionals expected to contribute to sustainable societies (Albareda-Tiana et al., 2018; Álvarez-García et al., 2019; Vare et al., 2020). While policy frameworks and international guidelines emphasise the importance of ESD across educational levels (UNESCO, 2005; Buckler & Creech, 2014), existing research suggests that its implementation in higher education often remains uneven and fragmented. Sustainability initiatives may be highly visible at the institutional level, yet experienced by students as superficial or disconnected from everyday academic practices (Barth et al., 2016; Wals & Benavot, 2017; Holst, 2023). This raises critical questions regarding the extent to which sustainability is not only present but also meaningful within university education, and how institutional discourses around sustainability are interpreted and negotiated by students in their daily experiences. This paper is situated within a doctoral research project adopting a multiple-case study design across universities in Italy and Portugal, which examines how ESD and Civic and Citizenship Education (CCE) are embedded within pre-primary and primary initial teacher education. Focusing on two Italian universities, this paper explores pre-service teachers’ lived experiences of sustainability within their university education. It adopts a student-centred perspective and investigates how sustainability is perceived and experienced during university training, contributing to current debates on ESD in higher education by foregrounding students’ voices and critically examining the relationship between institutional intentions and everyday practices. The study presented in this paper is guided by the following research questions: RQ1. How do pre-service teachers experience and perceive sustainability within their university education? RQ2. How do pre-service teachers perceive the coherence of institutional sustainability initiatives in relation to everyday university practices? The overarching objective of the paper is to explore how sustainability is lived by pre-service teachers within higher education contexts, with particular attention to the tensions between visibility and meaningfulness, and between institutional sustainability discourses and students’ everyday academic experiences. More specifically, the study aims to identify how sustainability is communicated at the institutional level, how it is embedded in curricular and extracurricular contexts, and how students interpret inconsistencies between official narratives and daily practices. Conceptually, the paper draws on literature on ESD in higher education, in particular, research emphasising whole-institution approach for sustainability in education (Barth et al., 2016; Öztürk, 2022; Holst et al., 2024). It also engages with perspectives that conceptualise curriculum and learning as lived and socially constructed processes, highlighting the importance of students’ interpretations of educational environments beyond formal curricular provisions (Casarejos et al., 2017). By combining these perspectives, the study approaches sustainability not merely as a set of declared institutional commitments or isolated initiatives, but as an experiential dimension of university life that is continuously negotiated through everyday practices. By focusing on pre-service teachers’ lived experiences of sustainability within university education, this paper provides an empirically grounded contribution to discussions on how ESD is enacted in higher education, highlighting the importance of addressing the gap between institutional discourse and everyday practices and between the visibility and meaningfulness of sustainability initiatives for fostering sustainability-oriented learning environments in teacher education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The present contribution reports preliminary findings from an ongoing doctoral project employing a multiple-case study design and a mixed-methods approach (Yin, 2018). By combining quantitative and qualitative data gathered through the administration of a student questionnaire and focus groups, as well as interviews with university lecturers and teacher education programme coordinators and document analysis of course syllabi and institutional documents related to Civic and Citizenship Education (CCE) and sustainability, the overall research examines, among other aspects, pre-service teachers’ lived experiences of sustainability within university education. Although the doctoral project includes universities in Italy and Portugal, this paper focuses on two Italian universities in order to provide an in-depth analysis of students’ perspectives within a specific national context, drawing on selected findings from the questionnaire and focus groups. The two case studies were conducted at two public Italian universities, one located in a major city in northern Italy and the other in a major city in central Italy. Participants included pre-service teachers in the final year of study, enrolled in primary and pre-primary education programmes. A total of 290 students responded to the questionnaire (88 from the first university and 202 from the second). The questionnaire collected data on pre-service teachers’ university training in CCE and Education for Sustainable Development (ESD), as well as on their perceptions of how sustainability is integrated into university life. For this purpose, an adapted version of the whole-institution approach (WIA) scale for sustainability in education (Holst et al., 2024) was used. The original scale, designed for both educators and learners across different educational levels, was adapted to the national context and to the specific target group of university students. Quantitative data were analysed using descriptive statistics in order to provide an overview of students’ perceptions of institutional sustainability and its implementation within the university context. These data were triangulated with findings from four focus groups conducted with final-year students from the same programmes (two per university). At the first university, the focus groups included five and eight participants, while at the second university both groups included five participants. Qualitative data were analysed through thematic analysis, following an inductive approach. Themes captured recurring patterns related to the visibility and meaningfulness of sustainability initiatives, as well as perceived contradictions between institutional discourse and everyday practices. In addition, institutional communication on sustainability was analysed through a thematic analysis of relevant institutional documentation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings from the questionnaire, focus groups and document analysis indicate a persistent gap between institutional sustainability discourse and pre-service teachers’ lived experiences within university education. Across the two Italian universities, sustainability is widely perceived as a declared institutional priority and a visible component of official communication; however, students’ accounts reveal that this visibility does not consistently translate into meaningful or coherent everyday practices. In the first university, questionnaire responses suggest that sustainability is not practised consistently across university areas and that those in charge do not actively promote it. These perceptions are mirrored in the focus group discussions, where students describe sustainability as predominantly symbolic and confined to a “macro” or representational level, yet weakly integrated into everyday practices and rarely experienced in meaningful ways. Similarly, in the second university, both quantitative and qualitative data point to a misalignment between institutional claims and students’ everyday experiences. While participants acknowledge infrastructural and organisational initiatives aimed at promoting sustainability, such measures are frequently perceived as superficial, inconsistently applied, or insufficient to foster meaningful engagement. Practical barriers and contradictions between declared values and daily practices further weaken students’ perceptions of institutional coherence. Overall, these findings suggest that while sustainability is communicated as a strategic priority, its operationalisation in daily university life remains insufficient from the students’ perspective. These preliminary findings will be further complemented, in subsequent stages of the doctoral research, by interviews with university lecturers and teacher education coordinators, as well as by an analysis of relevant course syllabi. References Albareda-Tiana, S., Vidal-Raméntol, S., Pujol-Valls, M., & Fernández-Morilla, M. (2018). Holistic Approaches to Develop Sustainability and Research Competencies in Pre-Service Teacher Training. Sustainability, 10(10), 3698. Álvarez-García, O., García-Escudero, L.Á., Salvà-Mut, F. & Calvo-Sastre, A. (2019). Variables influencing pre-service teacher training in education for sustainable development: A case study of two Spanish universities. Sustainability, 11(16), 4412. Barth, M., Michelsen, G., Thomas I. & Rieckmann M. (2016), Routledge Handbook of Higher Education for Sustainable Development. London: Routledge, pp. 241-260. Buckler, C., & Creech, H. (2014). Shaping the future we want: UN Decade of Education for Sustainable Development; final report. UNESCO. Casarejos, F., Frota, M. N., & Gustavson, L. M. (2017). Higher education institutions: a strategy towards sustainability. International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, 18(7), 995-1017. Holst, J. (2023). Towards coherence on sustainability in education: a systematic review of Whole Institution Approaches. Sustain Sci 18, 1015–1030. Holst, J., Grund, J. & Brock, A. (2024). Whole Institution Approach: measurable and highly effective in empowering learners and educators for sustainability. Sustain Sci 19, 1359–1376. Öztürk, M. (2022). Engagement with Sustainable Development in Higher Education. Universities as Transformative Spaces for Sustainable Futures. Springer. Rieckmann, M (2018) Learning to transform the world: key competencies in ESD. In Leicht, A., Heiss, J. & Byun W. J. (2018) Issues and trends in Education for Sustainable Development. UNESCO Publishing. The Council of the European Union (2014). Council conclusions on effective teacher education, in Official Journal of European Union. 183, 14.6.2014, pp. 22-25. UNESCO. (2005). United Nations Decade of Education for Sustainable Development (2005–2014): The DESD at a glance (ED/2005/PEQ/ESD/3). United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization. United Nations. (2015). Transforming our world: The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. United Nations. Vare, P., Lausselet, N. & Rieckmann M. (2020) Competences in Education for Sustainable Development. Critical Perspectives. Springer. Wals, A. E. J. (2009). Review of contexts and structures for education for sustainable development: Learning for a sustainable world. UNESCO. Wals, A. E. J. (2015) Beyond Unreasonable Doubt. Education and Learning for Socio-ecological Sustainability in the Anthropocene. Wageningen, Netherlands: Wageningen University. Wals, A. E. J., & Benavot, A. (2017). Can we meet the sustainability challenges? The role of education and lifelong learning. Eur J EducI. 52(4):1–10. Yin, R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications: Design and methods (6th ed.). Sage Publications. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Leadership For ESD: School Leaders’ Role Understandings and Learnings in the Context of the LoLE Training Leuphana University, Germany Presenting Author:Transforming schools towards sustainability is widely recognised as a key lever for societal change. Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) aims to empower learners to actively engage with complex global challenges, yet its effective implementation requires structural, cultural, and pedagogical transformation at the school level. (UNESCO, 2021) Within this process, school leaders play a pivotal role (Holst, 2023) they shape organisational conditions, enable participation, and translate sustainability goals into long-term school development strategies. (Mogren and Gericke, 2017) Despite this central role, empirical research consistently indicates that many school leaders feel insufficiently prepared to lead ESD implementation in a holistic manner, particularly when framed through a Whole-School-Approach (WSA) (Brock & Holst, 2022). This paper addresses a key gap in current research by foregrounding the importance of school leaders’ own perspectives on which competencies and other factors are needed to successfully implement ESD and how they conceptualise their leadership role in this context. While existing studies often focus on learners and teacher practices or curricular integration of ESD (Holst et al., 2024),comparatively little attention has been paid to school leaders’ subjective understandings, perceived enabling conditions, and role interpretations related to ESD-oriented school development and leadership (Mogren & Gericke, 2017). The paper draws on empirical data from the LoLE (Leaders of Learner Empowerment) training, a six-month professional development initiative designed to empower school leaders to initiate and lead ESD-related change projects within their schools, which is grounded in principles of action research (Wood & Govender, 2013), peer learning (Vangrieken et al., 2017), and learner empowerment (Hart, 1992) and is being conducted in Germany as well as in seven partner countries (Costa Rica, Ethiopia, South Africa, Canada, the USA, Japan and Saudi Arabia). The empirical focus of this contribution lies on a qualitative survey conducted with participating school leaders from two German LoLE cohorts, addressing enabling conditions and role understandings of school leaders (Warwas, 2012), which is complemented by interviews on the needs of the school leaders regarding the LoLE training and selected qualitative materials from the training context, including written reflections and project descriptions, to contextualise and deepen the analysis. Preliminary findings indicate that school leaders emphasise enabling conditions, that are not fulfilled yet, on multiple, interrelated levels. These include structural conditions (e.g. time resources, institutional support, and policy frameworks), relational and cultural conditions (e.g. trust, participation, and shared vision), and individual dimensions (e.g. leadership identity, confidence, and perceived legitimacy to initiate change). (Holst et al., 2025) Furthermore, the analysis reveals differing role conceptions, ranging from managerial coordination and strategic framing to facilitative, participatory, and learner-centred leadership practices. (Warwas, 2012) Notably, many school leaders describe a tension between hierarchical leadership expectations, the engagement and the motivation of the collegium and the participatory demands of learner empowerment within a WSA. This paper contributes empirically grounded insights into how ESD-leadership is understood in the context of schools and enacted from the perspective of school leaders (Holst et al., 2025) The findings have implications for the design of leadership training programmes and the conceptualisation of ESD-oriented leadership competencies. The paper concludes by discussing how professional development formats can better align with school leaders’ perceived needs, including required competencies of the school leaders, and by inviting discussion on how school leadership can be supported better in the future. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper is embedded within a broader doctoral research project examining the role of school leaders in implementing ESD-related change projects through a Whole-School-Approach (WSA). It follows a qualitative, exploratory research design aimed at capturing school leaders’ subjective perspectives, role conceptions, and perceived enabling conditions in relation to school development and leadership for sustainability. The primary data source for this contribution is a qualitative survey conducted with school leaders participating in two German cohorts of the LoLE training. Participants represent diverse school contexts and leadership backgrounds. The survey was administered prior to the beginning of the training and invited participants to reflect on two guiding prompts: (1) what they perceive as necessary to feel capable of implementing ESD at their school, and (2) how they understand their role as school leaders in enabling ESD, learner empowerment, and school-wide transformation (Warwas, 2012). The survey data are complemented by selected qualitative materials generated during the training process. These include interviews focusing on school leaders’ needs and expectations regarding the LoLE training, written reflections, documentation of change projects, and short narrative inputs from an online learning environment on the platform Moodle. These materials are not treated as outcome measures, but as contextual and interpretive sources that allow insights into how leadership roles are articulated, negotiated, and reflected upon in relation to concrete professional development experiences. The survey responses were analysed by using a free and inductive form of Qualitative Content Analysis (Mayring, 2014) identifying central themes related to perceived needs, enabling conditions, and initial role understandings of the school leaders. These themes were comparatively related to patterns emerging from the training-related materials, allowing for preliminary, results-in-progress insights into how school leaders’ role conceptions and leadership orientations appear to develop over the course of the training, influenced by analysis techniques of Constructivistic Grounded Theory (Charmaz, 2006). By combining qualitative survey data with contextual materials from a professional development setting, this methodological approach enables an in-depth and cautious exploration of how school leaders articulate their needs and roles in relation to ESD and WSA in the context of the LoLE training, while remaining sensitive to the complexity, situatedness, and ongoing nature of leadership learning processes (Pinheiro et al., 2025). Further research will include a comparison of experiences between the German cohorts and the seven international cohorts, that were mentioned above. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper provides empirical insights into how school leaders themselves conceptualise the conditions and leadership roles required to implement ESD through a WSA. By foregrounding school leaders’ voices, the findings highlight that ESD implementation is not primarily perceived as a technical or curricular challenge, but as a complex leadership task that involves navigating structural constraints, cultural dynamics, and personal leadership identity (Wohlfart et al., 2026). The analysis suggests that school leaders view their role less as sole drivers of change and more as facilitators of participatory processes, mediators between policy demands and school realities, and enablers of learner and teacher agency. At the same time, many participants describe tensions between hierarchical leadership expectations and the participatory, empowerment-oriented logic of ESD and WSA. These tensions point to the need for leadership concepts and training formats that explicitly address ambiguity, role negotiation, and shared responsibility. From a research perspective, the findings contribute to ongoing debates on leadership for sustainability in education by empirically grounding leadership roles and enabling conditions in school leaders’ lived experiences. Rather than proposing fixed competency models, the results underline the importance of understanding school leadership for ESD as relational, context-sensitive, and developmental (Müller et al., 2020). For practice and policy, the paper suggests that professional development programmes for school leaders should move beyond knowledge transfer and instead create reflective spaces for role clarification, peer learning, and engagement with real-world transformation projects. The presentation will conclude with discussion questions addressing: • How can leadership research better integrate the school leader´s perspectives? • What forms of professional capacity building are needed to support participatory and empowerment-oriented leadership? • How can policy environments better align expectations and capacities of school leaders in the context of ESD-leaderships? References Brock, A., & Holst, J. (2022). Education for sustainable development and leadership: Exploring the role of school leaders in sustainability transformations. Environmental Education Research, 28(5), 673 - 690. Charmaz, K. (2006). Constructing Grounded Theory: A practical Guide through Qualitative Analysis. Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE. Hart, R. (1992). Children’s Participation: From Tokenism to Citizenship. UNICEF. Holst, J., Brock, A., Grund, J., Schlieszus, A.-K., & Singer-Brodowski, M. (2025). Whole-school sustainability at the core of quality education: Wished for by principals but requiring collective and structural action. Journal of Cleaner Production, 519, 145897, 2 - 7. Holst, J., Grund, J. & Brock, A. (2024). Whole institution approach: measurable and highly effective in empowering learners and educators for sustainability. Sustain. Sci. 19, 1359 - 1376. Holst, J. (2023). Towards coherence on sustainability in education: A systematic review of whole institution approaches. Sustainability Science, 18, 1015 - 1030. Mayring, P. (2014) Qualitative content analysis: theoretical foundation, basic procedures and software solution. Klagenfurt. Mogren, A., & Gericke, N. (2017). ESD implementation at the school organisation level, part 2–investigating the transformative perspective in school leaders’ quality strategies at ESD schools. Environmental Education Research, 23(7), 972 - 1014. Müller, U., Lude, A. & Hancock, D.R. (2020). Leading schools towards sustainability. Fields of action and management strategies for principals. Sustainability, 12, 3031, 5 - 9. Pinheiro G., Matias Alves J. & Serra L. (2025). School leadership and organization in times of complexity: paths to a collaborative and regenerative school. Front. Educ.10:1657742, 5 - 9. UNESCO, 2020. Education for Sustainable Development. A Roadmap. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization, Paris 07 SP, France. Vangrieken, K., Meredith, C., Packer, T., & Kyndt, E. (2017). Teacher communities as a context for professional development: A systematic review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 61, 47–59. Warwas, J. (2012). Berufliches Selbstverständnis, Beanspruchung und Bewältigung in der Schulleitung. VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften, 192 - 214. Wohlfart, O., Scholz, L., & Wagner, I. (2026). Between vision and barriers: A qualitative study on school leadership and ESD implementation in Germany. Frontiers in Education, 10, 1693308, 3- 4. Wood, L., & Govender, B. (2013). ‘You learn from going through the process’: The perceptions of South African school leaders about action research. Action Research, 11(2), 176 -193. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper From Reform to Renewal: Whole-School Change as a Living, Learning System University of Cambridge, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Across Europe and internationally, education systems are under sustained pressure to demonstrate improvement in student outcomes, equity, and future-oriented competencies, while simultaneously responding to policy agendas shaped by OECD frameworks, international comparisons (e.g. PISA), and national accountability regimes. Despite this, school reform continues to be characterised by initiative overload, policy churn, and short-lived interventions, producing what has been described as “projectitis” (Adelman & Taylor, 2007) rather than durable systemic change. Whole-school change (WSC) is frequently proposed in European and international policy discourse as a solution to this fragmentation. Yet, as Thomson (2010) argues, it remains a concept “used in various ways, by different people, for diverse purposes, and [with] distinct appearances and effects in schools and school systems” (p. 11). Empirical research across multiple national contexts suggests that many reforms fail to embed because they are treated as programmes to be implemented rather than as organisational transformations to be lived (Hargreaves, 2008; OECD, 2015; Roffey, 2016). This paper contributes to European debates on sustainable school reform by examining whole-school change as a systemic, meaning-making process within a secondary school in the UK implementing the Thinking Schools (TS) framework. While TS is now used in multiple countries, it is not studied here to determine its effectiveness, but to provide the context as a locally enacted reform ecology operating under pressures familiar across European systems: accountability, curriculum constraint, staff workload, and performativity. The study investigates how whole-school change can be conceptualised through the perceived experiences of both Staff and Student Drive Teams tasked with change, addressing three operational questions: (1) how participants perceive whole school change itself; (2) how they experience their role within the change process; and (3) how they perceive the facilitators and challenges shaping their work. The theoretical framework integrates systems theory, organisational learning, and autopoietic theory. Following Thomson (2010), schools are conceptualised through the metaphors of ecological systems (Bronfenbrenner, 1979) and learning organisations (Senge, 1990), both of which are widely influential in European school improvement discourse. These are extended through Wheatley’s (1999) autopoietic interpretation of organisations as self-producing meaning systems (Luhmann, 2012; Maturana & Varela, 1980). Within this frame, reform is not implemented but perturbs the system, triggering internal processes of reinterpretation and reorganisation, aligned with Argyris and Schön’s (1978) concept of double-loop learning. Based on the findings, the paper argues that whole-school change is best understood not as an ‘add-on’, but as ongoing systemic change and a multiple-loop, multi-layered learning process supported by risk-taking, reflection, teams interrelations, non-negotiable whole school change, common values and language, and continuous learning, developed into a ‘petal’ model that merits further attention with direct implications for European debates on school improvement, professional learning, and democratic participation in education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative, exploratory longitudinal case study design to investigate how whole-school change is experienced and conceptualised by members of Staff and Student Drive Teams within a Thinking School context. A case study approach is particularly suited to this research as it enables the in-depth exploration of complex, contextually embedded and evolving processes of change within a real-life organisational setting. The research is situated within a constructivist paradigm, informed by ontological relativism and epistemological interpretivism. From this perspective, reality is understood as multiple and socially constructed, and knowledge is generated through participants’ interpretations and meaning making. This philosophical positioning aligns closely with the study’s focus on lived experience, perception and sense-making in relation to whole-school change. The case is a co-educational selective secondary school engaged in whole-school change through the Thinking Schools framework. Particular attention is given to the contributions of the Staff Drive Team and the Student Drive Team, who are formally tasked with leading and sustaining the change process. The longitudinal and exploratory nature of the design enables the study to capture not only participants’ experiences at a single moment in time, but also how understandings, practices and relationships evolve across the change journey. A multi-method qualitative data generation strategy was employed to support depth, triangulation and analytic richness. Data sources included two non-participant observations of both Drive Team activity, four focus groups conducted at different stages of the process, 16 semi-structured interviews with members of both teams, and documentary material (school development plans, Drive Team agendas and Thinking School accreditation reports). Data analysis proceeded in two complementary strands. Semi-structured interview data were analysed using Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis (IPA), allowing for a detailed examination of participants’ lived experiences, identity positions and meaning-making processes. The remaining data sources were analysed using qualitative content analysis to identify patterns, themes and systemic relationships across practices, structures and discourses. These analytical approaches were integrated within an interpretive framework informed by systems theory, systems thinking and ecological models of development with autopoietic connotations. Research quality was addressed through strategies appropriate to qualitative case study research, including data triangulation, iterative and reflexive analysis, transparency of analytic procedures, and attention to researcher positionality. Ethical considerations included informed consent, confidentiality, and careful management of relational and professional boundaries within the research context. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study set out to explore how whole-school change can be conceptualised through the perceived experiences of Staff and Student Drive Teams within a Thinking School context. The findings demonstrate that whole-school change is not experienced as a linear process of implementation, but as a systemic continuous multiple loop and multi-layered learning process through ongoing renewal. Across all three research questions, change emerged as a multi-layered phenomenon operating simultaneously at individual, team and whole school levels. Participants did not describe change as something that is “done to” the school, but as something that is continuously co-constructed through shared language, collective reflection, relational trust and distributed agency. Resistance was not positioned as obstacle to be eliminated, but as productive element within the school’s learning ecology. The role of both Staff and Student Drive Teams proved central to this process: their work extended beyond coordination and implementation. The inclusion of students as legitimate participants in leadership and strategic dialogue represents a significant reconfiguration of agency within the organisation and aligns strongly with European agendas around participation, democratic schooling and student voice. The proposed ‘petal’ model conceptualises whole-school change as a recursive, interdependent system of learning processes, held together by shared values, coherent language and aligned structures. Each “petal” represents a dynamic domain of activity, none of which operates in isolation. Conceptually, this study argues that sustainable school improvement is best understood as collective organisational learning rather than technical reform. For European school improvement research, this implies a shift towards ecological, participatory and systems-oriented models of change that recognise both staff and students as co-authors of educational transformation. References Adelman, H. S., & Taylor, L. (2007). School and community integration: Improving the quality of life for children and youth. Corwin Press. Argyris, C., & Schön, D. A. (1978). Organizational learning: A theory of action perspective. Addison-Wesley. Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard University Press. Crotty, M. (1998). The foundations of social research: Meaning and perspective in the research process. Sage. Hargreaves, A. (2008). Sustainable leadership and development in education: The role of schools and school leaders. In A. Hargreaves & M. Fullan (Eds.), Second international handbook of educational change (pp. 445–467). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4020-6546-3_24 Lincoln, Y. S., & Guba, E. G. (1985). Naturalistic inquiry. Sage. Luhmann, N. (2012). Introduction to systems theory (P. Gilgen, Trans.). John Wiley & Sons Ltd. Maturana, H. R., & Varela, F. J. (1980). Autopoiesis and cognition: The realization of the living. Reidl. Mitra, D. (2008). Student voice in school reform: From listening to leadership. The Students at the Center Series. Harvard Education Press. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. (2015). School leadership for 21st century learning. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264226159-en Roffey, S. (2016). Inclusive and resilient leadership: Supporting school communities in challenging times. Routledge. Senge, P. M. (1990). The fifth discipline: The art and practice of the learning organization. Doubleday/Currency. Senge, P. M., Cambron‑McCabe, N., Lucas, T., Smith, B., Dutton, J., & Kleiner, A. (2012). Schools that learn (Revised and updated): A fifth discipline fieldbook for educators, parents, and everyone who cares about education. Crown Business. Smith, J. A., Flowers, P., & Larkin, M. (2009). Interpretative phenomenological analysis: Theory, method and research. Sage. Thomson, P. (2010). Whole school improvement: An international perspective. Routledge. Wheatley, M. (1999). Leadership and the new science. Yin, R. (2018). Case study research and applications. |
| 14:15 - 15:45 | 99 ERC SES 04 I: Assessment and evaluation design and methodology Location: A07 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Ljiljana Vdovic Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Developing a Standards-Referenced Framework for Social Media Literacy: From Construct Definition to Rasch Validation Design The University of Sydney, Australia Presenting Author:Social media has become core infrastructure for accessing information, communicating, and participating in civic life. European policymakers have called for stronger media literacy to counter disinformation and support informed decision-making. Frameworks like DigComp 2.2 describe what competence looks like. But these frameworks cannot function as psychometrically validated measurement instruments—they describe competence but cannot locate individuals on a calibrated scale (Vuorikari et al., 2022). The lack of validated measurement creates difficulties. Evidence-informed curriculum development, assessment design, and cross-context proficiency comparison all require instruments that can establish where individuals stand. Substantial work on social media literacy (SML) has accumulated, yet the field remains conceptually fragmented (Cho et al., 2024; Valle et al., 2025). Most instruments rely on self-report measures. These capture what users perceive they can do, rather than what they actually demonstrate (Tandoc et al., 2021). Some newer performance measures move beyond self-report using IRT-based approaches. This is progress. But these tools typically target specific populations and do not address standards-referenced interpretation across age groups (Drake et al., 2023). Making defensible proficiency judgements across educational systems is difficult. We conducted a systematic scoping review and thematic synthesis of SML literature from 2015 to 2025. From this work, we propose a measurement framework applicable across ages and contexts. The framework operationalises SML through three components: Platform Awareness, Critical Evaluation, and Responsible Participation. These consolidate recurring domains in the literature. We describe proficiency using four levels. The four-level structure reflects theoretically distinct transitions in metacognitive regulation. L1 (Unaware) represents minimal recognition. L2 (Retrospective) involves post-hoc awareness—individuals identify relevant influences after engagement (Flavell, 1979). L3 (Real-time) marks a shift to in-process monitoring and deliberate adjustment during engagement (Schraw & Dennison, 1994). L4 (Habitual–Reflexive) describes internalised monitoring across contexts, including low-stakes use, where strategies transfer beyond single situations (Mezirow, 1997). Self-awareness runs through all levels as a difficulty factor rather than a separate component. Three questions guide the study: What are the core components and indicators of SML for standards-referenced measurement? How do we operationalise and design a rubric-based framework for Rasch calibration? What validity evidence is needed to support the intended uses of the measures? Our goal is translating competence language into a calibratable rubric that supports defensible proficiency judgements. The conference paper presents the three-component construct map, candidate indicators, draft performance level descriptors, and the validation workflow. We plan to validate the framework across cultural and educational contexts. Cross-cultural comparability will be addressed in later stages. The study contributes a validation logic for standards-referenced interpretation, supporting European efforts to assess SML comparably across populations and systems. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Psychometrically validated instruments for standards-referenced SML measurement are absent (Drake et al., 2023; Valle et al., 2025). We propose a Rasch-based workflow to address this gap, translating competence descriptions into calibrated proficiency scales for defensible cross-context interpretation. 1. Construct Definition through Systematic Synthesis (Completed) We conducted a systematic scoping review following PRISMA-ScR conventions (Tricco et al., 2018) of SML literature from 2015 to 2025. Twenty-five studies proposed competency frameworks or measurement dimensions. Thematic synthesis identified three recurring components: Platform Awareness (algorithmic curation, business logic, platform architecture), Critical Evaluation (source credibility, evidence-based claims, bias/framing analysis), and Responsible Participation (pre-posting and in-interaction responsibility). Construct mapping (Wilson, 2023) operationalised these into eight indicators with observable behaviours across four proficiency levels: L1 Unaware, L2 Retrospective, L3 Real-time, L4 Habitual–Reflexive. Self-awareness is embedded as a cross-cutting difficulty factor rather than a separate dimension. This is reflected in Performance Level Descriptors (PLDs) that discriminate adjacent levels, grounded in Flavell's (1979) awareness emergence and Schraw and Dennison's (1994) regulatory monitoring. 2. Expert Validation of Rubric Structure (Designed; Initial Implementation by Conference) Measurement specialists and SML domain experts (n=8–12) will evaluate construct coverage, indicator clarity, and PLD discriminability through structured focus groups. Qualitative feedback will inform descriptor refinement. Content Validity Index (CVI) ratings will quantify expert agreement on indicator relevance and level appropriateness, providing evidence of interpretive coherence prior to empirical calibration. 3. Rasch Calibration Workflow (Designed; Implementation Post-Conference) Scenario-based assessment tasks anchored to specific PLDs will undergo polytomous Rasch calibration if model fit is adequate. A field trial with adequate sample size for stable parameter estimation is planned. The validation workflow addresses four psychometric requirements: First, model specification compares the Rating Scale Model (RSM) with the Partial Credit Model (PCM) to determine optimal parameterisation. Second, Wright maps verify the theoretically predicted difficulty ordering across proficiency levels. Third, fit diagnostics using Infit/Outfit mean square (MNSQ) statistics identify misfitting items requiring revision. Fourth, Differential Item Functioning (DIF) tests examine whether demographic subgroups respond differently to items, establishing a foundation for later cross-context validation (e.g., Australia, Taiwan). 4. Conference Contribution We will present the construct map (three components, eight indicators) and draft PLDs, alongside interim evidence from expert consultation if available. We will also outline the pre-specified Rasch validation workflow for subsequent calibration. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Three related outcomes emerge from this study, addressing the research questions and supporting standards-referenced SML assessment. 1. Framework specification. The construct map defines SML through three components grounded in theory: Platform Awareness, Critical Evaluation, and Responsible Participation. Eight indicators span four proficiency levels. Performance Level Descriptors treat metacognitive self-awareness as a cross-cutting difficulty factor. Post-hoc recognition appears at L2. L3 requires real-time monitoring. L4 captures habitual reflexivity. Recurring competency domains from across the literature are consolidated into a coherent measurement structure. This addresses conceptual fragmentation identified in recent reviews (Cho et al., 2024; Valle et al., 2025). 2. Validation evidence. Expert review provides content validity evidence. Measurement specialists and SML domain experts evaluate construct coverage, indicator clarity, and level discriminability through structured feedback. CVI ratings quantify how much experts agree on relevance and appropriateness. This strengthens interpretive coherence and helps determine readiness for field testing. 3. Calibration workflow specification. We present a fully specified Rasch validation workflow. Rubric-based competence descriptions are translated into calibrated measures. The workflow includes model comparison (RSM vs PCM), hierarchy evaluation using Wright maps to check alignment with expected difficulty ordering, fit diagnostics using Infit/Outfit MNSQ, and DIF checks across demographic groups for measurement invariance. This provides a replicable pathway. Descriptive frameworks can be converted into psychometrically sound instruments. Standards-referenced calibration has lacked these operational requirements. Beyond these methodological contributions, the study addresses a critical gap in EU digital literacy policy. While frameworks like DigComp 2.2 (Vuorikari et al., 2022) describe competence, they cannot support defensible proficiency judgements or cross-national comparison. The validated SML scale enables evidence-based curriculum placement and intervention targeting across European educational systems. It offers policymakers a measurement model that moves from descriptive taxonomies to calibrated assessment. References Andrich, D. (2004). Controversy and the Rasch model: a characteristic of incompatible paradigms? Med Care, 42(1 Suppl), I7-16. https://doi.org/10.1097/01.mlr.0000103528.48582.7c Cho, H., Cannon, J., Lopez, R., & Li, W. B. (2024). Social media literacy: A conceptual framework. New Media & Society, 26(2), 941-960, Article 14614448211068530. https://doi.org/10.1177/14614448211068530 Drake, A. P., Masur, P. K., Bazarova, N. N., Zou, W. T., & Whitlock, J. (2023). The youth social media literacy inventory: development and validation using item response theory in the US. Journal of Children and Media, 17(4), 467-487. https://doi.org/10.1080/17482798.2023.2230493 Flavell, J. H. (1979). Metacognition and Cognitive Monitoring: A New Area of Cognitive-Developmental Inquiry. American Psychologist, 34, 906-911. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.34.10.906 Mezirow, J. (1997). Transformative Learning: Theory to Practice. New Directions for Adult and Continuing Education, 1997(74), 5-12. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1002/ace.7401 Schraw, G., & Dennison, R. S. (1994). Assessing Metacognitive Awareness. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 19(4), 460-475. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1006/ceps.1994.1033 Tandoc, E. C., Yee, A. Z. H., Ong, J., Lee, J. C. B., Xu, D., Han, Z., Matthew, C. C. H., Ng, J., Lim, C. M., Cheng, L. R. J., & Cayabyab, M. Y. (2021). Developing a Perceived Social Media Literacy Scale: Evidence from Singapore. International Journal of Communication, 15, 2484-2505. <Go to ISI>://WOS:000729944300009 Tricco, A. C., Lillie, E., Zarin, W., O'Brien, K. K., Colquhoun, H., Levac, D., Moher, D., Peters, M. D. J., Horsley, T., Weeks, L., Hempel, S., Akl, E. A., Chang, C., McGowan, J., Stewart, L., Hartling, L., Aldcroft, A., Wilson, M. G., Garritty, C.,…Straus, S. E. (2018). PRISMA Extension for Scoping Reviews (PRISMA-ScR): Checklist and Explanation. Ann Intern Med, 169(7), 467-473. https://doi.org/10.7326/m18-0850 Valle, N., Zhao, P. F., Freed, D., Gorton, K., Chapman, A. B., Shea, A. L., & Bazarova, N. N. (2025). Towards a Critical Framework of Social Media Literacy: A Systematic Literature Review. Review of Educational Research, 95(4), 701-746. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543241247224 Vuorikari, R., Kluzer, S., & Punie, Y. (2022). DigComp 2.2: The Digital Competence Framework for Citizens – With new examples of knowledge, skills and attitudes (EUR 31006 EN; JRC128415). https://publications.jrc.ec.europa.eu/repository/handle/JRC128415 White, R., & Simpson, A. (Eds.). (2025). What’s the Evidence?: An Investigation into Teacher Quality. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003542575. Wilson, M. (2023). Constructing Measures: An Item Response Modeling Approach (2nd Edition ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003286929 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Evaluating DIF in the Successful School Leadership Survey The University of Alabama, United States of America Presenting Author:The Successful School Leadership framework (SSL) is a model of best practices for school leadership, as validated through multiple studies over a twenty-year period (Leithwood et al., 2010; Leithwood & Jantzi, 2005; Sun & Leithwood, 2015). The Successful School Leadership survey was created as a measure of perceived school leadership quality under this framework. This survey is a 22-item Likert scale with 5-point response options ranging from “not at all confident” to “very confident”. This scale intends to measure four domains of leadership: (1) setting directions, (2) building relationships and developing people, (3) (re)designing the organization to support desired practices, and (4) improving the instructional program. Leithwood et al. (2023) provided strong validity evidence for this scale, reporting high reliability, measurement invariance for various person characteristics, and good person and item fit. This study also confirmed the four-factor structure and showed predictive validity evidence of high leadership scores for student achievement, even after controlling for relevant confounding variables. Leithwood et al. (2023) showed evidence of measurement invariance for gender and education level by using the Many Facet Rasch Model (MFRM) to measure the effect of these covariates at the group level, confirming that gender and education were not predictive of scale scores. However, this method of investigating measurement invariance does not consider differences in subgroup effects at the item level. This difference in item parameters across different groups of people when holding person abilities constant is known as differential item functioning (DIF) and is a common threat to measurement invariance and fairness in scale validation (Ackerman & Evans, 1994; Roussos & Stout, 1996). This study investigates the presence of DIF in the SSLS items for three covariates: gender, experience, and education level. We use traditional DIF detection methods evaluate these three covariates separately. However, recent interest in intersectional approaches to quantitative research (e.g., Albano et al., 2024; Bauer et al., 2021) underscores the importance of not just treating covariates as independent factors, but as more complex interdependent person characteristics. In response to this recent rise in interest surrounding intersectional approaches to quantitative research, we also use some newer, more exploratory DIF detection methods to investigate intersectional DIF in the SSLS items. The data used in this study were collected as part of the research conducted in Leithwood et al. (2023). All participants in this survey were teachers in two different neighboring school districts in the southeastern United States. After filtering participants based on missing data and willingness to participate, this dataset had a total of 136 respondents. Most of the sample population (83%) identified as women, and the rest of the population identified as men. 58% of the sample population held graduate degrees, and the rest held bachelor’s degrees. 38 participants had 1-3 years of experience, 29 participants had 4-10 years of experience, 20 had 11-15 years of experience, and 48 had 15 or more years of experience. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Before evaluating SSLS items for DIF, the Partial Credit Model (PCM) was fit to the data to assess basic properties of model-data fit (Masters, 1982). We used the TAM package in R (Robitzsch et al., 2023) to fit the PCM, which is specified as ln[(P_ni (x_i=k))/(P_ni (x_i=k-1) )]=θ_n-δ_i-τ_ik Where θ_n is person n’s ability level, δ_i is the difficulty of item i, and τ_ik is the rating scale category threshold for item i. Thresholds are located on the logit scale where the probability of response k and k-1 are equal. To assess model-data fit, we calculated infit and outfit for items. Many studies use widely accepted cut points, such as 0.8 to 1.2, as “critical ranges” for infit and outfit to determine if an item is misfitting. However, these general cut points range in value across different studies and are prone to high classification error (Wolfe, 2013). In this study, we use more robust empirically derived critical values for fit statistics via parametric bootstrapping, where bootstrapped 95% confidence intervals are used to determine critical ranges for infit and outfit (see Seol (2016) and Silvia Diaz et al. (2022) for a more in-depth discussion of this method). After checking model-data fit, we began assessing DIF using Lord’s chi-square method for DIF detection in the R package lordif (Choi et al., 2011; Lord, 1980). Lord’s Chi Square tests can check for both uniform and nonuniform DIF by testing for significant differences in models that do and do not contain DIF. We assessed DIF separately for gender, experience, and education level. We then used the Partial Credit Tree model in the R package psychotree (Komboz et al., 2018; Strobl et al., 2015) to assess intersectional DIF. The Partial Credit Tree model is a polytomous Rasch Tree model that uses recursive partitioning to iteratively search for DIF in combinations of covariates. This model allows us to look for intersectional DIF within each possible covariate combination, forgoing the need to predefine intersectional focal groups, making this method more exploratory than other similar intersectional approaches to DIF detection. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The Partial Credit Model showed one item with disordered category thresholds (item 18), indicating that response categories for this item were inconsistent with the observed responses in this round of data collection. The fit analysis showed one item with substantial misfit for both infit and outfit based on the bootstrapped confidence intervals (item 8). The full paper will investigate the content of these items further to locate any potential sources of misfit. The chi-square tests for individual covariate DIF detection revealed DIF for gender and education level, but no DIF for experience. For gender, item 11 showed uniform DIF, indicating consistent differences in item parameters across the latent scale, and item 14 showed nonuniform DIF, revealing DIF that affected people differently at different locations on the latent scale. For Education, item 20 showed uniform DIF, and item 12 showed nonuniform DIF. The full paper will review these items qualitatively to locate any potential sources of item-level bias. However, the Partial Credit Tree showed no evidence of DIF for any covariate, returning a tree model with no node splits. This may indicate that the chi-square model had a level of Type I error in detecting DIF for four items across two different covariates. However, as discussed in Krist et al. (2025), imbalanced samples, like the one we have in this study, tend to lead to an underestimation of DIF and an increase in Type II error. This imbalanced sample size may also be the reason for the discrepancy in DIF detection between the two methods. This problem of imbalanced samples is somewhat unavoidable in the current context, given that most teachers in the US are women. Still, future research should explore this discrepancy further, possibly with more participants, more balanced samples, and different DIF detection models to verify DIF results. References Ackerman, T. A., & Evans, J. A. (1994). The influence of conditioning scores in performing DIF analyses. Applied Psychological Measurement, 18(4), 329–342. https://doi.org/10.1177/014662169401800404 Albano, T., French, B. F., & Vo, T. T. (2024). Traditional vs Intersectional DIF Analysis: Considerations and a Comparison Using State Testing Data. Applied Measurement in Education, 37(1), 57–70. https://doi.org/10.1080/08957347.2024.2311935 Bauer, G. R., Churchill, S. M., Mahendran, M., Walwyn, C., Lizotte, D., & Villa-Rueda, A. A. (2021). Intersectionality in quantitative research: A systematic review of its emergence and applications of theory and methods. SSM - Population Health, 14, 1–11. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ssmph.2021.100798 Choi, S. W., Gibbons, L. E., & Crane, P. K. (2011). lordif: An R package for detecting Differential Item Functioning using iterative hybrid ordinal logistic regression/Item Response Theory and Monte Carlo simulations. Journal of Statistical Software, 39(8), 1-30. https://doi.org/10.18637/jss.v039.i08 Komboz, B., Strobl, C., & Zeileis, A. (2018). Tree-based global model tests for polytomous Rasch models. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 78(1), 128–166. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013164416664394 Krist, A. T., Wind, S. A., & Lakin, J. M. (2025). Rasch tree modeling for DIF analysis: How sample and item characteristics influence DIF detection. Applied Measurement in Education, 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/08957347.2025.2559811 Leithwood, K., Harris, A., & Strauss, T. (2010). Leading school turnaround: How successful leaders transform low-performing schools. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Leithwood, K., & Jantzi, D. (2005). A Review of Transformational School Leadership Research 1996-2005. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 4, 177-199. https://doi.org/10.1080/15700760500244769 Leithwood, K., Sun, J., Schumacker, R., & Hua, C. (2023). Psychometric properties of the successful school leadership survey. Journal of Educational Administration. https://doi.org/10.1108/JEA-08-2022-0115 Masters, G. N. (1982). A Rasch model for partial credit scoring. Psychometrika, 47(2), 149–174. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02296272 Robitzsch, A., Kiefer, T., & Wu, M. (2023). TAM: Test analysis modules (R package version 4.0-2). https://CRAN.R-project.org/package=TAM Seol, H. (2016). Using the Bootstrap Method to Evaluate the Critical Range of Misfit for Polytomous Rasch Fit Statistics. Psychological Reports, 118(3), 937–956. https://doi.org/10.1177/0033294116649434 Silva Diaz, J. A., Köhler, C., & Hartig, J. (2022). Performance of Infit and Outfit Confidence Intervals Calculated via Parametric Bootstrapping. Applied Measurement in Education, 35(2), 116–132. Academic Search Premier. Strobl, C., Kopf, J., & Zeileis, A. (2015). Rasch trees: A new method for detecting differential item functioning in the Rasch model. Psychometrika, 80(2), 289-316. Sun, J., & Leithwood, K. (2015). Direction-setting school leadership practices: a meta-analytical review of evidence about their influence. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 26(4), 499–523. https://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2015.1005106 |
| 14:15 - 15:45 | 99 ERC SES 04 J: From teacher knowledge to teaching practice Location: E301 | Main building E | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Shosh Leshem Session Chair: Eunji Kim Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Action Research (AR) in Second Language Teaching: From Models of Implementation to Inference Construction International Steppe School of Astana by NIS, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:I am a teacher of the Kazakh language, and my research focuses on teaching Kazakh as a second language. The findings of this study are expected to be applicable beyond the Kazakh context and relevant to the teaching of other languages as second or foreign languages in international educational settings. One of the major challenges in second-language instruction is developing higher-order analytical and reasoning skills. In particular, learners often experience difficulties in:
These skills are closely linked to contemporary educational demands, especially those related to critical thinking, argumentation culture, evidence-based reasoning, and academic communication. Therefore, this research is significant for developing students’ functional literacy and research competence. In response to these challenges, this study employed Action Research (AR) as a methodological approach. The research presents the results of an action research project conducted in a real classroom setting. The research question was formulated based on a diagnostic entry questionnaire and structured around students' actual learning needs. The central aim of the study was to develop students’ inference-making skills through the use of Toulmin’s Model of Argumentation. Prior to the implementation of the research, the following research question was formulated: How does analysing texts through Toulmin’s Model of Argumentation contribute to the development of students’ inference-making skills? The study was conducted with sixth-grade students. Given the learners’ age and cognitive characteristics, it was necessary to identify the most effective argumentation model before selecting appropriate research instruments. Toulmin’s Model of Argumentation was chosen as the theoretical foundation of the study, as it provides a clear logical structure for constructing arguments based on the sequence of analysis, justification, and evaluation. After reviewing and comparing various argumentation models, I concluded that Toulmin’s model is particularly effective in second-language learning contexts. To ensure age-appropriateness and pedagogical accessibility, the original six components of Toulmin’s model were simplified to a four-stage version and presented as a graphic-based organiser. This adaptation allowed students to engage in the argumentation process without cognitive overload, while maintaining logical coherence and analytical depth. This research aligns with current international and European educational trends for several reasons. First, argumentation and evidence-based reasoning are core competencies in international educational frameworks, including assessment and teaching systems such as the International Baccalaureate (IB). Second, the ability to articulate well-supported arguments is essential for engaging with global issues such as global citizenship, environmental responsibility, and sustainable development. Third, the study's instructional content was linked to an environmental topic (“Environmental Pollution”), which is a globally relevant and internationally significant issue.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The results of the VARK questionnaire, which determined students' preferred learning modalities, guided the selection of instructional resources within the Action Research (AR) framework. Listening texts were chosen as the main teaching resource because 10 out of 13 students preferred auditory learning. Gardner’s Multiple Intelligences questionnaire helped form student pairs for the research lesson. Digitally active students often limited their peers’ participation, according to peer-review feedback. To balance interaction, two digitally active learners, who were kinaesthetic and interpersonal types, were paired together. In the class, four students showed strong linguistic intelligence, while seven demonstrated visual-spatial intelligence. Vocabulary practice took place through “LearningApps”, where students matched images to meanings using touch-based tasks. Since these learners responded better to visual input, listening activities included true/false questions and a post-listening task: completing a graphic-based organiser called “Model of Argumentation.” To assess students’ ability to identify a problem and support their ideas with evidence, the lesson began with a discussion of a problem-based image. Students then used 12 new vocabulary words they learned through “LearningApps” to complete a “Model of Argumentation.” They reinforced this understanding with a sentence-building task. Vocabulary work included peer assessment using a student-created answer key, allowing learners to check model answers and justify their own responses. The listening portion featured six “true/false” statements to aid comprehension and connect to later activities. Students reused the four true statements while completing the model of argumentation. Differentiation was implemented with paraphrased, more complex items for higher-proficiency students and simplified versions for those with lower proficiency. Self-assessment involved comparing answers with the key displayed on the board. After the listening exercise, students used the visual “Model of Argumentation” in paired speaking through the “Circle” method. This approach supported evidence-based conclusions. Clear criteria guided their work: identify the main issue, list three causes, provide three arguments for its importance, suggest two solutions, and justify them. Peer assessment was facilitated by an IB-aligned rubric with descriptions of achievement levels. Overall, lesson objectives focused on research goals, and feedback from peer reviews shaped the planning process. Additional assessment tools, such as “Who Is Faster?”, “Correct Answers Marathon” and a checklist were used to strengthen critical thinking and evidence-based argumentation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on an evaluation of the effectiveness of Toulmin’s Model of Argumentation in developing speaking skills and a synthesis of the research findings, the following conclusions were drawn: taking students’ motivational profiles and intelligence types into account when selecting instructional resources and teaching strategies; applying Toulmin’s Model of Argumentation in the analysis of reading or listening texts; presenting the Argumentation Model as a graphic-based organiser and using it as a preparatory tool for speaking activities; providing assessment sheets with criteria and rubrics in the form of possible or model responses; offering grammar- and keyword-supported cards tailored to students’ proficiency levels. Throughout this research, I examine students’ ability to use the Model of Argumentation in speaking tasks, its effectiveness for learners across different proficiency levels, and the extent to which students can generate their own inferences by drawing on structured arguments. The findings will be used to refine classroom practice and to inform professional sharing of the approach within the school/community of practice. Using an IB-aligned rubric and framing argumentation around an environmental issue provides a transferable structure, supporting the approach's adaptation and potential applicability in international educational contexts. References 1. Toulmin, S. E. (2003). The Uses of Argument. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 2. Gardner, H. (2011). Frames of Mind: The Theory of Multiple Intelligences. New York: Basic Books. 3. Black, P., & Wiliam, D. (1998). Assessment and classroom learning. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 5(1), 7–74. 4. Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in Society: The Development of Higher Psychological Processes. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. 5. Twig Bilim. (2025). «Environmental Pollution: Earth» (audio-visual listening resource). 6. LearningApps.org. (2025). Interactive learning activities 7. International Baccalaureate (IB). (2018). MYP: From principles into practice. International Baccalaureate Organization. 8. Creswell, J. W. (2012). Educational Research: Planning, Conducting, and Evaluating Quantitative and Qualitative Research. Boston: Pearson. 9. McNiff, J. (2013). Action Research: Principles and Practice. London: Routledge. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Bridging Theory and Practice: Strengthening Coherence to Foster Informed Pedagogical Decisions in EFL Pre-Service Teacher Education Pontificia Universidad Católica de Chile, Chile Presenting Author:This project aims to explore the perceptions of teacher educators (TEs) working in a Chilean English as a Foreign Language teacher education program regarding the alignment between Practicum and Didactic courses. The study addresses two main theoretical areas: communities of knowledge in English Language Teaching (ELT) and the relationship between theory and practice in teacher education. The importance of communities of knowledge in English Language Teacher Education (ELTE) lies in their determination of what constitutes worthwhile knowledge in ELT. Examining the perceptions of this specific group of teacher educators will allow for description of what counts as knowledge for this community and how this community thinks and works. This is particularly relevant because the description of what counts as knowledge for TEs is bound to influence their actions and discourse when teaching. Johnson and Golombek (2018) emphasize that attention to the knowledge-base in ELT is crucial to prepare pre-service teachers (PST) for an increasingly diverse and unequal globalized world. Drawing from Vygotskyan perspectives, ELT pedagogy must provide opportunities where PST can internalize academic concepts about ELT in day-to-day activities in classrooms so they can re-structure their understandings. Regarding the relationship between theory and practice, Barahona et al. (2025) identify an important gap between what TEs report about their work and what they actually do. While Yuan (2017) suggests that modelling can become a useful strategy to bridge this gap, Korthagen (2010) argues that there is no single answer to solve this perennial dilemma, noting particularly the scarcity of evidence from insiders' perspectives. Therefore, this study contributes to the scarce existing research with valuable insiders' perspectives about the relationship between theory and practice. The main focus of this study comprises insiders—teacher educators working in two specific areas: Practicum and Teaching and Learning courses (both Primary and Secondary). What remains insufficiently examined is how teacher educators in didactic courses perceive the alignment between their instructional expectations and what practicum tutors observe in pre-service teachers' actual classroom practice. This gap in the literature is particularly significant given the potential disconnect between what is taught in university settings and what is enacted in authentic classroom contexts. Understanding these different perspectives—from didactic course instructors and practicum supervisors—can illuminate how teacher education programs can strengthen the connection between theoretical preparation and context-bound pedagogical decision-making. This understanding is essential because examining the perceptions of this specific group of teacher educators will allow for description of what counts as knowledge for this community—descriptions that are bound to influence their actions and discourse when teaching. The general objective is to explore teacher educators' perceptions on the alignment between Practicum and Teaching and Learning courses in this EFL teacher education program. Three specific objectives guide this inquiry: (1) to describe the perceptions of teacher educators about their work and what they report about their practices and responsibilities; (2) to analyze the perceptions of teacher educators in practicum courses regarding the coherence between instructional expectations taught in university-based didactic courses and the pedagogical decisions enacted by pre-service teachers in school placements; and (3) to analyze the perceptions of teacher educators in didactic courses regarding this same coherence. The outcomes of this project will provide useful insights that will allow primarily to describe what teachers report, examine their perceptions, and understand individual and collective practices that can illustrate the level of alignment in these two areas. An additional aspect to consider is the potential benefits of the findings in the redefinition or adjustments of these courses' programs. The primary contribution of this research bridges the academic preparation of future EFL teachers and the practical realities they face in the classroom, ultimately ensuring that TEs support the learning process of pre-service teachers by providing them with the necessary skillset to make informed pedagogical decisions directly responsive to their future students' learning needs in school settings. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study follows an exploratory qualitative research design seeking to illuminate teacher educators' and practicum tutors' perceptions on the alignment between didactic and practicum courses. The study employs audio journals as the primary data collection method (Verma, 2021; Moretti, 2025). Participants will be provided with detailed instructions on recording audio journal entries, including a thematic list of prompts aligned with research objectives while maintaining sufficient flexibility for participants to explore their thoughts and experiences authentically. The audio journal method requires thoughtful relationship management between researchers and participants, with researchers performing a facilitative role to support and prompt participants while empowering them to use the tool in ways that suit their individual needs. The research process follows a three-stage design informed by established audio diary protocols. Stage one comprises entrance meetings with participants to sensitize them to the research scope and process, provide operational guidance about recording and submitting entries, and establish supportive relationships. Stage two involves the audio journal recording period spanning approximately three months, with participants asked to submit entries weekly or bi-weekly. Participants will receive structured prompts designed to guide reflection on key themes related to alignment between university coursework and practicum experiences. Throughout this phase, researchers will provide unobtrusive support through weekly messages offering brief encouragement and reminders. Stage three comprises exit interviews conducted after participants complete their audio journal submissions, providing platforms for participants to review their data, offer feedback about the audio journal method, and enable researchers to clarify any transcription issues while allowing participants to reflect further on their experiences. Data analysis will follow thematic analysis examining both cross-sectional themes across all participants and longitudinal patterns within individual participants' journeys. This process will employ Computer-Assisted Qualitative Data Analysis Software (CAQDAS). The critical aspect of analyzing audio journal data is embracing time as part of the analysis, considering how participants' experiences, thoughts, and feelings change over the recording period. Analysis will follow an open coding process with maximum flexibility, fragmenting data to derive properties and creating a taxonomy of concepts and categories while maintaining attention to the longitudinal dimension. Participants include teacher educators teaching didactic and practicum courses in this teacher education program. Purposive sampling will ensure diversity in perspectives and experiences. Participation will be voluntary with informed consent, and data will be anonymized and stored securely. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research makes contributions to English language teacher education by establishing evidence-based understanding of alignment between Practicum and Didactic courses. By examining these perceptions, the study provides insights that inform adjustments to practices, offering more cohesive preparation for pre-service teachers in this teacher education program. The primary contribution bridges the academic preparation of future EFL teachers and the practical realities they face in classrooms. This aims to ensure that TEs support the learning process of pre-service teachers and their work in classrooms by providing them with skillsets to make informed pedagogical decisions responsive to their future students' learning needs. A key benefit to the school context is providing this community with evidence-based insights to guide future curricular and pedagogical improvements. The results will contribute practical knowledge to both disciplinary didactic courses and practicum workshop sessions, allowing them to address issues regarding theory-practice alignment based on empirical data. This focus is essential for ensuring that future teachers receive integrated preparation where teaching theories and context-bound pedagogical decisions co-exist effectively to maximize student learning. While the study's central theme is alignment between coursework and practice, supporting pre-service teachers in making informed decisions contributes to developing their agency and professional identity. The ability to select teaching approaches based on known teaching theories and context represents relevant benefits this research may help illuminate. This approach is expected to advocate for more inclusive and equitable classrooms where linguistic diversity is welcomed. By studying these didactic-practicum connections, the researchers aim to strengthen how pedagogical content knowledge is developed and enacted, providing a model for how pre-service teachers can be better supported during their formative years. The findings will inform conversations about future curricular changes in the program and contribute to broader discussions in EFL teacher education contexts. References Barahona, M. Darwin, S., Ibaceta-Quijanes, X. (2025) Do EFL Teacher Educators “Practice What They Preach”? Tensions in the Situated Teaching Practices of EFL Teacher Educators. TESOL Quarterly. https://doi.org/10.1002/tesq.70006 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Johnson K, & Golombek, K. (2018) Informing and transforming language teacher education pedagogy. Language Teaching Research. Vol. 24(1) 116–127 Korthagen, F.A.J. (2019) The Relationship Between Theory and Practice in Teacher Education. In Peterson, P. Baker, E. & McGaw B. (Eds) , International Encyclopedia of Education (2010), vol. 7, pp. 669-675. Ofxford Elsevier. Moretti, V. (2025). Recording solo: Managing long-distance data collection within audio diary research with healthcare professionals. Qualitative Sociology Review, 21(3), 72-90. Verma, A. (2021). Using audio-diaries for research and education: AMEE Guide No. 144. Medical Teacher, 43(12), 1346-1352. Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Harvard University Press. Yuan, R. (2017) “Practice What I Preach”: Exploring an Experienced EFL Teacher Educator's Modeling Practice. TESOL Quarterly (52)2. Pp. 414-425 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Exploring Translanguaging Strategies in CLIL: A Study of Student Teachers in Post-Primary Subject Teaching Maynooth University, Ireland Presenting Author:Background Ireland has become linguistically diverse in recent decades due to ongoing immigration. Between 2012 and 2022, nearly 400,000 people moved to Ireland, and by 2022, over 751,000 residents indicated that speaking a language other than English or Irish at home (Central Statistics Office, 2023). The arrival of Ukrainian families brings about 17,000 Ukrainian pupils into the system by 2023 (Department of Education, 2023). As a result, plurilingual learners are now a central part of everyday schooling. Although programmes like Languages Connect, more foreign language assistants and Polish and Lithuanian curriculum options indicate people are becoming more aware of diversity (Department of Education and Skills, 2019), classroom practice remains influenced by an English- and Irish-only tradition. State examinations reinforce this practice, leaving little room for students to draw on their home languages in learning (Ó Duibhir, 2018). Research shows that teachers often feel underprepared in supporting newcomer students (Smyth et al., 2009), and many plurilingual learners feel their languages are undervalued in school (García & Li, 2014). Research in Ireland highlights the complex consequences of these monolingual structures. Byrne (2010) shows that schools with many newcomer learners face pressures within a monolingual assessment system. Kirwan (2016) demonstrates the potential of plurilingual approaches supported by the European Language Portfolio and CEFR benchmarks. Importantly, teacher education literature from other multilingual contexts also reinforces the need for explicit preparation. Hansen-Pauly (2014), writing from the Luxembourg context, argues that even highly proficient student teachers often lack the professional linguistic awareness needed to support students’ learning in multilingual classrooms. She emphasises that subject teachers must understand how language shapes knowledge construction, how learners draw on their full repertoires and how interaction, scaffolding and mediation influence learning processes. Theoretical Framework This study is grounded in Cummins’ Common Underlying Proficiency and Interdependence Hypothesis, which explains how skills transfer across languages and why learners require support to develop academic language (Cummins, 2000). His distinction between Basic Interpersonal Communicative Skills (BICS) and Cognitive Academic Language Proficiency (CALP) is particularly relevant, as EAL learners’ conversational fluency is often misinterpreted as full academic proficiency (Cummins, 2008). The Companion Volume to the CEFR (2020) views learners' languages as elements of a single, flexible repertoire and recognises translanguaging as a form of pedagogical scaffolding. This aligns with the view that plurilingual pedagogy requires using students’ linguistic resources in learning. Within the framework of Content and Language Integrated Learning (CLIL), translanguaging aligns with models such as the CLIL Triptych and the 4Cs framework (Coyle et al., 2005; 2010), which emphasise the integration of content, communication, cognition and culture. Hansen-Pauly’s (2014) concept of the “language-sensitive teacher” further informs the study, showing the need for teachers to notice, analyse and use language intentionally to support subject learning. Research Questions Addressing the limited research on translanguaging in Irish post-primary education (Ó Duibhir, 2018), this study focuses on second-year student teachers in the Professional Master of Education programme and asks:
International Relevance Multilingual classrooms are becoming worldwide, and many education systems face the same tensions between traditional monolingual structures and diverse learner needs. Wales offers an example of national-level integration of translanguaging through the work of Thomas and colleagues (2022), showing how system-wide commitment can support classroom practice. Insights from the Irish context will therefore contribute to international discussions on multilingual learning and the preparation of future teachers. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a mixed-methods research design to explore how second-year student teachers in the Professional Master of Education (PME) programme understand and implement translanguaging strategies within the CLIL framework. Drawing on Creswell and Plano Clark’s (2017) mixed-methods principles and Bryman’s (2016) guidelines for rigorous data integration, the study combines quantitative and qualitative tools, including surveys, workshops, self-observation, focus groups, and interviews. The research is organised into two phases: a pilot study and a main study. All participants are second-year student teachers in the PME programme at Maynooth University in Ireland. As part of their school placement, they taught in post-primary schools for the first three days each week. Phase 1: Pilot Study The pilot involved 23 second-year PME student teachers enrolled in the Advanced Methods CLIL module. Twenty of them completed a preliminary version of the survey, designed to assess the preparedness of student teachers in supporting plurilingual learners and EAL learners, and how they think the initial education programme supports them, on 6th November 2025. Following this, participants attended a one-hour workshop introducing key theoretical concepts about the translanguaging and CLIL on 13th November. The purpose of the pilot phase was to assess the clarity and structure of the survey items and workshop activities, enabling refinement before the implementation of the main study. Phase 2: Main Study The revised survey was then distributed to all second-year PME student teachers on 28th November, resulting in 22 responses. All students will participate in a one-hour workshop, which introduces practical translanguaging strategies suitable for post-primary classrooms in February 2026. From this cohort, six to eight volunteer participants will be recruited in a ten-week intervention during their school placement. Throughout the intervention period, these participants will implement translanguaging strategies in their subject teaching. They will maintain self-observation logs documenting their reflections, challenges when using these strategies. To complement these individual reflections, three focus group discussions will be conducted. These sessions will create opportunities for sharing their experiences and peer support. At the conclusion of the placement, the volunteer participants will participate in a semi-structured interview, allowing for an in-depth exploration of their experiences of using translanguaging strategies. A post-intervention survey will also be administered to capture any changes in beliefs, confidence, and classroom practices. This mixed-methods design enables triangulation of data, supporting an understanding of how student teachers engage with translanguaging pedagogies in real classroom contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary Findings and Expected Outcomes The preliminary survey findings received from the 20 student teachers enrolled in the Advanced Methods CLIL module show that PME second-year student teachers generally hold positive attitudes towards translanguaging and CLIL and demonstrate a great openness to recognising and valuing learners’ home languages in the post-primary subject classroom. However, their confidence and actual classroom practices are still developing, and do not yet fully match their positive attitudes. At the same time, they expressed a strong desire to learn how to integrate language support into their subject teaching. The study aims to expand the field of translanguaging research by providing empirical evidence from the Irish post-primary school context, an area where research remains limited. This study will also provide insights into the perceived advantages and obstacles of applying translanguaging within the CLIL framework in post-primary subject content classrooms, including structural limitations, assessment demands, and insufficient professional preparation. From the student teachers’ perspectives, this research addresses a significant gap in the initial teacher literature. By bridging the translanguaging theory and classroom practice, this study aims to provide evidence-based tools for teacher education, including practical translanguaging strategies, inclusive classroom approaches and pedagogical examples. These tools are expected to support both the student teachers and the in-service teachers in implementing translanguaging strategies within the CLIL framework. Ultimately, the study seeks to enhance the student teachers’ capacity to draw on both the learners’ linguistic and cultural repertoires to scaffold the content and language learning of plurilingual and EAL learners, promoting more inclusive and effective subject learning across post-primary education. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. Bryman, A. (2016). Social Research Methods (5th ed.). London: Oxford University Press. Byrne, D., McGinnity, F., Smyth, E., & Darmody, M. (2010). Immigration and school composition in Ireland. Irish Educational Studies, 29(3), 271-288. Central Statistics Office. (2023). Census 2022 summary results. Dublin: CSO. Creswell, J. W., & Clark, V. L. P. (2017). Designing and conducting mixed methods research. Sage Publications. Cummins, J. (2000). Language, power and pedagogy: Bilingual children in the crossfire. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters. Department of Education. (2023). Ukrainian pupils in Irish schools: Data report. Dublin: Government of Ireland. Department of Education and Skills. (2019). Annual report on Languages Connect and Gaeltacht School Recognition Scheme. Dublin: Government of Ireland. García, O., & Li, W. (2014). Translanguaging: Language, bilingualism and education. London: Palgrave Macmillan. Hansen-Pauly, M. (2014). Sprachsensibler Fachunterricht: Sprachbildung im Kontext von Mehrsprachigkeit und Fachlernen. Münster: Waxmann. Kirwan, D. (2016). Cultivating plurilingual environments in primary schools: Examples from Ireland. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 19(2), 1–19. Ó Duibhir, P. (2018). Immersion education: Lessons from a minority language context. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters. Smyth, E., Darmody, M., McGinnity, F., & Byrne, D. (2009). Adapting to diversity: Irish schools and newcomer students. Dublin: ESRI. Thomas, E. M., Siôn, C. G., Jones, B., Dafydd, M., Lloyd-Williams, S., Tomos, R., Lowri Jones, L. M., Jones, D., Maelor, G., Evans, R., & Caulfield, G. (2022). Translanguaging: A quick reference guide for educators. Aberystwyth University & Bangor University / Welsh Government. |
| 14:15 - 15:45 | 99 ERC SES 04 K: Teaching and learning with purpose Location: E222 | Main building E | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Ulrike Stadler-Altmann Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Exploring Teachers’ Professional Purposes: Developing a New Measurement Instrument 1: Tampere University, Finland; 2: Tampere Institute for Advanced Study Presenting Author:Teaching is inherently goal-oriented, and teachers’ professional ethics emphasize the committed nature of the teaching profession. Teachers set professional purposes for their work; in this study, these refer to long-term and personally meaningful goals that teachers are committed to pursuing as part of their professional practice (Damon et al., 2003, p. 121; Tirri & Kuusisto 2019, p. 62). As educational systems face multiple societal challenges, there is a need for a better understanding of teachers’ professional civic purposes. Professional civic purposes can be defined as motivated and sustained intentions to contribute through work to the world beyond the self, engaging with civic issues in concrete and practical ways. We examine the applicability of the Professional Purposes in Teaching -scale (PPT) for investigating pre- and in-service teachers’ professional purposes through three sub-studies. The scale was developed based on an analysis of qualitative survey data on student teachers’ professional purposes (Kuusisto & Rissanen, 2023). It measures student teacher’s professional purposes across three dimensions: pedagogical purposes (subscales: growth & learning; care & wellbeing), self-oriented purposes (subscales: self-actualization; stability & security), and civic purposes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data for the sub-studies were collected from Finnish in-service teachers in lower secondary schools (Study 1, spring 2024, n = 575), Finnish student teacher (study 2, spring 2025, n = 203) and Finnish and German student teachers (study 3, fall 2025). For the data collection, an electronic self-report questionnaire was created using the LimeSurvey platform. Participation was voluntary and anonymous. The data were collected in spring 2025 in collaboration with teacher educators. The psychometric properties of the scale were assessed using both exploratory and confirmatory factor analysis. In Study 1, the PPT scale consisted of 22 items, whereas in Study 2 it included 29 items. In both studies, respondents rated the items on a 9‑point Likert scale (0 = not at all important, 8 = extremely important). In Study 1, the civic purposes dimension comprised three subcategories: making the world a better place, social sustainability, and ecological sustainability. In Study 2, the latter two were combined into a single dimension named ecological and social sustainability. In Study 1, an exploratory factor analysis (EFA) with principal axis factoring and Direct oblimin rotation was conducted to identify the underlying factor structure among in-service teachers. Based on the factor solution, seven dimensions of professional purposes could be identified. For each factor, a sum variable was created, and their internal consistency was assessed using Cronbach’s alpha coefficient. To examine the professional purposes among teachers and student teachers, group comparisons were conducted between different teacher groups. Independent samples t‑tests and one-way analyses of variance (ANOVA) were used in these comparisons, for variables that did not meet the assumption of normality, group comparisons were conducted using non-parametric Kruskal–Wallis or Mann–Whitney U tests. We present the factor structure of the PPT-scale, the manifestation of different professional purposes among teachers and student teachers and discuss the significance of our findings for the development of teacher education. Data collection for the third sub-study is still ongoing at the time of the submission. The analysis will include testing measurement invariance to ensure the validity and reliability of the PPT across Finnish and German contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The first sub-study showed that Finnish in-service teachers scored highest in social sustainability (M = 6.57, SD = 1.33) and lowest in ecological sustainability (M = 5.57, SD = 1.57). Women reported significantly higher self-assessed professional civic purpose than men across all subdimensions. Significant differences were also found across age groups in social sustainability, F(2, 508) = 4.156, p < .016, and ecological sustainability, F(2, 508) = 12.231, p < .001, as well as across teaching experience in ecological sustainability, F(3, 507) = 5.785, p < .001. The second sub-study showed Finnish student teachers rated highest in care & wellbeing (M = 6.80, SD = 1.11) and lowest in stability & security (M = 5.40, SD = 1.61). Student teachers’ self-assessments of their professional civic purposes showed significant gender differences only in the social and ecological sustainability subcategory, t(35.048) = 3.207, p <.003. Women reported higher scores across all subdimensions compared to men. No significant differences were found across age groups, duration of studies, or teacher education programs. Study 1 provided an initial assessment of the scale among in-service teachers, illustrating how professional purposes manifest in practice. Study 2 focused on student teachers, enabling examination of the factor structure, at an early stage of professional purpose development. Study 3 will further strengthen validity evidence by assessing cross-cultural comparability. Differences in professional civic purposes among student teachers were observed only between genders. However, among in-service teachers, the highest ratings for professional civic purposes were found among those with the most teaching experience. Teacher education should aim to deepen understanding of the importance of promoting sustainability and strengthen student teachers’ ability to integrate it across subjects. For in-service teachers, differences in professional civic purposes should be addressed through training that supports teachers in enhancing sustainability in their teaching and school community. References Damon, W., Menon, J. & Bronk, K. C. (2003). The development of purpose during adolescence. Applied Developmental Science, 7, 119–128. https://doi.org/10.1207/S1532480XADS0703_2 Kuusisto, E., & Rissanen, I. (2023). Kohti päämäärätietoista yhteiskunnallista opettajuutta? Opettajaopiskelijoiden tulevalle työlleen asettamat päämäärät. Kasvatus, 54(4), 385–398. https://doi.org/10.33348/kvt.138074 Tirri, K., & Kuusisto, E. (2019). Opettajan ammattietiikkaa oppimassa. Gaudeamus. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The Rising Tide of School Avoidance, Educator Perspectives. Maynooth University, Ireland Presenting Author:School is a central context for development (Heyne et al., 2019), and regular school attendance is a foundational competency for children and adolescents. School absenteeism has been linked to both short-term and long-term negative consequences. (Kearney et. al, 2019, p. 1). Absence from school jeopardises children’s and adolescents’ education, social and emotional development, age-appropriate socialisation, and peer relationships. (Melvin et. al, 2019; Thambirajah, Grandison, and De-Heyes, 2008). School attendance and completion are important benchmarks of successful development; unfortunately, school absenteeism and dropout remain prevalent and devastating among young people. (Kearney, C. and Graczyk, P., 2020, p.316). The COVID-19 pandemic caused significant disruption to education from Early Years settings to post-16 years of education (Bowyer-Crane, 2021). Data from the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) indicate that the COVID-19 crisis caused school closures in 188 countries and resulted in disruption to the learning process of more than 1.7 billion children and youth. (OECD, Education Working Papers, 2020). In terms of the Irish context, to safeguard human life and curb human casualties, the Irish government took swift action on the 13th of March 2020, to close all schools, amongst other things, and move to remote learning. Remote learning had not been part of the Irish education landscape. Schools were forced to close and remained closed until their reopening in September 2020. Absenteeism from school is not a new phenomenon. The issue of absenteeism, however, is multifaceted and difficult to determine. Many factors may contribute to student absenteeism, necessitating interventions and approaches tailored to the specific needs of individual students. This study is informed by critical realism as a primary framework, with a supporting framework of Ecological Systems Theory. This is a hierarchical pairing of frameworks, where critical realism will be used to analyse education professionals' accounts as situated knowledge, not as transparent truth. This study is concerned with how Irish post-primary educators interpret and respond professionally to student school avoidance. Given the multifaceted nature of school attendance difficulties, which are shaped by individual, relational, institutional, and policy-related factors, a theoretical framework was required that could account for the complexity of educators’ professional experiences and decision-making. Bronfenbrenner’s Ecological Systems Theory (1979, 2005) serves as a supporting framework for critical realism, as it enables an exploration of educators’ responses to school avoidance within the broader systems that influence educational practice in Ireland. Adolescent years are formative, and during the restrictive measures of the pandemic, adolescents missed out on social events crucial for building relationships, identity formation, and socialisation. These effects are still fully unknown, but the pandemic has brought into sharp focus a school attendance crisis in many countries. (Connolly, S., Constable, H., and Mullaly, S., 2023, p.1). Current research suggests that chronic absenteeism, and school avoidance, which “is frequently described as having trouble going to school, staying home with parents’ knowledge of nonattendance” (Yan, 2023, p.627) or school phobia refers to “a situation where there is a fearful inability to attend school” (Sinha, 2021, p.485), and partial attendance has increased among adolescents and has resulted in learning loss and widening attainments gaps among students. On May 19th, 2025, the Irish Minister for Education and Youth announced the escalating issue of school absenteeism in Ireland. The alarming statistics from the 2022/2023 academic year, where over 110,000 primary and 65,000 post-primary students missed 20 or more school days, indicate a rising issue with school attendance. A comprehensive suite of targeted and universal actions aimed at improving attendance in Irish Primary and Post-Primary schools was announced. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used It was important to understand education professionals' interpretations of school avoidance and how they contextualise it in relation to their professional working lives. A methodology that allowed participants to explore their understandings of school avoidance, that allowed them to discover meanings, and captured rich, complex information in what they chose to share was crucial. The research design employed for this project was a sequential mixed methods design. A mixed-methods design was used to provide a deeper understanding of this phenomenon, incorporating both quantitative and qualitative data to provide background knowledge and scope out the lay of the land. A survey of post-primary educators was first used to gather data. Surveys allowed data to be gathered from a wide geographic reach through anonymous responses. This allowed a broad insight into educators’ perspectives on school avoidance. A link to an expression of interest to participate in an interview was included in the survey. Surveys were emailed to schools’ email addresses contained on the Department of Education and Youth website, asking that it be shared internally with all educators in the schools. The link in the email directed the participants to a Microsoft Form questionnaire. The form provided information and consent that had to be completed before continuing the survey. The survey also contained an embedded link to an expression of interest in participating in an interview. The social media platform LinkedIn was also used to share the link to the survey to attract more responses. This was sent out in a post on my LinkedIn account, requesting educators in post-primary schools to take part. It was estimated that 150-200 responses would be gathered from the survey, and 10-15 interviews with education professionals would be conducted. Integrating quantitative and qualitative findings in this mixed-methods approach informs practice, illuminating education professionals’ insights, interpretations, and contextual constraints that shape their responses to student school avoidance. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings I hope this study will contribute to the existing literature and help address a gap in the research. This study will offer a lens concerning Irish post-primary education professionals’ voices, and what they said will inform how they understand and interpret school avoidance. This study aims to contribute to the field by hearing first-hand perspectives on educators' experiences with school avoidance and the challenges they face in their professional lives that hinder their abilities and stand in the way of providing adequate support for these students. Hearing these perspectives may offer a valuable insight into better professional training and support resources, increasing knowledge and awareness, better networked approaches among education partners, improved collaboration, and a reduction in barriers to help education professionals better support students with school avoidance. This topic concerns education professionals and their experiences with school avoidance relating to students. Teaching and educational policy have seen rapid transformations and new constructivist theories, and theories in learning, life-long learning, as well as the impact of neo-liberal policies that shift responsibilities from governments and the state to individuals. (Biesta, 2015). Researching how school avoidance impacts the workload, capacity, reputation, and emotional toil of educators is worth understanding. References 1.Heyne, D., Gren-Landell, M., Melvin, G. and Gentle-Genitty, C., 2019. Differentiation between school attendance problems: Why and how?. Cognitive and behavioral practice, 26(1), pp.8-34. 2.Kearney, C.A., Gonzálvez, C., Graczyk, P.A. and Fornander, M.J., 2019. Reconciling contemporary approaches to school attendance and school absenteeism: Toward promotion and nimble response, global policy review and implementation, and future adaptability (Part 1). Frontiers in psychology, 10, p.2222. 3.Melvin, G.A., Heyne, D., Gray, K.M., Hastings, R.P., Totsika, V., Tonge, B.J. and Freeman, M.M., 2019, June. The Kids and Teens at School (KiTeS) framework: An inclusive bioecological systems approach to understanding school absenteeism and school attendance problems. In Frontiers in education (Vol. 4, p. 61). Frontiers Media SA. 4.Kearney, C.A. and Graczyk, P.A., 2020. A multidimensional, multi-tiered system of supports model to promote school attendance and address school absenteeism. Clinical child and family psychology review, 23(3), pp.316-337. 5.Bowyer-Crane, C., 2022. The Impact of Covid-19 on Early Years and Beyond. Covid-19 and Productivity, p.106. 6.OECD, Education Working Papers, 2020 7. Thambirajah, M.S., Grandison, K.J. and De-Hayes, L., 2008. Understanding school refusal: A handbook for professionals in education, health and social care. Jessica Kingsley Publishers 8.Thorn, W and Vincent-Lancrin, S, (2022) “Education in the time of COVID-19 in France, Ireland, the United Kingdom, and the United States: the Nature and Impact of Remote Learning”, in Reimers, F.M., 2022. Primary and secondary education during COVID-19: Disruptions to educational opportunity during a pandemic (pp. 383-411). Springer Nature. 9. Bennett, P.W., 2023. Pandemic Fallout. 10.Connolly, S.E., Constable, H.L. and Mullally, S.L., 2023. School distress and the school attendance crisis: a story dominated by neurodivergence and unmet need. Frontiers in Psychiatry, 14, p.1237052. 11.Devenney, R. and O'Toole, C., 2021. 'What kind of education system are we offering’: The views of education professionals on school refusal. International Journal of Educational Psychology: IJEP, 10(1), pp.27-47. 12. Yan, M., 2023. School Refusal: Conceptualisation, Leading Factors, and Intervention. Journal of Education, Humanities and Social Sciences, 8, pp.627-633. 13. Sinha, S., 2021. School Refusal: A Psychological Analysis. Indian Journal of Health & Wellbeing, 12(4). 14.Biesta, G., 2015. What is education for? On good education, teacher judgement, and educational professionalism. European Journal of education, 50(1), pp.75-87. Electronic Sources 1.Minister McEntee Unveils Comprehensive Measures to Combat School Absenteeism. Minister McEntee Unveils Comprehensive Measures to Combat School Absenteeism - Schooldays.ie 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Are Teachers Getting Smarter? International Evidence on Changes in Teacher Cognitive Skills and Student Achievement 1: Leibniz Institute for Economic Research Halle (IWH), Germany; 2: Stanford University; 3: OECD; 4: Martin Luther University Halle-Wittenberg Presenting Author:Teacher cognitive skills shifted notably over the last decade. Using PIAAC Cycles 1-–2 for 25 countries, we document how the level, dispersion, and relative standing of teachers’ numeracy and literacy evolved within countries. The descriptive evidence reveals large heterogeneity: some countries saw teacher-skill declines of about one standard deviation, while others improved; and teachers’ position within the tertiary-educated workforce moved by 15+ percentile ranks in several countries— consistent with substantial changes in selection into teaching. We then ask which policies and labor-market conditions (e.g., relative teacher wages, outside options for high-skilled women, and teacher status) are associated with these shifts. In a second step, we relate these country-level changes in teacher skills to changes in student achievement using rich PISA microdata in mathematics and reading. For identification, we exploit within-country variation across subjects and over time, testing whether students in countries where teachers gained in numeracy relative to literacy also improved more in math relative to reading. Data on subject-specific skills in PIAAC for the overall population and for detailed occupations enables a set of robustness checks and placebo tests that help separate changes in teacher skills from broader skill changes within countries. Understanding how and why teacher skills evolve internationally–—and whether these changes translate into student achievement–—matters for policies aimed at strengthening teacher quality and improving educational outcomes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study combines two OECD datasets to examine how changes in teacher cognitive skills relate to changes in student achievement. We use PIAAC Cycle 1 (2012, 2015) and Cycle 2 (2022, 2023) to construct country-level measures of teacher numeracy and literacy skills across 25 countries (~9,500 teachers). These are linked to PISA microdata (2009, 2012, 2018, 2022) covering approximately 860,000 students. We implement two complementary identification strategies. First, a baseline panel model exploits within-country variation over time: Aicwk = β Tc,s(w),k + X'icw γ + αc + λw + εicwk where student achievement depends on teacher skills, with country and wave fixed effects eliminating time-invariant confounders and global shocks. Second, a within-country, across-subject, over-time design tests whether countries where teachers gained in numeracy relative to literacy also improved more in mathematics relative to reading: (Aicw,math − Aicw,read) = β (Tc,s(w),num − Tc,s(w),lit) + X'gapicw γ + αc + λw + uicw This triple-difference approach (country × time × subject) eliminates all time-invariant country factors and reforms affecting both subjects equally. Controls include student/family characteristics, school resources, instructional time gaps, and parental skill gaps. Robustness checks include placebo tests using other occupations and empirical Bayes shrinkage for measurement error. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our descriptive analysis reveals substantial cross-country heterogeneity in how teacher cognitive skills evolved between PIAAC cycles. While pooled averages show minimal change (−1 point numeracy, −2 points literacy), individual countries experienced dramatic shifts: Lithuania declined by 30 points in numeracy and 25 in literacy, while Japan and the Netherlands gained 19-20 points in numeracy. Teachers' relative position within the tertiary-educated workforce shifted by over 15 percentile points in multiple countries, indicating meaningful changes in selection into teaching. These shifts occurred against widespread student achievement declines, particularly in mathematics, motivating our core research question: do changes in teacher skills translate into changes in student performance in a subject-specific manner? Based on prior cross-sectional evidence (Hanushek et al., 2019) and our identification strategy, we expect to find positive relationships between teacher skill changes and student achievement changes. The within-country, across-subject, over-time design should reveal whether countries with relative gains in teacher numeracy versus literacy show corresponding improvements in mathematics versus reading performance. Additionally, we expect that changes in labor market conditions—particularly women's access to high-skill occupations and relative teacher wages—correlate with changes in teacher cognitive skills, providing insights into policy levers for strengthening teacher quality. Note: All results will be available by conference presentation in August 2026. References Hanushek, E. A., Piopiunik, M., & Wiederhold, S. (2019). The value of smarter teachers: International evidence on teacher cognitive skills and student performance. Journal of Human Resources, 54(4), 857-899. Teacher Quality & Student Achievement: Chetty, R., Friedman, J. N., & Rockoff, J. E. (2014). Measuring the impacts of teachers II: Teacher value-added and student outcomes in adulthood. American Economic Review, 104(9), 2633-2679. Hanushek, E. A., & Rivkin, S. G. (2012). The distribution of teacher quality and implications for policy. Annual Review of Economics, 4(1), 131-157. Jackson, C. K., Rockoff, J. E., & Staiger, D. O. (2014). Teacher effects and teacher-related policies. Annual Review of Economics, 6(1), 801-825. Teacher Subject Knowledge: Bietenbeck, J., Piopiunik, M., & Wiederhold, S. (2018). Africa's skill tragedy: Does teachers' lack of knowledge lead to low student performance? Journal of Human Resources, 53(3), 553-578. Teacher Labor Markets: Bacolod, M. P. (2007). Do alternative opportunities matter? The role of female labor markets in the decline of teacher quality. The Review of Economics and Statistics, 89(4), 737-751. Corcoran, S. P., Evans, W. N., & Schwab, R. M. (2004). Women, the labor market, and the declining relative quality of teachers. Journal of Policy Analysis and Management, 23(3), 449-470. Nagler, M., Piopiunik, M., & West, M. R. (2020). Weak markets, strong teachers: Recession at career start and teacher effectiveness. Journal of Labor Economics, 38(2), 453-500. International Comparisons: Dolton, P., & Marcenaro-Gutierrez, O. D. (2011). If you pay peanuts do you get monkeys? A cross-country analysis of teacher pay and pupil performance. Economic Policy, 26(65), 5-55. Hanushek, E. A., & Woessmann, L. (2011). The economics of international differences in educational achievement. Handbook of the Economics of Education, 3, 89-200. |
| 14:15 - 15:45 | 99 ERC SES 04 L: Promoting Equity in Education Location: A4 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Christian Ydesen Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Relationship between School Institutional Justice and Students’ Emotional Regulation Skills: the Mediating Roles of Teacher Support and Peer Support 1: East China Normal University, China, People's Republic of; 2: The University of Melbourne, Melbourne, Australia Presenting Author:This study investigates how students’ perceptions of school institutional justice are linked to their emotional regulation skills. Emotional regulation skills—encompassing stress resistance, emotional control and optimism—are recognised as key predictors of long-term well-being and professional success (Cole et al., 1994; OECD, 2018; Fan & Wang, 2022). Large-scale international initiatives, such as the OECD Study on Social and Emotional Skills, similarly frame emotional regulation as a core social-emotional competence that is comparable across educational systems (Kankaraš & Suarez-Alvarez, 2019; OECD, 2018). Against this context, understanding how school justice and support relate to students’ emotional regulation skills is relevant not only for China, but also for European and other international contexts engaged in SEL and school climate reforms. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Sample and procedure This study was conducted within the three-year Basic Education Quality Improvement Initiative in Xi’an, China. A stratified one-stage cluster sampling design was used, with administrative districts as strata and schools as primary sampling units selected by equal-probability simple random sampling. All Grade 4 and above students in sampled schools were invited to participate. The final sample included 62,723 students (M_age = 12.66, SD = 1.99) from 50 schools, of whom 50.3% were female. Surveys were administered in classrooms by trained external proctors in the absence of teachers or school staff. Ethical approval was obtained, and informed consent was secured from schools and participating students. Measures All items were rated on a 5-point Likert scale (1 = strongly disagree to 5 = strongly agree). Instruments were translated from English into Chinese using Brislin’s back-translation procedure and reviewed by education researchers, principals and teachers for contextual appropriateness. A pre-test with 405 students was used to refine wording. School institutional justice (SIJ) was measured with six items adapted from work on school climate and policy justice, capturing perceived fairness of school rules, need-based support and procedural justice in policy implementation. Teacher support (TS) was assessed with six items adapted from a classroom social environment scale and revised to reflect the Chinese context (e.g., after-school services under the “double-reduction” policy). Peer support (PS) was measured with seven items adapted from a School Climate Scale, focusing on respectful, helpful and caring peer relations and perceived appropriateness of class size. Emotional regulation skills (ER) were measured using 15 items based on the OECD Social and Emotional Skills framework, covering stress resistance, emotional control and optimism. Student covariates included age, gender, parents’ marital status, number of children in the family and perceived family economic status. Data analysis Descriptive statistics were computed in SPSS 26. Construct and discriminant validity were examined via confirmatory factor analysis. Null two-level models were estimated to obtain ICC(1) and ICC(2), supporting the use of multilevel modelling. Multilevel structural equation modelling was conducted in Mplus 8 using TYPE = TWOLEVEL and the MLR estimator to separate within-student and between-school variance. Model fit was evaluated using CFI, TLI and RMSEA, with CFI/TLI > .90 and RMSEA < .08 indicating acceptable fit. Indirect effects were estimated via MODEL CONSTRAINT with bootstrap confidence intervals (5,000 resamples). Alternative models (direct-only, single mediator, parallel and chain mediators) were compared using fit indices. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study examined how students’ perceptions of school institutional justice are related to their emotional regulation skills, and tested the mediating roles of teacher and peer support using a large, stratified sample of 62,723 students nested within 50 schools. By applying multilevel structural equation modelling, we distinguished student-level processes from school-level differences and provided a more precise test of the proposed mechanism. At the within-student level, school institutional justice was positively associated with students’ emotional regulation skills. Although the direct path from institutional justice to emotional regulation was small, the total effect was substantial and was transmitted predominantly through relational processes. Teacher support emerged as the primary mediator, with an additional contribution from a chain pathway in which institutional justice was associated with higher teacher support, which in turn fostered more supportive peer relations, ultimately promoting better emotional regulation skills. In contrast, the peer-support-only pathway was very small, suggesting that peer processes play a complementary rather than primary role in this mechanism. At the between-school level, institutional justice, teacher support and peer support showed very high intercorrelations, and their structural paths to emotional regulation were small and statistically unstable. This pattern indicates that school-level variation in these constructs largely reflects a common school climate tendency rather than distinct institutional pathways, reinforcing the decision to focus substantive interpretation on within-school processes. Overall, the findings highlight that, within schools, perceptions of just and responsive institutional practices are linked to students’ emotional regulation skills chiefly through supportive relationships with teachers and, secondarily, peers. For policy and practice, the results suggest that efforts to enhance institutional fairness need to be closely integrated with initiatives that strengthen teacher–student and peer relationships if schools are to effectively foster students’ emotional regulation and broader socio-emotional development. References Bliese, P. D. (1998). Group size, ICC values, and group-level correlations: A simulation. Organizational Research Methods, 1(4), 355–373. Cole, P. M., Michel, M. K., & Teti, L. O. D. (1994). The development of emotion regulation and dysregulation: A clinical perspective. Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development, 59(2–3), 73–102. Lei, H., Cui, Y., & Chiu, M. M. (2018). The relationship between teacher support and students’ academic emotions: A meta-analysis. Frontiers in Psychology, 8, 2288. Neve, D. D., Bronstein, M. V., Leroy, A., Truyts, A., & Everaert, J. (2023). Emotion regulation in the classroom: A network approach to model relations among emotion regulation difficulties, engagement to learn, and relationships with peers and teachers. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 52(2), 273–286. OECD. (2018). Social and emotional skills for student success and well-being: Conceptual framework for the OECD study on social and emotional skills. OECD Publishing. Precher, K. J., Zyphur, M. J., & Zhang, Z. (2010). A general multilevel SEM framework for assessing multilevel mediation. Psychological Methods, 15(3), 209–233. Pretsch, J., Ehrhardt, N., Engl, L., Risch, B., Roth, B., Schumacher, S., & Schmitt, M. (2016). Injustice in school and students’ emotions, well-being, and behavior: A longitudinal study. Social Justice Research, 29(2), 119–138. Podsakoff, P. M., MacKenzie, S. B., & Podsakoff, N. P. (2012). Sources of method bias in social science research and recommendations on how to control it. Annual Review of Psychology, 63, 539–569. Reyes, M. R., Brackett, M. A., Rivers, S. E., White, M., & Salovey, P. (2012). Classroom emotional climate, student engagement, and academic achievement. Journal of Educational Psychology, 104(3), 700–712. Ruzek, E. A., Hafen, C. A., Allen, J. P., Gregory, A., Mikami, A. Y., & Pianta, R. C. (2016). How teacher emotional support motivates students: The mediating roles of perceived peer relatedness, autonomy support, and competence. Learning and Instruction, 42, 95–103. Thapa, A., Cohen, J., Guffey, S., & Higgins-D’Alessandro, A. (2013). A review of school climate research. Review of Educational Research, 83(3), 357–385. Wang, M.-T., & Degol, J. L. (2016). School climate: A review of the construct, measurement, and impact on student outcomes. Educational Psychology Review, 28(2), 315–352. Xu, H., & Chen, Z. (2023). Perceived teacher procedural justice and aggressive behaviors among Chinese primary students: The mediating roles of negative evaluation of school rules and malicious envy. Social Psychology of Education, 26(1), 25–44. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Educational Support Needs in the Subject Physical Education and Health Stockholm universitet, Sweden Presenting Author:In this paper, I introduce the aims and preliminary design of my planned dissertation project on students’ educational support needs in the subject of physical education and health (PEH). National evaluations of Swedish compulsory school have repeatedly shown that achieving inclusion and ensuring equal educational opportunities for all students remain persistent challenges in the subject of PEH (Skolinspektionen, 2010, 2012, 2018). These challenges are frequently linked to long-standing traditions within the subject that emphasize competition, performance, and bodily ability – traditions that tend to privilege certain students while marginalising others (Londos, 2010; Quennerstedt et al., 2008; Svennberg, 2017). Such traditions are likely to shape not only teaching practices but also teachers’ expectations of students’ achievements and their understandings of who is perceived as being in need of subject-related educational support. In this thesis, “Educational support” refers here to subject-related, targeted, and regularly provided support based on individual students’ needs in PEH. Such individual support may be delivered to students individually or in group settings. This includes both formal, school-regulated support and informal support embedded in everyday teaching, such as verbal guidance or physical assistance, aimed at helping students reach the subject’s learning goals. All teachers, regardless of subject, are required to provide educational support to students who need it. This means that they must make pedagogical adjustments in their everyday practice and adapt their teaching accordingly. The pedagogical adjustments need to be based on judgements about the students’ educational support needs, that is, what a specific student requires in a given instructional situation in order to benefit from the teaching. What these judgements are based on, and how they in turn construct students’ support needs, is complex and requires in-depth investigation. Against this background, the overall aim of this thesis is to explore how educational support and students’ subject-related support needs in PEH are constructed in policy documents, and by teachers, and how these constructions are enacted in teachers’ everyday practices. To address this aim, the thesis first examines how policy documents construct what counts as desirable and legitimate knowledge and ability in the subject, and how these constructions have changed over time. These historical policy constructions are assumed to underpin teachers' understandings and constructions of student's educational support needs in PEH, and how these constructions are enacted in practice. The thesis consists of three interrelated studies, each guided by a specific research question: RQ1: How are students’ educational support needs in PEH constructed in curriculum material from 1994-2022? RQ2: How do teachers understand and construct students’ educational support needs in PEH? RQ3: How are teachers’ understandings and constructions of students’ educational support needs enacted in everyday PEH practice, and how are these enacted through supportive interventions? The thesis is theoretically informed by critical policy sociology, drawing primarily on the work of Stephan Ball and colleagues (2012). From this perspective, policy is not understood as a neutral set of texts or directives, but as a social and political and formative process shaped by power relations, dominant discourses, and historical conditions. According to Ball et al. (2012), policy is enacted rather than simply implemented in a linear manner. This means that while policy provides discursive and material frameworks, it is interpreted and enacted differently in practice. From this perspective, variations in teachers’ understandings and constructions of students’ educational support needs cannot be understood without attention to subject traditions and contextual conditions. which means that policy both shapes and is shaped by context, suggesting that variations in enactments cannot be understood without attention to the contextual conditions. This perspective informs Studies 2 and 3, which examine how policy is enacted in teachers’ everyday practices in PEH. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The thesis employs a qualitative research design and consists of three interrelated studies. Study 1 addresses the macro level through an analysis of how conceptions of knowledge are constructed and transformed over time within the PEH curriculum materials. Study 2 focuses on the meso level by examining how teachers understand and construct students’ educational support needs within the subject. In this study, educational support refers to needs that teachers describe as individual, recurrent, and necessary for students to be able to reach subject-specific goals across different aspects of PEH practices. Study 3 addresses the micro level by analysing how teachers’ understandings and constructions of students’ educational support needs are enacted in everyday PEH practice. Together, this design enables an exploration of the interconnections between discourses, professional understandings, and teaching practices. The proposed conference presentation focuses on RQ1 and Study 1. It examines how policy documents construct what counts as desirable and legitimate knowledge in PEH, and how these constructions have shifted over time. The analysis focuses on how particular understandings of knowledge are foregrounded in policy, as well as what is marginalised or left unarticulated. These constructions are also understood to shape the conditions under which educational support needs come to be understood within the subject. They are therefore treated as an important backdrop against which teachers' understandings and constructions of students’ educational support are formed and enacted. The empirical material comprises PEH-specific syllabi from three curriculum reforms (Lpo94, Lgr11, Lgr22) and supplementary commentary published by the Swedish National Agency for Education (Skolverket, 2022). The material will be analysed using a genealogically inspired policy discursive analysis based on Bacchi’s (2009) approach: What’s the problem represented to be? (WPR). This approach conceptualises policy as a set of problem representations and enables a systematic examination of underlying assumptions, silences, and discursive shifts within policy texts. Through this WPR-inspired analytical lens, the study explores how constructions of knowledge in PEH shape the boundaries of what becomes seen and constructed as educational support needs within the subject. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expected insights from the genealogically inspired WPR analysis of the PEH syllabus (see RQ1): The analysis is expected to highlight how knowledge has been constructed in policy over time, and how certain forms of knowledge are foregrounded while others remain marginalised or silenced. It may also contribute to identifying both continuities and shifts in these constructions across different curriculum reforms. These policy constructions are understood as shaping the conditions for what comes to be perceived as educational support needs within the subject. In this sense, the analysis may provide an important analytical backdrop for the subsequent studies by offering a contextual understanding of how teachers’ understandings and constructions of students’ educational support needs take shape and are enacted in practice. At the conference, I also intend to discuss insights from the presented study in relation to how students’ educational support needs are addressed in supranational educational policies, such as OECD and EU policy documents. The purpose of this discussion is not to conduct a systematic comparison, but to reflect on whether the ways in which Swedish curriculum materials construct support needs in PEH appear to be specific to the national context, or whether similar tendencies can be identified in other countries’ policies. References Bacchi, C. L. (2009). Analysing policy: What’s the problem represented to be? Pearson Australia. Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Braun, A. (2012). How schools do policy: Policy enactments in secondary schools. Routledge. Londos, M. (2010). Spelet på fältet: Relationen mellan ämnet idrott och hälsa i gymnasieskolan och idrott på fritid. Lärarutbildningen, Malmö högskola. Skolinspektionen. (2010). A lot of sport and little health: The Swedish Schools Inspectorate’s report from the flying inspection in physical education and health (Ref. No. 2010:2037). Skolinspektionen. Skolinspektionen. (2012). Physical education and health in compulsory school: With learning in motion (Ref. No. 400-2011:1362). Skolinspektionen. Skolinspektionen. (2018). Quality review of the subject physical education and health in years 7–9 (Ref. No. 400-2017:3948). Skolinspektionen. Skolverket. (2022). Curriculum for the compulsory school, preschool class and school-age educare – Lgr 22 [In Swedish]. Skolverket. Skolverket. (2022). Kommentarmaterial till kursplanen i idrott och hälsa – grundskolan. [Elektronisk resurs]. Skolverket. Svennberg, L. (2017). Swedish PE teachers’ understandings of legitimate movement in a criterion-referenced grading system. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 22(3), 257–269. https://doi.org/10.1080/17408989.2016.1176132 Quennerstedt, M., Marie, Ö., & Eriksson, C. (2008). Physical Education in Sweden – a national evaluation. Educationline, 1–17. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Gender Segregation in Dual Vocational Education and Training: Early Evidence from Spain. Universitat de les Illes Balears, Spain Presenting Author:Gender inequality remains a persistent challenge in European Vocational Education and Training (VET) systems, with implications for both social inclusion and economic growth. Policy frameworks such as the European Gender Equality Strategy 2020-2025 and 2026–2030 (pending approval) and the Herning Declaration on attractive and inclusive Vocational Education and Training (VET) for increased competitiveness and quality jobs 2026-2030 prioritize gender equality and call for targeted measures to reduce educational and occupational segregation (European Commission, n.d., 2026). Over the past two decades, Dual VET—combining classroom instruction with structured workplace learning as an integral part of the curriculum—has gained prominence within European policy agendas. The European Alliance for Apprenticeships (since 2013) have promoted cooperation among employers, trade unions, and public authorities to enhance apprenticeship quality and labor market outcomes (Cedefop, 2025; Consejo Económico y Social, 2023). In the EU, Dual VET is widely regarded as a key instrument for reducing early school leaving and improving employability and labor market integration. However, Dual VET systems channel learners into gender-stereotyped pathways and reinforcing both vertical and horizontal segregation in education and the workplace, thereby reproducing labor-market inequalities (Beckmann, 2025; Smyth & Steinmetz, 2015). Recent Spanish law on VET (Organic Law 3/2022) universalizes Dual modality across all programs, with full implementation planned by 2028. It differentiates between general Dual programs (that allocate 20–35% of training to workplace learning, usually beginning after the first three months, with companies contributing up to 20% of curricular learning outcomes) and intensive (exceeding 35% workplace training, are typically linked to a formal training contract, and grant companies responsibility for approximately 30% of learning outcomes) (Ley 3/2022, 2022). Despite the scope of this reform, research on Dual VET in Spain remains in an initial state, with limited research and fragmented data. This underscores the need to strengthen statistical systems and evidence-based monitoring. Moreover, existing studies rarely differentiate analytically between general and intensive dual programs, thereby limiting assessments of their respective effects on gender equity (Consejo Económico y Social, 2023; Mora et al., 2024; Navajas & Roldán-Casas, 2025). Early data in Spain associate Dual VET with improved academic performance and graduation. Although female participation in VET has increased, this trend mainly reflects overall system growth rather than genuine desegregation, as gendered educational choices remain structurally embedded. Policy and institutional analyses highlight that disparities in sectoral development, gendered access to training opportunities, and insufficient gender mainstreaming may reinforce occupational segregation, particularly affecting women (Maldonado et al., 2021; Consejo Económico y Social, 2023; Mora et al., 2024; Quintana-Murci et al., 2025; Sánchez et al., 2025; Cedefop & State Foundation for Training in Employment, 2023). Given the need for a deeper understanding of gender dynamics in Dual VET in Spain, this study is guided by the following research questions: 1) How is participation in Dual VET in Spain distributed by gender and by modality (general or intensive)?; 2) Are there gender differences in participation according to the program? This study has three main objectives: 1) Provide an initial descriptive overview of gender-related patterns in participation in Dual VET in Spain; 2) Examine gender differences in participation across programs, geographical contexts, enrolment volumes, occupational groups, training levels, and completion or dropout outcomes in Dual VET; 3) Generate recommendations for improving gender equality in general and intensive Dual VET programs in Spain. This paper is part of the R&D&I project Completion and dropout pathways in intensive Dual vocational training: empirical approach and recommendations (PID2023-149074OB-I00) founded by MICIU/AEI/10.13039/501100011033/ and FEDER, EU. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Study design This study employs a quantitative descriptive research design to examine gender participation patterns in Dual VET in Spain. This approach is suitable as an initial empirical exploration of a relatively under-researched area, without aiming to establish causal relationships or explanatory mechanisms. Data sources The analysis is based on secondary aggregated statistical data drawn from two key institutional sources for Dual VET in Spain: the Ministry of Education, Vocational Training and Sports and CaixaBank Dualiza. The period analysed covers 2020-2024 academic years, selected due to the availability of comparable data across both sources and its relevance to the recent consolidation of Dual VET within the Spanish education system. Unit of analysis and variables The unit of analysis comprises students enrolled in Dual VET programmes during 2020-2024 academic years, as defined by Organic Law 3/2022. As part of the available data on Dual predates the 2022 reform, these data are used as a proxy for intensive Dual VET, while data from general VET programs are used to approximate general Dual VET. This strategy is justified by the continuity of core program characteristics and the absence of fully consolidated post-reform data. Accordingly, the findings should be interpreted as indicative of structural patterns rather than definitive post-reform effects. The analysis focuses on gender, enrolment volume, geographical distribution, professional families, training level, and outcomes measured through completion and dropout rates. Data analysis Data were analyzed using descriptive statistical techniques, with Microsoft Excel as the primary analytical tool, given the aggregated nature of the data and the exploration purpose of the study. The analysis includes calculations of absolute and relative frequencies, percentages, gender participation ratios, and descriptive comparisons across categories. Tables and graphical representations were produced to facilitate the visualization of gendered participation patterns. Prior to analysis, a process of data review and harmonization ensured consistency in variable definitions across sources. Ethical considerations and limitations The study relies exclusively on publicly available, anonymous and aggregated data. Gender differences are interpreted as aggregated participation patterns shaped by institutional and structural contexts. The descriptive design and use of aggregated data limit causal analysis and the examination of individual trajectories or socio-economic factors. Nonetheless, the study provides a robust empirical basis for future feminist and gender-focused research and policy discussions on equity in Dual VET. The statistical sources record gender as a binary variable, which limits the analysis of non-binary gender identities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Dual VET in Spain reproduces—and in some dimensions reinforces—structural gender inequalities already present in the education and labor systems. Despite its expansion as a policy priority, intensive Dual VET remains a marginal pathway within Spanish VET. Women are systematically underrepresented compared to men across all Dual VET programs, with particularly low participation in intensive Dual VET. Gender disparities are not only national but also territorial, as most regions fail to meet the 40/60% gender parity benchmark. Age-related patterns further reveal gendered trajectories. Male participation in Dual VET—both in general and intensive—is predominantly concentrated at younger ages, whereas women’s participation is more fragmented and tends to increase at later life stages. This suggests that for women, Dual VET functions less as a linear educational pathway and more as a mechanism of re-entry, reskilling, or adaptation to segmented and precarious labor markets. The partial reduction of the gender gap at higher educational levels (ISCED 5) contrasts sharply with the strong male concentration in basic (ISCED 2) and intermediate (ISCED 3) Dual VET. This vertical segregation is compounded by persistent horizontal segregation: women are disproportionately channeled into feminized professional families linked to care, personal services, and health, while men dominate industrial, technical, and construction-related fields. Crucially, the professional sectors with the highest availability of company-based training contracts—those associated with intensive Dual VET—remain highly masculinized, thereby limiting women’s access to the most valued forms of work-based learning. Despite these structural barriers, women consistently display higher completion rates across all educational levels, revealing an efficiency paradox that current policies fail to address. Taken together, these findings underscore the need for targeted, gender-responsive policies in Dual VET, including proactive regional planning, stronger regulation of company participation, gender-sensitive guidance, and accountability mechanisms aimed at disrupting entrenched patterns of gender segregation. References Beckmann, J. (2025). Why do they leave? Examining dropout behaviour in gender-atypical vocational education and training in Germany. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 77(2), 297–321. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2023.2211546 Cedefop, & State Foundation for Training in Employment (Fundae). (2023). Vocational education and training in Europe - Spain: system description. In Cedefop, & ReferNet. (2024). Vocational education and training in Europe: VET in Europe database - detailed VET system descriptions [Database]. https://www.cedefop.europa.eu/en/tools/vet-in-europe/systems/spain-u3 Cedefop. (2025). Apprenticeships: incentives for employers and learners. Publications Office of the European Union. Cedefop reference series; 125. https://www.cedefop.europa.eu/en/publications/3097 Consejo Económico y Social. (2023). Dual Training in Spain: Situation and Prospects. Conclusions and proposals (1). Consejo Económico y Social. https://www.ces.es/documents/10180/5232164/Inf0123_conclusiones-EN.pdf/0eb0c439-1cfc-ae1c-d6f9-d67454eb69fa European Comission. (2025). 2025 report on gender equality in the EU. European Comission. https://commission.europa.eu/strategy-and-policy/policies/justice-and-fundamental-rights/gender-equality/gender-equality-strategy_en European Commission. (n.d.). Vocational Education and Training (VET). Herning Declaration. Retrieved 31th January 2026 from https://employment-social-affairs.ec.europa.eu/policies-and-activities/skills-and-qualifications/skills-jobs/vocational-education-and-training-vet_en Ley Orgánica 3/2022, de 31 de marzo, de ordenación de la Formación Profesional, Boletín Oficial del Estado, núm. 78, 1 de abril del 2022. https://www.boe.es/eli/es/lo/2022/03/31/3/con Maldonado Briegas, J.J., Sánchez, A. I., Brito-Costa, S., Citarella, A. & Vicente, F. (2021). Gender segregation in vocational educational training: a preliminary descriptive study in southern Spain. Confinia Cephalalgica, 31(3), 23-31. https://mattiolihealth.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/01/07-Briegas_ConfCeph3-21.pdf Mora, T., Escardíbul, J. O., & Pineda-Herrero, P. (2024). The effect of dual vocational education and training on grades and graduation in Catalonia, Spain. Educational Review, 76(4), 894–914. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2022.2076656 Navajas, S. & Roldán-Casas, J. A. (2025). La Formación Profesional Dual en España: una revisión sistemática. Revista Complutense de Educación, 36(4), 495-511. https://doi.org/10.5209/rced.96813 Quintana-Murci, E., Salvà-Mut, F., Moso-Díez, M., Mondaca Soto, A., & Mestre Hernández, A. (2025). The challenge of student dropout in vocational education and training in Spain: Current situation, causes and solutions. In E. Quintana-Murci, F. Salvà-Mut, B. E. Stalder, & C. Nägele (Eds.), Towards inclusive and egalitarian vocational education and training: Key challenges and strategies from a holistic and multi-contextual approach. Proceedings of the 6th Crossing Boundaries Conference in Vocational Education and Training,Palma, Mallorca, Spain, 21 to 23 May 2025 (472–483). VETNET. https://zenodo.org/records/15367418 Sánchez Muñoz, C., Martínez-Martínez, A. M., Corral Granados, A., & Morales Gázquez, M. J. (2025). La Formación Profesional como puerta de la profesionalización femenina. Mito o realidad. Revista Española de Educación Comparada, (47), 565–582. https://doi.org/10.5944/reec.47.2025.39543 Smyth, E. & Steinmetz, S. (2015). Vocational Training and Gender Segregation across Europe. In Reisel, L., Hegna, K. & Imdorf, C. (Eds.), Gender Segregation in Vocational Education (31, 53-81). Emerald Group Publishing Limited. https://doi.org/10.1108/S0195-631020150000031003 |
| 14:15 - 15:45 | 99 ERC SES 04 M: Changing Educational Landscapes: Family Practices and Inequality Location: A3 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Laurence Lasselle Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Making Digital–Material Spillovers Visible: Post-Qualitative School Ethnography of Hybrid Peer Relations University of Oulu, Finland Presenting Author:Children’s peer relations increasingly unfold across hybrid spaces where digitally mediated interactions and school-day encounters are tightly interwoven. In this paper, I do not assume that ‘online’ and ‘offline’ are separate contexts; rather, I treat them as entangled conditions through which peer relations are made and unmade. The paper offers a methodological and ethical contribution: it asks how a researcher can make hybrid peer dynamics visible without turning them into discrete “incidents,” and without amplifying harm.
To do so, I develop a working analytic vocabulary for tracing what I call digital–material spillovers: patterned ways in which digitally mediated peer dynamics reverberate into the material and affective organisation of everyday school life (e.g., subtle regroupings, shifting proximities, avoidance, silence, heightened vigilance). This is an analytic concept proposed in the paper, grounded in my fieldwork. Theoretically, I position my work alongside Nordic relational and critical approaches to bullying that foreground group dynamics and institutional/moral orders (e.g., Horton, 2011, 2018; Søndergaard, 2012, 2018). Methodologically, I draw on post-qualitative and diffractive discussions that challenge prescriptive method and treat writing/analysis as part of inquiry (e.g., Murris & Bozalek, 2019; Springgay & Truman, 2017; St. Pierre, 2018). These bodies of work inform how I think with theory; they are not presented as empirical claims about my field site.
Research questions: 1) What kinds of ethnographic traces make hybrid peer dynamics (digital–material spillovers) perceptible in everyday school life? 2) How do children’s friendship norms and concerns about consequences shape what becomes sayable, to whom, and when? 3) What ethical dilemmas emerge when children seek adult proximity, support, or confidentiality in the middle of peer tensions?
Empirically, the paper draws on fieldnotes and brief child-led conversations that illuminate the methodological problem of “seeing without over-exposing.” In my fieldnotes, digitally mediated peer tensions often become noticeable first as micro-changes: shifts in who aligns with whom in classroom tasks, who avoids whom, and how participation becomes constrained or enabled. My fieldnotes also document how group messaging practices can become entangled with collective responsibilities (e.g., planning or coordinating shared tasks), and how disputes about decisions, permissions, or membership can reverberate into classroom interaction patterns rather than appearing as a single event. Across these sequences, I analyse how the researcher’s presence becomes part of the ethical landscape, especially when children request adult proximity or support. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study draws on participatory, child-centred school ethnography conducted over three months in Finnish primary schools (Grades 4–6), producing more than 250 pages of fieldnotes. Fieldwork captures everyday interactions during arrivals, lessons, transitions, lunch and recess, and includes brief, situated child-led conversations in which pupils narrate how digitally mediated dynamics matter in school life. Analysis is sequence-oriented and diffractive. Rather than coding bounded “cases,” I follow how digital messaging practices, school routines, affects and material arrangements become consequential across time and space. In conceptual terms, I draw on diffractive methodology discussions (Murris & Bozalek, 2019) and post-qualitative arguments about writing/analysis as inquiry (St. Pierre, 2018), as well as calls for methods beyond proceduralism and for response-able research practice (Springgay & Truman, 2017). I treat assent/consent as ongoing and situated, and I attend to the possibility that disclosure may trigger adult actions that worsen peer dynamics. When discussing ethics, I draw on peer-reviewed work that critiques rigid regulatory ethics regimes in youth ethnography (Eldén, 2025) and that argues for reflexive, responsive adult researcher roles in bullying ethnography (Horton et al., 2025). These references support the ethical framing; they are not used to claim empirical findings about my site. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper contributes methodological resources for researching hybrid peer relations. First, it proposes a way to describe spillovers as patterned micro-reorderings rather than discrete incidents. Second, it shows how diffractive, sequence-oriented reading can hold together digital messaging, school routines and affective atmospheres without collapsing them into an online/offline binary. Third, it offers an ethics-of-presence discussion: how researchers can remain response-able to children’s requests and vulnerabilities while maintaining boundaries and minimising the risk of escalation. References Bouchard, K., Forsberg, C., Smith, J. D., & Thornberg, R. (2018). Showing friendship, fighting back, and getting even: Resisting bullying victimization within adolescent girls’ friendships. Journal of Youth Studies, 21(9), 1141–1158. https://doi.org/10.1080/13676261.2018.1450970 Eldén, S. (2025). Ethical stumbling blocks: Negotiating ethics as a regulatory regime in ethnographic research with young people. Nordisk Tidsskrift for Ungdomsforskning, 6(2), 1–17. https://doi.org/10.18261/ntu.6.2.3 Horton, P. (2011). School bullying and social and moral orders. Children & Society, 25(4), 268–277. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1099-0860.2011.00377.x Horton, P. (2018). School bullying and bare life: Challenging the state of exception. Educational Philosophy and Theory. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2018.1557043 Horton, P., Forsberg, C., & Thornberg, R. (2025). The caring adult role: Ethical reflections from an ethnographic study of school bullying. Ethnography and Education, 20(1), 1–15. https://doi.org/10.1080/17457823.2024.2437013 Murris, K., & Bozalek, V. (2019). Diffracting diffractive readings of texts as methodology: Some propositions. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 51(14), 1504–1517. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2019.1570843 Søndergaard, D. M. (2012). Bullying and social exclusion anxiety in schools. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 33(3), 355–372. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2012.662824 Søndergaard, D. M. (2018). The thrill of bullying: Bullying, humour and the making of community. Journal for the Theory of Social Behaviour, 48(1), 48–65. https://doi.org/10.1111/jtsb.12153 Springgay, S., & Truman, S. E. (2017). On the need for methods beyond proceduralism: Speculative middles, (in)tensions, and response-ability in research. Qualitative Inquiry, 24(3), 203–214. https://doi.org/10.1177/1077800417704464 St. Pierre, E. A. (2018). Writing post qualitative inquiry. Qualitative Inquiry, 24(9), 603–608. https://doi.org/10.1177/1077800417734567 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Evaluating China’s education poverty alleviation policy: Evidence from a large-scale survey in Sichuan Province University of Cambridge, United Kingdom Presenting Author:A large number of international studies have shown that education plays a significant role in poverty reduction, enhancing individual capabilities, human capital, and social mobility, and promoting economic and social development (UNESCO, 2020). Against this global context, China has established education poverty alleviation as an important component of its national poverty reduction strategy and achieved the complete elimination of absolute poverty in 2020 (China's MFA, 2023). Although there has been an increasing number of studies on China's education poverty alleviation policies in recent years, studies that adopt a social group perspective and focus on policy satisfaction are still relatively insufficient (Chen, 2019). This study takes Sichuan Province of China as a case and focuses on the implementation of education poverty alleviation policies. Sichuan Province has a large population, complex terrain, uneven regional development, and includes multiple national-level contiguous poverty-stricken areas. It has long been a key area for poverty alleviation work in China (The People's Government of Sichuan Province, 2015). Although Sichuan has achieved the national poverty alleviation goal simultaneously with the rest of the country, poverty alleviation requires continuous policy evaluation to prevent the risk of relapse and enhance long-term policy effectiveness. In this context, examining the effects of education poverty alleviation policy implementation from the perspective of public satisfaction has potential research significance. The overall objective of this study is to evaluate the outcomes of education poverty alleviation policies in Sichuan Province from a social group perspective, with a particular focus on public awareness and satisfaction with these policies. By shifting the analytical focus from policy texts and macro indicators to the actual experiences of social groups, this study aims to bridge the research gap between policy design goals and public experiences. To achieve this objective, the study raises the following three research questions: (1) During the period from 2016 to 2020, which education poverty alleviation policies and specific measures were implemented in Sichuan? (2) How did the social groups in Sichuan perceive and evaluate these education poverty alleviation policies? (3) What are the potential paths for enhancing the satisfaction with education poverty alleviation policies in the future? At the theoretical level, this study adopts the basic needs theory and the human capital theory as the analytical framework. The basic needs theory regards education as a fundamental need for human development, emphasizing the responsibility of the government in ensuring educational equity and equal opportunities (UNESCO, 2020). From this perspective, educational poverty alleviation is not only an economic means but also a necessary condition for realizing social rights and human development (Nakamura, 2020). The human capital theory understands education as a long-term investment, highlighting the role of education in enhancing individual productivity, increasing income, and promoting macroeconomic growth, and demonstrating the rationality of government intervention and public education investment (Schultz, 1960). By integrating these two theories, this study conceptualises the significance of educational poverty alleviation policy implementation from the dual perspectives of social equity and economic efficiency. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted the post-positivist research paradigm and employs a mixed research methods approach to analyze the implementation outcomes and public satisfaction of education poverty alleviation policies in Sichuan Province, China. Post-positivism emphasizes the existence of objective reality while acknowledging the necessity of explanation through multiple evidence sources, and is applicable to research on policy implementation and effect evaluation (Saunders et al., 2023). Under this paradigm, this study combines qualitative and quantitative methods to enhance the explanatory power and credibility of the research conclusions. The research strategy adopted a combination of case study and online questionnaire survey. Sichuan Province was selected as the research case, and the research time range was from 2016 to 2020. The case study part was based on public secondary data, including educational poverty alleviation policies and statistical data released by the Sichuan provincial government and relevant departments, as well as reports from international organizations such as UNESCO, UNDP, and World Bank. Through the organization and descriptive analysis of policy content and related indicators (such as educational investment, teacher-student ratio, and compulsory education coverage rate, etc.), the implementation background and effectiveness of Sichuan's educational poverty alleviation policies were comprehensively presented. The quantitative research part employed an online anonymous questionnaire survey, aiming to examine the social groups' perception and satisfaction with the education poverty alleviation policies. The questionnaire referred to existing satisfaction scales for policies and was adjusted based on the characteristics of the education poverty alleviation policies in Sichuan. It consisted of 23 items, covering dimensions such as basic information, policy understanding, policy satisfaction, and future improvement pathways. Some items were in the Likert scale format. The questionnaire was distributed through snowball sampling, with respondents including policy beneficiaries, policy implementers, and the general public in Sichuan. The data will undergo reliability, validity tests and descriptive statistical analysis using SPSS, and will be comprehensively analyzed in conjunction with the case study results. In terms of ethics, this research has undergone ethical review. The questionnaire survey was conducted anonymously, and personal privacy information was not collected. All data were sourced from public sources or collected with informed consent, and were properly stored and used solely for academic research purposes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This is a case study and a large-scale questionnaire survey (sample size 6,315) on the education poverty alleviation policy in Sichuan Province. The study initially indicates that the education poverty alleviation policy in Sichuan is relatively systematic in terms of financial input, school construction, teacher support, and student aid. The policy has wide social coverage and the overall policy satisfaction is at a relatively high level. Society generally recognizes the positive role of education poverty alleviation in improving the educational level, the situation of poor families, and promoting educational equity. Among these policies, the direct aid policies for in-school students, employment-oriented policies, and school infrastructure construction have received high evaluations. However, the study also found that there were differences in satisfaction among different policy types. The perceived awareness and satisfaction of vocational education-related policies are relatively low, and the income and long-term incentive mechanisms for teachers have been repeatedly mentioned as key areas that need improvement. Based on this, this study does not regard the conclusion of this master's thesis as the end, but rather as the starting point of a continuous tracking study. The next stage of the research plan is to return to some of the original survey areas in Sichuan under the premise of re-applying for ethics review, and conduct semi-structured interviews. This study will focus on the individual feelings and satisfaction changes of policy beneficiaries, policy implementers, and social groups in recent years. Through longitudinal comparison of policy experiences in different periods, this study hopes to gain a deeper understanding of the continuous impact of education poverty alleviation policies in the post-poverty alleviation stage, and provide empirical evidence for the long-term evaluation and optimization of education policies. References Chen, Y. (2019). Situation and Reflection on Targeted Poverty Alleviation through Education in Tibetan Area Taking Ganzi Tibetan Area in Sichuan Province as an Example. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/332667202_Situation_and_Reflection_on_Targeted_Poverty_Alleviation_Through_Education_in_Tibetan_Area_Taking_Ganzi_Tibetan_Area_in_Sichuan_Province_as_an_Example China's MFA. (2023). Full text: A global community of shared future: China’s proposals and actions_ministry of foreign affairs of the People’s Republic of China. Ministry of Foreign Affairs-PRC. https://www.mfa.gov.cn/eng/xw/zyxw/202405/t20240530_11332291.html Nakamura, Y. (2020). Poverty Alleviation and Correction of Income Disparity through Fiscal Spending on Education. Poverty & Public Policy, 12(1), 63–72. https://doi.org/10.1002/pop4.268 Saunders, M., Lewis, P., & Thornhill, A. (2023). Research methods for business students (9th ed.). Pearson. Schultz, T. W. (1961). Investment in Human Capital. The American Economic Review, 51(1), 1–17. https://www.jstor.org/stable/1818907 The People's Government of Sichuan Province. (2015). The 13th Five-Year Plan for Poverty Alleviation in Sichuan Province. In The People’s Government of Sichuan Province. https://www.sc.gov.cn/10462/uploadfiles/202007011958008649.pdf UNESCO. (2020). Global Education Monitoring report, 2020: Inclusion and education: All Means All. In Unesco.org. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000373718 |
| 14:15 - 15:45 | 99 ERC SES 04 O: Digital Education in Transition Location: C8 | Main building C | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Andreas Hadjar Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Bridging Pre-Service Teachers’ Level of Professional Digital Competence and Authentic Instructional Practice Kazakh National Women's Teacher Training University, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Digital technology has been widely regarded as one of the most crucial improvements embracing every facet of society. It is acknowledged as a powerful instrument which plays a vital role in the transformation of educational settings by superseding traditional teaching methods (Guillén-Gámez et al., 2020). In this matter, the main indicator of quality education is a high level of digital competence (Maderick, 2016). There are numerous studies aimed at measuring the level of pre-service teachers’ digital competence; most future educators possess a moderate level, focusing on technological and pedagogical aspects. Apart from evaluating pre-service teachers’ digital competence, researchers identified the factors affecting the level of competence (Çebi & Reisoğlu, 2020; Dolezal, 2025). In the Kazakhstani context, researchers aimed at measuring pre-service teachers’ digital competence; apart from that, they endeavour to find correlations between the level of digital competence and demographic diversity (Abiltayeva et al., 2025). Some studies are dedicated to evaluating pre-service teachers’ attitudes and readiness for digital instructional practice (Kurebayeva et al., 2025). In addition, exploration of pre-service teachers’ experiences, challenges, and perspectives in terms of digitalisation of instructional practice is widely studied in a variety of research (Nurbekova & Nurbekov, 2023; Nogaibayeva, 2023). However, there has been relatively little research conducted to compare the factual rank of professional digital competence and conducting instructional practice using digital elements. The research aims to reveal the differences between pre-service teachers’ real level of digital professional competence and genuine performance in tech-driven classrooms. The purpose of the research focuses on two specific inquiries: What is the current level of pre-service teachers’ professional digital competence? How do pre-service teachers integrate the elements of digital instructional practice? There are a number of frameworks which have been designed to identify teachers’ level of digital competence. As an illustration, the American standards and performance indicators of the International Educational Technology Association (ISTE) are the most important basis for teachers to integrate technology into their teaching methods (Tondeur et al., 2017). From a European perspective, DigEuLit model aims to identify, systematize and select tools related to digital skills for teachers and students, and it is supported by the European Commission (Amaro et al., 2017). It is aimed to enhance not only their professional growth but also the level of self-esteem. In addition, the European Framework for the Digital Competence of Educators, called DigCompEdu, has been established, which is recognized as one of the core competencies in the educational process (Redecker, 2017). According to Redecker (2017) the DigCompEdu framework is based on six specific dimensions, namely professional engagement, digital resources, teaching and learning, assessment, empowering learners, and facilitating learners’ digital competence. It indicates the extensive model created in the field of digital instructional practice. The DigCompEdu framework has been created to empower examination of digital competence status and its development by identifying the benefits and limitations (Toker et al., 2021). Overall, the conceptual basis indicates digital competence as professional development and the interaction between metacognition and digital technology. Using DigCompEdu as the main framework in this research, it brings digital opportunities to the European and international levels and provides a solid theoretical foundation for studying the development of digital opportunities in an educational environment. The research is based on the European Framework for the Digital Competence of Educators (DigCompEdu) (Redecker, 2017), which provides a shared reference model at both European and international levels. This empowers the comparability of findings across educational systems and supports the international relevance of the study. A European dimension allows for gaining broader global visibility, having a positive impact beyond a single national context. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed explanatory sequential mixed methods, namely a quantitative survey was made to identify pre-service teachers’ level of digital competence, followed by a qualitative interview to identify how digital patterns are implemented in the instructional practice. In this design, data were collected through a structured survey to identify the level of digital competence and a semi-structured interview to explore pre-service teachers’ digital teaching practice in the classroom. The survey was developed in accordance with the Professional Digital Competence Framework for Educators (Jisc, 2018). It was divided into four categories, encompassing 20 items, such as the curriculum planning process, digital resources and materials, assessment and feedback, and differentiation. The reliability and consistency of the survey were proved through Cronbach’s alpha calculations after conducting the pilot study. The respondents rated their level of digital competence on the Likert scale (from 1 - completely agree to 5 - strongly disagree). Pre-service teachers chose the best option for themselves during an online survey. The interview questions were based on the components and statements of the survey to capture future educators’ behaviours and experiences in teaching performance utilising digital instructional practice. The overall number of participants is 105 third-year and fourth-year students from Kazakh National Women’s Teacher Training University chosen through purposive sampling. Selected participants have already been exposed to a pedagogical internship. To analyse the results, Jamovi statistical software was applied (version 2.3.28). In general, the selected research instruments help determine the difference between the self-assessment of the future educators’ level of digital competence and actual teaching performance. In other words, an interview involves systematic research on the integration of technology into the real environment. It helps to explore future educators’ perceptions, experiences, and digital practices, allowing to obtain deep insights about their actual performance. Before conducting the research, permission from the university’s ethical committee was obtained in advance. The study guaranteed the confidentiality of participants’ real names and personal data. The survey and interview questions have been presented as they correspond to the ethical guidelines to avoid potential risks of the study. The participation was voluntary and confirmed via a consent form. To provide anonymity, each participant was encrypted using pseudonyms. However, the name of the university was revealed in order to provide transparency and a specific context for the research. The informed consent contained some information about the research, particularly its purpose, procedures and any possible risks. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Digital advancements play a crucial role in the educational landscape which requires teachers to use technology effectively. It is vital for future teachers to use digital tools properly during their teaching practice, which will help them successfully commence their teaching career. The key to using technology in the classroom is to combine it with effective teaching approaches. It was found that although pre-service teachers tend to be positive about the use of technology and digital tools, it is often difficult for them to demonstrate their knowledge and skills in real classroom situations. The results show that future educators have an average level of readiness to use technology in teaching, especially when planning lessons, but they face difficulties in organising and supporting digital instructional practice. In addition, there is a gap between what they learn in theory and what they do in practice, which indicates that they have moderate digital skills, but they use technology little in real-world learning environments. The study highlights how important it is to integrate technology into real classrooms. It also shows the need for updated university courses to help future teachers apply digital learning methods in real-world situations. The results of the study suggest the improvement of educational programs with an emphasis on new teaching methods. Based on the results, it is possible to create a digital learning environment that will facilitate more efficient use of technology. It is also important to include practical elements in the conditions of a real learning process. Developing a clear framework for defining the necessary knowledge and skills can help bridge the gap between what teachers think they are ready for and what they can actually do in digital learning. The findings of the study present a significant discrepancy between the self-assessed level of digital competence and actual performance in a tech-driven classroom. References Abiltayeva, A., Zhumagulova, K., Satayev, M., Yechshzhanov, T., Maimatayeva, A., & Balta, N. (2025, September). Teacher competencies and digital integration into teaching practices: perceptions from pre-service biology teachers in Kazakhstan. In Frontiers in Education (Vol. 10, p. 1628034). Frontiers Media SA. Amaro, A. C., Oliveira, L., & Veloso, A. I. (2017). Intergenerational and collaborative use of tablets: «in-medium» and «in-room» communication and interaction. Observatorio (OBS*), 11(1), 83–94. https://doi.org/10.15847/obsOBS1102017995 Dolezal, D., Motschnig, R., & Ambros, R. (2025). Pre-service teachers’ digital competence: A call for action. Education Sciences, 15(2), 160. Guillén-Gámez, F. D., Mayorga-Fernández, M. J., Bravo-Agapito, J., & Escribano-Ortiz, D. (2020). Analysis of Teachers’ Pedagogical Digital Competence: Identification of Factors Predicting Their Acquisition. Technology, Knowledge and Learning, 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10758 -019-09432-7 Jisc. (2018). Digital teaching professional framework: Guide for teachers and trainers. Jisc. https://www.jisc.ac.uk/digital-teaching-professional-framework Kurebayeva, G., Kulgildinova, T., Kurebayeva, G., Akhatova, B., Shevyakova, T., & Nurgaliyeva, S. (2025). From tradition to innovation: Pre-service teachers’ perceptions of digital transformation in language learning. Forum for Linguistic Studies, 7(3), 351–361. https://doi.org/10.30564/fls.v7i3.8768 Maderick, J. A., Zhang, S., Hartley, K., & Marchand, G. (2016). Preservice Teachers and Self- Assessing Digital Competence. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 54(3), 326–351. https://doi.org/10.1177/0735633115620432 Nurbekova, Z., & Nurbekov, B. (2023). DIGITALIZATION OF THE EDUCATION SYSTEM IN KAZAKHSTAN: EXPERIENCE, PROBLEMS, AND PERSPECTIVES. Strategies for Policy in Science & Education/Strategii na Obrazovatelnata i Nauchnata Politika, 31. Nogaibayeva, A. (2023). Exploring the use of ICT by language instructors at a university in Kazakhstan: Expectations, realities, and factors influencing adoption. Teaching English as a Foreign Language Journal, 2(2), 110-123. Redecker, C.: European framework for the digital competence of educators: DigCompEdu. In: Punie, Y. (eds.) EUR 28775 EN. Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg (2017). https://doi. org/10.2760/159770 TOKER, T., Akgün, E., Cömert, Z., & Edİp, S. (2021). DIGITAL COMPETENCY SCALE FOR EDUCATORS: ADAPTATION, VALIDITY AND RELIABILITY STUDY EĞİTİMCİLER İÇİN DİJİTAL YETERLİLİK ÖLÇEĞİ: UYARLAMA, GEÇERLİK VE GÜVENİRLİK ÇALIŞMASI. Milli Egitim, 50(230). Tondeur, J., Aesaert, K., Pynoo, B., Braak, J. V., Fraeyman, N., & Erstad, O. (2017). Developing a validated instrument to measure preservice teachers’ ICT competences: Meeting the demands of the 21st century. British Journal of Educational Technology, 48(2), 462–472. https://doi.org/ 10.1111/bjet.12380 Çebi, A., & Reisoğlu, İ. (2020). Digital competence: A study from the perspective of pre-service teachers in Turkey. Journal of New Approaches in Educational Research, 9(2), 294-308. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The Digital Divide in Finland: A Factor Mixture Model Investigation of Computational Thinking in ICILS 2023 1: Finnish Institute for Educational Research, University of Jyväskylä, Finland; 2: Faculty of Education and Psychology, University of Jyväskylä, Finland; 3: Department of Teacher Education, University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:The digital divide refers to persistent inequalities in access to ICT, patterns of engagement, and the benefits derived from technology (van Dijk, 2020). This divide is shaped by factors such as gender, socioeconomic status (SES), and country of origin (Acilar & Sæbø, 2023; van de Werfhorst et al., 2022). It is typically conceptualized across three levels: (L1) access to ICT, (L2) ICT use and digital skills and attitudes, and (L3) the outcomes gained from ICT use (van Dijk, 2020). As access (L1) has become increasingly widespread, recent research highlights the importance of examining disparities in L2 and L3 (Acilar & Sæbø, 2023; van de Werfhorst et al., 2022). For example, even when access is more equal, gender differences in ICT use and skills (L2) persist and their underlying causes remain unclear (Acilar & Sæbø, 2023). We examine the second level of the digital divide (L2) through the lens of a 21st century digital skill – computational thinking (CT). CT has gained substantial global attention in recent years, becoming embedded in school curricula worldwide (Fraillon, 2024) and amassing a growing body of research (Tang et al., 2020). Despite increased emphasis on developing CT, such advanced skills are still rarely developed at school in Finland (Oinas et al., 2023). Large-scale assessments, such as the International Computer and Information Literacy Study (ICILS), offer an opportunity to analyze students’ CT skills alongside students’ backgrounds, situating CT within the broader framework of the digital divide. In addition to evaluating school ICT infrastructure (L1), ICILS also evaluates how students use general and specialist applications (e.g., text editors, spreadsheets, programming software, etc.), how much they learn CT at school, their confidence in solving CT-related tasks, and their performance on practical CT tasks (L2). Finnish schools are well equipped technologically and there is low between-school variability in ICT resources (Fagerlund et al., 2024, p. 32). Thus, we have excluded L1, access to ICT, from our analysis, and focus on L2, CT-related self-efficacy, skills and use of ICT. Moreover, most secondary analyses of ICILS data focus on computer and information literacy (CIL), and only a small number of studies have thus far analyzed CT (Campos & Scherer, 2024; Fang et al., 2025). In addition, CT was introduced into the Finnish national core curriculum in 2016, and ICILS 2023 captures the first cohort of students educated under this curriculum (Fraillon, 2024). We also propose and test a slightly different view of L2 of the digital divide. Previous studies have used CIL and/or CT scores as sole measures of digital skills, often including one or more influencing variables such as gender or self-efficacy while applying linear and parametric methods of analysis. We propose a more nested view which better reflects the circular connection between ICT use and skills (van Dijk, 2020) and utilizes a nonlinear and probabilistic method of analysis. This nested model combines variables in a way that allows detailed exploration of, e.g. how frequently students use different types of ICT, while also examining the influence of common predictors such as gender. Thus, using Factor Mixture Modelling, the current study examines what student subpopulations emerge based on student backgrounds and CT-related digital skills and engagement with technology, and whether these indicate a L2 digital divide in Finland. We ask the following research question. To what extent do gender and SES differentiate student profiles that are based on CT-related ICT use, self-efficacy, and skills, indicating patterns of the digital divide in Finland? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We analyzed 4028 Finnish Grade 8 students’ responses (51.09% girls) from ICILS 2023. ICILS examines exogenous variables, such as age and gender, that influence how ICT is used and what digital skills students develop at school. CT-related ICT use is measured as the use of specialist applications in lessons. Specialist applications involve multimedia production tools, simulations and modelling software, computer programming environments, and more (Fraillon, 2024). CT skills are measured through practical tasks with real-world focus that require cross-curricular and diverse skills, as well as practicing responsible and ethical use of computers and the ability to create and execute algorithms to solve problems (Fraillon, 2024). The data for the present study were analyzed using Factor Mixture Modelling (FMM) in Mplus 8.11 and 9. FMM is a combination of latent class analysis and factor analysis, which models unobserved heterogeneity via categorical latent variables, and within-class covariation of the observed variables via continuous factors (Clark et al., 2013; Lubke & Muthén, 2005; Muthén, 2008). As ICILS is a cross-sectional study and the factor scores exhibited a non-normal distribution, we used non-parametric FMM which approximates the distribution via discrete classes (Clark et al., 2013; Muthén, 2008). Our FMM model is made up of classes, factors (ICT use, self-efficacy, and learning CT), factor items, covariates (gender and SES), and outcomes (CT scores). The outcomes are calculated via the Bolck, Croon, and Hagenaars (BCH) method. We regressed both the classes and the factors on the covariates, gender and SES, to investigate their effects on both class distribution and factor means. The model evaluation was based on statistics commonly used in mixture models such as the Bayesian Information Criterion (BIC) (Muthén, 2008). We used the following variables –– questions and items –– and scales, based on how they were grouped together in the ICILS 2023 Technical Report: • ICT use factor –– IS3G23:C-G,I,J,L,M –– 0–3: Never – In every or almost every lesson –– e.g., (I) Interactive digital learning resources • Self-efficacy factor –– IS3G24:D,K,L –– 0–3: I do not think I could do this – Very well –– e.g., (L) Use visual coding [...] • Learning CT factor –– IS3G26:E-I –– 0–3: Not at all – To a large extent –– e.g., (H) Systematically test computer programs [...] • Gender covariate –– SGENDER –– 1–2: Girl, Boy • SES covariate –– national index of socioeconomic background (NISB ) –– -3.209–1.783: low – high (mean 0.002) Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We extracted 5 classes (C1–C5) based on the used variables. The results indicate a gender- and SES-based digital divide among Finnish students. The two highest-performing classes, C1 and C3 (24% & 34.9% of the population), have the highest odds of high SES students, and the highest odds of girls. The worst-performing class, C2 (4.3%), has the highest odds of boys, the highest odds of low SES, and shows CT proficiency at a whole level below the other 4 classes. In the two middle-performing classes, C4 and C5 (19.5% & 17.3%), SES is significantly lower than C1 and C3. C4 has higher odds of boys, while C5 is more balanced in terms of gender. Even though C4 and C5 are the middle-performing classes, their CT scores are still below the standardized mean of 500 (Fraillon et al., 2025). It is noteworthy that the lowest-performing class (C2) reports using ICT in most lessons, alongside moderate self-efficacy and moderate-high learning of CT. In contrast, the high- and middle-performing classes report that they use ICT either never or only in some lessons. Further, although the middle-performing classes (C4 & C5) report moderate learning of CT, their CT scores remain significantly lower than those of the high-performing classes (C1 & C3), which report learning CT only to a small extent. While these findings are consistent with prior research, they were reached through an analytical approach rarely applied in educational research. The nested model offers a detailed description of student groups, revealing clear mismatches between students’ self-reported ICT use, attitudes, and learning, and their actual CT performance, underscoring a need for future research. Our findings have clear implications for educational policy and teaching practice. They suggest that simply including or emphasizing CT in the curriculum is insufficient to address persistent divides in students’ CT skills. References Acilar, A., & Sæbø, Ø. (2023). Towards understanding the gender digital divide: a systematic literature review. Global Knowledge, Memory and Communication, 72(3), 233–249. https://doi.org/10.1108/GKMC-09-2021-0147 Campos, D., & Scherer, R. (2024). Digital gender gaps in students’ knowledge, attitudes and skills: an integrative data analysis across 32 Countries. Education and Information Technologies, 29, 655–693. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-023-12272-9 Clark, S., Muthén, B., Kaprio, J., D'Onofrio, B., Viken, R., & Rose, R. (2013). Models and Strategies for Factor Mixture Analysis: An Example Concerning the Structure Underlying Psychological Disorders. Structural Equation Modeling: A Multidisciplinary Journal, 20(4), 681-703. https://doi.org/10.1080/10705511.2013.824786 Fagerlund, J., Leino, K., Niilo-Rämä, M., Puhakka, E., & Markkanen, I. (2024). Kohti digiosaamisen strategista kehittämistä: Kansainvälinen monilukutaidon ja ohjelmoinnillisen ajattelun tutkimus (ICILS 2023) [Towards the strategic development of digital competence: International research on multiliteracy and computational thinking]. Koulutuksen tutkimuslaitos. https://doi.org/10.17011/ktl-t/40 Fang, G., Wang, J., Chan, P., & Kalogeropoulos, P. (2025). Understanding the gender divide in digital literacy in four European countries: A comprehensive decomposition analysis using unconditional quantile regression. Computers & Education, 229, 105264. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2025.105264 Fraillon, J. (2024). An international perspective on digital literacy: Results from ICILS 2023. IEA. Fraillon, J., Rožman, M., Meyer, S., Musu, L., Liaw, Y.-L., Christiansen, A., & Tieck, S. (2025). ICILS 2023 Technical Report. IEA. Lubke, G. H., & Muthén, B. (2005). Investigating Population Heterogeneity with Factor Mixture Models. Psychological Methods, 10(1), 21-39. https://doi.org/10.1037/1082-989X.10.1.21 Muthén, B. (2008). Latent Variable Hybrids: Overview of Old and New Models. In G. R. Hancock, & K. M. Samuelsen, Advances in Latent Variable Mixture Models. IAP Information Age Publishing, Inc. Oinas, S., Vainikainen, M.-P., Asikainen, M., Gustavson, N., Halinen, J., Hienonen, N., Kiili, C., Kilpi, N., Koivuhovi, S., Kortesoja, L., Kupiainen, R., Lintuvuori, M., Mergianian, C., Merikanto, I., Mäkihonko, M., Nazeri, F., Nyman, L., Polso, K.-M., Schöning, O., Svedholm-Häkkinen, A. M., . . . Hotulainen, R. (2023). The impact of digitalisation on learning situations, learning and learning outcomes in lower secondary schools: Initial results and recommendations of a national research project. Tampere University and University of Helsinki. https://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-952-03-2782-8 van de Werfhorst, H. G., Kessenich, E., & Geven, S. (2022). The digital divide in online education: Inequality in digital readiness of students and schools. Computers and Education Open, 3, 100100. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeo.2022.100100 Tang, X., Yin, Y., Lin, Q., Hadad, R., & Zhai, X. (2020). Assessing computational thinking: A systematic review of empirical studies. Computers & Education, 148, 103798. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2019.103798 van Dijk, J. (2020). The Digital Divide. Polity Press. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Empowering Educators in Albania’s Digital Transition: Challenges, Strategies, Institutional Support, and Well-Being Aleksander Moisiu University, Albania Presenting Author:This study explores how teachers in Albania experienced and navigated the rapid transition to digital teaching during and after the COVID-19 pandemic, with particular attention to digital preparedness, institutional support, and professional well-being. While the shift to online learning was a global phenomenon, its impact was especially challenging in contexts with limited prior integration of digital technologies. By examining the Albanian case, this research contributes to broader European discussions on digital transformation, equity, and teacher support in education. Research Questions The study is guided by the following main research question: How did teachers in Albania adapt to emergency remote teaching, and what challenges and support mechanisms shaped their digital practices and well-being during this transition? To address this question, the research investigates four interconnected sub-questions:
Theoretical Framework This research is informed by an integrated theoretical framework combining perspectives on digital competence, teacher well-being, and educational equity, which are widely used in European and international education research. First, the study draws on the European Framework for the Digital Competence of Educators (DigCompEdu). This framework conceptualizes digital competence as more than technical ability, emphasizing pedagogical application, professional engagement, and reflective practice. DigCompEdu provides a relevant European reference for examining how teachers develop digital skills in practice, particularly in systems where formal digital training was limited prior to the pandemic. Second, the study is grounded in international research on teacher well-being, occupational stress, and professional resilience. This perspective views well-being as a multidimensional construct shaped by workload, institutional expectations, and emotional labor. During the pandemic, teachers across Europe experienced increased demands, blurred work-life boundaries, and heightened stress. This framework allows the study to analyze how digital transformation intersected with teachers’ emotional and professional experiences, rather than treating well-being as an individual issue alone. Third, the research incorporates theories of educational equity and the digital divide, drawing on European Union and UNESCO literature. These perspectives highlight how socio-economic and geographic inequalities influence access to digital resources and learning opportunities. This lens is particularly relevant for understanding disparities between urban and rural contexts in Albania and for situating the findings within wider European concerns about inclusive digital education. European and International Dimension Although the empirical focus of this study is Albania, the issues it addresses resonate strongly with experiences across Europe during the COVID-19 pandemic. Many education systems faced similar challenges related to insufficient digital preparedness, uneven infrastructure, and limited attention to teacher well-being in emergency policy responses. By applying European frameworks and engaging with international literature, this research contributes to comparative understanding and cross-national learning. As a new researcher study, this work offers context-sensitive insights into how teachers adapt to digital change under constrained conditions and highlights the importance of integrating professional development and well-being support into digital education policies. The findings are therefore relevant not only for Albania but also for other European education systems seeking to build more resilient, equitable, and teacher-centered approaches to digital transformation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative research design to explore teachers’ digital preparedness and professional adaptation during the transition to emergency remote teaching. A qualitative approach was selected in order to capture educators’ experiences, perceptions, and meaning-making processes within a specific institutional and national context. The research included teachers from primary, secondary, and vocational schools across urban and rural Albania. Participants were selected through purposive sampling, targeting mainly educators who were actively engaged in teaching during the COVID-19 pandemic. This ensured that all participants had direct experience with the rapid shift to online and hybrid instruction. In total, 35 educators participated in the study, representing varying levels of teaching experience and digital familiarity. Data were collected using semi-structured interviews, which allowed participants to reflect openly on their experiences while ensuring consistency across interviews. The interview protocol focused on three main areas: 1.Prior digital competence and training, 2.Challenges encountered during online teaching, and 3.Strategies adopted to develop digital skills and maintain teaching quality. Interviews were conducted mainly online and lasted approximately 30 minutes. Data were thematically coded, emphasizing the interplay between infrastructural challenges and psychosocial experiences. Findings were contextualized with national policy documents and digital training initiatives. Ethical principles were strictly observed throughout the research process. Participation was voluntary, informed consent was obtained, and anonymity was ensured through the use of pseudonyms. All data were stored securely and used exclusively for research purposes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study highlights how the rapid transition to online teaching in Albania exposed both systemic challenges and opportunities for teacher development. Findings indicate that most educators had limited prior experience with digital tools, relying heavily on WhatsApp, Facebook, and self-guided learning to maintain teaching continuity. Despite initial low confidence, teachers demonstrated remarkable adaptability, with peer networks and informal collaboration serving as critical support mechanisms. Teachers reported increased workload, emotional strain, and blurred work-life boundaries, particularly in rural and resource-constrained contexts. Institutional support was often fragmented or minimal, with few schools providing structured digital training or recognition of teachers’ well-being. These experiences underscore the interconnected nature of digital competence, institutional support, and teacher well-being, confirming the importance of a holistic approach to professional development. From a European perspective, the findings can be interpreted through the DigCompEdu framework, highlighting gaps in pedagogical application, professional engagement, and continuous development. The study also illuminates equity issues, as rural students and teachers faced disproportionate barriers due to limited infrastructure, reinforcing the need for targeted policy interventions. Expected outcomes include a set of practical recommendations for improving Albania’s digital education system: Embedding digital competence in both pre-service and in-service teacher training. Expanding access to reliable infrastructure and technological resources. Providing structured support for teacher well-being and workload management. Formalizing peer networks and collaborative learning communities to enhance professional resilience. Ultimately, the research positions teacher empowerment as central to sustainable digital transformation. By integrating skill development, well-being, and equity considerations, Albania can strengthen its education system while contributing to European and international discussions on resilient, teacher-centered approaches to digital innovation. Lessons from this study are relevant not only for Albania but also for other countries navigating rapid digital transitions under resource constraints, offering transferable insights for policy and practice. References 1.Balkan Insight. (2025, June 11). Village schools left behind by Albania’s digital rollout. https://balkaninsight.com/2025/06/11/village-schools-left-behind-by-albanias-digital-rollout/ 2.Bozkurt, A., & Sharma, R. C. (2020). Emergency remote teaching in a time of global crisis due to the Coronavirus pandemic. Asian Journal of Distance Education, 15(1), 1–6. 3.Deliu, E. (2022). Challenges of teachers and leaders in education during the COVID-19 period. International Journal of Research and Development, 9(1), 55–65. https://www.journal-uamd.org/index.php/IJRD/article/view/161 4.European Training Foundation. (2024). Driving digital innovation in education: Albania. https://www.etf.europa.eu/en/news-and-events/news/30-years-30-stories-albania-driving-digital-innovation-education 5.Hashtag.al. (2025, March 6). Fewer students per teacher, but more workload. https://www.hashtag.al/en/index.php/2025/03/06/me-pak-nxenes-per-mesues-por-me-shume-ngarkese/ 6. Kim, L. E., & Asbury, K. (2020). ‘Like a rug had been pulled from under you’: The impact of COVID-19 on teachers in England during the first six weeks of the UK lockdown. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 90(4), 1062–1083. https://doi.org/10.1111/bjep.12381 7. Monitor.al. (2023). Internet penetration in Albania: Urban vs rural. https://monitor.al/en/ndarja-e-internetit-depertimi-ne-zonat-urbane-eshte-gati-tre-e-here-e-gjysme-me-i-larte-se-ne-zonat-rurale/ 8. Rrapo, E., Çera, G., & Çaushi, F. (2022). Online teaching during the COVID-19 pandemic: A case study of Albania. Administrative Sciences, 12(3), 116. https://doi.org/10.3390/admsci12030116 9. Shehu, A., & Dervishi, Z. (2022). Occupational well-being among Albanian teachers in lower secondary school: A preliminary study. Journal of Positivity and Wellbeing, 6(1), 45–59. https://intwellbeing.com/index.php/positivity/article/view/36 10. Sokal, L., Trudel, L. E., & Babb, J. (2020). Canadian teachers’ attitudes toward change, efficacy, and burnout during the COVID-19 pandemic. International Journal of Educational Research Open, 1, 100016. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedro.2020.100016 11. UNESCO. (2021). Education: From disruption to recovery. https://en.unesco.org/covid19/educationresponse 12. European Commission. (2017). European Framework for the Digital Competence of Educators (DigCompEdu). Publications Office of the European Union. |
| 14:15 - 15:45 | 99 ERC SES 04 P: Generative AI, Learning, and Academic Cultures in Higher Education Location: E221 | Main building E | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Anna Aleksanyan Session Chair: Susanna Hartikainen Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The ChatGPT Disconnect: Bridging Policy-Practice Gaps in Higher Education using Reddit Discourse and Policy Analysis 1: University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom; 2: Middle East Technical University, Turkiye; 3: Durham University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Generative Artificial Intelligence (GenAI) tools such as ChatGPT have been transforming higher education since November 2022. Nowadays, students and staff alike use AI tools in higher education for diverse tasks such as text translation, checking grammar in assignments, grading homework, and communicating with one another (Wang et al., 2024; Abdullayeva & Musayeva, 2023; Fuchs, 2023; Rudolph et al., 2023). Studies on the uptake of AI amongst university students show relatively high adoption rates ranging from 73% (Fošner, 2024) to 92% (Freeman, 2025), varying by field of study and gender (Stöhr et al., 2024). However, this accelerated adoption poses potential risks to academic integrity and student learning. GenAI tools produce outputs difficult to differentiate from student work, complicating grading and raising questions about the extent of student learning and the value of higher education (Stöhr et al., 2024; Farazouli et al., 2024). Faculty concerns center on authorship misattribution, detection limitations, and pedagogical implications for assessment design (Wu et al., 2024). As a result of these concerns, higher education policymakers have accelerated development and adoption of institutional policies. However, many policies are not guided by learners' experience and practical concerns, leading to inefficient responses and mismatch in resources. To address this, we adopt a novel computational social science approach combining policy analysis with online discourse to examine the utilisation and governance of GenAI within higher education. This methodological design enables us to assess the extent to which institutional guidelines align with the practical experiences of higher education stakeholders. First we analyse discussion surrounding GenAI in higher education, drawing on lived experiences shared online through 290 posts from academic communities on Reddit. This organic user-generated data reveals concerns including usage of GenAI, automated detection avoidance, faculty’s detection methods. Novel findings include discussions on the value of learning and increased workloads as well as unclear policies. We then conduct a comparative policy analysis of policy texts on AI usage from leading universities in the Anglosphere. Our analysis of policy texts from leading university groups shows that while such texts outline permissible GenAI use, they focus on abstract concerns including academic integrity, data privacy, and fair access. Furthermore, a comparative policy analysis identifies areas of divergence between university offered guidance and online discourse. The contrast with Reddit discussions highlights a significant gap: while policy statements remain high‑level and theoretical, the texts lack concrete guidance on practical issues that practitioners grapple with managing workload, navigating unreliable detection technologies, and addressing integrity and learning concerns, as well as students discussion on academic integrity and the value of coursework. The findings shed light on alignments and gaps between institutional policy and everyday experiences, emphasising the necessity of designing human-centred policies. We use these findings as a basis when presenting five holistic policy recommendations based on this study’s findings to bridge the gap between the lived experiences of those using GenAI with higher education institutions and academic policies. These recommendations complement each other to provide an agile approach to ensuring that higher education institutions manage AI use in a way that is both principled and practical. Our recommendations define acceptable AI use, introduce transparency on AI systems, redesign assessments, support faculty capacity, and embed fairness with institutional policies to encourage more responsible GenAI use in higher education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We adopt a novel computational social science approach, combining the collection and analysis of organic user-generated data from Reddit discussions within higher education communities across the Anglosphere alongside policy documents issued by leading higher education institutions. We employ posts from users on Reddit, a social media website with 97.2 million daily and 365.4 million weekly active users. We focus our data collection from Reddit posts on higher education communities in the Anglosphere, specifically the United Kingdom, United States, and Canada. All selected subreddits relate to higher education experiences. To identify AI-related conversations, we filtered posts in each subreddit by the search terms. We employ the PRAW API (Application Programming Interface) implemented in Python to collect data using above terms from 30 November 2022 to 12 June 2025. We employ a filter to remove irrelevant posts and comments that include the phrases and collect 312 posts in total. Our institutional analysis focuses on four leading university consortia: the Group of Eight (Australia), Russell Group (UK), Ivy League (US), and U15 (Canada). These associations share two defining characteristics justifying their selection. First, they represent English-speaking higher education systems, ensuring linguistic and cultural comparability. Second, they align geographically with our Reddit data sources, which predominantly originate from the US, Canada, UK, Australia, and Ireland through national subreddits and associated networks. Each alliance published a collective AI policy except for the Ivy League. We selected policy documents which match the criteria by Cohen et al. (2017).The final dataset therefore comprises a set of eight policy texts/guidelines that are institutionally authenticated, publicly available, and explicitly centred on AI in higher education. Our analysis proceeded in two phases: (1) inductive coding of Reddit posts in academic communities to create a bottom-up thematic scheme around the use of GenAI tools in HE context; (2) deductive coding of policy documents using the inductively derived scheme to examine convergence and gaps between “voices from the field” and official guidance on policies. Hybrid inductive-deductive thematic analysis was utilised to investigate both bottom-up patterns in public online discussion in Reddit higher education communities and their alignment with top-down institutional policies on AI. Top-down and bottom-up coding methods, which are considered as two distinct approaches to thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006; Xu & Zammit, 2020), allow us to reveal emergent concepts while also interrogating predefined, practice-relevant constructs (Fereday & Muir-Cochrane, 2006; Hsieh & Shannon, 2005). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings A common finding in both Reddit discourse and institutional policy documents is the widespread concern that AI tools constitute a serious threat to academic integrity. However, while policy documents establish principled frameworks, they do not fully address the practical concerns that dominate discussions on Reddit. Policy statements from major university consortia, the Group of Eight (Go8) in Australia, the Russell Group (UK), Ivy League universities (US), U15 Canada and the Irish Universities Association (IUA), establish a clear distinction between acceptable and unacceptable uses of generative AI. All university policies evaluated emphasise clear guidelines, ongoing support for AI literacy, and modifications to teaching and evaluation methodologies, with institutions and instructors carrying primary responsibility. On the other hand, policy documents offer extensive guidance on the methods for using AI but are notably silent on AI detection methods. Furthermore, the worries about implementation in Reddit discussions, such as the increased workload of faculty and false accusations of cheating were not sufficiently addressed in the policy documents, while the theme of "data security and privacy," emphasised in the policy documents, did not figure prominently in discussions. The findings align with early post-2022 literature documenting how higher education reacted swiftly but often superficially to the GenAI surge. Improving AI policy design with grounded, user-centered evidence can bridge the gap. We make a number of recommendations that complement each other to provide an agile approach to ensuring that higher education institutions manage AI use in a way that is both principled and practical. These include clarifying acceptable use, transparency in AI, redesigning assessment to preserve the value of learning, supporting faculty capacity, and promoting fairness in higher education. References Abdullayeva, M. and Musayeva, Z.M., 2023. The impact of Chat GPT on student's writing skills: An exploration of AI-assisted writing tools. In International Conference of Education, Research and Innovation (Vol. 1, No. 4, pp. 61-66). Braun, V. and Clarke, V., 2019. Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative research in sport, exercise and health, 11(4), pp.589-597. Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K., 2007. Research methods in education (6th ed.). Routledge/Taylor & Francis Group. Farazouli, A., Cerratto-Pargman, T., Bolander-Laksov, K. and McGrath, C., 2024. Hello GPT! Goodbye home examination? An exploratory study of AI chatbots impact on university teachers’ assessment practices. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 49(3), pp.363-375. Fereday, J. and Muir-Cochrane, E., 2006. Demonstrating rigor using thematic analysis: A hybrid approach of inductive and deductive coding and theme development. International journal of qualitative methods, 5(1), pp.80-92. Fošner, A., 2024. University students’ attitudes and perceptions towards ai tools: implications for sustainable educational practices. Sustainability, 16(19), p.8668. Freeman, J., 2025. Student Generative AI Survey 2025. https://www.hepi.ac. uk/2025/02/26/student-generative-ai-survey-2025, 2025. Accessed 2 June 2025. Fuchs, K., 2023, May. Exploring the opportunities and challenges of NLP models in higher education: is Chat GPT a blessing or a curse?. In Frontiers in education (Vol. 8, p. 1166682). Frontiers Media SA. Hsieh, H.F. and Shannon, S.E., 2005. Three approaches to qualitative content analysis. Qualitative health research, 15(9), pp.1277-1288. Rudolph, J., Tan, S. and Tan, S., 2023. ChatGPT: Bullshit spewer or the end of traditional assessments in higher education?. Journal of applied learning & teaching, 6(1), pp.342-363. Stöhr, C., Ou, A.W. and Malmström, H., 2024. Perceptions and usage of AI chatbots among students in higher education across genders, academic levels and fields of study. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 7, p.100259. Wang, S., Wang, F., Zhu, Z., Wang, J., Tran, T. and Du, Z., 2024. Artificial intelligence in education: A systematic literature review. Expert Systems with Applications, 252, p.124167. Wu, C., Wang, X., Carroll, J. and Rajtmajer, S., 2024. Reacting to generative AI: Insights from student and faculty discussions on Reddit. In Proceedings of the 16th ACM Web Science Conference (pp. 103-113). Xu, W., & Zammit, K., 2020. Applying thematic analysis to education: A hybrid approach to interpreting data in practitioner research. International journal of qualitative methods, 19, 1609406920918810. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Critical Thinking with Generative AI in Higher Education: An Empirical Study of a Didactic Model "ML Life Cycle" Freie Universität Berlin, Germany Presenting Author:Background The rapid diffusion of generative artificial intelligence in higher education has raised significant pedagogical, ethical, and epistemic concerns across Europe (OECD, 2026). European policy initiatives, including the European Digital Education Action Plan and ongoing debates surrounding the EU AI Act, explicitly emphasize the need to strengthen AI literacy, critical thinking, and responsible AI use in educational contexts (Digital Education Council, 2024). While these frameworks highlight the societal relevance of critical engagement with AI, higher education institutions often lack empirically grounded didactic models that translate such policy goals into concrete teaching practices (Han et al., 2025). As a result, there remains a gap between European-level policy aspirations and evidence-based instructional approaches that support students in critically engaging with GenAI tools in academic learning. Research gap Research consistently identifies critical thinking as a central competence in higher education and demonstrates that it can be fostered through targeted instructional interventions (Abrami et al., 2008; Halpern, 1998). At the same time, a growing body of literature addresses AI literacy and the educational implications of generative AI, discussing both its potential to support learning and its risks for superficial or uncritical engagement. However, much of this research remains conceptual, focuses predominantly on K–12 contexts, or relies on survey-based quantitative approaches. Recent reviews (e.g., Chara-De lo Rios et al., 2025; Zhai et al., 2024) identify a clear lack of empirically evaluated didactic models that foster critical thinking in higher education AI contexts, particularly within European settings. Moreover, few studies investigate students’ real-time reasoning processes while interacting with GenAI tools. By adopting a qualitative, process-oriented perspective, this study directly addresses these gaps and contributes empirical evidence on how critical thinking unfolds during students- GenAI interaction. Theoretical Framework The theoretical framework of this study is primarily based on the integrative model of critical thinking proposed by Dwyer et al. (2014), which conceptualises critical thinking as a set of interrelated cognitive processes involved in reasoning and judgement. The framework emphasises four key dimensions: analysis, evaluation, inference and reflective judgement, which are particularly relevant in complex and ill-structured problem contexts. Building on the Delphi Report (Facione, 1990), these dimensions involve identifying argumentative structures, evaluating the credibility and coherence of information, drawing reasoned conclusions and reflecting on uncertainty and the provisional nature of knowledge. To operationalize critical thinking in AI-related learning environments, the study draws on the didactic framework developed by Faust and Mayweg-Paus (2024). This model structures critical reflection along the machine learning life cycle and uses guiding questions related to transparency, ethics, reliability, trustworthiness, security, control, and data protection. In the present study, this framework serves both as the instructional intervention and as an analytical lens for examining how students critically engage with GenAI systems. Research Questions This study examines how a didactic model for critically questioning machine learning systems across their life cycle influences university students’ critical thinking when interacting with generative AI (GenAI) tools. The main research question is: In what ways does instruction based on this model shape students’ critical engagement with GenAI outputs? Two sub-questions guide the analysis. First, the study explores how students with and without prior instruction in the model differ in their cognitive critical thinking skills engagement with GenAI-generated content. Second, it investigates which additional forms of reflective behavior, such as prompting strategies or attitudes toward AI outputs, emerge in students’ think-aloud processes during interaction with GenAI tools. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a quasi-experimental mixed-methods design with two cohorts of undergraduate students at a German research university. One cohort completed AI-based reflective tasks without prior instruction in the didactic model (control group), while the second cohort received explicit model-based instruction during a seminar on critical thinking (experimental group). Data consist of written Think-Aloud Protocols, in which students documented their thoughts, prompts, evaluations, and decisions while using generative AI tools ((excluding ChatGPT) to examine argumentative theses. The material was analyzed using qualitative content analysis supported by MAXQDA, combining deductive coding based on critical thinking dimensions (analysis, evaluation, inference, self-regulation, reflective judgement) with inductive category development. Complementary quantitative frequency analyses were used to compare patterns across groups. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that students who received model-based instruction demonstrate more differentiated analytical reasoning, greater awareness of uncertainty, and stronger reflective judgement when engaging with GenAI outputs. They show increased skepticism, more deliberate prompt revision strategies, and more explicit distancing from AI-generated claims. Beyond predefined critical thinking skills, the analysis reveals emergent categories related to prompting behavior and attitudes toward AI, highlighting critical engagement as a dynamic, process-oriented competence. Overall, the results suggest that structured, life-cycle-based reflection supports students in developing critical and responsible AI use. The study contributes empirical evidence to European debates on AI literacy and critical thinking in higher education. It demonstrates how theoretically grounded didactic models can be operationalized and evaluated in real classroom settings. Implications are discussed for curriculum design, teacher education, and future cross-national research on critical thinking and AI in higher education. References Abrami, P. C., Bernard, R. M., Borokhovski, E., Wade, A., Surkes, M. A., Tamim, R., & Zhang, D. (2008). Instructional Interventions Affecting Critical Thinking Skills and Dispositions: A Stage 1 Meta-Analysis. Review of Educational Research, 78(4), 1102-1134. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654308326084 Chara-De lo Rios, T., Solis-Trujillo, B., Perez-Ruiz, J., & Aquije-Mansilla, M. (2025). Systematic review of critical thinking using artificial intelligence. Edelweiss Applied Science and Technology, 9(3), 990–1001. Digital Education Council. (2024, 17. März). EU AI Act: What it means for universities [Executive briefing]. Digital Education Council. https://www.digitaleducationcouncil.com/post/eu-ai-act-what-it-means-for-universities Dwyer, C. P., Hogan, M. J., & Stewart, I. (2014). An integrated critical thinking framework for the 21st century. Thinking Skills and Creativity, 12, 43–52. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tsc.2013.12.004 Facione, P. A. (1990). The California Critical Thinking Skills Test: College level. Experimental validation and content validity. California Academic Press. Faust, A., & Mayweg-Paus, E. (2024). Empowering Tomorrow’s Minds. In H. Crompton & D. Burke, Artificial Intelligence Applications in Higher Education (1. Aufl., S. 73–89). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003440178-5 Halpern, D. F. (1998). Teaching critical thinking for transfer across domains: Disposition, skills, structure training, and metacognitive monitoring. American Psychologist, 53(4), 449–455. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.53.4.449 Han, B., Nawaz, S., Buchanan, G., & McKay, D. (2025). Students’ perceptions: Exploring the interplay of ethical and pedagogical impacts for adopting AI in higher education. International Journal of Artificial Intelligence in Education, 35(1), 1–24. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40593-024-00456-4 Mayring, P. (2012). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse–ein beispiel für mixed methods. Mixed Methods in der empirischen Bildungsforschung, 1, 27-36. Mayring, P. (2015). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Grundlagen und Techniken (12. Aufl.). Beltz. OECD (2026), OECD Digital Education Outlook 2026: Exploring Effective Uses of Generative AI in Education, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/062a7394-en. Zhai, C., Wibowo, S., & Li, L. D. (2024). The effects of over-reliance on AI dialogue systems on students’ cognitive abilities: A systematic review. Smart Learning Environments, 11(1), 28. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40561-024-00316-7 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Cognitive Offloading and Epistemic Agency in Student-GenAI Interactions Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:During study, students often offload cognitive operations, from the body to the environment (Clark & Chalmers, 1998), for example through tools such as pen and paper (Storm & Stone, 2015). This process allows them to reduce cognitive load when dealing with tasks that demand multiple cognitive operations (Burnett et al., 2025). For example, students may offload cognitive operations, such as coding and decoding in the case of notes (e.g., encoding ideas into bullet points or symbols), or comparison (e.g., using a spreadsheet to automatically compute differences and rankings), which can free resources for other operations and facilitate understanding (Kirsch, 2010). However, students' widespread use of generative AI (genAI) such as ChatGPT in their studies may have caused a major shift in the patterns of cognitive offloading, especially high-level cognitive operations, which have implications for developing crucial cognitive skills. Additionally, the use of genAI spans a spectrum of epistemic agency from integration (Gonsalves, 2024), to scaffolding (Darvishi et al., 2024) to complete outsourcing (Chen, 2025), with students exercising progressively less control over and responsibility for their knowledge work. Students offloading behaviors when studying with AI agents is yet understudied, leaving and important gap on the account of (a) the offloading of cognitive operations from students to genAI during study activity, and (b) the agency profile of student-genAI interaction as students engage in knowledge work. In our study, we aimed to clarify when genAI use functions as an extension that reorganizes cognition without displacing learners’ central epistemic role, and when it becomes a substitute that relocates substantial knowledge work outside the learner. This study is grounded in two interconnected theoretical perspectives that together enable focused analysis of student-genAI interactions: Distributed Cognition and Epistemic Agency. Distributed Cognition (Hutchins, 1996) provides the foundational lens for understanding how cognitive activity emerges from coordinated interactions among components of a sociotechnical system, comprised of individual students, genAI tools, and their learning communities. This framework allows us to conceptualize genAI not merely as an external aid but as an integral component of a distributed cognitive system where knowledge work unfolds across human and technological agents. The concept of epistemic agency (Scardamalia, 2002; operationalized by Damşa et al., 2008) enables examination of the degree to which learners maintain responsibility for and control over their knowledge work, including setting epistemic goals, evaluating outputs, revising ideas, and regulating their learning processes. Together, these frameworks provide an adequate analytical structure for investigating both what cognitive operations students offload to genAI and how these interactions can be characterized in terms of agency. The study addresses two interrelated research questions: (RQ1) what cognitive operations are higher education students offloading to genAI? This question is addressed through analysis of the cognitive operations embedded in students' prompts to genAI systems; (RQ2) How can their interactions be characterized, especially in terms of agency? This question is examined through an analytical framework that categorizes student-genAI interactions along a spectrum of epistemic agency– integration (highest agency, where students actively incorporate genAI outputs into their own knowledge work), scaffolding (moderate agency, where genAI provides support structures that students build upon), and outsourcing (lowest agency, where students delegate cognitive operations with minimal personal engagement or evaluation). By examining these questions through the lens of distributed cognition and epistemic agency, this study aims to illuminate the implications of genAI use for students' development of cognitive skills and their ability to engage as epistemic agents during study. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology Participants and Data Collection Data were collected from 73 higher education students at Tampere University, representing 15 different disciplines. Participants engaged in independent study sessions using genAI for 1-3 hours at a time. The data consisted of chat logs from these sessions, comprising primarily text-based exchanges but also including images when students incorporated visual materials into their prompts or received visual outputs from the genAI systems. Data Analysis The analysis employed a two-level coding scheme to address the research questions. The first level of coding focused on identifying the cognitive operations that students offloaded to genAI through their prompts (RQ1). The second level of coding examined the degree of epistemic agency students exercised in their interactions with genAI (RQ2). First Level: Cognitive Operations Coding Student prompts were coded according to the cognitive operations being offloaded to genAI. These operations were categorized into three hierarchical levels: Low-level cognitive operations: identification, differentiation, coding and decoding, comparison, and classification. Mid-level cognitive operations: mental representation, mental transformation, projection of virtual relations, and analysis and synthesis. High-level cognitive operations: logical reasoning, divergent thinking, syllogistic reasoning, transitive reasoning, hypothetical reasoning, analogical reasoning, and logical inference. Second Level: Epistemic Agency Coding Interactions were coded along a spectrum of epistemic agency, reflecting the degree of control and responsibility students maintained over their knowledge work. The three primary categories were: Integration (strong agency): Students actively incorporate genAI outputs into their own knowledge work through critical evaluation, synthesis with existing knowledge, iterative refinement, and substantive modification of generated content. Scaffolding (moderate agency): Students use genAI to support their knowledge work through requesting explanations, seeking structured guidance, obtaining feedback on their ideas, or accessing procedural assistance while maintaining decision-making control. Outsourcing (weak agency): Students delegate cognitive operations to genAI with minimal personal engagement, accepting outputs without evaluation, requesting complete solutions, or transferring epistemic responsibility to the system. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expected Outcomes The analysis is currently underway and will be completed by the time of the ECR presentation. Preliminary findings from the first level of coding (cognitive operations) reveal several patterns in how students offload cognitive work to genAI. Initial analysis indicates that students frequently employ a sequential pattern of cognitive offloading, beginning with low-level operations such as identification and differentiation (e.g., through prompts like "define," "list," or "explain"), followed by requests for higher-level operations including analysis and synthesis, mental representation, and projection of virtual relations. This pattern appeared in approximately half of coded interactions in preliminary data, suggesting a systematic workflow where students delegate increasingly complex cognitive tasks to the AI system. Notably, the preliminary coding reveals substantial offloading of reasoning operations, including divergent thinking, logical reasoning, and hypothetical reasoning. Students appear to use genAI for generative exploration, argument construction, and scenario evaluation. Prompts beginning with open-ended "what" and "how" questions frequently offload divergent thinking, while requests to analyze scholarly arguments or evaluate models delegate logical reasoning to the system. The second level of analysis, examining epistemic agency, will determine whether these patterns of cognitive offloading reflect integration, scaffolding, or outsourcing modes of interaction. Full results will illuminate the extent to which students maintain control over their knowledge work and the implications for their development as epistemic agents in knowledge-work contexts involving genAI. References Burnett, L. K., & Richmond, L. L. (2025). Meta-analytic investigations of the effect of cognitive offloading on memory-based task performance and interindividual variability. Memory & Cognition. https://doi.org/10.3758/s13421-025-01743-8 Chen, B. (2025). Beyond Tools: Generative AI as Epistemic Infrastructure in Education (arXiv:2504.06928). arXiv. https://doi.org/10.48550/arXiv.2504.06928 Clark, A., & Chalmers, D. (1998). The Extended Mind. Analysis, 58(1), 7–19. https://doi.org/10.1093/analys/58.1.7 Damşa, C. I., Kirschner, P. A., Andriessen, J. E. B., Erkens, G., & Sins, P. H. M. (2010). Shared Epistemic Agency: An Empirical Study of an Emergent Construct. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 19(2), 143–186. https://doi.org/10.1080/10508401003708381 Darvishi, A., Khosravi, H., Sadiq, S., Gašević, D., & Siemens, G. (2024). Impact of AI assistance on student agency. Computers & Education, 210, 104967. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2023.104967 Hutchins, E. (1996). The integrated mode management interface (Tech. Rep.). University of California at San Diego. Final report for project NCC 92-578, NASA Ames Research Center. Kirsh, D. (2010). Thinking with external representations. AI & SOCIETY, 25(4), 441–454. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00146-010-0272-8 Scardamalia, M. (2002). Collective cognitive responsibility for the advancement of knowledge. In B. Smith (Ed.), Liberal education in a knowledge society (pp. 67–98). Open Court. Storm, B. C., & Stone, S. M. (2015). Saving-Enhanced Memory: The Benefits of Saving on the Learning and Remembering of New Information. Psychological Science, 26(2), 182–188. https://doi.org/10.1177/0956797614559285 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Breaking Into the Boys Club: Narratives of Structural and Personal Violence in Icelandic Academia University of Iceland, Portugal Presenting Author:In recent decades, European higher education has undergone rapid internationalization, marked by increasing mobility of students and academic staff across national borders. Iceland reflects this broader European trend. At the University of Iceland, the country’s largest public university, international students and staff constitute a growing proportion of the academic community, including at doctoral and early-career levels. Women represent the majority of students and a substantial share of academic staff, while a significant number of doctoral graduates and researchers hold foreign citizenship. These demographic shifts position Icelandic academia within wider European debates on internationalization, equality, and academic labor. While internationalization is often framed as a marker of excellence and diversity, research across Europe shows that it also reshapes power relations within universities, particularly for those whose employment, residence status, and career progression are structurally precarious. Foreign women in academia frequently occupy short-term, grant-dependent, or informally defined positions, where gender intersects with nationality, language, and migration status. Within highly hierarchical academic environments, these conditions can increase vulnerability to discrimination, harassment, and other forms of violence, while simultaneously limiting access to institutional protection and redress. This paper examines the experiences of foreign women working in Icelandic academia, with a focus on employment-based violence (EBV). EBV is understood as psychological, sexual, economic, and symbolic harm occurring within the context of academic employment. The central research question guiding the study is: To what extent can the violence experienced by foreign women in Icelandic academia be understood as personal (direct) violence, structural violence, or as a product of their interaction? By addressing this question, the study responds to gaps in European and international research that have tended to focus narrowly on sexual harassment, often treating violence as an individual or behavioral problem rather than as an institutional and structural phenomenon shaped by employment precarity and migration status. The theoretical framework draws primarily on Johan Galtung’s distinction between structural and personal violence, complemented by Sara Ahmed’s analysis of institutional complaint. Structural violence refers to harm embedded in social and institutional arrangements that produce unequal life chances without a clearly identifiable perpetrator. As Galtung (1969) argues, such violence is “built into the structure” and manifests through unequal power relations and normalized disadvantages. In contrast, personal or direct violence involves identifiable actors and observable acts of harm, such as harassment, intimidation, or abuse of authority. While analytically distinct, these forms of violence are deeply interconnected. In academic institutions, personal acts of violence are often enabled, normalized, or rendered invisible through structural conditions such as informal power networks, opaque decision-making, ineffective reporting mechanisms, and institutional silence. Structural violence thus creates the conditions under which personal violence can occur repeatedly and with impunity. Ahmed’s Complaint! (2021) extends this framework by illuminating how institutional responses to reported harm function as mechanisms of structural violence. Ahmed conceptualizes complaint not merely as an individual act but as a process that exposes how institutions work to protect themselves. Complaints are frequently delayed, dismissed, or reframed as personal problems, while complainants—particularly those in precarious or foreign positions—are positioned as disruptive or risky. In this way, institutional procedures meant to ensure equality may operate as non-performative commitments that reproduce harm rather than resolve it. By combining these perspectives, the paper conceptualizes employment-based violence in academia as a phenomenon produced at the intersection of individual actions and institutional structures. Drawing on narrative and longitudinal qualitative data, including follow-up interviews, the study foregrounds how foreign women retrospectively interpret their experiences and how violence continues to shape their professional trajectories, mobility decisions, and sense of belonging. In doing so, the paper contributes to European and international scholarship by framing EBV as a structural issue within internationalized higher education and by centering the voices of foreign women, a group that remains underrepresented in both research and policy discussions.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a qualitative research design grounded in narrative inquiry and informed by a longitudinal perspective to examine how foreign women working in Icelandic academia experience and interpret employment-based violence (EBV) over time. Narrative inquiry is particularly suited to this research as it foregrounds lived experience as it is narrated and situated within specific social and institutional contexts (Clandinin & Connelly, 2000; Riessman, 2008). Rather than treating violence as a discrete or static event, this approach captures how meaning is produced and renegotiated as participants’ professional and personal circumstances evolve. A longitudinal component was incorporated through follow-up interviews conducted approximately two years after the initial data collection. This design allows attention to both continuity and change in participants’ interpretations of EBV, including how earlier experiences are reassessed in light of institutional responses, career trajectories, or accumulated insight (Saldaña, 2003; Neale, 2019). Combining narrative inquiry with a longitudinal approach makes it possible to examine not only what participants experienced, but how their understanding of violence shifted over time. Narratives are treated as socially produced forms of meaning-making rather than neutral recountings of events. Participants’ stories are shaped by gendered and racialized organizational cultures, academic hierarchies, and norms governing legitimacy and belonging within universities (Acker, 1990; Chase, 2011). Narrative inquiry enables an exploration of how foreign women articulate silence, endurance, justification, and resistance within academic environments where violence is often normalized or minimized. This approach aligns with feminist qualitative traditions that emphasize voice, situated knowledge, and reflexivity (Harding, 2004; Charmaz, 2014). The study draws on two waves of semi-structured interviews. The first documented experiences of EBV as they were lived and understood at the time. The second involved follow-up interviews with five participants from the original group, focusing on how they currently interpret those experiences and their ongoing effects. These retrospective narratives are treated as analytically meaningful, with shifts and contradictions understood as reflective of changing social locations and institutional positioning (Neale, 2019). Data analysis followed a narrative analytical approach attentive to narrative structure, tone, and temporal framing (Riessman, 2008), situating participants’ accounts within broader theories of structural violence (Galtung, 1969; Farmer, 2004), gendered organizations (Acker, 1990), and institutional complaint processes (Ahmed, 2021). The researcher’s positionality as a foreign academic woman informed both access to the field and the interpretive process, requiring sustained reflexivity regarding proximity, power, and ethical responsibility. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings show that EBV against foreign women manifests primarily as psychological, economic, and symbolic violence, including harassment, exclusion from professional networks, employment insecurity, and abuse of authority. While some incidents involved identifiable perpetrators, these acts were consistently enabled by structural conditions such as precarious contracts, dependence on supervisors for funding or residence status, language barriers, and limited access to institutional support. Participants reported insufficient information about their rights and described complaint mechanisms as ineffective, delayed, or dismissive, even when formal reports were submitted. Follow-up interviews revealed shifts in how participants understood their experiences over time. Many women initially framed incidents as individual conflicts but later recognized them as structurally embedded patterns sustained by academic hierarchies and institutional cultures. Violence was frequently normalized or minimized, while those who complained risked reputational damage or professional marginalization, contributing to silence and withdrawal rather than resolution. The analysis demonstrates that personal and structural violence are mutually reinforcing. Institutional structures create the conditions in which individual acts of violence occur, and their repeated, unaddressed manifestation transforms them into structural harm. Although policies and procedures exist, they do not guarantee protection when implementation is obstructed by informal power networks and institutional inertia. Addressing EBV therefore requires confronting the structural foundations of violence and the actors who sustain them, rather than relying solely on formal regulations that fail to challenge entrenched power relations within academia. References Acker, J. (1990). Hierarchies, jobs, bodies: A theory of gendered organizations. Gender & Society, 4(2), 139–158. Ahmed, S. (2021). Complaint. Duke University Press. Chase, S. E. (2011). “Narrative inquiry: Still a field in the making.” In N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), The Sage handbook of qualitative research (4th ed.). Sage Publications. Charmaz, K. (2014). Constructing grounded theory (2nd ed.). Sage Publications. Clandinin, D. J., & Connelly, F. M. (2000). Narrative inquiry: Experience and story in qualitative research. Jossey-Bass. Farmer, P.; with comments by Philippe Bourgois; Nancy Scheper-Hughes; Didier Fassin; Linda Green; H. K. Heggenhougen; Laurence Kirmayer; Loic Wacquant; and Paul Farmer. (2004) "An anthropology of structural violence." Current Anthropology 45(3):305-325. Galtung, J. (1969). Violence, Peace, and Peace Research. Journal of Peace Research, 6(3), 167-191. Harding, S. (2004). The feminist standpoint theory reader. Routledge. Neale, B. (2019). What is qualitative longitudinal research? Bloomsbury Academic. Riessman, C. K. (2008). Narrative methods for the human sciences. Sage Publications. Saldaña, J. (2003). Longitudinal qualitative research: Analyzing change through time. AltaMira Press. |
| 14:15 - 15:45 | 99 ERC SES 04 R: Fostering Critical Thinking, Argumentation, and Problem Solving in School Education Location: D13 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Riikka Anttonen Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Dissent at School. Functionality of Oral Argumentation in Primary School Lessons Universität Kassel, Germany Presenting Author:This doctoral project examines how subject-specific knowledge in primary school classrooms becomes a point of reference for epistemic problematisation. The focus is on the dynamics of stabilisation and destabilisation of knowledge in the conduct of lessons. Empirically, it focuses on practices that challenge subject-specific knowledge and make it the topic of verbal, oral articulation of dissent. As the communicative practice designed to deal with conflicting claims, oral argumentation plays a special role in this context (cf. Deppermann 2018). As such it is also a crucial communicative skill for participating actively in a democracy. School knowledge obeys its own rules. This distinguishes it significantly from knowledge framed within a scientific context. The latter's (temporary) openness to results is generally completely absent in the former. Although there are subject-specific differences, knowledge in school is either ‘right’ or ‘wrong’. It is already known. Discursive interaction patterns in the classroom, however, are considered pedagogically opportune (cf. Alexander 2018), as they are believed to have beneficial effects on the quality of subject-specific learning processes (cf. Clarke 2015). Nevertheless teaching proves to be resistant to forms of interaction that would offer more scope for communicative practices of articulating dissent (cf. Ford/Forman 2015). The IRE pattern (cf. Mehan 1979) in classroom interaction, on the other hand, proves to be functionally persistent. Among other things, it solves the problem of unambiguous knowledge preparation in the medium of oral communication. Furthermore, the written recording of knowledge, i.e. its transition from fleeting oral communication to materially solidified written form, represents a decisive step towards unambiguity (Proske 2013; Röhl 2015). This process of unambiguous knowledge production is usually described primarily as a linear event: In this approach, knowledge is first imparted through planned didactic narrowing, then through known information questions, then recorded in writing and finally tested. The PhD project builds on this work, but attempts to place this process more firmly in an empirical perspective as a dynamic event that does not follow a single direction. For empirical purposes, particular attention must be paid to situational opportunities in the classroom in which well-established procedures of epistemic disambiguation practices stumble, falter, and have to be followed up. Against this background, how do subject-related negotiations take place and what problems do they solve in the classroom? How and where does scope open up for practices of knowledge-related articulation of dissent? Where does the factuality of school education oscillate? How is this processed by participants in different situations? What is at stake for classroom teaching when subject-related dissent is articulated? And what can be gained from addressing it in the classroom? Such studies are particularly missing for primary school teaching in whole class settings. The majority of studies examine communicative argumentation practices in non-classroom contexts (cf. Morek et al. 2017), in small school groups (cf. Kreuz 2025) or in secondary schools (cf. Heller 2025). Heuristically, a praxeological understanding of classroom interaction is used, which takes into account not only human but also non-human actors (cf. Breidenstein 2021; Schatzki 1993). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The doctoral project follows an ethnographic research strategy (Breidenstein et al. 2020). Field trips lasting several weeks were conducted at two German primary schools and one independent democratic school between early 2025 and early 2026. I primarily observed lessons in two third-year classes. The sampling was based on the linguistic and social composition of the student cohort. One primary school is located in a heavily urbanised neighbourhood with a high proportion of immigrants, while the other is located in a socio-economically strong suburb of a large city. The first primary school teaches many children with special educational needs and children with L1 other than German – the second school does not. The sampling decision was based on the desire to create a contrast between the attributed educational language skills of the pupils. In line with a theoretical sampling strategy, I then included a free democratic school. This allows for a contrast between interaction patterns and references to school knowledge, which in some cases differ greatly from those in public schools. Further selective field phases will follow as needed.I put a focus on L1 German lessons, but participated in all types of classes. In addition to compiling extensive ethnographic protocols, I videotaped lessons. Audiographic and selective videographic access to situations in the field makes it possible to take a more detailed analytical look at fleeting verbal interactions. Two third-grade classes from the two state primary schools in the sample participated in L1 German lessons conducted by their respective class teachers, which focused on oral argumentation. The participation rate in the lessons was high, with around 20 pupils (out of 26 per class), which ensured that the interaction in the videotaped lessons was as natural as possible. Ten GoPros on tripods were used at the pupils' tables to capture the pupils' interaction in the group work phases from two angles each. During the plenary phase, two cameras were used to film from different angles. The cameras were used repeatedly in advance during the field phases, which lasted several weeks, to allow the pupils to become accustomed to the camera situation. The subsequent functional analysis of the material is based on iterative combinations of sequence analysis methods and coding methods borrowed from GTM (cf. Corbin/Strauss 2015). The evaluation of the audio and video material is based on ethnomethodological conversation analysis (cf. Bergmann 1981) and incorporates multimodal aspects of interaction (cf. Mondada 2007). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings It is evident that argumentation as a subject-specific practice in primary school L1 German lessons is in crisis - even though it is part of the curriculum. This applies not only to communicative practices of argumentation, but also to exclusively oral teaching communication in general. In contrast to writing practices, they need to be explicitly designated as a subject of L1 German lessons in the course of classroom interaction. At the same time, the classes studied show that the lessons devoted to oral argumentation can be integrated into the interaction order more smoothly than expected. As a didactic learning object that has been incorporated into lesson planning, dissent practices appear to pose little or no risk to classroom interaction. Everyday objects in classrooms prove to be resistant actors around which subject-specific content can be intensively negotiated – for example, seat cushions in a mathematics lesson dealing with geometric solids. As such, they can become motors of intensive subject-specific debate. The likelihood of such opportunities being used as spaces for dissent practices is related to the timing of the lesson. Lessons that are under time pressure seem to reduce the likelihood of interactive subject-related dissent practices. Subject-related dissent practices can be taken up situationally as provocations of the social order in the classroom on the part of pupils. In such cases, they are interpreted by teachers as something to which they respond with disciplinary measures rather than subject-related elaboration. The educational language skills attributed to the pupils show no strong observable correlation with the extent to which pupils engage in the linguistic articulation of dissent. Numerous multimodal communicative resources are used, especially by those pupils who still have a limited German vocabulary, thus ensuring discursive participation. References Alexander, R. (2018). Developing dialogic teaching: Genesis, process, trial,. Research Papers in Education, 33(5), 561–598. Bergmann, J. (1981). Ethnomethodologische Konversationsanalyse. In H. Steger & P. Schröder (Hrsg.), Dialogforschung: Jahrbuch 1980 des Instituts für deutsche Sprache (S. 9–52). Schwann. Breidenstein, G. (2021). Interferierende Praktiken. Zum heuristischen Potenzial praxeologischer Unterrichtsforschung. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 24, 933-953 Breidenstein, G., Hirschauer, S., Kalthoff, H., & Nieswand, B. (2020). Ethnografie. Die Praxis der Feldforschung (3. Aufl.). UVK. Clarke, S. N. (2015). The Right to Speak. In C. Asterhan, L. Resnick, & S. Clarke (Hrsg.), Socializing Intelligence Through Academic Talk and Dialogue. American Educational Research Association. Corbin, J. M., & Strauss, A. L. (2015). Basics of Qualitative Research. Techniques and Procedures for Developing Grounded Theory (4. Aufl.). SAGE. Deppermann, A. (2018). Wissen im Gespräch. In K. Birkner & N. Janich (Hrsg.), Handbuch Text und Gespräch (S. 104–142). De Gruyter. Ford, M. J., & Forman, E. A. (2015). Uncertainty and Scientific Progress in Classroom Discourse. In C. Asterhan, L. Resnick, & S. Clarke (Hrsg.), Socializing Intelligence Through Academic Talk and Dialogue (S. 143–156). American Educational Research Association. Heller, V. (2025). Förderung von Diskurskompetenz in Unterrichtsgesprächen. Was macht interaktive Kontexte zu Erwerbskontexten? In N. Proske, T. Weber, M. Dannerer, & A. Deppermann (Hrsg.), Gesprochenes Deutsch: Struktur, Variation, Interaktion (S. 425–452). De Gruyter. Kreuz, J. (2025). Kinder argumentieren—Zum ko-konstruierten Begründen in Kleingruppendiskussionen. In H. de Boer & D. Merklinger (Hrsg.), Dialog als interaktive Praxis. Grundschüler*innen im kollektiven Fachgespräch (S. 253–270). Springer VS. Mehan, H. (1979). Learning Lessons. Social Organization in the Classroom. Harvard University Press. Mondada, L. (2007). Multimodal resources for turn-taking: Pointing and the emergence of possible nextspeakers. Discourse Studies, 9(2), 194–225. Morek, M., Heller, V., & Quasthoff, U. (2017). Erklären und Argumentieren. Modellierungen und empirische Befunde zu Strukturen und Varianzen. In I. Meißner & E. L. Wyss (Hrsg.), Begründen—Erklären—Argumentieren. Konzepte und Modellierungen in der Angewandten Linguistik (S. 11–46). Stauffenburg Verlag. Proske, M. (2013). Die Ordnung des Unterrichts. Oder: Zum Nutzen einer kommunikationstheoretischen Beschreibung von Unterricht für die Allgemeine Didaktik. In Jahrbuch für Allgemeine Didaktik 2013 (S. 147–160). Schneider Verlag Hohengehren. Röhl, T. (2015). Transsituating Education. Educational Artefacts in the Classroom and Beyond. In S. Bollig, M.-S. Honig, S. Neumann, & C. Seele (Hrsg.), MultiPluriTrans in Educational Ethnography. Approaching the Multimodality, Plurality and Translocality of Educational Realities (S. 121–140). transcript Verlag. Schatzki, T. R. (1993). Social Practices. A Wittgensteinian Approach to Human Activity and the Social. Cambridge University Press. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Measuring the Development of Critical Thinking Skills in Preschool Children: A Systematic Literature Review University of Bucharest, Doctoral School of Psychology and Educational Sciences, Romania Presenting Author:Assessment, evaluation, testing and measurement are fundamental within educational process. The ways in which these tools are set up vary from one educational system to another. However, they share the same important functions: diagnostic, formative, informative, motivational, regulatory, summative and predictive. In Romania, the end of one educational cycle is marked by a national evaluation or exam. Individual decisions are made based on the results obtained. Educational policies emerge from analyzing the level of the results. But what did we actually measure? Did we evaluate according to objectives that was followed through the years? Are those objectives aligned to educational goals and the broad purposes of education? The education law in Romania presents goals and structures oriented toward twenty first century skills. These skills include critical and creative thinking and national and universal values. According to Delphi Project, Critical thinking contains six main cognitive actions: analysis, evaluation, inference, interpretation, explanation and self-regulation. Some of them appear early in life and need refinement, other develop with age and also need training. From the first years of kindergarten to the last years of high school, measurement of critical thinking is essential. Knowing the level of critical thinking skills is necessary in order to develop it. Thus, critical thinking skills should be evaluate throughout the years. This topic is relevant in today`s world, a world marked by fast changes and novelty. The ability to understand, position accordingly and embrace good change is imbedded in critical thinking and, therefore it is to be admired. Since critical thinking is one of the goals of the entire educational system, it`s importances cannot be overlooked. Studying critical thinking in order to develop intentionally and methodically these skills is needed. Measuring critical thinking skills is necessary and instruments need to be further developed. Instrument of measuring critical thinking skills in Romania have been adapted from international ones. Existing tools measure critical thinking for ages eighteen years and over. The purpose of this research is to create an instrument for measuring critical thinking skills in preschool children in Romania. In order to create a valid and reliable tool, and based on the Delphi Project findings, the following research question is formulated:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The method used to reach the goal of the study is systematic literature review. This method provides aggregated data that allows reducing research gaps and empower informed decision-making in critical thinking evaluation and development for preschool children. Data bases on Enfromation platform with research journals are selected on clear inclusion and exclusion criterions. Boolean search is used for this systematic literature review. The key words proposed for search are: (critical thinking OR cognitive abilities OR thinking OR cognitive development OR thinking skills) AND analysis AND evaluation AND inference AND interpretation AND explanation AND self-regulation AND (preschoolers OR preschool children OR kindergarten kids) AND 3-4 years AND 4-5 years AND 5-6 years AND (testing OR measuring OR evaluating OR assessing). The next step is represented by screening of the studies: duplicate elimination, title and abstract analysis and full text evaluation. For clarity and quality of the research, the PRISMA guidelines will be followed during the systematic literature review process. After results synthesis and report writing, a measurement instrument based on the systematic literature review findings will be carried out. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expected results for this study include identification of the core critical thinking abilities specific to preschool years. Four out of the six critical thinking skills named in Delphy Report are expected to be met at this age: analysis, evaluation, interpretation, explanation. Some of the studies suggest that, the other two skills (inference and self-regulation) are specific for children 9 years and above. However, identification of preliminary mental activities for this two skills and others, specific to preschool children ages, is necessary for a clear description of critical thinking skills of preschool children. Based on these findings, a critical thinking test for preschool children in Romania will be formulated and results will be presented. A short description of classic or unique ways in which critical thinking skills are met in children aged between 3 and 6 years will be written. References Bailin, S., & Siegel, H. (2003). Critical thinking. The Blackwell guide to the philosophy of education, 181-193. Bloom, B. S. Engelhart, M. D. Furst, E. J. Hill, W. H. și Krathwohl, D. R. (1956). Handbook I: cognitive domain. New York: David McKay, 483-498. Burieva, K. E. (2025). Fostering critical thinking, communication, collaboration, and creativity in education: global experiences and local implications. American Journal of Innovation in Science Research and Development, 2(2), 33-37. Dewey, J. (2022). How we think. DigiCat. Dilek, Ö. A. (2025). The problem of developing critical thinking skills in preschoolers. Вестник НАН РК, 413(1), 284-296. Enciso, O. L. U. Enciso, D. S. U. și Daza, M. D. P. V. (2017). Critical thinking and its importance in education: Some reflections. Rastros Rostros, 19(34), 78-88. Ennis, R. H. (1989). Critical thinking and subject specificity: Clarification and needed research. Educational researcher, 18(3), 4-10. Ernst, J. Monroe, M. (2004). The effects of environment‐based education on students' critical thinking skills and disposition toward critical thinking. Environmental Education Research, 10(4), 507-522. Facione, P. (1990). Critical thinking: A statement of expert consensus for purposes of educational assessment and instruction (The Delphi Report). León, J. M. (2015). A baseline study of strategies to promote critical thinking in the preschool classroom. GIST–Education and Learning Research Journal, (10), 113-127. Lipman, M. (2003). Thinking in education. Cambridge University Press. O'Reilly, C. Devitt, A. și Hayes, N. (2022). Critical thinking in the preschool classroom-A systematic literature review. Thinking skills and creativity, 46, 101-110. Paul, R., și Elder, L. (1992). Critical thinking: What, why, and how. New directions for community colleges, 77(2), 3-24. Pellegrino, J. W. Bransford, J. D. și Donovan, M. S. (Eds). (1999). How people learn: Bridging research and practice. National Academies Press. Renzulli, J. S. (1992). A General Theory for the Development of Creative Productivity Through the Pursuit of Ideal Acts of Learning. Gifted child quarterly, 36(4), 170-182. Scheffler, I. (1973). Reason and Teaching. Routledge & Kegan Paul. Siegel, H. (1980). Critical thinking as an educational ideal. The Educational Forum, 45(1), 7-23. Sternberg, R. J. și Halpern, D. F. (Eds.). (2020). Critical thinking in psychology. Cambridge University Press. Walsh, D., & Paul, R. W. (1986). The Goal of Critical Thinking: from Educational Ideal to Educational Reality. American Federation of Teachers. Weinstein, M. (1991). Critical thinking and education for democracy. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 23(2), 9-29. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Teachers’ Conceptions and Challenges in Teaching and Assessing Critical Thinking Across Italian Schooling Levels University College Dublin, Ireland Presenting Author:Critical thinking (CT) draws from foundational theories like Socrates' elenchus method of inquiry through dialogue (Oyler & Romanelli, 2014), Dewey's reflective thinking as deliberate evidence-based inquiry (Dewey, 1910), and the triadic model by Perkins (1993) emphasizing inclinations, sensitivities, and abilities. These frameworks highlight CT as encompassing not just cognitive skills (e.g., analysis, evaluation per Facione, 1990) but also dispositions like open-mindedness and contextual sensitivities (Ennis, 1996; Siegel, 1988). Despite this strong normative emphasis, empirical research continues to highlight a persistent gap between policy aspirations and teachers’ everyday classroom practices (OECD, 2019a; Biesta, 2010). This gap appears particularly pronounced in relation to the teaching and assessment of CT, which remains uneven, fragmented, and weakly supported across school levels (Abrami et al., 2015). A growing body of research suggests that teachers face multiple challenges when attempting to operationalise CT in practice, including conceptual ambiguity regarding what CT entails (Li, 2023; Galindo-Domínguez et al., 2023), difficulties aligning CT with subject-specific curricula (Batdı, 2024), limited assessment tools (Abrami et al., 2015) and insufficient institutional or professional support (Stoll & Louis, 2007). The urgency of addressing these challenges has intensified with the rapid diffusion of digital technologies and artificial intelligence (AI) in educational contexts (Brazão & Tinoca, 2025). Automated tools increasingly shape how students access information, produce texts, and solve problems, raising concerns about the outsourcing of key cognitive processes such as evaluation, interpretation, and judgment (Vincent-Lancrin et al., 2019). In this context, teachers are required to navigate new pedagogical tensions between efficiency and depth, automation and autonomy, and support and dependence (Biesta, 2010). Understanding teachers’ perceptions of CT and the challenges they encounter is therefore essential for designing educational responses that remain meaningful in AI-rich learning environments. This project investigates the central challenges in teaching and assessing critical thinking school levels in Italy, focusing on teachers’ conceptions of CT and their perceived access to professional and community-based support (Shafer, 2025). Rather than examining CT implementation within a single institutional setting, the study adopts a system-level perspective, exploring how challenges and supports vary across pre-primary, primary, lower secondary, and upper secondary education. The study employs a national survey design, targeting in-service teachers across all levels of schooling. Data are collected through an online questionnaire distributed nationally via professional networks, institutional channels, and social media dissemination (Galindo-Domínguez et al., 2023). An expected sample of approximately 300 teachers allows for cross-level and cross-context comparisons. The survey examines teachers’ definitions of CT, perceived pedagogical and assessment challenges, experiences of collegial and community support, and attitudes towards digital technologies and AI in relation to CT development. By providing quantitative evidence at scale, this study contributes to the still underdeveloped empirical literature on critical thinking implementation across educational levels (Granström et al., 2023). The findings aim to inform policy, teacher education, and school leadership by identifying structural and professional conditions necessary to support coherent and sustainable approaches to CT in contemporary education systems. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is the second phase of a four-year project that included a curriculum analysis, a nationwide teacher survey, and in-depth interviews with 8 teachers from primary and lower secondary schools at a local lower secondary school in Italy. The interviewees represented a range of subject areas including languages, mathematics, literature, English, and student support. These teachers were recruited from those who had attended Visual Thinking Strategies (VTS) workshops and/or experimented with the method in their classrooms. This second phase includes a cross-sectional national survey designed to investigate teachers’ conceptions of critical thinking and the challenges associated with its teaching and assessment across all levels of schooling (Nolan, 2024). The target population includes in-service teachers working in pre-primary, primary, lower secondary, and upper secondary education, across a range of subject areas and institutional contexts. Data are collected through an online questionnaire designed to capture both conceptual and contextual dimensions of teachers’ engagement with CT (Connors & Piro, 2025). The survey is structured into thematic sections addressing: (1) professional background and school level; (2) teachers’ definitions and understandings of critical thinking; (3) perceived pedagogical and assessment-related challenges; (4) access to institutional or community-based support (e.g. professional learning communities, collaborative planning, informal peer networks); and (5) perceptions of digital technologies and artificial intelligence in relation to students’ critical thinking development. The questionnaire includes a combination of closed-ended items using Likert-scale responses and a limited number of open-ended questions to allow respondents to elaborate on their experiences. Participants are recruited through a national dissemination strategy (e.g., professional teacher networks, institutional mailing lists, and targeted social media posts) and the expected sample includes approximately 300 teachers. This nationwide survey data complements, with a broader and quantitative perspective, the local in-depth interviews that revealed that teachers conceptualize CT across epistemic (analysis), argumentative (perspective-taking), ethical-civic (empathy, autonomy), and metacognitive dimensions, often as a transversal skill rather than a separate subject, with VTS enhancing observation, dialogic exchange, and non-judgmental climates despite constraints like time pressures, assessment demands, and transmissive habit. Quantitative data will be analysed using descriptive and inferential statistical methods, through SPSS. Descriptive analyses map overall trends in teachers’ conceptions of CT and perceived challenges, while inferential analyses explore differences and associations across school levels, subject areas, and access to professional support. Responses to open-ended items will be analysed using qualitative content analysis to contextualise and deepen interpretation of the survey results. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study aims to contribute to ongoing debates on the role of critical thinking in contemporary education by examining how teachers conceptualise critical thinking and the challenges they encounter in its teaching and assessment across different levels of schooling in Italy. By adopting a system-level perspective and combining insights from earlier qualitative work with a nationwide survey, the research addresses a gap in the empirical literature concerning how critical thinking is understood and supported beyond single institutional or subject-specific contexts (Galindo Domínguez, Bezanilla, & Poblete, 2023). Rather than treating critical thinking as a fixed or uniformly implemented construct, the study acknowledges the plurality of teachers’ conceptions and the contextual conditions that shape classroom practice (Li, 2023). The survey design allows for the exploration of variations across educational levels and subject areas, offering a nuanced account of how pedagogical challenges intersect with teachers’ access institutional and community-based support (Stoll & Louis, 2007). In doing so, the study responds to longstanding concerns regarding the fragmentation of critical thinking initiatives and the limited alignment between policy aspirations and everyday teaching practices (OECD, 2019b). The research also situates critical thinking within a broader educational landscape characterised by rapid technological and artificial intelligence. Drawing on existing literature, the study treats these developments as an important contextual dimension and explores how teachers perceive their relevance for students’ critical thinking development (Brazão & Tinoca, 2025). This exploratory focus reflects the need for empirically grounded insights into how emerging technologies are interpreted and negotiated by teachers in relation to core educational aims. By providing large-scale quantitative evidence complemented by qualitative insights from open-ended survey responses, this study seeks to inform teacher education, professional development, and school leadership by identifying structural and professional conditions that may enable more coherent and sustainable approaches to critical thinking (Batdı, 2024). References Abrami, P. C., Bernard, R. M., Borokhovski, E., Waddington, D. I., Wade, C. A., & Persson, T. (2015). Strategies for teaching students to think critically: A meta-analysis. Review of Educational Research, 85(2), 275–314 Batdı, V. (2024). Evaluation of the effectiveness of critical thinking training on teachers in primary and secondary schools. Review of Education. Biesta, G. (2010). Good education in an age of measurement: Ethics, politics, democracy. Routledge. Brazão, P., & Tinoca, L. (2025). Artificial intelligence and critical thinking: A case study with educational chatbots. Frontiers in Education, 10. Connors, C., & Piro, J. S. (2025). Visual Thinking Strategies as humanistic education: A qualitative study of teachers using VTS. International Journal of Changes in Education, 2(2), 66–79. Dewey, J. (1910). How we think. D. C. Heath. Ennis, R. H. (1996). Critical thinking. Prentice Hall. Galindo-Domínguez, H., Bezanilla, M. J., & Poblete, M. (2023). A teachers' based approach to assessing the perception of critical thinking in university students. Frontiers in Education, 8, Article 1127705. Granström, M., Kikas, E., & Eisenschmidt, E. (2023). Classroom observations: How do teachers teach learning strategies? Frontiers in Education, 8. Li, L. (2023). Critical thinking from the ground up: Teachers' conceptions and practice in EFL classrooms. Teachers and Teaching, 29(6), 571–593. Nolan, S. (2024). Visual Thinking Strategies for reading engagement: Adapting lessons from Denmark to English language learning. Children’s Literature in English Language Education, 12(2), 20–40. Oyler, D. R., & Romanelli, F. (2014). The fact of ignorance: Revisiting the Socratic method as a tool for teaching critical thinking. American Journal of Pharmaceutical Education, 78(7), Article 144. OECD. (2019a). Education policy outlook 2019: Working together to help students succeed. OECD. OECD. (2019b). Fostering students' creativity and critical thinking: What it means in school. OECD. Perkins, D. N. (1993). Teaching for Understanding. American Educator, 17, 28-35. Siegel, H. (1988). Educating reason: Rationality, critical thinking, and education. Routledge. Shafer, D. (2025). A critical thinking thematic framework and observation tool for improved theory and developing secondary teachers' instructional practice: Proof of concept. Thinking Skills and Creativity, 56. Stoll, L., & Louis, K. S. (2007). Professional learning communities: Divergence, depth and dilemmas. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 45(1), 3–10. Vincent-Lancrin, S., González-Sancho, C., Bouckaert, M., de Luca, F., Fernández-Barrerra, M., Jacotin, G., Urgel, J., & Vidal, Q. (2019). Fostering students' creativity and critical thinking: What it means in school. OECD Publishing. |
| 14:15 - 15:45 | 99 ERC SES 04 T (P): Posters Location: Main Auditorium foyer | Main building A Session Chair: Sofia Eleftheriadou Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Teacher’s perspectives of Creativity as a Starting point, Process or Outcome Kobe University, Japan Presenting Author:This study examines how Japanese teachers construct the meaning of creativity in their narratives of ideal education, with particular attention to creativity as an expression of teachers’ hopes for children’s personal growth rather than as a means of social contribution. Recent policies in many countries have emphasized the importance of the concept of creativity. In OECD report (2025) frames creativity as a key skill for students to prepare for the future and to discover their potential. Also, creative thinking is seen as having huge benefits not only individuals but also society that needs to progress in an era of rapid change. There are many definitions for creativity but here I align with researchers who see creativity requiring both originality and effectiveness, ranging from genius-level to ordinary-level (Runco&Jaeger,2012; Kaufman,2016). When it comes to using creativity in policies, Japan and many European countries share the same aim of giving back to society. Creativity is positioned as a transversal skill underpinning lifelong learning and identified as one of the key competences necessary for individuals to participate effectively in contemporary society (Council of the European Union, 2018). In Japan, creative thinking, ‘souzousei,’ is conceptualized as a competency required for solving modern issues (MEXT,2021). It is positioned as a core element of the broader framework of “qualities and abilities” called ‘shishitsu・nouryoku’ (lit. competencies and skills) that school education is expected to cultivate through subject learning and cross-curricular activities. Within this political framework, Both of Europe and Japan think that creative thinking is not treated as a domain-specific talent but as a general capacity to generate ideas, solve problems, and respond flexibly to complex and changing social conditions. However, since policies do not enact themselves, it is important to focus on what happens on schools level and what teachers do in the classrooms. At the level of educational practice, teachers may attach different meanings to the concept that what is suggested by the policies. Furthermore, meaning can also differ between different countries. Such differences can be understood in relation to cultural contexts that shape how creativity is interpreted and enacted in classrooms. As Lubart (2010) argues, creativity is cultivated and differentiated through culture, rather than representing a universally shared construct. This suggests that the same term may generate different educational discourses across cultural settings. When the same words are understood with different meanings, mistakes occur when creating international standards. To understand how Japanese teacher perceive the word “Creativity”, it is important to consider the dimension of teacher thinking. Teacher thinking can be defined as integrated concept of knowledge, belief, attitude and other elements, and used by teachers to plan, interact and reflect in their work (Elbaz-Luwisch,2005; Levin,2015). When a new policy is introduced, teacher thinking always enters the process; it is used to interpret the purposes of a policy, justify it through personal practical knowledge and then put into practice. Teacher’s thinking influences their how they interpret policies and pedagogical concepts. The tension between systematic “must-do” tasks of teaching and teacher's hopes to “raise children like this” is present in their thinking. It is also essential to consider Japan's cultural characteristics. In Japan, teachers tend to place greater emphasis on effort (Matsumura, 2016) and it has been pointed out that they do not sufficiently evaluate learner potential and influences of social hierarchy (Kariya,2000). Public education aims to provide equal education for all children according to their abilities, but such differences in ability are attributed to effort. Analyzing the range of teachers' responsibilities regarding what public education should provide can help identify characteristic teacher thinking. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In my research, I employed a narrative approach, which is an appropriate methodology for this study because teachers’ views of creativity are not always explicitly stated but are embedded in stories of practice, hopes, and ideal images of education. This approach assumes that narratives do not merely reflect social reality but are actively constructed through the act of storytelling (Riessman, 2008). Narrativity, constructed data, allows analysis of how teachers interpret educational policies and key terms and how they justify these interpretations based on their personal practical knowledge (Clandinin & Connelly,2000). I conducted semi-structured interviews with two Japanese public elementary school (grades 1 through 6 in the K–12 system) teachers, Ono-sensei and Ito-sensei. Each interview lasted approximately 1 hour. One teacher had just one year of teaching experience who is teaching fourth grade in the rural area, and the other was a teacher with eighteen years of teaching experience and teaching sixth grade in a middle-sized city in Kansai. Although the number of participants is limited, this study is designed as an exploratory, depth-oriented qualitative inquiry that aims to capture the richness and complexity of teachers’ narratives rather than to achieve statistical representativeness. The interview protocol was designed to elicit teachers’ narratives of ideal education and teacher images. Interviews begin by asking about participants’ professional backgrounds and teaching experiences, followed by prompts encouraging reflection on their ideals as teachers and classroom practices needed to realize those ideals. Rather than asking directly about creativity at the outset, the interviews are structured to allow the concept to emerge naturally within teachers’ stories of practice and aspiration. The analysis followed a thematic narrative approach. First, the narratives that relate to ideal education and desired forms of teaching practice are identified. Second, episodes in which creativity is explicitly or implicitly referenced are told according to two analytic dimensions. The first dimension concerns the temporal positioning of creativity within teachers’ narratives: whether creativity is framed as a starting condition, a learning process, or an educational outcome. The second dimension focuses on the perceived purpose of creativity: whether it is oriented toward individual children’s growth and self-realization or toward broader social contribution and societal progress. Through these analytical lenses, I examined how creativity is positioned within teachers’ professional thinking and how this positioning reflects underlying cultural values, such as egalitarianism and effort-based conceptions of ability. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings “Above all, I want to be a teacher who allows each child to reflect autonomously on what they have learned. (Ono-sensei)” Like this, narratives make it possible to show that the creativity described by Japanese teachers is positioned primarily as a process that supports children’s growth, rather than as an outcome oriented toward success or achievement. Regarding the social contributions outlined in educational policy, Japanese teachers do not strongly frame creativity in terms of societal benefit. Instead, they prioritize children’s growth within their immediate educational practice. In this sense, creativity is perceived in Japan as a gap between policy discourse and teachers’ actual practice. While policy documents emphasize creativity as a competence for contributing to society, teachers’ narratives rarely refer to such societal or economic aims, focusing instead on the present experiences of children. For teachers, creativity occupies a rather contradictory position. It is described as something difficult to define and evaluate within existing assessment frameworks, while at the same time being something they strongly wish to nurture. This ambivalence highlights how creativity is valued at the level of teachers’ beliefs yet remains implicit and unstable in practice. The findings further suggest that creativity functions as a moral and relational concept in teachers’ narratives, rather than as a tool for innovation or economic contribution, reflecting culturally specific ways of understanding educational aims. This result leads to implications that teachers may not need to consider social benefit so much, less than policies say. Instead, teacher should pay attention to the children before them. However, this study focused on only the teachers in public school, so there is a possible that the thinking of teachers in private school differs from them because school policies can differ from the national standards. References ・Clandinin, D. J. & Connelly, F. M. (2000). Narrative inquiry: Experience and story in qualitative research. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bas. ・Elbaz-Luwisch, F. (2005). Teachers’ voices: Storytelling and possibility. Greenwich, CT: Information Age Publishing ・Kariya T.(2000). gakusyû jikan no kenkyû-doryoku no fubyôdô to meritokurashî- [Research on Learning Time: Inequality of Effort and Meritocracy]. The Journal of educational sociology, 66, 213-229 ・Kaufman, J. C. (2016). Creativity 101. Springer ・Levin, B. (2015). The development of teachers’ beliefs. In H. Fives & M. Gregoire Gill (Eds.), International handbook of research on teachers’ beliefs (pp. 48–65). New York and London: Routledge. Taylor & Francis. ・Lubart, T. I. (2010). Cross-cultural perspectives on creativity. In J. C. Kaufman, R. J. Sternberg (Eds.), The Cambridge handbook of creativity: 265–278. Cambridge University Press. ・Matsumura, N. (2016). Virtual gifted education in Japan. In D. Y. Dai & C. C. Kuo (Eds.), Gifted education in Asia: Problems and prospects (pp. 121–145). IAP Information Age Publishing. ・Riessman, C. K. (2008). Narrative methods for the human sciences. Sage Publications, Inc. ・Runco, M. A., & Jaeger, G. J. (2012). The Standard Definition of Creativity. Creativity Research Journal, 24(1), 92–96. ・Council of the European Union. (2018). Council Recommendation of 22 May 2018 on Key Competences for Lifelong Learning. Official Journal of the European Union, C 189, 1–13. ・Ministry of Education, Culture, Sports, Science and Technology (2021). “’kobetsu saiteki na manabi’ to ‘kyôdôteki na manabi’ no ittaika no jûjitsu” [Enhancing the integration of individualized learning and collaborative learning] ・OECD (2025). “Creative minds in action: Students’ imagination and ideas in storytelling, design and problem solving tasks on the PISA test”, OECD Education Policy Perspectives, No. 120, OECD Publishing, Paris 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Beyond Knowledge Transmission: Cultivating Critical Environmental Literacy in Future Biology Teachers Through Research-Based Learning 1: Kazakh National Women's Teacher Training University, Kazakhstan; 2: Nazarbayev Intellectual School Presenting Author:Proposal Information We live in an age of intertwined ecological and social crises—from climate change to biodiversity loss. These challenges demand more from education than the passive transfer of facts; they require fostering teachers who can nurture critically minded, engaged citizens. Biology educators stand at the forefront of this shift. Yet, conventional teacher training, often focused on reproductive learning, falls short of developing the deep, critical environmental literacy (CEL) future educators must possess and, in turn, cultivate in their students. In this study, we understand CEL not just as knowledge about ecosystems, but as a multidimensional capacity. It involves analysing complex socio-ecological systems, reflecting on the values and assumptions that shape our understanding, and moving towards informed decision-making and action. Consequently, our central aim is to move beyond theoretical appeal and identify the concrete pedagogical conditions under which Research-Based Learning (RBL) becomes an effective methodology for building CEL in pre-service biology teachers. We seek to ground our approach in empirical data from an actual classroom intervention. This aim breaks down into three guiding questions:
Our thinking is anchored in a deliberate dialogue between three conceptual frameworks. First, we draw on the сritical еnvironmental дiteracy model (McBride et al., 2013), which explicitly ties ecological understanding to critical thinking, ethics, and civic engagement. Second, the pedagogy of research-based learning (Healey & Jenkins, 2009) provides our core method, treating students not as vessels but as co-inquirers in a process that mirrors authentic knowledge construction. Finally, the overarching education for sustainable development (ESD) paradigm, aligned with UN SDG 4.7, supplies the normative "why"—the urgent competencies needed for a sustainable future, as outlined in frameworks like the UNECE (2012) competencies. Preparing teachers for ESD is a stated priority across the EU (e.g., the European Education Area) and globally. Our work engages directly with international debates on re-imagining teacher education. By analysing practices from institutions like the University of Gothenburg and Leuphana University Lüneburg, and by aiming to produce an adaptable pedagogical model, this study seeks to contribute a tangible resource to the shared European project of creating innovative, competence-driven teacher education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology or Methods/ Research Instruments To capture both the measurable outcomes and the nuanced, personal dimensions of learning, we have chosen a convergent mixed-methods design set within a quasi-experimental structure. The intervention is a specially designed RBL module focused on local and global socio-ecological issues, delivered to one cohort of a Master's programme in Biology Teacher Education (intervention group, N≈25). A parallel cohort following the standard curriculum will serve as a comparison group (N≈25). Data collection will be twofold. Quantitatively, we will use pre- and post-intervention questionnaires with adapted, validated scales to track shifts in CEL components. Qualitatively, we will delve deeper through: 1) semi-structured interviews with a purposive sample of intervention participants (n≈10-12) to hear their stories of change; 2) a detailed thematic analysis of the students' own reflective portfolios and research reports; and 3) participatory observation of seminar discussions to capture interactive learning in real-time. We will triangulate these data streams to strengthen validity. Statistical analysis (using non-parametric tests like the Wilcoxon signed-rank test) will handle the quantitative data. The rich qualitative material—interview transcripts, written reflections, observation notes—will be analysed through reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006), allowing key themes about the development of CEL and the lived experience of RBL to emerge from the data itself. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Conclusions We anticipate this project will yield four interconnected outcomes. Primarily, it will result in a practical, empirically-informed model for using RBL in biology teacher education, moving from principle to practice with examples like tackling "wicked" real-world problems. Secondly, it will outline a set of actionable pedagogical conditions—such as rooting learning in tangible local issues, fostering a classroom culture of respectful debate, and weaving ethical reflection into every research stage—that make this model work. Third, and crucially for impact, we will produce a ready-to-use, open-access resource for teacher educators: a detailed module blueprint complete with case studies, activity guides, and assessment rubrics. Finally, on a theoretical level, the study aims to clarify the relationship between the pedagogical process of RBL and the development of complex competencies like CEL, offering insights that may resonate across disciplines in higher education. This contribution aims to bridge the gap between innovative pedagogy and the pressing goal of fostering sustainability-oriented agency in future generations of teachers. References References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Healey, M., & Jenkins, A. (2009). Developing undergraduate research and inquiry. The Higher Education Academy. McBride, B. B., Brewer, C. A., Berkowitz, A. R., & Borrie, W. T. (2013). Environmental literacy, ecological literacy, ecoliteracy: What do we mean and how did we get here? Ecosphere, 4(5), 1-20. UNECE. (2012). Learning for the future: Competences in Education for Sustainable Development. United Nations Economic Commission for Europe. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Bridging Curriculum and Practice in PISA Countries: OECD 2030 Transformative Competencies in Middle School Mother Tongue Education Gazi University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:The rise of automation and artificial intelligence has fundamentally altered the labor market, shifting demand from routine cognitive tasks to complex, non-replicable human capabilities. This transition compels education systems to move beyond traditional knowledge transmission toward fostering "Transformative Competencies"—specifically Creating New Value, Reconciling Tensions and Dilemmas, and Taking Responsibility—as defined by the OECD Learning Compass 2030. Yet, a critical gap often remains between the ambitious "intended curriculum" articulated in policy documents and the actual "implemented curriculum" within classrooms. While mother tongue education serves as the primary instrument for thought and identity construction, comparative literature examining how these global competencies translate into national vernacular curricula and teacher practices is notably limited. Theoretically, this research is anchored in the OECD Learning Compass 2030 (OECD,2019) framework to analyze transformative competencies. Furthermore, to interpret the pivotal role of teachers in bridging this gap, the research draws upon the "Ecological Teacher Agency" perspective (Priestley et al., 2015), which frames agency not merely as individual capacity but as a phenomenon shaped by structural conditions such as curriculum flexibility and professional autonomy. Addressing this gap, the study examines the representation of OECD Transformative Competencies in middle school mother tongue curricula and their reflection in teacher practices across diverse contexts. The research focuses on four PISA-participating countries—Estonia, Italy, Turkey, and Azerbaijan. These cases were specifically selected for their distinct PISA performance profiles and educational cultures, allowing for a comparative analysis of how a global educational vision is recontextualized locally. Specifically, this research answers the following sub-questions: 1. What is the status of the inclusion of OECD transformative competencies in the final year middle school mother tongue curricula in different PISA-participating countries? 2. What are the views and practices of middle school mother tongue teachers regarding the process of acquiring OECD transformative competencies? 3. How are the OECD transformative competencies included in the curricula reflected in teacher practices? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically, this research was designed as a qualitative multiple case study, allowing for an in-depth examination of each country's curriculum within its specific context. The study group was determined using criterion sampling, a purposive sampling technique. Consistent with the research focus, the primary data sources comprised the official middle school final-year mother tongue curricula of Estonia, Italy, Turkey, and Azerbaijan. These countries were selected to represent diverse PISA performance profiles and educational structures. Additionally, the study group included eight mother tongue teachers (two from each country) actively teaching at this grade level. To ensure data triangulation, two complementary instruments developed based on the OECD Learning Compass 2030 framework were employed: 1. Document Review Form: Utilized to identify the representation of transformative competencies in the official curricula. 2. Semi-Structured Interview Form: Conducted with teachers to explore their perceptions and classroom practices regarding these competencies. Data analysis was facilitated using MAXQDA qualitative analysis software through a systematic two-stage process. First, a "within-case analysis" was conducted for each country independently, utilizing descriptive and content analysis techniques to code data under OECD 2030 themes. Second, a "cross-case analysis" was performed using the matrix coding query feature of the software. This process revealed common patterns, divergences, and the relationships between the documents and teacher views across the four different national contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research findings revealed that the integration of OECD transformative competencies into mother tongue education is not a linear transfer process from policy to practice; rather, it is heavily reshaped by national educational structures and teacher agency. A significant implementation gap was identified regarding the Reconciling Tensions and Dilemmas competency. Although this competency was highly represented in the official curricula of Italy and Azerbaijan, it was found that teachers across all cases struggled to implement it in classrooms. Conversely, while Creating New Value was the least represented competency in official policy documents, teachers in systems characterized by high professional autonomy like Estonia and Italy, frequently enacted this competency, effectively acting as curriculum makers to transcend policy limitations. The cross-case analysis highlighted a stark contrast driven by structural factors. In contexts characterized by high-stakes testing pressure and rigid curriculum structures such as Turkey and Azerbaijan, teacher agency appeared restricted, limiting the integration of transformative competencies. In contrast, in systems prioritizing professional trust and flexibility such as Estonia, it was observed that teachers utilized their autonomy to enrich the curriculum beyond written standards. Consequently, the study concludes that merely updating curriculum documents with 21st-century skills lists is insufficient for genuine educational transformation. Instead, the study suggests that successful implementation necessitates an ecological approach that reduces standardized testing pressure and grants teachers the professional autonomy and flexible pedagogical spaces required to foster these complex human capabilities. References Creswell, J. W. (2007). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches (2nd ed.). Sage. OECD. (2019). OECD Future of education and skills 2030: OECD Learning Compass 2030. OECD Priestley, M., Biesta, G., & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher agency: An ecological approach. Bloomsbury. Van den Akker, J. (2003). Curriculum perspectives: An introduction. In J. van den Akker, W. Kuiper & U. Hameyer (Ed.), Curriculum landscapes and trends (pp. 1-10). Kluwer Academic. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-017-1205-7_1 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Tutor Perceptions of the Number Interview for Informing Instruction in Year7 Online Mathematics Tutoring University of Melbourne, Australia Presenting Author:This study presents findings from semi-structured interviews with two tutors of the Learning+ program, illustrating how diagnostic assessment data, generated through the Number Interview, informed mathematics tutoring for Year 7 students performing below standard expectations. Using reflexive thematic analysis, three data-driven themes were identified, ordered by their frequency and explanatory power: the diagnostic utility of the Number Interview (what information illuminated students’ mathematical understanding), critical factors in differentiating teaching (how tutors enacted and adapted instruction), and guiding student progression (why particular instructional decisions were made in response to learner needs and program goals). These themes collectively portray tutors’ ongoing cycles of curriculum enactment, the ways they drew on evidence, and the purposes underpinning their decisions, supported by verbatim accounts and analytic vignettes that illustrate theory–practice connections. Theme 1 highlights tutors’ perceptions of the Number Interview as a tool with notable breadth, depth, and adaptability. They valued the multiple grade-banded versions that provided developmental continuity and a clear trajectory of mathematical growth. The adaptive nature of the assessment enabled real-time adjustments, ensuring students were appropriately challenged. Its hierarchical structure functioned as a visual representation of conceptual progression, clarifying next instructional steps in number and early algebra. Implementation guidelines supported consistent administration, and one tutor even reported using adapted versions of the tool outside the Learning+ program because of its diagnostic precision. Although they recognised constraints, particularly limited follow-up probing compared with external assessments such as NAPLAN or TIMSS, and a narrow focus on number, they viewed this focus as pedagogically justified, given the centrality of numeracy to broader mathematical achievement. Extended student responses offered insight into reasoning processes, enabling tutors to select activities that strengthened conceptual understanding while promoting more efficient strategies. Examples included facilitating the transition from additive to multiplicative reasoning using arrays, reinforcing equivalence, and structuring spaced review for durable learning. Theme 2 depicts tutors’ dynamic orchestration of planning, monitoring, and reflection. Instruction was intentionally student-centred, with continual adjustments made in response to observed strategies and indicators of confidence. Correctness, speed, and justification of reasoning served as formative markers of understanding. Tutors accelerated instruction when responses demonstrated fluency and paused when less efficient strategies, such as skip-counting, signalled evolving understanding. They designed tasks aligned with assessment evidence by maintaining the structural features of the Number Interview while varying numerical values, and they layered explicit instruction, visual models, and distributed practice across sessions. Professional learning, including master classes and professional learning communities (PLCs), further strengthened their pedagogical content knowledge and provided a shared framework for refining instructional choices. Their reflections revealed deliberate attempts to build conceptual clarity prior to procedural fluency while maintaining student motivation and confidence. Theme 3 situates tutoring within a broader goal of accelerating student progression. Tutors emphasised the value of flexibility to depart from year-level pacing to address foundational gaps, viewing the one-to-one online format as a unique opportunity. Their responsibilities mirrored those outlined in the Learning+ handbook, including administering diagnostic assessments, planning targeted sessions, communicating progress, and nurturing students’ confidence and self-advocacy. Two engagement contingencies were identified. First, some students initially misunderstood the program’s purpose, expecting homework assistance rather than targeted teaching. Second, motivation varied with some learners embracing challenge, while others were error-averse and required careful support to take intellectual risks. These contingencies shaped goal setting, pacing, and opportunities for consolidation, prompting tutors to balance progression with reassurance and revisit prior understandings to secure equitable continuity of learning for students across the ten-week program. Overall, the analysis provides an empirically grounded account of how diagnostic assessment and differentiated instruction support progression in number and algebra while fostering student efficiency, confidence, and self-advocacy. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study draws on semi-structured interviews with two Learning+ tutors to examine how the Number Interview, a criterion-referenced diagnostic assessment in number and early algebra, was interpreted and acted in planning and teaching. Prompts invited tutors to describe session structures; review short video excerpts of their tutoring; explain how they read and acted on the Number Interview evidence; and comment on program resources, PLCs, student motivation, goal setting, and perceptions of Learning+ aims. Interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed for analysis. In keeping with the study’s practice orientation, questioning probed concrete decisions (task choice, sequencing, representations) and rationales tied to specific episodes of student work. Analytically, reflexive thematic analysis was employed. Coding proceeded inductively from transcripts, privileging in vivo codes that retained tutors’ phrasing. Content and thematic analysis was conducted on qualitative data analysis software, NVivo version 15. An initial codebook was developed, compared with an AI-assistent (Spark AI) for convergence and divergence, and refined through constant comparison. To respect empirical salience, themes were sequenced by frequency and prominence rather than by a priori pedagogical chronology. The final themes were: diagnostic utility of the Number Interview; critical factors in differentiating teaching; and guiding student progression. Each theme consolidated subcodes concerning monitoring and adjustment, elicitation of reasoning, curriculum alignment and task sequencing, professional learning, program responsibilities, and student engagement contingencies. The analysis privileged tutors’ meaning-making while attending to the interaction between assessment evidence, pedagogical content knowledge, and program affordances. Where relevant, short analytic summaries linked quoted episodes to specific instructional moves. Trustworthiness was supported through thick description with extended quotations, transparency about coding decisions and theme ordering, and analytic memos linking pre-assessment evidence to instructional moves and perceived outcomes. Visual artefacts (coding schemes) communicated analytic structure. Direct quotations were lightly edited for readability while preserving meaning. Given the small, information-rich sample focused on depth rather than breadth, claims are analytic-general, illuminating how diagnostic evidence can inform tutoring decisions in similar intervention contexts rather than estimating prevalence. Ethical practice included de-identification of participants and attention to role relationships given the researcher’s collegial proximity within the program. Reflexivity was maintained through memoing on positionality and by distinguishing descriptive reporting from evaluative commentary; a short audit trail documented coding revisions and theme naming. Procedures adhered to institutional guidelines for secure data handling, storage, and consent. A brief member-check of descriptive summaries ensured accuracy without constraining reflexive interpretation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Targeted online mathematics tutoring arose where tutors could diagnose precisely, sequence instruction developmentally, and adjust responsively based on strategy use, accuracy, and confidence. The Number Interview functioned as an organising source of evidence, providing clear starting points, surfacing misconceptions, and aligning instructional choices with curriculum expectations and learning progressions. Professional learning and PLCs participation enhanced assessment literacy and mathematical language, which in turn strengthened explicit teaching, selection of tasks, and the transition from additive to multiplicative reasoning using visual models. Tutors’ reflective adjustments, including pacing changes and strategic use of representations, supported movement from fragile methods toward more efficient strategies. Program affordances mattered. The structure legitimised departures from year-level pacing so tutors could address foundational gaps and sustain distributed practice until efficient strategies consolidated. Two tensions warrant attention: resourcing, tutors sometimes desired more built-in follow-up items linked to interview constructs; and scope/communication, the interview’s focus on number aligns with developmental priorities but leaves other strands under-assessed, and some students initially misunderstood the intervention’s purpose as homework help. Addressing these tensions could amplify impact through clearer messaging, supplementary item banks keyed to interview constructs, and explicit onboarding that frames Learning+ as targeted intervention rather than general tutoring. These findings offer an empirically grounded account of data-informed, differentiated instruction that guides progression in a ten-week intervention. It underscores that effective tutoring is not delivering more of the same, but evidence-led orchestration: eliciting thinking, sequencing tasks against a developmental continuum, calibrating support and challenge to motivation and confidence, and communicating progress purposefully. These conclusions prime the study to connect with literature on formative assessment, differentiation, and progression, consider scalable design elements, and outline professional learning that sharpens decision-making where multiple gaps co-occur while sustaining student confidence and agency. References Black, P., & Wiliam, D. (1998). Assessment and classroom learning. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 5(1), 7–74. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2020). One size fits all? What counts as quality practice in (reflexive) thematic analysis? Qualitative Research in Psychology, 18(3), 328–352. https://doi.org/10.1080/14780887.2020.1769238 Byrne, D. (2022). A worked example of Braun and Clarke’s approach to reflexive thematic analysis. Quality & Quantity, 56, 1391–1412. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11135-021-01182-y Department for Education. (2021). Learning+ tutor handbook. Government of South Australia. Dweck, C. S. (2006). Mindset: The new psychology of success. Random House. Griffin, P. (2018). Assessment for learning: An action guide for school leaders. Corwin Press. McAllister, M., & McKinnon, J. (2009). The Griffith University Affective Learning Scale: Confirmatory factor analysis. Nurse Education Today, 29(3), 276–282. Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2000). Intrinsic and extrinsic motivations: Classic definitions and new directions. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 25(1), 54–67. https://doi.org/10.1006/ceps.1999.1020 Tomlinson, C. A. (2001). How to differentiate instruction in mixed-ability classrooms (2nd ed.). ASCD. Tomlinson, C. A. (2014). The differentiated classroom: Responding to the needs of all learners (2nd ed.). ASCD. |
| 14:15 - 15:45 | 99 ERC SES 04 U (P): Posters Location: Main Auditorium foyer | Main building A Session Chair: Venka Simovska Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Digital Learning Content on PISA Reading Literacy for Rural Schools in Kazakhstan Kazakh National Women's Teacher Training University, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Kazakhstan's educational infrastructure is defined by a significant number of rural schools, which represent the socio-cultural and intellectual centers of the rural community. One of the pressing challenges facing Kazakhstani education is improving the quality of education in rural schools and narrowing the gap in educational achievement between urban and rural students. The "Concept for the Development of Preschool, Secondary, Technical, and Vocational Education in the Republic of Kazakhstan for 2023-2029" outlines priority tasks for supporting rural schools [1]. Kazakhstan first participated in the international study by the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) in 2009 and continues to participate in each testing cycle (2009, 2012, 2015, 2018, 2022, 2025). PISA analyzes the relationship between learning outcomes and factors characterizing students' socioeconomic status, that is, the impact of segregation on learning outcomes: students' place of residence, family income, cultural development, and ethnic origin in relation to the general secondary education system, curriculum, and educational policy. In Kazakhstan, there is a large gap in the quality of education between urban and rural schools. One indicator illustrating the differences in educational achievement between urban and rural students is the results of the international PISA study across different cycles, which primarily examines the sustainability of education and then the accessibility of quality education. Differences in educational achievement between urban and rural students are confirmed by data from the international PISA 2022 study, according to which the gap between urban and rural schools in Kazakhstan was 18 points in mathematics, 37 points in reading, and 26 points in science [2]. Research questions: 1. How can we improve the quality of education in Kazakhstan's rural schools, reduce the achievement gap between urban and rural students, and create an effective educational environment using innovative educational technologies? 2. What effective methods for developing reading literacy using artificial intelligence tools should be used to improve the academic performance of rural students? 3. What new digital technologies should be used in developing digital educational content on literacy and mindful reading as an important skill for solving real-life problems? The PISA 2025 innovation track, Learning in a Digital World, assessed students' ability to learn independently using digital tools (browsers, online courses, virtual labs, and other technologies). To improve the academic performance of Kazakhstan's rural students, it is necessary to create an effective educational environment using innovative educational technologies and new artificial intelligence developments, adapted to the educational needs of rural students. To this end, we have created a digital educational resource for rural schools: https://auylschool.kz/. As part of our research, we aim to further develop this educational resource by creating digital educational content on reading literacy using large-scale language models (LLM) and generative artificial intelligence (Gen AI). The idea of developing a digital educational resource for rural students and teachers is aimed at addressing educational challenges in developing functional literacy and soft skills in rural students.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research strategies and approaches combine traditional scientific and theoretical methods (comparative analysis, analysis of variance, correlation analysis, factor analysis, meta-analysis) and empirical methods (interviews, focus groups, online surveys, observation). This study utilizes the following approaches: a theoretical and analytical approach to explore modern concepts in the digitalization of the educational process and new developments in artificial intelligence; a sociocultural approach to study the socioeconomic aspects of regional and rural school development and effective ways to improve the academic performance of rural students; an innovative approach to developing digital content, innovative simulators, and gamification using artificial intelligence tools; an interdisciplinary approach combining psychological, pedagogical, social, and digital tools to create an effective educational environment, enhance student motivation, and enhance their social interaction. Research Types: descriptive (theoretical and methodological framework for the study, review and analysis of scientific and methodological literature on the research topic); Correlational (studying the relationship between academic achievement and socioeconomic conditions in regions); Experimental (testing digital educational content on reading literacy in rural schools; conducting empirical research). The reliability and reproducibility of the study results were achieved through the use of triangulation methods to verify the validity of the obtained data. Statistika, SPSS, and Excel software will be used to process statistical and quantitative data. The reliability of qualitative data will be confirmed by transcribing and coding the obtained information. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The scientific and technological needs underlying the importance of this study are related to the study of the relationship between educational innovation and the social development of rural regions. The fundamental differences between the project's ideas are based on the development of effective solutions for sustainable regional development and rural education, with the aim of improving the academic performance of rural students. The innovative solution is an educational product – digital educational content on reading literacy using large-scale language models (LLM) and generative artificial intelligence (Gen AI), which will be hosted on the educational platform https://auylschool.kz/. This project integrates the educational environment with new digital solutions in the field of artificial intelligence. The implementation of the project's ideas will contribute to Kazakhstan's achievement of sustainable development goals in ensuring access to quality education, an integral part of which is the development of functional literacy and soft skills as essential skills in the face of global and technological challenges of the 21st century. The socioeconomic impact of the study is aimed at addressing regional challenges associated with a large student population, a significant number of schools, and a shortage of teaching staff. In rural small-class schools, the problem of student career guidance is particularly acute, contributing to educational inequality [3]. A number of Kazakhstani researchers are studying teaching strategies in the context of mixed-age education in small-class schools. Research aimed at examining the socioeconomic aspects of rural school development and improving the quality of rural education is particularly relevant [4, 5, 6]. Thus, the project is consistent with the strategic development of education in Kazakhstan and offers an innovative solution to the problems of improving academic achievement and developing practical skills in rural students. References 1.Concept for the development of preschool, secondary, technical, and vocational education of the Republic of Kazakhstan for 2023–2029. https://www.gov.kz/memleket/entities/edu/documents/details/451747?lang=ru 2.PISA 2022 Results (Volume I and II) - Country Notes: Kazakhstan. [Electronic resource]. – Available at: https://www.oecd.org/en/publications/pisa-2022-results-volume-i-and-ii-country-notes_ed6fbcc5-en/kazakhstan_8c403c04-en.html (accessed: 09.01.2025) 3.Kuznetsova, E. V. (2020). Specifics of professional self-determination of students in small rural schools. Issues of Pedagogy, (9-1), 72–75. https://elibrary.ru/item.asp?id=43940336 4.Shunkeeva, O. A., Almurzayeva, B. K., Zhaitapova, A. A., Satybaldina, K. T., Tulegenova, Sh. I., & Nauryzalina, D. G. (2015). The modern small rural school of Kazakhstan as a center of sociocultural development and the information space of the village. Fundamental Research, (2-14), 3175–3179. https://elibrary.ru/item.asp?id=23837332 5.Rakisheva, Zh. B., Birmanova, Zh. K., Vasich, B. K., & Gabdrakhmanova, Sh. T. (2019). Socio-innovative aspects of the rural school of Kazakhstan. Bulletin of WKSU, (4), 223–229. https://elibrary.ru/item.asp?id=46148176 6.Shamatov, D., Ablayeva, M., & Tazhik, M. A. (2023). Professional opportunities of rural teachers in Kazakhstan.Scientific and Pedagogical Journal “Bіlіm-Obrazovanie” of the National Academy of Education named after I. Altynsarin, 106(3), 55–65 .https://doi.org/10.59941/2960-0642-2023-3-55-65 7.Nurbayev, Zh. E. (2021). Inequality between students of rural and urban schools of Kazakhstan: reasons and prospects for overcoming it. Central Asia Program. George Washington University. https://www.centralasiaprogram.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/cap-paper-no.-268-zhaslan-nurbayev.pdf 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster It's Like You Play Ball Games All Day – Reception, Transmission and Reproduction of Knowledge in Two Mixed-Age Montessori Primary Classes University of Klagenfurt, Austria Presenting Author:The Institute for Teaching and School Development at the University of Klagenfurt follows, among other things, an empirical and analytical approach to research in existing learning environments. The research project presented here, which is being carried out as part of a dissertation at this very institute, follows this approach. The focus is on a form of organisation at the primary level that is unique in Europe: teaching children from first to sixth grade in a mixed-age class based on the Montessori concept. With their interdisciplinary, non-frontal, grade- and exam-free setting, in which standardized textbooks are not used (Eilers 2018), these primary classes represent a stark contrast to the familiar framework conditions of teaching and schooling. Mixed-age groups in educational settings take various forms in Europe but are most common in early childhood education or in the first years of school. (Wagener, 2022) In addition, it has been and continues to be used as an organisational solution for primary schools in rural areas in order to maintain them despite low student numbers. (ibid.) Although some international research has now been published on multi-level work in primary schools, which can be implemented in a wide variety of ways (ibid.), classes with six age groups working according to the Montessori concept remain a research desideratum. Since this is a new exploration of a rarely implemented and scientifically untouched learning environment and thus an “unusual case” (Yin, 2018, p. 50) case study research (Yin, 2018) was selected for the dissertation project combined with Constructive Grounded Theory (Charmaz, 2014). The study uses a multiple-case study design to examine two classes, one located in Germany and the other in Austria. Both classes are embedded in privately run schools that provide education leading to the completion of compulsory schooling. While previous studies on multi-age classes have highlighted findings in areas such as children's social development (Harrison, 2018), mutual assistance (Wagener, 2022) or participatory practices in learning interactions in mixed-age tandems (Wagener & Walther, 2024), the research project presented here aims to holistically capture the specifics of the reception, transmission, and reproduction of knowledge in the classes studied. The guiding research questions address the classroom culture enacted in the classes, how knowledge is acquired, reproduced, and transmitted, and which perspectives on and approaches to knowledge can be identified. In line with common practice in Constructive Grounded Theory, the theoretical framework is developed as Sensitizing Concepts (cf. Keane and Thornberg 2025, p. 121) and includes perspectives from Dave Elder-Vass (2012), Käthe Meyer-Drawe (2012), and Wolfgang Maiers (2017). From an ethical standpoint, the present project adheres to the International Charter for Ethical Research Involving Children, and the “Getting Started” reflection questions from the Ethical Research Involving Children platform were applied (Graham et al. 2024). Moreover, the author aims to contribute to a critical and constructive perspective on developments within the Montessori concept, which is implemented in schools worldwide irrespective of national school laws and curricula (Murray, 2022). Recent publications (see, among others, Hopmann 2022; Canzoneri-Golden und King 2023; Seichter 2024 and Seichter 2025) highlight pedagogical blind spots and their implications for learners, which this research project explicitly addresses and discusses. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A Case Study Research design was chosen within Yin's second strategy, “working data from the ground up” (Yin, 2018, p. 169). Within this strategy, Constructive Grounded Theory (Charmaz, 2014) forms the framework according to which the data is processed and analysed. The data for the study was collected during fieldwork in 2021, 2025 and 2026. The criteria for case selection were the duration of the extended age mix (at least three already completed graduate cohorts), the existence of upper secondary education within the same organisation, the school's interest in participating in the research and a good access to the field. In line with Yin’s concept of convergence of evidence, data were collected using a multi-perspective approach. Such approaches are recommended in both case study research (Yin, 2018) and studies on children’s perspectives (Nentwig-Gesemann, 2024; Velten et al., 2018; Vogl et al., 2023), and are considered a forward-thinking development within the context of Constructive Grounded Theory (Keane and Thornberg 2025). Focus groups with both the children and the teachers served as one of the research tools. In addition, children from the sixth grade were invited to write texts about their time in primary school. Observation was chosen as the third approach, not least to explore social phenomena that are physical, performative, nonverbal, and can be observed in situ. As a supplement to the observation, artifacts and photos were included in the data. Throughout the research, memos (Charmaz 2014; Keane and Thornberg 2025) were the central element of analytical notes. Before presenting the theoretical concepts developed as part of the emerging Grounded Theory, case study reports for each case (Yin, 2018) were compiled as intermediate steps and subsequently reflected upon through a cross-case analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As the study is still in progress, the following statements are based on expected results. The dynamics between older and younger children shape the patterns of interpretation and courses of action that emerge in relation to knowledge. The visible diversity of developmental stages structures the progression of knowledge and skills while simultaneously fostering responsibility, role-modelling, and inspiration within both classes. Knowledge and its transfer are treated as a form of collective property; it is jointly created, tested, and shared. A central sequence of processes concerning the acquisition, transfer, and reproduction of knowledge has been identified. These steps and actions, repeatedly enacted by teachers and children, are constitutive of the learning process. In this context, active engagement—or, in the participants’ own words, “working”—is central to knowledge construction. The observed forms of work and the range of possible student activities are highly diverse, which is also reflected in the teachers’ interpretative patterns regarding students’ “ownership” of their learning processes. Interest, motivation and energy emerge as key conditions for knowledge acquisition, while the establishment of relationships—both among actors and with topics or subject areas—constitutes a fundamental component in both classes. Another particularly notable aspect is the permeability of the classrooms promoted by the teachers, which decentralizes knowledge power and opens the socio-economic environment of the schools to the students as a basis for learning. Moreover, the reduction of strong external synchronization in the absorption, reproduction, and transmission of knowledge plays an important role. References Charmaz, K. (2014). Constructing Grounded Theory (2nd ed.). SAGE Publications, Inc. Harrison, K. (2018). Age de-segrated Learning Environments in Elementary Schools [Dissertation]. St. John's University, New York. Murray, A. (2022). Global Montessori Census 2022. https://public.tableau.com/app/profile/angela.murray/viz/GlobalMontessoriCensus2022/MontessoriCensusMap Nentwig-Gesemann, I. (2024). Herausforderungen und Methoden der Erforschung von Kinderperspektiven im Rahmen der Kindheitsforschung. In A. Schierbaum, M. Diederichs, & K. Schierbaum (Eds.), Kinder, Kindheiten und Kindheitsforschung: Band 30. Kind(er) und Kindheit(en) im Blick der Forschung: Zentrale theoretische Figuren und ihre empirische Erkundung (Vol. 30, pp. 225–242). Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-42625-5_13 Velten, K., Alexi, S., & Höke, J. (2018). Die Erfassung von Kinderperspektiven und ihr Potenzial für Forschung und Professionalisierung. In Miller, S. et al. (Ed.), Jahrbuch Gundschulforschung: Profession und Disziplin (pp. 127–137). Springer Fachmedien. Vogl, S., Schmidt, E.‑M., & Kapella, O. (2023). Focus Groups With Children: Practicalities and Methodological Insights. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.17169/FQS-24.2.3971 Wagener, M. (2022). Jahrgangsübergreifender Unterricht: Didaktische Grundlagen und Konzepte (1. Auflage). Verlag W. Kohlhammer. https://doi.org/10.17433/978-3-17-035265-0 Wagener, M., & Walther, T. (2024). Teilhabepraktiken in jahrgangsgemischten Kindertandems. Erkenntnispotenziale von Videoanalysen für inklusiven Unterricht. In G. Wilm, R. Koßmann, S. Böse, M. Fabel-Lamla, & C. Meyer-Jain (Eds.), Videographische Forschung zu inklusivem Unterricht: Erziehungswissenschaftliche und fachdidaktische Perspektiven (pp. 48–64). Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. https://doi.org/10.35468/6098-04 Yin, R. K. (2018). Case Study Research and Applications: Design and Methods. SAGE Publications, Inc. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Tracing Metacognition in Primary Mathematics Classrooms: An Interactional Coding Framework University of Kassel, Germany Presenting Author:Metacognition plays a central role in students’ learning and academic development, as it enables learners to plan, monitor, and evaluate their thinking while engaging with complex tasks (Ohtani & Hisasaka, 2018). In primary school, developing metacognitive strategies is particularly important, as children are still learning how to approach tasks independently and reflect on their own understanding. Supporting metacognitive development at this stage has been shown to be associated with improved learning outcomes and more effective problem-solving in mathematics (Fyfe et al., 2022). Early research conceptualized metacognition primarily as an individual mental process involving the monitoring and regulation of one’s own thinking (Flavell, 1979; Veenman et al., 2006). In mathematics education, this perspective guided studies that focused on how learners regulate their thinking while solving mathematical problems. Researchers examined processes such as planning, monitoring, and evaluating when students chose operations, checked intermediate results, or judged the reasonableness of their solutions (Garofalo & Lester, 1985; Schoenfeld, 1985; Schneider & Artelt, 2010). Within this perspective, metacognition was mainly examined as an internal cognitive process. It was often assessed through self-reports, think-aloud techniques or performance measures that focused on how learners approached and evaluated the given task (Desoete, 2007; Veenman et al., 2006). From this perspective, social interaction and instructional context were generally treated as supportive factors for individual regulation rather than as integral components of metacognitive process. Although these approaches contributed to showing positive relations between metacognition and mathematics achievement (Schoenfeld, 1992; Donker et al., 2014), they tended to assume that metacognitive regulation occurs independently of social and instructional contexts. More recent sociocultural and situative perspectives have challenged this view by emphasizing that thinking and learning are mainly shaped through social interaction (Çini et al., 2023; Iiskala et al., 2021; Zepeda et al., 2019). From this perspective, metacognition is understood not only as an individual act of self-regulation, but also as a socially shared and co-regulated process. Studies on collaborative learning have shown that learners often regulate their understanding collectively by negotiating meaning, coordinating their thinking, and responding to one another during problem-solving processes (Goos et al., 2002; Molenaar et al., 2011). In these interactions, metacognitive processes are shared among participants and develop as they work toward a common task. These become particularly observable in classroom dialogue when participants explain their reasoning (Goos et al., 2002), jointly check their understanding (Iiskala et al., 2021), evaluate their progress aloud (Molenaar et al., 2011), or adjust strategies in response to one another (Goos et al., 2002). However, existing research on socially shared metacognition has mainly focused on secondary school and higher education contexts (Goos et al., 2002; Zepeda et al., 2019), while interactive metacognitive processes in primary school classrooms have received much less attention in empirical research. Therefore, it is still unclear how younger students engage in metacognitive regulation through classroom interaction. Specifically, little is known about how metacognitive processes are co-constructed during primary school whole-class mathematics lessons, despite calls for more classroom-based research on metacognition in the early years (e.g., Zepeda et al., 2019). Building on these diverse conceptual and analytic approaches, the present study approaches metacognition from an interactional perspective. It focuses on how metacognitive regulation unfolds over time within whole-class mathematics instruction by drawing on classic metacognitive theory and sociocultural perspectives on co-regulation. The study is guided by the following research question: How do metacognitive events in social interactions develop over time, and what sequential patterns characterize their interactional organization in primary mathematics classrooms? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is designed as a qualitative exploratory study and aims to investigate how metacognitive processes are interactionally constructed during whole-class mathematics instruction in primary schools. The study draws on video-based classroom data from the research group INTERFACH, which examines instructional quality and interaction practices in primary education with a particular focus on subject-matter expertise and cognitively demanding teaching, and is funded by the German Research Foundation (Research Training Group 2731). The dataset consists of 18 video-recorded third-grade mathematics lessons, each approximately 60 minutes in length, collected in public primary schools in Germany, along with detailed transcripts of the complete lessons. Within the INTERFACH design, the mathematics lessons were selected to include potentially cognitively activating tasks, such as working with number pyramids or calculation triangles, which require students to discover arithmetic patterns and structures rather than apply routine procedures. Instruction during the lessons typically consisted of different phases, including whole-class discussions, individual, and partner work. Within the scope of the present project, whole-class discussions are the primary focus of analysis. Interactional sequences are identified using an event-based analytic approach to metacognition in classroom interaction by drawing on Smith and Mancy’s (2018) conceptualization of metacognitive talk. In line with this perspective, sequences are defined as units in which forms of metacognitive regulation became interactionally relevant and are taken up across multiple turns of classroom talk. The identified sequences are currently being analysed using a hybrid coding framework developed within the project. The framework aims to capture the interactional and sequential characteristics of metacognitive events in whole-class mathematics instruction. In particular, it focuses on how metacognitive regulation becomes interactionally relevant, is taken up by participants, and develops over time through classroom interaction, as well as on the patterns of participation through which these events unfold. Coding is being conducted iteratively, which allows the framework to be revised through repeated engagement with the data. To support the transparency and reliability of the coding process, an inter-coder agreement with a second coder is planned as part of the ongoing analysis. Ethical approval for data collection was obtained, and informed consent was secured from school authorities, teachers, parents, and students prior to participation. All data used in the present study were anonymized, and identifying information was removed from the data. Pseudonyms are used, and video data were stored securely and accessed only for research purposes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analyses suggest that metacognition in primary mathematics classrooms unfolds through interactionally organized sequences within whole-class instruction. Rather than being visible in single student contributions, metacognitive events become observable when students’ thinking is made relevant in classroom interaction and taken up across multiple turns of talk. Initial findings further indicate that teachers play a central role in initiating and sustaining such metacognitive events. These events are often triggered by teacher prompts that invite students to explain their strategies, reflect on their understanding, or evaluate the plausibility of results. Their development over time appears to depend on how student contributions are taken up, reformulated, or extended by the teacher and by other students. Across the identified events, different forms of metacognitive regulation -planning, monitoring, and evaluating- do not appear to occur to the same extent. Monitoring and evaluation are more frequently observed in sequences where students are encouraged to check solutions, compare strategies, or reflect on the adequacy of their reasoning. These forms of regulation often emerge in follow-up exchanges that require students to clarify or justify their thinking. Planning-related metacognitive talk appears less frequently and is mainly observed retrospectively, when students explain how they approached a task after arriving at a solution. Preliminary analyses also suggest variation in the extent of student participation within metacognitive events. In some sequences, metacognitive regulation is primarily shaped through teacher-student exchanges, whereas in others, multiple students contribute by responding to, building on, or revising previous contributions. Taken together, these preliminary observations point to the importance of examining metacognition as a process that unfolds through classroom interaction over time. References Çini, A., Järvelä, S., Dindar, M. et al. (2023). How multiple levels of metacognitive awareness operate in collaborative problem solving. Metacognition and Learning, 18, 891–922. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11409-023-09358-7 Desoete, A. (2007). Evaluating and improving the mathematics teaching-learning process through metacognition. Electronic Journal of Research in Educational Psychology, 5(3), 705-730. Donker, A. S., et al. (2014). Effectiveness of learning strategy instruction on academic performance: A meta-analysis. Educational Research Review, 11, 1-26. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2013.11.002 Flavell, J. H. (1979). Metacognition and cognitive monitoring: A new area of cognitive–developmental inquiry. American Psychologist, 34(10), 906–911. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.34.10.906 Fyfe, E. R., Byers, C., & Nelson, L. J. (2022). The benefits of a metacognitive lesson on children's understanding of mathematical equivalence, arithmetic, and place value. Journal of educational psychology, 114(6), 1292–1306. https://doi.org/10.1037/edu0000715 Garofalo, J., & Lester, F. K., Jr. (1985). Metacognition, cognitive monitoring, and mathematical performance. Journal for Research in Mathematics Education, 16(3), 163–176. https://doi.org/10.2307/748391 Goos, M., Galbraith, P., & Renshaw, P. (2002). Socially mediated metacognition: Creating collaborative zones of proximal development in small group problem solving. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 49(2), 193–223. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1016209010120 Iiskala, T., Volet, S., Jones, C., Koretsky, M., & Vauras, M. (2021). Significance of forms and foci of metacognitive regulation in collaborative science learning of less and more successful outcome groups in diverse contexts. Instructional Science, 49, 687–718. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11251-021-09558-1 Molenaar, I., van Boxtel, C. A. M., & Sleegers, P. J. C. (2011). Metacognitive scaffolding in an innovative learning arrangement. Instructional Science, 39, 785–803. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11251-010-9154-1 Ohtani, K., & Hisasaka, T. (2018). Beyond intelligence: a meta-analytic review of the relationship among metacognition, intelligence, and academic performance. Metacognition and Learning, 13, 179–212. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11409-018-9183-8 Schneider, W., & Artelt, C. (2010). Metacognition and mathematics education. ZDM, 42(2), 149-161. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-010-0240-2 Schoenfeld, A. H. (1985). Mathematical problem solving. Academic Press. Smith, J. M., & Mancy, R. (2018). Exploring the relationship between metacognitive and collaborative talk during group mathematical problem-solving: What do we mean by collaborative metacognition? Research in Mathematics Education, 20(1), 14–36. https://doi.org/10.1080/14794802.2017.1410215 Veenman, M. V. J., Van Hout-Wolters, B. H. A. M., & Afflerbach, P. (2006). Metacognition and learning: Conceptual and methodological considerations. Metacognition and Learning, 1(1), 3–14. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11409-006-6893-0 Zepeda, C. D., Hlutkowsky, C. O., Partika, A. C., & Nokes-Malach, T. J. (2019). Identifying teachers’ supports of metacognition through classroom talk. Journal of Educational Psychology, 111(3), 522–541. https://doi.org/10.1037/edu0000300 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Implementing Student-Generated Video To Enhance Meaning-Making In Learning 1: Nazarbayev Intellectual school, Kazakhstan; 2: Sarsen Amanzholov East Kazakhstan University Presenting Author:The use of student-generated digital videos in schools is gaining attention in educational ICT research. As this technology becomes more accessible, issues related to teaching and learning through DV projects are increasingly examined [1]. Two studies conducted under the British Educational Communications and Technology Agency illustrate this trend [2]. The first study explored filmmaking across fifty UK schools, finding that such activities enhanced student engagement, self-expression, and creativity, while understanding the “language of the moving image” was essential for successful filmmaking [3]. The second study investigated the use of “digital video assets” in fifty schools, where students edited existing video materials to illustrate curriculum concepts [4]. During video projects, individual learning is influenced by student interactions and the cultural environment, shaping the meaning-making process [5]. Examining these interactions provides insight into how students engage with DV as both a product and a socio-cognitive process. Students invest considerable time and effort in pre- and post-production activities, involving social collaboration, cognitive engagement, reflection, adaptive learning, flexibility, and creativity, particularly in the micro-context of English language learning. Consequently, a meaning-making approach that promotes active learning requires students to engage with flexibility and adaptive intelligence [6]. Teachers assigning DV projects may not always recognize the empirical learning experiences occurring throughout the production process. Student-created videos thus serve as both instructional outputs and vehicles for deeper learning, facilitating content mastery and the development of essential 21st-century skills. The purpose of this study is to investigate how student-created videos support deeper understanding and conceptual comprehension of biology among Grade 11 students transitioning from the IGCSE to the A-Level curriculum. Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools in Kazakhstan operate a specialized "NIS-Programme" developed in collaboration with Cambridge International Education. The school follows a trilingual education model, where instruction in middle school is delivered in Kazakh and Russian, while in high school key academic subjects, including biology, are taught in English. This curricular transition places heightened demands on students’ English language proficiency, use of academic terminology, and ability to engage in abstract thinking, despite the fact that biology instruction prior to Year 11 was predominantly conducted in students’ native languages (Kazakh and Russian). Findings from the preliminary stage of the study indicated that students in the experimental group exhibited a lower level of English proficiency in comparison with those in the control group. This conclusion was drawn based on diagnostic interviews with English language teachers and a review of students’ academic records. Furthermore, academic results from the first and second term showed that learners in the experimental group demonstrated weaker subject knowledge, which can be partially attributed to language-related challenges in understanding complex biological concepts in English. Within this context, student-created video production is explored as a pedagogical strategy that may mitigate language barriers, facilitate meaning-making, and enhance students’ conceptual understanding of biology in an English-medium learning environment. А meaning-making process that promotes active learning must involve student learning with flexibility and adaptive intelligence [6, 7]. Student-created videos foster meaning-making that engages all levels of Bloom’s Taxonomy, with a particular emphasis on enhancing the Analyze, Evaluate, and Create skills [8, 9]. This approach encourages students to engage deeply with the content, draw connections, and apply their knowledge practically, rather than relying solely on rote memorization. Research Question: How does the use of student-generated video enhance students’ understanding and meaning-making of biological concepts in A-level Biology? Sub-questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Today’s students increasingly perceive information fragmentedly, preferring short, visually dense, and dynamic formats. Under these conditions, traditional text-centered learning is often ineffective in fostering deep conceptual understanding. This issue is particularly acute in A-Level Biology, which focuses on abstract processes such as cellular mechanisms, physiological regulation, and molecular interactions that require imagination, spatial thinking, and the ability to model phenomena inaccessible to direct observation. Therefore, student-created videos were selected as the instructional approach, shifting learning from passive information consumption to active meaning-making. By visualizing and explaining complex biological processes in a personalized format, students develop a deeper understanding of key concepts while enhancing analytical, synthesis, and scientific communication skills. The study was conducted among 11th-grade students divided into experimental and control groups. The experimental group included 20 out of 75 students who had demonstrated sustained learning difficulties and low academic performance over the previous two academic terms. The control group was taught using a traditional approach based on teacher explanations and textbooks, while the experimental group engaged in producing their own educational videos. This method was chosen based on a preliminary survey indicating that video creation was perceived by students as the most engaging and motivating learning activity. Pre- and post-questionnaires were administered to measure changes in engagement and motivation. To assess learning outcomes, pre- and post-tests were designed for the “Coordination and Regulation” unit to evaluate conceptual understanding. Assessment criteria and success descriptors were co-developed with students to ensure transparency, promote self-regulation, and align learning activities with educational goals. The intervention followed a three-stage methodology: preparation, creation, and reflection. The preparatory stage involved introducing objectives and assessment criteria; the creation stage focused on independent study, collaboration, and peer feedback; and the final stage emphasized reflection, video analysis, and identification of knowledge gaps. The effectiveness of the approach was evaluated through statistical analysis of pre- and post-test results in both groups. Descriptive statistics were used to calculate mean scores and learning gains, while comparative analysis identified statistically significant differences. The reliability of research instruments was assessed using Cronbach’s alpha, and Student’s t-tests were applied, including paired and independent samples t-tests. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings 1. A comparative analysis of pre- and post-test results for the “Coordination and Regulation” section revealed a 4.8% increase in average academic performance in the experimental group. This improvement was supported by formative and summative assessments, indicating not only short-term effects but also sustained learning outcomes. In contrast, the control group demonstrated no significant change, maintaining its initial performance level. Overall, the quality of students’ knowledge increased by 7.2% during the first quarter. 2. The observed improvement is attributed to students’ active engagement in meaning-making through video creation. This process required selecting, organizing, and interpreting information, as well as explaining biological processes in students’ own words, which promoted a shift from rote memorization to deeper conceptual understanding. Survey data showed an increase in motivation from 3 to 5 points, while collaborative learning strategies enhanced engagement by 24%. 3. The use of clearly defined assessment criteria positively influenced learning outcomes. Co-developing success descriptors improved transparency, supported self-regulation, and enabled students to refine their work purposefully during video preparation and production. Access to a professional television studio further enhanced engagement and supported the development of digital, filming, and editing skills, leading to higher-quality outputs. 4. The reliability of the research instruments was confirmed by a Cronbach’s alpha value of 0.86, indicating high internal consistency. Student’s t-test revealed statistically significant improvements in the experimental group between pre- and post-tests (t = 13.39), as well as significant differences between the experimental and control groups (t = 15.2), confirming the effectiveness of the implemented approach. 5. Analysis of student-created videos indicated gender-related differences: girls demonstrated greater attention to aesthetics and detail, while boys showed stronger technical skills in video production. References 1.Barrett, H. (2005). Digital Storytelling for Reflection and Deep Learning in ePortfolios. Closing Keynote, ULearn05 Conference, Auckland, New Zealand. July 13, 2005 2.BECTA: British Educational Communications and Technology Agency. (2003). What the research says about digital video in teaching and learning. UK: BECTA ICT Research. 3.Reid, M., Burn, A., and Parker, D. (2002). Evaluation Report of the BECTA Digital Video Pilot Project available: http://partners.becta.org.uk/page_documents/research/dvreport_241002. 4.Burden, K. & Kuechel, T. (2004). Evaluation report of the teaching and learning with digital video assets. UK: BECTA 5.Theron, L. C., & Theron, A. M. C. (2014). Education services and resilience processes: Resilient Black South African students’ experiences Children and Youth Services Review, 47, 297–306. DOI: 10.1016/j.childyouth.2014.10.003 6.Young, C. A., & Bush, J. (2004). Teaching the English language arts with technology: A critical approach and pedagogical framework. Contemporary Issues in Technology and Teacher Education, 4(1), 1–22 https://www.learntechlib.org/primary/p/21903/ 7.Engin, M. (2014). Extending the flipped classroom model: Developing second language writing skills through student-created digital videos. Journal of the Scholarship of Teaching and Learning, 14(5), 12-26. https://doi.org/10.14434/josotlv14i5.12829 8.Gokhale, A. A. (1995). Collaborative learning enhances critical thinking. Journal of Technology Education, 7(1). 9.Hughes, J., & Robertson, L. (2010). Transforming practice: Using digital video to engage students. Contemporary Issues in Technology and Teacher Education, 10(1), 20-37. https://doi.org/10.1080/13664539700200032 10.Skulmowski and K. M. Xu, “Understanding cognitive load in digital and online learning: A new perspective on extraneous cognitive load,” Educational Psychology Review, pp. 1-26, Jun. 2021 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Developing 11th Grade Students’ Written Argumentation Skills in English Classes Through Debate and Discussion Strategies 1: Nazarbayev Intellectual school of Science and Mathematics in Taldykorgan, branch of Autonomous Educational organization “Nazarbayev Intellectual schools, Kazakhstan; 2: Nazarbayev Intellectual school of Science and Mathematics in Medeu district of Almaty”, branch of Autonomous Educational organization “Nazarbayev Intellectual schools; 3: Nazarbayev Intellectual school of Science and Mathematics in Taldykorgan, branch of Autonomous Educational organization “Nazarbayev Intellectual schools, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Introduction The acquisition of a foreign language includes not only knowledge of vocabulary and grammar, but also the ability to use the language effectively in spoken and written communication. Productive skills remain the most difficult for many students, as they require not only a language base but also a high degree of automaticity of skills, logical thinking and general knowledge (Nation & Newton, 2009). This in particular is important when students write essays where they have to develop their ideas by providing examples and details. Interactive methods aimed at developing written argumentation are becoming increasingly popular in pedagogical practice. Among them are debates and discussions, which create conditions for communication, form critical thinking and develop the ability to express their opinions in a reasoned manner (Alasmari & Ahmed, 2013; Krieger, 2005). These forms of learning are especially important for 11th graders, as they develop their argumentation skills and correspond to their age and cognitive characteristics in the period of exam preparation. The aim of the study is to analyse the effectiveness of using discussion methods (such as debates, Hot Seating, Philosophical Chairs, Claim-Evidence-Reasoning) in developing writing skills of 11th grade students in English classes. Research Questions: 1. What changes in written argumentation are observed in students after participating in debates and discussions? 2. What conditions are necessary for successful implementation of these strategies in classroom to develop students’ written argumentation? The theoretical basis of the study is based on the communicative approach in foreign language teaching (Littlewood, 2004), as well as on the principles of L. Vygotsky's sociocultural theory, which emphasizes joint activity and language interaction as a means of thinking development. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This Action Research study followed the standard Action Research Cycle of observing, planning, acting and reflecting (Wilson E. & Abibulayeva A). The study involved 12 students from 11th grade where the implementation of discussion-based learning is practiced. Data collection was done before and after the action stage. This made it possible to trace the dynamics of the development of students’ written argumentation skills. Pre-action At the first stage, students' written works (essays, articles) completed before the introduction of discussion methods were collected and analysed. The aim of the analysis was to identify the initial level: structure, reasoning logic, command of thematic vocabulary and basic elements of argumentation (Nation & Newton, 2009). Action Discussion strategies such as Hot Seating, Philosophical Chairs, Claim-Evidence-Reasoning (CER) were systematically introduced into the classroom throughout the school year. To improve the effectiveness of their implementation, I invited colleagues to lessons for observation with follow-up consultations, during which I received valuable recommendations and methodological advice. Post - action The final stage involved a comparative analysis of written work before and after the integration of the discussions. The assessment criteria were the logic and structure of the text and the presence and strength of argument. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings The results of the conducted research confirmed the effectiveness of using discussion strategies for the development of written argumentation among 11th grade students at English classes. During the observation and analysis of students' written work, improvement was recorded in several key aspects. Students began to demonstrate a clearer structure of argumentative essays: their texts included a clearly formulated position, logically organized arguments supported by examples and explanations. This demonstrates the development of skills of logical presentation of their thoughts and use of the writing language in a more purposeful way. According to the results of the state examination, 92% of students received the highest mark for their written work, which, in turn, confirms the effectiveness of using discussion methods. References Alasmari, A., & Ahmed, S. (2013). Using debate in EFL classes. English Language Teaching, 6(1), 147–152. https://doi.org/10.5539/elt.v6n1p147 Krieger, D. (2005). Teaching debate to ESL students: A six-class unit. The Internet TESL Journal, 11(2). http://iteslj.org/Techniques/Krieger-Debate.html Littlewood, W. (2004). The task-based approach: Some questions and suggestions. ELT Journal, 58(4), 319–326. https://doi.org/10.1093/elt/58.4.319 Merriam, S. B., & Tisdell, E. J. (2016). Qualitative Research: A Guide to Design and Implementation. Jossey-Bass. Nation, I. S. P., & Newton, J. (2009). Teaching ESL/EFL Listening and Speaking. Routledge. Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in Society: The Development of Higher Psychological Processes. Harvard University Press. Wundt W., Hornberger L. Psychology of upbringing and training. - Moscow: Pedagogy, 2018. - 320. Wilson E, & Abibulayeva A. An introduction to educational research methods.-Almaty. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster From Events to Pathways: A Micro–Macro Analysis of Process Data from TIMSS Grade 4 PSI Tasks 1: Faculty of Education, University of Hradec Králové, Hradec Králové, Czech Republic; 2: Czech School Inspectorate, Prague, Czech Republic (Czechia); 3: Faculty of Science, Charles University, Prague, Czech Republic Presenting Author:This study examines the solution processes of Grade 4 students in TIMSS computer-based mathematics, focusing on problem-solving and inquiry-oriented (PSI) tasks administered only in a subset of test booklets (Mullis & Martin, 2017; Mullis, Martin, Fishbein, et al., 2021; von Davier et al., 2024). Computer-based large-scale assessments generate process (log/event) data that provide insights into how students engage with assessment tasks beyond final scores (Chen et al., 2024; Papanastasiou, 2023). We analyse a thematically coherent PSI task, Little Penguins, consisting of six interconnected items and an introductory motivational screen. The task was selected because it has been released and made available for research use and because it is complex, allowing students to solve different types of problems within a single context; most other TIMSS items do not offer such a context. However, our approach is also transferable to individual TIMSS items if needed. The study adopts a combined macro–micro analytical perspective on students’ solution pathways. At the macro level, we analyse students’ pathways across the entire PSI task to capture navigation, action sequencing, and time allocation as they progress through the task set. This task-level analysis is complemented by a micro-level investigation of one focal item, using fine-grained event data to examine detailed interaction patterns during problem-solving. Students’ solution pathway profiles are modelled as data-driven types of behavioural sequences by combining process mining and sequence analysis of event streams with clustering of sequence variants and derived process indicators (e.g., screen visits, time on screens, action diversity and ordering, revisits and jumps, and timing metrics such as time-to-first-action and time-on-task). The study addresses the following research questions: Empirically, the analysis uses TIMSS Grade 4 computer-based mathematics data from nine European countries, purposefully selected to include the Czech Republic’s neighbouring countries and to cover a range of overall mathematics achievement relative to the Czech Republic (comparable as well as substantially higher performance). Cross-national analyses benchmark results against the Czech Republic and compare countries with one another. The study identifies educationally interpretable pathway profiles (e.g., efficient linear solvers, revisitors/checkers, and trial-and-error patterns) and examines whether profile–performance associations differ across outcome levels (focal item, whole-task success (0–10), and overall mathematics achievement). By integrating macro-level pathway analysis with micro-level event-based insights, the study advances methodological approaches to using process data from large-scale international assessments and highlights their potential to improve the interpretation and design of computer-based PSI tasks. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data and sample. The analysis draws on TIMSS Grade 4 computer-based mathematics data from nine European countries (Czech Republic, Germany, Denmark, England, Finland, Lithuania, Poland, Slovakia, and Sweden; approximately 6,500 students). Because PSI tasks are administered only in a subset of TIMSS booklets, the analytic sample is restricted to students who completed Booklets 6 and 7, which include the released Little Penguins PSI task (Mullis, Martin, Fishbein, et al., 2021; Mullis, Martin, & von Davier, 2021; von Davier et al., 2024). Mode-related measurement issues are considered (Fishbein, 2018). Overall mathematics achievement is analysed using plausible values and international benchmark levels. Process and event data; feature engineering. We use timestamped event logs at the screen and task levels, covering navigation/transition events and task-specific interactions. Event streams are cleaned, time-ordered, and mapped to analytically meaningful states while preserving timing information. Derived indicators capture revisits and jumps, action diversity and sequencing, response changes, and timing metrics (e.g., time-to-first-action and time-on-task). Timing is treated as a core process dimension (Bulut & Gorgun, 2023). Sequence modelling and pathway profiling. We combine process mining (van der Aalst, 2016) with sequence analysis. Sequence representations (variants and distance-based measures) and derived indicators are used to derive solution pathway profiles via clustering; interpretability is supported by process maps and representative sequences (Gabadinho et al., 2011). Outcomes and contextual predictors. Performance is analysed at three outcome levels: focal item correctness (0/1), whole-task success (0–10), and overall mathematics achievement (plausible values and benchmark categories). As a key predictor of profile membership, we use a three-level digital self-efficacy index constructed from multiple student questionnaire items (ordinal). Instructional context is incorporated through teacher-reported access to digital devices during mathematics lessons (yes/no) and frequency of device use. Analyses. Associations between pathway profiles and outcomes are examined using appropriate models (e.g., logistic for item correctness; linear/ordinal/count for whole-task-level scores; linear models for plausible values; multinomial/ordinal models for benchmark categories), incorporating TIMSS sampling weights and plausible-value combination rules where applicable. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Addressing RQ1–RQ3, we identified a small set of educationally interpretable solution pathway profiles in the Little Penguins PSI task across countries, including efficient linear solvers, revisitors/checkers, and trial-and-error patterns characterised by high response instability and dense action bursts. Profile membership was associated with performance: some profiles were more closely related to focal-item correctness (0/1), whereas others were more informative for whole-task success (0–10) and overall mathematics proficiency (plausible values and benchmark levels). Students’ digital self-efficacy was also related to pathway profile membership, suggesting links between perceived ease with digital technologies and more structured navigation in computer-based PSI tasks (Siiman et al., 2017). By triangulating outcomes at the item, task, and overall achievement levels, the study helps clarify whether observed process behaviours reflect item-specific tactics, task-level strategies, or broader proficiency-related patterns. Cross-national comparisons show that the prevalence of pathway profiles varies across countries and aligns with classroom digital learning conditions, based on teacher reports of device access and frequency of use in mathematics instruction. Methodologically, we provide a cross-nationally replicable workflow for transforming event logs into sequence representations, deriving pathway profiles, and linking them to multiple achievement measures while respecting TIMSS design features (weights and plausible values). Combining process mining and sequence analysis with multi-level outcome modelling, the study advances process-data analytics as a form of “knowing” that can inform “acting”: interpretation and design of computer-based PSI tasks and targeted support for early mathematics problem solving (van der Aalst, 2016; Gabadinho et al., 2011). References Bulut, O., & Gorgun, G. (2023). Utilizing response time for scoring the TIMSS 2019 problem solving and inquiry tasks (Preprint). PsyArXiv. https://doi.org/10.31234/osf.io/zc98s Chen, G., Liu, Y., & Mao, Y. (2024). Understanding the log file data from educational and psychological computer-based testing: A scoping review protocol. PLOS ONE, 19(5), e0304109. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0304109 Fishbein, B. G. (2018). Preserving 20 years of TIMSS trend measurements: Early stages in the transition to the eTIMSS assessment (Doctoral dissertation, Boston College). eScholarship@BC. http://hdl.handle.net/2345/bc-ir:107927 Gabadinho, A., Ritschard, G., Studer, M., & Müller, N. S. (2011). Mining sequence data in R with the TraMineR package: A user’s guide. Journal of Statistical Software, 40(4), 1–37. Mullis, I. V. S., & Martin, M. O. (Eds.). (2017). TIMSS 2019 assessment frameworks. International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA). Mullis, I. V. S., Martin, M. O., Fishbein, B., Foy, P., & Moncaleano, S. (2021). Findings from the TIMSS 2019 problem solving and inquiry tasks. International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA). Mullis, I. V. S., Martin, M. O., & von Davier, M. (Eds.). (2021). TIMSS 2023 assessment frameworks. TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center, Boston College. https://timssandpirls.bc.edu/timss2023 Papanastasiou, E. K. (2023). What can process data tell us about students’ persistence? Evidence from the eTIMSS 2019 assessment. In Assessment reform journeys: Intentions, enactment and evaluation (Book of Abstracts) (p. 23). AEA Europe. Siiman, L. A., Mäeots, M., & Pedaste, M. (2017). A review of interactive computer-based tasks in large-scale studies: Can they guide the development of an instrument to assess students’ digital competence? In D. Joosten-ten Brinke & M. Laanpere (Eds.), Technology enhanced assessment (TEA 2016) (pp. 148–158). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-57744-9_13 van der Aalst, W. (2016). Process mining: Data science in action (2nd ed.). Springer. von Davier, M., Fishbein, B., & Kennedy, A. (Eds.). (2024). TIMSS 2023 technical report: Methods and procedures. TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center, Boston College. https://timss2023.org/methods 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Internationalisation and the Development of Institutional Capacity in Higher Education University of Southampton, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Abstract This study investigates perceptions of internationalisation and institutional capacity, alongside the implementation of internationalisation strategies, within Azerbaijani Higher Education Institutions (HEIs). It analyses the rationales, strategies, and challenges encountered by stakeholders in these institutions. Although internationalisation is a significant global policy priority, most existing literature focuses on Western higher education systems. There is limited research on the rationales, strategies, and challenges of internationalisation at the institutional level in post-Soviet contexts such as Azerbaijan. The Bologna Process has been instrumental in increasing student mobility and advancing the internationalisation of Azerbaijan’s higher education system by supporting exchange programmes, fostering inter-university cooperation, and facilitating academic credit transfer. This study adopts an interpretivist, multiple-case qualitative design. Data will be collected through semi-structured interviews and document analysis to investigate how university stakeholders interpret internationalisation. Braun and Clarke’s thematic analysis will be used to examine how internationalisation and institutional capacity are understood and implemented across Azerbaijani HEIs. The study seeks to contribute to the higher education literature by incorporating the perspectives of university stakeholders. The findings are anticipated to inform and enhance internationalisation strategies and institutional capacity within Azerbaijani HEIs.
Research objectives The following research objectives guide this study:
Research questions Main research question How does internationalisation shape the development of institutional capacity in Azerbaijani HEIs?
Sub-research questions
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used An interpretivist, qualitative, multiple-case study design is employed to examine how internationalisation is understood and mediated within Azerbaijani universities. Data from semi-structured interviews and documentary analysis will be used to address the research questions (Creswell & Clark, 2011). This design facilitates explanations of why and how universities implement internationalisation strategies. The case study approach is particularly effective for addressing how and why questions (Yin, 2018). This methodology is appropriate for investigating the implementation of internationalisation in higher education in Azerbaijan, the strategies prioritised by higher education institutions (HEIs), and the influence of broader policy contexts on institutional internationalisation strategies. Universities will be selected based on their demonstrated commitment to internationalisation and efforts to build institutional capacity. Interviews will target key stakeholders involved in internationalisation, including university leaders (such as founders, rectors, and vice-rectors), administrators (such as heads of international offices), senior faculty members, and quality assurance center staff responsible for managing international partnerships. University leaders or office heads responsible for developing institutional internationalisation strategies are considered the most appropriate participants, as they are regarded as ‘good informants’ (Spradley, 1979). Thematic analysis, as outlined by Braun and Clarke (2006), will be employed to identify, analyse, and interpret patterns of meaning within the qualitative data. This approach enables a comprehensive and systematic exploration of participants’ experiences. The analysis will adhere to the six-phase process: familiarisation, coding, generating initial themes, reviewing themes, defining and naming themes, and producing the final report (Braun & Clarke, 2006). Purposive and snowball sampling strategies will be used to identify participants for the study. Bryman (2016) notes that qualitative research frequently employs these methods to access information-rich participants and to reach relevant individuals through existing networks, especially when targeted recruitment is necessary. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study seeks to advance the higher education literature by incorporating the perspectives of university stakeholders. The anticipated findings are intended to enhance internationalisation strategies and institutional capacity within Azerbaijani higher education institutions (HEIs). Additionally, the research is positioned to inform broader European discussions regarding the internationalisation of higher education in post-Soviet contexts. References Altbach, P. G., & Knight, J. (2007). The internationalization of higher education: Motivations and realities. Journal of Studies in International Education, 11(3-4), 290–305. https://doi.org/10.1177/1028315307303542 Ahn E. (2016). HERB Higher Education Landscape in Post-Soviet Countries: 25 Years of Changes Higher Education in Russia and Beyond. 8–9. http://educonf.hse.ru/en/2016 Bargel, T. (2011). Student Experiences and Evaluation of Bologna-Process and Bachelor Empirical Results of the German Student Survey Universität Konstanz: Arbeitsgruppe Hochschulforschung,Univ. http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bsz:352-0-311721 Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2006) Using thematic analysis in psychology, Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3:2, 77-101 Beelen, J., & Jones, E. (2015). Redefining Internationalization at Home. In The European Higher Education Area: Between Critical Reflections and Future Policies (pp. 59–72). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-20877-0_5 Bryman, A. (2016). Social research methods (5th ed.). Oxford University Creswell, J. W., & Clark, V. L. (2011). Designing and conducting mixed methods research (2nd (Edition). Sage Publications. Heinze, T., & Knill, C. (2008). Analysing the differential impact of the Bologna Process: Theoretical considerations on national conditions for international policy convergence. Higher Education, 56(4), 493–510. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-007-9107-z Huang, S., Ye, G., Zhou, J., & Jin, T. (2017). Institutional contexts, institutional capability and accelerated internationalization of entrepreneurial firms from emerging economies. Nankai Business Review International, 8(2), 231–262. https://doi.org/10.1108/NBRI-05-2016-0016 Isaeva, R., Uusiautti, S., & Ratinen, I. (2024). Student Engagement Variations across Institutions and Disciplines: Findings from Azerbaijan. International Journal of Educational Psychology, 13(2), 143–168. https://doi.org/10.17583/ijep.13735 Kapfudzaruwa, F. (2024). Internationalization of higher education and emerging national rationales: Comparative analysis of the Global North and south. Higher Education Policy, 1-30. https://doi.org/10.1057/s41307-024 00358-z Marinoni, G., & Bartolomé Pina Cardona, S. (2024). Internationalization of higher education: Current trends and future scenarios (6th IAU Global Survey Report). International Association of Universities. Marginson, S. (2014). THE DREAM IS OVER The CRISIS of CLARK KERR’S CALIFORNIA IDEA of HIGHER EDUCATION. www.luminosoa.org Spradley, J. P. (1979). The ethnographic interview. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston. Yin, R. K. (2018). Case study research: Design and methods, applied social research (6th ed.). Sage. |
| 14:15 - 15:45 | 99 ERC SES 04 V (P): Posters Location: Main Auditorium foyer | Main building A Session Chair: Michael Dal Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Striving for Perfection, Risking Burnout: Academic Well-being of Classical Music Students in Nordic Countries 1: University of Eastern Finland; 2: University of Jyväskylä Presenting Author:Psychological strain and mental health challenges among higher education students have become a major concern in Nordic countries and globally (Cuppen et al., 2024; Parikka et al., 2024; WHO, 2025). Arts students report higher levels of stress, burnout and mental health problems than students in other fields (Kunttu et al., 2017; Lee et al., 2024; Vaag et al., 2021). Music students particularly display elevated levels of physical and psychological health problems (e.g. Rose et al., 2024; Spahn et al., 2004) and also experience study‑related burnout (e.g. Bernhard, 2007, 2010). Although music is often associated with positive well‑being, studying to become a music professional can be psychologically and physically demanding. In addition to general higher education demands, music students face discipline-specific stressors such as competition, extensive solitary practice, performance anxiety, and perfectionism (e.g. Araújo et al., 2017; Perkins et al., 2017). While their well-being has been studied through performance anxiety, stress, and overuse injuries, research on academic burnout and engagement remains limited and inconsistent, typically based on single‑institution or single-country samples (see, however, Zabuska et al., 2018). Understanding factors that influence students’ well-being is essential, as well-being during studies is linked to academic progress and later occupational well-being. In this study, academic well‑being is defined as comprising both negative (study burnout: exhaustion, cynicism, inadequacy) and positive (study engagement: vigor, dedication, absorption) dimensions (Salmela-Aro et al., 2009; Salmela-Aro & Upadaya, 2012; Schaufeli et al., 2002). Study-related burnout is associated with intentions to discontinue studies (e.g. Calcatin et al., 2022) and predicts later work-related burnout (Robins et al., 2018), whereas study engagement is positively associated with academic achievement and subjective well-being (Wong et al., 2024). Perfectionism is an important factor in students’ well-being (Hill et al., 2025). It has increased among students (Curran & Hill, 2019) and is common among music students (Alpheis & Altenmüller, 2024; Butković et al., 2022). Perfectionism is a multidimensional construct comprising positive and negative dimensions (Hewitt & Flett, 1991; Stoeber & Otto, 2006). While high personal standards and striving for excellence may support engagement, fear of failure and self‑criticism are linked to poorer recovery and a higher risk of burnout (e.g. Flaxman et al., 2017; Tuominen et al., 2021). Perfectionism may also arise from the environment: a perfectionistic climate refers to performance pressures from institutions or teachers, such as expectations of flawlessness or critical responses to mistakes (Grugan et al., 2021). Perfectionism can lead individuals to work at the expense of their recovery and well-being. It is associated with high workloads (Bellam & Curran, 2025) and stress (Hewitt & Flett, 2002), both of which increase the risk of burnout when sustained over time (Lin et al., 2021; Salmela‑Aro et al., 2009). Adequate recovery can prevent stress from developing into burnout (Gluschkoff et al., 2016). Beyond perfectionism, recovery plays a crucial but understudied role in students’ well-being. Recovery refers to processes that restore psychological and physical resources after a demanding situation (Sonnentag & Fritz, 2007). Sufficient recovery during leisure time is associated with higher work engagement on the following day (Sonnentag, 2003), whereas insufficient recovery is associated with an increased risk of burnout and poorer well-being (Geurts & Sonnentag, 2006; Gluschkoff et al., 2016). This dissertation examines music students’ academic well‑being and the factors influencing it. The overarching research question is: To what extent do higher education music students in the Nordic countries experience academic burnout and study engagement, and how are perfectionism and recovery associated with these dimensions of well-being at both individual and institutional levels? The study is grounded in the Study Demands–Resources model, which considers both individual- and environment-level demands and resources (Salmela-Aro & Upadyaya, 2014). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The three sub‑studies draw on a systematic literature review, survey, and interviews. The survey and interview sub-studies follow an explanatory sequential design: the survey measures students’ burnout, engagement, perfectionism, and recovery, while the interviews deepen the interpretation of these phenomena from the perspectives of students’ experiences and learning environments. This mixed methods approach combines the strengths of quantitative and qualitative inquiry, providing a comprehensive understanding of academic well-being (Creswell & Plano Clark, 2017). The research material consists of survey data (N = 600–800) and interview data (n = 30–40), collected from music students in Nordic countries through collaboration networks. Collaborating institutions are in Finland and other Nordic countries (e.g., Stockholm, Aalborg, Oslo, Bergen). Data collection will follow country-specific requirements for research permits, data protection, and ethical procedures. Survey data will be gathered from 1-2 institutions per country. Interview participants will be selected from survey respondents who have expressed interest and represent diverse study-well-being profiles; interviews will be conducted primarily in Finland and Norway. Article 1: Burnout and engagement in higher education music students: a systematic review The systematic literature review synthesizes existing research on burnout and engagement among higher education music students. The protocol will be registered in OSF, reporting will follow PRISMA 2020 guidelines (Moher et al., 2009), and study quality will be assessed using the JBI and MMAT tools. Searches will target peer‑reviewed empirical studies on these phenomena. Searches will be conducted without time restriction in Scopus, PsycINFO, ERIC and Web of Science. Zotero and Covidence will support the review, and synthesis will rely on thematic analysis, supplemented with quantification. Article 2: Study engagement and burnout profiles in Nordic higher education music students: associations with perfectionism and recovery The survey study will employ validated instruments (e.g., SBI9, UWES-S, SAPS, REQ), which will be translated and piloted. Statistical analyses will include latent profile analysis to identify groups of students based on academic well‑being. Prior research (e.g., Salmela‑Aro & Read, 2017) suggests profiles such as “burned‑out,” “engaged,” or “burned‑out–engaged.” Associations with background factors, perfectionism, and recovery will be examined using analyses of variance and regression analyses. Structural equation modeling will test whether recovery mediates the association between perfectionism and academic well‑being. Article 3: The teaching-learning environment and music students’ burnout and engagement in Nordic countries The interview study uses semi‑structured interviews and thematic content analysis. The interviews deepen the interpretation of the survey findings, particularly regarding students’ experiences and learning environments. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study has scientific, pedagogical, and societal significance. It examines the well-being of music students from a little-studied perspective, combining quantitative and qualitative data as well as individual and institutional levels of analysis. Its key novel contribution lies in exploring perfectionistic climate and recovery in connection with study well-being. Although the importance of recovery has been recognized in work‑life well‑being research, it has remained marginal in studies concerning music students. Given the fragmented nature of the existing literature, the systematic review is expected to provide the first focused synthesis of empirical findings on burnout and engagement among higher education music students. The review will summarise what is currently known about these phenomena, identify where findings converge or diverge, and highlight key gaps that warrant further research. The survey study extends previous research by drawing on a broader multicountry dataset than earlier studies and by introducing the measurement of perfectionistic climate that has not previously been applied to music students. It is expected to identify distinct profiles of academic well‑being, revealing both students who may be at heightened risk of burnout and those who remain engaged and thriving despite demanding study environments. The interview study complements these results by illuminating how students perceive their learning environments and the factors shaping their well‑being. Students’ accounts reveal contextual mechanisms that contribute to variation in burnout and engagement. Together, the findings help identify factors that support well-being and prevent burnout, providing a basis for developing pedagogical practices such as short-term recovery interventions or professional development for teachers aimed at reducing a perfectionistic climate. Collaboration with participating institutions supports the implementation of the results to benefit students. The research evidence can be used in decision-making and the development of pedagogical practices that promote student well-being. References Alpheis, S., & Altenmüller, E. (2024). Comparison of Perfectionism Between Music and Medical Students and its Association with Anxiety. Medical Problems of Performing Artists, 39(2), 82–92. https://doi.org/10.21091/mppa.2024.2011 Bernhard, H. C. (2010). A survey of burnout among college music majors: A replication. Music Performance Research, 3(1), 31–41. Creswell, J. W., & Plano Clark, V. L (2017). Designing and conducting mixed-methods research (3rd ed.). SAGE Publications. Curran, T., & Hill, A. P. (2019). Perfectionism is increasing over time: A meta-analysis of birth cohort differences from 1989 to 2016. Psychological Bulletin, 145(4), 410–429. https://doi.org/10.1037/bul0000138 Grugan, M. C., Hill, A. P., Mallinson-Howard, S. H., Donachie, T. C., Olsson, L. F., Madigan, D. J., & Vaughan, R. S. (2021). Development and initial validation of the Perfectionistic Climate Questionnaire-Sport (PCQ-S). Psychology of Sport and Exercise, 56, 101997. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psychsport.2021.101997 Hewitt, P. L., & Flett, G. L. (1991). Perfectionism in the self and social contexts: Conceptualization, assessment, and association with psychopathology. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 60(3), 456–470. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.60.3.456 Hill, A. P., Kim, H., Ashdown-Franks, G., & Pratt, V. B. (2025). An umbrella review of a decade of meta-analyses examining the correlates of multidimensional perfectionism. Canadian Psychology. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1037/cap0000450 Lee, F. M., Koch, J. M., & Ramakrishnan, N. (2024). Fine Arts Students: Mental Health, Stress, and Time on Academic Work. Journal of College Student Mental Health, 38(2), 259–274. https://doi.org/10.1080/87568225.2023.2175755 Parikka S, Ikonen J, Pohjola V, Koskela T, Kilpeläinen H, Sarttila K, Lundqvist A. (2024). KOTT 2024 -tutkimuksen perustulokset 2024. Verkkojulkaisu: thl.fi/kott Salmela-Aro, K., Kiuru, N., Leskinen, E., & Nurmi, J.-E. (2009). School Burnout Inventory (SBI): Reliability and validity. European Journal of Psychological Assessment, 25(1), 48–57. https://doi.org/10.1027/1015-5759.25.1.48 Sonnentag, S., & Fritz, C. (2007). The Recovery Experience Questionnaire: Development and validation of a measure for assessing recuperation and unwinding from work. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 12(3), 204–221. https://doi.org/10.1037/1076-8998.12.3.204 Stoeber, J., & Otto, K. (2006). Positive conceptions of perfectionism: Approaches, evidence, challenges. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 10(4), 295–319. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15327957pspr1004_2 Wong, Z. Y., Liem, G. A. D., Chan, M., & Datu, J. A. D. (2024). Student Engagement and Its Association With Academic Achievement and Subjective Well-Being: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. Journal of Educational Psychology, 116(1), 48–75. https://doi.org/10.1037/edu0000833 Zabuska, A., Ginsborg, J., & Wasley, D. (2018). A preliminary comparison study of burnout and engagement in performance students in conservatoires and universities. International Journal of Music Education, 36(4), 545–558. https://doi.org/10.1177/0255761417751242 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Enhancing Self-Directed Learning in Engineering Education Through Project-Based Learning: Evidence From China and Its International Implications Beihang University, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:This study addresses the global challenges of rapid technological evolution and complex problem-solving by investigating how project-based learning (PBL), through a structured multi-support system, can effectively cultivate self-directed learning (SDL) competencies among engineering students. Focusing on the Chinese higher education context, it seeks to answer the following questions: How do teachers, peers, and AI tools within PBL contribute to the development of multidimensional SDL by providing resource, cognitive, and emotional support? What are the key mechanisms underlying this process? And what design principles can be derived that hold universal relevance for the global engineering education community? The research aims to uncover the interactive relationships between support actors and core functions in PBL, construct an analytical framework for optimizing SDL development, and provide evidence-based insights for institutions worldwide grappling with large-scale education, industry-academia collaboration, and digital transformation. The theoretical framework integrates Activity Theory, which views PBL as a dynamic activity system; Situated Learning Theory, which emphasizes learning through participation in authentic practices; and Self-Determination Theory, which centers on fulfilling learners’ psychological needs for autonomy, competence, and relatedness. Together, these perspectives offer a comprehensive, cross-culturally comparable lens for understanding how PBL promotes SDL through systemic, contextual, and motivational dimensions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A qualitative research approach was adopted to gain an in-depth understanding of students’ subjective experiences, meaning-making, and competency development during PBL. Data were collected through semi-structured interviews designed to explore participants’ PBL experiences, their perceptions of support from various actors, and their demonstrated SDL behaviors. The study involved 49 engineering students from a comprehensive Chinese university (“H University”) who were enrolled in PBL-integrated courses. Interview transcripts were analyzed using thematic analysis to identify patterns linking support actors, support functions, and SDL development. Adhering to rigorous international social science research standards, this study yields rich contextual data that provide a foundation for future cross-cultural comparative research. By focusing on the “teacher–peer–AI tool” support triad, the work directly engages with globally shared concerns in engineering education, such as blended learning support, collaborative learning quality, and technology-enabled empowerment, thereby facilitating scholarly dialogue with international peers and literature. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis validates SDL as a multidimensional construct encompassing learning initiative, responsibility, persistence, and self-regulation. It further reveals that PBL fosters SDL through an interactive “multi-actor core-function” support system, wherein teachers provide expert scaffolding and guidance, peers contribute through collaborative co-construction and emotional support, and AI tools offer instant resource access and personalized assistance across three functional dimensions: resource support, cognitive support, and emotional support. The most significant SDL development occurs when these actors operate synergistically. Moreover, the progression of SDL requires dynamic adaptation in PBL design, meaning external support should be gradually reduced as learners advance, transitioning from highly structured assistance toward greater autonomy. This study concludes that a PBL design grounded in activity systems, situated practice, and psychological need satisfaction is essential for cultivating future engineers’ SDL competencies. The proposed “Multi-Actor Core-Function” Support System Framework not only offers a concrete pathway for engineering education reform in China but also contributes a universally relevant perspective on effectively integrating human and technological resources in digital-age learning environments. Furthermore, the empirical analysis of the multi-dimensionality of SDL provides specific teaching paths and evidence-based support for the graduate qualities emphasized by international certification systems (including lifelong learning, complex problem-solving, and teamwork), thereby promoting the improvement of global engineering education quality based on evidence. References Bary, R., & Rees, M. (2006). Is (self-directed) learning the key skill for tomorrow’s engineers? European Journal of Engineering Education, 31(1), 73–81. Bell, S. (2010). Project-based learning for the 21st century: Skills for the future. The Clearing House: A Journal of Educational Strategies, Issues and Ideas, 83(2), 39–43. Bender, W. N. (2012). Project-based learning: Differentiating instruction for the 21st century. Corwin Press. Collier, C. S. (2022). Self-directed learning: Historical and theoretical arguments for learner led education[Doctoral dissertation, Georgia State University]. ProQuest Dissertations Publishing. Helle, L., Tynjälä, P., & Olkinuora, E. (2006). Project-based learning in post-secondary education – Theory, practice and rubber sling shots. Higher Education, 51(2), 287–314. Hmelo-Silver, C. E. (2004). Problem-based learning: What and how do students learn? Educational Psychology Review, 16(3), 235–266. Hmelo-Silver, C. E., & Barrows, H. S. (2006). Goals and strategies of a problem-based learning facilitator. Interdisciplinary Journal of Problem-based Learning, 1(1), 21–39. Knowles, M. S. (1975). Self-directed learning: A guide for learners and teachers. Association Press. Kolmos, A., Holgaard, J. E., Routhe, H. W., & Guerra, A. (2023). Interdisciplinary project types in engineering education. European Journal of Engineering Education, 49(2), 257–282. Larmer, J., & Mergendoller, J. R. (2011). The main course, not dessert: How are students reaching 21st century goals? With 21st century project based learning. Buck Institute for Education. Litzinger, T. A., Wise, J. C., & Lee, S. H. (2005). Self-directed learning readiness among engineering undergraduate students. Journal of Engineering Education, 94(2), 215–221. Markham, T. (2011). Project based learning: A bridge just far enough. Teacher Librarian, 39(2), 38–42. Mentz, E., Beer, J. D., & Bailey, R. (2019). Self-directed learning for the 21st century: Implications for higher education. Aosis. Morris, T. H. (2019). Self-directed learning: A fundamental competence in a rapidly changing world. International Review of Education, 65(4), 633–653. Pan, G., Seow, P. S., Shankararaman, V., & Koh, K. (2021). An exploration into key roles in making project-based learning happen: Insights from a case study of a university. Journal of International Education in Business, 14(1), 109–129. Reeve, J. (2006). Teachers as facilitators: What autonomy-supportive teachers do and why their students benefit. The Elementary School Journal, 106(3), 225–236. Servant-Miklos, V. F. C. (2022). Student conceptions of problem and project based learning in engineering education: A phenomenographic investigation. European Journal of Engineering Education, 47(3), 468–487. Warren, C. C. (2023). The power of project-based learning[Doctoral dissertation, Fordham University]. ProQuest Dissertations Publishing. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Bridging Action and Mental Representation: Developing and Evaluating Iconically Supported Place-Value Materials for Large Numbers Private University College for Teacher Education Augustinum, Graz, Austria Presenting Author:Understanding large numbers beyond 1,000 represents a persistent challenge in primary mathematics education. While enactive place-value materials such as base-ten blocks are widely acknowledged as powerful tools for developing early bundling concepts and place-value understanding (Padberg & Benz, 2021; Käpnick, 2014), their pedagogical function becomes increasingly problematic in extended number ranges. Physical representations of ten-thousands, hundred-thousands, or millions are neither proportional nor practically manageable and may even foster misconceptions (Gaidoschik, 2025; Schipper et al., 2018). As a consequence, learners are expected to shift from concrete manipulation to fully mental bundling processes—often without explicit instructional support for this transition. Although research consistently emphasizes the importance of withdrawing concrete representations and fostering relational and structural interpretations of numbers (Bruner et al., 1988; Schulz & Wartha, 2021), little is known about how teachers design and scaffold this transition in classroom practice. In particular, there is a lack of empirically grounded insights into how instructional materials can support learners’ mental bundling processes without creating new dependencies on visual representations. Against this background, the present project develops and evaluates an iconically supported instructional format that functions as a deliberately limited bridge between enactive experience and mental place-value reasoning. Rather than representing large quantities themselves, the iconic materials visualize bundling structures and hierarchical relations of the decimal system, thereby supporting learners in mentally simulating bundling and unbundling processes (Ruwisch, 2015; Schulz & Wartha, 2021). From a cognitive perspective, this design builds on evidence that large numbers are primarily processed through relational and structural representations rather than through analog magnitude comparisons (Dehaene, 1992; Schneider et al., 2016). The study follows a formative evaluation approach (Döring, 2014) and is embedded in a professional development programme for primary school teachers. Its analytical focus lies on the teachers’ perspective, as teachers play a key role in shaping instructional transitions between representation levels and in deciding how learning materials are integrated into classroom practice. The study addresses the following research questions: Q1a: Which didactic steps and instructional strategies do teachers describe as particularly supportive for fostering a robust understanding of place value and bundling in the extended number range beyond 1,000? Q1b: How do teachers integrate the iconically supported place-value material into their existing instructional practices, particularly in relation to textbooks and established routines (e.g., as an addition, substitution, or restructuring of tasks)? Q1c: Which challenges and difficulties do teachers identify when using the iconic material and when supporting learners’ transition from enactive bundling to fully mental bundling processes? Q2: How do teachers assess the practicality and instructional usefulness of the iconically supported material across different instructional phases (e.g., introduction, consolidation, practice, and reflection)? Empirical data are collected across two school years using a qualitative multi-method design combining open questionnaires and short group discussions (Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2024; Vogl, 2014). This design allows for the reconstruction of individual didactic reasoning as well as shared interpretative patterns among teachers. Preliminary findings from the first evaluation cycle suggest that teachers perceive the iconic material as a meaningful scaffold for structuring instructional transitions between representation levels. At the same time, the data point to differentiated challenges regarding timing, fading strategies, and alignment with heterogeneous student prerequisites. By systematically linking teachers’ experiential knowledge with theoretically grounded design principles, the project contributes to current debates on how educational research can connect knowing and acting. In line with the ECER 2026 theme, it illustrates how insights from mathematics education and cognitive psychology can be translated into instructional action through iterative design and reflective teacher engagement. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative formative evaluation design aimed at generating practice-relevant insights while supporting the iterative development of an instructional innovation (Döring, 2014). Rather than testing effectiveness in a summative sense, the project focuses on identifying conditions under which iconically supported materials can meaningfully facilitate the transition from enactive to mental bundling in the extended number range. Context and Participants The research is embedded in a year-long professional development programme (“Didaktische Pakete”) at a university college for teacher education. Across two cohorts, approximately 50 in-service primary school teachers participate. All teachers work in grade four, where the curricular transition to extended number ranges is formally addressed. Teaching experience varies considerably, allowing for differentiated perspectives on instructional routines and innovation. Data Collection Three complementary qualitative instruments are employed: Open paper-pencil questionnaire (baseline): This instrument captures demographic information, prior experiences with place-value instruction, and existing strategies for addressing large numbers. It serves to contextualize subsequent analyses. Open online questionnaire: Administered after initial classroom implementation, this questionnaire focuses on instructional integration, perceived usability, and observed student difficulties related to bundling and place-value reasoning. Open-ended formats allow for differentiated accounts of instructional decision-making. Short group discussions (15–20 minutes): Conducted within professional development sessions, group discussions focus on collective interpretations, shared challenges, and negotiated understandings of the material’s role in different instructional phases (Vogl, 2014). Data Analysis All qualitative data are analysed using qualitative content analysis following Kuckartz and Rädiker (2024). A combined deductive–inductive coding framework is developed, drawing on central theoretical constructs such as bundling, representational transitions, and instructional structuring. Descriptive summaries complement the analysis to highlight recurring patterns across participants. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The project demonstrates how research-based material development can function as a productive interface between educational theory and instructional practice. By foregrounding teachers’ perspectives, it highlights the role of professional judgement in mediating between abstract didactic principles and concrete classroom action (Seidel, 2014; Helmke, 2022). From a mathematics education perspective, the findings underscore the importance of transitional representations that support learners’ cognitive processes without replacing mental activity. Iconic materials appear to function as effective scaffolds when they are explicitly framed as temporary supports and embedded within reflective instructional practices (Bruner et al., 1988; Käpnick, 2014). This aligns with cognitive research emphasizing the centrality of relational and structural representations for understanding large numbers (Dehaene, 1992; Schneider et al., 2016). In relation to the ECER 2026 theme “Knowing and Acting”, the project illustrates how theoretical knowledge from mathematics education and cognitive psychology can be translated into instructional action through iterative design and formative evaluation. Rather than prescribing universal solutions, the study positions teachers as co-interpreters and co-developers of instructional innovations. Future analyses will further explore how teachers negotiate the balance between support and withdrawal, and how different instructional contexts shape the perceived usefulness of iconic representations. The project thus contributes to broader discussions on the changing potentials of educational research in connecting theory, design, and classroom practice. References Bruner, J. S., Olver, R. R., & Greenfield, P. M. (1988). Studien zur kognitiven Entwicklung: Eine kooperative Untersuchung am „Center for Cognitive Studies“ der Harvard-Universität (1. Auflage). Ernst Klett Verlag. Dehaene, S. (1992). Varieties of numerical abilities. Cognition, 44, 1–42. Döring, N. (2014). Evaluationsforschung. In N. Baur & J. Blasius (Hrsg.), Handbuch Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung (S. 167–182). Springer. Gaidoschik, M. (2025). Das dezimale Stellenwertsystem verstehen, verinnerlichen, flexibel anwenden: Ein Leitfaden für den Unterricht in der Grundschule. Klett Kallmeyer. Helmke, A. (2022). Unterrichtsqualität und Lehrerprofessionalität: Diagnose, Evaluation und Verbesserung des Unterrichts. Klett / Kallmeyer. Holzer, N., Grasser, U., & Schütky, R. (2021). Didaktische Pakete: Mathematik 1. und 2. Schulstufe. LogoMedia-Verlag. Käpnick, F. (2014). Mathematiklernen in der Grundschule. Springer Spektrum. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-37962-8 Kuckartz, U., & Rädiker, S. (2024). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Umsetzung mit Software und künstlicher Intelligenz (6. Auflage). Juventa Verlag. Lenart, F., Schaupp, H., & Holzer, N. (2014). ERT 0+ Eggenberger Rechentest. Diagnostikum für Dyskalkulie-Disposition für das Ende des Kindergartenalters bis Mitte der 1. Schulstufe. Hogrefe. Padberg, F., & Benz, C. (2021). Didaktik der Arithmetik: Fundiert, vielseitig, praxisnah (5., überarbeitete Auflage). Springer Spektrum. Pöhls, A. (2015). Eine Million Reiskörner. Mengenvorstellungen von einer Million entwickeln. Grundschule Mathematik, 44, 24–27. Roos, S. (2015). „Je größer die Zahl, desto größer die Schritte“. Zahlvorstellungen mit dem Zahlenstrahl erweitern. Grundschule Mathematik, 44, 28–31. Ruwisch, S. (2015). Keine Zahl steht für sich allein. Von direkten zu relationalen Zahlvorstellungen. Grundschule Mathematik, 44, 40–43. Scherer, P., & Weigand, H.-P. (2021). Mathematikdidaktische Prinzipien. In M. Abshagen, B. Barzel, J. Kramer, T. Riecke-Baulecke, B. Rösken-Winter, & C. Selter (Hrsg.), Basiswissen Lehrerbildung: Mathematik unterrichten (2. Auflage, S. 28–42). Kallmeyer. Schipper, W., Ebeling, A., & Dröge, R. (2018). Handbuch für den Mathematikunterricht. 4. Schuljahr (Druck A 2). Schroedel Westermann. Schneider, W., Küspert, P., & Krajewski, K. (2016). Die Entwicklung mathematischer Kompetenzen (2., aktualisierte und erweiterte Auflage). Ferdinand Schöningh. Schulz, A., & Wartha, S. (2021). Zahlen und Operationen am Übergang Primar-/Sekundarstufe. Grundvorstellungen aufbauen, festigen, vernetzen. Springer Spektrum. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-662-62096-0 Seidel, T. (2014). Angebots-Nutzungs-Modelle in der Unterrichtspsychologie. Integration von Struktur- und Prozessparadigma. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 6, 850–866. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:14686 Selter, C. (2017). Guter Mathematikunterricht. Konzeptionelles und Beispiele aus dem Projekt PIKAS (1. Auflage, 1. Druck). Cornelsen. Skagenholt, M., Skagerlund, K., & Träff, U. (2025). Numerical cognition across the lifespan. A selective review of key developmental stages and neural, cognitive, and affective underpinnings. Cortex, 184, 263–286. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cortex.2025.01.005 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Internationalisation of Curriculum in Practice? An Analysis of International Students' Discourses in a Finnish University University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:Topic: Internationalisation of Curriculum in Practice: A Critical Discourse Analysis of International Students' Perspectives in Finland Objectives: In an increasingly globalised and market-oriented higher education landscape, institutions strive to equip students with skills for global citizenship and intercultural competence. This study addresses a gap in programme-specific research by examining international students' lived experiences and discourses regarding the internationalisation of curriculum (IoC) within an international master's programme at a Finnish research university. Research questions:
Conceptual and theoretical frameworks: The study adopts a multi-layered theoretical framework to explore the complexities of IoC. Centrally, it draws on Leask’s (2015) Internationalisation of Curriculum (IoC) framework, which emphasises the integration of international and intercultural dimensions into content, pedagogy, and support services. To understand how students navigate institutional structures, the research utilises Archer’s (2003) theory of agency and Fielding’s (2004) typology of student voice. These are complemented by critical pedagogy (Freire, 1970; Giroux, 1988) to analyse how power dynamics and epistemic hierarchies are challenged. Finally, the concept of co-creation is used to examine the potential for students to act as active partners in curriculum design. European and international dimensions: This research is situated at the intersection of European higher education policy and global market trends. As Finland and the broader European Higher Education Area (EHEA) shift toward "work-based and competence-based immigration," international degree programmes have become central tools for national competitiveness. The study critiques the neoliberal marketisation of Finnish higher education, where students are often positioned as customers rather than active academic participants. Using a case study of a Finnish research university, the study highlights tensions between local academic norms and the global expectations of a diverse student body, particularly regarding the dominance of Western-centric knowledge production. This research contributes to European dialogues on educational equity and the ethical internationalisation of curricula in the Global North. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research design and participants: This study employs a qualitative case study design focusing on one international master’s programme at a Finnish research university. The participants were 16 international master’s students enrolled in an English-taught programme. Data collection: Data were collected through four focus group discussions, each consisting of three to five participants. Focus groups were chosen for their ability to allow students to articulate views authentically and dialogically, creating a space for collective reflection. The sessions followed a semi-structured format guided by interview prompts and included group activities designed to encourage students to share diverse opinions on their educational experiences and the curriculum. Data analysis: The qualitative data were analysed using Critical Discourse Analysis (CDA), specifically following Fairclough’s (2010) three-dimensional framework. This method enabled an in-depth examination of how institutional structures, ideology, and power dynamics shape the ways international students construct and express their discourses on IoC. The analysis focused on identifying patterns in student language to uncover underlying assumptions about neoliberalism, equity, and knowledge production within the Finnish university context. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis identified five interconnected discourses that characterize international students' perspectives on the internationalisation of curriculum (IoC): neoliberalism and marketisation, equity and accessibility, power and knowledge production, local versus global priorities, and institutional support. Students critically highlighted systemic challenges, including limited inclusivity and linguistic barriers that hinder full participation in academic life. A significant finding was the perception of epistemic hierarchies, where Western-centric knowledge and methodologies are often prioritized over Global South or indigenous perspectives. Furthermore, students observed a tension between local Finnish labour market needs and global academic aspirations, which often leads to ambiguity in programme objectives. The study also revealed that international students navigate their roles within these structures along a dynamic spectrum. Some students felt positioned as passive or symbolic participants, which is often linked to a "student-as-customer" experience under marketized higher education. Others emerged as critical reformers or empowered co-creators when provided with the necessary institutional support. These findings uncover a distinct gap between institutional internationalisation strategies and the lived experiences of students. The results suggest that for IoC to be truly transformative and equitable, Finnish universities must move beyond surface-level internationalisation by formally integrating student voices into curriculum design and addressing the power imbalances inherent in knowledge production. References Archer, M. S. (2003). Structure, agency and the internal conversation. Cambridge University Press. De Wit, H. (2020). Internationalization of higher education: The need for a more ethical and qualitative approach. Journal of International Students. Fairclough, N. (2010). Critical discourse analysis: The critical study of language. Routledge. Fielding, M. (2004). “New wave” student voice and the renewal of civic society. London Review of Education. Freire, P. (1970). Pedagogy of the oppressed. Herder and Herder. Kauko, J., & Medvedeva, A. (2016). Internationalisation as marketisation? Tuition fees for international students in Finland. Research in Comparative and International Education. Knight, J. (2008). Higher education in turmoil: The changing world of internationalization. Sense Publishers. Leask, B. (2015). Internationalizing the curriculum. Routledge. Lubicz-Nawrocka, T. (2022). The value of student-staff co-creation of the curriculum. Marginson, S. (2023). Internationalisation of higher education: Metaphor, definitions, and power. Higher Education. Ministry of Education and Culture. (2021). Vision for higher education and research in 2030. Renfors, A. M. (2021). Internationalization of the curriculum in Finnish higher education: Lecturers’ perspectives. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Navigating Controversies: Designing RBL Pedagogical Conditions for Critical Future Thinking in Biology Teacher Education 1: Kazakh National Women's Teacher Training University, Kazakhstan; 2: Nazarbayev Intellectual School Presenting Author:Proposal Information The classrooms of tomorrow need biology teachers who can steer debates on gene editing, climate resilience, and biodiversity loss—topics where evidence is contested and the future is unwritten. Standard teacher training, heavy on content delivery, often sidesteps these messy, real-world controversies. Yet, navigating them requires a specific skill set: critical future thinking (CFT). We define CFT as the capacity to dissect complex systems, imagine alternative futures, and weigh decisions against sustainability goals. Our research starts from a curious gap. While research-based learning (RBL) is a proven engine for inquiry, we know surprisingly little about how to tailor it specifically to grow CFT through the lens of heated socio-scientific issues. This study’s mission is to move past generic endorsements of RBL. Instead, we ask: what does it take, in concrete pedagogical terms, to make an RBL module a powerful incubator for critical future tThinking? We aim to prototype, test, and refine these conditions within a real teacher education program. This leads us to three focused questions:
Our thinking is scaffolded by three interlocking frameworks. From futures and sustainability education, we take the core concept of CFT as a crucial learning outcome. The pedagogy of research-based learning (Healey & Jenkins, 2009) gives us our main method—turning the classroom into a lab for investigating uncertain futures. Finally, the literature on socio-scientific issues (SSI) provides the essential, authentic context: the unresolved, value-laden dilemmas that make future thinking both necessary and difficult. This work is inherently European and international. Equipping teachers to facilitate debates on sustainable futures is embedded in EU education strategies like the European Sustainability Competence Framework. Our design draws inspiration from leading programs across Europe that treat controversy not as a problem, but as a pedagogical resource. By developing a transferable model and sharing it through European networks, we contribute directly to a collective effort: preparing educators to build resilience and foresight in their students. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology We’ve chosen a design-based implementation research approach. This means we are not just observing, but actively co-engineering and iteratively refining the RBL module with the instructors, treating the classroom as a design studio. The core intervention is a semester-long RBL module for a Masters in Biology Education. It’s built around one pressing, locally relevant controversy (e.g., managing urban wetlands). Student teams will navigate this issue from multiple angles: they’ll collect conflicting data, interview stakeholders with opposing views, map possible future scenarios, and ultimately draft a policy brief. Participants include one full cohort of student-teachers (N≈22-28) and their two dedicated instructors, who are partners in this research. To capture the complex learning process, we’re gathering a mosaic of qualitative evidence: • Student "thinking trails": A series of short, reflective writings at key stages, tracing how their understanding of the problem and its future implications evolves. • Recorded "design critiques": Audio from sessions where student teams present their emerging research plans and receive feedback, revealing their reasoning in real-time. • Instructor co-design logs: Regular, structured reflections from the teaching team on what’s working, what’s failing, and why. • Final "future scenario" artifacts: The teams’ culminating projects, which we’ll analyse for depth of systems thinking and ethical consideration. We’ll make sense of this rich data through iterative, comparative analysis. We’ll constantly compare different data points (e.g., a student's early journal entry vs. their final presentation) to identify turning points and key influences, allowing core themes about CFT development and pedagogical supports to emerge from the ground up. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Conclusions We expect this work to yield three key contributions. First, it will produce a practical, tested "blueprint" for controversy-driven RBL. This won’t be a rigid lesson plan, but a set of principles and adaptable tools—like protocols for facilitating "wicked" problem discussions or rubrics for assessing future scenarios—that detail how to structure inquiry for CFT. Second, the study will generate nuanced insights into instructor development. By documenting the teachers’ own journey—their dilemmas in guiding open-ended controversy, their strategies for fostering speculative yet rigorous thinking—we address a critical but often overlooked link: teacher readiness. These insights are vital for scaling such innovative pedagogy. Finally, the most tangible output will be an open-access "teaching kit." This resource, containing our module framework, case examples, and reflective guides for educators. Its goal is to lower the barrier for teacher educators to adopt and adapt this approach, directly feeding into the broader mission of equipping young with the future literacy needed for ecological and social challenges. References References 1.Healey, M., & Jenkins, A. (2009). Developing undergraduate research and inquiry. The Higher Education Academy. 2.Levinson, R. (2018). Introducing socio-scientific inquiry-based learning (SSIBL). School Science Review. 3.OECD (2018). The Future of Education and Skills: Education 2030. 4.Sandri, O. J. (2013). Threshold concepts, systems and learning for sustainability. Environmental Education Research. 5.UNESCO (2021). Reimagining our futures together: A new social contract for education. |
| 15:45 - 16:15 | 99 ERC SES 04.5: ERC Poster Exhibition Opening with Authors Location: Main Auditorium foyer | Main building A Ceremony |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies ERC Poster Exhibition Opening with Authors University of Padua (Italy), Italy Presenting Author:A chance to view the ERC posters and talk to the poster authors. |
| 15:45 - 16:15 | ERC Break C Paper Session |
| 16:15 - 17:45 | 100 ERC SES 05 exec Location: C1 | Main building C | 1 Fl. Paper Session |
| 16:15 - 17:45 | 99 ERC SES 05 A: Ignite Talks Location: D11 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Ignite Talk Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk Epistemic Alienation: A reflection on brain drain within westernised educational frameworks in the Global South. University of Porto, Portugal Presenting Author:This paper reflects on the phenomenon of “brain drain” in Mauritius, a post-colonial country, part of the Global South. After five decades of political independence, the country’s educational systems remain structurally tethered to its colonial history with the British and French. Brain drain is not only a consequence of economic migration but also regarded as a systemic outcome of a Eurocentric curriculum that trains students for Western labour markets rather than local retention. The author, a Mauritian, shares through her firsthand educational experiences, along with her research methodologies, the concerns on epistemic alienation in Mauritius’s educational system, framing it within the broader context of the Global South. The research focuses on the curriculum and approaches of Mauritians towards Eurocentric education, where the success metrics are almost exclusively Western. The dominance of the Cambridge International Examinations and the private schools' International Baccalaureate (IB) programme created an educational ecosystem where knowledge is only validated when it mirrors European standards. This study argues that the curriculum functions as a form of “epistemic alienation” where students are culturally and intellectually prepared to function in the Global North while becoming estranged from the specific development needs of their home country. As the author relocated to her home country to focus on the fieldwork of her doctoral thesis, she was welcomed with sympathies and regarded as a “failure” among her colleagues and acquaintances for returning to Mauritius after spending years abroad. As Andreotti, V. (2011) and Smith, L. T. (2012) stated, the need to disrupt these deeply ingrained hierarchies to forge more inclusive and culturally responsive pedagogies is a must. This paper invites European educators and policymakers to reconsider their internationalisation strategies and questions how we improve sustainable education in post-colonial nations. How can we act to transform these predatory relationships into genuine, reciprocal partnerships? Through an analysis of OECD financial data and international student fee structures, the study then illuminates two types of extractions, namely, financial extraction and epistemic extraction. Financial extraction reflects on Mauritian families transferring significant capital to Europe through non-EU tuition fees, which can be up to 300% higher than domestic rates. At the EDULOG international conference 2025 in Porto, Portugal, this issue was addressed but not resolved. The conference tackled the concept of internationalisation and whether international students were regarded as a profitable industry or a prevalence of academic or socio-cultural values. However, it made the author question, how is Europe aiding the Global South with internationalisation, for the migrations are taking place in search of better economic stability and as an escape from the colonial aftermath? The epistemic extraction is depleting human capital from Mauritius. The brightest young minds are syphoned into European industries after completing their tertiary education. The average international Mauritian graduate relates to being more accustomed to European or Western work fields rather than their home country. Fanon (1963) and Ngũgĩ wa Thiong’o (1986) have emphasised the importance of reclaiming native knowledge systems and challenging Eurocentric narratives that dominate education. The framework of this study is a synthesis of decolonial theory and academic dependency theory. It argues that colonialism didn’t end when Mauritius got independence; it moved from a political control to a mental control through the educational curriculum. Based on the work of Aníbal Quijano and Ngũgĩ wa Thiong’o, the paper explores how students are taught the “real” knowledge that comes from Europe, which will make them “smart” and “successful”. The paper also reflects Paulin Hountondji’s extraversion theory, supported by Immanuel Wallerstein’s concept of world system theory and Ramón Grosfoguel and Walter Mignolo’s approach to decoloniality. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is part of ongoing doctoral research, entitled “ Disrupting colonial frameworks and legacies in art education: Pathways toward decolonial and interculturally competent pedagogy in Mauritius, a post-colonial society.” Current statistics indicate that approximately 16.4% of Mauritian tertiary students pursue their degrees abroad, a figure significantly higher than the global average. Using qualitative research methods, the paper investigates the structural driver of student mobility from Mauritius to Europe. The theoretical lens allows for the examination of the Mauritian education system not as a neutral entity, but as a structure that perpetuates Eurocentric epistemologies, thereby validating migration as a form of intellectual success. The methodology consists of three distinct phases of data collection and analysis. Firstly, a policy and curriculum document analysis is conducted using key national documents, including the Mauritius Higher Education Commission (HEC) Strategic Plan and the National Curriculum Framework curated by the Mauritius Institute of Education (MIE). The analysis focuses on identifying “Eurocentric markers”, such as the prioritisation of Cambridge International Examinations over local assessments and the specific language used to describe “world-class” standards. This aims to map how the curriculum implicitly aligns student competencies with the European labour market rather than local developmental needs. In Mauritius, the national curriculum embodies inherited colonial ideologies that privilege European histories and research traditions (Clarisse, 2023). The average Mauritian family views the British or French curriculum not as a tool of oppression, but rather as a passport. As these western systems have been in place for centuries, they benefit from a legacy of perceived stability. There is a deep-seated belief that "local" equals "mediocre", while "imported" equals "excellence". The curriculum is designed to produce global citizens, not necessarily local problem-solvers. Success is measured by how well a student can compete within the set frameworks, not by how well they understand the ecological or social realities of their country. Therefore, the system is "better" only if the goal is to match European frameworks. In order to quantify the brain drain, secondary quantitative data from two primary sources are used: UNESCO Institute of Statistics (UIS), to track longitudinal trends in outbound mobility ratios and OECD indicators to analyse the financial implications, specifically comparing “international student” tuition fees against domestic rates in key destination countries. This statistical mapping provides the material evidence for the argument of financial extraction. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The expected outcomes of this research frame brain drain as a success of epistemic extraversion instead of a failure of local retention. By applying the coloniality of knowledge framework, the paper explores the hidden curriculum that devalues local epistemologies, making migration the only logical step for ambitious students. Breaking this cycle requires more than just adding local content to a Western syllabus; it requires a fundamental restructuring of how we teach. As Flores et al. (2023) suggest, decolonising involves making heterogeneous ways of being and doing visible. Decolonising the Mauritian educational curriculum is not merely an academic exercise; it is an act of epistemic survival necessary to materialise alternative worlds beyond the colonial gaze. It involves thinking beyond disciplinary boundaries, discarding foundational fictions, and reevaluating concepts, values, and attitudes we take for granted. The author suggests that true internationalisation requires a rupture in this extraction model, moving towards “epistemic pluriversality”, where Global South knowledge systems are valued on their own terms, reducing the pressure to migrate for validation. The significance of this study extends beyond Mauritius. Globalisation led to cultural homogenisation, jeopardising local traditions. The research is not limited to the betterment of the Mauritian education system. It is intended to empower students to see themselves as active participants in their cultural narratives. International organisations such as UNESCO, UNAOC, and OECD, and regional organisations such as the European Union, the African Union, and ASEAN share similar goals, which are strengthening cultural understanding and promoting intercultural dialogue, cultural diversity, and education for global citizenship, but to what extent are these policies being effective? The conclusion challenges the European educational community to recognise and acknowledge their role in this dynamic. References Acuff, J. B. (2014). Multiculturalism, diversity, and art education: Critical issues. In M. Andreotti, V. (2011). Actionable postcolonial theory in education. Palgrave Macmillan. Azoulay, A. (2019). Potential history: Unlearning imperialism. Verso Books. Biesta, G. (2017) Letting Art Teach. Netherlands: ArtEZ Press. Clarisse, M.-C. B. (2020). “New Colonisers” play in postcolonial music education in Mauritius. International Journal of Visual and Performing Arts Desai, Z. (2016). Multilingualism in decolonial education: The South African case. International Review of Education Fanon, F., & Memmi, A. (2017). 2. Diaspora and Colonialism. Diasporas of the Mind. Foucault, M. (1997) The ethics of concern for the self as a practice of freedom, in P. Rabinow [Ed] Michel Foucault: ethics, subjectivity and truth. New Press Flores, M. A., & Swennen, A. (2020). The COVID-19 pandemic and its effects on teacher education. European Journal of Teacher Education Freire, P. (2005) Pedagogy of the oppressed, The Continuum International Publishing Group. Grosfoguel, R. (2011). Decolonizing Post-Colonial Studies and Paradigms of Political Economy: Transmodernity, Decolonial Thinking, and Global Coloniality. Transmodernity: Journal of Peripheral Cultural Production of the Luso-Hispanic World hooks, b. (1994). Teaching to Transgress: Education as the Practice of Freedom. Routledge. Kraehe, A. M., Gaztambide-Fernández, R., & Stephen Carpenter, B. (2018). The Palgrave Handbook of Race and the Arts in Education. Springer International Mignolo, W. D. (2011). The darker side of Western modernity: Global futures, decolonial options. Duke University Press. Mignolo, Walter D., & Tlostanova, Madina V. (2012). Learning to Unlearn. Decolonial Reflections from Eurasia and the Americas. The Ohio State University Press. Ngũgĩ wa Thiong’o. (1986). Decolonising the mind: The politics of language in African literature. Heinemann. Okeja, U. (2024). The Power of Critique: A Tribute to Paulin Hountondji. African Studies Review Quijano, A. (2000). Coloniality of power, Eurocentrism, and Latin America. Nepantla: Views from South Quijano, Aníbal. (2007). Coloniality and modernity/rationality. Cultural Studies Smith, L. T. (2012). Decolonizing methodologies: Research and indigenous peoples, Zed Books. Spivak, G. (1988) Can the subaltern speak? in C. Nelson & L. Grossberg [Eds] Marxist interpretations of culture. Macmillan Education Thornton-Cronin, L. (2024) Decolonial approaches to teaching Art History, IAFO. Wallerstein, I. (2004). World-Systems Analysis: An Introduction. Duke University Press. Walsh, C. (2018). On decoloniality: Concepts, analytics, praxis. Duke University Press. Wanambwa. E. W (2019). Margaret Trowell’s School of Art. A Case Study in Colonial Subject Formation. Art Education Research 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk From Activity to Research Instrument: Conceptualising a Workshop Protocol to Study Adolescents’ Urban Affordances in Third Places University of Silesia, Poland Presenting Author:The consideration is whether a workshop can be designed and justified as an independent research instrument for generating credible qualitative data in educational research, rather than being treated as an instructional activity or a component of action research. The aim of the talk is to introduce a concrete workshop protocol designed to study adolescents’ urban affordances (students aged 13–15): the opportunities and constraints that young people experience in the city in relation to learning, participation, and agency, with particular attention to their “third places” beyond school and home. The empirical domain functions as a demonstration case. My methodological questions for conceptualising the workshop as a research method are:
For the conceptualisation of the research instrument, I draw on workshop-as-methodology literature. I use workshop typologies (including idea-generating workshops and the future workshop) as design references, and I use the Purpose–Outcomes–Process model to clarify the research purpose, expected outcomes, and the workshop process. The protocol also includes participation safeguards (e.g., anonymity options and structured small-group work). The international dimension lies in the transferability of the method: adolescents’ third places and access to urban opportunities are shaped by comparable challenges across cities and villages under conditions of globalisation. For cross-national use, the protocol keeps a stable core (the same prompts, artefacts, and coding approach), while allowing contextual sensitivity to cultural differences (e.g., forms of expression and communication styles). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The product of this work is a complete workshop protocol, together with participation rules and an analysis plan for the collected research materials. The workshop produces specific outputs: mental maps, mind maps, worksheets, and the observation sheet to be completed during the session. These artefacts are treated as primary (real-time) workshop data. The workshop starts with an introduction and group orientation to the topic, followed by participants’ first reflections. Next, the workshop moves into idea generation and the organisation/clustering of ideas. In the final phase, the group works on extracting concrete points from the ideas and formulating proposals for change. For analysis, I consider an iterative cycle: ongoing observation across sessions and reflection on these actions after each workshop, as well as after the full cycle, to trace both meanings and conditions of participation in the data. The workshop protocol is finalised. In line with the doctoral research plan, empirical data collection is scheduled for the following academic year and will start after ethics approval. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The expected outcome is a reproducible methodological blueprint: a complete workshop protocol (steps and prompts), participation rules, and an analysis plan for workshop-generated materials. The contribution is methodological: it shows how a workshop can function as a standalone research instrument for producing credible qualitative data with adolescents, rather than being used only as an instructional format or a component of action research. The instrument is designed for researching adolescents’ urban affordances (13–15 years old), with attention to “third places” beyond school and home. It is expected to support ethical and authentic youth participation by reducing power asymmetries (e.g., through anonymity options and structured small-group work) and by producing multiple data types (mental maps, mind maps, worksheets, observation-based notes). This enables tracing both participants’ meanings and the conditions of participation, and linking ideas and proposals for change to lived experience. Because the protocol keeps a stable core (the same prompts, artefacts, and coding approach), it is designed to be adaptable for cross-national use and to enable context-sensitive yet comparable qualitative data across different settings. References Gass, R. (2013) “The Fabulous POP Model”. Social Transformation Project. Available at: http://stproject.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/11/the-fabulous-pop-model.pdf (Accessed: 17 January 2026). Gołębniak, B.D. (2013) “Edukacyjne badania w działaniu – między akademicką legitymizacją a realizacyjnymi uproszczeniami”, in Červinková, H. and Gołębniak, B.D. (eds) Edukacyjne badania w działaniu. Warszawa: Wydawnictwo Naukowe Scholar, pp. 51–74. Kumar, J., Yammiyavar, P. and Nielsen, J. (2007) “Mind tape technique - a usability evaluation method for tracing cognitive processes in cross cultural settings.” e-Minds, 1 Maison, D. (2022) Jakościowe metody badań społecznych. Podejście aplikacyjne. Warszawa: Wydawnictwo Naukowe PWN. Available at: https://doi.org/10.53271/2022.057 Czerepaniak-Walczak, M. (2013) “Etyczne aspekty badania w działaniu: poszanowanie praw uczestników badań”, in Červinková, H. and Gołębniak, B.D. (eds) Edukacyjne badania w działaniu. Warszawa: Wydawnictwo Naukowe Scholar, pp. 76–88. O’Cathain, A. (2025) “Workshops as a qualitative research method in health research”. BMJ Open, 15(9), e106459. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjopen-2025-106459. Ørngreen, R. and Levinsen, K.T. (2017) “Workshops as a Research Methodology”. Electronic Journal of e-Learning, 15(1), pp. 70–81. Skrzypczak, B. (2013) “Laboratorium społeczne – pedagogiczny potencjał systemowego ujęcia badań w działaniu”, in Červinková, H. and Gołębniak, B.D. (eds) Edukacyjne badania w działaniu. Warszawa: Wydawnictwo Naukowe Scholar, pp. 176–204. Trettin, B. et al. (2025) “Workshops as a Research Method in Health Science: Epistemological and Methodological Perspectives”. Journal of Advanced Nursing, pp. n/a–n/a. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1111/jan.17050 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk Pedagogical Possibilities and Challenges of Socially Engaged Art in Addressing the Questions of Social Justice in Visual Arts Education Aalto University, Finland Presenting Author:My arts-based pedagogical docoral research in the field of visual arts education explores the process of assigning upper secondary school students in art education to deal with issues of social justice by creating socially engaged art (SEA) in which they engage with other people – either each other or people outside the classroom. In this study, the objective is to find out what kind of learning, critical thinking, and experience of empowerment becomes possible when proactively facing societal challenges through contemporary art. In the era we live in, the world is literally on fire. Crises increase polarization and divisions among people, while it is widely recognized that the wicked problems of our time require cooperation for resolution. Contemporary art can provide tools for the necessary societal change. For instance, SEA directs the attention of viewer-participants to interaction, and social and ethical changes. SEA is understood in this research as art where the artist is in some kind of direct contact with other people at some stage of the artwork process. My research question is: How can social justice issues important for young people be addressed in visual arts education using SEA as the technique, what is the learning potential of the process, and how can it strengthen students’ agency? Answering this question requires addressing three sub-questions related to the three perspectives of my research: My theoretical framework consists of the previous research related to the concepts of social justice, critical (art) pedagogy and SEA. The theoretical framework will be supplemented as the research progresses, depending on the themes that emerge from the empirical material. On social justice, my starting point is the reseach by Amartya Sen (2010), who explores justice through the lens of the capability approach, emphasizing what individuals are effectively able to be and do. On critical (art) pedagogy, I rely on classics in the field such as Freire (1971) and hooks (1994), without forgetting the perspective of contemporary researchers (Giroux 2020; Hodgson, Vlieghe & Zamojski 2017) since critical pedagogy is not historical entity but changing in parallel with societal development. About SEA the central theory comes from art history (Kaitavuori 2020; Haapalainen 2018; Bishop 2012; Frieling et al. 2008) as well as research examining its connections with pedagogy (Helguera 2011). I conduct arts-based pedagogical research (Suominen et al. 2018) in the context of visual arts education by positioning myself as a researcher-teacher. In autumn 2026, I will collect research material from upper secondary school’s contemporary art course, which I teach myself. By combining the material with my theoretical framework I will approach the process of making SEA, its conditions, and possibilities in the everyday school environment. The research will be completed in 2028 and published as a monograph. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used My research is arts-based pedagogical research (Suominen et al. 2018). The research material will be collected through participatory action research (McIntyre 2008) in which participants are invited as active contributors in the knowledge building process (Galletta & Torre 2019). I collect the material at my current workplace, Helsinki Upper Secondary School of Visual Arts, during the course I teach. The course (“NYT02”) focuses on the social practices of contemporary art. With students, we will also discuss the best way to share the emerging artistic processes (or their documentation): exhibition, event, publication, or perhaps something else entirely. Sharing is essential because it expands the effects of the process to various circles of participation (cf. Salminen et al. 2021). My research material consists of notes from both myself (researcher-teacher) and the students, photos taken during teaching situations, videos, audio recordings, micro-interviews, as well as students’ artworks and their texts about them and their course journals. The goal of the material is to depict the diverse and lively situation of the art classroom, without forgetting the need for a critical perspective on such material (Venäläinen et al. 2019). This plurality supports the idea of the research process as a dialogical space where different voices and views can encounter. I will analyze the material through thematic analysis (Guest et al. 2012) and examine the found themes crosswise and parallelly with theory. Numerous ethical questions are associated with collecting, storing, and using data from teaching situations. I consider these at every stage of the research, supported by the guidelines from the Finnish National Board on Research Integrity (TENK) (Kohonen et al. 2019). Before collecting the material, I will check the legislation, particularly the requirements set by the EU’s General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) on research. I apply for necessary research permits from the City of Helsinki and request consent from the students participating in the research. I also prepare a thorough material management plan for the collected material (Tietoarkisto 2023). In the analysis I will pay attention to the risk of distortion caused by preconceptions regarding the material by critically examining also potential shortcomings of SEA as a technique. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Young people today are facing a range of pressing global issues, and addressing eco-social sustainability has become a central concern in art education. Art education has significant potential in addressing the wicked problems of our era as it develops skills related to communication, collaboration, empathy, critical thinking, and problem-solving. Also this research focuses on that. This study brings together existing research of social justice art education and the reality of young people's lived experience with contemporary art practices. The research seeks to contribute to the ongoing discussion of how art education can promote social justice and sustainability taking into consideration young people’s points of view. The agency of young people is emphasized in this research, even though society limits young people’s opportunities to act in many ways. Thinking of SEA as a technique of art making offers a new perspective to students’ engagement with making of contemporary art, as the possibilities of SEA in the art classroom have not previously been studied. It challenges the paradigm of making individual-centred art based on physical materials. The research aims to explore the possibilities of visual arts education where the role of being, thinking, and acting together is more central. In a world currently facing many simultaneous problems and crises, such skills have great importance. References Bishop, Claire 2012. Artificial Hells: Participatory Art and the Politics of Spectatorship. Verso. Freire, Paulo 1972. Pedagogy of the Oppressed. Sheed and Ward. Frieling, Rudolf & Groĭs, Boris & Atkins, Robert & Manovich, Lev 2008. The Art of Participation. 1950 to Now. San San Francisco Museum of Modern Art & Thames & Hudson. Galletta, Anne & Torre, María Elena 2019. Participatory Action Research in Education. Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education. Giroux, Henry 2020. On Critical Pedagogy. Bloomsbury Publishing. Guest, Greg & MacQueen, Kathleen M. & Namey, Emily E. 2012. Applied thematic analysis. Sage publications. Haapalainen, Riikka 2018. Utopioiden arkipäivää. Osallistumisen ja muutoksen paikkoja nykytaiteessa 1980–2011. Doctoral dissertation. University of Helsinki. Helguera, Pablo 2011. Education for Socially Engaged Art. A Materials and Techniques Handbook. Jorge Pinto Books. Hodgson, Naomi & Vlieghe, Joris & Piotr Zamojski 2017. Manifesto for a Post-Critical Pedagogy. punctum books. hooks, bell 1994. Teaching to Transgress: Education as the Practice of Freedom. Routledge. Kaitavuori, Kaija 2020. The Participator in Contemporary Art: Art and Social Relationships. I. B. Tauris & Company. Kohonen, Iina et al. (ed.) 2019. Ihmiseen kohdistuvan tutkimuksen eettiset periaatteet ja ihmistieteiden eettinen ennakkoarviointi Suomessa. Tutkimuseettisen neuvottelukunnan ohje 2019. Tutkimuseettisen neuvottelukunnan julkaisuja 3/2019. McIntyre, Alice 2008. Participatory Action Research. Sage Publications. Salminen, Jarkko & Lehtonen, Pauliina & Rikala, Sanna & Kuusisto, Anna-Kaisa & Luoma-Halkola, Henna & Puumala, Eeva & Sointu, Liina & Wallin, Antti & Häikiö, Liisa 2021. Osallisuuden kehät: Näkökulmia hyvinvoinnin muotoutumiseen. Focus Localis, 49(3), 80–98. Sen, Amartya 2010. The Idea of Justice. London: Penguin Books. Suominen, Anniina & Kallio-Tavin, Mira & Hernandez-Hernandez, Fernando 2018. Arts‑Based Research Traditions and Orientations in Europe. Perspectives from Finland and Spain. In Leavy, Patricia (ed.): Handbook of Arts-Based Research. Guilford Publications. Tietoarkisto 2023. Aineistonhallinnan käsikirja. https://www.fsd.tuni.fi/fi/palvelut/aineistonhallinta/. Venäläinen, Päivi & Lindholm, Jemina & Kairavuori, Seija & Pusa, Tiina & Ylönen, Susanne 2019. Jälkikuvia, kuvan jälkiä: Lasten ja nuorten taiteen tallentaminen ja tutkiminen. Nuorisotutkimusseura. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk School Film Viewership Between Generations, Affect, and Media Practice Palacký University Olomouc, Czech Republic (Czechia) Presenting Author:The contemporary audiovisual ecosystem is undergoing accelerated transformations that fundamentally impact educational methods across all school levels. While instruction is no longer defined solely by classical cinematic texts, but increasingly includes transmedia formats, podcasts, and AI-generated content, the school environment in the Czech Republic remains strictly bound by the 45-minute lesson unit. Within this temporal framework, the use of audiovisual clips dominates over the viewing of complete films. However, the selection of these clips is currently based on a normative model derived from "expert intuition" rather than empirical data.
The primary aim is to analyze the tension and "intergenerational disjuncture" between the student and teacher repertoires. By utilizing Affect Theory and Cognitive Film Theory, the research examines both the embodied, non-verbal affective responses of students and their cognitive processing of didactic clips. The goal is to verify criteria for material selection directly with the primary recipients—the students—to ensure that audiovisual clips function not just as illustrative supplements, but as autonomous "didactic objects" that foster media literacy and critical thinking. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research employs a Qualitative Multi-Method Design to ensure the ecological validity of the findings. The methodology is structured into three key phases: 1. Pilot Project: A preliminary study conducted with a single class over one semester. This phase serves to calibrate the research instruments, test the feasibility of the design, and establish a reference benchmark for the diversity of audiovisual materials used in various subjects. 2. Phenomenological Interviews: In-depth semi-structured interviews are conducted with both students and teachers. Student interviews follow a three-stage phenomenological structure to ensure depth: Stage 1: Focus on the student's viewer history and general media biography. Stage 2: Focus on the immediate affective experience directly following the viewing of a specific didactic clip. Stage 3: Focus on the contextual friction between their school and out-of-school media experiences. Complementary interviews with teachers focus on defining the "Teacher Repertoire," specifically analyzing their pedagogical motivations, personal aesthetic criteria, and their reflexive perception of students' media consumption habits. 3. Participatory Observation (Focus on Affect): Implemented in cooperation with educators, this method focuses on the immediate "affective response." The researcher observes non-verbal cues—body language, emotional shifts, and collective atmosphere—which serve as primary indicators of engagement often missed by verbal feedback. This qualitative triangulation allows for a comprehensive analysis of the "Generational Media Conflict" and provides a robust empirical foundation for the proposed typology of didactic objects. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research anticipates delivering practical and theoretical contributions to the field of audiovisual education. Practically, it will result in a "Typology of Didactic Audiovisual Objects," categorizing clips based on their function (motivational, illustrative, analytical, generative) rather than just their source. Furthermore, the study will establish a verified set of "Audience-Driven Criteria" for material selection. These criteria will help educators navigate the "generational gap" and select materials that resonate with the specific cognitive and affective sensibilities of contemporary students. Theoretically, the project offers a sociological and didactic analysis of the intergenerational disjuncture. By mapping the friction between the teacher’s and student’s repertoires, the research provides a model for understanding how out-of-school media practices determine in-school reception. The findings will support a shift towards an education system that respects the complex media reality of the "digital native," moving beyond intuitive selection towards evidence-based pedagogy. References Janson, M. (Ed.). (2016). Introduktion till filmpedagogik: Vita duken som svarta tavlan. Malmö: Gleerups Utbildning. Kahneman, D. (2011). Thinking, Fast and Slow. New York: Farrar, Straus and Giroux. KIDS Regio. (2024). Building Bridges – European Children's Film in Focus. Erfurt: KIDS Regio. Lynn, J. A. (1952). Criteria for the Selection of Classroom Films (Doctoral dissertation). Washington: Central Washington University. McCormick, K. (1994). The Culture of Reading and the Teaching of English. Manchester/New York: Manchester University Press. Nevala, T. (2019). Explore. Experience. Produce. Handbook for Film Education. Oulu: Erweko Oy. Söderling, M. (2011). Att sätta erfarenheter i rörelse: En undersökning av hur elever i år 7 läser film (Doctoral dissertation). Malmö: Malmö högskola/Lunds universitet. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk Truthfulness & Guidance Counseling - (Re)Building Reality on a Burning Planet University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:As far as we know, there hasn’t been another species that had shaped the systems they live with in a such scale and pace as Homo sapiens. We are not the only species that affect the global futures, but we are the only species that have become aware of the magnitude of our effect (Värri 2018). This creates a moral, ethical and practical question: how should we deal with this knowledge? The present moment resembles “post‑normal times” (Sardar, 2010), marked by tensions between the established and the emergent, and by the hijacking of critical scrutiny to justify dis/misinformation and epistemic relativism (Latour, 2024). In a post‑truth climate, meanings detach from words, and words from material worlds, making “truth” appear a matter of opinion. Guidance counselling is one societal practice which helps individuals and groups navigate life, futures, and uncertainty. In Finland, all students in basic and secondary education have a legal right to qualified guidance, with professional ethics that emphasise truthfulness—acting honestly and tactfully while providing information that is up‑to‑date, reliable, diverse and conducive to critical evaluation (Suomen opinto-ohjaajat ry, 2021). These epistemic commitments are neither neutral nor fixed. This paper approaches guidance as a world‑making (wor(l)ding) practice in which performances of “truthfulness” both shape—and are shaped by—polarisation, mis/disinformation and ecological crises. The discussion on guidance for sustainable futures often appears under “green guidance,” which situates career counselling within histories of Western science, individualism, and middle‑class norms, and challenges practitioners and policymakers to move beyond a narrow focus on individuals, Western knowledge, and over‑consuming economic growth (Plant, 2014). Recent work calls for a “relational turn” so that guidance can better respond to the needs of individuals, societies, and the planet (Toiviainen & Bilon‑Piórko, 2025). I extend these debates through relational onto‑epistemology and agential realism (Barad, 2007), treating reality as inseparable, ongoing entanglements produced through material‑discursive intra‑actions (see also Juelskjær, 2023; Murris, 2023). “Truthfulness” is not a static property but a phenomenon that does world‑making work in and through practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research is based on diffractive analysis of writings of and dialogues with Finnish guidance counselors in basic and secondary education. Ways of working with this material are grounded in relational onto-epistemology (see e.g. Toiviainen & Bilon-Piórko, 2025) and especially inspired by the work of Karen Barad with agential realism (see e.g. Barad, 2007). This means that the world is not conceptualized as a collection of individual entities or objects that have internal “true essence”, clear-cut borders and spaces between them. Rather the world is seen as full of inseparable entangled phenomena that are constantly being re/created in intra-action with/in one another (Barad, 2007; see also Juelskjær, 2023; Murris, 2023). The phenomenon of truthfulness also produces the world and gets produced with/in it. As we are not detached from the world that we live in, “all forms of knowledge production are at the same time formations of reality” (Hill, 2017, p. 2). Words have material effects and at the same time the material reality shapes the words we use and the ways we use them. Everything (including “truth” and “guidance counseling”) is in a constant process of becoming in a complex dynamic with the world, time and space. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings My hope is that the sketches presented here can deepen our understanding of the ethical-onto-epistemology of (green) guidance for sustainable futures and spark more dialogues, with human and non-humans alike, and inspire further research. References Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the Universe Halfway: Quantum Physics and the Entanglement of Matter and Meaning. Duke University Press. Juelskjær, M. (2023). Inquiring with cascade questioning: Sketching a phenomenon. In Postfoundational Approaches to Qualitative Inquiry. Routledge. Latour, B. (2024). Why Has Critique Run out of Steam? From Matters of Fact to Matters of Concern. Critical Inquiry, (Winter 2024), 225–248. Murris, K. (2023). Karen Barad as educator: Agential realism and education. Springer Nature Singapore : Imprint: Springer. Plant, P. (2014). Green Guidance. In G. Arulmani, A. J. Bakshi, F. T. L. Leong, & A. G. Watts (Eds.), Handbook of Career Development: International Perspectives (pp. 309–316). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4614-9460-7_17 Sardar, Z. (2010). Welcome to postnormal times. Futures, 42, 435–444. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.futures.2009.11.028 Suomen opinto-ohjaajat ry (2021). Opinto-ohjaajan työn eettiset periaatteet. https://www.sopo.fi/yhdistys/eettiset-periaatteet/ Toiviainen, S. P., & Bilon-Piórko, A. D. (2025). Developing the notion of relationality in understanding careers in precarious and vulnerable times. International Journal for Educational and Vocational Guidance. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10775-025-09743-5 Värri, V.-M. (2018). Kasvatus ekokriisin aikakaudella. Vastapaino. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk An Exploration of Systems used by School Leaders to Monitor Student Progress and Development in Post-Primary Schools Dublin City University, Ireland Presenting Author:The research literature indicates the existence of a lack of knowledge in relation to the systems used by school leaders to monitor student progress and development in post-primary schools in the European context. This is especially evident in the Irish post-primary context. Here there is a dearth of empirical literature relating to data-informed approaches to the monitoring of student progress and development and what does exist relates to data-informed decision-making broadly, especially related to the enactment of school self-evaluation in primary and post-primary schools in Ireland. This research aims to explore some case study examples of best practice in the use of data collected for the purpose of monitoring students’ progress and development in post-primary schools in Ireland. As such, this research posed three questions to advance knowledge in the field. The first research question sought to explore what systems are in place for monitoring of students’ progress and development in post-primary schools in Ireland. The second research question aimed to identify how school leaders are using the data collected. Finally, the third research question sought to elucidate what sort of processes might be useful to engage stakeholders i.e. students, parents and staff. To inform answers to these questions, the literature was engaged with to formulate a provisional conceptual understanding, which was strengthened through the application of data-informed decision-making theory (Mandinach and Schildkamp, 2021a). Subsequently, a multi-site case study was designed and carried out with the purpose of providing rich and deep accounts of the practice of monitoring student progress and development in eight Irish post-primary schools. Within-site findings and across-site analysis were undertaken, through which seven overarching themes were identified. These findings are examined in relation to the relevant literature underpinning the study. This analytical process facilitates the synthesis of insights across sites and informs an overall interpretation of the research problem. School leaders today are navigating an increasingly complex datafication of education, where individual practices and institutional processes are represented in digital data to track, profile, and predict student learning (Pangrazio, Selwyn and Cumbo, 2023; Shi, 2025). Datafication describes the transformation of social interactions into measurable digital formats that enable real-time monitoring and analysis. It denotes a complex process in which the increasing prominence of data deeply influences values, practices and experiences turning teachers into data workers, students into data subjects and the classroom into learning and behavioural data markets. This research corroborates previous findings that the widespread harnessing of data shapes the ways actors in the education space, such as teachers, students, parents, school leaders, policy makers and school evaluators, form opinions and make decisions. The findings lend support to the argument that data has become an integral aspect to guide school improvement and evaluate students and teachers (Shi, 2025). This study builds on existing research by demonstrating that while education systems globally are investing significant capital in robust data systems to provide real-time performance information, the actual implementation within Irish post-primary schools is a multifaceted negotiation between standardised and non-standardised metrics and holistic professional judgement (Drake, 2021). The findings also suggest that monitoring is no longer a simple administrative task, but a strategic tool used to promote equity and student achievement. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The aim of this research is to explore the systems used by school leaders to monitor student progress and development in post-primary schools in Ireland. Rich data were required that would illustrate understandings, descriptions and meanings of events and interactions about the nature of progress monitoring in this context. For this reason, it was important to implement a research design that attended to the complexity of these issues. The research employs a qualitative multi-site case study approach where the case comprises of eight individual school sites. For each site, qualitative data is gathered via interview, focus group, and document analysis. The interviews are semi-structured in design and contain a series of key questions (Kvale, 2007). This facilitates a less formal conversation where both parties interact as comparative equals (Pepper and Wildy, 2009). Due to the nature of the research questions, it was decided that multiple sites would be necessary for this research to yield rich data. While all sites are post-primary schools located in Ireland, there were variations in size, location, demographics and degree of engagement with monitoring of student progress and development. The participants of this study are principals and teachers from eight separate post-primary schools in Ireland. They reflect on their experience of using systems to monitor the progress and development of the students in their school. The criteria for selecting schools was that they self identify as having systems in place to monitor student progress and development. As this is an exploratory study of the phenomenon, and given that there is no research carried out in Irish schools on what these systems might involve, it is not useful possible to identify more specific criteria at this time. Thematic analysis was selected as the analytical framework for the definitional concepts of this study as it offers a way to systematically evaluate qualitative data, “which can then be linked to broader theoretical or conceptual issues”(Braun and Clarke, 2012, p. 58). The steps outlined by Braun and Clarke (2006, 2012) were employed as an instinctive and developing guide more than a static map, as intended by the authors (Braun, Clarke and Hayfield, 2022). The steps were utilised as a “starting point” (Braun, Clarke and Hayfield, 2022). Transcripts were read multiple times and initial codes were created which then enabled the transcript to be coded from beginning to end in its entirety. Themes developed from these codes were then further refined. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings A key theme emerges in relation to the significant reliance of schools on digital systems for monitoring of student progress and development. However, rather than adopting one system, schools operate hybrid models, often blending commercial software with essential custom tools. The monitoring student progress and development is a very useful tool that can be enhance student outcomes. The findings present evidence pertaining to the barriers to data effectiveness in relation to the monitoring of student progress and development. For monitoring data to be actionable, school leaders and teachers must trust its reliability and validity. School leaders actively employ progress monitoring data to move beyond simple reporting and toward concrete, data-informed decision-making, particularly relating to resource allocation, student intervention, and school-wide planning. While there are several potential examples of good practice, school leaders and teachers in Ireland require support regarding the considered use of the data collected for the purpose of monitoring student progress and development. This research will explore established procedures and identify possible approaches or processes involving data generated that school leaders might use to engage teachers, parent and students. Across all research sites, there is a strong thematic emphasis that monitoring must encompass the whole child beyond just academic results, highlighting the importance of pastoral care, well-being, and positive relationships, a focus supported by the literature on holistic progress monitoring (Reeves, Summers and Grove, 2016; Prior, Goldstein and Leckie, 2021). The theme of parental expectations, proactive communication and the appreciation of data-informed care identifies how schools leverage monitoring systems to manage external expectations, maintain transparency and provide support for students’ development. The findings will include recommendations for post-primary schools regarding better practice in relation to the systems used to monitor student progress and development and the use of the data gathered from these systems. References References Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2012) ‘Thematic analysis.’, in APA handbook of research methods in psychology, Vol. 2: Research designs: Quantitative, qualitative, neuropsychological, and biological. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association, pp. 57–71. Braun, V., Clarke, V. and Hayfield, N. (2022) ‘“A starting point for your journey, not a map”: Nikki Hayfield in conversation with Virginia Braun and Victoria Clarke about thematic analysis’, Qualitative Research in Psychology, 19(2), pp. 424–445. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1080/14780887.2019.1670765. Donnelly, J. and William, M.K. (2008) The Research Methods Knowledge Base. 3rd edn. USA: Cengage Learning. Hall, J., Gaved, M. and Sargent, J. (2021) ‘Participatory Research Approaches in Times of Covid-19: A Narrative Literature Review’, International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 20, p. 16094069211010087. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1177/16094069211010087. Kvale, S. (2007) Doing Interviews. SAGE Publications, Ltd. Available at: https://doi.org/10.4135/9781849208963. Lawrence, L. (2022) ‘Conducting cross-cultural qualitative interviews with mainland Chinese participants during COVID: Lessons from the field’, Qualitative Research, 22(1), pp. 154–165. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1177/1468794120974157. Lupton, D. and Williamson, B. (2017) “The datafied child: The dataveillance of children and implications for their rights,” New Media & Society, 19(5), pp. 780–794. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1177/1461444816686328. Mandinach, E.B. and Schildkamp, K. (2021) “Misconceptions about data-based decision making in education: An exploration of the literature,” Studies in Educational Evaluation, 69, p. 100842. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.stueduc.2020.100842. Mansoori, M. et al. (2024) “Teacher Perspectives on the Impact of Tracking on High School Students,” Kurdish Studies, 12, pp. 1364–1380. Available at: https://doi.org/10.58262/ks.v12i2.103. Markauskaite, L. et al. (2022) “Rethinking the entwinement between artificial intelligence and human learning: What capabilities do learners need for a world with AI?,” Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 3, p. 100056. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeai.2022.100056. Pangrazio, L., Selwyn, N. and Cumbo, B. (2023) “Tracking technology: exploring student experiences of school datafication,” Cambridge Journal of Education, 53(6), pp. 847–862. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1080/0305764X.2023.2215194. Pepper, C. and Wildy, H. (2009) ‘Using Narratives as a Research Strategy’, Qualitative Research Journal, 9(2), pp. 18–26. Available at: https://doi.org/10.3316/QRJ0902018. Robson, C. and McCartan, K. (2017) Real World Research: A Resource for Social-Scientists and Practitioner-Researchers. 4th Edition. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 28(2), pp. 242–258. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2016.1256901. Schildkamp, K. and Poortman, C. (2015) “Factors Influencing the Functioning of Data Teams,” Teachers College Record, 117(4), pp. 1–42. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1177/016146811511700403. Shi, L.P. (2025) “Making education manageable: school management systems and the discursive construction of data-driven classrooms,” Learning, Media and Technology, 0(0), pp. 1–14. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2025.2565244. |
| 16:15 - 17:45 | 99 ERC SES 05 B: Language Policy and Multilingualism Location: A08 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Lucian Ciolan Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Multilingualism in Higher Education in Norway: Student Perceptions on the Role and Use of English and Norwegian. University of Oslo, Norway Presenting Author:The use of English in higher education is becoming increasingly common in our globalised world including in countries such as Norway. English is widely used as the language of instruction, research, and academic publication in Norway, often justified by institutional aims to be more international and increase global academic visibility. Over several decades this development has raised concerns about the status and use of the Norwegian language in higher education. Research on English as a medium of instruction in higher education in Scandinavia has examined the language policies of higher education institutions (Björkman, 2015), and how English is used in higher education (Kuteeva and Airey, 2014). However, research is lacking on how students perceive and experience the use of English in higher education, particularly in Norway. This thesis contributes to filling that gap by examining the perceptions, and experiences, of students at the University of Oslo (UiO) regarding the use of English and multilingualism at the university. This study explores the multiple factors that could affect students’ experiences and perceptions by asking: a) How do students experience the use of English and Norwegian in their studies?; b) To what extent do students express challenges with using English or Norwegian in higher education?; c) How do students view the overall roles of English and Norwegian in higher education?; d) What perspectives do students express about balancing the use of English and Norwegian in higher education? Students’ perspectives were collected through an online survey followed by semi-structured interviews with a selection of students from different faculties and levels. Theories of language domains and domain loss (Fishman, 1972; Haberland, 2005), language and symbolic power, and linguistic capital (Bourdieu, 1991) are applied to understand students’ perspectives on the use of different languages in higher education. This study finds that most students actively draw on their linguistic repertoires and employ a range of different multilingual practices to aid their understanding of content. Challenges relating to modality tend to be individual to students, however, the biggest challenge reported by the vast majority is the lack of Norwegian terminology or issues with not understanding the relationship between Norwegian translations of English terminology. In terms of how students perceived the role and balance of English and Norwegian, many believe that English plays a vital role in international accessibility both for students and institutions, but a significant proportion discussed how Norwegian should be given more space for a variety of reasons, including the societal obligation higher education has for information dissemination to the general public. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study uses a mixed methods approach with a focus on qualitative data. First, an online survey was used to collect input from a large group of students across fields and degree programs. The survey collected background information, including study programme and amount of English teaching, and English texts assigned. The survey also included student self-reported English skills, Likert scale questions to collect opinions and perceptions about language use at the university, and open-ended questions so that respondents could share experiences relating to language in higher education. They online survey was available in both English and Norwegian, enabling students to choose which language they understand best and would be most comfortable answering in. The survey collected 144 responses in total from across 6 Faculties. Responses were collected from both BA and MA students. Survey data was analysed to identify trends and variation across Faculties and programs. In addition to the survey, semi-structured interviews with a selection of participants were used in order to gain a deeper understanding of student experiences and opinions. The interviews used the data from the surveys as a starting point to build on issues emerging in the survey. A total of six interviews were conducted, and participants were selected from the list of survey respondents ensuring participants from a range of different areas of study and study levels were interviewed. Interviews were audio recorded and transcribed. The interview data was then analysed using pre-established themes linked to the conceptual framework as well as emergent themes that were developed from the data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study finds that most students actively draw on their linguistic repertoires and employ a range of different multilingual practices to aid their understanding of content. Challenges relating to modality tend to be individual to students, however, the biggest challenge reported by the vast majority is the lack of Norwegian terminology or issues with not understanding the relationship between Norwegian translations of English terminology. In terms of how students perceived the role and balance of English and Norwegian, many believe that English plays a vital role in international accessibility both for students and institutions, but a significant proportion discussed how Norwegian should be given more space for a variety of reasons, including the societal obligation higher education has for information dissemination to the general public. References Björkman, B. (2015). Attitudes towards English in university language policy documents in Sweden. In Attitudes towards English in Europe (Vol. 2, pp. 115–137). De Gruyter Mouton. Bourdieu, P. (1991). Language & Symbolic Power. Polity Press. Fishman, J. A. (1972). Sociolinguistics: A brief introduction. Newbury House Publications. Haberland, H. (2005). Domains and domain loss. In B. Preisler, A. Fabricius, H. Haberland, S. Kjærbeck, & K. Risager, The Consequences of Mobility: Linguistic and Sociocultural Contact Zones (pp. 227–237). https://ojs.ruc.dk/index.php/mobility/article/view/5350 Kuteeva, M., & Airey, J. (2014). Disciplinary differences in the use of English in higher education: Reflections on recent language policy developments. Higher Education, 67(5), 533–549. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper English Medium Instruction in Emerging Contexts: Vocational Teachers’ Negotiation of Language Policies in Finnish VETs. 1: University of Turku, Finland; 2: Åbo Akademi, Finland Presenting Author:This study investigates the enactment of English as a medium of instruction (EMI) within Finnish vocational education, a context which recently began to attract wider interest due to national and global shifts in language policy, mobility and labour market demands. Traditionally characterized by a strong national commitment to bilingualism in Finnish and Swedish, it has increasingly incorporated English into educational (students) and professional (teachers) domains. Despite this, existing research demonstrates that EMI within Finnish education remains under researched, and within VET it is even more scarcely researched despite its central role in the national economic and labour market strategies. As a result, very little is known about how vocational teachers enact EMI in daily pedagogical practice, how they navigate and interpret the policy, and how they negotiate and respond to shifting language expectations. The objective of this study is to draw research attention to the hidden complexities of vocational teachers’ policy enactment. We ask i) how vocational teachers can be supported to mobilise their knowledge as experts of the profession/vocation, in a linguistically diverse learning environment? ii) How can a linguistically responsive pedagogy intervention support vocational teachers’ language strategy and pedagogical strategy in their use of EMI? Considering that Finland is situated as a country where English functions primarily as a foreign language rather than an institutionalized national medium, the Finnish VET sector presents a particularly compelling context for examining the integration of English into vocational teaching, a relatively new and evolving phenomenon. To capture the nuances of English varieties in a learning environment and teachers’ linguistic competence, we apply Kachru’s model of World Englishes (1985) to conceptualise English in Finland as belonging to the Expanding Circle, and the Finnish vocational education as an emerging context of EMI. Using the theory of policy enactment (Ball, et al., 2011) and the theory of social practice and the historical production of persons (Holland & Lave, 2019) as a theoretical framework for this study, vocational teachers are positioned as active policy actors and knowledge brokers (Lockton et al., 2022). While the theory of policy enactment highlights the importance of locating contexts which shape, constrain and modify enactment, the theory of social practice highlights the integrated study of persons, local practice and their long-term historically institutionalized struggles. Both theories contribute to the discourse of historical productions of person(professions), considering that vocational teachers tend to be neglected in VET policy research. Therefore, re-conceptualizing vocational teachers as knowledge brokers and positioning them as connectors who, through their brokering relationship, ensure that knowledge is mobilized from where it is produced to where it is needed- disconnected others. This paper aims to contribute to the discourse about knowing and acting in the midst of uncertainties and poly-crisis of current conditions in education. It explores how scholarly knowledge in education from a case study can be used to understand and address the shifting conditions in which vocational education exists locally and globally. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A qualitative research design using a combined approach of policy ethnography, case study ethnography and practical action research to gather new empirical data from one vocational program at a vocational school in Finland. Three seminars and two workshops are planned with a focus on two broad themes: EMI-specific trainings and implementing a linguistically responsive pedagogy. Together with six teachers and one key person in the role of an administrator, we explore the problem of teachers’ linguistic difficulties and insecurities in a linguistically diverse learning environment, and how to collaboratively develop solution(s) that support teachers’ knowledge mobilization. Case study ethnography allows research insights and access to practices that are often overlooked in formal policy documents or conventional evaluation frameworks. In the context of EMI, many of the challenges experienced by teacher-participants, such as negotiation of linguistic repertoires, classroom communication strategies, and emotional responses to language expectations, are subtle, situational, and highly embedded within the social fabric of classroom life. By focusing on the textured reality of teachers’ work, the methodology makes it possible to uncover practical barriers, emotional experiences, and adaptive strategies that shape EMI enactment but are not easily captured by surveys or performance indicators. This depth and sensitivity are particularly important to emerging EMI contexts of Finnish VET, where institutional capacity, teacher training, and linguistic expectations are still developing. Policy ethnography amplifies case study ethnography further by foregrounding the notion that policy is not simply implemented but enacted through a series of interpretive, negotiated, and sometimes contested practices. It therefore provides conceptual and analytical tools to explore how teachers make sense of EMI, how they adapt it to local needs, and how broader institutional and societal contexts shape their enactment. Overall, the methodology supports a nuanced and holistic understanding of EMI practice in vocational education, aligning with contemporary calls for context-sensitive and practice-oriented research in language policy. Considering a key characteristic of practical action research, is to provide opportunities for reflectivity of own practices (Creswell, 2012); taken together with a multi-layered analytical approach: content analysis, thematic, and analysis through discussion, these tools enable a multi-perspective understanding of EMI enactment. They embrace the complexity and multidimensionality of policy-in-practice and recognise that language policy is co-constructed through daily pedagogical decisions, resource constraints, professional identities, and relational dynamics within classrooms. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary case study findings reveal that first, teachers’ English proficiency varied widely, with some possessing limited linguistic competence that affected their ability to apply their pre-existing pedagogical strategies. They also reported challenging experiences with understanding diverse English varieties and accents used by students, particularly in oral communication. These difficulties were even more compounded when teachers encountered students whose English proficiency exceeded their own, resulting in feelings of insecurity and reduced confidence. Second, some teachers struggled to draw fully on their pedagogical expertise when teaching through English; this is because of the cognitive load involved in translating from Finnish to English during content delivery and navigating cultural differences. Third, broader systemic tensions which include, insufficient EMI-specific training, institutional constraints (heavy workloads, fragmented worktime), system-wide reforms in 2018, and recent deep budget cuts which limited access to mediated support affected EMI enactment in Finnish VET. Despite Finland’s strong educational reputation and historically high teacher autonomy within a high trust society, contemporary governance trends and demographic shifts placed new demands on teachers without necessarily providing corresponding institutional support. As a result, teachers experience EMI as both a professional challenge and a site of negotiation between policy ambitions and practical realities. In response to these findings, a planned practical action research intervention hopes to capture empirical evidence about how vocational teachers can be supported during enactment and proposes that the outcomes from the intervention can inform future expansions to other vocational programs and institutions. References Ball, S.J., Maguire, M., & Braun, A. (2011). How Schools Do Policy: Policy Enactments in Secondary Schools (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203153185 Creswell, J. W. (2012). Educational research: planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research. (4th ed.). Pearson. Finnigan, K. S., Daly, A. J., Caduff, A., & Leal, C. C. (2021). The role of brokers in connecting educational leaders around research evidence. In M. S. Weber & I. Yanovitzky (Eds.), Networks, knowledge brokers, and the public policymaking process (pp. 129-153). Palgrave Macmillan. Flick, U. (2009). An Introduction to Qualitative Research. (4th ed.). Sage. DOI https://elearning.shisu.edu.cn/pluginfile.php/35310/mod_resource/content/2/Research-IntroFlick.pdf Gordon, T., Holland, J., & Lahelma, E. (2001). Ethnographic research in educational settings. In P. Atkinson, A. Coffey, S. Delamont, J. Lofland, & L. Lofland (Eds.), Handbook of ethnography (pp. 188-203). Sage. Holland, D., & Lave, J. (2019). Social Practice Theory and the Historical Production of Persons. In Edwards, A., Fleer, M., Bøttcher, L. (Eds) Cultural-Historical Approaches to Studying Learning and Development. Perspectives in Cultural-Historical Research, 6. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-6826-4_15 Isacsson, A., Amhag, L., & Stigmar, M. (2018). The content, challenges and values that form Nordic Vocational Teacher Education. Ammattikasvatuksen aikakauskirja, 20(2), 38–50. Kachru, B.B. (1985) English in the World. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. Macaro, E. (2018). English medium instruction: Content and language in policy and practice. Oxford University Press. Mežek, S. & Björkman, B. (2024). English-medium instruction in higher education in Scandinavia. In K. Bolton, W. Botha, & B. Lin. (eds.). (2024). The Routledge Handbook of English-Medium Instruction in Higher Education (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003011644 ReferNet Finland; Cedefop (26.4.2023). Finland: more VET provided in English. National news on VET. Retrieved May 4, 2023, from: Finland: more VET provided in English | CEDEFOP Government proposal on the pilot of enterprise resource planning in vocational education and training and related acts - OKM - Ministry of Education and Culture, Finland. Tapani, A. and Salonen, A. (2019). Identifying teachers’ competencies in Finnish vocational education. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training (IJRVET) 6(3), Accessed April 2022 from https://doi.org/10.13152/IJRVET.6.3.3 Upola, S. & Löfgren,S. (2025). Varma menneisys, epävarma tulevaisuus. Tutkimus osana ammattillisen koulutuksen tulevaisuuden ennakointia ja kehittämistä. Ammattikasvatuksen aikakauskirja, 27 (3), 4–25. (Certain past, uncertain future- Research as a part of anticipation and development of the future of vocational education and training.) Retrieved November 1, 2025, from: https://doi.org/10.54329/akakk.176388 |
| 16:15 - 17:45 | 99 ERC SES 05 C: Social Justice Education in Diverse Contexts Location: A31 | Main building A | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Carola Mantel Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Teachers as Practitioners of Social Justice in Education: The Critical Incident Technique Fırat Üniversitesi, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Education systems aim to provide equal educational opportunities to individuals with different cultural backgrounds and social statuses in line with the principle of equal opportunity. However, when this approach fails to consider individuals' different needs, starting conditions, and cultural capital, it can lead to the reproduction of existing social inequalities under the guise of equality. In this context, social justice in education requires not only providing the same opportunities to everyone but also recognizing differences and implementing pedagogical arrangements sensitive to these differences. Indeed, it is known that students' academic achievement is influenced by their families' socioeconomic status (Coleman et al., 1966) and their cultural and social capital (Bourdieu and Passeron, 2021; Bourdieu and Passeron, 2022). Therefore, social justice practices gain meaning beyond educational policies, in teaching processes and classroom interactions where inequalities are concretely reflected. For this reason, learning environments emerge as areas where social justice is not theoretically discussed but actually tested. The immediate pedagogical decisions teachers make while interacting with students, content, and institutional structures reveal how social justice gains meaning in education. Even if the education system and teaching programs are structured in line with the understanding of social justice, the impact of these programs in the classroom is largely determined by the perceptions of social justice held by teachers in their role as implementers. Preventing the reproduction of structural inequalities in education requires teachers to go beyond being mere technical actors implementing the program and to adopt a social justice-oriented pedagogical stance (Cochran-Smith et al., 2016). In this context, how teachers understand social justice-based pedagogy and how they reflect it in their classroom practices plays a critical role in ensuring equality and justice in education. Accordingly, teachers are expected to go beyond deficiency-based approaches to disadvantaged groups and adopt pedagogical approaches that center students' experiences, such as discomfort pedagogy and empathy pedagogy, and reflect these approaches in their classroom practices (Zembylas & Papamichael, 2017). These pedagogical orientations position teachers not merely as transmitters of knowledge, but as educators who confront structural inequalities in education and take on transformative responsibilities. In line with this understanding, Giroux (1988) defines teachers as transformative intellectuals who play a critical role in the process of social transformation. Therefore, assessing the impact of social justice in education requires examining how teachers interpret and implement these principles in classroom interactions. Based on the assumption that social justice in education is concretized through the immediate decisions teachers make when encountering inequalities and tense interactions in the classroom, this study focuses on meaningful classroom events experienced by teachers in relation to social justice. The study aims to examine how social justice is established in classroom interactions and the responsibilities teachers assume in these moments through their responses to such events. In this context, social justice is addressed through teachers' decisions to recognize inequalities in classroom interactions, intervene in them, and support students' equitable participation in learning processes. While studies describing teachers' perceptions of social justice and general practices exist in the literature (Öngel & Tabancalı, 2025; Bursa & Ersoy, 2016), there are also studies that examine implemented social justice pedagogies in the classroom context (Philpot et al., 2020) and present teacher profiles based on teachers' responses by addressing the causes of challenges related to cultural diversity (Güven et al., 2023). This study goes beyond teachers' general perceptions of social justice and focuses on the momentary pedagogical decisions in which social justice is concretized in classroom interactions, thus offering a unique contribution to the European literature. Furthermore, the use of the critical incident technique serves as a starting point for research that can be deepened in subsequent stages through observation-based studies. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research is designed as qualitative. As it focuses on how teachers perceive the concept of "social justice," it has an interpretive and phenomenological epistemological understanding. Furthermore, as it also addresses how teachers' perceptions of "social justice" within educational practices are reflected in classroom applications, the critical incident technique was used in data collection and analysis. Although the critical incident technique, developed with a behavioral psychology background, was first used during World War II to analyze the performance of fighter pilots (Flanagan, 1954), it has been flexibly adapted as a qualitative technique to various research areas such as educational sciences, human resources, and health services (Butterfield et al., 2005). The participants in the study are classroom teachers working in villages in a province in eastern Turkey. Homogeneous situation sampling, a purposeful sampling method, was preferred in determining the participants. This is because interpreting the diversity in perceptions of the same concept (social justice) and the differences in its application in classroom practices seems logically more feasible under conditions that are as homogeneous as possible. The research data is collected through face-to-face interviews using a semi-structured interview form developed by the researchers. The interview form was developed with input from experts regarding its suitability for the critical incident technique, its consistency with the research objectives, and its potential to provide high-quality qualitative data. The interview questions require teachers to describe in detail a situation that required them to make an immediate pedagogical decision related to social justice in the classroom; what they did or chose not to do in that situation; the pedagogical, individual, and institutional factors that shaped that decision; the implications of that decision on classroom interactions; and their assessment of whether they would make a different decision in the same situation in retrospect. Content analysis (Patton, 2018) will be conducted on the collected data to inductively reveal the categories, themes, and patterns within the data. Other elements found in the literature for the critical incident technique will also be considered (Flanagan, 1954; Gremler, 2004; Stauss 1993). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The initial impressions drawn from the data collected so far suggest that teachers have a more superficial understanding of the concept of social justice than its theoretical definition in the literature, and that this superficial understanding does not enable teachers to perform effectively in ensuring social justice in classroom practices. However, it is anticipated that teachers who have had negative experiences with social justice in their personal lives or who have a deeper understanding of social justice will have different stories to tell. References Bourdieu, P. and Passeron, J. C. (2021). Reproduction: The Principles of a Theory of the Education System. (A. Sümer, L. Ünsaldı, Ö. Akkaya Trans.). Ankara: Heretik Yayınları. Bourdieu, P. and Passeron, J. C. (2022). Heirs: Students and Culture (A. Sümer and L. Ünsaldı Trans.). Ankara: Heretik Publications. Bursa, S., & Ersoy, A. F. (2016). Social studies teachers' perceptions and experiences of social justice. Eurasian Journal of Educational Research, 64, 319-340 Butterfield, L. D., Borgen, W. A., Amundson, N. E., & Maglio, A. S. T. (2005). Fifty years of the critical incident technique: 1954-2004 and beyond. Qualitative research, 5(4), 475-497. Cochran-Smith, M., Ell, F., Grudnoff, L., Haigh, M., & Hill, M. (2016). Initial teacher education: What does it take to put equity at the center? Teaching and Teacher Education, 57, 67-78. Coleman, J. S., Campbell, E. Q., Hobson, C. J., McPartland, J., Mood, A. M., Weinfeld, F. D., & York, R. L. (1966). Equality of educational opportunity. US Office of Education. Retrieved from http://eric.ed.gov/?id=ED012275 Flanagan, J. C. (1954). The critical incident technique. Psychological Bulletin, 51(4), 327. Giroux, H. (1988). Teachers as intellectuals. Toward a critical pedagogy of learning. Granby, Mass.: Bergin and Garvey. Gremler, D. D. (2004). The critical incident technique in service research. Journal of Service Research, 7(1), 65–89. https://doi.org/10.1177/1094670504266138 Güven, M., Babayiğit, B., Sever, D., Çam Aktaş, B., Kip Kayabaş, B., & Aysın Şenel, E. (2023). What happens in 650 multicultural primary classrooms?: A critical incident technique. Teaching and Teacher Education, 130 (104154). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104154 Patton, M.Q. (2018). Qualitative research and evaluation methods. (Translation Editors: M. Bütün and S. B. Demir). Ankara: Pegem Academy. Philpot, R., Gerdin, G., Smith, W., Linnér, S., Schenker, K., Westlie, K., … Larsson, L. (2021). Taking action for social justice in HPE classrooms through explicit critical pedagogies. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 26(6), 662–674. https://doi.org/10.1080/17408989.2020.1867715 Stauss, B. (1993). Using the critical incident technique in measuring and managing service quality. In E. E. Scheuing, & W. F. Christopher (Eds.), The service quality handbook (pp. 408-427). American Management Association. Öngel, G., & Tabancalı, E. (2025). Social justice perceptions, and practices: Turkish teachers’ perspectives. Teaching and Teacher Education, 155 (104901) https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2024.104901 Zembylas, M., & Papamichael, E. (2017). Pedagogies of discomfort and empathy in multicultural teacher education. Intercultural education, 28(1), 1-19. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Tensions and Reconfigurations of Cultural Democratization in France: Participatory Research at the Heart of a Children's Orchestra Université Toulouse Jean Jaurès, France Presenting Author:This proposed conference paper is based on research conducted as part of a PhD in Education and Training Sciences since October 2023. Our work examines French public cultural policies. Since the second half of the twentieth century, these policies have largely focused on disseminating what is considered French heritage—namely “artistic and high culture ” (Liot, 2018), historically associated primarily with social elites. In response to concerns about declining attendance at traditional cultural institutions (Arnaud et al., 2024), combined with the rise of new practices linked to digital technologies, cultural policies have intensified their efforts to “democratize” culture among younger generations. However, the direction of this effort is shifting. This paper questions the nature of that transformation : does cultural democratization still aim to provide access to culture for all, or is it increasingly oriented toward a normative transmission of French heritage? After several decades dedicated to cultural dissemination, connecting audiences with artistic works, and expanding cultural infrastructure across the country, cultural policies today seem to be moving toward a logic of protection against the fragmentation of national identity. Culture is mobilized as a vehicle for national integration, even assimilation (Park, 1964). Through the study of a program designed to democratize orchestral music practice among young people considered distanced from culture, this research enables us to investigate how the stakes of cultural democratization are being reconfigured. We examine the gaps between institutional discourses on cultural democratization and its objectives, and the realities experienced in the field by both beneficiaries and professionals. In parallel, we also seek to account for the different strategies, specific to each category of actors, used to appropriate (Bonasio & Veyrac, 2022) a national program. We will highlight strategies of social mobility (Amico, 2017) pursued by beneficiaries, as well as strategies of protection and dissemination, and even a will to assimilate audiences from immigrant backgrounds, on the part of professionals and institutional actors. In this sense, we will analyze the effects of this new form of cultural democratization on the identity construction of the individuals who benefit from the program under study. Above all, we will focus on the “place” (Bordes & Ruel, 2019) left to each category of actors in the process of appropriating a national prescription. This research is rooted in the interactionist approach (Goffman, 1991) associated with sociologists of the Chicago School. The theoretical framework allows us to place individuals at the center of each stage of the research, considering that the situations studied result from the ways people interact and attribute meaning to what they experience. In this respect, we will draw on the theory of “thick description” (Geertz, 1998), which involves describing facts in relation to the symbolic meanings of each element, constructed within a given social and cultural context. Our analysis also incorporates the notion of cultural rights (Lucas, 2022), which entails a shift in approach: the goal is no longer only to make culture accessible, but to recognize each person as a cultural subject, carrying values, practices, and legitimate forms of expression. Through a strongly inductive approach (Olivier de Sardan, 2013) and the participatory methodology adopted, we seek to consider different forms of knowledge on an equal footing. Scientific knowledge steps back without disappearing, making room for lay, practical, or experiential knowledge. In this way, “intersubjective knowledge” (Anadón, 2007, p. 218), referring to knowledge co-constructed between researchers and participants throughout the research process through dialogue, exchanges of viewpoints, situated interactions, and shared experience, can emerge. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research is grounded in a socio-ethnographic approach (Bordes, 2015), which combines ethnographic data-collection tools with sociological interpretive frameworks. This method requires prolonged immersion, here within a national children’s orchestra program that seeks to democratize access to orchestral music practice in priority neighbourhoods. The research methodology is grounded in the concept of epistemic injustice (Fricker, 2007), which makes it possible to examine the power relations that shape the collective production of knowledge. The aim is to enable the sharing and recognition of multiple forms of knowledge, without hierarchical ordering, by building common spaces for understanding and action. Drawing on the crossing of knowledges approach (Brun, 2017), a stance of listening and co-learning, combined with an interactionist perspective (Goffman, 1991), takes shape through long-term immersion and the sharing of participants’ everyday lives. The researcher adopts a position of stepping back and becomes a learner of the field. This posture helps counterbalance subjectivity by integrating a multiplicity of perspectives into the analysis and by mobilizing “thick description” (Geertz, 1998) to account for what is implicit and invisible, as well as the meaning behind facts and interactions. Throughout the research process, the ongoing search for the “right distance” (Brun et al., 2014, p. 117) is an integral part of the researcher’s reflexive work. Practically speaking, we created collective spaces for the emergence and cross-fertilization of knowledge through the development of a consultation process (Beuret, 2006). Over one year, seven socio-cultural organizations were involved, along with around one hundred children and families and about twenty professionals. This process was organized in stages and remained adaptable to field realities. First, we conducted peer workshops, fifteen in total. This was followed by seven intermediate plenary feedback sessions, using varied formats adapted to the diversity of the audience. These exchanges were accompanied by the sharing of a written document translated into English, French, and Arabic, enabling the widest possible appropriation of the initial lines of inquiry. Participants’ reactions and feedback were incorporated into the dataset. The analysis is built on a corpus comprising outputs from the collective workshops, participant observations conducted over several years, and individual interviews, allowing us to articulate the viewpoints of the program’s different actors. We began with a thematic analysis (Bardin, 2013), through which conceptualizing categories emerged (Paillé & Mucchielli, 2021). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research offers an updated understanding of the stakes of cultural democratization, taking into account the needs and expectations of the people directly concerned, the professionals’ capacity to work with, and recompose, the existing framework, and the institutional injunctions that shape the policy environment. First, we wish to emphasize the autonomy of each category of actors in the way they appropriate spaces of cultural democratization. While prescriptions are clearly formulated, they are systematically reconfigured in practice, generating tensions that in turn produce strategic effects. Families facing social and economic precarity, mostly from first or second-generation immigrant backgrounds, don’t adopt a passive stance. On the contrary, they consistently pursue social mobility, which is facilitated by participation in cultural democratization programs. They hope to offer new frames (Goffman, 1991) for the generations to come, fully aware that their own trajectories have often placed them in situations of difficulty. Nevertheless, a symbolic hierarchy of cultures remains at work. Classical music, and, through it, high culture, continues to be overvalued in comparison with young people’s cultural practices. This hierarchy is closely tied to the objective of preserving a French heritage and a homogeneous national identity. These issues primarily concern institutional actors and those who set the agenda for the democratization of culture. Yet they are also widely carried by professionals, who tend to reproduce the model they are familiar with and through which they themselves were recognized. These findings on cultural democratization and the reconfiguration of its objectives are supported by an interactional analysis that highlights a process of reciprocal socialization (Bordes & Ruel, 2019) between audiences and institutions. This reciprocal socialization constitutes an in-between space, within which cultural rights can be made tangible through the emergence of new cultural practices and renewed stakes, within a program whose governance remains relatively constrained and compartmentalized. References Anadón, M. (Dir.). (2007). La recherche participative : Multiples regards. Presses de l’Université du Québec. Amico, M. (2017). Pratiques collectives en orchestre et accès à la culture : Réinventer les modèles sociaux avec l’orchestre. https://demos.philharmoniedeparis.fr/Default/doc/SYRACUSE/13513 Bardin, L. (2013). L’analyse de contenu (2e éd.). Presses universitaires de France. Bonasio, R., & Veyrac, H. (Eds.). (2022). Appropriations de nouvelles prescriptions : Activités en éducation scolaire. Octarès. Bordes, V. (2015). L’approche socio-ethnographique ou comment trouver des résultats que nous ne cherchons pas. Spécificités, 7(1), 27–44. https://doi.org/10.3917/spec.007.0027 Bordes, V., & Ruel, S. (2019). Faut-il laisser une place aux jeunesses ? Dans S. Labbé & F. Hille (Dirs.), Professionnalisations : repères et ouvertures. L’Harmattan. https://hal.science/hal-03555241 Brun, P. (2017). Le croisement des savoirs dans les recherches participatives : Questions épistémologiques. Vie sociale, 20(4), 45–52. https://doi.org/10.3917/vsoc.174.0045 Fricker, M. (2007). Epistemic injustice: Power and the ethics of knowing. Oxford University Press. Geertz, C. (1998). La description épaisse : Vers une théorie interprétative de la culture (A. Mary, Trad.). Enquête, 6, 73–105. Goffman, E. (1991). Les cadres de l’expérience (I. Joseph, Trad.). Les Éditions de Minuit. (Ouvrage original publié en 1974) Grignon, C., & Passeron, J.-C. (1989). Le savant et le populaire : Misérabilisme et populisme en sociologie et en littérature. Gallimard/Seuil. Liot, F. (2018). Droits culturels : Vers une nouvelle définition des politiques publiques de la culture ? Cahiers de la LCD, HS(1), 52–61. https://doi.org/10.3917/clcd.hs01.0052 Lucas, J. (2022). Relativisme ou universalité des droits culturels ? Dans L. Anselme (Ed.), Droits culturels : Les comprendre, les mettre en œuvre (pp. 46–56). Éditions de l’Attribut. Olivier de Sardan, J.-P. (2013). La rigueur du qualitatif : Les contraintes empiriques de l’interprétation socio-anthropologique. Academia–Bruylant. Paillé, P., & Mucchielli, A. (2021). L’analyse qualitative en sciences humaines et sociales (5e éd.). Armand Colin. Park, R. E. (1964). Racial assimilation in secondary groups. Dans Race and culture (pp. 204–220). Free Press of Glencoe. (Travail original publié en 1950) 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The Pedagogical Challenges for Students without Citizenship in Italy: a Focus on Social Justice Education. Università degli Studi di Padova, Italy Presenting Author:This paper concerns the issue of citizenship recognition for young students with a migrant background in Italy, a matter that represents a “major educational problem” (Agostinetto, 2022). This contribution draws on the theoretical framework of Social Justice Education (hereinafter: SJE), which aims to develop critical awareness in order to foster reflection on power dynamics, systemic inequalities and processes of exclusion in educational contexts. From this perspective, education represents both a tool for emancipation and a powerful mechanism for reproducing inequalities (Freire, 1970; bell hooks, 2009; McLaren, 2015; Giroux, 2020). This study, therefore, is based on a critical perspective to interculturalism aimed at developing a theoretical positionality that considers power relations and a series of privileges that influence the ''relationship between autochthones and allochthones'' (Burgio, 2022). Students with a migrant background are often required to justify their presence, even if they were born and/or raised in the destination country of their families' migration journey (Akkari and Radhoune, 2022; Hakuzwimana, 2024). Current legislation on Italian citizenship, governed by Law No. 91 of February 5, 1992, emphasizes the exclusive legal principle of ius sanguinis. Citizenship is therefore obtained by right of blood if at least one parent is Italian, regardless of place of birth. Citizenship status is also acquired through descent (iure sanguinis), with a limit of two generations. An idea of citizenship linked purely to biological criteria is a harmful and anachronistic ideological choice (Agostinetto, 2022) and a ‘‘reform is needed for a post-colonial turning point’’ (Nanni and Fucecchi, 2024). Those who do not hold Italian citizenship may apply for it under several different circumstances: by naturalization, by birth on Italian territory (upon reaching the age of majority), for special merits and through marriage to a person with Italian citizenship. It is not necessary to dwell on these specificities in depth here, as the unequal and asymmetrical relationship between the native population and communities with a migrant background is already clear (Fiorucci, 2020). This paper raises a clear pedagogical question: is it possible to educate people on citizenship without recognizing citizenship itself? The question arises from a pedagogical paradox fuelled by a clear discrepancy between educational discourse and legal reality. Institutions educate people in democratic values, but at the same time, exclude diasporic communities from the full exercise of constitutional freedoms and rights. Current legislation is considered anachronistic in that it does not represent “a pluralistic society differentiated by cultures, ethnicities, languages and religions” (Nanni and Fucecchi, 2024). The privileged space for intercultural dialogue is the school, but “alone it is not enough” (Fiorucci, 2020). Furthermore, intercultural dialogue requires basic conditions that do not fully exist in our country today (Fiorucci, 2020). Intercultural pedagogy – as intentional educational action in the face of multicultural dynamics (Akkari and Radhouane, 2022; Agostinetto, 2022) – must avoid the risk of falling into rhetoric by recognizing its inherently political nature (Tarozzi, 2015; Fiorucci, 2020; Agostinetto, 2022). Interculturalism is an essentially political task, and the action that stems from it should be aimed at revealing the processes of “subordinate integration” that “undermine the very notion of dialogue” (Fiorucci, 2020). The vast heterogeneity of migratory experiences leads me to avoid potentially approximate categorizations through the use of terms such as “second generations” or “new Italians”. For conceptual simplicity – and to clarify the basic positioning – the term “Italians without citizenship” will be employed. The latter, who represent 914,000 pupils without Italian citizenship (MIM, 2024), grow up with the idea that their identity is not legitimate, an aspect that has been little explored and which constitutes a rather significant symbolic damage (Hakuzwimana, 2024). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to identify the key aspects of the issue under investigation and analyze it in depth, a focus group (n=9) was organised with the participation of young people from migrant backgrounds. The group included not only young people without Italian citizenship and international students, but also people born in Italy who were only able to apply for citizenship after reaching the age of majority. Based on data relating to young people with a migrant background without citizenship attending Italian schools (MIM, 2024) and the rejection of the 5th referendum questionnaire of 8-9 June 2025 to simplify the requirements required to apply for citizenship, four sets of questions were proposed to guide this exercise in ethno-educational reflection: 1. Educational experiences related to the aforementioned pedagogical paradox; 2. How this status affects identity-building processes and the sense of belonging; 3. Practical and emotional repercussions; 4. Future prospects from a transformative perspective. This research line is part of a broader doctoral study focusing on a qualitative interpretive research on schooling and integration experiences of young people with a migrant background in Veneto, Italy. The topic addressed in this paper is also emerging in the semi-structured interviews currently being conducted (n=40), which focus not only on the issue of citizenship but also on other themes arising from the doctoral research mentioned above. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results emerging from the focus group can be traced back to several recurring themes, such as: - The presence of an invisible hierarchical structure composed of a dominant group and subordinate migrant communities; - An unstable ‘relationship’ with Italy, which on the one hand promotes active citizenship but on the other excludes the most marginalized groups; - A sense of exclusion (both material and emotional), frustration, disillusionment and stigmatization; - Proposals for change through the transition from “concession to right” to citizenship; - Language used towards young people with a migrant background. The implications that arise are multidisciplinary and intersect with each other. From a pedagogical point of view, it is useful to promote educational practices of cultural recognition and enhancement in order to spread educational spaces of counter-narrative. Training in intercultural education and critical pedagogy for teachers and educators is also considered necessary. Educational action requires the adoption of a critical view of the surrounding reality, since “teaching is not transferring knowledge, but creating the possibilities to produce and construct it” (Freire, 1996). Greater awareness of the dynamics affecting groups with a migrant background can lead us to promote and/or implement approaches geared towards social justice. Examples include SJE and the concept of intersectionality in combating racism and discrimination (Akkari and Radhouane, 2022). Lastly, it is key to rethink school curricula (Fiorucci, 2020) and certain subjects (like civic education) to highlight systemic contradictions, such as the lack of recognition of citizenship. References Agostinetto L. (2022). L’intercultura in testa. Sguardo e rigore per l’agire educativo quotidiano. Milano: FrancoAngeli. Akkari, A., Radhouane, M., (2022). Intercultural approaches to education. From Theory to Practice. Berlin: Springer. bell hooks (2009). Teaching Critical Thinking: Practical Wisdom. New York: Routledge. Birkvad, S. R. (2019). Immigrant meanings of citizenship: mobility, stability, and recognition. Citizenship Studies, 23(8), 798–814. https://doi.org/10.1080/13621025.2019.1664402 Burgio G. (2022). Pedagogia postcoloniale. Prospettive radicali per l’intercultura. Milano: FrancoAngeli. Denzin, N. K., & Lincoln, Y. S. (Eds.). (2018). The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research (5th ed.). SAGE Publications. Fiorucci M. (2020). Educazione, formazione e pedagogia in prospettiva interculturale. Milano: FrancoAngeli. Freire, P. (1970). Pedagogy of the oppressed (M. B. Ramos, Trans.). New York: Continuum. Freire P. (1996). Pedagogia dell’autonomia. Saperi necessari per la pratica educativa. Torino: Edizioni Gruppo Abele. Giroux, H. A. (2020). On Critical Pedagogy. Bloomsbury Publishing. Hakuzwimana E. (2024). Tra i bianchi di scuola. Torino: Einaudi. McLaren P. (2015). Life in schools: An introduction to critical pedagogy in the foundations of education (6th ed.). New York: Routledge. Ministero dell’Interno, Direzione Centrale per i Servizi Elettorali, Eligendo (2025). Archivio Referendum 08/06/2025. https://elezionistorico.interno.gov.it/ Ministero dell'istruzione e del merito, Direzione Generale per l’innovazione digitale, la semplificazione e la statistica, Ufficio di statistica (2024). Gli alunni con cittadinanza non italiana 2022-2023. https://www.integrazionemigranti.gov.it/AnteprimaPDF.aspx?id=6525 Nanni, A., Fucecchi, A., (2024). Postcolonialismo e intersezionalità: nuovi percorsi per l’intercultura. La cittadinanza come banco di prova. Milano: FrancoAngeli. Nuove norme sulla cittadinanza. Legge 5 febbraio 1992, n. 91. https://www.normattiva.it/uri-res/N2Ls?urn:nir:stato:legge:1992-02-05;91 Osler, A. (2020). Education, migration and citizenship in Europe: untangling policy initiatives for human rights and racial justice. Intercultural Education, 31(5), 562–577. https://doi.org/10.1080/14675986.2020.1794231 Save the Children (2025). Chiamami col mio nome. Un’indagine quali-quantitativa sugli alunni con background migratorio. A cura di Valeria Fabretti e Christian Morabito. https://s3-www.savethechildren.it/public/allegati/chiamami-col-mio-nome.pdf Tarozzi, M. (2015). Dall’Intercultura alla giustizia sociale. Per un progetto pedagogico e politico di cittadinanza globale. Milano: FrancoAngeli. Vieluf, S., & Sauerwein, M. N. (2018). Does a lack of teachers’ recognition of students with migration background contribute to achievement gaps? European Educational Research Journal, 23(1), 3-27. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904118810939 |
| 16:15 - 17:45 | 99 ERC SES 05 D: Relational Dimension in Professional Development Location: A32 | Main building A | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Anne Paterson Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Through the Mirror: Knowing and Acting in the Dual Role of Classroom Teacher and Researcher Sheffield University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:When educational research is conducted from within the classroom, knowing and acting are no longer sequential processes but simultaneous, entangled practices. Across Europe, the idea of “teaching as a research-engaged profession” is being accorded increased importance (Kowalczuk-Walędziak & Ion, 2024). In my presentation, I explore the dual role of classroom teacher and academic researcher within the European context, and discuss my own experiences in taking on this role in my doctoral research study on student led co-design of assessment practices in a German primary school. My unique positionality as a teacher-researcher provided deeper insights and allowed for greater discussion opportunities, otherwise not necessarily afforded to external researchers (as seen in the experiences of French et al., 2019, and Niemi, 2019).
Practitioner inquiry has a long tradition in European educational research, particularly through Scandinavian participatory action research and the British teacher research traditions of Stenhouse and Elliott. Recently, greater attention is being paid to the lived methodological, ethical and identity-related tensions that arise when teachers simultaneously inhabit the roles of educator, insider, and researcher (Janssen et al., 2025; Zólyomi & Széll, 2025). Drawing on my experience as a practising primary classroom teacher undertaking doctoral research with their own students, I explore how this dual role operates not as a fixed position but as a dynamic and negotiated practice shaped by context, relationships and institutional expectations, revealing “the power of practitioner research to inform teachers about their classroom worlds and to transform their thinking and actions” (Baumann & Duffy, 2001, P.613).
The research study is informed by a qualitative, grounded theory approach and draws on data generated through classroom observations, focus group discussions, and informal interviews with students. As both teacher and researcher, I occupied an insider position that afforded sustained access, relational trust, and a deep contextual understanding of classroom practices. Consistent with previous empirical studies of teacher-researchers, this positionality enabled the co-construction of rich, situated data and supported participatory forms of inquiry that foregrounded student voice, agency and autonomy (French et al., 2019; Niemi, 2019).
At the same time, the research process revealed significant tensions inherent in the dual role. These included challenges related to role conflict, power relations and ethical decision-making, particularly when negotiating moments in which pedagogical responsibilities intersected with research aims. Similar tensions have been documented in European studies of practitioner research, where teachers report oscillating between advocacy, facilitation and analytic distance (Zólyomi & Széll, 2025; Dwyer & Buckle, 2009). Reflexive journaling and iterative analytic cycles were therefore central methodological strategies for managing these tensions and for making visible the influence of my professional identity on data generation and interpretation (Meyer & Willis, 2019).
Rather than treating the teacher-researcher position as a source of bias to be minimised, this presentation conceptualises it as a productive epistemic stance through which educational knowledge is generated in close relation to practice. In line with scholarship which positions teachers as legitimate knowledge producers (Banegas & Cad, 2019; Flores, 2018; Cochran-Smith & Lytle, 2009), my personal experience highlights a potential for teacher-led research to contribute uniquely to knowledge production by bridging the persistent gap between research and practice.
I conclude by offering personal reflections on the implications for research design, ethical review processes and professional learning when inhibiting the dual role of classroom teacher and doctoral researcher. Viewed through the mirror of classroom practice, practitioner research reveals how knowing and acting become mutually constitutive, expanding the conditions under which educational research can be both methodologically rigorous and pedagogically consequential. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used My presentation explores my positionality as a teacher-researcher within my doctoral research project. Entitled “Reassessed: Student-Led Task Co-design of Assessment Practice in the Primary School”, I worked with my own students, over multiple co-design sessions, as they engaged with the idea of assessment and collaborated in the creation of assessment tasks. Within my role as a teacher-researcher, I identified three key areas of attention, these being an awareness of my own positionality, a reflexive and iterative approach to research, and ongoing consideration of ethical issues. In conclusion, I reflect upon the potential for participatory research within the wider realm of educational research. This study is situated within a qualitative, practitioner research paradigm that recognises teachers as legitimate knowledge producers and positions educational knowing as embedded in practice (Cochran-Smith & Lytle, 2009). My positionality as both classroom teacher and academic researcher shaped all stages of the inquiry, affording sustained access to classroom interactions and enabling the development of trust-based relationships with student participants. At the same time, this insider position required ongoing attention to power relations and role boundaries, particularly in a primary school context where pedagogical authority and care are central (McLaughlin et al, 2004). Rather than attempting to neutralise this positionality, I understand it as an epistemic condition through which situated educational knowledge can be produced. The methodological approach was explicitly reflexive and iterative in nature. Grounded in an interpretivist epistemology and structured within the framework of critical theory and social constructivism, the research project explored the student participants’ attitudes and understanding of assessment practice through focus group discussions and participatory lesson observations. Alongside detailed fieldnotes, I maintained a reflexive journal, which I used to reflect upon assumptions, questions, challenges and student responses. These reflections led to amendments and adaptions throughout the course of the project, supporting the advice that “throughout the research process, researchers need to question their decisions” (Orange, 2016, P.2176). Ethical considerations were integral to the methodology, given the dual role of teacher and researcher and the involvement of children as participants. Particular attention was paid to issues of consent and assent, as well as to the potential for role-based power to shape participation and data generation (Christensen & Prout, 2002). In line with European practitioner research traditions, ethical decision-making was treated as a situated and relational practice, requiring continual negotiation rather than procedural compliance alone (Abrar & Sidik, 2019). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This presentation offers a reflexive account of practitioner research as experienced from within the dual role of classroom teacher and academic researcher. Rather than advancing a generalisable model, it has sought to illuminate how participatory forms of inquiry may operate under the specific conditions of everyday classroom practice, where knowing and acting are closely intertwined. Viewed through this lens, the teacher-researcher position appears not as a methodological anomaly, but as a potentially productive site for educational knowledge-making. Drawing on my own experience, and alongside empirical studies conducted by European teacher-researchers working with their own students (e.g. Niemi, 2019; French et al., 2019; Janssen et al., 2025), it might be suggested that practitioner research may create conditions in which teachers and students participate meaningfully in the joint research process. These studies indicate that such approaches have the potential to generate contextually rich insights grounded in sustained relationships and responsiveness to local conditions. At the same time, they highlight the ethical, emotional and methodological labour involved in inhabiting the dual role, underscoring the importance of reflexive and ethically attuned research practices. Theoretically, this analysis aligns with scholarship that conceptualises practitioner research as a stance through which teachers act as knowledge producers rather than passive recipients of externally generated evidence (Cochran-Smith & Lytle, 2019). Recent European work further suggests that practitioner research holds potential to reposition teachers within broader research ecologies, provided that institutional conditions acknowledge and support the complexity of this work (Kowalczuk-Walędziak & Ion, 2024). Taken together, this presentation suggests that practitioner research may contribute to the changing conditions and potentials of educational research by bringing knowing and acting into closer, more reflexive dialogue within the everyday realities of classroom life. References Abrar, M., & Sidik, E. J. (2019). Analyzing ethical considerations and research methods in children research. Journal of Education and Learning (EduLearn), 13(2), 184-193. Banegas, D. L., & Cad, A. C. (2019). Constructing teacher research identity: Insights from Argentina. The European Journal of Applied Linguistics and TEFL, 8(2), 23-38. Baumann, J. F., & Duffy, A. M. (2001). Teacher-researcher methodology: Themes, variations, and possibilities. The Reading Teacher, 54(6), 608-615. Cochran-Smith, M., & Lytle, S. L. (2009). Teacher research as stance. The Sage Handbook of Educational Action Research. London: Sage, 39-49. Christensen, P., & Prout, A. (2002). Working with ethical symmetry in social research with children. Childhood, 9(4), 477-497. Dwyer, S. C., & Buckle, J. L. (2009). The space between: On being an insider-outsider in qualitative research. International journal of qualitative methods, 8(1), 54-63. Flores, M. A. (2018). Linking teaching and research in initial teacher education: Knowledge mobilisation and research-informed practice. Journal of Education for Teaching, 44(5), 621-636. French, A., Lowe, R., & Nassem, E. (2019). Children participating as researchers in primary schools: what’s in it for the teachers?. Education 3-13, 47(2), 148-161. Hammersley, M. (1993). On the teacher as researcher. Educational action research, 1(3), 425-445. Janssen, N., Walraven, A., Gijlers, H., & Lazonder, A. W. (2025). The teacher guidance model for practitioner research: a longitudinal case study. Teacher Development, 29(3), 629-648. Kowalczuk-Walędziak, M., & Ion, G. (2024). Understanding and improving teachers’ research engagement: Insights from success stories in Poland and Spain. Teaching and Teacher Education, 151, 104747. Meyer, K., & Willis, R. (2019). Looking back to move forward: The value of reflexive journaling for novice researchers. Journal of gerontological social work, 62(5), 578-585. Niemi, R. (2019). A teacher performing action research: Capturing pupils’ perspectives of didactic relations. Eesti Haridusteaduste Ajakiri. Estonian Journal of Education, 7(2), 58-75. Orange, A. (2016). Encouraging reflexive practices in doctoral students through research journals. The Qualitative Report, 21(12), 2176. Stenhouse, L. (2007). The teacher as researcher. Curriculum and Imagination: Process Theory, Pedagogy and Action Research, 109. Zólyomi, A., & Széll, Z. (2025). Understanding dual teacher and researcher identities: A multiple-case study in the Hungarian context. Language Teaching Research Quarterly, 48, 256-276. https://doi.org/10.32038/ltrq.2025.48.15 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Counsellor Voice as Part of Forming and Maintaining Alliance University of Eastern Finland, Finland Presenting Author:This study examines intonation as one modality of voice usage, particularly as a mediator of cues in forming and maintaining an alliance in guidance interaction. The goal is to analyze variation in intonation as an empathy-displaying resource. The research is guided by the views of conversation analysis on prosody and especially intonation, as well as the perceptions of the formation and maintenance of an alliance. Guidance interaction aims to form an alliance, empowering clients develop agency and pursue to set goals (Vehviläinen, 2020). Alliance refers to the quality and strength of the relationship, including interaction elements of cooperation, such as empathic presence (Vehviläinen, 2020, 122). Vehviläinen (2020, 116–117) identifies three main methods for guidance interaction, i.e., orientation types: supportive, inquiry, and problem-solving. Supportive orientation emphasizes empathy, acceptance, and presence. Inquiry involves questioning, interpreting, and fostering connections. Problem-solving focuses on diagnosing issues, teaching, giving feedback and finding solutions. Relationship building can be influenced by prosodic modalities, and studies in psychotherapy have acknowledged the role of voice in the development of therapeutic alliances (e.g., Del Giacco et al., 2020; Janusz & Peräkylä, 2020). However, the details about these processes are still largely unknow. This study examines how intonation functions as a resource for expressing empathy and facilitating alliance formation in career counselling interactions across different orientations. The aim is to enhance understanding of intentional voice use and the recognition of auditory cues that are general regardless of language. The study is guided by the following research questions:
This study applies conversation analysis to explore prosody, intonation, and alliance formation in guidance interactions, drawing also on methods from psychotherapy and speech research. The data consist of career counselling interactions. Data collection is ongoing (spring 2026) and the desired data amount is ten interactions and 20 Interpersonal Process Recall (IPR) interviews. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A dissertation is a qualitative study that combines two research method: conversation analysis and Interpersonal Process Recall method. Conversation analysis can be used as a tool to study social functioning, and in this study it is a micro-level analysis of the interaction situation (Stevanovic 2016, 22). This method identifies the importance of intonation in interaction as one of the mechanisms of shift switching (Szczepek Reed 2012, 2) but here I am focusing on other mechanisms that are not that well recognized yet. Conversation analysis qualitatively examines recorded videos of naturally occurring interactions to understand social actions such as turn taking. In my research, the data is first broken down into orientations of guidance by means of conversation analysis, taking into account specifically prosodic features. To study emotions, I need another method and that is IPR. Together with conversational analysis, one is able to produce self-derived phenomena from the subjects for examination (Janusz & Peräkylä 2020, 9). In accordance with the IPR method, the participants are interviewed separately soon after the guidance meeting by re-watching the video recording of the discussion. Thus, emotional states and subjects are still fresh in memory and self-analysis is possible (Kagan 1967 & 1973, 4; Cashwell, 1994; Pomeranz 2001). The methodological aim here is to access the cognitive processes unfolding within the interactional situation. Kagan (1967) argues that if the individual under analysis provides sufficiently rich cues regarding their experiences and emotions, these can be identified with reliability and adequate depth through the method. Melodic features of speech can be confirmed by using Praat program to create spectograms of intonation. IPR interviews are conducted remotely through Teams and the interview is recorded. IPR interviews also enable focusing on professional competences related to the recognition of the counsellor's voice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The career counsellor’s active use of supportive orientation marked by brief verbal feedback such as “yeah” and “okay” is frequently observed by the client. Intonation conveyed interest and acceptance to the client, with a rising pitch at the start of “yeah” and stress on the final syllable of “-kay.” In the IPR interview, the counsellor confirmed that these vocal elements, including pauses, were intentional and aligned with theoretical knowledge of voice use. The counsellor´s questions were delivered with low intonation creating a peaceful atmosphere conducive to the alliance formation. Both participants oriented to the tone and supported that with IPR comments. Further analysis showed that in inquiry orientation, rising intonation helped emphasize new perspectives while stimulating clients´ cognitive processes. These findings indicate that modalities in voice usage and intonation 1. mediate empathy and cues of understanding reciprocally, 2. increases the sense of authenticity and 3. strengthen alliance formation and maintenance. References Cashwell, C. S. 1994. Interpersonal Process Recall. ERIC Digest. www.eric.ed.gov. Del Giacco, L., Anguera, M. T. & Salcuni, S. 2020. The action of verbal and non-verbal communication in the therapeutic alliance construction: A mixed methods approach to assess the initial interactions with depressed patients. Frontiers in Psychology 11. Janusz, B. & Peräkylä, A. 2020. Quality in conversation analysis and interpersonal process recall. Qualitative Research in Psychology. Kagan, N. 1967. Studies in human interaction, interpersonal process recall stimulated by videotape. Michigan Michigan State University. Pomeranz, A. 2001. Using participants´video stimulated comments to complement analysis of interactional practises. Stevanovic, M. 2016. Prosodia. Teoksessa Keskustelunanalyysi: kuinka tutkia sosiaalista toimintaa ja vuorovaikutusta. Tampere: Vastapaino, 80–96. Szczepek Reed, B. 2012. Conversation analysis and prosody. The Encyclopedia of Applied Linguistics. Vehviläinen, S. 2020. Ohjaustyön opas. Yhdessä kohti toimijuutta. (4. painos). Jyväskylä: Gaudeamus. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Developing Instructional Coaching Competencies: A Qualitative Study of Coach Preparation Daugavpils University, Latvia Presenting Author:Research evidence indicates that only a limited number of professional development approaches lead to measurable improvements in teachers’ professional practice and, consequently, to statistically significant gains in student learning outcomes. One of these approaches is instructional coaching—an in-service teacher professional development practice in which coaches observe classroom instruction and provide feedback to teachers (Kraft et al, 2018). Instructional coaching has been widely implemented and extensively researched in the United States and the United Kingdom, where it is often embedded within broader systems of teacher professional development and school improvement. European education policy and research discussions show growing recognition that sustained, practice-based forms of professional development are more effective than short-term, lecture-based training initiatives (Cordingley et al., 2015; OECD, 2019). In line with this shift, instructional coaching and coaching-based professional development practices are present on a smaller scale in some European education systems, such as Estonia and Germany, where coaching or coaching-based approaches have been implemented through programme-based or pilot initiatives (British Council, 2022; Holstein et al., 2021). In Latvia, teacher professional development is undergoing a gradual shift from one-off training formats towards more practice-oriented forms of professional learning. While instructional coaching as a distinct professional development approach is not systematically implemented, various initiatives have sought to introduce coaching-related forms of professional support. These developments have drawn attention to challenges related to the preparation of professionals in such support roles and the sustainability of these practices. This highlights a broader European challenge of how instructional coaching approaches, largely developed in Anglo-American contexts, can be meaningfully adapted and sustained within diverse European education systems. Evidence from non–Anglo-American contexts suggests that instructional coaching approaches cannot be transferred between different countries straightforwardly, as teachers’ readiness for coaching—shaped by factors such as fear of classroom observation and limited reflective capacity—may require coaches to adopt different roles and practices in response to local professional cultures (Kho et al., 2019). Despite evidence indicating that the effectiveness of instructional coaching largely depends on the professional competence of those providing the support, research remains limited regarding both the specific knowledge and skills required of instructional coaching providers and the availability of structured, theoretically grounded preparation programmes, particularly within European education systems (Gallucci et al., 2010). The theoretical framework for this study is grounded in constructivist and transformative learning theories, which conceptualise professional learning as a process of meaning-making through sustained engagement with authentic practice and critical reflection (Cunningham et al., 2019). These perspectives are complemented by adult learning theory and situated learning approaches, which emphasise self-directed, practice-based, and socially mediated learning as central to professional development. The theoretical framework informs the study by providing a rationale for practice-based instructional coaching preparation and by guiding the analysis of how the programme’s learning activities are designed to support participants’ professional learning. Based on these theoretical perspectives, an initial set of design principles informed the development of an instructional coaching preparation programme, which serves as the empirical context for the present analytic study. The aim of the present study is to examine the implementation of this programme in order to analyse how its design and enactment support the development of instructional coaching competencies, and to refine a conceptual model for instructional coach preparation towards a more theoretically coherent and contextually transferable framework. To operationalise this aim, the study is guided by the following research questions
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is a qualitative study examining the implementation of a theory-informed instructional coaching preparation programme to analyse how it supports the development of instructional coaching competencies and to refine a conceptual preparation model. Overview of the study logic: Professional learning theory → instructional coaching literature → instructional coaching preparation programme → programme implementation data → analytic frameworks → programme-based analysis → refined conceptual preparation model The research is currently in progress and employs multiple data sources to enable methodological triangulation. Programme documentation is analysed to examine how the preparation programme is enacted in practice. This documentation includes programme content, learning tasks and assignments designed for participants, as well as participants’ completed tasks and written reflections produced during the programme. These materials provide insight into how theoretically informed design intentions are translated into concrete learning activities and professional learning processes. Participants’ self-assessment data are used both as an analytic data source and as a basis for purposive sampling for the semi-structured interviews. The self-assessments provide insight into participants’ perceived professional learning and inform the selection of contrasting cases for in-depth qualitative analysis. The interviews focus on participants’ experiences of different programme elements and on how these elements are connected to perceived changes in their knowledge and skills over time. Interview data are analysed using deductive qualitative content analysis, with analytically derived coaching competencies serving as initial coding categories and inductive refinement based on participants’ accounts. In subsequent stages of the programme-based analysis, the programme’s learning activities will be examined using an analytically derived framework of effective professional learning (Sims, 2021). This analysis focuses on how the programme provides opportunities for authentic practice, reflection, feedback, and professional dialogue, which are identified in the literature as key mechanisms supporting professional learning. Data from programme documentation, participant self-assessments, and interviews are integrated and systematically related to emerging elements of the conceptual preparation model. The analysis is informed by international research on instructional coaching and effective professional development, enabling a dialogue between local empirical findings and broader European and international research traditions. Through this iterative process, the study moves beyond the evaluation of a single programme towards the development of a more generalisable preparation model for instructional coaching providers. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings A structured review of instructional coaching research identified a coherent framework of competencies synthesising findings on coaching roles, practices, and outcomes (e.g., Glover et al., 2023; Howley et al., 2014; Knight, 2018; Reddy et al., 2021; Thomas et al., 2021). In this study, instructional coaching competencies are understood as an integrated set of professional knowledge and skills required to enact the instructional coaching role in practice. Instructional coaching knowledge and skills can be grouped into several interrelated domains: (1) understanding the instructional coaching role within schools and education systems; (2) conceptual knowledge of effective instruction; (3) relational competencies supporting trust and professional dialogue; (4) procedural coaching competencies, including classroom observation, data use, goal-setting, and documentation; (5) instructional expertise, such as modelling teaching strategies and guiding practice; and (6) reflective practice and professional identity development. The literature analysis highlighted key characteristics associated with effective preparation of instructional coaches, including sustained engagement in authentic coaching practice, structured reflection, peer-based learning, and iterative feedback. Preliminary self-assessment data collected during the first three programme sessions of an ongoing preparation programme indicate higher perceived growth in procedural coaching competencies (e.g., data collection, analysis, goal setting, and documentation) and instructional expertise (e.g., modelling teaching strategies and guiding practice). These initial indications are used to inform the subsequent qualitative analysis of programme implementation. Further analysis will examine the programme’s learning activities using a framework of effective professional learning (Sims, 2021) to explore how different types of learning experiences support the development of instructional coaching competencies. The study is expected to result in a refined framework of instructional coaching competencies, a conceptual model for instructional coach preparation, and empirically informed insights into how contextual factors shape the enactment of coaching preparation in European education settings. References British Council. (2022). Instructional coaching: Why it matters and how to make it matter. https://www.britishcouncil.org/research-insight/instructional-coaching Cordingley, P., Higgins, S., Greany, T., Buckler, N., Coles-Jordan, D., Crisp, B., Saunders, L., & Coe, R. (2015). Developing great teaching: Lessons from the international reviews into effective professional development. Teacher Development Trust. Cunningham, C., Hearn, S., & White, J. (2019). Using powerful learning experiences to prepare school leaders. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 22(6), 659–676. Gallucci, C., Van Lare, M. D., Yoon, I. H., & Boatright, E. (2010). Instructional coaching: Building theory about the role and organizational support for professional learning. American Educational Research Journal, 47(4), 919–963. Glover, T. A., Reddy, L. A., & Crouse, K. (2023). Instructional coaching actions that predict teacher classroom practices and student achievement. Journal of School Psychology, 96, 1–11. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsp.2022.10.006 Holstein, A., Prilop, C. N., Weber, K. E., & Kleinknecht, M. (2021). Innovative approaches for teacher professional development: Examples of blended, video- and coaching-based professional development programmes in Germany. In T. Ehmke & C. K. J. Lee (Eds.), Quality in teacher education and professional development: Issues and prospects in Chinese and German systems (pp. 83–93). Routledge. Howley, A. A., Dudek, M. H., Rittenberg, R., & Larson, W. (2014). The development of a valid and reliable instrument for measuring instructional coaching skills. Professional Development in Education, 40(5), 779–801. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2014.919342 Kho, S., Saeed, K. M., & Mohamed, A. R. (2019). Instructional coaching as a tool for professional development: Coaches’ roles and considerations. The Qualitative Report, 24(5), 1106–1132. https://nsuworks.nova.edu/tqr/vol24/iss5/13 Knight, J. (2018). The impact cycle: What instructional coaches should do to foster powerful improvements in teaching. Corwin. Kraft, M. A., Blazar, D., & Hogan, D. (2018). The effect of teacher coaching on instruction and achievement: A meta-analysis of the causal evidence. Review of Educational Research, 88(4), 547–588. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654318759268 OECD. (2019). TALIS 2018 results (Volume I): Teachers and school leaders as lifelong learners. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/1d0bc92a-en Reddy, L. A., Shernoff, E., & Lekwa, A. (2021). A randomized controlled trial of instructional coaching in high-poverty urban schools: Examining teacher practices and student outcomes. Journal of School Psychology, 86, 151–168. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsp.2021.04.001 Sims, S. (2021). The ingredients of effective professional development. Institute of Education, UCL. https://www.ucl.ac.uk/ioe/research-projects/2021/jun/ingredients-effective-professional-development Thomas, S., Knight, J., Harris, M., & Hoffman, A. (2021). Evaluating instructional coaching: People, programs, and partnership. ASCD. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Professionalization of Educational Practitioners in Networks of International Youth Work: Qualitative Analysis with Documentary Method FAU Erlangen-Nürnberg, Germany Presenting Author:International youth work in Germany constitutes a highly heterogeneous field, particularly with regard to the pedagogical practitioners involved and their professional backgrounds. For a professional and sustainably high-quality practice in this domain, the adequate qualification and preparation of all pedagogical actors is essential (Thimmel & Schäfer 2021: 109). At the same time, it is striking that comparatively few opportunities exist for the professionalization of practice in international youth work, and that this field receives scant attention in the training of social professions (Thimmel & Friesenhahn 2003: 30). Following a systematic literature review based on predefined keywords (Jesson et al. 2011), educational research on professionalization identifies networks as a promising field. Networks are recognized as a central context for learning, exchange, reflection, and innovation (e.g. Gruber et al. 2016), as well as for professionalization (e.g. Schulze 2022). At the same time, empirical studies examining the role of networks in the professionalization of pedagogical practitioners in international youth work remain scarce. Within this field, networks primarily consist of individuals representing institutions from non-profit and municipal bodies, associations, federations, and academic institutions, operating across local, regional, national, European, and international levels. Partly shaped by specific funding guidelines (e.g. Erasmus+) and their embedded normative objectives regarding European identity development, the focus lies on encounters between participants from Germany and those from European neighboring and EU countries. In light of the described research gap, the following research questions are central: (1) How do pedagogical practitioners out of networks in international youth work perceive these networks as a context for professionalization in international youth work? (2) How do pedagogical practitioners utilize networks in international youth work for professionalization in this field? Within this dissertation, networks of international youth work are understood as a context in which individuals, seen as a professionalized milieu (Bohnsack 2020: 102), develop and reproduce collective orientations of pedagogical practice within a "conjunctive space of experience" (Bohnsack et al. 2020: 121). In this sense, professionalization is not the outcome of individual intentional learning processes, but rather an expression of altered habitual logic of action that can be documented and reconstructed through discourse. This does not apply to theoretical knowledge, but to "atheoretical" knowledge (Mannheim 1980), which Polanyi (1966) terms "tacit knowledge" or implicit knowledge. Professional habitualized practice and the establishment of a "modus operandi" (Bohnsack 2021: 63) are hardly conceivable without such implicit knowledge. It manifests in interactions and shared interpretive patterns. Considering diverse networks (cases) enables the inclusion and comparative analysis of varying perspectives within the shared space of experience international youth work. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To address the research questions, group discussions (Przyborski & Wohlrab-Sahr 2021) and the documentary method (Bohnsack 2021) were selected as particularly suitable methodological approaches. This determination followed an extensive literature review examining similar procedures across related academic fields and research practices. The combination of group discussions—designed to elicit collective orientations, collective habitual practices and processes of professionalization —and documentary interpretation has established itself as a robust and promising strategy in numerous educational research contexts focused on professionalization (e.g., Korte et al. 2024; Kubisch & Franz 2022; Welling 2008; Wieser & Klinger 2020; Wittek & Korte 2024). Primary sources were systematically retrieved from established literature databases such as FIS Bildung and SCOPUS, employing carefully predefined search terms to analyze relevant publications in both German and English. No restrictions were imposed on publication year or document type to ensure comprehensive coverage. Complementing this, the snowball sampling technique—leveraging citations from initial findings—and targeted consultations with field experts were utilized to uncover additional central and seminal literature. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results from the pilot study will be presented and discussed in the conference presentation. This study aims to examine professionalization in international youth work and to better understand how networks contribute as a context to the professionalization of this field. It is expected that the systematic analysis and comparison of selected networks (cases) will yield new insights into their influence on the shared orientations, collective practices and professionalization of pedagogical practitioners. The findings may contribute to the scientific discussion and systematic further development of the field, potentially serving as an impetus for future research on international youth work. References Bohnsack, Ralf. 2020. Professionalisierung in praxeologischer Perspektive: Zur Eigenlogik der Praxis in Lehramt, Sozialer Arbeit und Frühpädagogik. 1st edition. Stuttgart, Deutschland: utb GmbH. Bohnsack, Ralf. 2021. Rekonstruktive Sozialforschung: Einführung in qualitative Methoden. 10th edition. Stuttgart, Deutschland: utb GmbH. Bohnsack, Ralf, Nicolle Pfaff, und Wivian Weller, Hrsg. 2020. „Qualitative Analysis and Documentary Method in International Educational Research“. Gruber, Hans, Markus Hirschmann, und Monika Rehrl. 2016. „Bildungsbezogene Netzwerkforschung“. P. 1–18 in Handbuch Bildungsforschung, published by R. Tippelt und B. Schmidt-Hertha. Wiesbaden: Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. Jesson, Jill, Lydia Matheson, und Fiona M. Lacey. 2011. Doing your literature review: traditional and systematic techniques. Los Angeles, Calif. ; London: SAGE. Korte, Jörg, Doris Wittek, und Jana Schröder, Hrsg. 2024. Dokumentarische Professionalisierungsforschung bezogen auf das Lehramtsstudium. Verlag Julius Klinkhardt : Bad Heilbrunn. Kubisch, Sonja, und Julia Franz. 2022. „Professionalisierung in der Sozialen Arbeit aus der Perspektive der Praxeologischen Wissenssoziologie“. P. 413–42 in Praxeologisch-wissenssoziologische Professionsforschung. Perspektiven aus Früh- und Schulpädagogik, Fachdidaktik und Sozialer Arbeit. Verlag Julius Klinkhardt : Bad Heilbrunn. Mannheim, Karl. 1980. Strukturen des Denkens. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp. Polanyi, M. 1966. The tacit dimension. herausgegeben von A. Sen. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Przyborski, Aglaja, und Monika Wohlrab-Sahr. 2021. Qualitative Sozialforschung: ein Arbeitsbuch. 5., revised and extended edition. Lehr- und Handbücher der Soziologie. Berlin Boston: De Gruyter Oldenbourg. Schulze, Mandy. 2022. „Soziale Arbeit in Netzwerken als multiprofessionelle Zusammenarbeit. Bedeutung, Charakteristik und Beitrag zur Professionalisierung Sozialer Arbeit“. P. 89–102 in Multiprofessionelle Teamarbeit in Sozialen Dienstleistungsberufen, published by N. Weimann-Sandig. Wiesbaden: Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. Thimmel, Andreas, und Günter J. Friesenhahn. 2003. „Interkulturelle Handlungskompetenz in der internationalen Jugendarbeit. Begriff - Konzepte - Anwendungsbereiche.“ P. 16–35 in Forum Jugendarbeit International, published by Internationaler Jugendaustausch- und Besucherdienst der Bundesrepublik Deutschland (IJAB) e.V. Bonn. Thimmel, Andreas, und Stefan Schäfer. 2021. „Das Mobilitätspuzzle internationaler Bildung“. P. 101–14 in Praxisforschung in der non-formalen Bildung: zum Zusammenhang von Bildung, Politik und Forschung, Politik und Bildung, herausgegeben von J. Dubiski, C. Hermens, S. Schäfer, und A. Thimmel. Frankfurt/M: Wochenschau Verlag. Welling, Stefan. 2008. „Die Relevanz des Gruppendiskussionsverfahrens und der dokumentarischen Methode für die medienpädagogische Professionsforschung“. MedienPädagogik: Zeitschrift für Theorie und Praxis der Medienbildung 14: 1–30. Wieser, Clemens, und Sabine Klinger. 2020. „Professionalisierung mit der Dokumentarischen Methode erforschen: Perspektiven für die Analyse von Wissenstransformation“ published by S. Amling, A. Geimer, S. Rundel, und S. Thomsen. JDM - Jahrbuch Dokumentarische Methode 2-3/2020: 215–38. |
| 16:15 - 17:45 | 99 ERC SES 05 E: Arts, Creative Pedagogies, and Alternative Knowledge Location: A05 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Elif Tugce Gezer Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Deconstructing the Discourse of Global Education Policy on School Bullying University of Turku, Finland Presenting Author:Bullying is a pressing concern in global education and public health agendas (see United Nations, 2024). Anti-bullying policy began to emerge as a part of curriculum policy worldwide in the late 1990s (Espelage, 2016), and since then, educational systems have been tasked with implementing policies. International organizations have been actively addressing the issue through policy frameworks aimed at reducing school bullying and promoting youth well-being (see UNESCO, 2019; OECD, 2020). In an increasingly globalized world, bullying can no longer be understood as a localized or school-bound phenomenon. Its forms, meanings, and effects extend across borders and social contexts, necessitating coordinated responses at global and regional levels. Bullying, which is commonly defined as repeated, intentional, and aggressive behavior towards someone with an imbalance of power (Olweus, 1978), is regarded as a public health problem and one of the main challenges to students’ adjustment, well-being, and school functioning (Huang & Cornell, 2015). Early research on bullying emerged primarily within the field of psychology (Thornberg, 2015) and largely continued along this path, framing bullying as a behavioral problem of specific individuals (Walton, 2011). While bullying is mainly defined as an individual problem in research and policy, it is also a socially constructed phenomenon rooted in discursive practices, emerging from a complex network of institutional, historical, social, and political relations (Walton, 2005). However, the dominant individualistic framing largely overlooks the social and political contexts in which anti-bullying policies are developed (see Smith, 2011). Building on the scholarly debates that highlight tensions between individual-focused explanations and structural perspectives (Walton, 2015), this study argues that bullying is beyond an individual/behavioral problem and approaches it as a systemic issue. Although bullying occurs between individuals, it reflects broader societal patterns through what Thornberg (2015) calls the co-construction of differentness. Therefore, each bullying incident is rooted in and influenced by larger social dynamics and power structures (Walton, 2005). This study offers a critical re-examination of global policy discourses on bullying to open up new conceptual and political possibilities. Theoretically, the research is grounded in Foucault’s concepts of discourse (1972), governmentality (1991), and subjectification (1973) and seeks to answer how bullying is problematized within international organizations’ policy documents. Ellwood and Davies (2010) argue that Foucault’s theoretical concepts help question the construction of knowledge about bullying in the policies and how these discursive forms shape and define people’s understanding of objects and subjects (1995, as cited in Ellwood & Davies, 2010). Discourse, from a Foucauldian perspective, is a way of unmasking rules, divisions, and systems of specific field knowledge among more global, political domains (Foucault, 1972). Governmentality helps with understanding how certain truths appeared around the conduct of conduct, in what way and by whom the truth can be talked and implemented, and what the consequences are (Foucault, 1991; Rose, 1999). Subjectification refers both to the way individuals are constituted as subjects and to political subjection as a mode of having power exercised over oneself (Lawlore, 2014). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative study adopted a critical approach to examine the discourse around bullying within a total of 33 policy documents from UNESCO, the OECD, and the EU over the past ten years. These include policy in broader term including anti-bullying policies, reports, and guidelines. The data was analyzed using the Foucauldian-inspired methodology, What is the Problem Represented to be (WPR) (Bacchi & Goodwin, 2016), which provides a clear, straightforward framework for policy analysis. Using the seven guiding questions in this framework, a codebook was created, based on which different codes and subcodes were developed. The analysis also used a comparative method by putting each organization in a different table in order to later compare and find commonalities and differences. This framework required identifying the problem, assumptions underlying the problem, the condition of emergence of this kind of problem representation, the silences and alternatives, consequences of the problem representation, the how and where of this creation, dissimilation, and support of this problem, and the possible alternatives, and researchers’ positionality (Bacchi & Goodwin, 2016). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The primary result shows how global policy discourses on bullying shape what can be known, said, and done about youth wellbeing and harm at schools. Policy texts do more than propose solutions; they actively construct bullying as a particular kind of problem. In doing so, they position subjects (students, families, teachers, schools, and states) in specific and uneven ways. The preliminary patterns that have begun to emerge across the international organization’s documents suggest that discourses around bullying tend to individualize and depoliticize the problem, emphasizing psychological, behavioral, and familial factors over structural conditions. The discourse of personal responsibility, and self-management does not operate in isolation but is deeply embedded within broader power relations (McHoul & Grace, 1993). While schools are expected to carry the burden of ‘teaching’ students not to bully, there is little focus on broader educational reforms or systemic engagement. Scheurich (1994) argues that when a problem is treated as already known, and the focus shifts to showcasing solutions, policy work becomes more about appearances than real change. In addition, while the criticality of the bullying situation is acknowledged, the solution that has been mentioned in these policies is what we assumed already existed in schools. While the analysis remains provisional, these insights indicate how power/knowledge relations and governing rationalities are taking shape within the data, providing a foundation for deeper examination in the next phase. It is critical to rethink bullying beyond individualized frameworks and open space for alternative epistemologies that center students’ lived experiences, institutional responsibility, and structural reform. References Bacchi, C. L., & Goodwin, S. (2016). Poststructural policy analysis: a guide to practice (1st ed.).Palgrave Macmillan. Espelage, D. L. (2016). Leveraging school-based research to inform bullying prevention and policy. The American Psychologist, 71(8), 768-775. Ellwood, C., & Davies, B. (2010). Violence and the moral order in contemporary schooling: A discursive analysis. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 7(2), 85-98. Foucault, M. (1972). The Archaeology of Knowledge and the Discourse on Language (New York: Pantheon). Foucault, M. (1973). The Order of Things: An Archaeology of the Human Sciences (New York: Vintage). Foucault, M. (1985). The Uses of Pleasure (New York: Pantheon). Foucault, M. (1991). Governmentality, in G. Burchell, C. Gordon and P. Miller (Eds.), The Foucault Effect: Studies in Governmentality (pp. 87-104). University of Chicago Press) Huang, F. L., & Cornell, D. G. (2015). The impact of definition and question order on the prevalence of bullying victimization using student self-reports. Psychological Assessment, 27(4), 1484–1493. Lawlor, L. (2014). Subjectification. In The Cambridge Foucault Lexicon (pp. 496–502). Cambridge University Press. McHoul, A. W., & Grace, W. (1993). A Foucault Primer: Discourse, Power and the Subject. Carlton, Victoria: Melbourne University Press. OECD (2020), "Bullying", in PISA 2018 Results (Volume III): What School Life Means for Students’ Lives. OECD Publishing, Paris. Olweus, D. (1978). Aggression in the schools: Bullies and whipping boys. Washington, DC: Wiley Hemisphere. Scheurich, J. J. (1994). Policy archaeology: a new policy studies methodology. Journal of Education Policy, 9(4), 297–316. https://doi.org/10.1080/0268093940090402 Smith, P. K. (2011). Bullying in schools: Thirty years of research. In C. P. Monks & I. Coyne (Eds.), Bullying in different contexts (pp. 36–60). Cambridge University Press. Thornberg, R. (2015). The social dynamics of school bullying: The necessary dialogue between the blind men around the elephant and the possible meeting point at the social-ecological square. Confero, 3(2), 161-203. UNESCO (2019). Behind the numbers: ending school violence and bullying. United Nations. (2024, November). UNESCO urges more action to combat violence and bullying at school. UN News. https://news.un.org/en/story/2024/11/1156591 Walton, G. (2005). The notion of bullying through the lens of Foucault and critical theory. The Journal of Educational Thought 38(1), 55-73. Walton, G. (2011). Spinning our wheels: Reconceptualizing bullying beyond behaviour-focused approaches. Discourse: Studies in the cultural politics of education, 32(1), 131-144. Walton, G. (2015). Walton, G. (2015). Bullying and the philosophy of shooting freaks. Confero, 3(2), 17–35. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper What Can Education Be(Come)? Performative and Artistic Approaches to Curriculum Creating Curiosity and Care in an Uncertain World University of Agder, Norway Presenting Author:Contemporary educational challenges call for approaches that move beyond pre-defined knowledge and outcomes, especially in times of uncertainty and complexity. Inspired by Donna Haraway’s (2008) work with linking care and curiosity, this paper explores how a performative and artistic approach to curriculum can create curiosity and care. This paper asks: How can performative and artistic approaches to curriculum cultivate curiosity and care as relational, emergent, and ethical practices in contemporary education? To explore this question, the paper approaches education as entangled processes that emerge within and between students, teachers, materials, space, time, and context. Drawing on posthumanist perspectives (Barad, 2003, 2007; Haraway, 2016) within an ethico-onto-epistemology, the paper positions education as an emergent practice in which ethical response-ability (Barad, 2007; Juelskjær, 2019) and relational attentiveness are inseparable from learning itself. Response-ability means the ability to respond to different matter across both human and the more-than-human (Despret, 2004). From Karen Barads perspective, ethico-onto-epistemology means that knowing, being, and ethical response-ability are inseparable and emerge together through what we do (Barad, 2007). In education, what we create, how we create it, and how we relate while doing so are inseparable ethical acts. Performative approaches in education highlight learning and knowledge as created through ongoing intra-actions rather than transmitted from teacher to student (Østern, 2024; Østern et al, 2025). In this framework, curiosity and care are understood not as personal traits or fixed learning outcomes, but as ethical and aesthetic dimensions that emerge relationally and situationally. Inspired by a series of artistic and performative practices within drama education in Norwegian upper-secondary schools, we explored the core elements of drama and theatre; time, space, body, text and actor-audience relations and what they could be(come). This allowed the drama students to engage with materials, spaces, texts, and temporality in ways that generate emergent learning processes. Time becomes fluid and relational, shaped by embodied engagement; space(s) operates as co-creator; and text, movement, and artistic gestures entangle, producing new forms of knowing and understanding. The roles of teacher, student, and audience are decentered, shifting the ethical and pedagogical responsibility across the participants and the learning environment. Such intra-activity allows care to be enacted as attentiveness to the ongoing flow of relations and curiosity as openness to emergent possibilities. Although situated within arts education, this performative and artistic approach offers insights for other disciplines by demonstrating how ethics can be enacted through pedagogical practice rather than pre-defined. It invites educators to focus on how learning situations are relationally and materially produced, emphasizing care, responsiveness, and uncertainty as central educational values. In this sense, arts-based pedagogy becomes a critical resource for rethinking education as an ethical and creative practice across subjects. At the same time, openness and participation cannot be assumed as inherently democratic or inclusive. As Bishop (2012) reminds us, participatory and open-ended practices may obscure questions of power, authorship, and responsibility if the conditions for participation are not critically examined. In educational contexts, this raises important questions about who is invited to participate, under what terms, and how risk, uncertainty, and care are unevenly distributed. A performative approach therefore requires continuous critical reflection on its ethical and pedagogical implications, rather than positioning openness itself as a pedagogical ideal. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In line with a/r/tographic and performative research methodologies (Irwin, 2004; Irwin & Springgay, 2008; Østern et al., 2021), this study approaches research as a creative and relational practice through a post-qualitative inquiry (Murris, 2021) using arts-based methods (Leavy, 2017) . The inquiry was conducted through the design and facilitation of performative and artistic teaching processes, where curriculum was enacted rather than implemented. As artist/researcher/teacher, I engaged directly in these processes together with students, exploring what emerged through embodied, material, and relational intra-actions. Rather than separating teaching, research, and analysis into distinct phases, the research unfolded performatively, allowing insights to emerge through engagement with practice. Artistic processes functioned both as pedagogical strategies and as modes of inquiry, enabling experimentation, risk-taking, and interdisciplinary exploration. Documentation included reflective and poetic writing and drawing from the students, video, sound and material traces from the teaching processes, which were revisited and read diffractively (Barad, 2014) through theory. Knowledge is not approached as representational data, but as something produced through the relations of bodies, materials, space, time, and curriculum. This methodological orientation holds curiosity and care as emergent qualities of practice, highlighting how performative and artistic approaches can create ethical and relational awareness within educational contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings By emphasizing the emergent, relational, and aesthetic dimensions of education, this paper contributes to broader debates on what education can be(come) in contemporary society. It suggests that performative and artistic approaches (Østern et al., 2021; Østern & Knudsen, 2019; Østern, 2024) to curriculum offer educational possibilities: creating curiosity as an ethical stance of inquiry, and care as an embodied, relational practice that underpins learning processes. This orientation challenges conventional expectations of predictability and standardization, proposing a pedagogy that embraces complexity, risk, and the potential of uncertainty while constantly distributing responsibility. This sketches how curiosity and care can be entangled, creating educational potentials that are both ethically and creatively grounded in uncertain worlds. In practice, curiosity is created through open-ended, exploratory tasks that invite students to experiment with materials, movement, sound, text, and space, while attending to what emerges in the moment rather than what is pre-defined. Care is enacted through relational attentiveness, dialogue, and responsiveness, where both teachers and students share response-ability (Barad, 2007) for shaping the learning situation and its outcomes. The de-centered role of the teacher, moving between artist, researcher, and facilitator, allows multiple voices including students, materials, and environment to participate in meaning-making. Such performative approaches encourage ongoing reflection, adaptation, and ethical responsiveness, where curiosity and care are continuously re-negotiated through intra-actions. This study demonstrates how artistic and performative approaches to curriculum can open spaces for inquiry, experimentation, and relational engagement that extend beyond drama education, offering models for ethical, exploratory, and interdisciplinary pedagogies in contemporary education. References Barad, K. (2003). Posthumanist performativity: Toward an understanding of how matter comes to matter. Signs: Journal of Women in Culture and Society, 28(3), 801–831. https://doi.org/10.1086/345321 Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press. Barad, K. (2014). Diffracting Diffraction: Cutting Together-Apart. Parallax, 20(3), 168–187. https://doi.org/10.1080/13534645.2014.927623 Bishop, C. (2012). Artificial hells: Participatory art and the politics of spectatorship. London, UK: Verso. Despret, V. (2004). The body we care for: Figures of anthropo-zoo-genesis. Body & Society, 10(2–3), 111–134. https://doi.org/10.1177/1357034X04042938 Haraway, D. J. (2008). When species meet. University of Minnesota Press. Haraway, D. J. (2016). Staying with the trouble: Making kin in the Chthulucene. Durham, NC: Duke University Press. Irwin, R. L. (2004). A/r/tography: A metonymic métissage. In R. L. Irwin & A. de Cosson (Eds.), A/r/tography: Rendering self through arts-based living inquiry (pp. 27–38). Pacific Educational Press. Irwin,R. L. & Springgay,S. (2008). A/r/tography as practice-based research. In Stephanie Springgay, Rita L. Irwin, Carl Leggo & Peter Gouzouasis (Eds.). Being with A/r/tography (pp. xiii–xxvii). Rotterdam, The Netherlands: Sense Publishers. Sense Publishers. Juelskjær, M. (2019). At tænke med agential realisme [Thinking with agential realism]. Nyt fra samfundsvidenskaberne. Leavy, P. (Ed.) (2017). Handbook of Arts-Based Research. Guilford Press. Murris, K. (Ed.). (2021). A glossary for doing postqualitative, new materialist and critical posthumanist research across disciplines. Routledge. Østern, A.-L., & Nødtvedt Knudsen, K. (Eds.). (2019). Performative approaches in arts education: Artful teaching, learning and research. New York, NY: Routledge. Østern, T. P., Jusslin, S., Nødtvedt Knudsen, K., Maapalo, A. P., & Bjørkøy, I. (2023). A performative paradigm for post-qualitative inquiry. Qualitative Research, 23(2), 272–289. https://doi.org/10.1177/14687941221102096 Østern, T.-P., Dahl, T., Skjøstad Hovde, S., Golovátina-Mora, P. and Martin, R. (2024). Performativ læring: Skapende og samskapende utdanning [Performative learning: Creating and co-creating education]. Universitetsforlaget. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Following the Animal: Postqualitative Inquiry into a Secondary English Classroom University of Sheffield, United Kingdom Presenting Author:In secondary English curricula, animals are typically encountered through symbolic and representational frameworks, functioning as metaphors for human experience, moral development or narrative themes. While such approaches are well established within literary pedagogy, they tend to stabilise animals as interpretive objects rather than attending to how animals participate materially and affectively in classroom life. Drawing on posthumanist and literary animal studies, this paper challenges representational models of animal meaning by treating animals as material–semiotic actors within pedagogical assemblages, foregrounding how they shape attention, affect and classroom relations. Within education research, more-than-human approaches have become increasingly influential, particularly within early childhood and environmental education, where scholars have explored how learning emerges through relations between children, materials, places and nonhuman others (e.g. Hackett; Hohti; Lenz Taguchi; Schulte). However, there remains comparatively little empirical work in secondary, subject-based classrooms, especially within culturally oriented disciplines such as English. This study positions secondary literary education as a critical site for posthuman inquiry, arguing that challenges to anthropocentric pedagogy cannot remain confined to outdoor or ‘nature-based’ contexts but must also engage with the cultural forms through which animals circulate, including literary texts, classroom discourse, institutional infrastructures and curricular practices. The paper draws on five months of postqualitative classroom-based research conducted in a UK Year 8 English classroom, focusing analytically on a moment from a lesson centred on the ‘symbol of the butterfly’ in a contemporary novel. During the lesson, students are invited to identify what the butterfly represents and how it connects to a central human character. While the task is framed in terms of symbolic interpretation, classroom interactions quickly exceed this representational logic. Students introduce personal experiences with butterflies, stories of rescue and captivity, ethical concerns about animal commodification, references to popular media and observations about architectural features designed to exclude birds from school buildings. The butterfly becomes simply a metaphor to be decoded, but a site through which multiple multispecies narratives and ethical questions emerge. Although this paper centres analytically on a single butterfly vignette, it draws on a wider corpus of classroom observations. Analytically, the study adopts a postqualitative approach that does not seek to represent classroom reality through thematic coding or generalisable findings, but instead attends to emergent relations, interruptions and material–semiotic processes within specific pedagogical events (Hohti; Sandvik; MacLure). Methodologically, the research ‘follows the animal’ across textual, discursive and material domains, tracing how animals circulate between literary texts, pedagogical practices, students’ lived experiences, consumer cultures and institutional infrastructures. Postqualitative inquiry is used here as methodological translation, enabling concept-driven interpretive approaches familiar in literary studies to become legible within educational research, while situating literary analysis within classroom life. Through close attention to the butterfly vignette, the paper argues that animals in secondary English classrooms function merely as symbolic devices but as pedagogical actors that reorganise classroom attention, disrupt planned learning trajectories and generate ethical and affective engagements that exceed curricular intention. Rather than understanding literacy as symbolic decoding or representational mastery, the study conceptualises reading as a relational, multispecies process through which meaning emerges in encounters with human and nonhuman actors. The paper contributes to posthuman literacy research by extending more-than-human inquiry into a secondary, culturally mediated educational space and by demonstrating how literary animals operate as material–semiotic forces within pedagogical practice. It also offers a conceptual intervention into literary education by showing how symbolic pedagogies attempt to stabilise animal meaning, while classroom life continually reopens animals as sites of uncertainty, vulnerability and ethical relation. In doing so, the study advocates a open, multispecies approach to secondary English education, in which animals are not simply read about but read with. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is based on ethnographically informed fieldwork conducted in a UK secondary school, involving regular observations of Year 8 English lessons once a week over a five-month period. The research focuses on everyday classroom practices within a subject-based setting, attending to how literary texts, pedagogical routines, material environments and human and nonhuman actors co-produce educational events. Data include detailed fieldnotes written during and immediately after lessons, classroom artefacts such as slides, worksheets and whiteboard content, and informal conversations with teachers and students. These materials are treated not as stable data to be extracted and coded, but as part of a wider pedagogical assemblage that includes bodily presence, spatial arrangements, institutional rhythms and affective atmospheres. The analysis adopts a postqualitative approach, which does not seek to represent classroom reality through thematic coding or generalisable findings, but instead attends to emergent relations, affective intensities and material–semiotic processes within specific pedagogical events. Rather than working with predefined categories or variables, the research proceeds through close, iterative engagement with particular scenes, allowing concepts to emerge through sustained attention to what unfolds in practice. Writing itself functions as an analytic practice, with fieldnotes and descriptive accounts used to remain close to the textures and uncertainties of classroom life. Postqualitative inquiry is used here as a form of methodological translation, enabling concept-driven interpretive approaches familiar in literary studies to become legible within educational research contexts. Rather than separating theory from empirical data, concepts are treated as generative tools activated through encounters with the field. This involves reading classroom events diffractively through posthuman and more-than-human scholarship, not to apply theory to practice, but to explore how theoretical ideas are reshaped by specific pedagogical situations. Methodologically, the study ‘follows the animal’ across textual, discursive and material domains, tracing how animals circulate between literary texts, pedagogical practices, students’ lived experiences and institutional infrastructures. This entails tracking moments where animals interrupt or exceed curricular framings, such as when symbolic interpretations give way to ethical, affective or personal narratives. Attention is paid to digressions and seemingly peripheral exchanges, treating these as analytically productive sites that foreground what exceeds curricular intention. Ethical approval was obtained through institutional procedures and care was taken to ensure informed consent, anonymity and non-intrusive observation. The research prioritises relational and ethical accountability over extractive data practices, seeking to remain responsive to the classroom as a lived, shared space rather than a site of knowledge extraction. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper contributes to posthuman and postqualitative research in education by offering an empirically grounded account of how animals operate as pedagogical actors within secondary English classrooms. Rather than treating animals as symbolic devices to be interpreted, the analysis shows how meaning emerges relationally through multispecies encounters that exceed textual representation. The study aligns with new materialist and posthuman approaches to literacy and applied linguistics, while extending them by centring animal life not only as a condition of human meaning-making but as a pedagogical and ethical subject. While much posthuman literacy research productively rethinks language, subjectivity and learning, it often remains oriented towards human concerns such as student development, agency and voice. By contrast, this study draws closer to more-than-human education in early childhood and environmental research, where animals are approached as participants in pedagogical relations rather than as resources for human transformation. Bringing this orientation into secondary literary education relocates multispecies ethics within a culturally mediated, subject-based discipline in which animals typically appear through symbolic forms. For pedagogy, the findings unsettle assumptions of pedagogical mastery and control by showing how animals disrupt planned learning trajectories and reorganise classroom attention. The butterfly vignette illustrates how seemingly peripheral moments – personal anecdotes, ethical concerns or spontaneous observations – become central sites of pedagogical significance. These moments generate alternative forms of engagement that foreground vulnerability, uncertainty and relationality as constitutive features of classroom life. Taken together, these contributions suggest the need for a more open, multispecies approach to secondary English education, in which animals are not merely read about as metaphors for human concerns but read with as material participants in pedagogical events. This invites educators and researchers to reconsider what counts as learning, where pedagogical value is located and how ethical relations with nonhuman others are already being negotiated within everyday classroom practice. References Barad, Karen. 2007. Meeting the Universe Halfway: Quantum Physics and the Entanglement of Matter and Meaning. Durham, NC: Duke University Press. Boldt, Gail. 2021. “Theorizing Vitality in the Literacy Classroom.” Reading Research Quarterly 56 (2): 207–221. Hackett, Abigail. 2022. “Literacies Yet-to-Come: Young Children’s Emergent, Provisional and Speculative Literacies for Precarious Futures.” In Unsettling Literacies: Directions for Literacy Research in Precarious Times, edited by Claire Lee, Chris Bailey, Cathy Burnett, and Jennifer Rowsell, 131–145. Singapore: Springer. Haraway, Donna J. 2016. Staying with the Trouble: Making Kin in the Chthulucene. Durham, NC: Duke University Press. Herman, David. 2018. Narratology beyond the Human: Storytelling and Animal Life. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Hohti, Riikka, and Tuure Tammi. 2024. “Composting Storytelling: An Approach for Critical (Multispecies) Ethnography.” Qualitative Inquiry 30 (1): 3–17. Kuby, Candace R., Karen Spector, and Jaye Johnson Thiel, eds. 2019. Posthumanism and Literacy Education: Knowing/Becoming/Doing Literacies. New York: Routledge. Lenz Taguchi, Hillevi, and Elizabeth Adams St. Pierre. 2017. “Using Concept as Method in Educational and Social Science Inquiry.” Qualitative Inquiry 23 (9): 643–648. MacLure, Maggie. 2021. “Inquiry as Divination.” Qualitative Inquiry 27 (5): 502–511. Sandvik, Ninni. 2012. “Rethinking the Idea/Ideal of Pedagogical Control: Assemblages of De/Stabilisation.” Contemporary Issues in Early Childhood 13 (3): 200–209. Schulte, Christopher M. 2019. “The Untimely Death of a Bird: A Posthuman Tale.” In Posthumanism and Literacy Education: Knowing/Becoming/Doing Literacies, edited by Candace R. Kuby, Karen Spector, and Jaye Johnson Thiel, 70–80. New York: Routledge. Singh, Julietta. 2017. Unthinking Mastery: Dehumanism and Decolonial Entanglements. Durham, NC: Duke University Press. Snaza, Nathan. 2019. Animate Literacies: Literature, Affect, and the Politics of Humanism. Durham, NC: Duke University Press. St. Pierre, Elizabeth Adams. “Writing Post Qualitative Inquiry.” Qualitative Inquiry 24, no. 9 (2018): 603–14. The May Group. 2025. “Theorising (Youth) Voice, ‘Sayability’ and the Transrational.” In Youth Voice and Participatory Arts in Global Development, 45–74. Abingdon: Routledge. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper A new Perspective on Adolescents' Gaze Università degli Studi di Bologna, Italy Presenting Author:The focus on adolescents in recent years has led to a risk of ethnicization (Tolomelli, 2025), so much so that it is necessary to develop a new perspective on the perspectives of adolescents. No longer ''adolescence'', but an awareness of the plurality that lies within an age group with different class connotations (Antonelli, 2021). The theatre, despite being a place of no more than occasional attendance for young people (Doria, Brusa, 2022), regardless of social class, can help us better understand ''adolescences''. We have, in fact, the possibility of establishing a parallel between the condition of the spectator and the condition of adolescents today, because of that seeing often goes hand in hand with not being seen (Lancini, 2025). In international literature, there are few comprehensive theoretical studies on adolescents and theatre that attempt to explore common characteristics among the various experiences developed locally, a gap also confirmed by texts that attempt to reconstruct its history (Cipolla, Coluccini, 2023). Especially regarding adolescence, few studies in the literature understand the type of relationship established between an adolescent spectator and a place like the theatre, with focus on seeing theatre and not on acting theatre. Indeed, the theatre can be experienced both as a formal and institutional place, with the rigidity of apparatus, and as a place of encounter with the new, with the visualization of emotions and empowerment (Bertolini, Caronia, 2015; Tolomelli, 2022). This paper attempts to create a theoretical framework with four elements. The first concerns an adolescent's encounter with theatre: how it occurs, whether and how it changes over time, and whether it is an experience more reminiscent of a gift or of resistance (Biesta, 2022) than an educational activity tied to reward and recognition, or to an evaluation that certifies its nature as a formal learning experience. The second area of observation concerns encounters with others. The social aspect of going to the theater, how it is perceived, whether it persists even after the lights are turned off, and whether it leads to a better understanding of others and of the people with whom one interacts, even outside the theatre. The third dimension involves a reflection on spectatorship: understanding under what conditions the rules of behaviour and the construction of the theatrical space constitute an obstacle to access and are influenced by a tradition historically situated within a desired otherness, chosen by bourgeois Western society to give an high value (Sedgman, 2018). This helps us understand students' perceptions of participation, of the spectator's condition. The last area of investigation concerns the encounter with otherness from the perspective of the new. Under what conditions does the unexpected event reconfigure categories (Zizek, 2014)? Can the artist's message, which seeks to undermine stereotypes, open a path of criticism towards dominant thought (Llergo, Ceballos, 2023)? It is also interesting to understand when the spectator feels emancipated (Ranciere, 2008), competent or incompetent, ideal or ordinary (Sacchi, 2009) and whether this feeling is linked to a demographic or social issue, whether the correlation with class elements is valid. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology remains theoretical, attempting to organize studies and inputs that have never been combined to conduct systematic investigations into adolescent theatre audience participation. Studies pertaining to audience development and theatre participation are therefore reviewed, seeking references to adolescent audiences and experiments conducted in various European contexts that have generated publications that account for those individual projects. This literature is complemented by interdisciplinary input on adolescence and adolescent viewing from developmental psychology, educational philosophy, and pedagogy. These perspectives are complemented by more recent studies in theatre studies, sociology, and semiotics, which may have a direct impact on theatre audience participation. This may be a first step toward further scoping reviews and empirical investigations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper aims to create a theoretical framework of four dimensions that can be explored in an adolescent's theatrical experience, combining aesthetic, theatrical, pedagogical, philosophical, and political aspects. This framework becomes the basis for subsequent individual empirical research that will lead to a representation of the adolescent within this dimension generated at this intersection. Since there are no comprehensive literature reviews on the topic, this may be helpful for theater scholars and pedagogists, as well as for educators and theater practitioners.The framework could serve as a basis for bridging the gap in the literature, especially with respect to the abundance of studies on children's spectatorship. The expected results could help us to understand adolescence at a time of strong demand for new reading tools and places to welcome adolescents. They are increasingly able to express their emotions when they find meaningful adults and places, yet struggle to understand how to become meaningful. In conjunction with the European Union's study and research initiatives, this framework could be intertwined with the themes of audience development and the expansion of youth participation in public life and politics. References Antonelli F. (2021). Le diseguali dimensioni dell’adolescenza. Una analisi attraverso la lente della classe sociale in Encyclopaideia, 25(61), pp. 21-32 Bertolini P., Caronia L. (2015) Ragazzi difficili. Pedagogia interpretativa e linee di intervento. Milano, Franco Angeli Biesta G. (2022). World-Centred Education. Routledge (trad. it. Il mondo al centro dell’educazione. Roma, Tab, 2023). Cipolla A., Coluccini R. (2023). Intrecci. Per una storia condivisa tra Teatro ragazzi e Teatro di figura. Torino, SEB 27 Doria A., Brusa F. (2022). Crescere spettatori. Il teatro va a scuola. Roma, Luca Sossella editore Dubatti J. (2022). Expectatorialidad, expectacion, expectaciones, transexpcetacion, Núm. 1, pp. 130-138 Gemini L., Brilli S. (2017). Crescere spettatori. Teatro in classe. Monitoraggio e valutazione. Urbino, Osservatorio dei pubblici dello spettacolo dal vivo, Laboratorio di Ricerca sulla Comunicazione avanzata Keefe J. (2010). A spectatorial dramaturgy, or the spectator enters the (ethical) frame in PEET 1 (1) pp. 35–52 Lancini, M. (2025). Chiamami adulto. Come stare in relazione con gli adolescenti. Milano, Raffaello Cortina Llergo Ollarvo E. & Ceballos Viro I. (2023). La enculturación específica del teatro para adolescentes en España in Verbeia. Journal of English and Spanish studies. Revista de estudios filologicos, 159X, VII, 7, pp.102-122 Machon J. (2013). Immersive theatres; intimacy and immediacy in contemporary performance, London, Palgrave Macmillan Omasta M. (2011). Artist Intention and Audience Reception in Theatre for Young Audiences. Youth Theatre Journal, 25(1), pp. 32–50. Rancière J. (2008). Le spectateur emancipé (trad. it. Lo spettatore emancipato, Bologna: Deriveapprodi Sacchi A (2009). Spettatore modello e spettatore qualsiasi: per una politica dell’anonimato nel teatro di regia contemporaneo. in Biblioteca teatrale : rivista trimestrale di studi e ricerche sullo spettacolo, 91/92, 3/4, pp. 87-103 Sedgman K. (2018) The reasonable audience. Theatre etiquette, behaviour policing, and the live performance experience, Palgrave Macmillan Tolomelli A. (2022). Il valore pedagogico della divergenza. Milano, Guerini Tolomelli, A. (2025). Il rischio di etnicizzazione dell'adolescenza. Dimensioni socio-politiche e traiettorie pedagogiche in Nuova Secondaria,, 8/2025(8), pp. 141-148. Zizek S. (2014). Evento, Torino: UTET |
| 16:15 - 17:45 | 99 ERC SES 05 F: Gender, Identity, and Social Norms Location: A06 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Emily Dobrich Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Queer Teachers – An International Narrative Review University of Hamburg, Germany Presenting Author:In recent years, the visibility and formal position of queer identities have changed considerably across many societies (Flores, 2021). Moreover, paradoxical developments can be observed with regard to social acceptance and lived safety. While, for example, legal protections and anti-discrimination policies have been expanded in numerous contexts (Council of the EU, 2013), empirical data indicate a rise in harassment and violence against queer people (FRA 2024). This contradiction highlights the persistence of heteronormativity as a structuring principle of social order that normalizes and privileges heterosexuality and binary cisgender identities, while marginalizing other forms of sexuality and gender (Degele, 2008). Schools, as central societal institutions, are deeply embedded in these broader socio-political dynamics. International research widely agrees that schools are shaped by heteronormative norms, expectations, and institutional practices, even in contexts that officially endorse diversity and inclusion (Llewellyn & Reynolds, 2021). Empirical findings from Europe demonstrate that queer students, for example, continue to experience high levels of bullying, ridicule, and discrimination within school contexts, involving both peers and educators (FRA, 2024). These findings underline that formal equality does not automatically translate into inclusive everyday practices. Within this field of tension, queer teachers occupy a particularly complex position. As professionals, they are simultaneously expected to embody neutrality and professionalism, while their sexual orientation or gender identity may be perceived as politically charged, morally contested, or pedagogically inappropriate (Ferfolja, 2003). Over the past decades, a growing amount of international research has examined how queer teachers negotiate visibility, identity, discrimination, and professional practice within heteronormative school environments. These studies address issues such as coming-out decisions, identity management, workplace discrimination, school climate, and the pedagogical implications of their identities. However, despite the increasing volume of empirical work, the existing research remains fragmented across national contexts, disciplinary traditions, and methodological approaches. The present contribution addresses this gap by providing a comprehensive overview of the empirical research on queer teachers through a narrative review. The central research question guiding this study is: What is currently known about the experiences, self-positionings, and professional practices of queer teachers across heteronormative school contexts? More specifically, the review aims to synthesize findings related to (1) the societal and institutional conditions shaping queer teachers’ work, (2) experiences of discrimination and exclusion, (3) processes of identity negotiation and coming out, and (4) pedagogical and professional practice. The objective of the contribution is twofold. First, it systematizes and synthesizes the heterogeneous empirical findings in the field, thereby offering a structured overview of central themes, patterns, and contradictions. Second, it identifies methodological and empirical research gaps, providing impulses for future studies on queer teachers. In doing so, the paper contributes to ongoing debates on diversity, professionalism, and the role of schools in negotiating social change. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To address the research aim, a narrative review was conducted (Grant & Booth, 2009). In contrast to systematic reviews, narrative reviews follow a less formalized approach, while still adhering to transparent and methodologically sound procedures. As previous research has noted, the boundaries between narrative and systematic reviews are often fluid rather than clearly demarcated (Greenhalgh et al., 2018). Given the heterogeneous and predominantly qualitative nature of the existing research on queer teachers, a narrative review was considered particularly suitable. At the same time, common critiques of narrative reviews, especially regarding limited systematization and potential subjectivity in study selection (Grant & Booth, 2009), were addressed through a transparent documentation of the search and analysis process, following the logic of the PRISMA guidelines (Page et al., 2021). The literature search was conducted using the scientific databases Web of Science, ProQuest, and FIS-Bildung (including ERIC), as these databases provide comprehensive coverage of international educational research. A broad search string was developed to capture diverse sexual orientations and gender identities as well as multiple German and English terms referring to the teaching profession. The search was restricted to title fields to ensure topical relevance. Additional filters were applied for publication year and language, including only studies published from 2000 onwards and written in German or English. The database search, conducted on April 5, 2025, yielded 1,435 records. All bibliographic data were imported into the reference management software Rayyan, where 736 duplicates were identified and removed. The remaining 699 titles and abstracts were screened based on predefined exclusion criteria: lack of an empirical basis, publication in languages other than German or English, publication before 2000, absence of a clear focus on queer teachers within the sample, and autoethnographic approaches. Based on this screening, 107 articles were selected for full-text review; however, ten full texts were not accessible. In addition, three highly relevant studies that were not identified through the database search were included retrospectively. In total, 100 studies were included in the analysis. The evaluation followed a category-based approach. For each study, key information was systematically documented in a table, including bibliographic data, country of study, research questions, sample characteristics, data collection methods, analytical approaches, and main findings. Further analysis was conducted via thematic content analysis using MAXQDA. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Studies on queer teachers have increased steadily in recent years. Research has been conducted predominantly in English-speaking countries, with approximately 85% of the studies adopting a qualitative paradigm. Overall, the findings can be grouped into four overarching categories. School and society Schools and their socio-spatial contexts shape queer teachers’ identities and professional practices, as societal queerphobia and dominant moral norms influence decisions regarding visibility (Neary 2013), while broader societal transformations, such as legal reforms, may facilitate more open approaches to sexual and gender diversity and coming out in schools (Rudoe 2018). Discrimination Discrimination emerges as context-dependent and varies in frequency and form. Queerphobic language is reported often (Lee, 2019). Queer teachers are sometimes positioned as a threat, either through accusations of pursuing an “agenda” aimed at “converting” students (Grace, 2017; Melillo, 2002) or through associations with pedophilia (Grace, 2017). Administrative discrimination has also been documented. However, discrimination is not reported as a universal experience (Wells, 2018). Identity and coming out Studies reveal varying degrees of visibility, ranging from concealment to extensive coming out within school contexts (Bower-Phipps, 2017). Concealing one’s identity is described as cognitively and emotionally burdensome (Lee, 2019) and is often accompanied by protective strategies, such as separating private and professional identities (Ferfolja, 2003; Neary, 2013). Pedagogical and professional practice While some queer teachers perceive no influence of their sexual or gender identity on pedagogical practice (Brockenbrough, 2012), many report increased authenticity, empathy toward students following a coming out (Melillo, 2002). At the same time, some avoid addressing queer-related topics to prevent involuntary outing, highlighting tensions between pedagogical responsibility and self-protection (Ferfolja, 2003). Outlook Despite recent growth, research on queer teachers remains limited, as it is dominated by qualitative interview-based studies and rarely differentiates by school type or subject culture. References Bower-Phipps, L. (2017). Discourses governing lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, queer, intersex, and asexual teachers' disclosure of sexual orientation and gender history. In: Issues in Teacher Education 26, 3, 23–37. Brockenbrough, E. (2012). Agency and abjection in the closet: The voices (and silences) of Black queer male teachers. In: International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education 25, 6, 741-765. Council of the European Union. (2013). Guidelines to promote and protect the enjoyment of all human rights by lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and intersex (LGBTI) persons. Degele, N. (2008). Gender, Queer Studies: Eine Einführung.UTB. EU Agency for Fundamental Rights (FRA) (2024). LGBTIQ-Equality at a Crossroads. EU. Ferfolja, T. (2003). Mechanisms of silence: Sexuality regulation in New South Wales high schools. Perspectives from lesbian teachers. Diss. New South Wales: School of Sociology University of New South Wales. Flores, A. (2021). Social acceptance of LGBTI People in 175 countries and locations. Los Angeles: The Williams Institute. Grace, A. (2017). Two good gay teachers: Pioneering advocate-practitioners confronting homophobia in schooling in British Columbia, Canada. In: Irish Educational Studies 36, 1, 43–56. Grant, M. & Booth, A. (2009). A typology of reviews: An analysis of 14 review types and associated methodologies. In: Health Information and Libraries Journal 26, 2, 91–108. Greenhalgh, T., Thorne, S. & Malterud, K. (2018). Time to challenge the spurious hierarchy of systematic over narrative reviews? In: European Journal of Clinical Investigation 48, 6. Lee, C. (2019). How do Lesbian, Gay and Bisexual Teachers Experience UK Rural School Communities? In: Social Sciences 8, 9. Llewellyn, A. & Reynolds, K. (2021). Within and between heteronormativity and diversity: narratives of LGB teachers and coming and being out in schools. Sex Education, 21(1), 13–26. Melillo, Sandra M. (2002). Heteronormativity and teaching: A phenomenological study of lesbian teachers. Diss. Miami: Florida International University. Neary, A. (2013). Lesbian and gay teachers' experiences of 'coming out' in Irish schools. In: British Journal of Sociology of Education 34, 4, 583–602. Page, M. et al. (…) (2021): The PRISMA 2020 statement: An updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. Rudoe, N. (2018). Lesbian and gay teachers and sex/uality education policy enactment in schools. In: Discourse 39, 6, 926–940. Wells, K. (2018). Transgender teachers: The personal, pedagogical, and political. In: Journal of Homosexuality 65, 12, 1543–1581. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Participatory Research as a Lever for Transforming Teaching Practices in the Face of Gender Stereotypes Toulouse Jean Jaurès University, France Presenting Author:The aim of this presentation is to present a participatory research process, with a specific focus on a "hybrid resource" developed within this approach. To present the research, the objective is to analyze the teaching and learning of gender equality in middle schools in France. This research seeks to shed light on and understand the concrete dynamics at play when equality is taught in classroom, as well as the actual knowledge content delivered. To do this, we are using a dual theoretical framework, based on both Gender studies and Didactics. The first theoretical framework is Gender Studies, particularly the concept of the "gender system" (Parini, 2006), understood as a social system that differentiates and classifies individuals according to their gender (male or female). The gender system is internalized through socialization processes from childhood and is reinforced by the school system. Expectations, norms, and values related to gender are learned in school, specifically within the classroom during interactions between teachers and students (Duru-Bellat, 2015). This leads to the second theoretical framework: the Joint Action framework in Didactics (JAD) (Amade-Escot & Venturini, 2015; Ligozat, 2025). JAD emphasizes that teachers and students co-construct knowledge content. This framework allows for an analysis of the "milieu" (Brousseau, 1988) established by teachers through their choices of "direction d’étude”, teacher’s actions, as well as students' actions in constructing knowledge. Knowledge is understood here as the power to act upon one’s environment. Initial findings, established after several months of observations in 9th-grade French and English classes, reveal that gender stereotypes occupy a central, though often implicit, place when lessons based on gender equality. In French classes, the theme of rebellious women in theater is explored through various literary texts spanning from Ancient Greece to the 20th century, encouraging a broader reflection on societal norms imposed on women. In English classes, a sequence on feminism has been developed, comprising various lessons, including one that is particularly lively on masculinism. In France, while institutional reports (HCE, 2024, 205, 2026) increasingly emphasize the necessity of teaching gender equality, guidelines and resources for teachers remain limited. This is why a participatory approach and, above all, the development of resources for teachers seem essential for exploring this subject (Verscheure, 2022). This resource was developed directly according to the needs and expectations of teachers and is described as hybrid because it has dual relevance: it serves both the practical needs of the field and the analytical requirements of research. This presentation aims to illustrate the stages of creation with concrete examples from this document. The resource is composed of theoretical contributions from research, such as the concept of stereotypes or the analysis of contemporary masculinism (Bard & al., 2019), to support teachers' professional development. In addition, it provides concrete classroom activities through a three-step intervention designed to deconstruct gender stereotypes within the study objects of each sequence. The originality of this approach lies in its taking into account teachers' direct needs: the resource integrates field feedback, the difficulties practitioners encounter (such as a lack of tools to address sexist discourse), and recurring student remarks (naturalization of differences, influence of the "manosphere"). Thus, this paper questions the following problem: How can a participatory research approach support teachers in conducting sessions aimed at deconstructing gender stereotypes? What the challenges are of create this didactic resource ? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology is based on a qualitative and abductive approach (Bonny, 2015), characteristic of participatory research. The process can be summarized in four phases: 1. Data Collection Phase (Leutenegger, 2009) : This involved audio and video recordings of observations in 9th-grade French and English classes, alongside interviews with teachers and students. In total, 6 lessons per discipline were recorded, complemented by 3 interviews before lessons and 3 interviews post lessons with teachers, and 15 post-lessons interviews with students. All interviews were analyzed using content analysis (Bardin, 2013). Methodological triangulation ensures the scientific validity of the study. 2. Preliminary Analysis and Resource Construction: This phase involved a preliminary analysis because it was not yet conducted at a micro-didactic level and does not analyze the details of interactions at this stage. This analysis strategy will be effective at the end of the research. It focused on the study materials, knowledge at stake, teachers' objectives, and student reception. Furthermore, it identified teachers' requests for specific resources and identification of situations that raised problems for them or not. Following this, the researcher developed the resource to meet these specific expectations. This required selecting research findings relevant to teachers and translating them into concrete, applicable teaching situations. The goal was to transform stereotypical representations into a lever for equality. The resource is not prescriptive but aims to provide keys for action and understanding in classroom during lessons on gender equality. 3. Workshop Phase: The resource was presented to the teachers in a workshop setting, where they provided feedback and made modifications. This workshop also served as a space to give some feedbacks on teaching practices. 4. Follow-up Phase (ongoing, scheduled to end in May) : A second round of data collection will take place following the implementation of the resource to determine if the teachers used it, if they felt better equipped, and if it contributed to their sense of professional development. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This participatory approach does not strictly follow pre-defined collaborative research models but seeks to be innovative by focusing directly on teacher needs. This research posits that teachers are central actors in teaching equality and that their perspectives and experiences are essential in the production of equality-related knowledge. The proposed gender-stereotype deconstruction intervention, moves beyond simple observation of inequalities toward a critical analysis of gender system, thereby promoting the gradual liberation of adolescents from social constraints. More broadly, the approach has a dual objective: to document the gender representations circulating in the school environment and to produce an intervention tool adapted to teachers' specific needs. Moreover, the challenges of this resource are contributing to teachers' professional development and their acculturation to research; responding to practitioner demands and expectations ; and constituting a mid-point analytical stage in the research process. To conclude, by providing a concrete example of creating a resource with both social and scientific relevance, it cans question how early-career researchers can remain close to the field while taking ownership of their participatory methodology and how in situ observations can be transformed into research objects, thereby lending credibility to horizontal collaborations. References Amade-Escot, C., & Venturini, P. (2015). Joint Action in Didactics and Classroom Ecology: Comparing Theories using a Case Study in Physical Education. Interchange, 46. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10780-015-9263-5 Bard, C., Blais, M., Dupuis-Déri, F., & Université d’Angers (Eds). (2019). Antiféminismes et masculinismes d’hier et d’aujourd’hui (1re édition). PUF. Bardin, L. (2013). L’analyse de contenu. Presses Universitaires de France. https://doi.org/10.3917/puf.bard.2013.01 Bonny, Y. (2015). Chapitre 3. Les recherches partenariales participatives: Ce que chercher veut dire. In Les recherches-actions collaboratives (pp. 36–43). Presses de l’EHESP. https://doi.org/10.3917/ehesp.lesch.2015.01.0036 Brousseau, G. (1988). Le contrat didactique: Le milieu. Recherches En Didactique Des Mathematiques, 9(9.3), 309–336. Duru-Bellat, M. (2016). À l’école du genre. Enfances & Psy, 69(1), 90–100. https://doi.org/10.3917/ep.069.0090 Haut conseil à l’égalité entre les hommes et les femmes. (2024). Rapport annuel 2024 sur l’état des lieux du sexisme en France—S’attaquer aux racines du sexisme. https://www.vie-publique.fr/rapport/292718-etat-des-lieux-du-sexisme-en-france-haut-conseil-egalite-femmes-hommes Haut conseil à l’égalité entre les hommes et les femmes. (2025). État des lieux du sexisme en France à l’heure de la polarisation (Nos 2024-01-22-STER-61). https://www.haut-conseil-egalite.gouv.fr/IMG/pdf/hce-sexisme_polarisation_etat_des_lieux_sexisme-vf.pdf Haut conseil à l’égalité entre les hommes et les femmes. (2026). Rapport 2026 sur l’état des lieux du sexisme en France: La menace masculiniste. https://www.haut-conseil-egalite.gouv.fr/rapport-2026-sur-letat-des-lieux-du-sexisme-en-france-la-menace-masculiniste Leutenegger, F. (2009). Le temps d’instruire. Approche clinique expérimentale du didactique ordinaire en mathématique. Peter Lang. Ligozat, F. (2025). From the Description of Teaching and Learning in Classroom Practices to Issues in the Formation of School Subjects The Joint Action Framework in Didactics. In Fachlichkeit und Interaktionspraxis im Unterricht (Verlag Julius Klinkhardt). https://elibrary.utb.de/doi/epdf/10.35468/9783781561922 Parini, L. (2006). Le système de genre: Introduction aux concepts et théories. Seismo. Verscheure, I. (2022). Effects of ‘Philosophical Debates’ at Preschool on the Recognition of Sex-stereotyping: Ongoing double-level Participatory Intervention Research". in E. Postiglione Fostering Inclusion in Education: Alternative Approaches to Progressive Educational Practices. Cham, Switzerland: Springer Nature. https://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007/978-3-031-07492-9_13 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper "Can’t See It, Can’t Be It": Exploring Barriers to Female Recruitment in South East Ireland 1: Waterford and Wexford Education and Training Board; 2: South East Technological University Presenting Author:There is a skills shortage in Ireland and more generally in Europe and internationally. Despite progress in recent years, Ireland continues to lag behind its European neighbours when it comes to the numbers of young women taking up an apprenticeship career in comparison to their male counterparts. In 2025 the number of female apprentices had increased slightly to just under 9% nationally and is attributed to the recent introduction of newer ‘consortia-led’ programmes in sectors like finance and hospitality.
To date, there has been no significant improvement nationally in the numbers of females in traditional apprentice programmes. This is particularly the case in craft trade apprenticeships. The Department of Further and Higher Education, Research, Innovation and Science (DFHERIS, 2024), stated that women comprised just 1% of the Irish craft trade apprenticeship population. They highlighted severe gender imbalances at the time, noting five craft programmes with no female participants and eleven others with fewer than five young women. The problem of very low female apprentices persists in the still heavily male-dominated traditional craft apprenticeship programmes.
Research Study Aim: To explore the barriers and challenges to female apprenticeship, experienced by apprentices, instructors and post-primary career counsellors, all female.
Primary research question: ‘Why are there such small numbers of females in the skilled trade apprenticeship sectors despite measures being taken by government, particularly in the last few years to address the issue?
The objectives were:
This paper uses insights from the literature that focus on post primary school career guidance, barriers to female apprenticeship, and challenges females experience in skilled craft trades.
Career guidance is comprised of career counselling, career education and career information. The relationship between career guidance and vocational education and training is generally misunderstood and under-explored (Watts, 2009). Post primary career guidance is further complicated by schools’ difficulties to find the resources to provide information on apprenticeships (Guichard, 2001. Holt-White, Montacute and Tibbs, 2022; Magee, Kuijpers, and Runhaar, 2022; Ertelt, Frey, Hochmuth, Ruppert, and Seyffer, 2021).
Barriers to females in apprenticeship include discrimination, male dominated manual trades, stigma around apprenticeship as a career option for women, gendered roles and gendered expectations, sexism and the perception of a ‘lesser’ path when compared to higher education career options (Agapiou, 2002; Miller, 2005; Ryan and Lőrinc, 2018; Struthers and Strachan, 2019; Ferm and Gustavsson, 2021; Wulff, Bridges, Bamberry and Krivokapic-Skoko,2022).
Work challenges females face include long working hours, presenteeism, pressure to adopt masculine stereotyping and ‘male characteristics, like aggressiveness, and lack of organisation support (Ness, 2012; Martin and Barnard, 2013; Brockmann, 2021; Mumtaz, 2022; O’Brien, Hanlon, and Apostolopoulos, 2023; Kenny 2024 Ness).
This paper argues for an entry to technical and vocational education and training (TVET) for young women that is more adaptable and supportive. It shares results that highlight the importance of post-primary career guidance counselling, and the role of family and friends in supporting the aspiring female apprentice. It shares information on what resources are necessary to improve female apprenticeship uptake and what are the major influences on an individual’s decision to enter or move away from considering a career starting as an apprentice.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This small qualitative study sought to identify and explain the complex problem of barriers and challenges to female apprenticeship. The design was influenced by phenomenology and informed by a relativist ontology that drew on an interpretivist paradigm, enabling the researcher to make meaning out of the meaning others have made of their experiences. Six semi-structured interviews were conducted with female apprentices, female craft trade instructors and post primary school career guidance teachers. Following ethical approval, participants were contacted via gatekeepers who shared an information leaflet on the research study that also included an invitation to participate and share their experiences. They self-selected to participate in the study and were drawn from the current apprenticeship programmes, instructors delivering apprenticeship programmes and school career guidance teachers. The interview guide was designed to gain a deep understanding of an individual’s experiences of the pathways to apprenticeship for females including recruitment and selection, the qualities and competencies of female apprentices, the work environment, and how to improve female recruitment to apprenticeship opportunities. Following transcription of the interviews and a member checking procedure, the data was consolidated prior to analysis. A constant comparative method of analysis was used to construct categories and themes to capture the recurring patterns in the data using Quirkos software (Saldana, 2021). Qualitative research is inherently subjective; therefore, ensuring trustworthiness, rigour, and integrity was central to this study. The researchers adopted a staged thematic analysis that yielded a more comprehensive and systematic engagement with the data, enhancing the depth of analysis and reinforcing this study’s credibility (Braun and Clark’s, 2006). More importantly, this approach enabled a deeper understanding and engagement with participants’ voices, ensuring that their perspectives were accurately represented and valued throughout. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Low uptake of apprenticeship programmes by young women in Ireland continues to be a complex and ongoing problem. Factors such as information, entry points, pro-active recruitment and selection prior to entry are critical. While post entry support, co-coaching and organisational supports are critical in retaining female apprentices. Findings identify the critical and highly influential role post primary career guidance plays in creating information and pathways to an apprenticeship career. It is seen as a substantial resource in bridging the gap to apprenticeship careers for females. Secondly, family and friends play a key part in influencing young girls into apprenticeships. “You can’t be what you can’t see” was stated by several participants. Finally, the need to educate parents, career guidance teachers and students was critical to female apprenticeship take-up. Recommendations include: (1) that practical subjects be made available to all students, particularly in all-girl schools. (2) The importance of career guidance should be emphasised within the school system. (3) An evaluation should be made of the teachers’ experience and knowledge of apprenticeships before being employed in the career guidance role. (4) an increase in campaigns to raise awareness of female apprenticeships in skilled craft trades together with school visits by current female apprentices. Despite the valuable insights gained from this study, it is not without limitations: a limited number of participants may not represent the full spectrum of faculty experiences. Areas for future research include (1) a longitudinal study on the provision of apprenticeship career counselling in schools and its impact on female apprentice uptake, and (2) a study of how ETB apprentice programmes create, foster and manage conducive and supportive learning and working environments for female apprentices. References Bridges, D., Bamberry, L., Wulff, E. and Krivokapic‐Skoko, B., (2022). “A trade of one's own”: The role of social and cultural capital in the success of women in male‐dominated occupations. Gender, Work & Organization, 29(2), pp.371-387. Brockmann, M. (2021) “It doesn’t take much force” – The negotiation of gender by two women mechanic apprentices through the biographical lens’, Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 73(3), pp. 436-454. Doi:10.1080/13636820.2020.1734061] Ertelt, B.-J.; Frey, A.; Hochmuth, M.; Ruppert, J.-J.; Seyffer, S. (2021) Apprenticeships as a Unique Shaping Field for the Development of an Individual Future-Oriented “Vocationality”. Sustainability 2021, 13, 2279. At: https://doi.org/10.3390/ su13042279 [Accessed 17-02-24] Ferm, L. and Gustavsson, M., (2021). Gendered vocational identities: Female students' strategies for identity formation during workplace-based learning in male-dominated work. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training (IJRVET), 8(3), pp.334-354. Hegewisch, A. and Mefferd, E., (2021). A Future Worth Building: What Tradeswomen Say about the Change They Need in the Construction Industry. IWPR# C508. Institute for Women's Policy Research. At: https://iwpr.org/a-future-worth-building-report/ [Accessed 30-05-24] Holt-White, E., Montacute, R., Tibbs, L., (2022) Paving the way: Career guidance in secondary schools. The Sutton Trust. At: https://www.suttontrust.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/Paving-the-Way.pdf Louise Ryan & Magdolna Lőrinc (2018) Perceptions, prejudices and possibilities: young people narrating apprenticeship experiences, British Journal of Sociology of Education, 39:6, 762-777, DOI: 10.1080/01425692.2017.1417821 Magee, M., Kuijpers, M. and Runhaar, P. (2022) ‘How vocational education teachers and managers make sense of career guidance’, British Journal of Guidance & Counselling, 50(2), pp. 273–289. doi:10.1080/03069885.2021.1948970 Mumtaz, R. (2022) ‘Does Gender Differences Matter! Investigating the Prejudiced Practices and Gender-Role Conflict among Female Professionals Working in Male-Dominated Professions’, International Journal of Business & Society, 23(2), pp. 1297–1315. doi:10.33736/ijbs.4872.2022 O’Brien, W., Hanlon, C. and Apostolopoulos, V., (2023). Women as leaders in male‐dominated sectors: A bifocal analysis of gendered organizational practices. Gender, Work & Organization. At: https://doi.org/10.1111/gwao.13019 Struthers, K. & Strachan, G., (2019). Attracting women into male-dominated trades: Views of young women in Australia. International journal for research in vocational education and training, 6(1), pp.1-19. Toppin, I. (2018) “A”., International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 5(1), pp. 64–76. doi: 10.13152/IJRVET.5.1.4. Watts, A. (2009), The Relation of Career Guidance to VET, OECD Publishing, Paris. At: https://www.oecd.org/education/skills-beyond-school/44246616.pdf Wulff, E., Bridges, D., Bamberry, L. and Krivokapic-Skoko, B., (2022). Women who ‘talk the tools’ and ‘walk the work’: Using capital to do gender differently and re-gender the skilled trades. Journal of Sociology, 58(1), pp.26-44. |
| 16:15 - 17:45 | 99 ERC SES 05 G: Enabling inclusive education and teaching Location: A2a | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Michelle Proyer Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Teachers’ Professional Development Needs Regarding Implementing Inclusive Practices: The Perspectives of Estonian Second-Grade Teachers Tartu University, Estonia Presenting Author:Introduction Research indicates that in a diverse classroom, where children with varying levels of competence and support needs learn together, learning becomes more effective when teachers adapt teaching to meet students’ needs (e.g., Jung et al., 2018) and implement different inclusive practices (Finkelstein et al., 2021). Previous studies confirm that inclusive education benefits all students (Szumski et al., 2022). Inclusive education fosters students’ self-confidence by promoting peer acceptance (Rodríguez Herrero et al., 2020) and often improves academic outcomes for both students with and without special educational needs. Peer collaboration further enhances social skills and strengthens students’ sense of belonging (Kefallinou et al., 2020; Polat et al., 2024; Szumski et al., 2022). Overall, inclusive education is essential for advancing educational equity and sustainable social inclusion (Kefallinou et al., 2020). One of its key principles, as outlined by the European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education (2014), is the early identification and support of children with additional support needs. Accordingly, this study focuses on inclusive education in primary education. Despite recognised benefits of inclusive education, teachers often struggle to implement inclusive principles in everyday practice (Polat et al., 2024). Similar challenges have been reported among Estonian teachers (Leijen et al., 2025; Silm et al., 2024). Successful implementation is hindered by various factors, including insufficient resources such as support specialists (Polat et al., 2024), as well as the teachers’ insecurity and inadequate competence (European Agency for Development in Special Needs Education, 2012). Although Estonian schools are required to follow inclusive education principles (Basic Schools and Upper Secondary Schools Act, 2010), research shows that teachers continue to face significant challenges in implementing inclusive practices effectively. Previous Estonian studies have predominantly focused on the third school level (e.g., Leijen et al., 2025; Taimalu et al., 2019) or broader evaluations of inclusive education (e.g., Silm et al., 2024), leaving primary education comparatively underexamined. Yet international frameworks emphasise early identification and support, making primary education a critical starting point for successful inclusion. Taken together, these insights indicate a clear need to better understand how primary education teachers perceive their professional development needs, considering teaching in inclusive classrooms, and what they expect from professional development courses. Therefore, the study aimed to identify the professional development needs of primary education teachers regarding inclusive practices, based on their perceptions and expectations for a professional development course focused on teaching in inclusive classrooms. The following research questions were formulated:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participants Data was collected from 22 second-grade teachers working in Estonian mainstream schools during the 2024/2025 school year. Purposeful sampling was used to ensure the participants met predetermined criteria: they taught second grade in mainstream settings and had classes including students with varying support needs (general support, enhanced support and/or special support (Haridus- ja Teadusministeerium, 2024)) and/or students studying according to a simplified curriculum (Basic Schools and Upper Secondary Schools Act, 2010). School principals were contacted and asked to forward study information to eligible teachers, who could volunteer to participate. Participation was voluntary, confidentiality was ensured, and all teachers provided written consent. All participants were female, with teaching experience ranging from under one year to 38 years. Most (18 of 22) had a teacher qualification. Class sizes ranged from 9 to 24 students. Data Collection and Analysis Data were collected through in-depth, semi-structured interviews. The interview questions on implementing inclusive practices were compiled using the inclusive practices framework developed by Finkelstein et al. (2021). The interview questions were divided into three parts. The interview began with background questions, the second part focused on implementing inclusive practices, and the third part focused on teachers’ professional development needs. Finally, the interviewee was offered the opportunity to provide additional information about learning and teaching in an inclusive classroom. Data collection was conducted as part of a larger study. The third part of the interview focused on addressing the research questions of the current study; although the data was analysed by research questions, the interviews were fully analysed. Interviews lasted on average two hours. The interview guide was piloted beforehand; the pilot interview was not included in the final dataset. Before each interview, the study purpose and confidentiality requirements were explained. Interviews were audio-recorded with permission and conducted either in person or via Zoom at a convenient time for the participant. A qualitative, inductive content analysis was used. First, the data was fully transcribed. While rereading the transcriptions, the text was checked, and all the names and identifiable phrases were replaced with pseudonyms. The data were analysed in accordance with the research questions. Systematic coding was carried out using the qualitative analysis application QCAmap (qcamap.org). Meaningful units were identified and independently coded, followed by review and categorisation based on content similarity. Repeated coding and partial co-coding were conducted to enhance the credibility and consistency of the analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings Interviews revealed that second-grade teachers perceive several professional development needs related to inclusive practices. Teachers reported needing a clearer understanding of the inclusive education concept to feel more confident implementing its principles in the classroom. They also emphasised the need to strengthen collaboration skills with colleagues and specialists within and outside their schools, and to improve communication with parents. Teachers highlighted the need to enhance their knowledge and skills in general pedagogy, including general didactic skills for lesson planning. They also expressed a need for strategies to understand and support children’s emotional development and to provide effective emotional support. Additionally, they noted the importance of deepening their knowledge and practical skills in special education to better understand and support each student. The interviews also reflected teachers’ expectations regarding both the methods and organisation of the professional development course. Teachers expect the course to offer theoretical knowledge and practical skills that can be immediately applied in the classroom. They also expect opportunities to share experiences and engage in discussion. Teachers noted that observing lessons during the course is important, including observing colleagues’ lessons, receiving feedback from a specialist on their own teaching, and seeing a classroom where an inclusive system is effectively implemented. Finally, teachers expect the course to be flexible in format (including both in-person and online learning), and to be intensive yet, if necessary, divided into several sessions. The findings of the current study are significant because they identify the key categories of professional development needs as recognised by teachers, providing a foundation for designing more targeted and relevant professional development initiatives and supporting the effective implementation of inclusive education in general education in Estonia. Although based on the Estonian context, the results are internationally relevant, as teachers struggle internationally to implement inclusive practices. References Basic Schools and Upper Secondary Schools Act (2010). Riigi Teataja I 2010, 41, 240. https://www.riigiteataja.ee/en/eli/ee/501092025002/consolide/current European Agency for Development in Special Needs Education. (2012). Profile of Inclusive Teachers, Odense, Denmark: European Agency for Development in Special Needs Education.https://www.european-agency.org/sites/default/files/profile_of_inclusive_teachers_en.pdf European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education. (2014). Five Key Messages for Inclusive Education. Putting Theory into Practice. Odense, Denmark: European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education. https://www.european-agency.org/sites/default/files/Five%20Key%20Messages%20for%20Inclusive%20Education.pdf Finkelstein, S., Sharma, U., & Furlonger, B. (2021). The inclusive practices of classroom teachers: a scoping review and thematic analysis. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 25(6), 735- 762. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2019.1572232 Haridus- ja Teadusministeerium [Ministry of Education and Research] (2024). Toe vajadusega õpilased: õppekorraldus ja tugiteenused. Available online: https://www.hm.ee/uldharidus-ja-noored/alus-pohi-ja-keskharidus/toe-vajadusega-opilased-oppekorraldus-ja-tugiteenused (accessed on 26 January 2026). (In Estonian). Jung, P. G., McMaster, K. L., Kunkel, A. K., Shin, J., & Stecker, P. M. (2018). Effects of data–based individualization for students with intensive learning needs: A meta–analysis. Learning Disabilities Research & Practice, 33(3), 144-155. Kefallinou, A., Symeonidou, S., & Meijer, C. J. W. (2020). Understanding the value of inclusive education and its implementation: A review of the literature. PROSPECTS, 49(3), 135–152. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11125-020-09500-2 Leijen, Ä., Jõgi, A., Pedaste, M., Poom-Valickis, K., Uibu, K., Eisenschmidt, E., Oppi, P., Taimalu, M., Tinn., M. & Kalle, V. (2025). OECD rahvusvahelise õpetamise ja õppimise uuringu TALIS 2024 Eesti tulemused. HARNO. https://hm.ee//sites/default/files/documents/2025-11/TALIS2024_UURING_FINAL.pdf Polat, E., Sibiç, S. C., Ci̇Ri̇T, N. C., Hopcan, S., & Baştuğ, Y. E. (2024). Educational Technology in Inclusive Classrooms: Assessing teacher awareness and needs. Journal of Educational Technology and Online Learning, 7(1), 116–131. https://doi.org/10.31681/jetol.1355239 Rodríguez Herrero, P., Izuzquiza Gasset, Dolores, & Cabrera Garcia, A. (2020). Inclusive education at a Spanish University: The voice of students with intellectual disability. Disability & Society, 36(3), 376–398. https://doi.org/10.1080/09687599.2020.1745758 Silm, G., Lepp, L., Kivirand, T., Leijen, Ä., Pedaste, M., Nelis, P., Rikanson, L., Sild, A., & Kutti, A. (2024). Kaasava hariduskorralduse tõhusus üldhariduses 2023. Uuringu lõppraport. [Effectiveness of inclusive education in general education 2023. Final report of the study]. Tartu Ülikool. Haridusteaduste Instituut. [Tartu University. Institute of Education]. Szumski, G., Smogorzewska, J., & Grygiel, P. (2022). Academic achievement of students without special educational needs and disabilities in inclusive education–Does the type of inclusion matter? PLOS ONE, 17(7), e0270124. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0270124 Taimalu, M., Uibu, K., Luik, P., & Leijen, Ä. (2019). Õpetajad ja koolijuhid elukestvate õppijatena. OECD rahvusvahelise õpetamise ja õppimise uuringu TALIS 2018 tulemused. https://www.hm.ee/sites/default/files/talis_eesti_raporti_i_osa.p 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Mainstream Teachers and Individualized Education Plans in Inclusive Classrooms: A German-Swedish Comparison Stockholm University, Sweden Presenting Author:Special education adaptions in inclusive classrooms, manifested in Individualized Education Plans (IEPs), have been widely established as key instruments for supporting inclusive education across different national contexts. The IEP, in particular, is a legally mandated and pedagogically grounded instrument that is central to the education of students with special educational needs and is reflected internationally in inclusive education frameworks. It formalizes the right to individualized educational provision through collaborative planning among multiple stakeholders. Adaptations can include, for example, access to special resources, adapted assignments, support from a special educator, special seating arrangements, or extra time for examinations. Previous research has shown that such recommendations are widely regarded as conceptually meaningful, yet their practical usefulness for teachers remains uneven, with recurring concerns related to clarity, feasibility, and alignment with everyday classroom practice (e.g. Bray & Russell, 2018; Rotter, 2014). The findings point to a fundamental tension at the heart of current IEP arrangements. On the one hand, IEPs seem to function reliably as legal artefacts of proof: they document entitlement to support, provide parents with a formal basis to claim services, and offer schools a defensible record of compliance. In this respect, IEPs are largely successful. On the other hand, they seem to fall short in fulfilling what they are also intended to stand for, namely, a pedagogically meaningful framework that guides instruction and supports students’ learning in practice. What is secured is the right to support, rather than a tool that reliably enables the kind of support teachers and students actually need. Against this background, the present survey study examines how classroom teachers in Germany and Sweden perceive the usefulness, implementation, and everyday relevance of special education adaptions in inclusive mainstream schooling. Particular attention is given to classroom teachers because they are responsible for implementing special education recommendations such as IEPs in everyday inclusive classroom practice, while their scope of responsibility and access to support remain ambiguously defined in the literature and the authors prior empirical findings (e.g. King et al., 2017; Kozi̇Koğlu & Albayrak, 2021; LeDoux et al., 2012; McKay et al., 2018; Rotter, 2014). At the same time, the ways in which teachers can access, interpret, and use IEPs are also shaped by national policy frameworks, school-level organizational arrangements, and professional traditions (e.g. Bray & Russell, 2018; Durmuş & Ergen, 2021; Rose et al., 2012; Timothy & Agbenyega, 2019). The study therefore adopts a functional comparative perspective by examining how similar pedagogical challenges related to the use of special education recommendations are addressed within different institutional contexts in Germany and Sweden. These two contexts are particularly interesting to compare because both countries have established systems of special education assessment and documentation while differing substantially in school structures, professional autonomy, inclusion practices, and support arrangements (Wermke & Beck, 2025). The differences and similarities enable exploring what different educational systems and organizational arrangements make of the same type of document, and how these conditions shape the ways IEPs are used, valued, and perceived in practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used An online questionnaire was conducted with classroom teachers working in inclusive settings in Sweden and in two federal states in Germany, namely Baden-Württemberg and Berlin. Approximately 200 participants were reached in each country, resulting in a total sample of around 400 teachers. In Sweden, the survey was distributed via the internal Stockholm University server to classroom teachers working in comprehensive schools. In Germany, distribution was carried out with the approval of the Ministry of Education, which forwarded the questionnaire to schools of the same type. Berlin and Baden-Württemberg were selected to capture variation within the German sample, as the two federal states differ in school organization and approaches to inclusive education. At the same time, Sweden and Germany provide a particularly informative comparison because both have established procedures for special education assessment and documentation, while differing markedly in school structures, inclusion practices, and support systems. This combination allows the study to examine as mentioned above, how similar forms of special education recommendations are taken up under different institutional and organizational conditions. The questionnaire included items on teachers’ background, their practical experiences with special education recommendations, and their perceptions of the usefulness and implementation of such recommendations. It consisted primarily of closed-ended items measured on a six-point Likert scale and always included the response option “I don’t know” for reasons of validity and to account for differences between national contexts, as not all items could be perfectly aligned across countries. In addition, several open-ended questions were included to gain deeper insights into teachers’ experiences and to explore which types of support documents are perceived as more or less helpful in practice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary findings indicate that the practical relevance of special education recommendations for teachers varies across school contexts. Their contribution to inclusive teaching is likely to be shaped not only by institutional frameworks, collaborative practices, and teachers’ professional capacity, but also by how access to IEPs is organized, by the type of information teachers receive (e.g., brief support lists versus more comprehensive diagnostic and pedagogical descriptions), and by whether the language and structure of the documents are understandable and workable in everyday practice (e.g., concise and pedagogically oriented versus overly technical, lengthy, or cumbersome). In this sense, the usefulness of IEPs is anticipated to depend on what teachers are able to interpret and enact in everyday classroom work, and under which organizational and professional conditions such interpretation becomes possible. Overall, the expected outcomes point to the need to understand special education recommendations not only as formal documents serving legal and accountability functions, but also as context-sensitive resources that support teachers’ instructional work and enable students to receive meaningful educational support. At the same time, the study is expected to prompt a critical examination of what an IEP document must accomplish in everyday school practice and how it can be designed to meet such demands under different institutional and organizational conditions. References Bray, L. E., & Russell, J. L. (2018). The dynamic interaction between institutional pressures and activity: An examination of the implementation of IEPs in secondary inclusive settings. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 40(2), 243–266. https://doi.org/10.3102/0162373718756189 Durmuş, M. E., & Ergen, Y. (2021). Experience of primary school teachers with inclusion students in the context of teaching Mathematics: a case study. International Journal of Progressive Education, 17(1), 172–195. https://doi.org/10.29329/ijpe.2021.329.12 McKay, S., Kearney, A., & MacArthur, J. (2018). Supporting teacher agency when planning and implementing inclusive classroom programmes. Set Research Information for Teachers, 1, 34–41. https://doi.org/10.18296/set.0100 King, F., Bhroin, O. N., & Prunty, A. (2017). Professional learning and the individual education plan process: implications for teacher educators. Professional Development in Education, 44(5), 607–621. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2017.1398180 Kozi̇Koğlu, İ., & Albayrak, E. N. (2021). Teachers’ attitudes and the challenges they experience concerning individualized education program (IEP): A mixed method study. Participatory Educational Research, 9(1), 98–115. https://doi.org/10.17275/per.22.6.9.1 LeDoux, C., Graves, S. L., & Burt, W. (2012). Meeting the needs of special education students in inclusion classrooms. Journal of the American Academy of Special Education Professionals, 20–34. https://doi.org/10.64546/jaasep.162 Rose, R., Shevlin, M., Winter, E., O'Raw, P., & Zhao, Y. (2012). Individual Education Plans in the Republic of Ireland: an emerging system. British Journal of Special Education, 39(3), 110–116. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8578.2012.00548.x Rotter, K. (2014). IEP use by general and special education teachers. SAGE Open, 4(2). https://doi.org/10.1177/2158244014530410 Timothy, S., & Agbenyega, J. S. (2019). Insider perspectives on catalysing the development and use of individualised education plans. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 26(2), 160–174. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2019.1642401 Wermke, W., & Beck, I. (2025). Power and inclusion. German and Swedish special educators’ roles and work in inclusive schools. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 69(1), 95–107. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2023.2263481 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Enabling Inclusive Education in Low Resource Context of Nepal 1: University of Inland Norway, PhD Student (Accepted for Defense); 2: Tribhuvan University, Nepal ( Ast. Professor) Presenting Author:Inclusive education is often perceived as a foreign concept, although it is strongly emphasized in educational programs driven by development partners in Nepal and other low‑resource countries(Maudslay, 2014) This may have further contributed to the persistent gap between policy and practice in the field (Sharma et al., 2013; Sharma & Mullick, 2020). To reduce such gaps, positive cultural aspects and initiatives need to be explored and brought to light. This qualitative study aims to identify less resource‑demanding and alternative solutions for the success of inclusive education, as an endeavor to explore contextual and culturally appropriate approaches in low‑resource settings. It does so by examining stakeholders’ experiences of enabling inclusive education in Nepal, which is the main research question. Sociocultural approach (Chirkov, 2020; Rogoff, 2003; Vygotsky, 1978) provides the framework for interpreting the qualitative data. Drawing on Vygotsky’s foundational ideas and Rogoff’s elaboration of context‑specific sociocultural learning, the data are understood in terms of both formal and tacit mutual learning among stakeholders within their context. Chirkov (2020) introduced the Theory of Sociocultural Models (TSCMs) to explain the role of both conscious and unconscious sociocultural models (SCMs). SCMs are conceptualized as complex tools consisting of social, cultural, and psychological processes through which members of cultural groups interpret the world. This framework explains how SCMs are developed at the personal psychological level and how they collectively construct shared public values. Chirkov thus expands the mechanisms of the sociocultural nature of learning to the development of cultural communities that share similar SCMs. He provides a clear distinction between the private and public aspects of such models and explains the mechanisms by which they are internalized at the psychological level in relation to public reality (Chirkov, 2023). This perspective supports the interpretation of stakeholders’ views on positive endeavors related to inclusive education in the context of Nepal, where culture is assumed both to facilitate and to constrain inclusive education, thereby contributing to the co‑creation of a more inclusive culture through communities (Göransson & Nilholm, 2014). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative interview-based case study (Thomas, 2021; Yin, 2018) draws on data gathered through interviews with 26 stakeholders, including graduates with disabilities, teachers who teach in inclusive settings in mainstream schools, and teacher educators. Eight graduates with disabilities, eight teachers from four mainstream schools with experience teaching students with disabilities in inclusive settings, and ten teacher educators were interviewed for qualitative data collection using semi‑structured interview guidelines (Galletta, 2013; Merriam & Tisdell, 2015). Graduates with disabilities were purposively selected, as they were expected to provide insights into the causes of positive experiences; they had attended different mainstream schools across the country. Teachers were selected based on their experience of teaching and supporting students with disabilities in inclusive settings, with three from urban schools in the capital city, Kathmandu, and one from a rural school in the western region. Teacher educators working in the Central Department of Education were interviewed to identify their experiences with disability‑inclusive education across a broad range of activities, including initial teacher education, curriculum development for schools and higher education, research, and in‑service teacher training. Research participants were not confined to specific geographic areas or locations, as far as possible, in an effort to enrich the data for theoretical generalization, which is a main feature of qualitative research (Braun et al., 2022) , although they do not represent the complex ethnic, linguistic, or geographical diversity of the multicultural and highly diverse Himalayan country. The qualitative interviews with stakeholders situated at different levels focused on strengths, with the aim of uncovering possibilities. The 45‑ to 60‑minute recorded interviews were transcribed and analyzed using reflexive thematic analysis (Braun et al., 2022) Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Study findings suggest that within the framework of uncritically adopted top‑down models of inclusive education, graduates with disabilities mainly acquire positive experiences through proactive teacher agency, supportive family and societal culture, and personal motivation. Although proactive teacher agency is shaped and formed to meet societal expectations, it still operates largely within the premises of traditional didactic teaching strategies. This pedagogical backdrop is, however, compensated for by teachers’ additional efforts to meet the diverse needs of students with disabilities, enabling them to gain educational access in appropriate environments and increasing their opportunities for participation so that they can follow existing educational provisions. Teachers and teacher educators acquire necessary skills and knowledge through sociocultural forms of informal learning. Thus, culture plays a crucial role in learning for students, teachers, and teacher educators, particularly in the absence of systematic training opportunities. At the same time, aspirations to follow global trends and policy initiatives provide a foundation for the development of inclusive education in the low‑resource context of Nepal. Stakeholders’ positive experiences and proactive agency provide a foundation for conceptualizing “Enabling Inclusive Education” as a concept with the potential to incorporate contextual, cultural, and alternative resources to develop inclusive education in ways that address the complex and broader educational challenges of resource‑constrained environments such as Nepal. By combining literature with the findings, the concept is defined while proposing a suitable model of inclusive education. A culturally appropriate model, named the Mandala Model of Enabling Inclusive Education, aligned with the sociocultural approach, is proposed. It comprises four basic components: 1) Challenging Disabling Barriers and Fostering Impactful Enablers 2) Transformation Through Cultural Strength and Reflexive Approach 3) Autonomy and Positive Freedom Based on Social Justice Principles 4) Fostering Proactive Agency and Collaborative Partnership as a Tool for Participation. References Braun, V., Clarke, V., Hayfield, N., Davey, L., & Jenkinson, E. (2022). Doing Reflexive Thematic Analysis. In S. Bager-Charleson & A. McBeath (Eds.), Supporting Research in Counselling and Psychotherapy : Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed Methods Research (pp. 19–38). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-13942-0_2 Chirkov, V. (2020). An introduction to the theory of sociocultural models. Asian Journal of Social Psychology, 23(2), 143–162. Chirkov, V. (2023). Alfred Schutz’s ‘Stranger’, the theory of sociocultural models, and mechanisms of acculturation. Culture & Psychology, 29(1), 116–138. Galletta, A. (2013). Mastering the semi-structured interview and beyond: From research design to analysis and publication (Vol. 18). NYU press. Göransson, K., & Nilholm, C. (2014). Conceptual diversities and empirical shortcomings–a critical analysis of research on inclusive education. European journal of special needs education, 29(3), 265–280. Hausstätter, R. (2014). In Support of Unfinished Inclusion. Scandinavian journal of educational research, 58(4), 424–434. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2013.773553 Lomas, T., Lea, W., Paige, W., G., O. L., & and Kern, M. L. (2021). Third wave positive psychology: broadening towards complexity. The Journal of Positive Psychology, 16(5), 660–674. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439760.2020.1805501 Maudslay, L. (2014). Inclusive education in Nepal: Assumptions and reality. Childhood, 21(3), 418–424. https://doi.org/10.1177/0907568213514778 Muthukrishna, N., & Engelbrecht, P. (2018). Decolonising inclusive education in lower income, Southern African educational contexts. South African Journal of Education, 38(4), 1–11. Nganga, L., Madrid Akpovo, S., & Kambutu, J. (2020). Culturally Inclusive and Contextually Appropriate Instructional Practices: Rethinking Pedagogical Perspectives, Practices, Policies, and Experiences in Early Childhood Education Programs. Journal of research in childhood education, 34(1), 2–5. https://doi.org/10.1080/02568543.2019.1697153 Rix, J. (2020). Our need for certainty in an uncertain world: the difference between special education and inclusion? British Journal of Special Education, 47(3), 283–307. Rogoff, B. (2003). The cultural nature of human development. Oxford university press. Sharma, U., Forlin, C., Deppeler, J., & Yang, G.-x. (2013). Reforming teacher education for inclusion in developing countries in the Asia Pacific region. Asian Journal of Inclusive Education, 1(1), 3–16. Sharma, U., & Mullick, J. (2020). Bridging the gaps between theory and practice of inclusive teacher education. In Oxford research encyclopedia of education. Thomas, G. (2021). How to do your case study. Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes (Vol. 86). Harvard university press. Zwart, R. C., Korthagen, F. A., & Attema-Noordewier, S. (2015). A strength-based approach to teacher professional development. Professional development in education, 41(3), 579–596. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Transforming Structural Inclusion: Collaborative Inquiry, Multimodal Participation and Co-Teaching in Italy Unito - University of Turin, Italy Presenting Author:Italy has long established mainstream schooling as the normative setting for learners with disabilities. Within the broader European landscape of inclusive education, it represents one of the earliest and most structurally integrated systems following processes of deinstitutionalisation and rights-based reform. Yet research continues to document a persistent gap between structural inclusion and the transformation of everyday teaching and learning practices (Dell’Anna et al., 2023). The presence of students with disabilities in mainstream settings does not automatically translate into shared responsibility, collaborative redesign of pedagogy, or collective engagement with barriers to participation. A distinctive feature of the Italian system is the structural co-presence of subject teachers and support teachers within the same classroom. This arrangement potentially creates favourable conditions for inclusive practice. However, empirical studies suggest that co-teaching frequently defaults to parallel work or delegated support, with responsibility for inclusion often implicitly shifted towards support teachers (Ciletti et al., 2025). As a result, structural co-presence risks remaining an organisational arrangement rather than becoming a transformative pedagogical resource. At a European level, inclusive education is increasingly framed not only as access to mainstream schooling but as participation, agency and contextual transformation. The CRPD positions persons with disabilities at the centre of decisions concerning their life projects and the environments they inhabit. Translating this principle into school contexts implies moving beyond models in which support is designed for students towards approaches in which students actively contribute to identifying barriers and reshaping learning environments. Such a shift foregrounds agency not as an individual trait, but as a relational and collective process enacted within institutional structures. Within this framework, student voice is understood as a political and epistemic practice rather than a mere consultative tool (Fielding, 2004; Cook-Sather, 2007). However, participation practices often privilege speech-centric forms of expression, limiting the involvement of students with complex communicative repertoires (Lewis-Dagnell et al., 2023). Expanding participation therefore requires multimodal approaches capable of recognising voice as relational, embodied and contextually shaped (Gonzalez et al., 2017). This study responds to these tensions by recontextualising Inclusive Inquiry (Messiou, 2014) within the Italian co-teaching model. Originally developed as a collaborative action research approach that positions students as researchers of their own learning environments, Inclusive Inquiry offers structured cycles of observation, evidence gathering and pedagogical redesign. In this project, the framework is adapted to operate within structurally mandated co-teaching contexts, explicitly foregrounding joint planning between subject and support teachers and embedding multimodal participatory strategies that enable all students—including those communicating predominantly or entirely non-verbally—to participate as co-researchers. The study addresses the following research questions:
By situating Inclusive Inquiry within a structurally inclusive European system, the study contributes to ongoing debates about how rights-based frameworks can be translated into everyday pedagogical practice. It seeks to illuminate how collaborative inquiry may function as a mechanism for redistributing epistemic authority and transforming co-teaching from an organisational arrangement into a site of collective agency and professional learning. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a collaborative action research design informed by Inclusive Inquiry (Messiou, 2014) and situated within a single Grade 11 vocational secondary classroom in Northern Italy. The research engages four subject–support teacher dyads (Italian, Mathematics, English and Cooking) working within a structurally mandated co-teaching model. Two inquiry groups are formed, each including six students identified by teachers as 'hand to reach' in them lessons. Among them are students communicating predominantly or entirely non-verbally. The research unfolds through iterative cycles of joint planning, classroom observation, evidence gathering and collective redesign. At the beginning of the process, students and teachers are introduced to inquiry principles and to multimodal tools designed to facilitate participation across diverse communicative repertoires. These include drawing, photography, short video narratives and small-scale spatial modelling of classroom and laboratory layouts, through which participants represent positioning, interaction patterns and perceived barriers. Structured observation templates and guided reflection protocols support systematic evidence collection. Data sources include field notes from classroom observations, audio-recorded co-planning meetings, student focus groups, semi-structured interviews with teachers, and student-generated multimodal artefacts (e.g. visual representations, annotated images, spatial models). The researcher acts as facilitator of the inquiry process while maintaining a reflexive stance, documenting positionality and decision-making through analytic memos. Data analysis follows a reflexive thematic approach across inquiry cycles. Verbal data (interviews, discussions) and visual–spatial artefacts are analysed iteratively to identify patterns related to participation, redistribution of responsibility and transformations in co-teaching practice. Multimodal materials are interpreted in relation to the contexts in which they were produced, acknowledging their relational and embodied dimensions. Emerging interpretations are shared with participants during collective reflection sessions to support dialogic validation and ongoing refinement of pedagogical strategies. Ethical approval was granted by the University of Turin. Informed consent procedures were differentiated and treated as ongoing, particularly in relation to students communicating non-verbally, whose assent was monitored through multimodal indicators and relational attunement. The research design thus integrates methodological rigour with accessibility and rights-based participation principles. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Although data collection is ongoing and will end in May 2026, the study is expected to generate insights into how structurally inclusive systems can be reconfigured through collaborative inquiry processes. By recontextualising Inclusive Inquiry within the Italian co-teaching model, the research aims to illuminate the conditions under which structural co-presence can evolve into intentional collaborative practice rather than delegated support. First, the study is expected to show how multimodal participatory strategies can broaden the epistemic space of inquiry, enabling students—particularly those communicating non-verbally—to contribute meaningfully to the identification of barriers and the redesign of classroom practices. In doing so, it may offer methodological insights into how voice can be enacted beyond speech-centric paradigms, contributing to debates on participation within European inclusive education research. Second, the project is likely to highlight shifts in teachers’ professional learning and shared responsibility. By engaging in structured cycles of observation and redesign, teachers may move from implicit or individualised approaches to more collective, context-oriented understandings of inclusion. This has implications for how co-teaching is conceptualised across European systems where collaborative models are increasingly promoted but unevenly enacted. Finally, the study contributes to ongoing discussions about how rights-based frameworks, particularly those grounded in the CRPD, can be translated into everyday pedagogical practice. Rather than treating inclusion as a static organisational achievement, the findings are expected to conceptualise it as a dynamic, negotiated process situated within relational and professional practices. In this sense, the project seeks to bridge structural policy commitments and the micro-level enactment of inclusive education across European contexts. References Ainscow, M. (2024). Developing inclusive schools: Pathways to success. Routledge. Ciletti, L., Baines, E., & Somerville, M. P. (2025). Co-teaching practices in Italian primary classrooms: A case for including the sociocultural framework in training teaching collaborations. International Journal of Inclusive Education. Advance online publication. Cook-Sather, A. (2007). Resisting the impositional potential of student voice work: Lessons for liberatory educational research from poststructuralist feminist critiques of critical pedagogy. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 28(3), 389–403. Curto, F., & Marchisio, C. (2025). I diritti delle persone con disabilità. Carocci. Dell’Anna, S., Bellacicco, R., & Ianes, D. (2023). Cosa sappiamo dell’inclusione scolastica in Italia? I contributi della ricerca empirica. Erickson. Dell’Anna, S., Parisi, T., & Pedron, E. (2024). Atteggiamenti discriminatori e propensione all’inclusione: Il ruolo della formazione in un’indagine esplorativa su un campione di insegnanti. Scuola Democratica, 16(2), 211–234. Fielding, M. (2004). Transformative approaches to student voice: Theoretical underpinnings, recalcitrant realities. British Educational Research Journal, 30(2), 295–311. Gonzalez, T. E., Hernandez-Saca, D. I., & Artiles, A. J. (2017). In search of voice: Theory and methods in K–12 student voice research in the US, 1990–2010. Educational Review, 69(4), 451–473. Lewis-Dagnell, S. A. C., Parsons, S., & Kovshoff, H. (2023). Creative methods developed to facilitate the voices of children and young people with complex needs about their education: A systematic review and conceptual analysis of ‘voice’. Educational Research Review, 39. Messiou, K. (2014). Working with students as co-researchers in schools: A matter of inclusion. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 18(6), 601–613. Thomson, P. (Ed.). (2008). Doing visual research with children and young people. Routledge. |
| 16:15 - 17:45 | 99 ERC SES 05 H: Assessment, Learning Outcomes, and Academic Development Location: A2b | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Pamella Picinin de Mesquita Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Through the Employer’s Lens: Reconstructing Graduate Employability via Layered and Value-laden Signalling in China University of Nottingham, China, People's Republic of China Presenting Author:The global expansion of higher education has facilitated a structural decoupling between academic credentials and labour market entry (Marginson, 2016). In this era of credential massification, recruitment is no longer a simple search for skills but a response to informational noise caused by the ubiquity of university degrees (Tomlinson, 2012). This phenomenon diminishes the traditional capacity of credentials to signal individual capability, leading to heightened evaluative uncertainty for recruiters. While existing literature often examines employability as an individual possession of attributes, this approach frequently overlooks the decisive role of organisational appraisal as the fundamental mechanism for allocating market opportunities (Rivera, 2012; Tholen, 2015). This research argues that employability is not an inherent quality owned by the individual but a situated relational construct awarded through organisational valuation. Adopting an employer perspective is an analytical imperative because recruiters act as the primary gatekeepers whose evaluative judgements determine the legitimacy of individual merit. Previously, studies adopting an employer perspective have moved beyond human capital models to recognise credentials as screening devices for trainability and cultural alignment (Rivera, 2012). While these studies identified elite credentials as institutional proxies to manage applicant volume and candidate dispositions, they often focus on the static outcomes of these filters. This creates a critical research gap as existing literature fails to explain the dynamic and interpretive mechanisms through which employers navigate selection when primary signals lose their differentiating utility. This research investigates the active and interpretive processes of valuation through which organisations reconstruct employability as a negotiated construct. This offers insights into how organisational evaluative frameworks function as interpretive mechanisms that redefine the perceived value of higher education within the labour market (Brown, 2017). The contemporary Chinese graduate labour market provides a critical empirical site for this investigation. China serves as a magnifying glass for systemic tensions arising from the erosion of traditional meritocratic benchmarks (Mok & Jiang, 2018). In this context, the abundance of elite degrees renders academic signals indistinguishable, forcing employers to navigate significant evaluative ambiguity. These conditions provide essential insights for European scholars observing similar credential saturation under the Bologna Process. By examining China as a precursory case of extreme market congestion, this study offers a comparative lens to understand how organisational recruitment logic evolves when educational hierarchies no longer guarantee informational clarity. The research investigates three interrelated questions:
This study seeks to extend classical signalling theory (Spence, 1973) to address its limitations in high-saturation markets. The original signalling theory assumes that signal costs effectively distinguish between different levels of ability. However, this mechanism of differentiation collapses under massification as informational clarity is compromised by the ubiquity of high-cost signals. Consequently, there is a theoretical need to explain how selection persists during informational attenuation. By integrating the culture of choice (Schwarz, 2018), the study conceptualises recruitment as a culturally mediated practice involving a layered repertoire of signals. Academic credentials function as primary risk-management filters. In response to credential homogeneity, recruiters utilise non-academic indicators to resolve evaluative ambiguity. From this perspective, signal weight emerges from an interpretive process that balances organisational priorities with shared cultural norms. This evaluative dynamic redefines employability as a contingent outcome of organisational valuation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts an interpretivist qualitative research design to examine how graduate employability is constructed through employers’ recruitment practices in China. An interpretive approach is appropriate as the research focuses on the subjective judgements and justifications that employers utilise to navigate evaluative uncertainty under conditions of credential saturation (Brown et al., 2003). Data were generated through 30 semi-structured interviews with key actors involved in graduate recruitment. This group included HR officers, HR directors, department heads and CEOs of start-up firms. This range of roles facilitates access to multiple organisational perspectives and captures both formal screening criteria and informal evaluative norms. Interviewees were drawn from organisations across thirteen sectors and five ownership types (state-owned, private, foreign-invested, mixed-ownership and special general partnership firms). The sample also covers three organisational size categories based on employee count. All organisations are located in major urban labour markets in China where graduate competition is particularly intense. This diverse sampling frame ensures the study captures how evaluative frameworks vary across different organisational cultures. The interviews lasted between 60 and 90 minutes and were designed to elicit detailed accounts of how employers interpret and weigh layered signals. These signals range from academic credentials to internship prestige and personal attributes. This method allowed participants to articulate the underlying logic of why certain signals become decisive during specific selection stages. Following ethical guidelines, all participants provided informed consent and data were fully anonymised. Interviews were transcribed verbatim and analysed using a hybrid inductive-deductive thematic approach (Fereday & Muir-Cochrane, 2006). While the analysis was initially informed by signalling theory, inductive coding was essential to capture context-specific practices and cultural justifications. This analytic strategy facilitates a systematic examination of how signals are contextually prioritised. It provides a robust empirical basis for conceptualising employability as an interpretive and evaluative outcome of organisational appraisal logic. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analysis identifies three patterns in how graduate employability is constructed through layered signal valuation in China. First, formal credentials function as a primary layer of risk management (negative screening). In a saturated market, university prestige acts as a structural filter to manage applicant volume. While these academic signals are mandatory for initial access, their value is limited to establishing institutional eligibility. Once this threshold is met, the signalling efficacy of credentials diminishes, necessitating a shift to supplementary layers to resolve candidate homogeneity. Second, employers navigate uncertainty by prioritising value-laden signals to differentiate candidates. Indicators such as internship prestige and communicative performance are reinterpreted through a cultural lens as proxies for organisational fit. In this process, employability is reconstructed as a situated relational construct. It is an evaluative outcome awarded to candidates whose non-academic signals justify them as the most reliable and culturally aligned choice for the firm. Finally, signal weighting is context-dependent and institutionally justified. Recruitment practices are shaped by internal factors such as organisational governance and shared evaluative frameworks. Employers develop collective understandings of merit to ensure their selections are defensible and professional. Graduate employability thus emerges as a situational outcome awarded through organisational appraisal logic. In conclusion, the study finds that the transition from higher education to work is mediated by the organisational construction of merit. These findings offer a constructive dialogue with the European Higher Education Area (EHEA), suggesting that the Skills Agenda could benefit from considering the socio-cultural mediation inherent in organisational appraisal logic. When the culture of choice dominates selection, the capacity of organisations to define and identify value-laden signals becomes a decisive factor in labour market outcomes. This highlights how organisational evaluative frameworks may inadvertently shape social opportunities, as the construction of merit becomes increasingly intertwined with symbolic markers that extend beyond formal education. References Brown, P., Hesketh, A., & Wiliams, S. (2003). Employability in a knowledge-driven economy. Journal of education and work, 16(2), 107-126. Brown, P. (2017). Education, opportunity and the prospects for social mobility. In Education and social mobility (pp. 60-82). Routledge. Fereday, J., & Muir-Cochrane, E. (2006). Demonstrating rigor using thematic analysis: A hybrid approach of inductive and deductive coding and theme development. International journal of qualitative methods, 5(1), 80-92. Marginson, S. (2016). The worldwide trend to high participation higher education: Dynamics of social stratification in inclusive systems. Higher education, 72(4), 413-434. Mok, K. H., & Jiang, J. (2018). Massification of higher education and challenges for graduate employment and social mobility: East Asian experiences and sociological reflections. International Journal of Educational Development, 63, 44-51. Rivera, L. A. (2012). Hiring as cultural matching: The case of elite professional service firms. American sociological review, 77(6), 999-1022. Schwarz, O. (2018). Cultures of choice: Towards a sociology of choice as a cultural phenomenon. The British journal of sociology, 69(3), 845-864. Spence, M. (1973). Job market signaling. The Quarterly Journal of Economics, 87(3), 355-374. Tomlinson, M. (2012). Graduate employability: A review of conceptual and empirical themes. Higher education policy, 25(4), 407-431. Tholen, G. (2015). What can research into graduate employability tell us about agency and structure?. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 36(5), 766-784. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Undergraduate Research and Europe’s Ranking Landscape: Inclusion, Quality, and Educational Indicators to Strengthen Research and Teaching Università Cattolica del Sacro Cuore, Italy Presenting Author:University rankings are not merely “descriptive” tools; they also operate as devices that shape expectations, organizational priorities, and strategic decisions. In this sense, rankings help to produce the world they claim to measure. Higher education is therefore influenced by a metric logic that risks narrowing the meaning of educational quality, insofar as it tends to reward what is easily commensurable. As a result, crucial dimensions of university life—such as inclusion, accessibility, and justice, which are intrinsic to education—may become marginal because they are less “countable.” Hazelkorn (2014) notes that rankings “have encouraged the prioritization of research over teaching, and graduate over undergraduate education, with multiple implications for students and the academic profession” (p. 21). This “hierarchy” creates a structural incentive: universities tend to reallocate resources and time toward what carries greater weight in comparative measures. In the field of educational research, I highlight two related risks. The first concerns the compression of research timeframes. Educational processes are complex phenomena and typically require multi-year work and interdisciplinary approaches. Within this context, the reputational pull of rankings may inhibit the depth of theoretical research in pedagogy precisely when greater critical capacity is needed. The second risk concerns those aspects of education that are inherently difficult to submit to measurement. A clear example is the marginal position that inclusion may occupy in rankings. In the most widely used global reputational benchmarks—such as the Times Higher Education World University Rankings (THE WUR) and the Academic Ranking of World Universities (ARWU)—inclusion does not appear to function as a central axis. More recent or multidimensional instruments (for instance, those connected to the SDGs or to European benchmarking initiatives) make inclusion more visible. However, problems of indicator quality and comparability remain. Moreover, even when inclusion becomes measurable, it can still appear as an “ornamental” element: present without transforming the criteria through which we define “quality” and “knowledge.” Within this framework, I consider Undergraduate Research (UR) as an innovative practice for knowledge production, understood as the outcome of participatory, democratic, multi-level research—across genders and generations. Although the last two decades of scholarship document relevant benefits for students and faculty, UR can be implemented in universities as a pedagogical response:
However, precisely because UR is often presented today as a “high-impact practice,” it must be recognized that it is not automatically inclusive. Therefore, “unequal participation remains a central issue.” In other words, if unequal access to UR is not analysed with clarity, it tends to become normalized and to remain invisible. For this reason, pedagogy has a specific task: to investigate how UR is implemented, which students gain access, and under what modalities, constraints, and outcomes. The paper is guided by two questions:
It is also necessary to define and test pedagogically grounded indicators and tools—i.e., instruments that create transparency and accountability with respect to educational aims. These indicators should include, at minimum: (a) access and equity of participation; (b) quality of the experience (intensity, duration, mentoring, recognition); and (c) tangible and intangible outcomes (epistemic competencies, agency, sense of belonging, trajectories) Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology is situated within a qualitative-comparative design that combines document analysis and a case study, and it is guided by a Grounded Theory approach. Grounded Theory is adopted because it does not frame research as a “predefined path,” but rather as a continuously evolving map, grounded in a dialogical process between data collection, data analysis, and theory construction (Mortari & Ghirotto, 2019; Charmaz, 2014). Consistent with this framework, the analysis proceeds iteratively through coding and constant comparison, supported by memoing and the progressive refinement of interpretive categories (Glaser & Strauss, 1967; Strauss & Corbin, 1998). Phase one focuses on analysing rankings and the “regime of visibility” they produce. A content analysis will be conducted of the official methodologies of global reputational rankings (e.g., THE WUR, ARWU) and sustainability-oriented rankings/tools (e.g., THE Impact Rankings), with the aim of mapping which dimensions of quality are rewarded and with what weights, where and how inclusion and accessibility appear (or do not appear), and what organizational implications are implicitly promoted. The outcome of this phase will be a “visible/invisible” matrix, useful for interpreting the tension between reputational benchmarking and educational quality. In parallel, the review of scientific publications will draw on databases such as Scopus, ERIC, and IEEE Xplore, as well as search engines such as Google Scholar, in order to reconstruct the state of the art on rankings, metrics, inclusion, and Undergraduate Research, and to support the interpretation of findings. Phase two consists of a comparative mapping of Undergraduate Research programmes in European contexts. Through a purposive selection of 6–8 UR programmes across at least three European countries, institutional documents and programme materials will be analysed (regulations, syllabi, rubrics, access and support policies, quality documents, mentoring materials). The aim is to identify differences and recurring patterns in terms of UR typology (mentored or course-based), intensity and duration, forms of recognition, support arrangements, access criteria, and inclusion measures. Phase three corresponds to the case study within my home institution, the Università Cattolica del Sacro Cuore (Brescia campus, Italy), also designed with a participatory orientation. Data collection includes semi-structured interviews with students, faculty/mentors, and governance actors (approximately 15–25), 1–2 student focus groups with attention to underrepresented groups, observation of key moments (research meetings, tutoring), and the collection of artefacts (posters, micro-articles, logbooks). Students will also be involved as co-researchers in guided reflection and feedback activities (member checking), in order to strengthen transparency and interpretive quality. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper investigates which paradigms shape the implementation of Undergraduate Research (UR), how they do so, and with what effects on access, the quality of the experience, and institutional recognition. The first expected outcome is an interpretive map of the mechanisms through which rankings and indicators reshape university priorities: which factors make UR attractive in terms of visibility, reputation, and funding, and which factors, instead, distort it—by reducing it to a performative label, fostering elitist selection, and marginalising inclusion. Second, the study will produce a typology of UR outcomes across three levels: Students: development of epistemic competencies (question formulation, evidence handling, argumentation), expansion of perceived opportunity horizons (imagined educational and career pathways), and increased critical agency and capacity to question the world. Faculty/mentors: shifts in mentoring practices, in relationships with student researchers, and in teaching repertoires; with potential effects on motivation, professional trajectories, and research productivity. Institutions and local communities: strengthening of more responsible and dialogic knowledge ecologies, with consequences for public credibility and social impact. A third expected outcome is the identification of resistances to change: organisational constraints (time, workload, incentives), cultural resistances, access barriers, and evaluative resistances. The ultimate aim is to propose pedagogically grounded indicators for UR transparency and accountability (equity of access, quality of the experience, tangible and intangible outcomes), in order to support UR as a transformative practice rather than a mere reputational signal. References Biesta, G. J. (2015). Good education in an age of measurement: Ethics, politics, democracy. Routledge. Carillo, M. R., Sapio, A., & Venittelli, T. (2022). The Relationship Between Teaching and Research in the Italian University System. In Teaching, Research and Academic Careers: An Analysis of the Interrelations and Impacts (pp. 225-265). Cham: Springer International Publishing. Charmaz, K. (2014). Constructing Grounded Theory (2nd ed.). SAGE. Christensen, D., Lackey, J. (Eds.). (2013). The epistemology of disagreement: New essays. OUP Oxford. Consiglio per la ricerca universitaria. http://www.cur.org/index.html European Higher Education Area. (2020). Eurydice chapter 4: Social dimension (Rome Communiqué 2020) Fabbri L., Melacarne C. (2023). Una epistemologia post-umanista della riflessività? Educational Reflective Practices, 13(1), 5-21. Glaser, B. G., & Strauss, A. L. (1967). The Discovery of Grounded Theory: Strategies for Qualitative Research. Aldine. Haeger, H., Banks, J. E., Smith, C., & Armstrong-Land, M. (2020). What we know and what we need to know about undergraduate research. Scholarship and Practice of Undergraduate Research, 3(4), 62-69. Hazelkorn, E. (2014). Rankings and the Global Reputation Race. New Directions for Higher Education, (168), 13–26. Healey, M., & Jenkins, A. (2009). Developing undergraduate research and inquiry. https://s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/assets.creode.advancehe-document-manager/documents/hea/private/developingundergraduate_final_1568036694.pdf Laursen, S., Seymour, E., & Hunter, A. B. (2012). Learning, teaching and scholarship: Fundamental tensions of undergraduate research. Change: The Magazine of Higher Learning, 44(2), 30-37. Magni, F. (2022). La libertà di espressione nelle università tra USA ed Europa. Studium. Malavasi P. (2019). Educare robot? Pedagogia dell’intelligenza artificiale. Vita e Pensiero. Mortari, L., & Ghirotto, L. (a cura di). (2019). Metodi per la ricerca educativa. Carocci. ONU. (2001). Dichiarazione Universale dell’Unesco sulla diversità culturale. Polenghi, S., Massimiliano, F., & Agostinetto, L. (2018). Diritti Cittadinanza Inclusione. Pensa MultiMedia. Strauss, A., & Corbin, J. (1998). Basics of Qualitative Research: Techniques and Procedures for Developing Grounded Theory (2nd ed.). SAGE THE. (2024). Impact Rankings. Methodology. https://www.timeshighereducation.com/world-university-rankings/impact-rankings-2024-methodology Towne, L., & Shavelson, R. J. (Eds.). (2002). Scientific research in education. National Academies Press. UN (2020). The Policy Guidelines for Inclusive Sustainable Development Goals. https://www.ohchr.org/sites/default/files/Documents/Issues/Disability/SDG-CRPD-Resource/policy-guideline-sdg4-education.pdf UN (2015). Transforming Our World: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. UNESCO, P. (2021). Reimagining our futures together: A new social contract for education. Educational and Cultural Organization of the United Nations. Vernon, M. M., Balas, E. A., & Momani, S. (2018). Are university rankings useful to improve research? A systematic review. PloS one, 13(3), e0193762. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Strangers in the Field: How Habitus Clivé is Formed within a High-Stakes Testing Field from the Perspective of Affective economy Peking University, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:Abstract 1.1 Context and Research Question This research conceptualizes the Chinese County High School (CHS) as a field defined by high-stakes testing (HST), where the pressure of the Gaokao “increases the competitive nature of the educational system” (Zwier et al., 2021). This field is seen as being governed by an “affective economy” (Ahmed, 2004), where students’ emotions such as anxiety, shame, and collective fervor are systematically produced and circulated to align their subjectivities with institutional goals. Rural students who enter this field with competitive test scores often embody a primary habitus rooted in utilitarian pragmatism and a moralized belief in effort as a survival instinct. Nevertheless, the CHS’s affective economy intends to cultivate students to gain a secondary habitus—one that transforms their raw survival instincts into abstract, meritocratic feeling rules and an alienated obsession with social hierarchy. To reconcile their primary habitus with the institutional logic, students learn to mobilize resources. This study focuses on how varying configurations of emotional capital and digital capital act as mediating tools in this struggle. We ask: How do rural students mobilize emotional and digital capitals to respond to the affective governance of the high-stakes testing field, and how does this process result in divergent forms of habitus clivé?
1.2 Theoretical Framework This study employs Bourdieu’s (1984, 1990) triad of field, capital, and habitus to analyze how institutional structures reshape subjective dispositions. We focus on the tension between a student’s primary habitus—the embodied dispositions acquired from their rural upbringing—and the secondary habitus developed by the high-stakes testing field. When the school’s competitive logic contradicts the student’s original background, a habitus clivé (cleft habitus) or “ontological incoherence” (Bennett, 2007) emerges. We redefine this testing field as an “affective economy” (Ahmed, 2004), where emotions like anxiety and shame are “produced, circulated and capitalized on” to ensure academic productivity (Zembylas, 2007, p.458). In this field, the school imposes strict “feeling rules” to govern student subjectivities. Consequently, rural students often engage in “chameleoning” (Keane, 2023)—a performative adaptation to reconcile the split between their past selves and institutional expectations. To navigate this affective governance, students mobilize emotional and digital capitals. Drawing on Cottingham (2016), we argue that while primary emotional capital is tied to one’s background, secondary emotional capital can be actively acquired to foster “emotional reflexivity”—the ability to distance oneself from institutional pressure. Crucially, digital capital (Verwiebe & Hagemann, 2024) affects the success of this reflexivity. Instead of a simple tool, digital capital acts as a gatekeeper to external resources: it either provides a “reflexive bridge” to alternative value systems that buffer school pressure (as seen in Student A), or it functions as an “echo chamber” that amplifies academic anxiety (as seen in Student B). Thus, the divergence in habitus clivé is produced by the different modes of mobilizing the two capitals.
1.3 Findings The research identifies two distinct trajectories of secondary habitus formation and the resulting habitus clivé: The Detached Stranger (Student A): By mobilizing digital capital to access alternative values, Student A accumulated secondary emotional capital. This fostered “emotional reflexivity” (Cottingham, 2016, p. 464), allowing her to treat the school’s logic as an external game. Her shift from alignment to resistance resulted in a calculated habitus clivé, where academic success is coupled with profound alienation and “chameleoning” (Keane, 2023). The Compromised Stranger (Student B): Lacking digital resources to buffer institutional pressure, Student B internalized the school’s meritocratic hierarchy. His trajectory moved from initial resistance to total adherence. This led to a “paralyzed habitus clivé” and “emotional bankruptcy”: he devalued his rural origins but failed to achieve upward mobility, remaining trapped in a persistent sense of failure. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology 2.1 Research Design This research employs a qualitative case study design to explore how institutional power is translated into subjective emotional states. The County High School (CHS) in China was selected as it represents a field where the pressures of high-stakes testing (HST) and competitive atmosphere are most intensely concentrated. In the Chinese context, the CHS is a place that amplifies the social and emotional stakes of the Gaokao, making it an ideal field to observe the circulation of affect and the restructuring of student dispositions. 2.2 Participants and Data Collection The study focuses on two rural students who represent polarized adaptation modes within the same structural environment. Student A is a top-performing student whose parents provided a stable environment but high expectations; Student B entered the school with lower scores through a “high-fee” policy, carrying the heavy burden of his parents’ financial sacrifice. They were chosen because their divergent academic positions and family pressures provide a rich comparison of how different students navigate the same game rules. Data were collected through semi-structured, in-depth interviews over several months, focusing on their feelings regarding score rankings, motivational rallies, and their use of digital media. 2.3 Analytical Framework The analysis is grounded in a Bourdieuian relational power framework, tracing the interaction between: Field Mechanism: How the school operates as a field governed by an affective economy , extracting students’ scores through the production and circulation of their shame and anxiety. Capitals Mobilization: How students deploy both digital capital and emotional capital to manage their internal state. Habitus Transformation: How the struggle between the primary habitus (rural upbringing) and the secondary habitus (meritocratic adherence) results in different forms of habitus clivé. 2.4 Limitations Due to the small sample size, this study does not aim to provide a statistical generalization of all rural students. Instead, it offers theoretical generalizability, refining how we understand the hidden injuries of high-stakes testing and the role of digital resources in emotional survival within a specific, high-pressure cultural context. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Conclusions This study analyzed the contrasting trajectories of two rural students in a high-stakes testing field, revealing that habitus clivé is a dynamic structural outcome produced by the friction between a student’s primary background and the school’s affective economy. The findings suggest that the school is a site of affective governance, where “emotion norms” define what beliefs and actions are legitimate (Zembylas, 2007). Student A’s shift from compliance to resistance and Student B’s shift from detachment to compromise demonstrate that adaptation is a resource-based struggle. Student A used digital capital to gain alternative values, which she then converted into secondary emotional capital. This enabled her to exercise emotional reflexivity and maintain a “detached” survival. In contrast, Student B, lacking both the digital means to access external support and the emotional capital to buffer institutional mechanism, was consumed by the school’s competitive ethos. His lack of mediating capital led to a state of emotional bankruptcy, where he could no longer return to his rural past. This research contributes to the affective turn in Bourdieuian sociology by demonstrating that digital capital and emotional capital are deeply intertwined in the process of habitus formation. It argues that digital access is a vital prerequisite for emotional reflexivity, providing the symbolic materials necessary to resist affective governance. Ultimately, the study reveals that in high-stakes testing regimes, inequality is not only academic or economic but ontological—there is an inequality in the capacity to maintain a coherent self amidst structural violence. Future studies could elaborate how the affective economy of schools interacts with the labor market. As the promise of social mobility through testing becomes more uncertain, the emotional costs for rural students inhabiting these divided habituses deserve further longitudinal investigation to see how these hidden injuries affect their long-term career development and well-being. References References Ahmed, Sara. “Affective Economies.” Social Text, vol. 22, no. 2, 2004, pp. 117-139. Bennett, Tony. “Habitus Clivé: Aesthetics and Politics in the Work of Pierre Bourdieu.” New Literary History, vol. 38, no. 1, 2007, pp. 201-228. Bourdieu, Pierre. The Logic of Practice. Translated by Richard Nice, Polity Press, 1990. Bourdieu, Pierre. Distinction: A Social Critique of the Judgement of Taste. Translated by Richard Nice, Harvard University Press, 1984. Cottingham, Marci D. “Theorizing Emotional Capital.” Theory and Society, vol. 45, no. 5, 2016, pp. 451-470. Friedman, Sam. “Habitus Clivé and the Emotional Imprint of Social Mobility.” The Sociological Review, vol. 64, no. 1, 2016, pp. 129-147. Keane, Elaine. “Chameleoning to Fit in? Working Class Student Teachers in Ireland Performing Differential Social Class Identities in Their Placement Schools.” Educational Review, vol. 77, no. 1, 2023, pp. 134-153. Ristić, Dušan, and Aleksej Kišjuhas. “The Concept of Habitus in the Research of Digital Divides and Inequalities.” Teme, vol. 47, no. 4, 2023, pp. 891-906. Verwiebe, Roland, and Steffen Hagemann. “Bourdieu Revisited: New Forms of Digital Capital—Emergence, Reproduction, Inequality of Distribution.” Information, Communication & Society, vol. 28, no. 11, 2024, pp. 1861-1883. Zembylas, Michalinos. “Emotional Capital and Education: Theoretical Insights from Bourdieu.” British Journal of Educational Studies, vol. 55, no. 4, 2007, pp. 443-463. Zwier, Dieuwke, et al. “Social Inequality in Shadow Education: The Role of High-Stakes Testing.” International Journal of Comparative Sociology, vol. 61, no. 6, 2021, pp. 412-440. |
| 16:15 - 17:45 | 99 ERC SES 05 I: Actors and Instruments in Contemporary Education Policy Location: A07 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Paula Silvén Session Chair: Vesna Holubek Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper A Necessary but Limited Reform? Education Stakeholders’ Experiences of the Teaching Profession Law in Türkiye” 1: Ankara University, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Ankara University, Turkey Presenting Author:In many European and OECD contexts, teaching is no longer understood solely as a pedagogical activity but as a regulated profession shaped by legal frameworks, career structures, and governance reforms aimed at enhancing quality and accountability (OECD, 2019; OECD, 2020). Beyond transmitting curriculum content, teachers are expected to create effective learning environments, guide students toward educational goals, and exercise specialised professional expertise (Başaran, 1993). Extensive research has demonstrated that teacher quality is among the most influential school-based factors affecting student learning and achievement, leading many countries to reorient education policies around the central role of teachers (Darling-Hammond, 2017). As a result, teacher-centred reform agendas increasingly focus on defining the desired teacher profile and restructuring systems of teacher education, recruitment, induction, and continuing professional development (OECD, 2019). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative research design grounded in phenomenology, which aims to explore how individuals experience, perceive, and make sense of a particular phenomenon in depth (Creswell, 2013). Phenomenology is suited to examining policy reforms as lived and interpreted realities, enabling an analysis of how legal and institutional changes are understood by those affected. In this study, the approach facilitates an exploration of education stakeholders’ interpretations of the Teaching Profession Law (Law No. 7528) as it is enacted in everyday professional contexts. The participant group consists of teachers, school leaders, and union representatives affiliated with the four largest teacher unions in Türkiye, all based in Ankara. Participants were purposively selected in equal numbers from each union. To capture a range of policy positions and professional perspectives, unions were categorised as either government-aligned or oppositional based on their publicly stated positions and past practices. This sampling strategy ensured balanced representation across contrasting union orientations, allowing for the inclusion of both supportive and critical views of the law. In this way, the study sought to generate a comprehensive account of how different education stakeholders experience and evaluate the reform. Prior to data collection, ethical approval was obtained from the relevant Ethics Committee, and the semi-structured interview protocols were reviewed by academics with expertise in educational policy and qualitative research to enhance validity and clarity (Büyüköztürk, 2019). Separate interview forms were developed for teachers, school leaders, and union representatives, in line with the study’s research questions. These forms were designed to elicit participants’ experiences, perceptions, and evaluations of the law in relation to professional development, rights and entitlements, workplace safety, and institutional relations. To protect confidentiality, participants’ real names were not used; instead, anonymised codes (e.g., K1, K2) were assigned. Data were analysed using qualitative content analysis. Interview questions provided an initial analytical framework, within which codes were generated inductively by identifying recurring patterns and shared meanings across participants’ responses. These codes were then organised into categories and themes, through which the study’s findings were structured and interpreted. The analysis process is ongoing, and the findings presented reflect preliminary patterns identified to date. The research team’s positionality further strengthens the study’s analytical depth. One researcher is a senior scholar in educational administration and education law and the other researcher has experience as a practising teacher. This combination of scholarly and practitioner perspectives enhances reflexivity and supports a nuanced interpretation of the data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings on the Teaching Profession Law (No. 7528) reveal that while stakeholders view it as a historically significant step for professional legitimacy, it is largely characterized as a "necessary but limited starting point." The introduction of career titles is perceived primarily as an economic incentive rather than a mechanism for pedagogical growth. Because these stages do not translate into distinct roles or responsibilities, they have fostered "invisible hierarchies," leading to school-level tensions and weakened collegiality. Furthermore, training provided via the Teacher Information Network is criticized as superficial, failing to offer a high-quality, systematic professional learning model. Experiences regarding economic rights are described as insufficient. The additional payments for "expert" and "head teacher" titles are criticized for: Not being reflected in base salaries or pension entitlements. Failing to offset the rising cost of living. Leaving core issues like job security and contractual employment unaddressed. While provisions to prevent violence in education are welcomed, their practical deterrent effect is seen as limited. The law’s impact on school relations is double-edged; career titles have, in some cases, undermined perceptions of fairness and professional equality, though some attribute these tensions to individual attitudes rather than the law itself. The Academy is viewed with a mix of optimism and caution. While stakeholders value the potential for practice-oriented mentoring, there are significant concerns regarding meritocracy, the marginalization of universities, and the risk of the Academy becoming a restrictive gatekeeping mechanism. The law provides a vital framework for strengthening the teaching profession's status. However, its long-term success depends on moving beyond "symbolic" changes toward more equitable, coherent, and practice-oriented implementation strategies. References Başaran, İ. E. (1993). Eğitim psikolojisi: Modern eğitimin psikolojik temelleri. Kadıoğlu Yayınları. Başol, U. (2024). Sınıf öğretmenlerinin perspektifinden öğretmenlik meslek kanunu (Yüksek lisans tezi). Dicle Üniversitesi, Ulusal Tez Merkezi. Büyüköztürk, Ş. (2019). Bilimsel araştırma yöntemleri (27. baskı). Pegem Akademi. Creswell, J. W. (2013). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches (3rd ed.). SAGE Publications. Darling-Hammond, L. (2017). Empowered educators: How high-performing systems shape teaching quality around the world. Jossey-Bass. Dönmez Yapucuoğlu, M., & Eryılmaz Ballı, F. (2022). The comparative analysis of teaching profession laws in Turkey, Germany, China, Canada and Singapore. Eurasian Journal of Teacher Education, 3(3), 250–266. Kultusministerkonferenz (KMK). (2018). The education system in the Federal Republic of Germany 2017/2018. Secretariat of the Standing Conference of the Ministers of Education and Cultural Affairs. Lammich, E. Y. (2024). 7354 sayılı öğretmenlik meslek kanunu hakkında okul yöneticilerinin görüşleri (Yüksek lisans tezi). Maltepe Üniversitesi, Ulusal Tez Merkezi. Monteiro, A. R. (2015). The teaching profession: Present and future. In A. R. Monteiro (Ed.), The teaching profession (pp. 47–60). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-017-9980-4_4 OECD. (2019). Education policy outlook 2019: Working together to help students achieve their potential. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/2b8ad56e-en OECD. (2020). TALIS 2018 results: Teachers and school leaders as valued professionals (Vol. 2). OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/19cf08df-en Regulation on Promotion in Teaching Career Steps. (2005, March 26). Official Gazette of the Republic of Türkiye (No. 25766). Teaching Profession Law (Law No. 7354). (2022, February 14). Official Gazette of the Republic of Türkiye (No. 31749). Teaching Profession Law (Law No. 7528). (2024, October 10). Official Gazette of the Republic of Türkiye (No. 32395).. Tan, C. (2017). Teacher professionalism in Singapore. In C. Tan (Ed.), Teacher education in the 21st century. Springer. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Heroes and Villains in the PISA Debate: An Analysis of Political Discourse within Burke’s Dramatistic Frame University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:Since the turn of the millennium, PISA results have occupied a central position in political discourse across OECD nations, serving as a primary benchmark for evaluating educational quality and equality (Mertanen and Brunila 2024). These results provide a foundational basis for justifying various educational policy decisions (Bacchi, 2012). Previous research has analysed PISA testing both globally (Baroutsis and Lingard 2017, Hansen, Wallenius et al. 2020, Santos, Carvalho et al. 2022) and within the Finnish educational landscape (Säntti, Hansen et al. 2021), this article specifically investigates how Members of Parliament leverage PISA results to articulate and legitimize their policy positions. The primary analytical framework for this research is Kenneth Burke’s (1969) dramatistic pentad, which conceptualizes linguistic action and rhetorical choices as dramatic instruments comprising five key elements: act, scene, agent, agency, and purpose. By deconstructing political discourse into these categories, the analysis reveals the underlying structures through which speakers seek to legitimize their perspectives in debate. Furthermore, this article aims to delineate the rhetorical mechanisms of guilt and scapegoating. The analysis demonstrates that different political parties and ideological leanings are associated with distinct dramatistic configurations; some emphasize structural contexts and systemic constraints, while others prioritize individual responsibility and accountability. Consequently, actors perceived as heroes from one perspective are frequently framed as villains from another. Ultimately, these configurations serve to mobilize specific normative evaluations and policy priorities, thereby revealing implicit assumptions regarding the fundamental purposes of education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Using the parlamenttisampo.fi open data resource, which contains comprehensive, structured access to Finnish parliamentary speeches I employ keyword-based extraction and SPARQL querying to compile a corpus of speeches that reference PISA, OECD assessments and conjugated finnish forms. The corpus is then subjected to a systematic burkean pentadic analysis, with each speech coded for the dramatistic elements of act, scene, agent, agency and purpose. The analysis proceeds through two interlinked research questions: 1. How is the meaning of PISA constructed in Finnish educational discourse through dramatistic configurations of act, scene, agent, agency, and purpose? 2. How do dominant pentadic ratios function as competing rhetorical logics that allocate responsibility and legitimize particular educational policy trajectories? By focusing on pentadic ratios it is possible to uncover motivational logics underlying parliamentary rhetoric, revealing how certain interpretations of PISA outcomes foreground structural, individual, or normative explanations and thereby implicitly support different policy responses. For example, a scene–act emphasis might attribute changing PISA results to external socio-economic or global forces, whereas an agent–act emphasis may locate responsibility within specific actors like teachers or policymakers. These contrasting rhetorics articulate different visions of causality and political agency. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings My findings possibly demonstrate that Finnish MPs do not merely reference PISA as a set of performance indicators but actively rhetorically constitute PISA as a political object for competing narratives of educational success, decline, equity, and governance. Different political parties and ideological dispositions are associated with distinct dramatistic configurations: some emphasise structural contexts and systemic constraints, while others prioritise individual responsibility and accountability. Heroes for others are seen as villains from different perspective. The analysis suggests that these configurations serve to mobilise particular normative evaluations and policy priorities. Furthermore, findings may suggest interconnection between language, motive, and policy justification, highlighting the ways in which parliamentary discourse both reflects and shapes broader cultural understandings of educational assessment and governance. References Bacchi, C. (2012). Why Study Problematizations? Making Politics Visible. Open Journal of Political Science, 2, 1-8. Baroutsis, A. and B. Lingard (2017). "Counting and comparing school performance: an analysis of media coverage of PISA in Australia, 2000–2014." Journal of Education Policy 32(4): 432–449. Burke, K. (1969). A Rhetoric of Motives. University of California Press. Hansen, P., et al. (2020). "Moving landscapes of Nordic basic education: approaching shifting international influences through the narratives of educational experts." Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education 50(6): 773–791. Mertanen, K. and K. Brunila (2024). "Fragile utopias and dystopias? Governing the future(s) in the OECD youth education policies." Globalisation, Societies and Education 22(5): 942–953. Santos, Í., et al. (2022). "The media’s role in shaping the public opinion on education: A thematic and frame analysis of externalisation to world situations in the Portuguese media." Research in Comparative and International Education 17(1): 29–50. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Sociotechnical Imaginaries: Exploring UNESCO’s Entanglements with Big Tech Through GEC and DTC Deakin University, Australia Presenting Author:Technology has evolved from being a marginal consideration to a key central strategy in shaping UNESCO’s approach to fulfilling its global education mandate. What began as a focus on ICTs to support access and capacity-building, has gradually expanded into a broader digital transformation agenda encompassing platforms, data infrastructures, and multistakeholder partnerships with global technology corporations (Giannini, 2022). This reorientation has been further accelerated by the COVID-19 pandemic, which UNESCO (2023; 2025) has repeatedly framed as an inflection point; one that exposed long-standing systemic fragilities while simultaneously opening new possibilities for reimagining how education systems are governed and made resilient. Within this context, digital technologies are increasingly positioned not as temporary solutions to crisis, but as foundational conditions for long-term system reform. These imaginaries articulate a broader vision in which social and technological transformations are co-produced, yet they also raise critical questions about the politics, priorities, and power relations embedded in this reorientation (Elfert & Yseden, 2023; Gorur, Seller & Steiner-Khamsi, 2019). This complexity underscores the need for a more critical, nuanced approach to understand the integration of technology into global education reforms. This PhD study examines how UNESCO’s sociotechnical imaginaries of digital education are evolving through its entanglements with big tech actors, and how these imaginaries are reshaping its approaches to global education reform under conditions of crisis and uncertainty. It focuses on two post-pandemic UNESCO initiatives- the Global Education Coalition (GEC) and the Digital Transformation Collaborative (DTC). They were Initially established as emergency responses to widespread educational disruption in 2020 and have since stabilised into a more long-term arrangement. The GEC and DTC bring together more than 200 members, including international organisations, civil society actors, global technology corporations, and government bodies. Together, they provide critical sites for examining how digital education futures are assembled through complex interactions of policies and partnerships. The research addresses two key questions: (1) How are UNESCO’s sociotechnical imaginaries of digital education evolving through its partnerships with big tech actors, and in what ways are these imaginaries reconfiguring global education reform? (2) How are new roles, competing visions, and priorities negotiated within these multistakeholder assemblages? The study approaches the UNESCO-initiatives as sociotechnical assemblages through which particular visions of education, and its governance are articulated and operationalised. It draws from the field of Science and Technology Studies (STS) to frame its theoretical background and mobilises key concepts of sociotechnical imaginaries, infrastructures and assemblages. The study seeks to contend that UNESCO’s education reforms, aligned towards digitalisation, are not merely reflecting pre-existing visions of an equitable and accessible quality education, but are also actively materialising desirable education futures. As such, this research study locates digital education beyond a set of tools, practices and policies. It views digital education as dynamic sociotechnical imaginaries, which get assembled, contested, and performed across scales and sites. The concept of sociotechnical imaginaries as defined by Jasanoff (2015, p.6) refers to “collectively held, institutionally stabilised, and publicly performed visions of desirable futures”. These imaginaries, hence, are not simple narratives or visions. They are world-making forces which evolve as materialisations within infrastructures, policy-enactments, and get legitimised through institutional relationships (Furlong, 2014; Star & Bowker, 1999). UNESCO’s entanglements with big tech thus become reflective of how these imaginaries travel, morph and assemble in diverse contexts. This framing further implies that neither technology nor policy can be fully understood in isolation from the discourses, practices, and infrastructures that sustain them. In the context of this study, such a perspective is critical for analysing how UNESCO and its big tech partners configure digital futures through sociotechnical imaginaries that travel across borders and are locally contested. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research is designed as an assemblage ethnography (Wahlberg, 2022), to enables the study of phenomena unfolding across sites, scales, and actors. An assemblage ethnography does not assume a bounded field. It follows how policies, technologies, institutions, and imaginaries are brought into relation and get stabilised. Within this methodological framing, documents are treated as key ethnographic sites through which UNESCO’s digital education initiatives are assembled and governed. This paper presents preliminary findings from the analysis of 21 key documents associated with the GEC and the DTC. This including vision-setting texts, operational frameworks, policy briefs, coordination documents, and event-related web publications. The analysis follows Asdal and Reinersten’s (2021) documents analysis. It reads documents not as neutral repositories of policy intent but as sites of action, coordination, and imagination, where documents exist as sociotechnical actors with performative capacity. These texts not only describe educational futures but also enact specific norms and logics that shape how digital transformation is understood and governed. In doing so, the documents help to translate broad visions of digital transformation into operational frameworks, partnership arrangements, and governing logics that travel across contexts, sites and scales. Conceptualising documents in this way shapes how the analysis proceeds. Instead of reading documents for what they say about digital education, the analysis attends to how documents operate, for example- how they bring together heterogeneous actors, establish shared vocabularies, and translate broad visions into operational forms. This emphasis on documents in action aligns with treating governance as an ongoing, distributed process that is performed through practices such as reporting, standard-setting or framework-building. The document analysis in this thesis considers two lines of inquiry- what documents say and what work they do. Within the GEC and DTC assemblages, documents function as mediators that align various actors, UNESCO, big tech companies, national ministries, civil society organisations, and local partners, around shared imaginaries of ‘digital transformation.’ These textual artefacts provide both linguistic and procedural infrastructures through which collaboration becomes workable, creating common reference points, standardising priorities, and shaping expectations (Gorur et al., 2019). Documents such as DTC’s Six Pillars Framework operationalise imaginaries of digital education by prescribing roles, delineating responsibilities, defining indicators of success, and embedding assumptions about capacity, infrastructure, and readiness into global-to-local practices (UNESCO, 2023). Such frameworks, hence, exemplify how documents can structure action, mediate coordination, and translate abstract visions into actionable forms. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings suggest that documents carry an articulation of resilience, which operates within a broader imaginary of crises. Pandemics, conflicts, climate emergencies, are not treated as aberrations but as catalytic portals for policy experimentation and system- redesign. In this framing, uncertainty becomes a productive policy resource. Within GEC and DTC materials, disruption is mobilised to legitimise data-driven coordination, leadership readiness, and “whole-of-system” digital transformation (UNESCO, 2025, p. 10). GEC-DTC workshops function as diagnostic spaces where future aspirations are aligned. Their operational framework introduces new conceptual and material infrastructures that embed resilience into connectivity thresholds, data flow cycles, and regimes of continuous experimentation. The analysis further shows how documents subtly order authority and expertise within UNESCO’s multistakeholder arrangements. Guidance materials articulate partnerships through the language of readiness, capacity, and innovation ecosystems. It positions big tech actors as innovation leaders and technical experts in an anticipatory governance logic (Lakoff, 2015), which is oriented towards managing future uncertainty. These distinctions stabilise an uneven distributions of agency. They legitimise a governance logic where platforms, standards, and frameworks provided by big tech increasingly shape the landscape of global education reforms. The study contributes to critical debates central to the ECER 2026 theme concerning the changing conditions of knowing and acting in education. By foregrounding UNESCO’s entanglements with big tech, the study contributes to critical debates on global education governance, international development, and the political role of digital infrastructures. It responds to calls for closer examination of how the global tech industry influences public education systems, particularly in the wake of post-pandemic digital acceleration. The research demonstrates how sociotechnical imaginaries do performative work in shaping what education reform becomes, especially within narratives of crises and uncertainty. It also reveals how global aspirations for inclusion and resilience are increasingly infrastructuralised through partnerships, and data-driven logics. References Elfert, M., & Ydesen, C. (2023). Contemporary Agendas and Shifts in the Global Governance of Education. In Global Governance of Education: The Historical and Contemporary Entanglements of UNESCO, the OECD and the World Bank (pp. 193-219). Cham: Springer International Publishing. Furlong, K. (2014). STS beyond the “modern infrastructure ideal”: Extending theory by engaging with infrastructure challenges in the South. Technology in Society, 38, 139-147. Giannini, S. (2022). 20 UNESCO AND THE FUTURES OF EDUCATION. In Education: A Global Compact for a Time of Crisis (pp. 361-378). Columbia University Press. Gorur, R., Sellar, S., & Steiner-Khamsi, G. (2018). Big data and even bigger consequences. In World Yearbook of Education 2019 (pp. 1-9). Routledge. Jasanoff, S. (2015). Future imperfect: Science, technology, and the imaginations of modernity. Dreamscapes of modernity: Sociotechnical imaginaries and the fabrication of power, 1-33. Lakoff, A. (2015). Global health security and the pathogenic imaginary. Dreamscapes of modernity: Sociotechnical imaginaries and the fabrication of power, 300-320. Star, S. L., & Bowker, G. (1999). Sorting things out. Classification an its consequences The MIT Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts, London, England. UNESCO. (2023). Transforming education together: The Global Education Coalition in action. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000384812 UNESCO. (2025). Celebrating five years of impact and driving action for SDG 4: The Global Education Coalition. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000393086.locale=en Wahlberg, A. (2022). Assemblage Ethnography: Configurations Across Scales, Sites, and Practices: Post-Structuralism. In The Palgrave handbook of the anthropology of technology (pp. 125-144). Singapore: Springer Nature Singapore. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Narratives around an Instrument of an Accountability Policy: The Case of the Steering Plan in French-Speaking Belgium University of Liege, Belgium Presenting Author:School Autonomy with Accountability (SAWA) reforms, inspired by New Public Management, grant schools autonomy in exchange for centralized performance monitoring (Tröhler et al., 2014). While sharing common principles, these reforms display significant variations in their institutional design, policy instruments, and modes of legitimation. The literature distinguishes “high-stakes” accountability models, found mainly but not exclusively in Anglo-Saxon contexts, from “soft accountability” or “low-stakes” approaches relying on negotiated instruments, procedural regulation, and discursive alignment rather than direct sanctions (Maroy & Voisin, 2014; Verger et al., 2019). Historically characterized by a “quasi-market” and “freedom of education” (Maroy & Dupriez, 2000; Maroy, 2004), the education system in French-speaking Belgium is undergoing a major shift. Initiated by the 2017 the “Pacte pour un Enseignement d’excellence”, a new governance model introduces a suite of instruments rooted in accountability, notably the steering plan (plan de pilotage) (Renard & Demeuse, 2017). Since 2019, every school is required to design a six-year strategic plan, translating central system-level goals, “Objectifs d'Amélioration du Système Éducatif” (OASE), into local actions adapted to their specific context. Once validated by administrative officials known as “Délégués aux contrats d'objectifs”, these plans become objectives contracts (contracts d’objectifs). Fundamentally, this framework creates a dual dynamic : schools are expected to use their autonomy to make their own diagnosis, choose strategies and actions to be implemented to contribute to the system improvement goals set at the central level, while the central authority exercises greater control over the achievement of results (Renard & Demeuse, 2017; Souto Lopez, 2022). This new accountability policy places the steering plan at its core, marking a shift in the governance of the educational system that merits close examination. This contribution specifically investigates the narratives surrounding the instrument, aiming to deconstruct its political formulation and the justifications that underpinned its acceptance. Guided by a specific set of inquiries, we examine:
To address these questions, we mobilized a sociology of policy instrumentation (Lascoumes & Le Galès, 2004, 2007) combined with a policy narratives analysis (Radaelli, 2000; Stone, 2012). Following Lascoumes and Le Galès (2004, 2007), we consider instruments as socio-technical arrangements that materialize specific representations of public problems and organize power relations between governing authorities and policy recipients. This instrumental perspective is articulated with a policy narratives analysis. Drawing on Stone’s (2012) concept of “causal stories”, we argue that policy narratives participate in the construction of the “policy problem”, its causes and legitimising specifics solutions such as the steering plan. In this contribution, we stress the policy narratives that have been produced during the policy process leading to the adoption of the steering plan. We highlight how a consensus emerged around this instrument that can be seen as instrumental for regulating the functioning of schools and as a key feature of the new accountability policy promoted in French-speaking Belgium. We examine the properties, limits, and potentialities attributed to it by different stakeholders during the policy process. We thus show that the consensus built around this instrument relies on its interpretive flexibility. We stress that the plasticity of the instrument enabled it to be framed simultaneously as a tool for “soft accountability” and a lever for “professional empowerment” thereby helping to build a consensus among stakeholders that enabled its adoption. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This contribution employs a qualitative and interpretive methodology, beginning with a targeted literature review (n ≈ 31). This initial phase focused on the scientific literature analysing the evolution of education policies in French-speaking Belgium over the last 35 years. This literature review allowed us to situate the new accountability policy under study and the steering plan it introduced within the web of education policies in French-speaking Belgium. Our core empirical data is also derived from a documentary analysis (n ≈ 45). The corpus includes institutional documents produced between 2014 and 2018, such as parliamentary debates, legislative texts, and preparatory reports. We paid a particular attention to sections defining the functions, objectives, and modalities of the steering plan / objectives contract. To complement this documentary evidence, semi-structured interviews (n ≈ 30) were conducted with key stakeholders directly involved in the design of the reform. The interview panel includes political decision-makers, high-level civil servants, academic experts, consultants, and representatives of organizing power federations (Fédérations de pouvoirs organisateurs / FPO), teaching unions, parent-teacher association federations and educative associations. Part of the interview was specifically designed to examine stakeholders' perceptions of the strengths, potential and limitations of the instrument under study. Interviewees were indeed asked to explain their positions regarding the steering plan, identify the points of tension encountered during the reform process, and describe any other instruments that could have been considered. Data analysis is based on thematic content analysis (Paillé & Mucchielli, 2016) and proceeds in three stages: organizing the empirical material, systematically coding thematic patterns across both interviews and documents, and interpreting how various actors justify, support, or challenge the instrument. In this framework, themes are treated not as mere labels but as analytical categories that capture the complex meanings and values attributed to the policy instrument. Particular attention was paid to both converging justifications and the underlying differences that characterize stakeholders' perspectives. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our preliminary findings suggest that the adoption of the steering plan was made possible the plasticity of the instrument itself. A consensus was built upon a shared diagnosis of the educational system’s lack of efficiency and equity, and the seven strategic improvement goals (OASE) set at the central level, providing the necessary normative framework. However, the adoption of the steering plan relied on the instrument's interpretative flexibility. It allowed diverse stakeholders to identify properties aligned with the values they defend and with strategic stakes such as the distribution of power and room for manoeuvre in regulating the education system. For instance, for the Administration, the instrument was framed as a tool for systemic regulation and “soft accountability” (Verger et al., 2019), enabling the central authority (Fédération Wallonie-Bruxelles) to reassert control over educational outcomes. Organizing power federations (FPO), have seen their position as legitimate “intermediate bodies” (corps intermédiaires) reaffirmed, in particular by playing an important role in providing guidance and support to schools. By contrast, teachers’ unions narrated the instrument as a lever for “professional emancipation,” involving school-teams in the management of their institutions. By reconstructing the policy narratives constructed around the steering plan during the policy process, this study delves into the specific discourses of various stakeholders and helps to understand how a policy consensus was reached around this specific instrument. In doing so, we also show how this specific policy instruments ultimately stabilizes a new regulatory framework within the French-speaking Belgian education system, based very centrally on school’s accountability and performance-based management. References Lascoumes, P., & Le Galès, P. (2004). Gouverner par les instruments. Presses de Sciences Po. Lascoumes, P., & Le Galès, P. (2007). Introduction: Understanding Public Policy through Its Instruments. Governance, 20(1), 1–21. Maroy,C., & Dupriez, V. (2000). La régulation dans les systèmes scolaires : proposition théorique et analyse du cadre structurel en belgique francophone. Revue française de pédagogie, 130(1), 7387. Https://doi.Org/10.3406/rfp.2000.1054 Maroy,C. (2004). L’impact du décret « Missions » sur les modes de régulation du système d’enseignement : discours et évolutions effectives. In M. Frenay & C. Maroy (éds.), L’école, six ans après le décret « Missions » (1 ). Presses universitaires de louvain. Https://books.Openedition.Org/pucl/10272 Paillé, P., & Mucchielli, A. (2016). L’analyse qualitative (4e éd.). Armand Colin. Radaelli, C. M., Logiques de pouvoirs et récits dans les politiques publiques de l'union européenne. Revue française de science politique, 255-275. Renard, F., & Demeuse, M. (2017). Du Contrat stratégique pour l’école au Pacte pour un Enseignement d’Excellence. Les nouveaux modes de gouvernance préconisés par le Pacte à travers le plan de pilotage. Institut d’administration scolaire de l’Université de Mons. En ligne: bit.ly/pactegouvernance Souto Lopez, M. (2022). Nouvelle gouvernance du Pacte d’excellence: Gage d’équité, de qualité et d’efficacité?. La Revue nouvelle, 21(9), 33-42. Stone, D. A. (2012). Policy paradox: The art of political decision making (3rd ed.). W. W. Norton. Tröhler, D., Meyer, H.-D., Labaree, D. F., & Hutt, E. L. (2014). Accountability: Antecedents, power, and processes. Teachers College Record, 116(9), 1-12. Verger, A., Fontdevila, C., & Parcerisa, L. (2019). Reforming governance through policy instruments: How and to what extent standards, tests and accountability in education spread worldwide. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 40(2), 248-270. Voisin, A., & Maroy, C. (2018). La sociologie de l’éducation au croisement de la sociologie de l’action publique: apports des cadres pour une typologie des systèmes d’accountability. Cahiers de recherche sociologique, (64), 173-202. |
| 16:15 - 17:45 | 99 ERC SES 05 J: Teacherly becoming Location: E301 | Main building E | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Eero Ropo Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Representations of Teacher Identity in Finnish and Indian Teacher Education Policy: A Critical Discourse Analysis University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:The influence of neo-liberalism on education, which informs state expectations and visions for teacher identity, poses several navigational challenges on teachers. In such circumstances, teacher identity as a way of making sense of oneself is further shaped by the state’s expectations and their vision of an ideal teacher. This study explored the longitudinally national representation of teacher identity in Finland and India. The distinct educational and sociopolitical contexts of Finland and India offer a valuable framework for examining how contrasting systemic influences shape teacher identity. Moreover, research on teacher identity and its contextual development have been overlooked between these countries. To understand this interplay between systemic influences and identity, the study operated with the research question: How does the representation of teacher identity in government policy documents for teacher education compare between Finland and India? The representation of teacher identity in the official documents of Finland and India for teacher education was understood through Critical Discourse Analysis (CDA). The Finnish documents included the Government Decree on University Degrees and Professional Specialisation Programmes (MEC, 2004) and the second edition of Teacher Education Development Programme (MEC, 2022). The Indian documents included the National Curriculum Framework for Teacher Education (NCFTE, 2009) and the National Education Policy (NEP, 2020). The study adopted Fairclough’s (1995) three-dimensional model of discourse analysis as an analytical tool to explore the dimensions of social practice, discursive practice, and text. The analysis of the selected texts showcased that, in Finland, the discourses of competence, university inclusion, aspirations, and teacher shortage suggested a teacher identity of a competent research-oriented teacher. In India, the discourses of neglect, inadequacy, isolation, and urgency suggested an attempt to reconnect teacher identity with the national ethos and traditional values. The ideal teacher identity was stable across the examined Finnish documents but varied between the Indian documents. The Finnish discourses showcased an overt reliance on research at the expense of practical community-based teaching which places their teacher identity at crossroads (Hansén et al., 2023). It calls for reimagining teacher identity, possibly drawing strength from the discourses of competence, university inclusion and aspirations. On the other hand, Indian discourses appeared consequential and hegemonic in nature. That is, the state’s neglect leads to teacher inadequacy and teacher isolation, which are further manifested in a constant urgency to improve the teaching profession. The implications for Indian teacher identity, hegemonically shaped by systemic neglect, corporatization, institutional isolation, and policy-practice disconnects (e.g., Batra, 2014), position teachers more as technical functionaries than as empowered professionals. This diverging contextual identities should however not be reduced to the binary of good or bad; it should be reasoned through context and the lack of national immunity to the consequences of teacher shortage against evolving global influences on national development. The study argues that national definitions of teacher identity depend on the capability of the state to afford and provide education, which has a large imprint on the avenues for teachers’ professional development and support. Moreover, the evolutionary nature of teacher identity mandates a constant re-evaluation of the individual-context interplay by teachers, teacher educators, preservice teachers, educational and state institutions for effective teacher development. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopted an interpretivist stance to critically explore teacher identity represented in Finnish and Indian policy documents. As an analytical tool, CDA assists in highlighting and curbing emerging inequalities by exploring the relation between discourse and the social realities of power relations, ideologies, and social identities (Fairclough, 2012). It does so by emphasizing on semiotics, linking language and society, and arguing any legitimization of power and inequalities (Cohen et al., 2018). It further uncovers the biases in policies by foregrounding dominant and alternative discourses and may assist a simultaneous comparative study through the process of critical inquiry (Tracy, 2013). The study adopted Fairclough’s (1995) three-dimensional model of discourse analysis as an analytical tool for CDA. The dimensions include social practice, discursive practice, and text. To comprehend the representation of teacher identity, the first layer reveals the educational and teacher-related developments in Finland and India, thereby explaining their individual sociocultural contexts. The second layer reveals coexisting and interconnected discourses about teachers to interpret its possible effects on how teacher identity is understood. The third layer describes the representation of teacher identity in the examined documents by adopting the textual analysis features of modality and evaluation (see Fairclough, 2003). Modality and evaluation enable a nuanced understanding of the commitment expressed by the authors of the examined documents towards their truth and desirability about teacher identity. Modality is assessed using assertive and declarative sentences or questions, highlighting what these authors believe as truth in their arguments. Evaluation is assessed through statements showcasing the aspects these authors qualify as desirable or undesirable. Modality and evaluation thus help to analyse the beliefs about teacher identity communicated in the examined policy documents and the particular language used to effect such communication of beliefs. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of the selected texts for Finland showed that the ideal teacher identity is that of a competent research-oriented individual, shaped through four discourses. The discourse of competence rationalised the emphasis on professional accountability over performance accountability, which was further supported by the discourse of university inclusion making teacher education a prominent part of university spaces. These discourses enabled the discourse of aspiration suggesting that a global aspirational education model may have strengthened a relatively stable teacher identity in Finland since the 1970s (see Elstad, 2023). However, the parallel discourse of teacher shortage implied that a relatively stable teacher identity and an aspirational educational model still demand reconfiguration alongside evolving national and global contexts (Säntti et al., 2023). The analysis of the selected texts for India indicated four discourses representing an ideal teacher identity premised on traditional and performance-oriented values. The discourse of neglect represented the negligible position of teachers in the larger educational discourse. The discourse of inadequacy worked as a ratification for the disinterest of the state and inviting private entities to optimise resources. India’s disregard toward teacher education was further demonstrated by the discourse of isolation from universities while its intentions toward teacher identity were observed in the discourse of urgency. The Indian discourses appeared consequential and hegemonic in nature. This consequential nature of the identified discourses demonstrated how identity development in India remains a secondary concern due to the preoccupation with and urgency to restore the profession of teaching (see Batra, 2014; Sriprakash, 2012; Takker & Ramchand, 2022). The analysis thus showcased how certain policy discourses in Finland and India, which are influenced by their respective sociopolitical and demographic aspects, define the teacher these nations expect. References Batra, P. (2014). Problematising teacher education practice in India: Developing a research agenda. Education as Change, 18(sup1), S5-S18. https://doi.org/10.1080/16823206.2013.877358 Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2018). Research methods in education. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203720967 Elstad, E. (2023). Why Should People Outside the Nordic Region Be Interested in Teacher Education in the Nordic Region? In E. Elstad (Eds.), Teacher education in the Nordic region: Challenges and opportunities (pp. 1-16). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-26051-3_5 Fairclough, N. (1995). Critical Discourse Analysis. Longman. Fairclough, N. (2003). Analysing Discourse and Text: Textual Analysis for Social Research. Routledge. Fairclough, N. (2012). Critical discourse analysis. In J.P. Gee & M. Handford (Eds.), The Routledge Handbook of Discourse Analysis (pp. 9-20). Routledge. Hansén, S-E., Lavonen, J., Sjöberg, J., Aspfors, J., Wikman, T., & Eriksson, I. (2023). Tension Patterns in Finnish Teacher Education – Recruitment, Reform and Relevance. In E. Elstad (Eds.), Teacher education in the Nordic region: Challenges and opportunities (pp. 159-174). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-26051-3_5 Ministry of Education and Culture (MEC). (2004). Government Decree on University Degrees and Professional Specialisation Programmes. 794 /2004. Ministry of Education and Culture (MEC). (2022). Opettajankoulutuksen kehittämisohjelma 2022–2026 [Teacher Education Development Programme 2022-2026]. https://julkaisut.valtioneuvosto.fi/handle/10024/164087 NCFTE. (2009). National Curriculum Framework for Teacher Education: Towards Preparing Professional and Humane Teacher. National Council for Teacher Education. NEP. (2020). National Education Policy 2020. Ministry of Human Resource Development (MHRD). Government of India. Säntti, J., Puustinen, M., & Hansen, P. (2023). Unmentioned challenges of Finnish teacher education: Decontextualisation, scientification and the rhetoric of the research-based agenda. In M. Thrupp, P. Seppänen, J. Kauko, & S. Kosunen (Eds.), Finland’s Famous Education System: Unvarnished Insights into Finnish Schooling (pp. 105-119). Springer. Sriprakash, A. (2012). On Being a Teacher: Work Stories in Contexts of Change. In R. Maclean, R. Watanabe (Eds.), Pedagogies for Development The Politics and Practice of Child-Centered Education in India (pp. 71-87). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-007-2669-7 Takker, S. & Ramchand, M. (2022). Initial teacher education: Possibilities and limits of curriculum reform. In Ramchand, M., Khunyakari, R., & Bose, A. (Eds.), Learning without Burden: Where are We a Quarter Century after the Yash Pal Committee Report (1st ed.) (pp. 57-82). Routledge India. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003046059 Tracy, S. (2013). Qualitative research methods: Collecting evidence, crafting analysis, communicating impact. Wiley-Blackwell. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Understanding the Relationship between Preservice Teachers’ Professional Identity and Resilience: Insights from Finnish Teacher Education 1: University of Jyväskylä, Finland; 2: University of Oulu, Finland; 3: University of Helsinki, Finland; 4: University of Eastern Finland, Finland Presenting Author:Teacher retention has emerged as a persistent global challenge, contributing to workforce instability, higher costs, and diminished instructional quality across education systems. While this issue has been widely documented internationally, it is also particularly salient in high-performing education systems, such as Finland. Despite the country’s formidable reputation in teacher education, studies indicate that approximately 40–50% of Finnish teachers report intentions to leave the profession at some point in their careers (Pyhältö et al., 2015). This paradox highlights the urgent need to move beyond structural explanations of attrition and to focus on individual and developmental factors that may predict teachers’ long-term engagement with the profession. One construct that has attracted growing attention in international research is teacher resilience. Teacher resilience is a dynamic process shaped by the interplay of individual resources and contextual conditions, enabling teachers to adapt to, recover from, and grow through professional challenges (Metsäpelto et al., 2022). Research consistently shows that resilient teachers are more likely to remain committed to the profession, cope effectively with stress, and sustain motivation over time (Tait, 2008). Importantly, resilience is not a fixed trait but a developmental capacity that can be fostered during teacher education, making it a critical focus for research and policy across European and international contexts. Intricately linked to resilience is teachers’ professional identity, which is widely conceptualized as an evolving and multidimensional construct shaped through continuous interpretation of individual experiences and professional contexts (Metsäpelto et al., 2022). Teacher education plays a significant role in initiating this identity formation process, yet professional identity continues to develop throughout teachers’ careers. Hanna et al. (2019) identify six core domains of teacher identity (self-image, motivation, commitment, self-efficacy, task perception, and job satisfaction), although the relative importance and interrelationships among these domains remain underexplored (Canrinus et al., 2012). This study focuses on two empirically and theoretically central domains of professional identity: motivation for a teaching career and commitment to the profession. Motivation has been strongly linked to teacher engagement, well-being, and retention across diverse educational systems (Collie, 2023). Understanding how motivation develops longitudinally during teacher education is, therefore, essential for strengthening sustainable career commitment. Commitment to teaching is another key predictor of persistence and professional well-being (Klassen & Chiu, 2011). Although motivation and commitment are theoretically interconnected, empirical research directly examining their combined and longitudinal effects, particularly in relation to resilience and dropout intentions, remains limited (Canrinus et al., 2012). Identifying the individual-level factors that support stable commitment is thus critical for addressing teacher attrition across educational levels and national contexts. Given these relational facts, this study aims to quantitatively examine whether teacher education in Finland facilitates the development of professional identity among preservice teachers. In alignment with these objectives, this longitudinal study will investigate the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study will quantitatively investigate whether teacher education in Finland supports preservice teachers' professional development and retention. It will use national data from the KASVU project on the 2022 and 2025 preservice teacher cohorts. The key variables in this study are motivation for studies (Gaspard et al., 2017), commitment to the profession (Professional Engagement Scale; Watt & Richardson, 2007), resilience (Brief Resilience Scale; Smith et al., 2008), and intentions to drop out (Vasalampi et al., 2018). Associations among these variables will be examined using structural equation modeling in Mplus version 8.8 (Muthén & Muthén, 1998-2017). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Amid growing concerns about teachers’ professional resilience and rising attrition, this study will offer timely insights into the developmental processes that sustain teaching careers. In the Finnish context, it will examine the interrelations among preservice teachers’ professional identity, motivation, commitment, intentions to leave the profession, and resilience, moving beyond deficit-oriented explanations of teacher attrition and foregrounding the role of teacher education in shaping long-term professional engagement. Its longitudinal, quantitative design will reveal developmental patterns and lasting effects often missed in cross-sectional studies, providing robust empirical evidence for international discussions on teacher resilience and retention. It will offer a valuable example of how professional identity development can be supported in Finnish teacher education, which is known for its quality. These evidence-based findings will guide preservice and newly qualified teachers in their early careers, as well as teacher educators and school leaders responsible for creating supportive learning and working environments. Future research may build on this to compare how different teacher education systems cultivate resilient and dedicated teachers across varied educational settings. References Canrinus, E. T., Helms-Lorenz, M., Beijaard, D., Buitink, J., & Hofman, A. (2012). Self-Efficacy, job satisfaction, motivation and commitment: Exploring the relationships between indicators of teachers’ professional identity. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 27(1), 115–132. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10212-011-0069-2 Collie, R. J. (2023). Teachers’ work motivation: Examining perceived leadership practices and salient outcomes. Teaching and Teacher Education, 135, 104348. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104348 Gaspard, H., Jiang, Y., Piesch, H., Nagengast, B., Jia, N., Lee, J., & Bong, M. (2020-04). Assessing students' values and costs in three countries: Gender and age differences within countries and structural differences across countries. Learning and individual differences, 79, 101836. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lindif.2020.101836 Hanna, F., Oostdam, R., Severiens, S. E., & Zijlstra, B. J. H. (2019). Domains of teacher identity: A review of quantitative measurement instruments. Educational Research Review, 27, 15–27. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2019.01.003 Klassen, R. M., & Chiu, M. M. (2011). The occupational commitment and intention to quit of practicing and preservice teachers: Influence of self-Efficacy, job stress, and teaching context. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 36(2), 114–129. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2011.01.002 Metsäpelto, R.-L., Poikkeus, A.-M., Heikkilä, M., Husu, J., Laine, A., Lappalainen, K., Lähteenmäki, M., Mikkilä-Erdmann, M., & Warinowski, A. (2022). A multidimensional adapted process model of teaching. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 34(2), 143–172. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11092-021-09373-9 Metsäpelto, R.-L., Poikkeus, A.-M., Utriainen, J., Muotka, J., Tolvanen, A., & Warinowski, A. (2022). Multiple mini-interviews as a selection tool for initial teacher education admissions. Teaching and Teacher Education, 113, 103660. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2022.103660 Muthén, L. K., & Muthén, B. O. (1998). Mplus user’s guide (8th ed.). https://www.statmodel.com/download/usersguide/MplusUserGuideVer_8.pdf Pyhältö, K. (2015). When teaching gets tough – Professional community inhibitors of teacher-Targeted bullying and turnover intentions. Improving Schools, 18(3), 263–276. https://doi.org/10.1177/1365480215589663 Smith, B. W., Dalen, J., Wiggins, K., Tooley, E., Christopher P., & Bernard, J. (2008). The brief resilience scale: Assessing the ability to bounce back. International Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 15(3), 194–200. https://doi.org/10.1080/10705500802222972 Tait, M. (2008). Resilience as a contributor to novice teacher success, commitment, and retention. Teacher Education Quarterly, 35(4), 57–75. https://www.proquest.com/scholarly-journals/resilience-as-contributor-novice-teacher-success/docview/222851487/se-2 Vasalampi, K., Kiuru, N., & Salmela‐Aro, K. (2018). The role of a supportive interpersonal environment and education‐related goal motivation during thetransition beyond upper secondary education.Contemporary Educational Psychology, 55, 110–119. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2018.09.001 Watt, H. M. G., & Richardson, P. W. (2007). Motivational Factors Influencing Teaching as a Career Choice: Development and Validation of the FIT-Choice Scale. The Journal of Experimental Education, 75(3), 167–202. https://doi.org/10.3200/JEXE.75.3.167-202 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Learning Activities Across Core Subjects in Latvian Secondary Distance Education University of Latvia, Latvia Presenting Author:Distance education places particular emphasis on the design of learning activities and tasks, as instructional interaction and pedagogical guidance are largely mediated through learning materials. In such contexts, learning activities play a central role in structuring learning processes, shaping student engagement and reaching curricular goals. Despite the expansion of distance and digitally mediated schooling across Europe, empirical research examining the types of learning activities offered to secondary school students remains limited. This study examines the categorisation of learning activities and tasks used in distance education schools in Latvia. The empirical focus is on Grade 9 and Grade 12, which are high-stakes examination years in the Latvian education system. Three examination subjects, English, Latvian and Mathematics, are included to allow exploration of task design across language and non-language disciplines and across lower and upper secondary levels. The primary objective of the study is to systematically categorise learning activities used in distance education and to map their distribution across subjects and grade levels. The study adopts a descriptive and analytical perspective, aiming to document how learning activities are structured and presented to students rather than to evaluate learning outcomes or instructional effectiveness. The study is informed by multiple established frameworks in learning design and distance education. These include learning design taxonomies that distinguish types of learning activities (e.g. the Open University Learning Design framework), models of pedagogical dialogue and teaching-learning processes (e.g. Laurillard’s Conversational Framework), theories of interaction in distance education (e.g. Moore’s and Anderson’s interaction models), taxonomies addressing cognitive demand (e.g. Bloom’s Digital Taxonomy) and frameworks conceptualising modes of learner engagement (e.g. the ICAP framework). Together, these perspectives support a multi-dimensional examination of learning activities in terms of instructional intent, interaction, cognitive complexity and learner activity. The study addresses the following research questions:
While the empirical focus is national, the study is situated within broader European and international discussions on distance education, curriculum digitalisation and secondary-level learning design. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs qualitative content analysis to examine student-facing learning activities used in distance education schools. The empirical material consists of learning tasks and activities assigned to students in Grades 9 and 12 in English, Latvian and Mathematics, which are core examination subjects within the national curriculum, collected from digital learning platforms and instructional materials used in distance education. These materials represent the activities students are expected to complete independently and therefore constitute a key component of instructional design in distance education contexts. The study employs qualitative content analysis with an analytically plural, framework-informed approach. Learning activities are coded using a set of coding dimensions informed by multiple established frameworks in learning design, pedagogical interaction, cognitive demand and learner engagement. These frameworks jointly inform the development of a categorisation scheme, allowing learning activities to be analysed from complementary theoretical perspectives rather than through a single dominant taxonomy. Coding focuses on identifying the dominant characteristics of each learning activity, such as the form of learner engagement, the type of interaction implied and the nature of the cognitive activity required. In addition to qualitative categorisation, the study incorporates descriptive quantitative elements. The frequency and distribution of activity types are recorded to support comparison across subjects and educational levels. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analysis shows that learning activities used in secondary distance education display some subject-related differences in focus and structure. Initial findings suggest that learning activities in English, Latvian and Mathematics differ in terms of the types of learner engagement, forms of pedagogical interaction and cognitive processes emphasised, reflecting distinct disciplinary orientations and curricular expectations. In contrast, preliminary analysis indicates that variation in learning activities across educational levels is less pronounced. Rather than observing substantial changes in the overall types of activities offered between lower and upper secondary education, the analysis suggests a gradual progression in the level of cognitive challenge and analytical engagement required of students. These preliminary observations are descriptive in nature and do not imply evaluative judgments regarding instructional quality or effectiveness. The completed analysis is expected to provide a systematic empirical overview of how learning activities are differentiated by subject and how they progress across educational levels in secondary distance education. Although grounded in the Latvian context, the findings are intended to inform broader European and international discussions on learning activity design, disciplinary differentiation and task progression in distance education. References Anderson, T. (2003). Getting the Mix Right Again: An updated and theoretical rationale for interaction. International Review of Research in Open and Distance Learning, 4(2), 1–14. https://www.irrodl.org/index.php/irrodl/article/view/149/708 Chi, M. T. H., & Wylie, R. (2014). The ICAP Framework: Linking Cognitive Engagement to Active Learning Outcomes. Educational Psychologist, 49(4), 219–243. https://doi.org/10.1080/00461520.2014.965823 Churches, A. (2008). Bloom’s Digital Taxonomy. Educational Origami. http://edorigami.wikispaces Laurillard, D. (2013). Teaching as a Design Science: Building Pedagogical Patterns for Learning and Technology. Teaching as a Design Science: Building Pedagogical Patterns for Learning and Technology, 1–258. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203125083 Maqsood, F., Batool, F., Amin, Dr. S., & Hussain, S. (2024). Decoding Online Learning: Exploring Educational Taxonomies for Virtual Instruction. International Research Journal of Management and Social Sciences, 5(1), 217–229. https://irjmss.com/index.php/irjmss/article/view/235 Moore, M. G. (1989). Editorial: Three Types of Interaction. American Journal of Distance Education, 3(2), 1–7. https://doi.org/10.1080/08923648909526659 Pollard, V., & Armatas, C. (2025). Feedback is Integral: Using a Revised ICAP Framework to Achieve Active Learning in an Asynchronous Online Course. Online Learning Journal, 29. https://doi.org/10.24059/olj.v29i3.4555 Rienties, B., Toetenel, L., & Bryan, A. (2015). “Scaling up” learning design: Impact of learning design activities on LMS behavior and performance. ACM International Conference Proceeding Series, 16-20-March-2015, 315–319. https://doi.org/10.1145/2723576.2723600 Toetenel, L., & Rienties, B. (2016). Analysing 157 learning designs using learning analytic approaches as a means to evaluate the impact of pedagogical decision making. British Journal of Educational Technology, 47(5), 981–992. https://doi.org/10.1111/BJET.12423 |
| 16:15 - 17:45 | 99 ERC SES 05 K: Navigating the ecologies of being and becoming a teacher Location: E222 | Main building E | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Mona Granato Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Unpacking Second-Career Teachers Professional Development: Focus on a Perception of Teaching and Micropolitics in the School. Kobe University, Japan Presenting Author:Teacher shortage is a world-wide problem and the factor and solution are inquired (Ingersoll, 2001; Dorling-Hamond & Podolsky, 2019). To access a new pool of potential teachers, Alternative Certification Programs (ACPs) have been implemented in many counties, and many second-career teachers (SCTs) have been certified through them. However, ACPs for SCTs has issues; SCTs are regarded matured workers and following this, providing only short initial teacher education programs (ITE) is often seen sufficient, although many studies have found that SCTs confront unique problems during in-service professional development processes (e.g. Hoggs et al., 2023). In Japan, SCTs are expected to bring high quality education into school, rather than to be a solution for teacher shortage. For instance, many parents think SCTs, even lacking proper teacher education, are the most critical means to improve the quality of school education (Cabinet Office, 2005). Although the demands upon them are different between Europe and Japan, they share the same issue; governments setting too high expectations on SCTs. That’s why we need more empirical research on their actual needs for their professional development and what kinds of values of their earlier (work) experiences they can add in the school context (Tigchelaar et al. 2010). My research focuses on SCTs’ professional development from two perspectives; the reconstruction of a perception of teaching as a profession, and the relationship between SCTs’ professional development and the social expectations upon them. They both contain historical and cultural perspectives on SCTs’ professional development. Especially latter is significant on this research, because it seems to condition the experiences of SCTs in Japan. International research has illustrated that SCTs have high motivations (Ruitenburg & Tigchelaar, 2021), but the motivation decreasing during early induction phase (Goodwin et al., 2019). This phenomenon seems to be connected with too ideal or optimistic images of teachers’ work. After entering a school, they experience tension between these images and the realities in schools (Lassila, 2017). Under the condition where SCTs are expected too much, the ideals SCTs held before entry into school may be influenced by the discourses in their previous workplaces. Simultaneously, the relationships between SCTs and people around them, such as parents, children, residents around the school, may be different from that between first career teachers (FCTs). This difference is related to the micropolitics in/around the school (Kelchtermans & Ballet, 2002). Therefore, it is significance to research how SCTs construct perceptions of teaching as a profession, and how they reconstruct them through their professional development as teacher in micropolitics in/around the school. I define “a perception of teaching as a profession” as a mixture of observations, norms, and beliefs about teaching as a profession. Teachers construct, sustain, and reconstruct this perception through their own experiences about teaching or school, including the experiences when they were students themselves (Lortie, 1975) and the experiences in previous workplaces (Ikeda & Watanabe, 2018). Such perception consists of three dimensions; job-perception, teachers-characteristic perception and self-perception. These coincide a response to the following questions: what is teaching as a profession like, what should teaching be like as a profession, and what kind of member of the teaching profession do I want to be. My research aims to reveal the SCTs’ characteristics as professionals, not just as educators. In Japan, SCTs’ unique competences have resulted in vague expectations placed on them. Such expectations may cover the range of responsibilities teachers have to carry out as professionals. Focusing on a perception of teaching as a profession and micropolitics of SCTs in early in-service professional development, I aim to find ways to overcome this issue and help create better practices of educating SCTs. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used I employed interview research from the narrative perspective. In this approach, stories are not taken as reflecting the objective reality, but rather (re)constructions in the time and place where the story is told (Spector-Mersel, 2010). The meaning is created through narratives, the process of storytelling. Stories are often used when examining teachers’ sensemaking and thinking because they express emotions, thoughts, and interpretations (see Elbaz-Luwisch, 2005). Through this narrative lens, I explored SCTs’ experiences, which is the foundation of their perceptions of teaching as a profession (Lortie, 1975) and connection to the development their future teaching practices. The participants were five SCTs who had worked in private company for more than three years and as elementary school teachers for approximately ten years. They can be seen as SCTs who experience the previous jobs enough to internalize the culture of the workplaces, and who can look back their early careers as teachers. The participants included three women and two men. In this presentation, I focus on the stories of two (male) participants, Konno and Tanizaki, to illustrate the construction and reconstruction of their perception of teaching as a profession in micropolitics in/around the schools. I chose the two participants because their ambitions for becoming a competent teacher were worth highlighting. I conducted half-constructed interviews for approximately 1.5-2 hours with each participant. The interviews were recorded and the transcriptions used as the main materials for this research. During analysis, I employed Phoenix’s (2013) narrative framework and Gee’s (2000) identity framework. Phoenix (2013) provides three conceptions, “key narrative”, “canonical narrative” and “personal narrative”. “Key narrative” refers a key theme of narratives, which are repeatedly told and can be reinvented as the life narrative is reworked. “The canonical narratives”, are shared narratives among the culture, can be embedded in the key narrative and justified the narrative related to a personal experience, labelled as “the personal narratives”. Utilizing these concepts, I examine important narrative to understand participants’ perception of teaching as a profession, and analyze the mechanism of the production of the narrative. Then, I employed Gee’s (2000) identity framework to approach participants’ experience from micropolitical perspectives. Gee distinguished four types of identity; nature-identity (N-identity), institution-Identity (I-identity), discourse-Identity (I-identity) and affinity-Identity (A-identity). These four differ based on where identity originates from and how it is sustained. Examining the combination of these different enables us to understand how the identity act in the micropolitics in/around the schools. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings First, concerning the perspective of a perceptions of teaching as a profession, SCTs’ job-perception is worth highlighting. Konno faced after effects of Lehman Shock in 2008 and became aware how having a passion for one’s job is crucial to continue working. Tanizaki encountered colleagues who worked creatively even in a stable job at the private company, and who he learned to emulate. Therefore, after entering the schools, having this attitude towards professional development, they continuously made efforts to be competent teachers. The means to grow up as a teacher are basically same with FCTs, but their motivation seems to be different. If the SCTs’ motivations are related to the job-perception created in previous occupation, their motivation seems to be stronger and more enthusiastic. Second, regarding micropolitics, SCTs’ identities had two different aspects. In the case of Konno, some parents showed trust in him (SCTs) because he knows “the real world”. This experience seemed to support his self-esteem as a “special” teacher during early career, enabling him to accept himself as still immature teacher. This double identity triggered his challenging process growing towards being a competent teacher. In contrast, Tanizaki highlighted the importance of being recognized as a competent teacher similar to ordinary teachers. He shares his job-perception created in previous workplace and contributed to reducing the teachers’ workload, but only after he had transferred to a new school. To share his know-how, it was important for him to be recognized as a competent teacher by his colleagues. These cases show that SCTs’ double identity can have several different functions within the school micropolitics. Two future issues remain. First, the detail of how SCTs reconstruct job-perception is still unclear. Second, introducing the perspective of the SCTs colleagues is important to deepen understanding of position of the SCT’s within the schools micropolitics. References Cabinet Office. (2005). Questionnaire about school system. https://www8.cao.go.jp/kisei-kaikaku/old/publication/2005/1007_02/item051007_02_01.pdf (L.C. 2026.1.14.) Dorling-Hamond, L.,Podolsky, A., (2019). Breaking the Cycle of Teacher Shortages: What Kind of Policies Can Make a Difference? Education policy analysis archives, 27 (34) : 1-15. Elbaz-Luwisch, F. (2005) Teachers’ Voices: Storytelling and Possibility, Emerald Publishing. Gee, J.(2000). Identity as an Analytic Lens for Research in Education. Review of Research in Education, American Educational Research Association 25: 99-125 Goodwin, A., Low, E., Yeung, A. (2019). A longitudinal study on starting teachers’ retention intention: Do pre-teaching work experience and length of working years make a difference? Teaching and Teacher Education, 83: 148-155. Hoggs, L., Elvira, Q., Yates, A. (2023). What can teacher educators learn from career-change teachers’ perceptions and experiences: A systematic literature review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 132: 1-14. Ikeda, T., Watanabe, T. (2018). Minkankigyôkeiken ga shakaika kyôshi ni oyobosu eikyô: minkankigyôkeiken wo motsu kyôshi heno raifusutôrii chousa wo mochiite. (Impact of experiences in private companies on the social studies teachers: Life story interview on teachers with the experiences in private company.) Bulletin of Graduate School of Teacher Education, Tokyo Gakugei University, 7: 21-32. Ingersoll, M. (2001).Teacher Turnover and Teacher Shortages: An Organizational Analysis. American Educational Research Journal, 38 (3) : 499-534. Kelchtermans, G., Ballet, K. (2002) Micropolitical literacy: reconstructing a neglected dimension in teacher development. International Journal of Educational Research, 37 : 755-767. Lassila, E. (2017) Tension in the relationships: Exploring Japanese beginning teachers’ stories, University of Oulu. Lortie, D. (1975). School teacher: A Sociological Study, Second Edition, University of Chicago. Phoenix, A. (2013). Analysing narrative context. In Andrew, M., Squire, C., Tomboukou, M. (Eds). Doing Narrative Research. Second edition. SAGE Publications Ltd:72-87. Ruitenburg, S., Tigchelaar, A. (2021). Longing for recognition: A literature review of second-career teachers’ induction experiences in secondary education. Educational Research Review, 33: 1-20. Spector-Mersel, G. (2010). Narrative research: Time for a paradigm. Narrative Inquiry, 20(1): 204–224. Tigchelaar, A., Brouwer, N., Vermunt, J.(2010). Tailor-made: Towards a pedagogy for educating second-career teachers. Educational Research Review, 5: 164-183. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper From Career Change to Early Attrition: Workplace Socialisation of Second-Career Teachers in France Burgundy Europe University (UBE), France Presenting Author:The international context of declining attractiveness of the teaching profession has prompted a range of policy responses aimed at broadening the recruitment pool (Maroy, 2024). Persistent difficulties in attracting ‘’traditional’’ candidates have led to the progressive opening of the teaching career to ‘atypical’ profiles, particularly individuals with prior experience in other professional sectors. These “second-career teachers” (SCT) (Berger & D'Ascoli, 2011) have become a focus of growing international attention, notably through facilitated access routes and tailored training pathways (Ruitenburg & Tigchelaar, 2021). In France, however, within a civil service system structured around the principle of workforce interchangeability, no specific training framework is formally dedicated to SCT, despite the existence of occasional transitional arrangements. Existing literature suggests that the diversity of SCTs' professional trajectories and prior experiences may constitute valuable resources for teachers’ professional development (Tigchelaar et al., 2010). However, empirical evidence regarding SCTs’ ability to effectively mobilise and transfer these prior skills into the teaching profession remains limited (Troesch & Bauer, 2020; Den Hertog et al, 2023). Our presentation seeks to address this gap by examining the difficulties encountered by SCT, in order to better capture the specific features of their professional develepment trajectory. Our analysis is grounded in the field of workplace socialisation (Coppe et al., 2022), understood as the process through which an individual acquires, through learning and adaptation, the knowledge, skills and behaviours required to perform their professional role (Chao, 2012). This process is multidimensional and generally conceptualised as comprising three interrelated domains of socialisation (Perrot & Campoy, 2009). Socialisation into professional tasks primarily relates to the appropriation of the technical and practical dimensions of the profession. In the case of teaching, it encompasses instructional tasks, and more broadly, classroom practices. Secondly, socialisation into the working group concerns relational and collaborative integration within the professional team. Finally, organisation socialisation refers to understanding the functioning, values and culture of the institution, and therefore to teachers’a adaptation to the school as an organisation (Mukamurera et al., 2019). However, for SCT, these three forms of socialisation may be disrupted by prior socialisation experiences acquired in other professional environments. Sociological approaches distinguish between process of secondary reinforcement socialisation and conversion socialisation (Darmon, 2016), the latter involving mechanisms of deculturation and reculturation that may result in profound transformation of the individual. These processes are nevertheless complex, as they often encounter resistance rooted in dispositions formed through earlier professional socialisation, developed over the long term, and sometimes poorly aligned with the requirements of new occupational contexts. This perspective helps to account for the difficulties that teachers may experience following an initial career in professional environments whose logic differ markedly from those of educational institutions. Understanding these difficulties is crucial for preventing staff dissatisfaction and limiting teacher turnover (Hogg et al., 2023), particularly as SCT have become a key resource in the renewal of the profession (Charles et al., 2023). The interdependence of the three domains outlined above makes the analysis of barriers to workplace socialisation particularly complex. While the difficulties identified are not specific to SCT, they tend to be exacerbated by a mismatch between dispositions shaped through early professional experiences and the actual conditions of teaching work. Confrontation with the realities of the profession may profoundly challenge representations that are sometimes based on an idealised or outdated image of a constantly evolving occupation. The ‘entry shock’ into teaching is therefore hightened and compounded by this dispositional mismatch. Our findings highlights the risks associated with insuffisant support for new teachers whose prior professional experiences may constitute a paradoxical source of vulnerability. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our empirical material combines two complementary strands of research in order to examine the challenges of second careers. The first focuses on tenured secondary school teachers in France who are pursuing second careers, as part of a doctoral thesis defended in july 2025. The second draws on a sub-sample from an ongoing doctoral project on the professional difficulties experienced by tenured primary and secondary school teachers in France in the context of school disorder, some of whom are also engaged in a second careers in teaching. In both cases, semi-structured interviews were conducted with teachers (n=20 for the first field, n=10 for the second), exploring professional challenges encountered at multiple levels and capturing information on respondents’ individual trajectories prior to entering teaching. All interviews were fully transcribed and subsenquently analysed in light of our theoretical framework. This presentation focuses on four second-career teachers in order to examine in depth the obstacles they faced in their workplace socialisation process, and to shed light on the proposed theoretical analysis based on their professional experiences. These teachers share a profound questioning of their career choice, leading them to contemplate leaving the teaching profession. This case study provides insight into how the specific characteristics of second-career teachers are, or not, considered public policies on teacher recruitment and training. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our presentation demonstrate how the challenges faced by SCT can hinder their workplace socialisation, sometimes even calling into question their commitment to a profession that they have entered as a career change. It also highlights that the skills and resources acquired in previous careers may prove ineffective within organisation whose logics and cultural codes are unfamiliar or only partially understood (Varadharajan et al., 2018). This disrupted socialisation situates individuals at the intersection of tensions that adversely affect their professional experiences. These results underline the need for training and induction programmes that better accommodate the specific profiles of second-career teachers (Tigchelaar et al, 2010). The absence of targeted training reflects a vision of teacher attractiveness rooted in a human resources management approach that prioritizes recruitement over retention (Farges & Szerdahelyi, 2024). Yet, at the individual level, attractiveness is not merely a matter of aligning an employment offer with a career change project. Identity and symbolic costs must also be taken into account, as they can sometimes outweigh the material or economic benefits. The managerial logic therefore reveals its limitations, placing certain candidates in a structural position of disadvantage that prevents them from consolidating or developing a ‘vocational’ relationship with the profession (Garcia, 2023), an outcome that is often sought by those pursuing a career change. These findings provide avenues for policymakers and educational leaders to consider, encouraging a more qualitative approach to attracting second career candidates. They highlight the importance of providing training and induction programs tailored to these specific profiles while fostering long-term professional commitment to the profession. Facilitating the conversion of previous ‘’habitus’’ would, in particular, require recognising and addressing pre-existing beliefs, conceptions, and prior skills, which may become obstacles rather than assets if the conditions necessary to transform them into professional resources are not considered. References Berger, J.-L., & D’Ascoli, Y. (2011). Les motivations à devenir enseignant : Revue de la question chez les enseignants de première et deuxième carrière. Revue française de pédagogie, (175), 113 146. Chao, G. T. (2012). Organizational socialization : Background, basics, and a blueprint for adjustment at work. Dans S. W. J. Kozlowski (Éd.), The Oxford handbook of organizational psychology (vol. 1, p. 579 614). Oxford University Press. Coppe, T., Sarazin, M., März, V., Dupriez, V., & Raemdonck, I. (2022). (Second career) teachers’ work socialization as a networked process : New empirical and methodological insights. Teaching and Teacher Education, 116, 103766. Den Hertog, G., Louws, M., van Rijswijk, M., & van Tartwijk, J. (2023). Utilising previous professional expertise by second-career teachers : Analysing case studies using the lens of transfer and adaptive expertise. Teaching and Teacher Education, 133, 104290. Farges, G., & Szerdahelyi, L. (avec Maroy, C.). (2024). En quête d’enseignants. PU RENNES. Garcia, S. (2023). Enseignants : De la vocation au désenchantement. La Dispute. Goodwin, A. L., Low, E. L., Cai, L., & Yeung, A. S. (2019). A longitudinal study on starting teachers’ retention intentions : Do pre-teaching work experience and length of working years make a difference? Teaching and Teacher Education, 83, 148 155. Hogg, L., Elvira, Q., & Yates, A. (2023). What can teacher educators learn from career-change teachers’ perceptions and experiences : A systematic literature review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 132, 104208. Mukamurera, J., Lakhal, S., et Tardif, M. (2019). L’expérience difficile du travail enseignant et les besoins de soutien chez les enseignants débutants au Québec. Activites, 16 1, 1-32. Perrot, S., et Campoy, E. (2009). Développement d’une échelle de mesure de la socialisation organisationnelle : Une approche croisée entre processus et contenu. Revue de Gestion des Ressources Humaines, 71, 23 42. Ruitenburg, S. K., & Tigchelaar, A. E. (2021). Longing for recognition: A literature review of second-career teachers’ induction experiences in secondary education. Educational Research Review, 33, 100389. Tigchelaar, A., Brouwer, N., and Vermunt, J. D. (2010). Tailor-made: Towards a pedagogy for educating second-career teachers. Educ. Res. Rev. 5, 164–183. Troesch, L. M., & Bauer, C. E. (2020). Is teaching less challenging for career switchers? First and second career teachers’ appraisal of professional challenges and their intention to leave teaching. Frontiers in psychology, 10, 3067. Varadharajan, M., Buchanan, J., et Schuck, S. (2018). Changing course : The paradox of the career change student-teacher. Professional Development in Education, 44(5), 738 749. |
| 16:15 - 17:45 | 99 ERC SES 05 L: NW 09 Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement: New open data, new opportunities: A new international panel dataset on students’ math and science achievement including rich context data Location: A4 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Falk Brese Research Workshop |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Research Workshop New Open Data, New Opportunities: A New International Panel Dataset on Students’ Math and Science Achievement Including Rich Context Data IEA Hamburg, Germany Presenting Author:International large-scale assessments (ILSAs) have long been a cornerstone of comparative education research, offering valuable insights into trends in achievement and equity across countries. Yet, their cross-sectional nature has limited the ability to study the students’ learning progress over time. The TIMSS 2023 Longitudinal Study introduces panel data, that is, reassessing the same students one year later to capture individual learning gains in mathematics and science, marking a major innovation within major ILSAs. This workshop introduces this open-access international dataset, which provides new opportunities for researchers to study learning growth and its contextual determinants. Participants will gain an overview of the study design, including its panel structure, and contextual data from students, teachers, parents, and principals. The session will demonstrate how the data can be used to address questions about learning gains, classroom effects, and educational equity The workshop will include:
By engaging with this new resource, participants will discover how the TIMSS Longitudinal dataset can expand the boundaries of international educational research—identifying learning determinants thanks to the new longitudinal data, moving beyond simple comparisons between countries and cycles. |
| 16:15 - 17:45 | 99 ERC SES 05 M: NW 26 Educational Leadership: Understanding Crises in School Organizations and the Use of AI to Support Crisis Incidents: A workshop for Emerging Researchers in Educational Leadership Location: A3 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Antonios Kafa Research Workshop |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Research Workshop Understanding Crises in School Organizations and the Use of AI to Support Crisis Incidents: A workshop in Educational Leadership Open University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:This workshop, organized by NW26 “Educational Leadership” invites emerging researchers to understand the aspect of crises in school organizations and explore how artificial intelligence (AI) tools can support school leaders’ role in addressing crisis incidents. The concept of crisis in the field of educational leadership has emerged more prominently than ever, particularly since 2020, when the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic. Yet, in today’s world of complexity and uncertainty, school organizations are facing challenges and crises, including health crises, natural disasters, and human-made crises such as wars, the influx of migrants, natural hazards, shootings, and other disruptions, in which school leadership is the most important element in supporting and addressing these kinds of crises. Additionally, AI tools can enhance school leaders’ decision-making, as the focus shifts from traditional processes toward the use of cutting-edge AI technologies such as ChatGPT, to support their leadership in school organizations. Based on the above, this workshop will: - Introduce emerging researchers to the key concepts of crisis in school organizations. - Present the use of AI tool to assist school leaders in managing and supporting crises. - Discuss ethical and moral dimensions of AI tools use during crises in school organizations. - Engage emerging researchers to an interactive simulation exercise (using the AI tool ChatGPT from their phones/ devices) to address a school crisis incident and use an AI tool to support their leadership practice. - Engage in discussion/ exchange of ideas and reflect on the future use of AI tools to support school leaders’ practice in addressing crisis incidents in school organizations. |
| 16:15 - 17:45 | 99 ERC SES 05 N: Inequality, Justice, and Inclusion in Education Location: C6 | Main building C | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Oshie Nishimura-Sahi Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Protecting Girls or Saving Boys: A Study on the Gender Ratio of Enrollment from Primary School to University in China (1984–2023) Beijing Normal University, China Presenting Author:The female advantage in education has long evolved into a global trend. Since the close of the 20th century, numerous European countries have observed a prevalent phenomenon where male students exhibit academic underperformance compared to their female counterparts. To tackle this issue, some countries initiated a series of reform measures as early as the onset of the 21st century. These measures encompass conducting specialized investigations, launching programs aimed at enhancing male students' academic achievements, establishing exemplary schools for male education, and providing financial support for relevant research. In the United States, a strategy that higher-education administrators can adopt to mitigate the escalating gender imbalance in enrollment is to explicitly favor male applicants during the admission process, a practice referred to as "boys' affirmative action".
Over the past decade or so, the discourse regarding whether it is about "protecting girls' rights" or "saving boys' development" has persisted in the academic and social spheres of China. Concepts and viewpoints such as the "boy crisis", "saving boys", "gender reversal", "female advantage", "male academic vulnerability", and "female dominance over males" have emerged, triggering a A wave of research has emerged in the academic community. Nevertheless, the viewpoints of support and opposition are evenly balanced. According to the annual statistics issued by the Ministry of Education of the People's Republic of China, the proportion of female students enrolling in regular undergraduate programs reached as high as 63% in 2022. However, the Chinese government has not yet made a response in the realm of educational policies.
Gender equality in education is of crucial significance for attaining high-quality and sustainable global economic and social development. The question that this study intends to address is: In comparison with international trends, how has the gender ratio of student enrollment from primary school to university in China changed since the reform and opening-up? How did the reversal of gender roles take place? What is the current state? What achievements have been accomplished in educational gender equality? What remaining issues exist? How should public policies respond? What implications does it have for the global cause of educational gender equality?
The basic framework of this study is composed of three parts. Firstly, it presents the process and general pattern of the gender ratio of students entering form primary school to university in China from 1984 to 2023. Secondly, it briefly analyzes the reasons for the significant disparities in educational opportunities and academic performance between males and females in primary, secondary, and higher education over the past 40 years. Finally, combined with the social gender theory, which emerged in the second half of the 20th century, explores potential solutions from the perspective of educational reform.
Theoretically, this study posits that regardless of gender, as long as individuals are in a structurally disadvantaged position within the educational system constructed by specific social cultures, it should be firmly opposed. Only by transcending the debate of "protecting girls" or "saving boys" and establishing a school-education system that attains gender balance and fully integrates the excellent qualities of both genders, enabling male and female students to construct their own social genders and obtain equitable development opportunities based on their own characteristics and truly leverage their respective advantages, can we genuinely achieve harmonious and win - win outcomes for the entire society. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study compiled ten categories of fundamental data. To delineate the 40 - year evolution of gender ratios in school enrollment from primary education to university matriculation, emphasis was placed on the enrollment trends at three crucial stages: primary school, general high school, and undergraduate/junior college education. Correspondingly, six datasets were collected, including the total primary school enrollments, female primary school enrollments, total general high school enrollments, female general high school enrollments, total university enrollments, and female university enrollments. Beyond examining In addition to examining access to educational opportunities, this research also focused on the educational process, as represented by academic performance, and educational outcomes, as represented by graduation status. To evaluate the impact of the high-school entrance examination and the national college entrance examination on the gender ratio of student enrollment, four additional datasets were included in the statistical scope: the total number of junior high school graduates, the number of female junior high school graduates, the total number of general high school graduates, and the number of female general high school graduates. Furthermore, to facilitate long-term longitudinal tracking, data on the sex ratio at birth from 1978 to 2017 were collected. These data sources mainly consisted of publicly accessible educational statistics from the official website of the Ministry of Education of the People's Republic of China, supplemented by selected authoritative publications. Based on the above nationwide public administrative data, this study carried out a comprehensive factual description and long-term tracking analysis of the gender ratio of school enrollment from primary school to university in China from 1984 to 2023. The specific approach is as follows: first, the ratios of female students enrolling at different educational stages were transformed. Then, descriptive statistical methods were utilized to compare the different ratios in various forms such as composite line graphs. Finally, two models were employed to depict the evolution of the gender ratio of students over. Forty years. The first model places emphasis on the "cross-sectional" aspect, depicting the gender ratio corresponding to each calendar year. The second model highlights the "tracking" feature, presenting the gender ratio of students at each educational level across multiple years in different educational stages. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings China has achieved remarkable progress in the domain of educational gender equality. The equal right to education for female students has been effectively safeguarded. In contrast, male students may encounter more pronounced dropout issues in compulsory education and general high-school education. Since the 1990s, females have demonstrated increasingly significant advantages in accessing educational opportunities and academic performance at primary, secondary, and tertiary educational levels. These advantages are observable from the moment of primary school enrollment, accumulate and expand as the educational stage advances, and persist until the university level. The substantial changes in the gender ratio of enrollment primarily occur at two critical junctures: the high-school entrance examination and the college entrance examination. The college entrance examination exerts a greater influence on the proportion of female students. For Chinese female students in the 21st century, as they progress through different educational stages, their enrollment rates rise and academic performance improves. Over the past three decades, it has been objectively evident that male students have lagged behind their female counterparts in terms of educational access. The phenomenon of gender differences in educational attainment and academic performance is the outcome of the interplay of multiple factors including education, economy, and society. Notably, the advantages of female students in the above two examination competitions merit particular attention. In the context of the Chinese situation, to attain a higher-quality educational gender equality globally and effectively tackle the issue of disadvantaged male students, from the perspective of educational policies, it is proposed that different countries and regions should expedite the establishment of a comprehensive, practical, and highly selective basic education curriculum system. They should actively promote the reform of the high-school entrance examination and national college entrance examination centered around core competencies and encourage the deferred enrollment of late-maturing male students. References Reeves, R. V. (2024). The Lost Men. (Zhao Y. N., Trans.). Beijing: China Science and Technology Press. Payne, M., & Zaleha, E. K. (2019). Minor Trends: The Hidden Forces Determining Major Transformations in the Future. (Liu Y. A., He H. F., & Zhou Y. H., Trans.). Shanghai: Shanghai Academy of Social Sciences Press. Luo, R., Teng, K., Xu, L., & Zhu, Y. (2021). A decomposition of student achievement gap by gender in China: Evidence from random class assignment. International Journal of Educational Research, 106, Article 101721. Conger D,Dickson L.(2017).Gender imbalance in higher education:Insights for college administrators and researchers.Research in Higher Education,58(2):214-230. Fortin N M,Oreopoulos P,Phipps S.(2015).Leaving boys behind:Gender disparities in high academic achievement.Journal of Human Resources,50(3):549-579. Verbree, A. - R., Hornstra, L., Maas, L., Wijngaards - de Meij... L. (2023). Conscientiousness as a Predictor of the Gender Gap in Academic Achievement. Research in Higher Education, 64(3), 451 - 472. Sun Yunxiao, Li Wendao, Zhao Xia. (2010). Saving the Boy. Beijing: Writers' Publishing House Press. Li Chunling. (2016). "The Boy Crisis", "The Problem of 'Leftover Women'", and "The Difficulties Faced by Female College Graduates in Employment" - Social Challenges Arising from the Gender Ratio Reversal in the Educational Field. Women Studies Monograph, 2, 33 - 39. Wu Yuxiao, Wang Jinshui, Wang Xuyang. (2022). Changes in Gender Role Concepts in China (1990 - 2018): Age, Period, and Cohort Effects and Gender Difference Patterns. Journal of China Women's University, 34(4), 76 - 90. Cao Yan, Yao Xinyue. (2025). The Gender Inverse Transformation of Educational Opportunities in China and Its Institutional Driving Forces (1988 - 2021) - A Causal Inference Design Based on the Diversion Point of the Senior High School Entrance Examination. Peking University Education Review, 23(2), 67 - 90 + 189 - 190. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Invisible Inequalities: How Differentiation Reproduces Hierarchies Within High-Performing Schools 1: Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools; 2: Municipal Public Institution Secondary School No. 17 named after M.Yu. Lermontov Presenting Author:High-performing and selective secondary schools are frequently presented as meritocratic institutions designed to promote excellence and equal opportunity. In many education systems, including those in post-Soviet Central Asia, elite schools are justified as strategic investments in human capital under neoliberal reform agendas that prioritize competition, efficiency, and performance (Kemelbayeva & Kurmanov, 2024). At the same time, sociological research has consistently demonstrated that schools operate not only as sites of opportunity but also as mechanisms for the reproduction of social inequality (Moore, 2004; Domina et al., 2017). While substantial research has examined inequalities between elite and non-elite schools, far less attention has been paid to how inequalities are produced within high-performing schools themselves. This paper addresses this gap by examining how differentiation practices inside high-performing secondary schools in Kazakhstan and Central Asia contribute to the reproduction of social hierarchies that remain largely invisible within dominant meritocratic narratives. Following market-oriented reforms, Kazakhstan has invested heavily in selective elite schools with enhanced resources, curricular autonomy, and symbolic prestige (Kemelbayeva & Kurmanov, 2024). Although these schools are formally committed to principles of fairness and achievement, access to them is strongly shaped by family resources, geographic location, and cultural capital (Kemelbayeva & Kurmanov, 2024). Beyond access, this study argues that internal differentiation mechanisms further stratify students after selection has occurred. The study draws on three interconnected theoretical perspectives. First, research on educational differentiation highlights how schools organize students into hierarchies through tracking, grouping, and differentiated pedagogical practices, with lasting implications for educational trajectories and social mobility (Moore, 2004; Triventi et al., 2016). Importantly, differentiation operates not only through formal tracking but also through informal and “hidden” practices embedded in everyday school life (Schindler et al., 2023). Second, the framework of categorical inequality conceptualizes schools as institutions that actively construct social categories—such as “high achievers” and “average students”—which become durable markers of status and shape students’ identities, aspirations, and opportunities (Domina et al., 2017). Third, critical studies of elite schooling demonstrate how discourses of equality, excellence, and merit can legitimize inequality by framing privilege as deserved rather than structurally produced (Sriprakash et al., 2016; Weis, 2014). Building on these perspectives, the paper introduces the concept of invisible inequalities to capture how internal differentiation within elite schools reproduces hierarchy while remaining obscured by narratives of fairness and achievement. These inequalities are “invisible” not because they lack impact, but because they are normalized through routine pedagogical practices, peer cultures, and evaluative norms. The study is guided by three research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative ethnographic methodology, which is particularly suited to examining subtle and taken-for-granted processes of inequality production within elite educational settings (Weis, 2014). Ethnography allows for close attention to everyday practices, interactions, and meanings that are often overlooked in quantitative research, especially in high-performing schools where inequality is rarely explicit. Empirical data are drawn from ethnographic fieldwork conducted in selective secondary schools in Kazakhstan, situated within a broader Central Asian post-Soviet educational context characterized by similar reform trajectories and cultural norms (Kemelbayeva & Kurmanov, 2024). Data collection includes prolonged school-based observations and semi-structured interviews with students. Observations focus on classroom organization, informal grouping, assessment practices, and teacher–student interactions that contribute to internal differentiation. Interviews explore students’ perceptions of academic ranking, ability labels, competition, and fairness. Data are analysed using thematic analysis, informed by theories of educational differentiation and categorical inequality (Moore, 2004; Domina et al., 2017). Analytical attention is paid to how institutional categories are produced through language, evaluation, and everyday routines, and how students interpret and internalize their relative position within the school hierarchy. In line with research on school sorting and aspiration formation, the analysis also examines how internal differentiation shapes students’ ambitions and educational self-concepts (Bygren & Rosenqvist, 2020). The methodological approach is reflexive, recognizing that elite schools are embedded within broader neoliberal policy contexts that valorize competition and performance (Schindler et al., 2023). Ethical considerations include ensuring anonymity and minimizing potential harm in high-stakes educational environments. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to show that high-performing schools reproduce social hierarchies not only through selective admission but also through internal differentiation practices that stratify students after entry. Findings are likely to demonstrate that informal grouping, differential teacher expectations, and symbolic labeling contribute to the construction of hierarchical student categories, consistent with the theory of categorical inequality (Domina et al., 2017). Students positioned higher in internal hierarchies are expected to report greater access to recognition, leadership opportunities, and future-oriented guidance, while those positioned lower experience reduced visibility and more constrained aspirations. These patterns align with research showing that sorting within schools shapes students’ cultures of ambition and educational choices (Bygren & Rosenqvist, 2020). Importantly, these hierarchies are likely to be justified through meritocratic narratives that frame differentiation as fair and pedagogically necessary (Moore, 2004). The study also expects to find that discourses of equality and excellence coexist with inequality-producing practices, echoing research demonstrating how appeals to equality can function to legitimize elite privilege (Sriprakash et al., 2016). The findings contribute theoretically by extending elite school research to micro-level processes of inequality reproduction and empirically by providing rare ethnographic evidence from a Central Asian context (Weis, 2014). References Bygren, M., & Rosenqvist, E. (2020). Elite schools, elite ambitions? The consequences of secondary-level school choice sorting for tertiary-level educational choices. European Sociological Review, 36(4), 594–609. https://doi.org/10.1093/esr/jcaa008 Domina, T., Penner, A. M., & Penner, E. K. (2017). Categorical inequality: Schools as sorting machines. Annual Review of Sociology, 43, 311–330. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-soc-060116-053354 Kemelbayeva, S., & Kurmanov, B. (2024). Elite schools and educational inequality: Evidence from a private university in Kazakhstan. International Journal of Educational Research, 127, Article 102413. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2024.102413 Moore, R. (2004). Differentiation, inequality and the educational process. In A. H. Halsey, H. Lauder, P. Brown, & A. S. Wells (Eds.), Education: Culture, economy and society (pp. 524–540). Oxford University Press. Schindler, S., Bar-Haim, E., Barone, C., Birkelund, J. F., Boliver, V., Capsada-Munsech, Q., Erola, J., Facchini, M., Feniger, Y., Herbaut, E., Ichou, M., Karlson, K. B., Kleinert, C., Reimer, D., Traini, C., Triventi, M., & Vallet, L.-A. (2023). Educational tracking and social inequalities in long-term labor market outcomes: Six countries in comparison. International Journal of Comparative Sociology, 65(1), 39–62. https://doi.org/10.1177/00207152231151390 Sriprakash, A., Qi, J., & Singh, M. (2016). The uses of equality in an elite school in India: Enterprise and merit. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 37(2), 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2016.1218754 Triventi, M., Kulic, N., Skopek, J., & Blossfeld, H.-P. (2016). Secondary school systems and inequality of educational opportunity. In H.-P. Blossfeld, S. Buchholz, J. Skopek, & M. Triventi (Eds.), Models of secondary education and social inequality (pp. 1–22). Edward Elgar Publishing. https://doi.org/10.4337/9781785367267 Weis, L. (2014). A comment on class productions in elite secondary schools in twenty-first-century global context. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 12(2), 309–320. https://doi.org/10.1080/14767724.2014.899130 |
| 16:15 - 17:45 | 99 ERC SES 05 O: Open Participation in Education Location: C8 | Main building C | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Klaus Rummler Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Critical Reading - A Systematic Conceptual Review University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:Efficiently navigating the flood of various information in the digital era requires critical reading abilities and research on how to support these skills. Today’s global society has been characterised as “post-truth”, referring to, for example, misleading news, propaganda machines, dishonest use of artificial intelligence and disinformation campaigns (Horne, 2021), which calls for critically reading and evaluating the multitude of information of varying quality (e.g. Paakkari et al., 2024; Strømsø & Kammerer, 2016). Despite their importance, however, critical reading skills are not mastered as well as they might be. For example, in the Program for International Student Assessment (PISA) in 2022, it was found that less than 10% of the students were able to differentiate between a fact and an opinion or assess bias in complex texts (OECD, 2023). Also, assessing reliability or recognising bias causes difficulties for students in a commercial context (Kiili et al., 2018) as well as regarding health-related information (Paakkari et al., 2025). Moreover, not only children and adolescents, but adults, too, seem to struggle with evaluating information and sources (e.g. Andreassen & Bråten, 2013; Howe & Teufen, 2014; Kendrick & Fullerton, 2019). It is clear that systematic research on critical reading skills is thus needed in order to create effective evidence-based support that is targeted appropriately. Critical reading has been researched since the 1940’s. Still, to this day, the concept of critical reading has been defined in varying ways, which is complicating both the research field and the development of concrete pedagogical applications (e.g. Sutherland & Incera, 2021; Williams, 1959). The ways of understanding a concept are reflected in people’s thoughts and actions as individuals, researchers, practitioners and policymakers (Holt, 2016), and thus, to support the field, this paper reports a systematic conceptual review on how critical reading has been defined in the research literature. This paper can support future research as well as teaching and assessing critical reading skills by systematically collecting and analysing the existing definitions of critical reading for the first time. The present analysis of the definitions can serve as a foundation for understanding the components included in the concept, and it can be utilised by researchers as well as practitioners, for example, when planning studies or targeted pedagogical support.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this review, the existing research literature was examined to identify how critical reading is conceptualised, to clarify said conceptualisations and to identify gaps and set ideas for future research (Jaakkola, 2020). The review process was conducted in a systematic manner to make sure that the reviewed literature is as comprehensive as possible (Hulland, 2020). The Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analysis (PRISMA) guidelines (Page et al., 2021) were applied when appropriate. Based on scoping preliminary searches, the search terms were determined as “critical reading”, “critical reading comprehension”, “critical online reading”, “critical internet reading” and “critical visual reading”. The databases used were PubMed (476 hits), Web of Science (2442 hits), ScienceDirect (252 hits), and ERIC (543 hits) and APA PsycInfo (404 hits) via EBSCO. After deleting the duplicates, 3257 articles were left to screen. Articles were included in the review, if they were peer-reviewed academic papers in English that mentioned at least one of the five search terms in the title, abstract, or keywords. They also had to portray critical reading in a context that refers to a skill, ability, or action that can be taught or acquired. In total, 555 papers met the inclusion criteria, and out of them, 205 contained explicit definitions of critical reading. The 1285 explicit definitions from the 205 papers were then categorised using an inductive and descriptive approach drawing on the general principles of qualitative analysis. The definitions were analysed in their original form and context to ensure that the results accurately represent the reviewed papers. Generic categories and sub-categories were formed. Due to the large number and diversity of the definitions, also frequency information was included descriptively to illustrate how commonly different ways of conceptualising critical reading appeared in the reviewed literature. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Critical reading has appeared as a concept in research literature since the 1940’s, but the nature of critical reading and the elements involved remain unclear (e.g. Sutherland & Incera, 2021; Williams, 1959). In this paper, the definitions of critical reading in the existing research literature have been systematically collected and analysed. The extracted definitions were grouped into five individual viewpoints that represent the different ways of conceptualising critical reading. The preliminary viewpoints are: 1) purposes of critical reading, 2) characterisations of critical reading, 3) focus areas of critical reading, 4) subskills of critical reading, and 5) relations to other skills or concepts. The frequency of expressions within each group highlights the most common ways of defining critical reading. According to the reviewed literature, critical reading was done in order to gain deep and comprehensive understanding, to make informed judgements and to gain personal and intellectual benefits. It was both a process and an ability characterised by active, analytic and personal engagement with texts. In critical reading the focus was on the elements of the multimodal texts, the author’s traits, source information, and the reader’s personal background. Critical reading incorporated over 200 subskills; evaluating, analysing, judging and interpreting being the most mentioned ones. Finally, critical reading was often defined in relation to other similar concepts or abilities, but the relation types varied between definitions in different papers and were sometimes contradictory. This paper fosters the common understanding of critical reading to benefit both the research community and professionals working with reading. By providing conceptual clarity and information about the central aspects in critical reading, this study helps design research contributions as well as create targeted practices to support critical reading skills. References Andreassen, R., & Bråten, I. (2013). Teachers' source evaluation self-efficacy predicts their use of relevant source features when evaluating the trustworthiness of web sources on special education. British journal of educational technology, 44(5), 821-836. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8535.2012.01366.x Holt, A. (2016). Adolescent-to-Parent Abuse as a Form of “Domestic Violence”: A Conceptual Review. Trauma, violence & abuse, 17(5), 490-499. https://doi.org/10.1177/1524838015584372 Horne, C. L. (2021). Internet governance in the “post-truth era”: Analyzing key topics in “fake news” discussions at IGF. Telecommunications policy, 45(6), Article 102150. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.telpol.2021.102150 Howe, P., & Teufel, B. (2014). Native advertising and digital natives: The effects of age and advertisement format on news website credibility judgments. The Journal of the International Symposium on Online Journalism, 4, 78–90. Hulland, J. (2020). Conceptual review papers: Revisiting existing research to develop and refine theory. AMS review, 10(1-2), 27-35. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13162-020-00168-7 Jaakkola, E. (2020). Designing conceptual articles: Four approaches. AMS review, 10(1-2), 18-26. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13162-020-00161-0 Kendrick, A., & Fullerton, J. A. (2021). Can US advertising students recognize an ad in editorial's clothing (native advertising)? A partial replication of the Stanford "Evaluating information" test. Journal of marketing communications, 27(2), 207-228. https://doi.org/10.1080/13527266.2019.1655086 Kiili, C., Leu, D. J., Marttunen, M., Hautala, J., & Leppänen, P. H. T. (2018). Exploring early adolescents’ evaluation of academic and commercial online resources related to health. Reading & writing, 31(3), 533-557. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11145-017-9797-2 OECD (2023), PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education, PISA, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/53f23881-en Paakkari, L., Kulmala, M., Lahti, H., Boberová, Z., Valentic, M., Kleszczewska, D., Alexandrova-Karamanova, A., Rouquette, A., & Torppa, M. (2025). Equality in Adolescents’ Opportunities for Health Information Through the Lens of Health Literacy—Results From Health Behaviour in School-aged Children Study 2018 and 2022. Journal of adolescent health, 77(5), 938-946. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jadohealth.2025.06.022 Paakkari, L., Ruotsalainen, J., Lahti, H., Kulmala, M., Kendeou, P., Raittila, T-L., Manu, M., Salminen, J., & Torppa, M. (2024). The role of the home in children’s critical reading skills development. Humanities & social sciences communications, 11, Article 326. https://doi.org/10.1057/s41599-024-02843-7 Strømsø, H.I., & Kammerer, Y. (2016). Epistemic cognition and reading for understanding in the Internet age. In J. Greene, W. Sandoval, & I. Bråten (Eds.), Handbook of epistemic cognition (pp. 230-246). NY: Routledge. Sutherland, A., & Incera, S. (2021). Critical Reading: What Do Faculty Think Students Should Do? Journal of college reading and learning, 51(4), 267-290. https://doi.org/10.1080/10790195.2021.1887777 Williams, G. (1959). Provisions for Critical Reading in Basic Readers. Elementary English Review, 36(5), 323-331. https://www-jstor-org.ezproxy.jyu.fi/stable/41384894 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper From Play to Power: Mapping Family Participation and Scaffolding in Geography-Rich Science Museum Exhibits Before AI The Pennsylvania State University, United States of America Presenting Author:This qualitative pilot study informs my dissertation on how artificial intelligence (AI), including conversational agent (CA)-like features, can be integrated into geography-related science museum exhibits in thoughtful and just ways (Okonkwo & Ade-Ibijola, 2021; Okita & Clarke, 2021). Rather than starting from “AI solutions,” I begin with what families already do: how children and caregivers use bodies, talk, gesture, and exhibit resources to make sense of geography-rich phenomena in non-AI exhibits (e.g., gravity-themed jumping, planetary projections, and map-like spatial puzzles). The study is grounded in sociocultural and situated perspectives on learning and treats exhibits as socio-material learning spaces where participation is organized through the entanglement of bodies, layouts, representations, and interaction rules. It draws on three strands of scholarship. First, research on family and informal science learning shows that sensemaking and identity-relevant participation emerge through intergenerational talk, gesture, and joint manipulation of museum resources (Dominke et al., 2025; Hohenstein & Tenenbaum, 2023; Nygren et al., 2024). Second, distributed scaffolding frames support as spread across tools, people, and activities—not delivered by a single “expert” (Puntambekar, 2022). Third, justice-oriented perspectives in informal STEM education argue that equity cannot be reduced to access or inclusion alone; researchers must examine how authority, recognition, and opportunities to contribute are distributed in learning spaces (Greenberg et al., 2025). In parallel, the proposal is informed by my justice-oriented conceptual reanalysis of CA-supported collaborative science learning. From 882 initial records, PRISMA screening yielded 27 empirical studies included in the synthesis (Moher et al., 2009). I developed a three-dimensional justice lens (Fricker, 2007; Learning Towards Justice Team, 2025) focused on: (1) distribution of scaffolds (e.g., who gets explanations/translation/prompts; timing/frequency; whether support follows child vs caregiver), (2) participation structures (e.g., interface control; turn-taking; who initiates/finishes; whose ideas get ratified), and (3) epistemic agency (e.g., whether children’s hypotheses are solicited, extended, or overridden; whether uncertainty is treated as productive). I adapt this lens to museums to treat “AI readiness” as an empirical question about existing participation infrastructures, rather than a technological claim. Specifically, I treat geography-rich exhibits as participation infrastructures: their layouts, interaction rules, and representational forms quietly organize who gets to act, speak, be recognized, and taken up during family sensemaking. Here, AI is not an “add-on,” but a potential reconfiguration of these existing infrastructures. European and international relevance is central because science museums are public educational spaces serving multilingual and mobile families, where language access, disability access, and public accountability shape what “help” can legitimately look like. In European contexts, AI-mediated visitor experiences are increasingly evaluated against expectations of data protection and transparency (e.g., GDPR principles such as transparency and data minimization) and emerging governance for AI systems in public life (e.g., the EU AI Act’s phased implementation). These conditions make museums a useful site for a European dialogue on how AI reorganizes voice, recognition, and opportunity-to-learn in public learning spaces. Research Questions: 1. How do children and caregivers interact with and make sense of selected geography-related exhibits in a science museum that rely on physical or rule-based interaction rather than AI/CA mediation? 2. Where do visitors and educators perceive challenges and possibilities, and how do they imagine AI or CA-like prompts/adaptive feedback might be helpful or problematic for equity, voice, and participation structures? 3. How do children, caregivers, and museum educators imagine connections between AI-enhanced exhibits and classroom science/geography learning for linguistically and culturally diverse learners, and what follow-up resources do they envision? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study will be conducted in one large science museum with exhibits related to space, Earth systems, and geography. I will purposively select 2–3 focal exhibits that (a) foreground spatial/geographic sensemaking, (b) invite sustained embodied interaction (e.g., jumping, aligning, manipulating), and (c) rely on rule-based or pre-programmed interaction rather than AI mediation. To improve comparability, observations will be distributed across different days/times (e.g., weekend and weekday sessions). Participants and sampling. I will use naturalistic observation of approximately 20–30 family groups at the focal exhibits. Following the interaction, I will invite a subset of families (approximately 10–15 groups) to participate in brief semi-structured interviews (5–10 minutes). I will also interview museum educators (approximately 4–6) and, if feasible, 1–2 teachers who organize museum visits. Sampling will be purposive to include variation in child age, caregiver roles, and linguistic/cultural backgrounds when self-reported. Data sources. (1) Field notes capturing interaction “episodes” (from approach to exit), including sequences of action, gesture, talk, role shifts, interface/control patterns, and references to signage or facilitation. When feasible, I will add quick spatial sketches to document layout, positioning, and movement pathways. (2) Post-interaction interviews eliciting participants’ interpretations, moments of interest/confusion, and experiences of inclusion/exclusion, followed by 1–2 short AI design scenarios to surface perceived benefits, risks, and fairness concerns. Interviews will be audio recorded with consent; otherwise, expanded notes will be written immediately after. (3) Educator/teacher interviews focused on exhibit goals, typical visitor patterns, and anticipated shifts in learning and inclusion under AI-enhanced designs. Analysis. Analysis will be iterative. I will begin with open coding across notes and transcripts, then develop focused codes aligned with the three justice dimensions (distribution of scaffolds, participation structures, epistemic agency). I will build cross-case matrices (exhibits × family groups) to compare patterns and generate grounded design conjectures. Trustworthiness will be supported through reflexive memoing, triangulation across data sources, and examination of discrepant cases. Feasibility and timeline: Data collection is planned to begin in April 2026, pending IRB approval and museum access confirmation. Initial coding and cross-case matrices are anticipated in May–June 2026, enabling preliminary patterns and design conjectures to be shared at ERC in August 2026. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As a pilot-in-progress, the study will not claim definitive findings about AI impacts. Instead, it will produce three outcomes that strengthen a dissertation trajectory and contribute to international discussions of educational space, justice, and AI in informal learning. First, it will produce a grounded description of how families currently engage geography-rich embodied exhibits—documenting recurring participation patterns (who leads, who watches, how roles rotate), key moments of sensemaking, and where exhibit layouts and interaction rules appear to open or constrain opportunities for different family members. Second, it will surface visitor- and educator-articulated opportunities and tensions for AI integration. Anticipated themes include desired supports (e.g., translation, prompts that amplify quieter voices, explanations responsive to children’s embodied actions) and perceived risks (e.g., surveillance concerns, language-based exclusion, narrowing what counts as a “good” response). These insights will be organized using the justice lens of scaffold distribution, participation structures, and epistemic agency, so that future AI designs can be assessed not only for perceived benefits, but for how they redistribute opportunity-to-learn. Third, it will map how participants imagine connections between museum experiences and classroom science/geography learning—especially for linguistically and culturally diverse learners—and what follow-up resources (take-home prompts, classroom extensions, family conversation supports) they value. Together, these outcomes will inform design requirements for AI-enhanced geography exhibits that remain responsive to real intergenerational practices and justice-centered aims. Deliverables will include (a) a cross-case participation map (exhibits × family groups) capturing control, talk, gesture, and recognition patterns; (b) a brief justice-oriented coding memo specifying observable indicators for each lens dimension; and (c) a set of grounded design conjectures for what “just AI help” would mean in embodied, intergenerational museum settings. References Fricker, M. (2007). Epistemic injustice: Power and the ethics of knowing. Oxford University Press. Learning Towards Justice Team. (2025). Avoiding equity detours on the way to a more justice-oriented learning sciences. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 34(3), 368–402. Greenberg, D., Kim, W. J., Brien, S., Barton, A. C., Balzer, M., & Archer, L. (2025). Designing and leading justice centered informal STEM education: A framework for core equitable practices. Science Education, 109(1), 27–58. https://doi.org/10.1002/sce.21903 Nygren, M. O., Price, S., & Thomas Jha, R. (2024). The role of embodied scaffolding in revealing enactive potentialities in intergenerational science exploration. Science Education, 108(2), 495–523. https://doi.org/10.1002/sce.21845 Hohenstein, J., & Tenenbaum, H. R. (2023). Family conversations about species change as support for children’s developing understandings of evolution. Science Education, 107(3), 810–834. https://doi.org/10.1002/sce.21783 Okita, S. Y., & Clarke, S. N. (2021). Robots and agents to support collaborative learning. In International handbook of computer-supported collaborative learning (pp. 407–424). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-65291-3_22 Okonkwo, C. W., & Ade-Ibijola, A. (2021). Chatbots applications in education: A systematic review. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 2, 100033. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeai.2021.100033 Puntambekar, S. (2022). Distributed scaffolding: Scaffolding students in classroom environments. Educational Psychology Review, 34, 451–472. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-021-09636-3 Moher, D., Liberati, A., Tetzlaff, J., Altman, D. G., & PRISMA Group. (2009). Preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses. Annals of Internal Medicine, 151(4), 264–269. Tang, K. (2024). Informing research on generative artificial intelligence from a language and literacy perspective: A meta synthesis of studies in science education. Science Education, 108(5), 1329–1355. https://doi.org/10.1002/sce.21875 Lee, H., Kang, D. Y., Kim, M. J., & Martin, S. N. (2023). Navigating into the future of science museum education: Focus on educators’ adaptation during COVID 19. Cultural Studies of Science Education, 18(3), 647–667. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11422-022-10142-3 Dominke, H., Barenthien, J., Oppermann, E., Burghardt, L., & Steffensky, M. (2025). The quality of interactions in the home science environment and associations with children’s science learning. Science Education, 109(5), 1365–1383. https://doi.org/10.1002/sce.21964 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Subjectivation and Sustainability. A Situational Analysis of Subjectivating Practices in the German Maker Movement. Otto-von-Guericke University Magdeburg, Germany Presenting Author:Modern societies are shaped more than ever by crises and the discourses surrounding them. Under the term ‘polycrisis’, “multiple and partly overlapping crises” (Horsbøl, 2022, p. 293) associated with a high level of complexity and conflict are discursively negotiated, foremost among them the already occurring and anticipated consequences of climate change. Within these complex, overlapping and oftentimes conflicting discursive fields, institutions and individual actors increasingly face the challenge of implementing practices promoting sustainability on various levels. Simultaneously, the "necessities and goals of transformation" (Jaeger-Erben & Hielscher 2022, p. 140, translation by the author) to change production and consumption patterns and thereby counter ecological crises are currently being debated. A phenomenon entangled in the discursive field of sustainability which has been garnering attention internationally — especially in educational research — is the so-called maker movement. Makerspaces, the central hubs of the movement, can be described as open workshops where people from diverse demographic backgrounds have the opportunity to realize project ideas involving a wide range of analog and digital tools and materials (Martin, 2015). Individuals and communities within and around makerspaces often adhere to certain values and mindsets, such as openness, inclusivity, and especially sustainability (see contributions in Baier et al., 2016). Furthermore, public discourses frequently attribute utopian potential to the maker scene, as shown by the discourse analysis of Hepp, Benz, and Simon (2021), which focused on the public discourse around the movement during the COVID pandemic. On the other hand, individual spaces at imes fall short of these ideals and potentials, particularly concerning their efforts toward sustainable practices (Kohtala, 2017). In sum, a high degree of ambivalence can be observed within the maker movement regarding the aforementioned values and principles, which is particularly evident in questions of sustainability. In the dissertation project presented, the maker scene is approached as a social movement (Walter-Herrmann, 2013) in the context of which sustainability is continually negotiated. Following Gunzelmann (2019), these negotiations can be thought of as a multidirectional process: for one, the movement as a social world participates in negotiations concerning the discourses around sustainability as they are constituted in multiple societal arenas (e.g. academe, politics, education) while on the other hand, negotiations take place among actors within the movement itself. Within this construct, subjectivation processes occur as actors engage with the discursive in their daily practices. Building on an understanding of subjectivation as the relational production or epigenesis of subjects (Ricken, 2019), primary aim of the dissertation project is to investigate to what extent and which subject positions related to aspects of sustainability are discursively negotiated within the maker movement, and how these are in turn met by subjects (e.g., accepted, reinterpreted, rejected, etc.). The foundational approach of this work, which seeks to explore and reconstruct discursive elements through practices (Macgilchrist, 2020 p. 33), places the practices of makers at the center of the analysis. The following research question and subquestions guide the project.
After briefly outlining the theoretical and methodological considerations mentioned above, focusing on the specific adaptations of the heuristic tools of situational analysis, preliminary findings will be presented and discussed. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research project follows the qualitative-exploratory paradigm and seeks to connect with praxeologically oriented discourse research. In the understanding adopted here, following Wrana & Langer (2007) discourse is not analysed as an isolated unit, but rather, „discursive practices are examined taking into account their situatedness and entanglements“ (paragraph 14, translation by the author). Following a poststructuralist-praxeological approach, discursive elements are therefore reconstructed through different data types, i.e. observed practices and captured in the context of the maker movement following a (discourse-)ethnographic approach (Macgilchrist 2020). Combining ethnographic research with the cartographic analytic toolkit of situational analysis as a discourse-sensitive extension of grounded theory (Clarke, 2005) data collection and analysis are alternated in an iterative, reflexive process. Situated practices that both generate the discourse on sustainability and reproduce and consolidate discursive formations around sustainability within the maker movement thereby form the analytical focus. As a primary method of data-collection, multi-sited focused ethnography (Knoblauch, 2001), specifically participant observation, is applied. Thereby, (micro-)practices in the daily operations in multiple makerspaces are observed in iterative phases of field research on-site. As is specific to focused ethnography, data collection takes place in certain concentrated phases, such as opening hours in the makerspaces or organizational meetings and includes ethnographic interviews with makers during those field visits. Field notes and observation protocols are compiled for each such phase. These on-site phases are supplemented by online-ethnographical observations in chat rooms. The sample consists of makerspaces in Germany without affiliation to an (educational) institution, such as a school or university. So as to ensure the possibility of observing situated (micro-)practices, these makerspaces were selected based on whether or not they offer opening hours during which makers can freely engage in making activities, as opposed to the activities being limited to workshops and classes offered. There have been multiple iterations of data collection and analysis phases already. In line with theoretical sampling, additional makerspaces are selected in an iterative and cyclical process of analysis and theorisation (Glaser & Strauss, 2017/1967). Data analysis is conducted using the analytical maps and coding techniques of situational analysis (Clarke, 2005) and adapting them to fit the specific requirements of the project. This approach, based on the theoretical and methodological underpinnings of symbolic interactionism and grounded theory, is particularly sensitive towards the discursive and supports multi-sited, heterogenous and complex fields of research, such as the maker movement. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The presentation will report on preliminary findings that can be gleaned from the iterations of data collection and analysis, which began in January 2025. After outlining the theoretical and methodological underpinnings as well as research questions and methods, first mappings of the research situation will be presented and discussed, giving an idea of the elements, relations, social worlds and arenas and positionalities (Clarke, 2005) involved. From these, a first outline of reconstructions of subjectivation processes can tentatively be drawn. To provide an outlook, the selected methods and research process will be reflected, along with possible implications for further sample-building. References Baier, A., Hansing, T., Müller, C., & Werner, K. (eds.). (2016). Die Welt reparieren: Open Source und Selbermachen als postkapitalistische Praxis. transcript Verlag. https://doi.org/10.14361/9783839433775 Clarke, A. E. (2005). Situational analysis: Grounded theory after the postmodern turn. Sage Publications, Inc. Glaser, B. G., & Strauss, A. L. (2017). The discovery of grounded theory: Strategies for qualitative research. Routledge. (Original work published 1967) Gunzelmann, H. J. (2019). Diskurse, Konflikte und Macht: Eine Foucault’sche Perspektive auf Deutungskämpfe in sozialen Bewegungen. In Handbuch Poststrukturalistische Perspektiven auf soziale Bewegungen (S. 70–87). transcript Verlag. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783839448793-005 Hepp, A., Benz, S., & Simon, P. (2021). Zwischen Utopie und Dystopie. Oder: Wie der öffentliche Diskurs über die Maker- und Quantified-Self-Bewegung in Deutschland und Großbritannien die Pioniergemeinschaften zu Treibern tiefgreifender Mediatisierung macht. Medien & Kommunikationswissenschaft, 69(2), 270–298. https://doi.org/10.5771/1615-634X-2021-2-270 Jaeger-Erben, M., & Hielscher, S. (2022). Verhältnisse reparieren: Wie Reparieren und Selbermachen die Beziehungen zur Welt verändern. transcript Verlag. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783839456989 Knoblauch, H. (2001). Fokussierte Ethnographie. Soziologie, Ethnologie und die neue Welle der Ethnographie. Sozialer Sinn, 2(1), 123–142. https://doi.org/10.1515/sosi-2001-0105 Kohtala, C. (2017). Making “Making” Critical: How Sustainability is Constituted in Fab Lab Ideology. The Design Journal, 20(3), 375–394. https://doi.org/10.1080/14606925.2016.1261504. Macgilchrist, F. (2020). Praktiken. In Truschkat, I., Bormann, I., Biermann, J., Chehata, Y., Jergus, K., Kessl, F., Macgilchrist, F., Pfahl, L., Thon, C., & Wenzler, N. (2020). Einführung in die erziehungswissenschaftliche Diskursforschung: Forschungshaltung, zentrale Konzepte, Beispiele für die Durchführung (1. Auflage). Beltz Juventa. Martin, L. (2015). The Promise of the Maker Movement for Education. Journal of Pre-College Engineering Education Research (J-PEER), 5(1). https://doi.org/10.7771/2157-9288.1099. Ricken, N. (2019). Bildung und Subjektivierung. Bemerkungen zum Verhältnis zweier Theorieperspektiven. In Ricken, N., Casale, R., & Thompson, C. (eds.). (2019). Subjektivierung: Erziehungswissenschaftliche Theorieperspektiven (1. Auflage) (S. 95-118). Kommission Bildungs- und Erziehungsphilosophie der Deutschen Gesellschaft für Erziehungswissenschaft, Weinheim Basel. Beltz Juventa. Walter-Herrmann, J. (2013). FabLabs — A global social movement? In J. Walter-Herrmann & C. Büching (eds.), FabLab: Of Machines, Makers and Inventors (S. 33-46). Bielefeld: transcript Verlag. https://doi.org/10.1515/transcript.9783839423820.33. Wrana, D., & Langer, A. (2007). An den Rändern der Diskurse. Jenseits der Unterscheidung diskursiver und nicht-diskursiver Praktiken. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung / Forum: Qualitative Social Research, Vol 8, No 2 (2007): From Michel Foucault’s Theory of Discourse to Empirical Discourse Research. https://doi.org/10.17169/FQS-8.2.253 |
| 16:15 - 17:45 | 99 ERC SES 05 P: Belonging, and Transformation in Higher Education Location: E221 | Main building E | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Ella Mattila Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Navigating Higher Education Amid Political Upheaval: Student Experiences in Myanmar University of Cambridge, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Five years after the military coup, Myanmar’s higher education continues to be entangled in political upheaval, where it is marked by frequent university closures, militarisation, heightened surveillance and restrictions on academic freedom (Rahmat et al., 2026). Despite the ongoing risk of arrest and persecution, many university students remain involved in the anti-coup movement, from boycotting the state-controlled public universities to engaging in the Civil Disobedience Movement (CDA) to joining pro-democracy forces (Waa, 2022). Meanwhile, the military junta, confronted with such defiance as well as the growing defeats against the ethnic insurgents and pro-democracy forces (Simpson, 2024), has implemented mandatory military service, forcibly conscripting young men and women nationwide. These realities impose several challenges on students’ higher education pursuits. Yet, the weight of these challenges is uneven. Students experiencing intersecting vulnerabilities, such as ethnic minorities, socio-economic disadvantage, conflict exposure and/or anti-coup political affliction, are often at a heightened risk of exclusion from higher education. Against this backdrop, this paper asks: How do students, particularly those from marginalised and politically active backgrounds, from Myanmar navigate exclusion to pursue and re-imagine higher education amid political upheaval? Instead of relegating political instability to the background, this paper explores how it plays an instrumental role in determining students’ educational trajectories, choices, and opportunities. It also focuses not only on higher education access, but on what conditions are needed for meaningful participation to materialise in times of crisis.
Theoretically, the paper draws on Hill Collins’s (2019) concept of intersectionality, approaching it as a lens that informs interpretation rather than prescribes analysis. Here, intersectionality not only looks at how multiple social identities such as race, gender and ethnicity overlap to exacerbate social inequalities but foregrounds how power functions through interlocking systems of oppression to penalise some individuals while privileging others. In Myanmar, Hill Collins’s concept of intersectionality problematises a homogenous view of exclusion to better understand how the military coup and its aftermath in Myanmar converge with existing inequalities along the lines of gender, ethnicity, and digital divide, among others, to create disparities in higher education opportunities for students. Of particular importance is how her theoretical lens sheds light on exclusion within access. Being able to access non-state alternative higher education programmes does not guarantee meaningful participation for all students because of the convergence of different structural conditions, such as conflict exposure, digital connectivity, and forced displacement.
To understand how these dynamics materialise on the ground, the paper uses two complementary qualitative research methods. First, the open-ended online survey explores the rationales, experiences, and challenges of the wider student population across state-controlled public universities, private institutions and non-state alternative higher education pathways. The survey provides a contextual backdrop to understand whether political concerns and meanings surfaced across the general student body. Insights from the survey then inform the follow-up semi-structured interviews to unpack how students narrate their educational journeys, political engagement, and their plans amid ongoing conflict.
Insights from this paper, albeit not framed as a comparative account, resonate beyond Myanmar, contributing to international debates on higher education under conditions of oppression, geopolitical tensions, conflict, and authoritarian governance. Such conditions can be witnessed across several countries, including parts of Europe, raising questions about access, inclusion, institutional fragility, and student agency in times of crisis. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper employed a two-phase qualitative research design. The first phase involved an open-ended online survey, which was distributed to students across different higher education pathways. The survey, offered in both Burmese and English, was composed of a demographic section and four open-ended components to explore the rationales, experiences, aspirations, and challenges of the wider student body. Doing research in a context-affected necessitates careful consideration of the risks to both my participants’ safety and my own as a researcher from Myanmar. Since the 2021 military coup, the junta has relied on the 505(A) penal code to criminalise anyone who expresses political opinions critical of the military junta (Human Rights Watch, 2021). Yet disentangling students' higher education experiences from the broader political landscape would undermine, and even distort, their living realities. Hence, the survey questions did not feature direct political topics but were framed in a way that gave students the opportunity to talk about them. To reach students pursuing different higher education routes in a politically repressive context, snowballing sampling was used (Bryman, 2012), yielding a total of 270 responses. Insights from the survey then became a contextual backdrop for more in-depth inquiry through online semi-structured interviews. For this second phase, I used purposive sampling (Braun & Clarke, 2013), where I reached out to trusted networks to recruit 20 participants who are from marginalised and politically active backgrounds, either pursuing private or alternative non-state higher education pathways. Such a recruitment strategy is essential to engage with politically sensitive experiences while prioritising the safety of everyone involved. I had an approximately one-hour semi-structured interview with each participant, where we delved into three key topics: (i) their backgrounds and educational journeys before the 2021 military coup; (ii) their ongoing struggles and experiences of pursuing higher education; (iii) their aspirations and plans. Both survey and interview data were analysed using reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2021), which outlined six phases: (i) Familiarisation with the data, (ii) Coding, (iii) Generating initial themes, (iv) Reviewing themes, (v) Defining and naming themes, and (vi) Writing up. Every phase, as suggested by Bruan and Clarke (2021), was not followed in a rigid manner. Instead, themes were consciously coded, interpreted, and constructed with respect to the wider socio-political landscape. Throughout the process, I remained reflexive about my positionality and theoretical underpinning. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The survey findings underscore the challenges emerging from the experiences of the wider student body: financial hardship, job insecurity, concerns about personal safety, and future uncertainty. Among those attending non-state higher education pathways, these challenges were further compounded by internet issues, fear of getting arrested, and forced displacement. Of particular interest is how several political remarks were observed from students’ accounts, including those from state-controlled universities, despite the survey not probing direct political questions. Interview findings echo these survey accounts but offer a deeper insight into how marginalised and politically active students navigate exclusion to pursue higher education amid conflict, forced displacement and military surveillance. Students shared pursuing education while always on the move to evade arrest, continuing studies online while staying hidden following the arrest warrants, as well as juggling academic workload alongside the ongoing resistance movement. Those attending private institutions shared their financial concerns and debts, which coincided with fears of getting arrested and persecuted because of their political involvement. In the stories they reflected on, higher education opportunities were noted as fragile and limited. Noteworthy is to point out how exclusion resides within access. With the emergence of non-state alternative higher education pathways, students gain more access to higher education. Yet, those who benefit most often come from relatively privileged positions. Meaningful participation of those at the periphery remains constrained by a combination of digital divides, conflict exposure and safety concerns, underscoring structural intersectionality. Across the survey and interview findings, higher education was described not only as a space to obtain credentials but, for many, as an act of survival and resistance. Through these findings, the paper contributes to an international dialogue on student agency and higher education in times of crisis. It also offers methodological and ethical insights for conducting research in fragile and conflict-affected settings. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2013). Successful qualitative research: A practical guide for beginners. Sage. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. Bryman, A. (2012). Social research methods (4th ed.). Oxford University Press. Hill Collins, P. (2019). Intersectionality as critical social theory. Duke University Press. Human Rights Watch. (2021). Myanmar: Post-Coup Legal Changes Erode Human Rights. https://www.hrw.org/news/2021/03/02/myanmar-post-coup-legal-changes-erode-human-rights Rahmat, R. B., Porta, T., & Thwe Phyo, K. (2026). The role of the higher education educator in times of conflict in Myanmar. Teaching in Higher Education, 31(1), 1–19. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2025.2512334 Simpson, A. (2024). Myanmar’s junta has suffered a humiliating military defeat. Could it be a turning point in the war? The Conversation. https://theconversation.com/myanmars-junta-has-suffered-a-humiliating-military-defeat-could-it-be-a-turning-point-in-the-war-236142 Waa, N. S. P. (2022, January 28). Universities, professors and students still under attack. University World News. https://www.universityworldnews.com/post.php?story=2022012812432689 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper From Access to Academic Participation: Early Narrative Insights from Refugee-Background University Students in South Korea University of Turku, Korea, Republic of (South Korea) Presenting Author:This paper explores how refugee-background students narrate their educational trajectories and negotiate their identities within higher education. While existing research has extensively documented structural barriers related to access, language, and institutional inclusion, less attention has been paid to how refugee-background students themselves experience university and make sense of their academic journeys over time. This study addresses this gap by foregrounding students’ narratives and examining identity as an ongoing, situated process through which meanings and self-understandings are negotiated. The central research question guiding the study is: How do refugee-background students narrate their educational trajectories and negotiate their identities within higher education? More specifically, the study examines how students construct continuity and change across their educational lives, and how they position themselves in relation to academic expectations, institutional encounters, and everyday experiences within university settings. The study has two main objectives. First, it aims to develop an in-depth understanding of refugee-background students’ lived experiences in higher education by attending closely to their own narratives rather than externally defined indicators of success such as access or academic achievement. Second, it adopts a layered narrative approach that brings together extended life history accounts and event-centred narratives, enabling attention to both broader educational trajectories and specific moments in which identities are negotiated in practice. The study is grounded in life history research in education, which understands higher education experiences as part of longer educational journeys shaped by migration, disrupted schooling, language learning, and transitions across education systems. Within this framework, the study draws selectively on small stories and narrative positioning as analytical tools to examine how identities are negotiated within specific narrated events. This layered narrative approach allows movement between extended educational trajectories and moments where identity negotiation becomes visible through educational practices, such as classroom participation, assessment experiences, or interactions with institutional actors. While the broader research project has an international and comparative orientation, this paper focuses exclusively on the Korean case to develop early analytical insights. Beginning with in-depth analysis in one national context provides a grounded basis for examining how refugee-background students experience and make sense of higher education, while also informing the subsequent extension of the study to other higher education contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative narrative research design, with life history interviews as the primary method of data collection. Life history interviews are used to elicit extended narratives that allow participants to recount their educational trajectories in their own terms, with particular attention to experiences of access, academic participation and interaction, and senses of belonging within higher education. Participants are refugee-background students who are currently enrolled in or have completed higher education. The initial dataset comprises two participants interviewed in South Korea. Further interviews with refugee-background students in South Korea are planned as part of the ongoing data collection. From late 2026, the study will extend to include interviews with refugee-background students in Finnish higher education. This phased sampling strategy reflects the study’s exploratory design and its interest in understanding educational inclusion across different higher education contexts. Interviews are semi-structured and open-ended, encouraging participants to shape their narratives while allowing space for follow-up questions related to academic experiences, institutional encounters, and moments of comfort or distance within university life. Ethical considerations are central to the research design. Participation is voluntary, informed consent is obtained, pseudonyms are used, and participants are not required to disclose traumatic experiences unless they choose to do so. Data analysis follows a layered narrative approach. In the first stage, each interview is analyzed holistically to identify key phases, transitions, and recurring patterns across the educational trajectory. In the second stage, selected event-centered narratives are analyzed using narrative positioning concepts, focusing on how participants position themselves and others within specific academic and social encounters. Reflexive memos are used as integral analytic resources to account for interactional dynamics that are not fully visible in interview transcripts alone. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on the initial analysis of two life history interviews with refugee-background university students in South Korea, this study presents early but analytically meaningful insights into how educational trajectories and identities are narrated within higher education. Despite the small and ongoing dataset, the depth of the interviews allows attention to how identity negotiation unfolds over time and within academic experiences. Tracing Coherence and Tension in Educational Narratives Participants generally narrate their educational trajectories as coherent life histories, positioning themselves as learners who have navigated disrupted pathways. However, analysis of specific academic encounters—such as classroom participation, assessment, and interactions with institutional actors—reveals moments where this coherence becomes unstable. In these contexts, confidence and uncertainty, competence and perceived insufficiency coexist, indicating that identity negotiation continues within everyday academic practices. Ways of Narrating and Interpreting Challenge in Academic Contexts Challenging experiences are typically narrated in pragmatic and forward-looking terms. Participants describe ongoing judgement and adjustment in deciding when to participate, how to interpret implicit assessment expectations, and how to position themselves in interactions with faculty or peers. These narratives emphasise decision-making and adaptation within evaluative academic environments and are treated as emerging patterns given the ongoing data collection. Academic access, success, and experiences of belonging These findings complicate assumptions that access or achievement leads to a stable sense of belonging. Rather than being articulated directly, belonging emerges indirectly through accounts of reduced pressure, familiarity, or comfort within particular university relationships or situations, suggesting that belonging is recognised gradually over time. Overall, these preliminary observations highlight the value of a layered narrative approach for examining refugee-background students’ experiences of higher education beyond externally defined measures of academic success. References Baker, S., Ramsay, G., Irwin, E., & Miles, L. (2018). ‘Hot’, ‘cold’ and ‘warm’ supports: Towards theorising where refugee students go for assistance at university. Teaching in Higher Education, 23(1), 1–16. Bamberg, M. (2006). Stories: Big or small: Why do we care? Narrative Inquiry, 16(1), 139–147. https://doi.org/10.1075/ni.16.1.18bam Bamberg, M. (2011). Who am I? Narration and its contribution to self and identity. Theory & Psychology, 21(1), 3–24. https://doi.org/10.1177/0959354309355852 Bamberg, M., & Georgakopoulou, A. (2008). Small stories as a new perspective in narrative and identity analysis. Text & Talk, 28(3), 377–396. https://doi.org/10.1515/TEXT.2008.018 Earnest, J., Joyce, A., De Mori, G., & Silvagni, G. (2010). Are universities responding to the needs of students from refugee backgrounds? Australian Journal of Education, 54(2), 155–174. Goodson, I. (2012). Developing narrative theory: Life histories and personal representation. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203817704 Goodson, I., & Sikes, P. (2001). Life history research in educational settings: Learning from lives. Open University Press. Harvey, A., & Mallman, M. (2019). Beyond cultural capital: Understanding the strengths of new migrants within higher education. Policy Futures in Education, 17(5), 657–673. https://doi.org/10.1177/1478210318822180 Lambrechts, A. (2020). The super-disadvantaged in higher education: Barriers to access for refugee background students in England. Higher Education, 80(5), 803–822. Lee, H., & Howe, B. (2023). Providing access to higher education for refugees: Comparative analysis and policy recommendations for South Korea. International Journal of Asia-Pacific Studies, 19(2), 195–231. https://doi.org/10.21315/ijaps2023.19.2.8 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper “It’s what we have always wanted”: First-in-Family Participation in Higher Education as a Relational and Intergenerational Educational Process University of Surrey, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Sociological research on first-in-family (FiF) participation in higher education has consistently demonstrated that access to and experiences of higher education are socially patterned, shaped by classed inequalities, institutional cultures, and uneven distributions of economic, social, and cultural resources. Across national contexts, FiF students are more likely to encounter institutional opacity, feelings of misrecognition, and uneven access to informal knowledge about higher education. Much of this literature, however, has centred the individual student as the primary unit of analysis, with families positioned as background influences, constraints, or sites of limited cultural capital. While this body of work has been vital in challenging meritocratic assumptions and deficit narratives about participation, it has paid comparatively little attention to how higher education participation is collectively experienced, negotiated, and sustained within families over time. This study addresses this gap through the central research question: How do first-in-family students and their immediate families experience higher education as a relational and intergenerational process? Rather than conceptualising participation as an individual educational transition, the research examines how higher education becomes embedded within family relationships, reshaping roles, expectations, responsibilities, and identities. It explores how FiF students share, translate, and mediate their experiences of higher education with immediate family members, and how families respond to, support, and make sense of participation in the absence of prior institutional familiarity. In doing so, the study foregrounds participation as a process that unfolds relationally, across generations, and within everyday family life. The project is situated within the sociology of education and draws on theoretical perspectives concerned with class, inequality, institutional habitus, aspiration, and belonging. It builds on Bourdieusian analyses of how educational institutions privilege particular forms of knowledge, confidence, and cultural familiarity, while also engaging with more recent scholarship that examines lived experiences of participation, identity formation, and belonging in higher education. The study extends this work by shifting analytical attention from the individual student to the family as a relational site in which educational meanings are produced, negotiated, and sustained. Families are conceptualised not as passive contexts but as active participants in educational trajectories, undertaking significant emotional, relational, and practical labour to support participation. The research also engages critically with widening participation discourses that emphasise individual aspiration, choice, and resilience. While such frameworks have been influential across European higher education systems, they often obscure the relational conditions that shape participation and persistence. By foregrounding emotional and relational labour within families, the study challenges deficit-oriented framings of FiF families and highlights the collective work that underpins access to higher education. This theoretical framing enables a more nuanced understanding of how inequality is reproduced and contested through everyday family practices. The European and international relevance of the study lies in its contribution to comparative debates on widening participation, social mobility, and educational inequality across massified higher education systems. Despite variation in national policy contexts, European widening participation agendas frequently rely on individualised models of participation that assume independent navigation of complex institutional systems. By examining FiF participation as a relational and intergenerational process, this research offers a framework that is transferable across national contexts and sensitive to differing welfare, education, and family regimes. It contributes to broader sociological debates on transition, belonging, and inequality, and demonstrates the value of family-centred qualitative approaches for understanding participation in higher education within Europe and beyond. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative research design informed by interpretive phenomenological approaches, enabling in-depth exploration of how first-in-family (FiF) participation in higher education is experienced and made meaningful within family contexts. The design is particularly suited to examining relational, emotional, and intergenerational dimensions of educational participation, even where accounts are generated through individual interviews. Data are generated through semi-structured individual interviews with a total sample of fifty participants (n = 50). This includes fourteen family groupings in which a FiF student and at least one immediate family member (parent/guardian, sibling, or child) participated, alongside additional FiF students who were interviewed individually and reflected on their own experiences in relation to their families. All interviews were conducted on an individual basis. This approach was adopted to ensure participants could speak freely about family relationships and experiences, and in recognition of the practical and ethical challenges associated with recruiting multiple family members. Recruitment of parents and siblings proved challenging, reflecting wider patterns of limited engagement with higher education research among families unfamiliar with university contexts. Rather than treating this as a limitation, the study incorporates FiF students’ reflective accounts of family relationships and dynamics as a complementary source of insight into how higher education participation is understood and negotiated within families. The analytic strategy combines two complementary approaches operating at different levels of analysis. First, interpretive phenomenological analysis (IPA) is used to analyse the fourteen family groupings as singular analytic units. This stage focuses on how higher education participation is collectively experienced and interpreted within families by examining points of convergence, divergence, and relational meaning-making across linked family accounts. Findings from this analysis are presented in a dedicated chapter that foregrounds family-level experiences of higher education. Second, thematic network analysis is applied across the full dataset at the level of individual participants. This enables systematic identification of patterns across accounts and supports movement from basic themes to organising and global themes, situating individual experiences within wider sociological debates on class, education, and inequality. The combination of these approaches allows the study to capture both collective family processes and individual experiences of participation. Ethical considerations are central to the research design. Individual interviews support confidentiality and emotional safety when discussing sensitive topics such as inequality, wellbeing, and family relationships. Ethical approval has been obtained, and reflexive practices are embedded throughout data generation and analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study is expected to demonstrate that first-in-family participation in higher education is not solely an individual educational transition but a relational process shaped by family relationships, meanings, and responsibilities. While higher education is formally undertaken by the student, findings are anticipated to show that participation is experienced and interpreted in relation to family histories, expectations, and emotional dynamics. Analysis of the fourteen family groupings is expected to illustrate how higher education becomes a shared family project, reshaping roles, responsibilities, and understandings of education. Families are likely to be shown to collectively negotiate pride, aspiration, uncertainty, and strain, alongside the emotional and practical work required to support participation in the absence of inherited institutional familiarity. These findings foreground family-level processes that are often rendered invisible in individualised accounts of educational participation. Findings from the wider sample of first-in-family students are expected to complement this family-level analysis by demonstrating how students reflect on and interpret their higher education experiences in relation to their families, including where direct family participation was not possible. These accounts are anticipated to highlight practices of translation, mediation, and sense-making through which students manage institutional demands while maintaining family relationships and identities. At a theoretical level, the study is expected to contribute to the sociology of education by reconceptualising first-in-family participation as a relational and intergenerational process, extending analyses of institutional habitus beyond the individual student and foregrounding emotional and relational labour as central dimensions of educational participation and mobility. At a policy level, the findings are expected to challenge widening participation frameworks that rely on individualised assumptions, highlighting the need for more relationally informed approaches that better recognise the family contexts within which educational transitions are embedded. References Archer, L., Hutchings, M. and Ross, A. (2003) Higher Education and Social Class: Issues of Exclusion and Inclusion. London: Routledge Falmer. Attride‑Stirling, J. (2001) ‘Thematic networks: an analytic tool for qualitative research’. Qualitative Research, 1(3), pp. 385–405. Bourdieu, P. (1997) ‘The forms of capital’. In: Halsey, A.H., Lauder, H., Brown, P. and Wells, A.S. (eds.) Education: Culture, Economy, Society. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 46–58. Brooks, R. (2008) ‘Accessing higher education: The influence of cultural and social capital on university choice’. Sociology Compass, 2(4), pp. 1355–1371. Brooks, R. (2018) Higher Education Mobilities: A Cross‑National European Perspective. London: Palgrave Macmillan. O’Shea, S. (2016) ‘Avoiding the manufacture of “sameness”: First‑in‑family students, cultural capital and higher education’. Higher Education, 72(1), pp. 59–78. O’Shea, S., Lysaght, P., Roberts, J. and Harwood, V. (2016) ‘Shifting the blame in higher education – social inclusion and deficit discourses’. Higher Education Research & Development, 35(2), pp. 322–336. Reay, D. (2004) ‘‘It’s all becoming a habitus’: Beyond the habitual use of habitus in educational research’. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 25(4), pp. 431–444. Reay, D., Crozier, G. and Clayton, J. (2010) ‘‘Fitting in’ or ‘standing out’: Working‑class students in UK higher education’. British Educational Research Journal, 36(1), pp. 107–124. Smith, J.A., Flowers, P. and Larkin, M. (2009) Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis: Theory, Method and Research. London: SAGE. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper In Search for Alignment in Cross-Border and Cross-Sector Educational Innovation University of Southern Denmark, Denmark Presenting Author:STEM (Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics) education has long been of strategic importance in European countries, and this status has been further reinforced by the European Commission’s 2025 document A STEM Education Strategic Plan: skills for competitiveness and innovation (EU, 2025). This strategic plan seeks to foster national, regional and European-level efforts by positioning STEM education as the strategic pillar in the EU education and skills policy. How do the border regions of Denmark and Germany answer these calls? How does the strategic European-level need for STEM specialists shape understandings of the purpose of school? STEM industry represents a multitude of the voices of Biesta & Säfström describe as “educational customers” (Biesta & Säfström, 2023) that are in need of certain skills and competencies. Competence-based education, which often underpins responses industry and workforce demands, is extensively criticized by Moretti and Marabini (2025), for not delivering to their promise to develop the needed skills, for an atomistic view on education, and, crucially, that it perpetuates the existing patterns in the society, and does not sufficiently provide space for critical reflection, transformation and the pursuit for meaningful life. As an alternative, collaborative models based on the quadruple helix (Leydesdorff, 2012) offer a framework for facilitating local ecosystems that bring together for co-creation several sectors: education and research, industry, policy, and the society. This transforms the instrumental way of seeing school, and empowers the two-way or multi-way value creation between society and school, a need emphasized by Biesta (2019). However, the logistics and varying agendas can be challenging in these settings. The research presented here draws on data generated in the Interreg Germany-Denmark project STEPS which aims to address regional labour shortages by developing education activities for STEM subjects, grounded on authentic industry contexts. Through these educational materials, vocational aspects of potential careers are introduced. In addition, there are added STEM-related aspects of culture and language, to address the Danish-German cross-border cultural learning and potential barriers for mobility. Within this setting of educational innovation and development, complex interplays of different contexts, agendas and terminologies emerge. The issue of alignment, cross-sector and cross-border communication through competing agendas is important. This presentation analyses clashing narratives encountered in collaborative innovation, and examines the analytical framing of educational materials, to address the demand for STEM specialists, and to contribute to personal and civic formation, Bildung and the more holistic purposes of education.
Research questions:
The study is grounded in theories of Bildung (Humboldt, 1793/2000; Kivelä, 2018; Klafki, 2000), vocational aspects (Dewey, 2018), the three dimensions of the purpose of education by Biesta (2020, 2022), and the concept of professional Bildung (Hammershøj, 2017). It builds on previous analysis highlighting a particular Nordic context in which teachers strongly identify Bildung as inseparable dimension in STEM education (Characiejiene et al., Accepted), also echoing the work by Sjöström et al. (2017). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The presentation offers analysis and insights from the ongoing educational development process, framed as Design-Based Research (DBR) (Bannan-Ritland, 2003; Christensen & West, 2017) within the STEPS project. Specifically, the analysis focuses on the initial stages of the design process: exploration, problem identification, and the framing of design direction. These phases are informed by engagement with, on the one hand, theoretical foundations outlined above, and, on the other hand, the analysis of data generated through participatory processes, and initial design iterations. Data are generated by qualitative methods, including qualitative interviews (Brinkmann, 2023), focus groups and dialogical workshops involving project partners, educators, industry partners and other stakeholders in Denmark and Germany. Additional data sources include field notes, meeting documentation, collaborative rapid prototyping, curriculum analysis and feedback on the developed educational material iterations. Through this participatory data generation process, perspectives of several stakeholder groups are captured, including teachers, industry representatives, researchers (developers), local policy makers and experts in STEM education and school-industry collaboration. The data are analysed using thematic analysis (Kushnir, 2025). In addition to the participatory research component, the thematic analysis of national/regional and EU policy documents is conducted, to address research question 2. The study is a work in progress, that informs the subsequent development, testing and communication processes, as well as anchoring of impact within local and extended contexts (Henriksen & Ejsing-Duun, 2022). These methodological approaches are in line with the overarching research focus of the PhD thesis, that aims to capture and bridge the perspectives of different stakeholders in STEM education. In the participatory research methodology, the role of an engaged researcher (Balslev, 2012) is enacted, and the stakeholders – as participants in a triple-helix model (Leydesdorff, 2012) of collaborative innovation process in the project. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study is a work in progress, and the empirical analysis is ongoing. The research is expected to contribute with insights into the early phases of educational innovation and cross-sector collaboration within an international project context. The analysis will result in implications for both educational development and cross-border collaboration. Tentative findings indicate that teachers connect with the concept of Bildung, notions of academic well-being, and the use real-world contexts that industries can provide. At the same time, their understandings on their role in professional orientation through STEM subjects appear to be contested and negotiated. Preliminary analysis further suggests that in local collaboration contexts, industry actors also approach school-related engagement as also taking the stance of Bildung perspective, and emphasizing character qualities such as courage and curiosity. The importance of situatedness of local collaborative ecosystems, as well as the role of cross-sector facilitators, is an emerging theme that is important to address educational innovation. These actors appear to play an important role in mediating between different agendas, terminologies and expectations across sectors. This work contributes to the efforts to reclaim Bildung in education, originating from German-Nordic contexts, but increasingly extended to broader contexts (Tahirsylaj et al., 2025). In addition, it contributes to research in the field of collaborative innovation in STEM by illuminating the dynamics of cross-sector and cross-border partnerships. References Balslev, G. M. (2012). Samskabelse af forhandlet viden: Engaged scholarship som forskning med praksis. Bannan-Ritland, B. (2003). The role of design in research: The integrative learning design framework. Educational researcher, 32(1), 21-24. Brinkmann, S. (2023). Qualitative Interviewing: Conversational Knowledge Through Research Interviews. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780197648186.001.0001 Characiejiene, G., Zhou, C., Svabo, C., Larsen, D. M., & Svendsen, M. W. H. (Accepted). Fostering Citizenship through Integrated Science Education: Learning from LabSTEM Project in Denmark. In G. M. B. B. Ribers, P. H. Raae, & C. R. Jensen (Ed.), Education, Innovation and Collaboration in an Era of Change: Educational Development through Equity, Co-responsibility and Democracy. Routledge. Christensen, K., & West, R. E. (2017). The development of design-based research. Foundations of learning and instructional design technology. EU. (2025). A STEM education strategic plan: skills for competitiveness and innovation. Retrieved from https://education.ec.europa.eu/document/stem-education-strategic-plan-legal-document Hammershøj, L. G. (2017). Dannelse i uddannelsessystemet. Hans Reitzel. Henriksen, T. D., & Ejsing-Duun, S. (2022). Implementation in design-based research projects: A map of implementation typologies and strategies. Nordic journal of digital literacy(4), 234-247. Humboldt, v. W. (1793/2000). Theory of Bildung. In S. I. Westbury & K. R. Hopmann (Eds.), Teaching as a Reflective Practice: The German Didaktik Tradition (pp. 57-61). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Kivelä, A. (2018). Toward a modern concept of schooling: A case study on Hegel. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 50(1), 72-82. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2017.1336918 Klafki, W. (2000). The significance of classical theories of Bildung for a contemporary concept of Allgemeinbildung. In S. H. K. R. I. Westbury (Ed.), Teaching as a reflective practice (pp. 85-107). Routledge. Kushnir, I. (2025). Thematic analysis in the area of education: a practical guide. Cogent Education, 12(1), 2471645. Leydesdorff, L. (2012). The triple helix, quadruple helix,…, and an N-tuple of helices: explanatory models for analyzing the knowledge-based economy? Journal of the knowledge economy, 3(1), 25-35. Moretti, L., & Marabini, A. (2025). The failure of Competence-Based education and the Demand for Bildung. Bloomsbury Publishing. Sjöström, J., Frerichs, N., Zuin, V. G., & Eilks, I. (2017). Use of the concept of Bildung in the international science education literature, its potential, and implications for teaching and learning. Studies in Science Education, 53(2), 165-192. Tahirsylaj, A., Rønningen, E., Engen, D. A. A., Corral Granados, A., Hoveid, H., Hoveid, M. H., Solhaug, S., Veelo, N., & Jensen, M. R. (2025). Mapping scholarship on Bildung in educational research: A systematic research review 1990–2020. European Educational Research Journal, 14749041251379633. |
| 16:15 - 17:45 | 99 ERC SES 05 Q: Educational Leadership in Times of Change Location: D14 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Piety Runhaar Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Enacting Instructional Middle Leadership: Teaching Research Group Leaders and Professional Learning in Chinese Secondary Schools University of Auckland, New Zealand Presenting Author:Middle leadership in schools has gained increasing attention as a key mechanism for mediating instructional improvement and supporting teachers’ professional learning under intensified global accountability demands over the past decades (Fullan, 2015; Harris et al., 2019; Harris & Jones, 2017). These developments have positioned instruction-based middle leaders in a crucial role for school-based improvement (Shaked, 2023). Within this broader international trend, the concept of middle leadership is emerging in the Chinese secondary school context and has been institutionalised through the introduction of an instruction-based role, the Teaching Research Group (TRG) leader. Teachers appointed into these positions are formally responsible for coordinating subject-based instructional work and teachers’ professional learning within their curriculum area expertise. In the context of the Chinese educational system, TRG leaders are widely recognised for their positive impact on effective teaching and learning. Curriculum-focused TRGs operate as the key mechanism for Professional Learning Communities (PLCs) in Chinese schools, serving as a significant platform for teachers to refine classroom practice and engage in ongoing professional learning (Chen & Zhang, 2022). Situated in a school-based management model shaped by hierarchical norms, TRG leaders exert their influence within a predominantly top-down organisational structure (Lo, 2019). In practice, their work centres on collaborating and supporting colleagues to strengthen instructional and professional growth, while also modelling effective classroom teaching (Tang et al., 2022). Although recent policies (MoE, 2019) have highlighted the pivotal role of TRG leaders in enhancing teaching quality and organising activities to support teachers’ professional development, there is limited empirical research evidence in the Chinese literature related to the implementation of the TRG leader’s position and any impact on teachers’ effectiveness or student outcomes, particularly in less developed regions of China . This study involved an in-depth investigation into the role of TRG leaders in an underdeveloped area of China (including rural areas), encompassing their conceptualisation, implementation strategies and approaches to teacher development. Based on the data analysis, it was evident that TRG leaders’ role conception remained contested at both the policy and practice levels. The absence of an explicit role description and clearly defined responsibilities at the local and school level has generated divergent interpretations and expectations of TRG leadership within schools. More specifically, TRG leaders were found to serve as administrative organisers who maintain teaching routines and collective activities in a stable, predictable manner within daily practice, reflecting senior leaders’ and some teachers’ expectations that collaboration will translate into pedagogical improvement. Nevertheless, TRG leaders frequently resist being characterised as “leaders,” given their constrained mandate for decision-making and limited formal authority within the school context. Although TRGs were commonly recognised as leaders of site-based professional learning for teachers (Thurlings et al., 2015), the scope of this role was shaped by the logistics of the wider accountability environment. However, TRG leaders routinely organised collective activities to foster teachers’ growth, and shared instructional practices to facilitate the exchange of practice-based, transferable strategies that supported student learning. In a high-stakes examination system, professional learning was often subordinated to a focus on learning for summative assessment, potentially narrowing what counts as legitimate inquiry and limiting deeper learning. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is situated within a constructivist-interpretivist paradigm, acknowledging that leadership is not a fixed set of behaviours but a socially constructed, context-sensitive process shaped by the beliefs, interactions, policy and institutional environments of those involved (Creswell & Creswell, 2017; Patton, 2014). A qualitative multi-case study design was adopted to investigate how TRG leaders understood and enacted their leadership roles across different school settings. This approach enabled the researcher to explore variations in leadership conceptions and practices, while remaining sensitive to contextual and cultural dynamics (Creswell & Creswell, 2017; Patton, 2014). The study was conducted in three secondary schools, purposefully selected from an underdeveloped region in the southwest of mainland China, including urban, semi-rural, and rural contexts. Data were collected through observations of teacher meetings led by TRG leaders, semi-structured interviews with TRG leaders, subject teachers who reported to those TRG leaders, and senior leaders who managed them. The participant recruitment sample included nine TRG leaders from the subjects of Chinese, mathematics and English because of their central role in the school curriculum. Nine teachers (3 from each school) and three senior leaders (1 from each school) were also recruited to provide a range of perspectives on the effectiveness of the TRG leadership role. This study was conducted in two sequential phases to operationalise this research design. Adopting a non-participant stance, the researcher observed a total of 11 TRG meetings across the three schools, covering collective lesson preparation, assessment analysis, and demonstration lessons. After the observation sessions, semi-structured interviews were conducted with each of the nine TRG leaders to deeply explore their own conceptions, perceived affordances and challenges. Phase Two broadened the analytic lens by conducting semi-structured interviews with senior leaders and subject teachers to compare understanding of TRG leadership from diverse perspectives within and across school types. Given the study’s interpretive orientation, reflexive thematic analysis (TA) (Braun & Clarke, 2006, 2021) provided a flexible analytical framework for identifying patterns of meaning across diverse participant roles and school types. A hybrid approach combining inductive and deductive methods was employed to establish useful theoretical frameworks responsive to context-specific realities encountered within the Chinese secondary school context. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study contributed to developing understanding of middle leadership in Chinese secondary schools by focusing on the pivotal role of Teaching Research Group (TRG) leaders. By identifying key leadership practices enacted by TRG leaders and evaluating their impact on teachers’ professional learning and development, the study provided empirical evidence to critique this government initiative inform the development of school policies, leadership training programs, and professional development strategies to strengthen leadership capacity and capability within schools. The findings suggest that TRG leadership is enacted by a complex interplay of role expectations, organisational routines, relational work, and system-level improvement pressures. These dynamics position TRG leaders as both facilitators of collaborative professional learning and mediators of accountability demands, highlighting the tensions inherent in instruction-based middle leadership roles. Such insights deepen understandings of how middle leadership operates in practice, particularly within systems characterised by strong academic performance orientations. With a deeper understanding of how TRG leaders enhance classroom teaching and learning outcomes, this study enabled the researcher to develop a strategic framework to advance educators’ professional capacity within the Chinese secondary school system. While the qualitative multi-case design limits statistical generalisability, the study offers transferable concepts that can inform leadership development in comparable contexts. Future research could build on these findings through larger-scale, longitudinal, and cross-system comparative studies to further examine how instructional middle leadership is shaped by differing governance and accountability conditions. By contributing a contextually grounded account from China, this study extends international discussions of instructional middle leadership and provides comparative insights of relevance to scholars and practitioners across diverse education systems. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Can I use TA? Should I use TA? Should I not use TA? Comparing reflexive thematic analysis and other pattern-based qualitative analytic approaches. Counselling and Psychotherapy Research, 21(1), 37–47. https://doi.org/10.1002/capr.12360 Chen, L., & Zhang, J. (2022). Exploring the role and practice of teacher leaders in professional learning communities in China: A case study of a Shanghai secondary school. Educational Studies, 1–19. https://doi.org/10.1080/03055698.2022.2026297 Creswell, J. W., & Creswell, J. D. (2017). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches. Sage publications. https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=5941254364905912610&hl=en&oi=scholarr Fullan, M. (2015). Leadership from the Middle. Harris, A., & Jones, M. (2017). Middle leaders matter: Reflections, recognition, and renaissance. School Leadership & Management, 37(3), 213–216. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2017.1323398 Harris, A., Jones, M., Ismail, N., & Nguyen, D. (2019). Middle leaders and middle leadership in schools: Exploring the knowledge base (2003–2017). School Leadership & Management, 39(3–4), 255–277. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2019.1578738 Lo, L. N. K. (2019). Teachers and teaching in China: A critical reflection. Teachers and Teaching, 25(5), 553–573. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2019.1632823 Ministry of Education of the People's Republic of China. (2019, November 20). Jiaoyubu guanyu jiaqiang he gaijin xinshidai jichu jiaoyu jiaoyan gongzuo de yijian [Opinions of the Ministry of Education on strengthening and improving research and teaching in basic education in the new era] (Jiaoji [2019] No. 14). http://www.moe.gov.cn/srcsite/A06/s3321/201911/t20191128_409950.html Patton, M. Q. (2014). Qualitative Research & Evaluation Methods: Integrating Theory and Practice. SAGE Publications. Shaked, H. (2023). Instructional leadership in school middle leaders. International Journal of Educational Management, 37(6/7), 1288–1302. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJEM-03-2023-0089 Tang, J., Bryant, D. A., & Walker, A. D. (2022). School middle leaders as instructional leaders: Building the knowledge base of instruction-oriented middle leadership. Journal of Educational Administration, 60(5), 511–526. https://doi.org/10.1108/JEA-01-2022-0018 Thurlings, M., Evers, A. T., & Vermeulen, M. (2015). Toward a Model of Explaining Teachers’ Innovative Behavior: A Literature Review. Review of Educational Research, 85(3), 430–471. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654314557949 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Leading Through Crisis: How Private Tutoring Centre Leaders Responded to COVID-19 Pandemic in India 1: National Institute of Educational Planning and Administration, India; 2: Manav Rachna University, India; 3: Management Development Institute Presenting Author:
In India, educational institutions experienced significant teaching-learning interruptions and moved in and out of several lockdowns during the COVID-19 crisis (Murali & Maiorano, 2021). Despite lacking a strategic plan and the unpreparedness of educators and students, the mainstream education system was compelled to acclimate itself suddenly to online platforms (Suneja & Bagai, 2021; Khanapurkar et al., 2020). Evidence (Oxfam India’s status report, 2020; Murali & Maiorano, 2021; Narang & Bedi, 2024) suggests that many schools either responded slowly or lacked the capacity to respond effectively to the call for a digital education system during the COVID-19 crisis. Rising anxieties, repeated delays in school reopenings, and unsatisfactory responses from formal schools led students and families to turn to diverse forms of private tutoring (Narang & Bedi, 2024). Amidst this situation, when schools faced ongoing challenges and transitioning to online education was difficult, what activities were parallel education providers, such as private tutoring (PT) centres, engaged in that captured student attention? What made the PT centers responsive? What are the factors that allowed or hindered their ability to respond the way they did? This research adopts the crisis leadership framework to analyse how PT leaders responded to the challenges posed by the COVID-19 pandemic. Crisis leadership scholarship is particularly relevant here, as it centers on the processes by which a crisis shapes leadership behaviour and decision-making, and on how leaders act and influence others. Although crisis leadership has emerged as a promising domain within leadership research, it remains a neglected aspect and underexplored dimension of educational leadership research (Striepa & Cunningham, 2022; Urick et al, 2021). Only a handful of scholars have used crisis leadership scholarship to understand and explain how educational leaders address disruptions. This is concerning because a leader must possess a set of specific skills to manage and cope with a crisis, which differ from those required in regular times. Given the pandemic context, the researcher employs a crisis leadership lens to deepen understanding of leadership processes and to contribute to the evolving literature. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Given the contextual significance of the COVID-19 crisis, the researcher employed a qualitative exploratory research design (Creswell & Poth, 2018). The research focuses on the ‘Indian form of private tutoring,’ the phrase coined by Gupta (2021, p.2) to emphasize the Indianness of the phenomenon, making it a unique practice. This study draws on a five-month-long engagement with three individual private tutoring (PT) centres located in Yamuna Vihar, Delhi. The site has been carefully selected based on set parameters essential for the study. These were: (i) Grade: Tutoring centres conducting classes for secondary school (9th as well as 10th) students. In India, at the secondary level, board exams are conducted that are referred to as markers of a good life, causing high anxiety among students (Mary et al., 2014) and hence leading to more private tutoring enrolments during these years; (ii) Subjects: Tutoring centres should be offering classes for Mathematics and Sciences, as these are in high demand (Sujatha, 2014) and are seen as scoring subjects that have parental aspirations and symbols of prestige linked (Ghosh & Bray, 2018; Gupta, 2021); (iii) Popularity: Tutoring centres that cater to most of the students in the area, and ; (iv) Tutoring centre’s consent and interest in the study. Primary data collection method was semi-structured interviews. Although the focus was on the leaders of the PT centres, to present a holistic picture of the situation, different interview schedules were prepared for other stakeholders, such as tutors and tutees. This data was also supplemented with observations from tutoring classes and secondary data from newspaper articles, online news platforms, tutoring centres’ websites, social media channels, and other related documents and sources. The data was analyzed using a thematic-analysis approach (Bernard & Ryan, 2010) and was presented in matrix form, enabling the researcher to develop an organized presentation of the findings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis presented three key findings in response to the research questions. Finding one highlights the multifaceted roles of PT centre leaders, including business head, academic head, chief communicator, crisis-management navigator, tutor, and reviewer, demonstrating a fluid leadership identity shaped by changing contextual and stakeholder demands, which is necessary to manage the crisis. Finding two reflects the different ways in which leaders responded to the pandemic, with significant implications for their business trajectories and leadership styles. Finding three underscores the central role of leaders in coordinating resources and facilitating learning and innovation during the entire crisis cycle. In line with existing literature (Boin et al., 2005; Riggio & Newstead, 2023), this study has demonstrated five critical tasks that a crisis leader undertakes in order to survive- (1) sensemaking to diagnose situations, (2) decision making to design strategies, (3) coordination of actions, (4) learning from the response effects, and (5) supporting and motivating others. This is the first study to document the responses of PT leaders during the COVID-19 pandemic. These responses and strategies may help leaders in the formal education sector navigate through crises and also aid in the development of crisis-ready leaders. References Bernard, R., & Ryan, G (2010). Analyzing Qualitative Data: Systematic Approaches. Sage publication Boin, A. (2005). Disaster research and future crises: Broadening the research agenda. International Journal of Mass Emergencies & Disasters, 23(3), 199-214. Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2016). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches. Sage publications. Ghosh, P., & Bray, M. (2018). Credentialism and demand for private supplementary tutoring: A comparative study of students following two examination boards in India. International Journal of Comparative Education and Development, 20(1), 33-50. Gupta, A. (2021). Teacher-entrepreneurialism: A case of teacher identity formation in neoliberalizing education space in contemporary India. Critical Studies in Education, 62(4), 422-438. Khanapurkar, R., Bhorkar, S., Dandare, K., & Kathole, P. (2020). Strengthening the online education ecosystem in India. ORF Occasional Paper. Observer Research Foundation, 182020, 282. Murali, V. S., & Maiorano, D. (2021). Education during the COVID-19 Pandemic in India. Institute of South Asian Studies. Murali, V. S., & Maiorano, D. (2021). Education during the COVID-19 Pandemic in India. Institute of South Asian Studies. Narang, P., & Bedi, J. (2025). Responsiveness of Public and Private Education Providers During COVID-19: Parental Perspective from Jharkhand, India. Journal of School Choice, 19(1), 112-141. Riggio, R. E., & Newstead, T. (2023). Crisis leadership. Annual Review of Organizational Psychology and Organizational Behavior, 10(1), 201-224. Status report-government and private schools during COVID-19 findings of rapid surveys by Oxfam India (2020). Striepe M, Cunningham C (2022), "Understanding educational leadership during times of crises: a scoping review". Journal of Educational Administration, Vol. 60 No. 2 pp. 133–147, doi: https://doi.org/10.1108/JEA-03-2021-0057 Sujatha, K. (2014). Private tuition in India: Trends and issues. Revue internationale d’éducation de Sèvres. Suneja, V., & Bagai, S. (2021). Examining the impact of COVID-19 pandemic on online education: Reviewing the Indian schooling system based on the perspective of major Indian E-tutoring platforms. Vision, 27(4), 443-448. Urick, A., Carpenter, B. W., & Eckert, J. (2021, March). Confronting COVID: Crisis leadership, turbulence, and self-care. In Frontiers in education (Vol. 6, p. 642861). Frontiers Media SA. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper ECE Centre Leaders’ Work-Related Sense of Coherence and Its Arrhythmias in the Era of Work Intensification Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:The intensification of work has become a defining feature of contemporary working life across many sectors. Growing expectations, accelerated work rhythms, and the increasing complexity of daily tasks shape how professionals experience and make sense of their work. In early childhood education and care (ECEC) centre leaders’ work is increasingly characterized by simultaneous demands, extensive administrative responsibilities, pedagogical leadership, and the need to respond rapidly to changing organisational and societal expectations. As ECEC units have expanded and expectations regarding pedagogical quality have risen, leadership work has become more complex and demanding (Heikkinen et al., 2022). Against this backdrop, it is critical to understand how leaders themselves discuss and make sense of their work in an era marked by intensifying demands. The aim of this study is to examine how ECE centre leaders describe their work within a rapidly changing professional landscape and how a work-related sense of coherence (work-SoC) is reflected in their accounts. In addition, the study explores the types of arrhythmias or disruptions that challenge or undermine centre leaders’ sense of coherence at work. The central theoretical concept in the study is work-related sense of coherence (work-SoC), which is based on Aaron Antonovsky’s concept of sense of coherence (SOC; 1979, 1987). The work-SoC consists of three dimensions. Comprehensibility, referring to the extent to which one perceives work-related experiences as structured and predictable; manageability, the perception of having the resources to meet work demands; and meaningfulness, the sense that work is worthwhile and emotionally engaging (Bauer & Jenny, 2007). In this study, disruptions that weaken work-SoC are approached through the concept of arrhythmia (Lefebvre, 2004). Arrhytmias refers to moments where the flow, order, or logic of work appears disrupted, reflecting the tensions that arise when intensified work rhythms collide with the need for clarity, manageability, and meaningfulness. This phenomenon is known to involve multitasking, the compression of tasks into shorter time frames, and the accelerating pace and efficiency demands that shape everyday work. By analysing how these elements surface in leaders’ descriptions of their work, the study contributes to understanding how intensified working conditions affect leadership in ECEC and how leaders make sense of—and strive to maintain coherence within—their increasingly demanding roles. Prior research has consistently shown that a strong work-SoC is associated with better work-related wellbeing, greater resilience in the face of stress, and improved coping with demanding situations. Thus, examining how these dimensions appear in leaders’ speech offers insight into their work-related wellbeing in a rapidly changing environment. Also, by addressing the moments of fragmentation in center leaders’ accounts, the research aims to understand the conditions under which work-SoC is strained or restored within the complex context of ECE leardership. Research questions are:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used While previous research on work-related sense of coherence has relied primarily on quantitative methods and validated scales, this study adopts a qualitative approach to foreground the temporal dimensions of work. The data for this study is comprised of focus group interviews conducted with ECE centre leaders, collected during the evaluation project Current State, Strengths, and Development Areas of Leadership in Early Childhood Education, conducted by the Finnish Education Evaluation Centre (FINEEC). The dataset includes a total of nine focus group interviews, each involving 3 to 5 participants. The duration of the semi-structured interviews was 1 to 1.5. hours each. The discussion themes were provided to participants in advance. Data collection was carried out partly via Microsoft Teams and partly through face-to-face interviews. The conversations were recorded by the interviewers, and an external party transcribed the recordings. These transcripts were obtained from FINEEC for the purposes of this study. The themes addressed in the interviews included, for example, management structures, expectations related to the work, and the support provided at various levels. The researcher first familiarised herself with the data by reading the interview transcripts in full, which allowed the identification of preliminary components and supported the more systematic frame analysis. In the actual evaluation project, however, this data was not analysed from the perspective of work‑SoC. Using frame analysis (Goffman, 1974), the study aims to identify the interpretative frames through which ECE centre leaders construct, negotiate, and narrate their sense of coherence at work. In addition, Lefebvre’s (2004) rhythmanalysis is employed as a complementary analytical lens to examine how the rhythms of time, space, and everyday practices structure leaders’ work and how disruptions or arrhythmias in these rhythms challenge their sense of work-related coherence. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the preliminary findings, four distinct frames were identified in how ECE centre leaders talk about their work-SoC. Across these four frames, ECE centre leaders describe varied ways of making sense of their work in the context of intensifying demands. The first frame, Negotiating and Resisting Demands from Higher Organisational Levels, shows how leaders position themselves differently when responding to topdown directives. These positions reflect differences in work-SoC, particularly manageability and meaningfulness: influence and negotiation strengthen work-SoC, while imposed obligations weaken it. The second frame, Constructing the Meaning and Scope of Work Tasks, captures how leaders define what is essential in their role. Some feel distressed about lacking time for everyday interactions with children—moments that they regard as meaningful in their work. Others emphasise building competent teams that allow them to focus on broader responsibilities, such as development of the pedagogy. These contrasting understandings of meaningful work are related to work-SoC: alignment with personal values strengthens coherence, whereas drifting from meaningful tasks reduces it. In the third frame, The Simultaneous Presence of the Past and the Future, leaders compare current work with the past to make sense of increasing demands, while also expressing constant pressure to anticipate future reforms. Past, present, and future intertwine in their narratives, shaping a multitemporal experience of leadership. Work-SoC is stronger when leaders can situate changes in their work within a coherent temporal trajectory; contradictions or unpredictability weaken it. The fourth frame, Structural Arrangements Within the Organisation, highlights how organisational structures can either support or undermine leaders’ ability to manage their work. Participatory and well justified structures strengthen work-SoC, whereas unclear or imposed structures reduce comprehensibility and control. Finally, ongoing analysis suggests that work-related arrhythmias—such as interruptions, strict deadlines, and technology driven disruptions—further shape leaders’ experiences of coherence in their intensifying work environments. References Antonovsky, A. (1987). Unraveling the mystery of health: How people manage stress and stay well. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass. Bauer, G. F., & Jenny, G. (2007). Development, implementation and dissemination of occupational health management (OHM): Putting salutogenesis into practice. In J. Houdmont & S. McIntyre (Eds.), Occupational Health Psychology: European Perspectives on Research, Education and Practice, 2, 219–250. Maia, Portugal: ISMAI. Goffman, E. (1974). Frame analysis: An essay on the organization of experience. Harvard University Press. Green, F. (2004). Work intensification, discretion, and the decline in well-being at work. Eastern Economic Journal,30, 615–625. Grødal, K., Innstrand, S. T., Haugan, G., & André, B. (2019). Work-related sense of coherence and longitudinal relationships with work engagement and job satisfaction. Scandinavian Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology, 4(1), 1–13. Kubicek, B., Korunka, C. & Ulferts, H. (2013). Acceleration in the care of older adults: New demands as predictors of employee burnout and engagement. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 69, 1525–1538. Kuusiholma-Linnamäki, J., Sarkkinen, T., Vlasov, J., Fonsén, E., Heikkinen, S., Hjelt, H.,Lahtinen, J., Lohi, N., Mäkelä, M., & Siippainen, A. (2023). Work of the head of early education centre: management areas, deputy management structures, and expectations placed on the head’s work (29:2023). Finnish Education Evaluation Centre. Lefebvre, Henri (2004). Rhythmanalysis. Space, time and everyday life. London:Continuum. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Determinants of Teacher Self-Efficacy in a System Undergoing Transition: The Role of Distributed Leadership through Teacher Autonomy and Teacher Leadership University of Ljubljana Presenting Author:INTRODUCTION/THEORETICAL FRAMEWORK Educational systems undergoing decentralization and continuous reform increasingly rely on leadership models that extend beyond formal school management. Despite many leadership approaches-styles , distributed leadership has been promoted as a mechanism for enhancing teacher empowerment, professional learning, teacher motivation, teacher collaboration and instructional quality (Bellibaş et al., 2021; Bektaş et al., 2022). However, empirical evidence explaining how distributed leadership translates into teacher self-efficacy remains limited, especially in educations systems undergoing transition. This study seeks to contribute to the ongoing academic debate on the factors that may influence the enhancement of teacher self-efficacy in context of leadership roles and autonomy by examining the role of distributed leadership and the mechanisms through which it may operate. Enhancing teacher self-efficacy is essential due to its documented associations with multiple professional outcomes (Schwarzer & Hallum, 2008; Marcionetti & Castelli, 2023). Self-efficacy is defined as individuals’ beliefs in their capability to organize and execute the courses of action required to attain desired outcomes in specific situations (Bandura 1997) . In education this can be translated as teachers’ beliefs in their capability to plan, organize, and carry out the actions required to successfully accomplish specific teaching tasks and to positively influence student learning, engagement, and classroom management, even in challenging or demanding situations (Tschannen-Moran & Hoy 2001). Self-efficacy has been linked to reduced burnout and increased teacher resilience, enhanced teacher agency and overall student’s academic outcomes (Li,2023; Wang,2022). In the Kosovo context, strengthening and sustaining teachers’ self-efficacy is particularly important, as the education system is undergoing continuous reform and transition. On the other hand, two constructs that are widely discussed lately in the contemporary educational leadership literature and that may have important implications for teachers’ professional functioning and enhanced self-efficacy are teacher autonomy and teacher leadership. Teacher leadership, in turn, can be understood as teachers’ active involvement in leading instructional improvement, professional learning, and school-level initiatives beyond their classroom responsibilities, which may support teachers’ professional capacity and sense of efficacy (Sawalhi & Chaaban, 2022). Furthermore, although teacher self-efficacy has been consistently associated with positive professional outcomes, integrative models that simultaneously examine how distributed leadership may influence teacher self-efficacy through teacher autonomy and teacher leadership and how these variables interact with each other remain scarce in European education systems undergoing systemic transition. The conceptual model is grounded in Distributed Leadership Theory, the Job Demands–Resources (JD–R) model, and Social Cognitive Theory. Distributed leadership is conceptualized as a collective and relational practice enacted through interactions among school actors rather than being confined to formal roles (Spillane, 2006). From a JD–R perspective, distributed leadership functions as an important organizational resource that enhances teachers’ autonomy and professional agency, thereby activating motivational processes (Bakker & Demerouti, 2007). Drawing on Social Cognitive Theory, such supportive leadership conditions are expected to strengthen teachers’ self-efficacy by shaping beliefs in their instructional capabilities (Bandura, 1997). Accordingly, this study seeks to address the following research questions: questions: 1.What is the impact of distributed leadership on teacher self-efficacy, teacher leadership, and teacher autonomy? 2. What is the impact of teacher autonomy on teacher leadership and teacher self-efficacy? 3. What is the impact of teacher leadership on teacher self-efficacy? 4. How do teacher autonomy and teacher leadership, individually and sequentially, mediate the relationship between distributed leadership and teacher self-efficacy? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used METHODOLOGY Design and Data Source The study employed a quantitative, cross-sectional research design using data aligned with the Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS) framework. The sample consisted of 3,281 in-service teachers working in public schools in Kosovo. Analysis was conducted Using R (version 4.x) with the lavaan package and the WLSMV estimator, CFA was performed to assess construct validity via factor loadings and fit indices, followed by SEM to test the hypothesized relationships Measures The data were collected using questionnaires adapted from the Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS) 2024. Distributed Leadership: 8 items measuring shared decision-making and collaborative leadership practices. Teaching Autonomy: 5 items capturing autonomy in instructional and pedagogical work. Teacher Leadership: 4 items assessing teachers’ involvement in leadership roles and professional influence. Teacher Self-Efficacy: 16 items reflecting confidence in instruction, classroom management, and student engagement. DATA ANALYSIS Confirmatory Factor Analysis (CFA) was conducted to assess the measurement model and establish construct validity and reliability prior to structural modeling. The model including Distributed Leadership, Teaching Autonomy, Teacher Leadership, and Teacher Self-Efficacy—demonstrated a very good fit to the data (CFI = .972, TLI = .970, RMSEA = .049, SRMR = .017). All items loaded strongly and significantly on their intended latent constructs, with standardized factor loadings ranging from .85 to .91 for Distributed Leadership, .96 to .98 for Teaching Autonomy, .87 to .92 for Teacher Leadership, and .71 to .88 for Teacher Self-Efficacy. These results support the factorial validity and internal consistency of the measurement model. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings FINDINGS/CONCLUSION The findings of this study contribute to literature and practice because they demonstrate that teacher self-efficacy is not solely an individual psychological trait but a collective outcome shaped by school leadership structures and organizational conditions. The results show strong direct effect of distributed leadership on teacher self-efficacy which indicates that when leadership responsibilities, decision-making, and professional influence are shared across the school, teachers develop greater confidence in their instructional abilities. Equally important is the evidence that distributed leadership operates through interconnected mechanisms rather than isolated pathways. The positive effects results of distributed leadership on teaching autonomy and teacher leadership show that leadership distribution creates the structural and professional space necessary for teachers to exercise judgment and assume leadership roles. The significant mediation and serial mediation effects highlight teacher leadership and autonomy as critical mechanisms through which distributed leadership is converted into stronger self-efficacy beliefs. These results indicate that teachers’ self-efficacy develops primarily through active participation in leadership and successful professional practice, rather than through formal autonomy or delegated responsibilities in isolation. In this sense, teacher leadership and autonomy function as a bridge between organizational structures and individual psychological outcomes. Taken together, these findings advance leadership theory by clarifying how distributed leadership shapes teacher self-efficacy, moving beyond simple direct-effect models toward a more process-oriented understanding. From practical perspective and in system undergoing transition , the results suggest that school leadership reforms should focus not only on decentralizing authority but also on creating conditions that enable teachers to enact leadership in their daily work. In these systems, strengthening teacher self-efficacy therefore requires coherent leadership practices that integrate autonomy, teacher leadership, professional collaboration, and opportunities for teachers to lead instructional improvement. References Bakker, A. B., & Demerouti, E. (2007). The Job Demands–Resources model: State of the art. Journal of Managerial Psychology, 22(3), 309–328. https://doi.org/10.1108/02683940710733115 Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The exercise of control. New York, NY: Freeman. Bektaş, F., Kılınç, A. Ç., & Gümüş, S. (2022). The effects of distributed leadership on teacher professional learning: mediating roles of teacher trust in principal and teacher motivation. Educational studies, 48(5), 602-624. Bellibaş, M. Ş., Gümüş, S., & Liu, Y. (2021). Does school leadership matter for teachers’ classroom practice? The influence of instructional leadership and distributed leadership on instructional quality. School effectiveness and school improvement, 32(3), 387-412. Li, S. (2023). The effect of teacher self-efficacy, teacher resilience, and emotion regulation on teacher burnout: A mediation model. Frontiers in psychology, 14, 1185079. Marcionetti, J., & Castelli, L. (2023). The job and life satisfaction of teachers: a social cognitive model integrating teachers’ burnout, self-efficacy, dispositional optimism, and social support. International Journal for Educational and Vocational Guidance, 23(2), 441-463. OECD, T. A. L. I. S. (2019). RESULTS (VOLUME I): TEACHERS AND SCHOOL LEADERS AS LIFELONG LEARNERS, TALIS. Rosseel, Y. (2012). lavaan: An R package for structural equation modeling. Journal of Statistical Software, 48(2), 1–36. https://doi.org/10.18637/jss.v048.i02 Sawalhi, R., & Chaaban, Y. (2022). Student teachers’ perspectives towards teacher leadership. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 25(4), 586-602. Schwarzer, R., & Hallum, S. (2008). Perceived teacher self‐efficacy as a predictor of job stress and burnout: Mediation analyses. Applied psychology, 57, 152-171. Spillane, J. P. (2006). Distributed leadership. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass. Tschannen-Moran, M., & Hoy, A. W. (2001). Teacher efficacy: Capturing an elusive construct. Teaching and teacher education, 17(7), 783-805. Wang, L. (2022). Exploring the relationship among teacher emotional intelligence, work engagement, teacher self-efficacy, and student academic achievement: A moderated mediation model. Frontiers in psychology, 12, 810559. |
| 16:15 - 17:45 | 99 ERC SES 05 R: Well-being, Emotions, and Student Experience Location: D13 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Ilmari Puhakka Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Life Purposes and Study Well-being of Finnish Youth Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Students' Perceptions of Shame in Physical Education University of Vienna, Austria Presenting Author:99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper From Academic Anxiety to AI Addiction: The Mediating Role of Anthropomorphic Interaction Istanbul Aydin University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author: |
| 16:15 - 17:45 | 99 ERC SES 05 S: Internationalization, Governance and Institutional Change in Higher Education Location: C5 | Main building C | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Ljiljana Vdovic Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Responsibility in Internationalization of Research: A Comparative Analysis of the European Research Area, Finland and Türkiye's Research Policies University of Turku, Finland Presenting Author:Background of the Study
Internationalization has become a key strategy that is reflected in multi-level policy documents, namely by national, supra-national and intranational organizations (Brooks & Waters, 2011; Edelstein & Douglass, 2012). Global developments profoundly influence how internationalization is strategized. In recent years, a variety of interconnected problems or polycrisis, i.e. climate change or economic inequalities, have prompted internationalization to address these multifaceted challenges through research-informed responses. These complex problems necessitate collaborations of researchers and research systems (Voegtlin et al., 2022).
One prominent example is internationalization policies of European Higher Education & Research Area to strengthen collaborations among researchers across wider Europe, fostering knowledge transfer and coordination of research. International research collaborations within European Higher Education & Research Area are promoted to tackle fundamental problems of the societies despite the negative influences of recently expanding geopolitical conflicts on research collaborations (Bamberger & Huang, 2024). European Universities Alliances, Horizon Europe, COST Actions and Erasmus+ are some exemplary research frameworks.
Previous research indicates that responsibility is increasingly embedded into internationalization of higher education strategies at national and intranational scales, as shown in some prior studies, i.e. comprehensive internationalization (de Wit & Hunter, 2020) or global social responsibility and internationalization of higher education for society (Jones et al., 2021; Leask & de Gayardon, 2021). Despite expanding attention, there is a lack of shared definition of responsibility in internationalization of higher education, yielding confusions on what responsibility in internationalization really entails.
This ambiguity on responsibility is also evident in internationalization of higher education strategies in European Higher Education & Research Area. Amid the on-going debates, this study suggests a comprehensive understanding of responsibility in internationalization of higher education by challenging the widely accepted assumption that responsibility in internationalization is self-evident in its meaning as a taken for granted concept. Therefore, this paper addresses the following research questions with a comparative analysis of prominent research policies and programmes in ERA, Finland and Türkiye:
Conceptual Framework Theoretically this study approaches international research collaborations as more than just co-authorships or publications. International research collaborations are a social process of putting experience and expertise together to produce new knowledge to tackle global problems, which are too complicated to be solved alone (Bozeman & Boardman, 2014; Romani-Dias & Carneiro, 2020). Responsibility in this aspect refers to the outcomes of research and knowledge production benefiting the wider societies and creating an impact outside the scientific communities (Molthan-Hill et al., 2024). An emerging field of research focuses on responsible internationalization, which is an overarching theme highlighted in prominent studies (DeLaquil et al., 2024; de Wit & Glass, 2025; Romani-Dias & Carneiro, 2020; Stallivieri & Tabajara, 2020). Responsible internationalization refers to ‘the practices and policies targeted to benefit the wider communities, at home or abroad, via international or intercultural education, research, service and engagement (Brandenburg et al., 2019; Jones et al., 2021). Scholars argue that internationalization needs to be redefined to include planned contributions to the wider societies beyond universities (de Wit, 2019; Stein, 2019). Besides conceptual framework of responsible internationalization and critical internationalization studies, in operationalizing responsibility concept, this study also benefits from University Social Responsibility, which means usage of research and knowledge production for the better quality of life (Herrera, 2009). In its broader meaning, University Social Responsibility refers to the responsibility of higher education institutions towards their communities and beyond by identifying and addressing issues of social and ethical relevance (Ayala-Rodríguez et al. 2019; Vallaeys et al. 2022). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Document analysis (Bowen, 2009) was employed to systematically review and interpret policy texts to develop an in-depth understanding and extract relevant information about how responsibility narratives are constructed in research policies across the ERA, Finland and Türkiye (Bowen, 2009). In this study, policy is understood both as a process and as a product (Ball, 2006; Rizvi & Lingard, 2009) meaning that while policy texts, i.e. strategies or guides, are the most typical forms of policies, we also understand policy as a process of agenda-setting, change-making and negotiating that shapes realities, justifications and actions. Documentary data was selected as official documents containing statements, strategies and objectives of collective production. For each context, the most influential agents on research and innovation policies were selected, namely the European Research Area & Horizon Europe; Research Council of Finland & Ministry of Education and Culture; and Scientific and Technological Research Council of Türkiye (Ministry of Industry and Technology) and Council of Higher Education. These institutions oversee research and cooperation programs through their strategies, guides and vision statements. Policy-mapping was conducted on the webpages of these institutions, and a total of 10 strategies, guides and vision statements were gathered. Qualitative content analysis and policy framing analysis techniques were used to investigate in what ways theme of responsibility is constructed in these policies. Firstly, qualitative content analysis was used to systemically analyze policy documents in terms of recurring themes related to responsibility in internatinalization following Kuckartz’s (2019) qualitative content analysis, combining deductive and inductive coding. Using a mixture of concept-driven and data-driven code development processes, the first phase of data analysis focused on generating overarching themes. Qualitative content analysis enables data reduction and sense-making of the textual materials to identify core messages and meanings with systematic coding (Mayring, 2000; Patton, 2002). Then, we used four-step policy framing analysis suggested by Entman (1993;2009) to identify the rhetorics behind policy formulation, , which are 1. problem definition (what are the issues that need to be addressed?); 2. causal interpretation (who and/or what causes the problems?); 3.moral evaluation (how does the policy judge the actors and causes of the problems from value/normative dimensions?) and 4.proposed solutions (what solutions are offered). Policy frames function as underlying narratives that exert power and highlight specific aspects of information through selective description of the overall situation (Entman, 2009). Framing analysis was employed to examine how perceived realities are delivered in ways that shape interpretations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Responsibility in internationalization of higher education is framed at multiple levels, carrying varied contextual implications. Based on the textual analysis of major research policies and strategies on internationalization of research practices in the ERA, Finland and Türkiye, this study revealed three main narratives of responsibility descriptions in internationalization of research policies, which are 1. responsibility as economic development and innovation (economic responsibility); 2. responsibility as addressing societal challenges and UN SDGs (social responsibility) and 3. responsibility as principles of responsible research, open science and knowledge security (ethical responsibility). The findings showed different levels of responsibility descriptions across three contexts, promoting global, regional and national priorities in internationalization of research policies. The policies on internationalization of research across three contexts have converging and diverging features in describing responsibility in internationalized research. The main justification behind internationalized research, as commonly argued across all research policies, is the economical contributions of internationalized research to their contexts, e.g. jobs, industries, high-tech exports, start-ups, investments etc. The second type of responsibility narratiives in internationalized research pertain to social/societal contributions, namely how internationalization of research addresses challenges like UN SDGs. Across three contexts, social responsibility refers to tackling these challenges through internationalization of research. In three contexts, internationalized research is positioned as a strong means of tackling these challenges. Our analysis suggests that far from being an inherently obvious concept, responsibility in internationalization has multiple meanings in international research policies across three contexts, the ERA, Finland and Türkiye. Overall, this paper supports the claim in previous studies that responsibility in internationalization is a vaguely defined phenomenon; however, it also presents nuanced understandings of responsibility narratives in internationalization of research policies across three contexts in European Higher Education Area with global, regional and national variations attached to the meanings of responsibility in internationalization of higher education. References Key References Bamberger, A., & Huang, T. Y. (2024). From irreversible openness to protectionism: geopolitics and international research cooperation in the European Union. Journal of Education Policy, 40(1), 19–43. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2024.2351516 Bowen, G.A. (2009), "Document Analysis as a Qualitative Research Method". Qualitative Research Journal, Vol. 9 No. 2 pp. 27–40, doi: https://doi.org/10.3316/QRJ0902027 Bozeman, B., & Boardman, C. (2014). Research collaboration and team science: A state-of-the-art review and agenda. Springer Cham. Brooks, R., & Waters, J. (2011). Student mobilities, migration and the internationalization of higher education. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. de Wit, H. (2019). Internationalization in higher education, A critical review. SFU Educational Review, 12(3), 9–17. https://doi.org/10.21810/sfuer.v12i3.1036 de Wit, H., & Glass, C. (2025). Navigating the Political versus Social Realities of “Responsible Internationalization”. International Higher Education, (121), 1. Retrieved from https://ejournals.bc.edu/index.php/ihe/article/view/18815 de Wit, H., Hunter, F.J.H. (2020). Internationalization of Higher Education, Evolving Concepts, Approaches, and Definitions. In: Teixeira, P.N., Shin, J.C. (eds) The International Encyclopedia of Higher Education Systems and Institutions. Springer, Dordrecht. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-017-8905-9_567 DeLaquil, T., Bengtsen, S. S. E., Gibson, A. G., & McAlpine, L. (2025). Unveiling university-society engagement – university origin stories from Denmark. European Journal of Higher Education, 15(4), 639–658. https://doi.org/10.1080/21568235.2024.2440699 Edelstein, R. J., & Douglass, J. A. (2012). Comprehending the international initiatives of universities: A taxonomy of modes of engagement and institutional logics. Research & Occasional Paper Series: Center for Studies in Higher Education (19.12). Entman, R. M. (1993). Framing: Toward clarification of a fractured paradigm. Journal of Communication, 43(4), 51–58. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1460-2466.1993.tb01304.x Jones, E., Leask, B., Brandenburg, U., & de Wit, H. (2021). Global Social Responsibility and the Internationalisation of Higher Education for Society. Journal of Studies in International Education, 25(4), 330-347. https://doi.org/10.1177/10283153211031679 Kuckartz, U. (2019). Qualitative Text Analysis: A Systematic Approach. In: Kaiser, G., Presmeg, N. (eds) Compendium for Early Career Researchers in Mathematics Education . ICME-13 Monographs. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15636-7_8 Rizvi, F., & Lingard, B. (2009). Globalizing Education Policy (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203867396 Romani-Dias M, Carneiro J (2020), "Internationalization in higher education: faculty tradeoffs under the social exchange theory". International Journal of Educational Management, Vol. 34 No. 3 pp. 461–476, doi: https://doi.org/10.1108/IJEM-04-2019-0142 Stein, S. (2019). Critical internationalization studies at an impasse: Making space for complexity, uncertainty, and complicity in a time of global challenges. Studies in Higher Education, 46(9), 1771–1784. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2019.1704722 Voegtlin, C., Scherer, A.G., Stahl, G.K. and Hawn, O. (2022), Grand Societal Challenges and Responsible Innovation. J. Manage. Stud., 59: 1-28. https://doi.org/10.1111/joms.12785 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Hybrid Governance by Numbers: Global Metrics and Soviet Legacies in Higher Education of Uzbekistan University of Edinburgh, Uzbekistan Presenting Author:The contemporary internationalisation of higher education (HE) has led to deep and lasting transformations in universities’ societal roles, organisational structures, and daily practices (Musiał, 2023). Internationalisation is now widely treated as an unquestioned imperative, what Musiał (2023, p.21) calls a ‘‘rationalized myth,’’ and it has reshaped the global academic landscape by expanding measurable mechanisms for evaluating and governing institutions. These mechanisms include global university rankings, international research databases and metrics (e.g., Scopus; Web of Science), and national accountability and quality assurance systems that tie funding, reputation, and status to quantified research performance (Pardo-Guerra, 2022). Although internationalisation is framed as inherently beneficial, it is frequently discussed without sufficient historical or political contextualisation. As a result, global power asymmetries, colonial legacies, and economic disparities can be obscured (Buckner & Stein, 2020). This uncritical framing risks reinforcing existing global hierarchies, reproducing Western dominance, and marginalising scholarship from the peripheries (Bamberger & Morris, 2024). These dynamics are particularly salient in post-socialist countries. Historically, many post-socialist universities prioritised teaching and vocational training, while research was concentrated in academies or specialised (sectoral) institutes outside higher education institutes (HEIs) (Smolentseva et al., 2018). The post-Soviet transition has intensified such tensions as universities are increasingly expected to adopt research missions and global academic standards that diverge from their original design (Chankseliani et al., 2022). The expansion of rankings and competitive performance regimes has further pressured HEIs to prioritise research visibility and align with indicators modelled on elite, research-driven universities (Locke, 2021). Yet universities in many post-socialist settings face persistent structural constraints (such as inadequate funding, restricted academic freedom, limited access to scholarly databases, and heavy teaching loads) that complicate a shift toward research-oriented missions (Chankseliani et al., 2022). More broadly, rankings and performance metrics have entrenched audit culture and accelerated a shift in governance towards calculative logics that prioritise efficiency, visibility, and accountability (Shore & Wright, 2015). This shift has reconfigured academic labour, compelling faculty, particularly in resource-constrained settings, to privilege research outputs aligned with citation-based evaluation systems that disproportionately favour Western academic institutions and journals (Collyer, 2018). Pressures to publish in English, secure grants, and produce measurable outputs have intensified in the pursuit of academic prestige and international recognition; however, these demands often expose academics to hierarchical subjectivities and unequal competition shaped by linguistic barriers, resource disparities, and exclusion from influential academic networks (Welsh, 2020). While the implications of neoliberal competition and North–South inequalities are well documented, less is known about how these dynamics unfold in Central Asia, where Soviet legacies and ongoing Russian influence continue to shape academic and institutional cultures. Uzbekistan provides an informative case. National research policies remain decisive in structuring the academic landscape, as HEIs operate under strong central government oversight. Since independence in 1991, the sector has experienced infrastructural decline and a loss of human capital due to prolonged underinvestment (Ruziev & Mamasolieva, 2022). More recently, the government has sought to revitalise research capacity and institutional infrastructure, guided by the belief that economic development depends on global competitiveness. In this context, the study examines policy initiatives introduced since 2017, a pivotal moment in the liberalisation of HE, intended to increase research productivity, promote innovation, and strengthen academic engagement, albeit largely driven by centralised directives. However, despite growing expectations for research engagement, the majority of academic staff still lack doctoral qualifications. This divide between policy ambition and academic realities risks undermining both research quality and institutional credibility. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper investigates how internationalisation in Uzbekistan, operationalised through performance metrics, ranking ambitions, and the imperative to publish in international outlets, reshapes academic knowledge production and institutional orientations. Rather than focusing on macro-level policy design, the analysis centres on how these instruments reconfigure academic work practices, faculty subjectivities, and institutional logics within state HEIs. Conceptually, the paper treats quantification in HE as a social, political, and epistemic process that has become inseparable from internationalisation. It draws on the sociology of quantification (Espeland & Stevens, 2008; Mespoulet, 2022), the audit/accountability and performativity scholarship (Ball, 2003; Shore & Wright 2015; Strathern, 2000), and theories of reactivity and discipline (Espeland & Sauder, 2007; Sauder & Espeland, 2009) to situate measurement within broader transformations of governance and epistemic power. Empirically, it examines how global measurement regimes (e.g., rankings and bibliometric metrics) intersect with legacies of Soviet-era quantification to produce a hybrid mode of ‘‘governance by numbers’’ (Rose, 1991). While such governance is promoted as enhancing transparency, accountability, visibility, and competitiveness, it also reshapes the moral and epistemic foundations of academic work. This lens illuminates how global norms are negotiated, contested, and localised within Uzbekistan’s post-Soviet, peripheral academic context. Methodologically, the study employs a qualitative, exploratory design rooted in interpretivist and critical paradigms. It sees reality as socially constructed and contextually embedded, while also attending to structural power relations and post-Soviet epistemic legacies through a critical lens (Kincheloe et al., 2011). The approach side helps to analyse how participants interpret policy-driven changes and how institutional arrangements (shaped by neoliberal pressures and lingering Soviet systems) condition academic practice. Data were generated primarily through semi-structured interviews, which supported both thematic consistency and flexibility for follow-up probing (Adams, 2015). The study includes 36 academic and managerial staff from four state universities in Tashkent and Samarkand. Purposive sampling was used to capture diversity across roles, disciplines (primarily Social Sciences and Humanities), gender, and academic rank, and snowball sampling complemented this strategy to reach participants less accessible through formal channels. Interviews were conducted mostly in Uzbek, with occasional switches to English or Russian to improve clarity and participant comfort. Transcripts were analysed iteratively using an interpretive, pattern-oriented strategy focused on themes rather than strict coding rules (Brinkmann & Kvale, 2018). Interview accounts were triangulated with policy texts and internal university documents (such as university records and incentive schemes), which added institutional context and strengthened the credibility of interpretations (Bowen, 2009). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study shows that the rapid adoption of global rankings and publication metrics in Uzbekistan has produced a distinctive form of ‘‘publish in Scopus or perish’’ culture in which research is redefined as metric production rather than knowledge creation. Academics are rewarded and monitored through strict KPI systems, incentive schemes and internal rankings, turning Scopus indexation, h-indices and quartiles into primary currencies of academic value and instruments of surveillance. This produces ‘‘Scopus anxiety,’’ strategic gaming (paid and predatory publishing, gifting authorship, salami-slicing), and a shift from pedagogical to quantified identities, while leaving structural constraints such as heavy teaching loads and weak methodological infrastructure largely unaddressed. At the same time, faculty are not passive. They comply, resist, or adapt, developing hybrid strategies such as dual publishing (local and international), selective collaboration, and pragmatic engagement with English as both an opportunity and a burden. Conceptually, the study frames these dynamics as a form of epistemic colonisation, where academic legitimacy is outsourced to Western metrics, yet also as a site of contested agency and modernising differently through the continued importance of Soviet-era structures and local knowledge practices. For European HE, the case of Uzbekistan functions as a distorted mirror of familiar debates on audit culture, rankings and Englishisation, revealing the unintended consequences when Western measures travel to post-socialist peripheries (e.g., East and Central European contexts) as default policy. It calls on European institutions to reflect on their role and to support more plural, context-sensitive systems of academic value that do not marginalise peripheral languages or epistemologies. References Adams, W. C. (2015). Conducting Semi-Structured Interviews. In Handbook of Practical Program Evaluation (pp. 492–505). John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. Ball, S. (2003). The teacher’s soul and the terrors of performativity. Journal of Education Policy, 18(2), 215–228. Bowen, G. A. (2009). Document Analysis as a Qualitative Research Method. Qualitative Research Journal, 9(2), 27–40. Brinkmann, S., & Kvale, S. (2018). Doing Interviews. SAGE Publications, Ltd. Chankseliani, M., Fedyukin, I., & Frumin, I. (Eds.). (2022). Building Research Capacity at Universities: Insights from Post-Soviet Countries. Springer International Publishing. Collyer, F. M. (2018). Global patterns in the publishing of academic knowledge: Global North, global South. Current Sociology, 66(1), 56–73. Espeland, W. N., & Sauder, M. (2007). Rankings and Reactivity: How Public Measures Recreate Social Worlds. American Journal of Sociology, 113(1), 1–40. Espeland, W. N., & Stevens, M. L. (2008). A Sociology of Quantification. European Journal of Sociology, 49(3), 401–436. Kincheloe, J. L., McLaren, P., Steinberg, S. R., & Monzó, L. (2011). Critical pedagogy and qualitative research. In The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research (pp. 235–260). SAGE Publications. Mespoulet, M. (2022). Creating a Socialist Society and Quantification in the USSR. In The New Politics of Numbers: Utopia, Evidence and Democracy (pp. 45–70). Palgrave Macmillan. Musiał, K. (2023). Internationalization as myth, ceremony and doxa in higher education. The case of the Nordic countries between centre and periphery. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 9(1), 20–36. Pardo-Guerra, J. P. (2022). The Quantified Scholar: How Research Evaluations Transformed the British Social Sciences. Columbia University Press. Rose, N. (1991). Governing by numbers: Figuring out democracy. Accounting, Organizations and Society, 16(7), 673–692. Sauder, M., & Espeland, W. N. (2009). The Discipline of Rankings: Tight Coupling and Organizational Change. American Sociological Review, 74(1), 63–82. Shore, C., & Wright, S. (2015). Governing by numbers: Audit culture, rankings and the new world order. Social Anthropology, 23(1), 22–28. Smolentseva, A., Huisman, J., & Froumin, I. (2018). Transformation of higher education institutional landscape in post-Soviet countries: From Soviet model to where? In 25 years of transformations of higher education systems in post-Soviet countries: Reform and continuity. (pp. 1–43). Strathern, M. (2000). Introduction: New accountabilities: Anthropological studies in audit, ethics and the academy. In Audit Cultures. Routledge. Welsh, J. (2020). Subjectivising academics: The ranking apparatus, social transformation, and a “crisis of subjectivity.” Subjectivity, 13(3), 153–178. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper What’s the Problem with International Students? Representations and Emerging Tensions in Finnish Education, Migration and Integration Policy. University of Oulu, Finland Presenting Author:International students are increasingly governed through policy frameworks that extend beyond higher education. In recent decades, internationalisation and student mobility have grown in strategic importance as higher education has become more closely aligned with national economic goals, and perceptions of international students have gradually shifted from a source of income to potential human capital (de Wit & Altbach, 2021). In this scenario, host countries develop policies to attract and retain international students (Lomer, 2018; Findlay et al., 2017) and support graduates’ transitions into the labour market (Riaño et al., 2018). As international student mobility (ISM) has become increasingly prominent in policymaking, questions arise about how ISM policies are developed, how they intersect with other policy domains, and how they position international students within national contexts. These processes and their effects remain largely underexplored (Riaño et al., 2018). This study investigates how international students are represented within the policy architecture of Finland’s talent-attraction agenda, Talent Boost. Employing Bacchi’s (2009) ‘What’s the problem represented to be?’ approach, it aims to uncover the rationales and discourses that underpin ISM-related policies to understand how international students fit within a national policy framework. It responds to a need for more consideration of policy texts in ISM research (Lomer, 2018) and contributes to broadening the spatial scope of ISM studies (Riaño et al., 2018). Moreover, a national focus provides a basis for discussing how broader European constructions of ‘the mobile student’ are integrated, adapted, or reworked within a national policy context (Brooks, 2018). As such, this study looks to answer the following main research question: How are international students represented in Finnish policy? In addition, the study addresses the following supporting questions: (a) What discourses underpin the construction of international students? and (b) How are education, migration and integration policy positioned within a vision of the future? The analysis is supported by a contextual framing of internationalisation of Finnish higher education and Talent Boost, and theoretical engagement with anticipatory governance and policy discourses on international students. Over the past decade, Finland has aligned more closely with marketised models of higher education from English-speaking countries and begun positioning students as consumers (Jokila et al., 2019). Furthermore, policy and discourse have produced the commercialisation of international degree programmes (Jokila, 2020). Such developments are in line with a paradigmatic shift occurring in Finnish society from a welfare system based on solidarity and emancipation to one directed by competition and responsibilisation (Kananen, 2014). Further change in policymaking in Finland has come through the adoption of anticipatory practices of governance that seek to foresee and manage the future (Kallo & Välimaa, 2025b). Often manifesting as visions and roadmaps, anticipatory governance remains speculative and often blind to alternatives, yet works to produce the future it envisions (Kallo & Välimaa, 2025a). As policy increasingly governs through imaginaries, representations of students become performative, shaping the futures they invoke. Riaño et al. (2018, p.285) have identified five coexisting and often competing policy discourses on international students: (a) as economic agents or drivers of knowledge and economic growth, (b) as sources of income for the higher education sector, (c) as temporary subjects, (d) as immigrants of doubtful value and (e) as part of soft power. Drawing on Cerna and Chou’s (2023) four scenarios of outcomes of internationalisation, I also theorise the tension between the drive for internationalisation and the simultaneous desire for migration control to discuss contradictions that emerge from the policy analysis. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research draws on the analysis of five policy documents to understand the processes and discourses that shape higher education internationalisation policy, and representations of international students in Finland. These documents are the Programme of Prime Minister Petteri Orpo’s Government, Talent Boost 2023-2027, Roadmap for Education-based and Work-based Immigration 2035, Vision for Higher Education and Research 2040, and the Government Integration Programme 2024-2027. Constituting a set of measures to strengthen the economy, the Roadmap for Education-based and Work-based Immigration 2035 provides an operationalisation of the strategy and vision outlined in Talent Boost. It also provides an overview of the policy architecture, which includes (higher) education and integration policy. The Programme of Prime Minister Petteri Orpo’s Government is also included in the analysis as it has a steering role in creating a national vision. As such, these documents stand as examples of anticipatory governance. Anticipatory governance often shapes policy to forestall perceived future challenges (Anderson, 2010). Bacchi’s (2009) ‘What’s the problem represented to be?’ approach (WPR) is well-suited to this context, as it systematically interrogates how policy constructs problems and the assumptions embedded within. The WPR approach is built on the idea that policies contain problems and often reduce complexity (Bacchi, 2009). Therefore, Bacchi (2009) suggests that rather than thinking about the problem (as it is represented to be), we try to uncover the underlying rationales and assumptions upon which a policy problem rests. In a more practical sense, WPR provides a six-step approach to reverse-engineer policies through critical discourse analysis to reveal and scrutinise the ways of thinking that shape governance. Thus, the WPR approach allows for Finnish anticipatory governance to be problematised and interrogated. It positions students and ISM in a political context, thereby distinguishing itself from traditional push–pull models in ISM research. The push-pull model emphasises the individual, framing students as economic actors (Van Mol & Timmerman, 2014) and overlooking discourse and its potential effects (Marginson, 2014). Applying the WPR approach also responds to the argument presented by Findlay et al. (2017) for more consideration of supply-side factors in ISM studies, of which policy is a core element. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings show no clear distinction between international students and work-based migrants across the policy documents. Thus, student mobility resembles a form of labour migration. The policies stress the need to support students’ transition to the labour market, but do not elaborate on how higher education institutions can enhance graduate employability. The integration programme makes integration contingent upon work, yet does not define integration. The programme also appears to contain internal contradictions, claiming government supports migrants’ integration while emphasising migrants’ duties and their own responsibility in finding employment. This indicates the presence of individualisation and responsibilisation discourse, which, along with the economic subjectification of students and migrants, indicates a further entrenchment of neoliberal directives in policymaking. The documents also reveal a tension between aspirations of international openness and the desire for migration control. While the government communicates—and has since enacted—plans to tighten legislation on residency and citizenship, Finland is simultaneously portrayed as an attractive place to live, work, and study. However, the policies show no consideration for the perspectives of migrants and students. Instead, Finland’s attractiveness is framed in terms of work and structural advantages. More broadly, the policies appear to lack a coherent guiding ethos. Both the Prime Minister’s Programme and Talent Boost prioritise strengthening public finances and assert that work-based immigration must contribute to this objective. Inadvertently, framing belonging predominantly in economic terms may prompt the emergence of a disenfranchised group existing in a form of parallel society that the Finnish government seeks to avoid. This study will be followed by an examination of the effects of these policies on international students’ experiences in Finland. References - Anderson, B. (2010). Preemption, precaution, preparedness: Anticipatory action and future geographies. Progress in Human Geography, 34(6), 777–798. https://doi.org/10.1177/0309132510362600 - Bacchi, C. L. (2009). Analysing policy: What's the problem represented to be? Pearson. - Brooks, R. (2018). Higher education mobilities: A cross-national European comparison. Geoforum, 93, 87-96. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.geoforum.2018.05.009 - Cerna, L., & Chou, M. (2023). Politics of internationalisation and the migration-higher education nexus. Globalisation, societies and education, 21(2), 222-235. https://doi.org/10.1080/14767724.2022.2073975 - de Wit, H., & Altbach, P. G. (2021). Internationalization in higher education: global trends and recommendations for its future. Policy Reviews in Higher Education, 5(1), 28–46. https://doi.org/10.1080/23322969.2020.1820898 - Findlay, A.M., McCollum, D. and Packwood, H. (2017), Marketization, marketing and the production of international student migration. International Migration, 55(3), 139-155. https://doi.org/10.1111/imig.12330 - Jokila, S. (2020). From inauguration to commercialisation: Incremental yet contested transitions redefining the national interests of international degree programmes in Finland. Nordic journal of studies in educational policy, 6(2), 143-156. https://doi.org/10.1080/20020317.2020.1745016 - Jokila, S., Kallo, J., & Mikkilä-Erdmann, M. (2019). From crisis to opportunities: justifying and persuading national policy for international student recruitment. European Journal of Higher Education, 9(4), 393–411. https://doi.org/10.1080/21568235.2019.1623703 - Kallo, J., & Välimaa, J. (2025a). Anticipatory governance in government: The case of Finnish higher education. Higher education, 89(2), 367-385. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-024-01211-3 - Kallo, J., & Välimaa, J. (2025b). Higher education in Nordic countries: Analyzing the construction of policy futures. Higher education, 89(2), 275-292. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-024-01280-4 - Kananen, J. (2014). The Nordic welfare state in three eras: From emancipation to discipline. Routledge. - Lomer, S. (2018). UK policy discourses and international student mobility: the deterrence and subjectification of international students. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 16(3), 308-324. https://doi.org/10.1080/14767724.2017.1414584 - Marginson, S. (2014). Student Self-Formation in International Education. Journal of studies in international education, 18(1), 6-22. https://doi.org/10.1177/1028315313513036 - Riaño, Y., Van Mol, C., & Raghuram, P. (2018). New directions in studying policies of international student mobility and migration. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 16(3), 283-294. https://doi.org/10.1080/14767724.2018.1478721 - Van Mol, C., & Timmerman, C. (2014). Should I Stay or Should I Go? An Analysis of the Determinants of Intra-European Student Mobility. Population space and place, 20(5), 465-479. https://doi.org/10.1002/psp.1833 |
| 16:15 - 17:45 | 99 ERC SES 05 T (P): Posters Location: Main Auditorium foyer | Main building A Session Chair: Petra Grell Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Building the Roster, Undermining the Community: Making and Unmaking Class Community in a Chinese Middle School East China Normal University, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:Contribution This study examines the complex dynamics between top-down collectivist ideologies and bottom-up student practices within the context of a Chinese middle school. It highlights the processes through which collective identities are constructed, deconstructed, and reconstructed. Background Ethnographies of contemporary Chinese schooling show state schools are central arenas where state projects of subject-making collide with student tactics. Woronov (2016) shows how vocational schools produce particular classed identities and moral economies for students routed into work, while Hansen (2016) shows how rural state boarding schools produce “authoritarian individuals” through encouraging students to become self-reliant neoliberal selves while simultaneously maintaining strict political control under the Chinese state in the context of individualisation. In recent years the government has strengthened its authority reach over the education sector; policy such as the 2021 “Double Reduction” reform have been interpreted as measures through which the government seeks to reassert centralized authority and reconfigure the governance of schooling (Qian et al., 2024). This study examines a parallel but distinct problem at the classroom scale. My field-site vocally celebrates collectivist values, yet students frequently engage in behaviors that undermine collective life, for example, peer reporting, appropriating classmates’ homework and the widespread use of the term neijuan (a word translated from “involution”, means predatory competition, which is popular in China). Rather than moral decay, I read these acts as the micro-politics by which a strengthened collectivist rhetoric is re-negotiated and a new, fractious collective identity is forged. Research Questions How a class community is assembled when top-down collectivist values meet bottom-up student practices? In what ways do institutional disciplinary and surveillance undermine that community? How do students seek alternative forms of community to reconstruct a sense of belonging? Objectives To theorize the formation of class community through the lens of Anderson’s imagined community theory. To demonstrate how discipline and surveillance operate in the school and classroom and contribute to the disintegration of the class community. To explore how students’ cultural production rebuilds alternative forms of solidarity. Conceptual Framework This research is grounded in the theoretical frameworks of imagined communities (Anderson, 2006) and disciplinary power (Foucault, 1995), applied to the context of student identity and collective belonging. Anderson’s notion of the imagined community is used to analyze how students form collective identities and belonging through shared symbols, values, and narratives. Foucault’s concept of surveillance and hierarchical observation is used to explore how institutional practices—such as inspection routines, peer reporting, and stratified class systems—reshape student behavior, identity, and social relationships. International Significance The international significance of this study lies in its contribution to the global understanding of the dynamics between state power and student subjectivity within educational systems. The study's insights into how students negotiate collective identity in response to top-down ideologies can inform debates on educational governance, the role of surveillance in schools, and the impact of neoliberal policies on student communities. Moreover, the utilisation of fan fiction as a medium for student agency provides a distinctive viewpoint on the manner in which cultural production can function as a mechanism for students to resist and reimagine the educational spaces they inhabit. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative ethnographic study was conducted over a single semester of three months in a Chinese public middle school. The researcher worked as an intern teacher in a Grade 7 classroom and used participant observation to document daily classroom life and management. Primary data comprised in-depth interviews with fifteen participants, each lasting about two hours, which focused on experiences of class management, behavioural norms and the formation of collective identity. The analysis was further informed by close readings of four student-authored class fan fiction novels that fictionalised school life and revealed students’ emotional investments, and by online chat records and informal conversations that added contextual depth. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The class community was produced through both top-down and bottom-up processes. Official school rituals and students’ spontaneous practices collectively gave rise to shared symbols, memories, and values that served as markers of distinction between insiders and outsiders, thereby fostering an “imagined community” which can be understood as a cultural artefact (Anderson 2006). Schooling operates as a mechanism that translates collective consciousness into students’ imaginations, allowing them who remain otherwise unacquainted to imagine themselves as simultaneous participants in a unified and bounded class collective. This sense of community, however, was undermined by discipline and surveillance. Official efforts to cultivate identification with class and school took the form of strict temporal, spatial and psychological controls, including frequent lining-up routines, depersonalised classroom displays and prescriptive school audio that indoctrinates a single set of values. As Foucault (1995) argues, such practices do not simply repress; they produce the docile subject as an effect of their continuous and meticulous operation. In the classroom, homeroom teachers normalised peer reporting, organised class cadres into hierarchical tiers and prohibited the term “juan,” which students had used privately as a coded language to express mutual help and collective interests. Such micro-mechanisms constitute the field of possibility within which student subjectivity can be formed, and within which certain social relations are made unthinkable. As Waller (1961) observed, subordinates often avoid confronting the true nature of their subordinate position and compensate with a fantasy life. Students, faced with regimented classroom governance, channelled their longing for collective belonging into fan fictions. In these stories, the school was reimagined as a prison, class cadres were portrayed as exploitative corporate leaders, and non-cadre students became earnest, anime-style protagonists resisting privilege. As Barnes (2015) shows, student-authored class fan fictions operate as symbolic repair and communal rehearsal when institutional forms of belonging are eroded. References Anderson, B. (2006). Imagined Communities: Reflections on the Origin and Spread of Nationalism (Revised Edition). Verso. Barnes, J. L. (2015). Fanfiction as imaginary play: What fan-written stories can tell us about the cognitive science of fiction. Poetics, 48, 69–82. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.poetic.2014.12.004 Foucault, M. (1995). Discipline and Punish: The Birth of the Prison. Vintage Books. Hansen, M. H. (2016). Educating the Chinese Individual: Life in a Rural Boarding School. University of Washington Press. Qian, H., Walker, A., & Chen, S. (2024). The ‘Double-Reduction’ education policy in China: Three prevailing narratives. Journal of Education Policy, 39(4), 602–621. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2023.2222381 Woronov, T. E. (2016). Class Work: Vocational Schools and China’s Urban Youth. Stanford University Press. Waller, W. W. (1961). The Sociology of Teaching. Russell & Russell. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Imagining Digital Futures: Digital education policy and institutional design in Taipei’s digital experimental high school 1: The University of Sydney, Australia; 2: National Taiwan Normal University, Taiwan Presenting Author:Digital technologies have become central to contemporary visions of educational transformation worldwide. Yet such visions are not merely technical projects but deeply social and political imaginaries that encode particular assumptions about ideal learners, citizenship, and future societies (Jasanoff and Kim, 2015). While a growing body of research examines digital education reforms at the level of policy or pedagogy, less attention has been paid to how these imaginaries are constructed and institutionalised at the level of local educational governance, and how globally circulating discourses are assembled with specific local contexts to produce distinctive educational arrangements — particularly in non-Western settings (Boeskens and Meyer, 2025; Wang et al., 2024). Addressing this gap, this study examines what sociotechnical imaginary of future schooling is articulated in the founding documents and public discourse of T-School, Taiwan's first publicly funded digital experimental high school, and how this imaginary is materialised in the school's institutional design. It argues that digital education imaginaries do not simply articulate future-oriented visions, but actively reconfigure institutional arrangements and forms of student agency through specific policy and design choices. In Taiwan, education follows a centralized governance structure, with the Ministry of Education responsible for national curriculum guidelines, major policy directions, and funding allocation. At the same time, local governments function as key education authorities, exercising substantial responsibility for school administration, policy implementation, and the establishment of experimental schools (Chen et al., 2023). As the capital city, Taipei City has positioned itself as a leader in educational innovation by advancing policies that promote experimental education and digital transformation (Taipei City Government, n.d.). In 2021, the city government announced the establishment of the country's first public digital experimental high school, which officially opened in August 2022 with an inaugural cohort of 48 students (T-School, n.d.). T-School represents a significant departure from conventional secondary schooling in Taiwan. It promotes the principles of “broad exploration and talent liberation” and aims to cultivate global citizens with “learning power, influence, and mobility.” The school operates through blended learning arrangements that combine synchronous online, asynchronous, and face-to-face instruction, allowing students to learn flexibly beyond a single physical campus. Traditional core subjects, such as Mandarin, Mathematics, English, Sciences, and Social Studies, are repositioned as electives, while cross-disciplinary, competency-based courses become compulsory. Each student follows an individualized timetable, designed to support personalized learning pathways aligned with individual interests and aspirations (Hsiao, 2025; T-School, n.d.). This institutional experiment provides a distinctive site for examining how visions of digital education are constructed and materialised in institutional design. The study asks: What sociotechnical imaginary of future schooling is articulated in T-School’s policy documents, and how is this imaginary materialised in its institutional design? To address this question, the analysis focuses on three interrelated dimensions: (1) how T-School constructs the problem of conventional education; (2) what vision of future schooling this problematisation produces; and (3) how T-School’s institutional design performs and inscribes this sociotechnical imaginary. Theoretically, the study draws on the concept of sociotechnical imaginaries (Jasanoff and Kim, 2015), which defines imaginaries as collectively held, institutionally stabilised, and publicly performed visions of desirable futures, co-produced with material arrangements, institutional designs, and social expectations. Three analytical dimensions are derived from this framework: problematisation (how texts construct conventional schooling as deficient), imaginary of future schooling (what vision of learners and futures this produces), and institutionalisation (how the imaginary is materialised in design choices that enact particular assumptions about learning and futurity). In T-School’s policy discourse, digital technologies are positioned as the primary vehicle for overcoming perceived limitations of conventional schooling and for realising future-oriented educational reform. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs interpretive case study methodology (Stake 1995), using document analysis of publicly available texts produced between 2021 and 2025. T-School is selected as a single bounded case on theoretical grounds: as Taiwan’s first publicly funded digital experimental high school, it is an institution explicitly mandated to demonstrate an alternative educational imaginary, making it an unusually transparent site for STI analysis. The data corpus comprises thirteen documents organised into three categories. The first consists of four institutional documents produced by T-School itself: the founding experimental education plan, the curriculum structure document, the school’s official website content, and an internal briefing on individualised course arrangements. The second comprises five official press releases issued between 2022 and 2025. The third consists of four media reports from major Taiwanese news outlets and education media published over the same period. These materials were selected because they function as key sites where policy visions are articulated, circulated, and stabilised as legitimate imaginaries of digital education. The analysis examines how problems and solutions are constructed within these texts, how learner subjectivities and educational futures are envisioned, and how these imaginaries are materialised through curriculum design, spatial arrangements, and institutional structures. Documents are analysed through close reading guided by three analytical dimensions derived from the STI framework: problematisation, attending to how texts construct conventional schooling as deficient; imaginary of future schooling, examining what vision of future learners and social futures is produced; and institutionalisation, analysing how the imaginary is inscribed in concrete design choices. Each document category is analysed independently before cross-category comparison, enabling examination of how the same imaginary is articulated across institutional, press, and media contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analysis identifies several key features of T-School’s sociotechnical imaginary. Policy texts frame digital technologies as enabling a break from the “limitations of physical campuses,” promoting flexible and personalized learning across time and space. Within this imaginary, digital education becomes synonymous with future education, positioning technology not merely as an instructional tool but as a transformative pathway for educational change. This vision is closely linked to an idealized learner subject: autonomous, self-directed, and capable of designing and managing individualized learning trajectories. Discourses of “talent liberation” and individualized timetabling construct students as responsible for their own educational futures, reflecting assumptions about future labor markets and forms of citizenship that privilege flexibility, innovation, and mobility. At the same time, the analysis reveals that T-School’s sociotechnical imaginary is characterised by persistent tensions. These include tensions between progressive visions of learner autonomy and enduring examination-oriented educational cultures; between individualized learning pathways and concerns for educational equity and access; and between technological optimism and the practical constraints of implementation. The institutional design of T-School both embodies and exposes these tensions, illustrating how digital education imaginaries are negotiated and contested at the level of institutional discourse and design. By foregrounding the East Asian context, this study contributes to international discussions on digital education reform and experimental schooling. It demonstrates how global discourses of digital transformation are locally assembled and institutionalised, while also revealing the political and normative assumptions embedded in digitally imagined educational futures. References Boeskens, L., & Meyer, K. (2025). Policies for the digital transformation of school education: Evidence from the Policy Survey on School Education in the Digital Age. OECD Education Working Papers, No. 328. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/464dab4d-en Wang, C., Chen, X., Yu, T., Liu, Y., & Jing, Y. (2024). Education reform and change driven by digital technology: A bibliometric study from a global perspective. Humanities and Social Sciences Communications, 11(1), 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1057/s41599-024-02717-y Chen, C.-C., Lin, K.-P., & Huang, C.-H. (2023). A comparative study on educational administration system and its recruitment and selection process in Taiwan, the United States, and the United Kingdom. Journal of Comparative Education, (94), 1–37. https://doi.org/10.53106/160957582023050094001 Hsiao, S.-Y. (2025, August 27). Asia's first campusless high school is in Taiwan! How did the first graduating class of this "university-style" high school perform? Commonwealth Magazine. https://www.cw.com.tw/article/5137065 Udayanga, S. (2025). Reflexive and iterative thematic analysis (RITA): A design-framework for qualitative research. Qualitative Research. https://doi.org/10.1177/14687941251377282 Jasanoff, S. (2015). Future imperfect: Science, technology, and the imaginations of modernity. Dreamscapes of modernity: Sociotechnical imaginaries and the fabrication of power, 1-33. Ball, S. J. (1993). What is policy? Texts, trajectories and toolboxes. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 13(2), 10–17. https://doi.org/10.1080/0159630930130203 Jasanoff, S., & Kim, S. H. (Eds.). (2015). Dreamscapes of modernity: Sociotechnical imaginaries and the fabrication of power. University of Chicago Press. Taipei City Government. (n.d). https://english.gov.taipei/ T-School (n.d). About T-School. https://tschool.tp.edu.tw/nss/p/introduce 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Exploring the Leadership Practices of Middle Managers Through the Lens of Cultural Identity: A Case Study of Higher Education in Kazakhstan. University of Bristol, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Higher education (HE) systems globally are undergoing rapid transformation driven by globalisation, marketisation, digitalisation, and increasing demands for accountability and quality assurance (Marginson, 2022). These interconnected processes have reshaped institutional priorities and governance arrangements, while simultaneously altering expectations of academic work and authority. Within these conditions, academic leadership has become central to how universities respond to reform, manage uncertainty, and sustain trust among academic communities and wider society (Macfarlane, 2011; Macfarlane et al., 2024; Watermeyer et al., 2025). The research project addresses three interrelated research questions: (1) how academic middle managers in Kazakhstani universities construct and make sense of their cultural identities within a post-Soviet, multilingual higher education context; (2) in what ways these cultural identities inform, shape, or constrain their leadership practices; (3) how academic middle managers interpret and mediate leadership challenges associated with ongoing higher education reforms in Kazakhstan. Research questions aim to generate a contextualised understanding of academic leadership that foregrounds identity, power, and lived experience. The analysis is further informed by Critical Leadership Studies, which challenge individualised accounts of leadership by foregrounding issues of power, voice, inequality, and context (Alvesson & Spicer, 2012; Watermeyer et al., 2022). Thus, leadership is examined as a socially and politically situated phenomenon shaped by institutional structures, reform discourses, and uneven power relations within HE. Bolden’s multi-level model of leadership practice is employed as an analytical lens, enabling examination of leadership experiences at personal, relational, structural, contextual, and developmental levels (Bolden et al., 2008).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This doctoral research project employs a qualitative, interpretivist research design to examine how academic middle managers understand, experience, and enact educational leadership within the cultural, linguistic, and institutional context of higher education in Kazakhstan. An interpretivist qualitative approach is well suited to the study’s emphasis on participants’ subjective interpretations of leadership, identity, and professional practice, rather than on evaluating leadership effectiveness or testing predefined leadership frameworks (Creswell & Poth, 2018). Empirical data will be generated primarily through semi-structured, individual interviews with approximately 20–25 academic middle managers, including deans, deputy deans, and heads of department. Participants will be recruited from two higher education institutions representing different organisational types within the Kazakhstani university system: national and state. This sampling strategy is intended to capture variation in institutional missions, governance arrangements, and reform trajectories, thereby enabling insight into leadership experiences across diverse higher education settings. Each participant will be invited to take part in a single interview lasting approximately 60–90 minutes. Interviews will be conducted either face-to-face or online, depending on participants’ preferences and institutional access considerations. To facilitate culturally grounded and authentic accounts, participants will be given the option to conduct the interview in Kazakh, Russian, or English. With informed consent, interviews will be audio-recorded and transcribed in full. During transcription, identifying information will be removed, and pseudonyms will be assigned to ensure participants’ confidentiality. Additionally, the study will draw on a limited selection of publicly available institutional documents, including university mission statements, strategic plans, and national higher education policy documents accessed through official university and government websites. These materials will be used solely to provide contextual background and will not constitute a primary dataset for analysis. Data analysis will be conducted using reflective thematic analysis (Braun and Clarke, 2023). This method aligns with the study’s interpretivist orientation by treating meaning as actively produced through engagement between the researcher, the data, and the research context, rather than as something that passively emerges from the data. The analytical process will combine inductive attention to participants’ accounts with theoretically informed interpretation. In line with the principles of reflective thematic analysis, reflexive attention will be paid throughout the analytic process to the researcher’s interpretive role in theme development (Braun & Clarke, 2021). Bolden’s multi-level model of leadership practice will be deployed as an analytical lens to support systematic examination of leadership experiences across personal, relational, structural, contextual, and developmental dimensions (Bolden et al., 2008). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This project is expected to generate empirically grounded insights into how academic middle managers in Kazakhstani universities understand and enact educational leadership within a post-Soviet, multilingual, and reform-intensive higher education context. By foregrounding the lived experiences of deans, deputy deans, and heads of department, the research conceptualises leadership as a socially embedded and identity-mediated practice rather than a set of transferable managerial skills. Empirically, the findings are anticipated to show that academic middle managers operate within conditions characterised by ongoing negotiation between institutional reform agendas, professional values, and personal identity positions. Leadership practices are likely to involve mediating policy demands and accountability requirements while sustaining collegial relationships and navigating limited organisational resources. Middle managers are therefore expected to emerge as key actors in translating reform discourses into everyday academic practices. The study is also expected to demonstrate that cultural identity plays a significant role in shaping leadership legitimacy and authority within Kazakhstani universities. Language use, professional positioning, and historically informed understandings of hierarchy are likely to influence how leadership is enacted and recognised in daily institutional life. These dynamics are particularly salient in a multilingual post-Soviet context, where leadership authority extends beyond formal roles and is negotiated through culturally situated practices. Conceptually, the study contributes to international debates on academic leadership by extending cultural identity theory and Critical Leadership Studies into a post-Soviet higher education context that remains under-represented in existing scholarship. By highlighting the role of power relations, linguistic hierarchies, and institutional legacies, the study challenges universalistic leadership models that overlook contextual complexity. By offering empirically grounded insights from a post-Soviet context, this study aims to contribute to international debates on academic leadership and demonstrates how leadership knowledge is produced through contextually situated experiences. References Ahn, E. S., Dixon, J., & Chekmareva, L. (2018). Looking at Kazakhstan’s higher education landscape: From transition to transformation between 1920 and 2015. In 25 years of transformations of higher education systems in post-Soviet countries: Reform and continuity (pp. 199-227). Cham: Springer International Publishing. Alvesson, M., & Spicer, A. (2012). Critical leadership studies: The case for critical performativity. Human relations, 65(3), 367-390. Azimbayeva, G. (2017). Comparing post-Soviet changes in higher education governance in Kazakhstan, Russia, and Uzbekistan. Cogent Education, 4(1), Article 1399968. Bolden, R., Petrov, G., & Gosling, J. (2008). Tensions in higher education leadership: Towards a multi-level model of leadership practice. Higher Education Quarterly, 62(4), 358–376. Bolden, R., Watermeyer, R., Khalid, F., & Knight, C. (2025). Over worked and undervalued? Knotted tensions of identity, purpose, and change in contemporary higher education. Studies in Higher Education, 1-14. Floyd, A. (2016). Supporting academic middle managers in higher education: Do we care? Higher Education Policy, 29(2), 167–183. Floyd, A., & Dimmock, C. (2011). “Jugglers”, “copers” and “strugglers”: Academics’ perceptions of being a head of department in a post-1992 UK university and how it influences their future careers. Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management, 33(4), 387–399. Floyd, A. (2012). ‘Turning Points’ The Personal and Professional Circumstances That Lead Academics to Become Middle Managers. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 40(2), 272-284. Hall, S. (2015). □ Cultural Identity and Diaspora. In Colonial discourse and post-colonial theory (pp. 392-403). Routledge. Macfarlane, B. (2011). The morphing of academic practice: Unbundling and the rise of the para-academic. Higher Education Quarterly, 65(1), 59–73. Macfarlane, B., Bolden, R., & Watermeyer, R. (2024). Three perspectives on leadership in higher education: Traditionalist, reformist, pragmatist. Higher education, 88(4), 1381-1402. Marginson, S. (2022). What is global higher education?. Oxford Review of Education, 48(4), 492-517. Mukhatayev, A., Omirbayev, S., Kassenov, K., & Idiyatova, Y. (2024). Quality assurance system of higher education in Kazakhstan through stakeholders’ eyes: An empirical study to identify its challenges. Education Sciences, 14(12), Article 1297. OECD. (2017). Higher education in Kazakhstan 2017 (Reviews of National Policies for Education). OECD Publishing. van Winkel, M. A., van der Rijst, R. M., Poell, R. F., & van Driel, J. H. (2018). Identities of research-active academics in new universities: Towards a complete academic profession cross-cutting different worlds of practice. Journal of Further and Higher Education, 42(4), 539–555. Watermeyer, R., Bolden, R., Knight, C., & Crick, T. (2025). Academic anomie: implications of the ‘great resignation’for leadership in post-COVID higher education. Higher Education, 89(5), 1215-1233. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Job Demands, Job Resources, and Basic Psychological Needs: A Comparative Case Study of Estonia and Georgia Tallinn University, Estonia Presenting Author:Varying school governance models, international comparisons, neoliberal policy reforms, including decentralisation and new public management, have created a complex environment that drive school leaders’ changing roles, responsibilities and newer professional identities (Rinne et al., 2015; Pont, 2020; Apple et al., 2023). Consequently, they face increasing stress and mental health concerns, higher job demands and reduced resources alongside fluctuating decision-making autonomy and thereby, affecting successful schooling processes (Dicke et al., 2018). School leaders acutely experience role ambiguity and overload, as they face uncertainty, complex and unfamiliar tasks (Wang et al., 2021). Moreover, the demands facing school principals are time and work pressures and due to the lack of support on the organizational and supervisory level, they cannot fully focus on educational leadership (Skaalvik, 2023). Leadership is contextual and culture-specific (Bush and Glover, 2014; Hallinger, 2018). Education policy trends alongside school leadership-related challenges are exposed in their distinct ways in post-Soviet educational systems, such as Estonia and Georgia, the states which underwent transitions in all aspects of their societies over the last three decades. While Estonia has considerable school autonomy (Eisenschmidt et al., 2021), it presents multiple challenges for school leaders to deal with work and be wary of the resources. In the case of Georgia, various educational reforms were launched, the system has been shifting between autonomy and centralization and currently, it retains a centralized school governance model where principal recruitment, teacher selection and professional development are centralized (Gorgodze, 2016). Longitudinal studies have been conducted in Estonia to explore school leaders’ well-being (see Oppi et al., 2025). In the case of Georgia, TALIS 2018 provides the data: Georgian school principals reported the dominant stressors, like administrative workload, accountability for students’ achievement, and managing discipline (OECD, 2020). Estonian school principals also reported administrative workload and managing the policy changes. Our previous work on Estonian and Georgian school leaders (Khurtsidze et al., 2025) revealed similarities and differences on how they perceived main tasks, challenges, and resources. From both countries, they were spending considerable time on administrative work and curriculum development. The similar challenges included relations at work, teacher development, and administrative tasks. They also leveraged their own competences as personal resources, although their external resources differed, since Estonian leaders reported more diverse support compared to Georgians. Job resources, such as support from colleagues, constructive feedback, functional relations at workplace, and clear roles, are positively related to fulfillment of basic psychological needs, and job resources motivate people extrinsically and intrinsically (Schaufeli & Taris, 2014; Van den Broeck et al., 2016; Bakker et al., 2023) Therefore, we integrate the job demands-resources model (JD-R, Bakker & Demerouti, 2017) and basic psychological needs theory (BPNT) within SDT (Ryan & Deci, 2000), as these theories have been attested among various cultures and unify the understanding of the work conditions which affect leaders’ motivation, stress, and wellbeing. The aim of the study is to explore school leaders’ perceptions of their job demands and resources, and their relations to basic psychological needs in Estonian and Georgian educational contexts. We pose the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To explore the relationships between job demands, job resources, and basic psychological need satisfaction, we employed a cross-sectional survey design by conducting online questionnaires with Estonian (n = 464) and Georgian (n = 179) school leaders. The questionnaire was based on the Copenhagen Psychosocial Questionnaire (COPSOQ-II; Pejtersen et al., 2010). Job demands were measured with the following scales drawn COPSOQ-II: Work pace, emotional demands, quantitative demands, and cognitive demands. Some of the items were answered on a five-point scale from 1 (to a very small extent) to 5 (to a very large extent and others were rated on a scale, ranging from 1, “never”, to 5, “always”. One sample item representing job demands is “Do you work at a high pace throughout the day?’’. Job resources were measured using multiple scales from COPSOQ-II: Skill discretion, commitment to the workplace, role clarity and quality of leadership items were answered on a five-point Likert scale from 1 (to a very small extent) to 5 (to a very large extent). The scales, such as, influence, social support from supervisors, social community at work were assessed using a five-point scale ranging from 1 (never) to 5 (always). An example item from job resources include “Can you influence the amount of work assigned to you?”. The basic psychological needs were measured by a 12-item BPNSFS questionnaire adapted from Chen and colleagues (2015), a set of six items assessed the need satisfaction: autonomy (e.g., “I feel a sense of choice and freedom in the things I undertake”), competence (e.g., “I feel confident that I can do things well”), relatedness (e.g.,”I feel connected with people who care for me, and for whom I care”). The items were answered on a five-point Likert-type scale where 1 = “Not true at all” and 5 = “Completely true”. The total Cronbach’s α coefficient for the scale was 0.80. We analyzed the data with R and its base packages and jamovi. We performed CFA on each sample, then we proceeded with MG-CFA on the combined samples to evaluate measurement invariance between both groups. Descriptive statistics and correlational analysis were conducted. SEM and invariance assessment were employed using the lavaan package in R. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings show that Estonian and Georgian participants reported high levels of cognitive demands and average levels of work pace. Across job resources, they showcased differences. Estonian school leaders reported the highest mean level for “role clarity”, while the lowest statistical mean was found for “influence at work”. Georgian respondents reported the highest level of “social community at work”, although “Influence at work” also received the lowest mean score among the job resources. The respondents from both countries reported generally high levels of need satisfaction. A significant difference was found for competence satisfaction, Georgian leaders reported higher compared to their Estonian counterparts. SEM analysis results displayed that job demands (work pace and cognitive demands) were not significant predictors of basic psychological needs for both samples, while the job resources play a role for motivation. For the Estonian sample, the need for autonomy was predicted by the extent of the decision-making at work, including the amount of work, job content, and the choice of collaborators and by commitment (loyalty and affiliation towards the workplace). Moreover, age showed a negative relationship, meaning that older school leaders reported lower autonomy satisfaction. Competence satisfaction was predicted by commitment and the extent how the leader understands work goals, the scope of responsibilities and expectations. Relatedness satisfaction was predicted by commitment, collegial atmosphere and teamwork, and by understanding of the work goals and scope of work. For the Georgian sample, autonomy satisfaction showed more hierarchy, as it was predicted not only by the leader's influence at work but also by quality of leadership, which is their perception of a proficient superior who can support in professional development, work planning, and solving conflicts. Georgian participants’ relatedness need was driven by the sense of social community at work. References Apple M. W., Biesta G., Bright D., Giroux H. A., Heffernan A., McLaren P., Riddle S., Yeatman A. (2023). Reflections on contemporary challenges and possibilities for democracy and education. Education, Policy and Democracy, 1(1), 5–22. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003451631-2 Bakker, A. B., Demerouti, E., & Sanz-Vergel, A. (2023). Job demands–resources theory: Ten years later. Annual Review of Organizational Psychology and Organizational Behavior, 10, 25–53. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-orgpsych-120920-053933 Dicke, T., Stebner, F., Linninger, C., Kunter, M., & Leutner, D. (2018). A longitudinal study of teachers’ occupational well-being: Applying the job demands-resources model. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 23(2), 262–277. https://doi.org/10.1037/ocp0000070 Eisenschmidt, E., Ahtiainen, R., Kondratjev, B. S., & Sillavee, R. (2021). A study of Finnish and Estonian principals’ perceptions of strategies that foster teacher involvement in school development. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 28(1), 1–24. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603124.2021.2000033 Gorgodze, S. (2016). Rise and fall of decentralized school governance–decision-making practices in Georgia. International Education Studies, 9(11), 25–39. https://doi.org/10.5539/ies.v9n11p25 Hallinger, P. (2018). Bringing context out of the shadows of leadership. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 46(1), 5–24. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143216670652 Khurtsidze, S., Eisenschmidt, E., & Jõgi, A.-L. (2025). Estonian and Georgian School Leaders’ Perceptions of Their Tasks, Work-Related Challenges, and Resources. Studia Paedagogica, 30(3), 181–215. https://doi.org/10.5817/SP2025-3-7 Oppi, P. et al. (2025) ‘Educational leaders’ well-being – Estonian and Finnish comparative perspectives’. International Journal of Leadership in Education, pp. 1–20. doi: 10.1080/13603124.2025.2584787. Pont, B. (2020), A literature review of school leadership policy reforms. European Journal of Education, 55(2), 154–168. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12398 Rinne, R., Järvinen, T., Tikkanen, J., & Aro, M. (2015). Changes in education policies and the status of schools in Europe: the views of school principals from eight European countries. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 46(5), 764–788. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057925.2015.1086631 Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2000). Self-determination theory and the facilitation of intrinsic motivation, social development, and well-being. American Psychologist, 55(1), 68–78. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.55.1.68 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Opening Implementational Spaces: Collaborative Practices for Linguistic Diversity in Primary Education in the Basque Country University of the Basque Country, Spain Presenting Author:Linguistic diversity has become a defining feature of contemporary educational contexts because of intensified mobility, migration, and sociocultural transformation. Classrooms increasingly bring together students with diverse linguistic repertoires making multilingualism a normalised condition of schooling rather than an exception associated with specific programmes or groups (Bermingham & O’Rourke, 2018). Importantly, this diversification of students’ linguistic profiles means that multilingual education unfolds within multilingual classrooms, where teaching and learning take place in contexts shaped by learners’ heterogeneous linguistic resources beyond the language(s) of instruction (Duarte & Günther-van Der Meij, 2022). As a result, linguistic diversity raises fundamental questions about how languages are conceptualised, valued, and addressed within educational practice. Traditionally, linguistic diversity in education has often been framed as a challenge, particularly in relation to academic achievement and classroom communication (Reese et al., 2021; Sáenz-Hernández et al., 2023). From this perspective, multilingual students’ linguistic repertoires have frequently been constructed through deficit-oriented discourses that position linguistic difference as a problem to be remedied. However, an expanding body of research has challenged this view, arguing that linguistic diversity and students’ full linguistic repertoires may also constitute a resource for learning and foster more inclusive educational environments (Nap et al., 2024; Sierens et al., 2018). One of the most widely recognized alternatives is the critical language awareness approach, which promotes positive attitudes towards linguistic diversity, legitimizes multilingual identities, and interrogates dominant language ideologies, exposing and challenging linguistic hierarchies (Hedman & Fisher, 2025; Hélot et al., 2018). Accordingly, implementing a project grounded in this perspective through a collaborative and dialogic methodological approach appears especially appropriate, as it supports critical engagement, mutual learning and the recognition of students’ linguistic repertoires (Bransford et al., 2000). In this regard, decisions concerning which languages are legitimised in schools, and how they are used (including the aforementioned approach), are not neutral or purely linguistic or pedagogical. Rather, they are embedded in language policy orientations that reflect dominant language ideologies and sociolinguistic hierarchies (Menken, 2008; Shohamy, 2006). Nevertheless, language policy cannot be understood solely as a set of top-down regulations. Recent scholarship conceptualises language policy as a multifaceted and dynamic phenomenon that operates across multiple dimensions and levels. From this perspective, language policy encompasses also practices at both school and classroom levels, as schools and classrooms can thus be understood as ideological and implementational spaces (Hornberger, 2005), where policy orientations are translated into practice, negotiated, and sometimes reconfigured through daily educational activity. Therefore, classrooms are not neutral arenas of implementation; rather, they are sites in which language-related meanings are continuously constructed and contested. This theoretical framework is particularly relevant in the context of the Basque Country, where classrooms are characterized by a complex linguistic ecology that goes beyond the three curricular languages (Basque language, Spanish and English). Alongside these languages, a growing number of students bring diverse linguistic repertoires linked to migration. In this poster, we examine the linguistic attitudes of a group of students who participated in a project aimed at critically engaging with language hierarchies in the classroom. The project specifically addressed the power relations that continue to shape the minoritisation of Basque language, while at the same time conceptualising it as a language of social cohesion and intercultural communication. In addition, the project sought to make visible, acknowledge and value the linguistic diversity present in the local community. By opening up implementational space for these reflections and practices, the study explores how students’ engagement with multilingualism and language ideologies may reshape their attitudes towards Basque, other languages, and linguistic diversity in education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study was conducted in a primary school located in a predominantly Basque-speaking town, where Basque is the main language of everyday communication and schooling, although the town itself is situated within a largely Spanish-speaking area characterised by considerable linguistic diversity. In this context, the study was guided by the following research question: How do collaborative and dialogic classroom practices shape the ways students articulate linguistic attitudes and language hierarchies within a pedagogical project focused on language and diversity? To address this question, a qualitative observational approach was adopted. Data were collected through classroom observation during the implementation of the project, with particular attention paid to two interrelated dimensions. First, the study examined participation and interactional practices that emerged in collaborative group work, focusing on how dialogic spaces enabled students to articulate, negotiate and co-construct meanings around language, power and diversity. Second, the analysis focused on the linguistic attitudes expressed by students during these interactions, including how they positioned Basque, other curricular languages and minoritised languages within their discourse. Observations were carried out in a mixed-grade classroom combining 5th and 6th grade students, as part of an intentional organisational model that brings together two school years within the same group. Finally, the poster presents selected findings from this analysis, illustrating how collaborative and dialogic practices functioned as spaces for critical reflection and how students’ attitudes towards linguistic diversity and language hierarchies were articulated and, in some cases, reconfigured through participation in the project. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study highlights the pedagogical potential of opening up implementational spaces through collaborative and dialogic practices to engage students with issues of language, power and linguistic diversity. Collaboration functioned as a central mechanism through which students were able to articulate, negotiate and reflect on different perspectives related to language hierarchies and multilingualism. Collaborative interaction created conditions for more extended, reflective and cognitively demanding contributions. These findings resonate with research on cooperative learning, which consistently shows that dialogic group work fosters participation, a sense of community and opportunities for learners to explain, justify, challenge and build on one another’s ideas in ways that are less likely to emerge in teacher-led whole-class instruction (Bransford et al., 2000). In addition, the study reinforces the relevance of multilingual and critical language awareness perspectives in educational contexts characterised by increasing linguistic diversity (Hélot et al., 2018; Sierens et al., 2018). Rather than framing multilingualism as an additional challenge, opening up implementational spaces allowed linguistic diversity to be approached as a pedagogical resource and as a site of ideological negotiation. From this perspective, language awareness is not limited to fostering knowledge or positive attitudes, but actively seeks to challenge the reproduction of sociolinguistic inequalities. Finally, creating spaces for students’ voices contributes to a more democratic understanding of language policy (Levinson et al., 2009). Opening up implementational spaces to students thus becomes central to strengthening participatory forms of governance and to conceiving education as a space for social change. This framework is particularly significant in contexts such as the Basque Country, where hegemonic language hierarchies persist, minoritised languages remain in processes of normalisation, and classrooms are increasingly multilingual, but this form of critical engagement is equally pertinent with multilingual contexts in which schools negotiate the coexistence of minoritised and dominant languages. References Bermingham, N., & O’Rourke, B. (2018). Language awareness amongst “new speakers” in a multilingual classroom. In Language Awareness in Multilingual Classrooms in Europe (pp. 143–168). De Gruyter Mouton. https://www.degruyterbrill.com/document/doi/10.1515/9781501501326-005/html Bransford, J., Brown, A. L., & Cocking, R. R. (2000). How people learn: Brain, mind, experience, and school (National Research Council (U.S.) & National Research Council (U.S.), Eds; Expanded ed). National Academy Press. Duarte, J., & Günther-van Der Meij, M. (2022). ‘Just accept each other, while the rest of the world doesn’t’ –teachers’ reflections on multilingual education. Language and Education, 36(5), 451–466. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500782.2022.2098678 Hedman, C., & Fisher, L. (2025). Critical Multilingual Language Awareness Among Migrant Students: Cultivating Curiosity and a Linguistics of Participation. Journal of Language, Identity & Education, 24(1), 87–102. https://doi.org/10.1080/15348458.2022.2078722 Hélot, C., Gorp, K. V., Frijns, C., & Sierens, S. (2018). Introduction: Towards Critical Multilingual Language Awareness for 21st century schools. In Language Awareness in Multilingual Classrooms in Europe (pp. 1–20). De Gruyter Mouton. https://www.degruyterbrill.com/document/doi/10.1515/9781501501326-001/html Hornberger, N. H. (2005). Opening and Filling up Implementational and Ideological Spaces in Heritage Language Education. The Modern Language Journal, 89(4), 605–609. Levinson, B. A. U., Sutton, M., & Winstead, T. (2009). Education Policy as a Practice of Power: Theoretical Tools, Ethnographic Methods, Democratic Options. Educational Policy, 23(6), 767–795. https://doi.org/10.1177/0895904808320676 Menken, K. (2008). English learners left behind: Standardized testing as language policy. Multilingual Matters Ltd. Nap, L. S., Hiddink, F. C., Walsweer, A. P., & Duarte, J. (2024). Sharing and comparing languages – how teachers and pupils co-construct language comparison interactions. International Journal of Multilingualism, 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1080/14790718.2024.2378866 Reese, L., Silva García, B. P., Antúnez Marcos, S., & Arco Bravo, I. del. (2021). Linguistic and cultural rights of immigrant students in Catalonia: Perspectives and practices of educators in four elementary schools. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 24(2), 224–241. Sáenz-Hernández, I., Petreñas, C., Lapresta-Rey, C., & Ubalde, J. (2023). ‘They speak Arabic to make teachers angry’: High-school teachers’ (de)legitimization of heritage languages in Catalonia. Linguistics and Education, 78, 101232. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.linged.2023.101232 Shohamy, E. (2006). Language policy: Hidden agendas and new approaches. Routledge. Sierens, S., Frijns, C., Van Gorp, K., Sercu, L., & Van Avermaet, P. (2018). The effects of raising language awareness in mainstream and language classrooms: A literature review (1995-2013). In Language awareness in multilingual classrooms in Europe: From theory to practice (Vol. 109, pp. 21–85). De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781501501326-002 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Student Experiences of English‑Medium Instruction in Kazakhstan: A CLIL and Sociocultural Perspective Heriot Watt University Campus at Zhubanov University, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Our research focuses on how first-year students experience English-medium instruction (EMI) in a Kazakhstani university and what these experiences reveal about the policy–practice gap in EMI-driven internationalisation compared to wider European and global trends (Goodman et al., 2025; Hwami, 2024). More specifically, it investigates how linguistic, pedagogical, socio‑affective, and equity-related factors shape students’ learning trajectories in EMI programmes and how these dynamics mirror or diverge from patterns reported in other non‑Anglophone higher education systems, particularly in Europe (Unangst et al., 2022). The study is guided by a combined theoretical framework drawing on Content and Language Integrated Learning (CLIL) and Sociocultural Theory (SCT). CLIL, which emerged from European bilingual and multilingual education debates, conceptualises EMI as a dual‑focus enterprise in which students learn disciplinary content and an additional language simultaneously (Coyle, 2018). From this perspective, the study interprets students’ reports of dense academic vocabulary, rapid lecture pace, and limited modelling of academic writing as manifestations of excessive language and cognitive load in the absence of systematic CLIL‑informed scaffolding such as pre‑teaching key terminology, multimodal explanations, and explicit support for academic literacies (Yessenbekova, 2023; Tulepova et al., 2026). This places the Kazakhstani case in dialogue with European CLIL/EMI research that similarly highlights the risks of treating EMI as a simple language switch rather than as a comprehensive pedagogical redesign. Sociocultural Theory complements CLIL by foregrounding learning as a socially mediated process that unfolds within the Zone of Proximal Development through interaction with more knowledgeable others, tools, and institutional structures (Vygotsky, 1978). SCT concepts such as mediation, scaffolding, affect, and learner agency illuminate how students rely on peers, tutors, digital resources (e.g., YouTube, translation tools), and supportive teachers to cope with EMI challenges, and how anxiety, fear of mistakes, and evolving confidence shape their participation in classroom communities (Tajik et al., 2025; Amanzhol et al., 2024). This lens also helps unpack equity issues: students’ differing school backgrounds and English preparation mean they enter EMI with unequal resources for participating in these mediational networks, echoing concerns in Kazakhstani and European scholarship that EMI can reproduce or exacerbate social stratification in access and outcomes. By integrating CLIL and SCT, the framework captures both structural and interactional dimensions of EMI. CLIL explains the design‑level tensions between Kazakhstan’s internationalisation ambitions, rooted in the trilingual policy and Bologna‑aligned reforms, and the limited pedagogical adaptation of programmes to students’ linguistic realities (Manan & Hajar, 2024). SCT, in turn, reveals how students actively negotiate, resist, and re‑mediate these conditions through social relations and strategic use of cultural tools, thereby partially compensating for institutional gaps (Tulepova et al., 2024). Positioning Kazakhstan’s post‑Soviet, multilingual context alongside European EMI developments thus allows the study to contribute to international debates on how Englishisation interacts with equity, quality, and multilingualism in higher education, rather than treating Kazakhstan as an isolated case.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative, exploratory design to examine first-year students’ experiences of English-medium instruction (EMI) in a Kazakhstani university within the broader context of internationalisation and Englishisation in higher education (Creswell, 2017; Tajik et al.,2025). A qualitative approach was chosen because EMI implementation is highly context-dependent and intertwined with learners’ prior histories, emotions, and social relations, which are not easily captured through survey-based methods (Unangst et al., 2022). Data were generated through semi-structured interviews with eight first-year undergraduate students enrolled in EMI programmes, selected via purposive sampling to reflect diverse linguistic and educational backgrounds (Sullivan et al., 2012). The participants here referred to by the pseudonyms, differed in school type (EMI vs. non EMI), urban–rural background, and level of English proficiency, enabling exploration of equity and preparedness issues documented in the Kazakhstani EMI literature. Interviews lasted 30–45 minutes, followed a common guide, and were conducted primarily in English, with the option to use Kazakh or Russian as needed, reflecting translanguaging practices typical of post Soviet EMI classrooms. The interview protocol was informed by international and Kazakhstani EMI scholarship and organised around themes such as motivation for choosing EMI, linguistic preparedness, lecture comprehension, academic reading and writing, participation, anxiety, coping strategies, and perceived institutional support. This design ensured alignment with the study’s theoretical framework, which combines Content and Language Integrated Learning (CLIL) and Sociocultural Theory (SCT). CLIL concepts guided questions about language and cognitive load, scaffolding, and teacher adaptations while SCT informed prompts about peer support, mediation, affect, and learner agency. Interviews were audio-recorded, transcribed, and analysed using reflexive thematic analysis following Braun and Clarke’s (2006) six-phase procedure, which is widely used in EMI and CLIL research. Coding combined deductive categories derived from CLIL and SCT (e.g., lexical load, scaffolding, mediation, Zone of Proximal Development) with inductive codes emerging from participants’ narratives (e.g., “using YouTube,” “fear of speaking,” “background gaps”). Themes were iteratively developed and reviewed to capture cross-cutting patterns related to linguistic and cognitive load, pedagogical and institutional scaffolding, sociocultural mediation, affective dimensions, self-regulation, and equity, in line with existing Kazakhstani and international studies (Goodman et al., 2025; Kerimkulova et al., 2023). Researcher reflexivity was maintained through field notes and ongoing consideration of positionality as a researcher familiar with EMI debates in Kazakhstan and Europe. Ethical procedures included informed consent, anonymisation of participants and the institution, and secure storage of data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study shows that first-year students in a Kazakhstani EMI university face a layered set of linguistic, pedagogical, socio affective, and equity-related challenges. While participants value EMI for its perceived academic and career benefits, they report substantial difficulties with dense disciplinary vocabulary, fast-paced lectures, and unfamiliar academic writing conventions, indicating that content and language demands are not adequately scaffolded in line with CLIL principles. These findings confirm that EMI is often implemented as a symbolic marker of global competitiveness rather than as a fully re-designed pedagogical model in Kazakhstan’s post Soviet, multilingual context. At the same time, the data highlight the central role of sociocultural mediation in making EMI survivable for students. Learners rely heavily on peers, tutors, supportive instructors, and digital tools such as YouTube and translation apps to bridge comprehension gaps and manage anxiety, illustrating key SCT concepts of mediation, scaffolding, and the Zone of Proximal Development in practice. Affective dimensions such as fear of making mistakes, low initial confidence, and gradual adaptation, strongly shape participation and suggest that emotional support is as important as linguistic support in EMI classrooms. Crucially, the study finds that EMI amplifies existing inequalities: students from better-resourced, often urban, or EMI-oriented schools adapt more easily, while those from non EMI or rural backgrounds face steeper linguistic and cognitive burdens and must invest disproportionate effort in self-regulation. This confirms concerns that Englishisation can reproduce social stratification unless accompanied by targeted support and entry-sensitive policies. Overall, the conclusions point to the need for systemic reforms such as CLIL-informed teacher training, explicit academic literacy support, institutionalised scaffolding tools, and bridging programmes for lower-proficiency students, so that EMI in Kazakhstan moves from a primarily symbolic internationalisation strategy toward a more equitable and pedagogically sustainable practice that can meaningfully align with global standards. References Reference list Amanzhol, N., Amanova, A., Kerimbekova, B., Zholmakhanova, A., & Sarmurzin, Y. (2024). “My expectation did not meet reality”: challenges of undergraduate students in English-medium instruction in Kazakhstan. Asian Education and Development Studies, 13(1), 31-44. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Coyle, D. (2018). The place of CLIL in (bilingual) education. Theory Into Practice, 57(3), 166-176. Creswell, J. W., & Creswell, J. D. (2017). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches. Sage publications. Goodman, B., Assylbekova, A., & Yembergenova, A. (2025). EMI and CLIL in Kazakhstani Higher Education: Current Policies and Future Possibilities. Chinese Journal of Applied Linguistics, 48(1), 12-29. Hwami, M., Yeszhanova, S., Amanzhol, M., Okafor, C. E., & Tursynbayeva, M. (2024). Internationalization of higher education in Central Asia: a systematic review. Central Asian Survey, 43(3), 400-419. Kerimkulova, S., Goodman, B., & Aitzhanova, K. (2023). EMI in higher education in Kazakhstan: Policy supports and challenges. In Policies, politics, and ideologies of English-medium instruction in Asian universities (pp. 15-32). Routledge. Manan, S. A., & Hajar, A. (2024). Understanding English medium instruction (EMI) policy from the perspectives of STEM content teachers in Kazakhstan. TESOL Journal, 15(4), e847. Sullivan, C., Gibson, S., & Riley, S. (2012). Doing your qualitative psychology project. Sage. Tajik, M. A., Namyssova, G., Shamatov, D., Manan, S. A., Zhunussova, G., & Antwi, S. K. (2025). Navigating the potentials and barriers to EMI in the post-Soviet region: Insights from Kazakhstani university students and instructors. International Journal of Multilingualism, 22(2), 990-1010. Tulepova, S., Bekturova, M., Gaipov, D., & Butt, S. (2024). Investigating English medium instruction provision in a Kazakhstani university: the ideals and realities of EMI learning. Journal of Teaching English for Specific and Academic Purposes, 433-444. Tulepova, S., Bekturova, M., Kassymova, G., & Gaipov, D. (2026). Challenges in Academic English Writing: Evidence from Kazakhstani EMI University. Journal of Qualitative Research in Education, (45), 179-193. Unangst, L., Altbach, P. G., & de Wit, H. (2022). English As Medium of instruction in non-anglophone countries: A global comparative analysis of policies, practices, and implications. In International student recruitment and mobility in non-Anglophone countries (pp. 32-46). Routledge. Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Harvard University Press. Yessenbekova, K. (2023). English as a medium of instruction in Kazakhstani higher education: a case study. Current Issues in Language Planning, 24(2), 141-159. |
| 16:15 - 17:45 | 99 ERC SES 05 U (P): Posters Location: Main Auditorium foyer | Main building A Session Chair: Ineke Pit-ten Cate Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster ‘Turning the Tables‘: Exploring How Children Influence Middle-Aged Adults‘ Participation in Contemporary Art Museums through Family Interactions University of Glasgow, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper constitutes the literature review component of an ongoing doctoral research project. It responds to the context of contemporary social and cultural transformation and explores the reconfiguration of intergenerational interaction within cultural learning settings from an adult perspective. Intergenerational interaction is understood as a mechanism through which participation relationships and shifts in subject positions are shaped within cultural learning practices. Drawing on a constructivist perspective and adopting Bourdieu’s theory of cultural capital as the analytical framework(Bourdieu, 1984), the study focuses on whether children’s perceptions of art and their behaviours during interaction can exert a reverse influence on middle-aged adults’ motivation and their understanding of art. It further considers whether this process challenges pathways of cultural capital accumulation and transmission. Since the emergence of New Museology theory (Vergo, 1989), public participation has increasingly become a key focus in museum research. Museum learning is now more commonly understood as a cultural practice that extends across the life course (Trujillo-Torres et al., 2023). At the same time, demographic changes, cultural democratisation, and lifelong learning–oriented educational policies have reinforced intergenerational participation in museum education as an important field of research. Existing studies on intergenerational education have demonstrated positive effects in supporting children’s zones of proximal development (ZPD) (Vygotskiĭ et al., 1978) and older adults in rebuilding social connections. (Webster et al., 2024, Krok-Schoen et al., 2025). While acknowledging these contributions, the study further asks whether the generative intergenerational potential of midlife, often viewed primarily as a stage of transmission rather than generation of value, has been consistently underestimated in research on artistic and cultural participation? Midlife is commonly understood as a life stage that carries responsibility for maintaining continuity and consolidating existing cultural resources(Infurna et al., 2020). At the same time, it represents a key stage for the accumulation, transformation, and redistribution of cultural resources. Individuals at this stage are often positioned at the centre of intergenerational relationships and experience frequent intergenerational contact ((Kim et al., 2024). It is precisely from this intergenerational nexus that middle-aged adults’ cultural participation experiences are not only related to their own learning and development, but also shape family-based cultural practices (van Hek and Kraaykamp, 2015). In this context, contemporary art museums, as cultural institutions characterised by future-oriented perspectives and interdisciplinary approaches, demonstrate distinctive potential in enhancing public cultural literacy and stimulating critical thinking and social engagement. However, compared with traditional museums, contemporary art museums demand greater cultural capital and present more challenging interpretive processes(Stallabrass, 2020). Within this orientation, younger audiences have become the primary focus of research, In response to this and further critiques (Burns et al., 2025), this research asks whether approaches might enable more inclusive engagement with contemporary art museums, allowing a wider range of groups to become meaningfully involved? As research perspectives have gradually shifted from individual visitors to more situated and process-oriented understandings of cultural participation, family education has increasingly entered the field as an important unit of analysis. Nevertheless, existing studies in this area remain predominantly child-centred. Building on this, the study further considers whether children can be understood as agentic nodes within family learning contexts, and, adopting a decentring of child-focused perspectives, how intergenerational education might operate through children’s perceptions of contemporary art to influence and reshape middle-aged parents’ understanding of contemporary art? To address these questions, this study reviews current research on museum education, intergenerational learning, middle-aged adults, and family participation in art museums. Through sustained analysis, it seeks to identify and clarify learning subjects, roles within intergenerational interactions, and modes of participation, thereby providing an analytical foundation for subsequent discussion of middle-aged adults’ participation experiences in art museums. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts an interpretivist ontological position(Crotty, 1998) and a constructivist epistemological stance(Hallberg, 2006). Meaning is constructed through the analysis of participatory learning processes, contextual experiences, and specific interaction patterns, with the overall aim of examining how new modes of interaction influence middle-aged adults’ participation, learning experiences, and role understandings within intergenerational education. The literature analysis is conducted using a constructivist grounded theory (CGT) approach (Charmaz, 2006). Previous studies are treated as interpretive materials through which intergenerational learning in art museum contexts is conceptualised. Particular attention is paid to the positioning of learning subjects, shifts in roles, and the forms and experiences of intergenerational learning, in order to support the development of the research focus. This study selected literature published between 2016 and 2025, drawing from databases including Scopus, Web of Science, and Google Scholar. Articles that were thematically relevant and representative were chosen as analytical materials and examined in conjunction with research data obtained through field observation. The literature search involved systematic combinations and arrangements of keywords related to the research topic. Core search terms included Museum Education, Intergenerational Education, Midlife, Art Education, and Learning in Contemporary Art Museums. In addition to identifying keywords and phrases closely aligned with the research context, synonyms and conceptually related expressions were included to ensure both breadth and relevance of coverage (Fortuna et al., 2025). The initial search yielded thousands of articles. After excluding articles with titles and abstracts unrelated to the research focus, this study included 89 studies for in-depth analysis. Each selected article was read in full and subjected to open coding and conceptualisation, with particular attention to intergenerational interaction, family-based museum learning, participation pathways of children and adults, and role positioning. Through comparative, integrative, and cross-text analysis, the main themes were identified as follows: parental support for children’s understanding of and participation in museum learning; the ways in which family interaction shapes children’s participation pathways; the influence of art experiences on children’s cognition; the positioning of adults primarily as companions; and the role of younger generations in helping older adults alleviate psychological difficulties in intergenerational learning contexts. Through this process of collection and analysis, the study discusses subjects and forms within intergenerational museum education research, providing an analytical basis for identifying gaps and questions for subsequent investigation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Research in intergenerational learning in art museums reveals limitations in existing studies and important conceptual and methodological foundations for the present research. Studies focusing on contemporary art museums remain scarce, often restricted to aesthetic experience or exhibition content (Chalas, 2016). Furthermore, family museum education frameworks display a strong child-centered orientation. While research provides insights into children’s perception and interaction (Willard et al., 2019), it has also constrained the perspective by framing parents as supportive roles. In addition, field observations show that adult programming remains limited by a reliance on lecture and dialogue-based formats, restricting diverse participation. There still remains a lack of in-depth understanding of middle-aged adults’ participation in museums. Compared with others, this group has long occupied a marginal research position. In response, this study adopts a problem-oriented approach that foregrounds the necessity of addressing “midlife issues” by centering on middle-aged adults as subjects rather than contextual conditions. By foregrounding children’s influence on parents, exploring new participatory models for middle-aged audiences in contemporary art museums. Using a qualitative approach within an action research framework, along with art-based methods, meaning is constructed through the analysis of children’s reverse influence on middle-aged adults, and the interaction processes and specific interaction patterns that emerge in situated contexts. This study examines how children’s perceptions of contemporary art reshape middle-aged adults’ participation and learning, and further considers whether this influences cultural capital patterns and opens new engagement pathways. This research seeks to address age-related imbalances in art museum studies and their limitations for research perspectives. It offers a new analytical lens for intergenerational educational practices in art museums and, on this basis, explores possible forms of pedagogical strategies in museum education. It further examines whether, and how, such strategies may provide new directions for future practice by fostering more interactive and sustainable intergenerational learning. References BOURDIEU, P. 1984. A social critique of the judgement of taste. Cambridge, MA. BURNS, H., DICK, S., KEAY, C., ROBB, A. & WOOLNER, P. 2025. Space for Imagination? Exploring the Challenges of Implementing Art‐Based, Metacognitive Approaches for Supporting Imagination as a Route to Agency. International Journal of Art & Design Education, 44, 428-446. CHARMAZ, K. 2006. Constructing grounded theory: A practical guide through qualitative analysis, sage. CROTTY, M. 1998. The foundations of social research: meaning and perspective in the research process, London, SAGE Publications. FORTUNA, J., DEAN, J., ESTELLE, H., ROSS, S. & CANTWELL‐ JURKOVIC, L. 2025. Staff training on disability awareness in museum settings: A scoping review. Curator: The Museum Journal, 68, 588-601. HALLBERG, L. R. 2006. The “core category” of grounded theory: Making constant comparisons. International journal of qualitative studies on health and well-being, 1, 141-148. INFURNA, F. J., GERSTORF, D. & LACHMAN, M. E. 2020. Midlife in the 2020s: Opportunities and challenges. American Psychologist, 75, 470. KIM, B., KIM, K., BURR, J. A. & HAN, G. 2024. Childhood and Midlife Cultural Awareness and Activity Engagement Among Korean Married Couples. The Journals of Gerontology, Series B: Psychological Sciences and Social Sciences, 79, gbae068. KROK-SCHOEN, J. L., CLUTTER, J. E., HANDRA, A., PAOLETTA, C., YOUNG, D., MILLER, R., ORBOVICH, A. & FEYH, L. 2025. ARts Through Intergenerational Social Engagement (ARISE) Program. Journal of Intergenerational Relationships, 1-11. STALLABRASS, J. 2020. Contemporary art: a very short introduction, Oxford University Press. TRUJILLO-TORRES, J. M., AZNAR-DíAZ, I., CáCERES-RECHE, M. P., MENTADO-LABAO, T. & BARRERA-COROMINAS, A. 2023. Intergenerational learning and its impact on the improvement of educational processes. Education Sciences, 13, 1019. VAN HEK, M. & KRAAYKAMP, G. 2015. How do parents affect cultural participation of their children? Poetics (Amsterdam), 52, 124-138. VERGO, P. 1989. New museology, Reaktion books. WEBSTER, M., NORWOOD, K., WATERWORTH, J. & LEAVEY, G. 2024. Effectiveness of intergenerational exchange programs between adolescents and older adults: A systematic review. Journal of Intergenerational Relationships, 22, 603-644. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster A World to Win with Education for Sustainability: Enhancing Student Teachers’ Professional Action Competence. 1: Utrecht Univeristy, Netherlands, The; 2: Marnix Academie University of Applied Sciences, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:Education plays a crucial role in preparing new generations for global challenges, as outlined in the Sustainable Development Goals (United Nations, 2015). There is broad consensus that education should help learners develop competencies for a more sustainable future (UNESCO, 2020). The call by Audrey Azoulay, Director-General of UNESCO, underlines the urgency of action-oriented education: “It’s time to mainstream … education with an action-oriented approach that helps young people understand their power to make a difference” (UNESCO, 2024). This highlights the need to equip primary school teachers with the competencies required to foster such transformative learning processes. However, many teachers are still insufficiently prepared in this area (Boeve-de Pauw et al., 2022; Rieckmann, 2019). Teachers and teacher educators experience challenges in designing education that strengthens social engagement and participation, particularly in relation to sustainability issues (Van Poeck et al., 2023). Within teacher education, students should be able to develop competencies in Education for Sustainable Development (ESD), aimed at fostering knowledge, skills, values, and attitudes that contribute to a more sustainable society (UNESCO, 2020). Sustainability is broadly defined through five interrelated pillars: People, Planet, Prosperity, Peace, and Partnership (Rahm et al., 2025). Teacher education can play a key role in promoting ESD in primary education (Rieckmann, 2019). Like other young people, student teachers often experience emotions such as concern, anxiety, and paralysis when confronted with complex societal issues, such as climate change and inequality of opportunity (Ojala, 2016). Professional action competence for ESD enables (prospective) teachers to channel these emotions into action. A professionally action competent teacher is committed, demonstrates confidence in their own abilities, and possesses the pedagogical knowledge and skills required to teach ESD (Sass et al., 2022). An individual’s values play an important role in sustainable behavior and influence so-called environmentally significant behavior (ESB), defined as behavior that has direct consequences for the quality of the natural environment (Stern, 2000). Three value orientations - egoistic, altruistic, and biospheric- are considered relevant in the literature for understanding environmental awareness and intentions (De Groot et al., 2008). These value orientations may function as an important moderator of variation in the development of professional action competence among student teachers. Teacher education has a crucial role in stimulating teachers’ professional action competence; research shows that many teachers experience difficulties in implementing ESD (Sass et al., 2022; Boeve-de Pauw et al., 2022). This PhD research explores how the professional action competence for ESD of student teachers develops over a three-year period during their study. It examines which factors related to coursework, internships, and social experiences are associated with this development, and what role students’ value orientations play. The study will also clarify which subject-didactic design principles contribute to strengthening the professional action competence of student teachers. The aim is to optimize teacher education in order to better prepare future student teachers and the primary school pupils they will teach, for the challenges of their time. This PhD research addresses the following main questions: How to enhance student teachers professional action competence in ESD? And the following sub-questions: 1. (a) How does the professional action competence of student teachers develop throughout their teacher education, and (b) how are aspects of coursework, internships, and other social experiences related to this development? 2. How does student teachers’ value orientation (egoistic, altruistic, biospheric) influence the development of their professional action competence during their teacher education? 3. Which subject-didactic design principles for ESD create the conditions for teacher education that enhance the professional action competence of student teachers? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This PhD research follows pre-service primary teachers over a period of three years and adopts an explanatory sequential mixed methods design (Creswell, 2015), in which quantitative and qualitative methods complement one another. The study comprises four complementary sub-studies that together provide insight into the development of professional action competence in ESD among student teachers and how this competence can be strengthened. Study 1 consists of a scoping review conducted following the PRISMA-ScR framework and focuses on subject-didactic design principles and effective approaches in ESD that strengthen the professional action competence of student teachers. It builds on earlier studies on ESD competencies. The results inform Study 3 and contribute to sub-question 3. Study 2 examines the development of professional action competence among student teachers through a quantitative longitudinal analysis of a cohort of 200 students, starting in the academic year 2026–2027. Within the programme, students learn to design and implement ESD in their internship classrooms in primary education. Data collection uses two validated instruments; Professional Action Competence in Education for Sustainable Development (PACesd) (Sass et al., 2022), measuring professional action competence in ESD and Value Orientations Scale (VOS) (De Groot et al., 2008), measuring value orientations. Exploratory Factor Analysis and Confirmatory Factor Analysis identify latent dimensions of professional action competence, and SEM and latent growth models analyse its longitudinal development, including the role of values and study, internship, and social experiences. This addresses sub-question 1. Study 3 includes two qualitative sub-studies: cross-sectional interviews across cohorts and a three-year longitudinal focus group study. Together, they examine the development of professional action competence (sub-question 1) and students’ value orientations (sub-question 2). Study 4 develops a student typology, based on integrated quantitative (Study 2) and qualitative (Study 3) data, to formulate subject-didactic design principles for ESD. Using a person-centred, cluster-based approach enriched with qualitative insights, it links developmental patterns in professional action competence and value orientations. Together with Study 1, it informs coherent ESD design principles, addressing sub-question 3 and guiding implementation in teacher education. A sounding board of teacher educators and field partners refines the student typologies and ESD design principles through ongoing, practice-based input. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As this PhD project is currently in its initial phase and conducted by a teacher educator within the teacher education programme, the study is expected to generate both theoretical and practical contributions. Developed in close collaboration with supervisors and the teacher education programme, the research aims to identify student typologies in the development of professional action competence and to formulate subject-didactic design principles for Education for Sustainable Development (ESD). By integrating these insights, the project is expected to strengthen the professional action competence of pre-service primary teachers, enabling them to integrate ESD effectively into their teaching practice and thereby contribute to meaningful and sustainable learning for future generations. The longitudinal design and close integration with the teacher education programme, offers methodological innovations that provide insight into student development and the underlying influencing factors. Furthermore, by connecting developmental psychology and educational sciences, the study is expected to offer both theoretical advancement and practical guidance, thereby enriching the scientific evidence base on professional action competence in education. In addition, the project seeks to address a persistent gap in ESD research: while policy and curriculum frameworks increasingly emphasize action competence, empirical insights into how this competence develops in teacher education remain limited. By tracing student teachers’ development over time, the study aims to make the process of becoming an action-competent teacher more transparent and theoretically grounded. The findings are expected to inform curriculum design within teacher education programmes, support teacher educators in scaffolding transformative learning processes, and contribute to international discussions on preparing teachers for sustainability transitions. Ultimately, the project aspires to bridge the gap between normative ambitions of ESD and the everyday realities of classroom practice. References 1.Boeve-de Pauw, J., Olsson, D., Berglund, T., & Gericke, N. (2022). Teachers’ ESD self-efficacy and practices: A longitudinal study on the impact of teacher professional development. Environmental Education Research, 28(6), 867–885. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2022.2042206 2.Creswell, J. W. (2015). Educational research: Planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research (5th ed.). Pearson. 3.De Groot, J. I. M., & Steg, L. (2008). Value orientations to explain beliefs related to environmentally significant behavior: How to measure egoistic, altruistic, and biospheric value orientations. Environment and Behavior, 40(3), 330–354. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013916506297831 4.Howard, M. C., & Hoffman, M. E. (2018). Variable-centered, person-centered, and person-specific approaches: Where theory meets the method. Organizational Research Methods, 21(4), 846–876. 5.Ojala, M. (2016). Facing anxiety in climate change education: From therapeutic practice to hopeful transgressive learning. Canadian Journal of Environmental Education, 21, 41–56. 6.Rahm, L., Cookson, T. P., & Azcona, G. (2025). People, planet, prosperity, peace, partnerships (5 Ps). In F. Biermann, T. Hickmann, Y. Kang, C.-A. Sénit, & Y. Sun (Eds.), Essential concepts for implementing the Sustainable Development Goals (pp. 113–124). Routledge. 7.Rieckmann, M. (2019). Education for sustainable development in teacher education: An international perspective. Environmental Education Research, 25(1), 33–48. 8.Ritchie, J., Spencer, L., & O’Connor, W. (2003). Carrying out qualitative analysis. In J. Ritchie & J. Lewis (Eds.), Qualitative research practice: A guide for social science students and researchers (pp. 219–262). SAGE Publications. 9.Sass, W., Claes, E., Boeve-de Pauw, J., De Maeyer, S., Schelfhout, W., Van Petegem, P., & Isac, M. M. (2022). Measuring professional action competence in education for sustainable development (PACesd). Environmental Education Research, 28(2), 260–275. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2021.1976731 10.Stern, P. C. (2000). New environmental theories: Toward a coherent theory of environmentally significant behavior. Journal of Social Issues, 56(3), 407–424. 11.United Nations. (2015). Transforming our world: The 2030 agenda for sustainable development. United Nations. 12.UNESCO. (2020). Education for sustainable development: A roadmap. UNESCO. 13.UNESCO. (2024). Education and climate change: Learning to act for people and planet. UNESCO. 14.Van Poeck, K., Vandenplas, E., & Östman, L. (2023). Teaching action-oriented knowledge on sustainability issues. Environmental Education Research, 30(3), 334–360. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2023.2167939 15.Van Staa, A., & Evers, J. (2010). ‘Thick analysis’: Strategie om de kwaliteit van kwalitatieve data-analyse te verhogen. Kwalon, 15(1), 5–12. https://doi.org/10.5117/2010.015.001.002 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Developing a Design-Thinking Based Game to Support Sustainability Education in Middle School HEP Vaud, Switzerland Presenting Author:We are in 2026, and we are feeling the planetary boundaries affecting our everyday physical and mental health (Patz & al., 2005; Climate Change and Human Behaviour, 2022). What and how do we feel when we are in our workplaces in July and need air conditioning (IEA, 2023), or when we receive a notification on our phone that temperatures will continue to reach record highs this year (Minet, 2025)? According to Crutzen and Stoermer (2000), the Anthropocene era, which began around the 1850s, has seen an escalation in the carbon impacts and effects of human society in everyday life and across biodiversity. Sustainability discussions began in 1972 with the report The Limits to Growth (Meadows et al., 1972), moving from shyness to “mainstream” subjects (Castro, 2004), to now being back in the daily news, creating controversial discussions, and becoming a challenge (Fischer & al., 2023). Society continues to follow the “business as usual” approach, as if there were sufficient resources, causing sustainability goals to fail (Palomo & al., 2024). It’s time for change. Human learning influences everyday behaviours and decisions, including social interactions, consumption, travel, and psychological well-being (Green & Bavelier, 2008). Education has the mission of enabling children to manage their future and to play an active role in society (UNESCO, 2015). Adaptation and sustainability have entered educational debates. In Switzerland, policymakers acknowledge the need to integrate these topics into schools. However, the aspects teachers should address, the depth of classroom discussions, the methods for implementation, and the time allocated to these themes have not yet been clearly specified (Curnier, 2017, pp. 293, 377). One possibility for integrating these interdisciplinary topics could be games. Collaborative game-based approaches allow children to develop both hard and soft skills (Abdul Jabbar & Felicia, 2015; Hui & Mahmud, 2023). They also offer opportunities for collective reflection and teamwork (Abdul Jabbar & Felicia, 2015), while opening the door to creativity (Daniau, 2016), which can support pupils in their future lives (Romero & al., 2015). “Games of imagination” (Karwowski & Soszynski, 2008) allow pupils to immerse themselves and engage in different situations (Huynh & al., 2020; Zhang & al., 2025). In the school context, Edu-RPGs (Educational Role-Playing Games) enable students to enhance identity-building, critical thinking, and expression, while fostering motivation, communication, leadership, and problem-solving skills through experiential and reflective learning (Martinez-Lejarreta & al., 2024). Communicating and playing together, in new situations and through problem-solving, develops teamwork habits (Daniau, 2016). Problem-solving can be approached in various ways, depending on the nature of the problem itself (Csapó & Funke, 2017). Well-structured problems are characterized by a clearly defined initial state, a known goal state, and a constrained set of logical operations that lead to correct and convergent solutions. They follow a direct and linear path, guided by strict parameters and defined outcomes. In contrast, Ill-structured problems are open-ended and complex, resembling real-life dilemmas with unpredictable outcomes. Their resolution is iterative and adaptive, requiring creativity and the integration of diverse knowledge domains (Jonassen, 1997), innovative minds are precisely what our society needs now and in the future, to hold challenges. To build problem-solving skills through iterative and creative processes, Design Thinking methods represent a powerful tool when implemented at work and in classrooms (Henriksen & al., 2017; Foster, 2021). These methods can focus on exploring all aspects of problems through multiple sources and iterations (Carroll & al., 2010), while encouraging creativity and idea-sharing. This research investigates the potential of a collaborative table-top game to introduce sustainability in primary education, while using Design Thinking to foster creativity, problem-solving, and essential soft skills. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research adopts a design-based research (DBR) methodology, which is suited to investigating learning processes while simultaneously developing and refining educational interventions in classroom contexts (Sandoval & Bell, 2004b; Collective, 2003). This approach supports the iterative design, implementation, analysis, and redesign of a collaborative table-top role-playing game designed to engage pupils in sustainability-related problem-solving scenarios. Through the use of fictional yet realistic situations, the game encourages collaboration, discussion, and creativity, brought by Design Thinking tools through play and supporting pupils’ reflection on decisions and outcomes. The study will be structured around two gameplay sessions with the same groups of pupils, allowing for the observation of both initial engagement and subsequent evolution in understanding, collaborative dynamics, and problem-solving strategies. In line with DBR principles, insights from the first session may inform adjustments to the game design before the second session. This research will focus on pupils aged 8 to 10 years old (5H–6H) in Switzerland, as children become aware of sustainability-related challenges at an increasingly young age (Erol, 2024), and eco-anxiety already affects 42% of primary school–aged children (Hensler & al., 2025), it is essential to equip them with tools to understand and address these challenges. According to Bruner (1963), any subject can be taught to any child in an intellectually honest form. He argues that learning should begin as early as possible, as children develop by being confronted with meaningful problems that stimulate thinking, promote growth, and support their cognitive development. Data collection will combine qualitative and quantitative methods to capture changes over time. Pupils will complete a questionnaire before and after to the two gameplay sessions, enabling an examination of the evolution of their understanding of sustainability-related challenges, their attitudes toward collaboration, and their perceptions of problem-solving processes. These questionnaires will be complemented by classroom observations, audio and video recordings of gameplay sessions, and the analysis of pupils’ interactions, decisions, and game-produced artefacts. Semi-structured interviews with teachers and reflective feedback from pupils will provide additional perspectives on engagement, usability, and perceived learning outcomes. Data analysis will rely primarily on qualitative thematic analysis, focusing on patterns of collaboration, creativity, and problem-solving, as well as the ways in which pupils appropriate Design Thinking practices through play, while pre- and post-questionnaire responses will be used to contextualise and comment on observed developments across the two sessions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research is expected to provide an idea of how Design Thinking can be introduced to pupils aged 8 to 10 and to assess its potential within a school context. The collaborative tabletop game is anticipated to encourage discussion, reflection and idea-sharing among pupils, potentially extending beyond the classroom to spark conversations within their families. The study will explore whether collaborative Design Thinking games in education should be investigated further as a means of strengthening sustainability awareness, supporting active problem-solving skills and reducing eco-anxiety in children. References Abdul Jabbar, A. I., & Felicia, P. (2015). Gameplay engagement and learning in game-based learning: A systematic review. Review of Educational Research, 85(4), 740–779. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654315577210 Bruner, J. S. (1963). The Process of Education. Dans American Journal of Physics (Vol. 31, Numéro 6, p. 468 469). https://doi.org/10.1119/1.1969598 Carroll, M., Goldman, S., Britos, L., Koh, J., Royalty, A., & Hornstein, M. (2010). Destination, imagination and the fires within: Design thinking in a middle school classroom. International Journal of Art & Design Education, 29(1), 37–53. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1476-8070.2010.01632.x Crutzen, P. J., Stoermer, E. F., & Steffen, W. (2013). “The ‘Anthropocene’” (2000). In L. Robin, S. Sörlin, & P. Warde (Eds.), The Future of Nature: Documents of Global Change (pp. 483–490). Yale University Press. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctt5vm5bn.52 Csapó, B. and J. Funke (eds.) (2017), The Nature of Problem Solving: Using Research to Inspire 21st Century Learning, Educational Research and Innovation, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264273955-en Curnier D. (2017). Quel rôle pour l’école dans la transition écologique ? Esquisse d’une sociologie politique, environnementale et prospective du curriculum prescrit. Thèse de doctorat, Université de Lausanne. https://doi.org/10.37866/0711-13-0 Daniau, S. (2016). The transformative potential of role-playing games: From play skills to human skills. Simulation & Gaming, 47(4), 423–444. https://doi.org/10.1177/1046878116650765 Henriksen, D., Richardson, C., & Mehta, R. (2017). Design thinking: A creative approach to educational problems of practice. Thinking Skills and Creativity, 26, 140–153. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tsc.2017.10.001 Hui, H. B., & Mahmud, M. S. (2023). Influence of game-based learning in mathematics education on the students’ cognitive and affective domain: A systematic review. Frontiers in Psychology, 14, 1105806. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2023.1105806 Jonassen, D. H. (1997). Instructional design models for well-structured and ill-structured problem-solving learning outcomes. Educational Technology Research and Development, 45(1), 65–94. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02299613 Martinez-Lejarreta, L., Arnott, L., & Wall, K. (2024). Detective mystery play: Play-based research methods for facilitating young children’s critical thinking. International Journal of Early Years Education, 32(4), 871–884. https://doi.org/10.1080/09669760.2024.2407471 Meadows, D. H., Meadows, D. L., Randers, J., & Behrens, W. W. (1972). The limits to growth: A report for the Club of Rome’s project on the predicament of mankind. Universe Books. https://doi.org/10.1349/ddlp.1 Romero, M., Usart, M., & Ott, M. (2015). Can serious games contribute to developing and sustaining 21st century skills? Games and Culture, 10(2), 148–177. https://doi.org/10.1177/1555412014548919 Zhang, Z. S., Seemann, M., Joos, R., Suren, M., Fischer, H., & Hofmann, M. (2025). Fostering creativity through game-based approaches: A scoping review. The Journal of Creative Behavior, 59(1), e1536. https://doi.org/10.1002/jocb.1536 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Children’s Literature as a Gateway to Cultural Rights in Primary Education 1: Istanbul Sabahattin Zaim University, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Istanbul University-Cerrahpaşa, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:This study aims to explore how art-based learning processes at the primary school level shape children’s understanding of culture as a space of participation and as a fundamental right. Through classroom practices designed around children’s literature, the study addresses the following research question: How do art-based learning processes influence students’ understandings of cultural participation, equality, and expression? Rather than transmitting cultural rights through didactic instruction, the study seeks to examine how experiencing culture through artistic processes affects children’s subjective meaning-making. Drama and thinking strategies are positioned as pedagogical tools that enable children to develop interpretations, engage in non-verbal expression, and make their cultural experiences visible. The purpose of this study is to investigate how art-based classroom activities developed based on Alain Serres' children's book Tous les enfants ont le droit d’être cultivés (Every Child Has the Right to Be Cultured) reflect primary school students' definitions of culture, their perception of culture as a right, and the ways in which they relate artistic and cultural participation to their daily lives. Based on an experiential approach to cultural rights, the study highlights children's meaning-making processes expressed through verbal, non-verbal, visual, and bodily forms, emphasizing learning through experience rather than transmission. Conceptual Framework The study is structured within the framework of Art-Based Learning, which recognizes knowledge production as not only cognitive but also sensory, embodied, and emotional (Anderson, 2004; Eisner, 2002). Children’s literature is conceptualized as a pedagogical gateway to abstract notions of cultural rights, while drama and visual thinking strategies are employed to support multiple interpretations, non-verbal expression, and the articulation of subjective experience. Within this framework, culture is not treated as a normative body of content to be transferred, but as a rights-based domain constructed through children’s experiences, interpretations, and participation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically, the study adopts a qualitative case study design (Yin, 2018). The drama process functions simultaneously as a learning environment and a site of data generation. The study group consists of third-grade students attending a public primary school, selected through purposive sampling. To ensure data triangulation, multiple data sources are used, including drama process observations (researcher field notes, verbal and non-verbal expressions, and participation patterns), student artifacts (post-drama drawings, collages, and visual productions), and semi-structured group interviews conducted before and after the intervention with small groups of four to five students. The collected data are analyzed through qualitative content analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expected Outcomes The findings of this study are expected to show that primary school students' understanding of culture and cultural rights has shifted from a didactic knowledge level to an experiential and subjective one. The idea, highlighted in Alain Serres's book, that "culture is not a privilege but a right of every child," is likely to be expressed in students' discourse and artistic productions through personal meanings rather than definitions.In this context, drama is envisioned as enabling students to define cultural participation not only through access to museums, books, or art events, but also through actions such as playing, imagining, creating, and sharing. It is particularly expected that nonverbal expressions (drawing, body language, role-playing) will open up more inclusive and free spaces for children to express concepts of culture and rights; and that some students will make visible, through visual and dramatic means, thoughts they cannot articulate verbally. The findings are expected to enable students to concretize the concept of cultural equality and discuss it through awareness of who has access to culture and who is excluded. This study is important because it shows that art-based approaches in teaching cultural rights at the primary school level offer alternative pedagogical possibilities that center on children's subjective experiences. References Anderson, T. (2004). Why and how we make art, with implications for art education. Arts Education Policy Review, 105(5), 31-38. Eisner, E. W. (2002). What Can Education Learn from the Arts About the Practice of Education?.Journal of curriculum and supervision,18(1), 4-16. Yin, R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications: Design and methods (6th ed.). Sage. |
| 16:15 - 17:45 | 99 ERC SES 05 V (P): Posters Location: Main Auditorium foyer | Main building A Session Chair: Ottavia Trevisan Paper Session |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster The Impact of AI-bot Usage on Students’ Academic Achievements and Motivation in Kazakhstan Astana Garden International School | Nazarbayev University Presenting Author:Topic: AI chatbots in STEM education Theoretical framework: Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a quantitative, non-experimental correlational research design to examine the relationship between students’ use of artificial intelligence (AI) chatbots, academic achievement, and academic motivation in STEM subjects. This design was selected to explore natural associations between variables without manipulation, allowing for the analysis of relationships among AI usage, educational outcomes, and motivation while accounting for multiple confounding factors. The research was conducted at a private K–11 school in Kazakhstan. The site was chosen due to the researcher’s access and the school’s openness to educational innovation, including the integration of AI tools. Private schools in Kazakhstan often adopt new technologies more readily and provide individualized learning environments, making this context appropriate for investigating AI-supported learning practices. A convenience sampling strategy was used to recruit participants who were readily accessible and willing to participate. Although this non-probability sampling method limits the generalizability of findings, it allowed for in-depth examination within a real educational setting. The study acknowledges these limitations and recommends cautious interpretation beyond similar contexts. Data were collected using a structured survey instrument. The primary tool was the Science Motivation Questionnaire II (Glynn et al., 2011) which aligns with Self-Determination Theory and Social Cognitive Theory by measuring intrinsic motivation, extrinsic motivation, self-determination, self-efficacy, career motivation, and grade motivation. Additional survey sections gathered demographic information, self-reported academic achievement in STEM subjects, frequency and purposes of AI chatbot use, and contextual variables such as technology proficiency, extracurricular participation, teacher support, self-directed learning, and access to learning resources. Data collection followed strict ethical procedures and was approved by the Nazarbayev University Institutional Review Ethics Committee (IREC). Written parental consent and student assent were obtained, participation was voluntary, and anonymity and confidentiality were maintained throughout the study. Data analysis was conducted using Jamovi (version 2.3.21). Descriptive statistics were used to summarize participant characteristics, AI usage patterns, academic performance, and motivation levels. Multiple linear regression analyses were employed to examine the predictive relationship between AI chatbot usage and both academic achievement and motivation while controlling for confounding variables. Overall, this methodological approach enabled a systematic and ethically sound investigation into the role of AI chatbots in supporting STEM learning, providing empirical evidence relevant to both national and international discussions on AI integration in education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of the study indicate that AI chatbot usage was not a significant predictor of either academic achievement or academic motivation in STEM subjects. For academic performance (RQ1), gender, technology literacy, and participation in extracurricular activities emerged as significant predictors, while AI use itself showed no statistically significant effect. Similarly, the analysis of academic motivation (RQ2) revealed no direct relationship between AI chatbot usage and student motivation. Instead, extracurricular activities demonstrated a strong and significant positive impact on students’ motivation. Regarding students’ patterns of AI chatbot use for independent learning (RQ3), descriptive findings showed that learners actively employed AI tools for a wide range of academic purposes, from routine tasks such as homework support to more complex activities including essay writing and concept simplification. Usage patterns varied by gender and grade level: male students reported higher use for conceptual explanations and learning beyond the classroom, while female students demonstrated higher overall engagement. AI chatbot use increased progressively from Grade 7 to Grade 10 and slightly declined in Grade 11. These results suggest that AI chatbots function most effectively as supportive learning tools rather than primary drivers of performance, emphasizing the importance of pedagogical integration and contextual factors. The study provides evidence-based guidance for educators and policymakers on responsible and effective AI implementation in STEM education. References Bandura, A. (1986). Social foundations of thought and action. Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1986(23-28), 2. http://surl.li/sbizk Bandura, A., Freeman, W. H., & Lightsey, R. (1999). Self-efficacy: The exercise of control. https://doi.org/10.1891/0889-8391.13.2.158 Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (1985). Intrinsic Motivation and Self-determination in Human Behavior. NY: Plenum Press. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4899-2271-7 Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2000). The" what" and" why" of goal pursuits: Human needs and the self-determination of behavior. Psychological inquiry, 11(4), 227-268. https://doi.org/10.1207/S15327965PLI1104_01 Glynn, S. M., Brickman, P., Armstrong, N., & Taasoobshirazi, G. (2011). Science motivation questionnaire II: Validation with science majors and nonscience majors. Journal of research in science teaching, 48(10), 1159-1176. https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.20442 Schunk, D. H., & DiBenedetto, M. K. (2020). Motivation and social cognitive theory. Contemporary educational psychology, 60, 101832. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2019.101832 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Teacher Practices and Student Experiences Facilitating Effective English-Medium Instruction Learning in Higher Education Kaunas University of Technology, Lithuania Presenting Author:English-medium instruction (EMI) in higher education presents a set of interrelated challenges and areas that influence effective learning. Based on a systematic synthesis of the literature by Ponomarevskyi and Horbacauskiene (manuscript under review), six key domains of effective learning in EMI were identified: psychological, linguistic, cognitive, pedagogical, sociocultural, and organizational. These domains are associated with key educational components affected by EMI, including student academic performance, teaching quality, and EMI programme feasibility. The domains are conceptualised as interrelated rather than independent. In particular, organizational and sociocultural conditions are understood to shape pedagogical practices, while pedagogical and linguistic practices influence students’ cognitive and psychological processes involved in learning in EMI settings (Li et al., 2024; Macaro et al., 2020; Mittelmeier et al., 2021; Morell et al., 2022a, 2022b; Tai & Tang, 2020). The study adopts a multilingual perspective on EMI, focusing on practices such as the use of L1 learning materials, code-switching, translingual strategies, and pedagogical sensitivity to linguistic and cultural diversity. From this perspective, effective learning in EMI is conceptualised as the alignment of teaching methods with intended learning outcomes, alongside favourable learner perceptions and supportive instructional and institutional environments. Such alignment is expected to influence how learners engage cognitively and metacognitively with disciplinary content delivered through an additional language (de Diezmas et al., 2024; Richards & Pun, 2022; Williams, 2024). These considerations give rise to the following research question: How can curriculum development benefit the effective learning of higher education bachelor students in an English-medium instruction (EMI) setting? To answer this question, the study sets out the following objectives: 1. To examine how students’ lived experiences and university professors’ instructional practices shape effective EMI learning in university classrooms. 2. To outline the key factors for improving overall academic performance and teaching in EMI university programmes. 3. To determine teaching practices and learning strategies having the most significant potential to enhance academic outcomes in EMI contexts. The theoretical foundations of effective EMI learning in this study draw on several established frameworks. Bloom’s Taxonomy (1956) is used to conceptualise learning outcomes as progressing from basic knowledge acquisition to higher-order analytical and evaluative skills. Constructivist theory posits that learners develop deeper understanding when they actively construct meaning through interaction and engagement rather than passively receive information (Piaget, 1952; Vygotsky, 1978). Metacognitive theory highlights the role of learners’ awareness and regulation of their own learning processes, including monitoring, self-regulation, and reflection, which are particularly salient in linguistically demanding EMI contexts (Flavell, 1976). Cognitive Load Theory further informs the framework by emphasising the importance of instructional design that minimises extraneous cognitive load and supports learners’ processing of essential content in a second language (Sweller, 1988). Taken together, these perspectives inform a provisional conceptual framework that guides the present research by sensitising the analysis to how different domains of EMI learning interact and how pedagogical and linguistic practices mediate learners’ cognitive and psychological engagement. At this pre-empirical stage, the framework serves as an exploratory and theory-informed guide for the formulation of research questions and the design of the empirical study. It will be refined following data collection and analysis to better reflect the relationships observed in the specific EMI context under investigation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The empirical component of this study will be conducted from March 1 to May 31, 2026, during a PhD research internship at a private university in northern Spain with a strong international student population from the Americas, Europe, Africa, and Asia, and a particularly high representation of Latin American students due to historical ties. Research will consist of semi-structured interviews and semi-structured, non-interventionist (non-participant) observations of university classrooms. Two types of interview frameworks will be implemented: student interviews and teacher interviews. With the subject’s consent, interviews will be audio-recorded during in-person sessions or virtual meetings via Google Meet, Microsoft Teams, or Zoom, whichever option is most convenient for the participant. These audio recordings will subsequently be transcribed and coded for analysis. Each interview lasts approximately 60 minutes. It is planned to interview up to 30 students and approximately 30 university instructors. The transcription of audio files will be done partly manually and partly using aTrain proprietary software, complying with the GDPR regulation. Once the interview transcripts are complete, a qualitative thematic content analysis will be conducted using MAXQDA. During classroom observations, data will be collected using a semi-structured observation log. The observation log will include fields for documenting the time and detailed entries on language and communication use, observable pedagogical and cognitive processes, learner agency, and social-emotional development during the EMI classes. It is planned to observe 20 classes of various formats (lectures, seminars, collective/project assignments) and courses. Prior to each observation, the following details will be noted in the log: course title, number of students present (for later analysis of learning dynamics in small versus large groups), the form of activity (lecture, seminar, other practical assignment), academic year, and the date and time of the observed class. Data collected during the classroom observations is focused on students’ experiences and teachers’ practices, providing details on observable linguistic, pedagogical, cognitive, psychological and sociocultural aspects in the EMI setting. Digital observation logs with the assigned specific codes will be uploaded to MAXQDA, and a qualitative thematic content analysis will be conducted. Sampling methods: Purposive sampling, constrained by institutional access, is employed. In principle, research targets participants directly involved in EMI learning. However, due to possible access constraints at a foreign institution, it may become an access-based sampling. More specifically, this research implies a non-probability sampling design with a mix of dimensional and maximum variation as a subtype of purposive sampling. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The Multidisciplinary Journal of Educational Research (Multidisciplinary Journal of Educational Research) References 1.Bloom, B.S. (1956). Taxonomy of Educational Objectives, Handbook: The Cognitive Domain. David McKay, New York. 2.Li, L., Curdt-Christiansen, X., & Zhu, D. (2024). Becoming and being a teacher through emotion discourse: A case study of a novice EMI teacher. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development. https://doi.org/10.1080/01434632.2024.2369173 3.Macaro, E., Akincioglu, M., & Han, S. (2020). English medium instruction in higher education: Teacher perspectives on professional development and certification. International Journal of Applied Linguistics (United Kingdom), 30(1), 144-157. https://doi.org/10.1111/ijal.12272 4.Mittelmeier, J., Slof, B., & Rienties, B. (2021). Students’ perspectives on curriculum internationalisation policies in transition: Insights from a master’s degree programme in the Netherlands. Innovations in Education and Teaching International, 58(1), 107-119. https://doi.org/10.1080/14703297.2019.1675529 5.Morell, T., Aleson-Carbonell, M., & Escabias-Lloret, P. (2022a). Prof-teaching: An English-medium instruction professional development program with a digital, linguistic and pedagogical approach. Innovation in Language Learning and Teaching, 16(4-5), 392-411. https://doi.org/10.1080/17501229.2022.2052298 6.Morell, T., Beltrán-Palanques, V., & Norte, N. (2022b). A multimodal analysis of pair work engagement episodes: Implications for EMI lecturer training. Journal of English for Academic Purposes, 58. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jeap.2022.101124 7.Piaget, J. (1952). The origins of intelligence in children (M. Cook, Trans.). International Universities Press. (Original work published 1936) 8.Richards, J. C., & Pun, J. K. H. (2022). Teaching and learning in English medium instruction: An introduction. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003203971 9.Tai, T. E., & Tang, C. W. (2021). The role of graduate students’ learning strategies in reducing their English medium instruction avoidance: The mediation effect of language anxiety. Asia Pacific Journal of Education, 41(2), 368-384. https://doi.org/10.1080/02188791.2020.1777937 10.Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes (M. Cole, V. John-Steiner, S. Scribner, & E. Souberman, Eds.). Harvard University Press 11.Williams, A., Stevens, J. R., Anderson, R., & Bogren, M. (2024). Challenges and opportunities of English as the medium of instruction in diploma midwifery programs in Bangladesh: A mixed-methods study. BMC Medical Education, 24(1). https://doi.org/10.1186/s12909-024-05499-8 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Friction in Knowing, Healing in Acting: Governing Gender at the Border of Indigenous and Working-Class Youth’s Embodied Experience in Taiwan National Dong Hwa University, Hualien, Taiwan, Taiwan Presenting Author:This paper addresses the ECER 2026 theme Knowing and Acting by examining how gender education operates as a form of biopolitical governance and how marginalized youth respond through embodied practices that challenge dominant educational rationalities. While gender education is internationally promoted as a progressive tool for social justice, equality, and inclusion, critical scholarship across Europe and beyond has shown that such initiatives may also reproduce normative expectations regarding subjectivity, communication, and citizenship. This study contributes to these debates by foregrounding the frictions that arise when institutionalized gender knowledge encounters culturally, classed, and historically situated forms of embodied experience. The research is guided by three interrelated questions:
The theoretical framework integrates four key strands. First, biopolitical governance provides an analytic lens for understanding gender education as a technology that produces governable subjects aligned with normative ideals of gender equality. Second, border thinking (Mignolo,2018) situates the research at the epistemic border where modern, universalized knowledge encounters local, subaltern, and historically marginalized ways of knowing. Third, the concept of intermediate objects (from Wangliang Asks Jing II: Intermediate Objects) foregrounds material and affective mediators—such as board games—that enable learning to occur in the grey zone between governance and resistance, identity and becoming. Finally, healing politics reframes healing not as individual therapy, but as a collective, relational, and political process that emerges when normative pressures are temporarily lifted. By positioning Taiwan as a case that speaks to broader international concerns—such as the governance of diversity, the limits of rights-based education, and the decolonization of knowledge—this paper contributes to European and global debates on gender, education, and social justice. It argues that attending to friction and embodied action is crucial for reimagining how education can respond ethically and politically to contemporary poly-crisis. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology: Board Game Workshops as Border Spaces of Gender Education This study employs a qualitative, practice-oriented research design combining Action Research and Interactive Ethnography to examine how gender education operates as biopolitical governance and how marginalized youth respond through embodied forms of resistance. The research was conducted in a rural secondary school in Hualien, Eastern Taiwan, a region shaped by Indigenous histories, labor migration, and educational inequality. Participants were Indigenous and working-class adolescents (approximately aged 13–16) who had prior exposure to state-mandated Gender Equity Education but were frequently described as disengaged or silent in classroom-based discussions. The core research activity consisted of a six-session board game workshop series, facilitated by the researcher within the school setting. These workshops were designed not as therapeutic interventions, but as alternative pedagogical spaces that temporarily suspended the normative expectations of gender education, such as verbal articulation, moral self-disclosure, and policy-aligned identity expression. Board games (including Dobble, Pig Pal, and Chandel) were used as border spaces and conceptualized as Intermediate Objects—material and affective mediators that disrupt teacher–student hierarchies and enable learning through action rather than abstract debate. Through gameplay mechanics such as territorial protection, resource negotiation, and scenario-based decision-making, participants enacted themes related to gendered power, consent, responsibility, and survival in embodied and relational ways. Data were generated through participant observation, fieldnotes, reflective journals, and analysis of verbal and non-verbal interactions during gameplay. The researcher occupied a dual role as facilitator and participant-observer, intentionally shifting from the position of a “gender expert” to that of a witness to local meaning-making practices. Rather than evaluating learning outcomes, the analysis focuses on moments of embodied resistance—including silence, humor, withdrawal, and improvisation—where dominant gender discourses were resisted, reworked, or rendered irrelevant. These moments are interpreted as expressions of healing politics, understood not as individual recovery but as a collective and relational response to the pressures of biopolitical gender governance. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on the analysis of interactional dynamics and participant feedback from the board game workshops, this study argues that gender education should not be understood solely as a process of cognitive learning or the internalization of rights-based knowledge. First, the findings suggest that Indigenous and working-class students—often described as silent, disengaged, or resistant in lecture-based gender education—demonstrated situated and embodied forms of agency within the board game setting. Through strategic decision-making, bodily action, and rule negotiation, participants actively shaped the learning space. Silence, therefore, is reinterpreted not as a lack of competence or motivation, but as an embodied form of resistance to dominant modes of biopolitical gender governance that privilege verbal articulation and middle-class communicative norms. Second, gender differences and conflicts were not primarily addressed through abstract discussion of laws or moral principles. Instead, they were negotiated in real-time through gameplay interactions, such as boundary-setting, relational coordination, and affective attunement to others’ reactions. These moments reveal gender learning as a relational and practice-based process, grounded in embodied experience rather than policy knowledge alone. Third, when the biopolitical expectation to perform as a “good gender-equity citizen” was temporarily suspended, participants displayed affective softening, mutual recognition, and cross-group collaboration. Healing, in this context, did not take the form of individual psychological recovery, but emerged as a collective and political process that reconfigured relationships and redistributed agency. This paper contributes to Network 33 by proposing “Healing in Acting” as a form of decolonial praxis in gender education. It suggests that for marginalized youth, gender education is most effective not when it imposes a universalized form of knowing, but when it creates a translation space in which embodied affects, local survival strategies, and non-verbal forms of meaning-making are recognized as legitimate knowledge practices. References Ding, N.-F., Baird, M. E., Li, S.-C., Lin, W.-L., Lin, J.-T., Lin, C.-D., Chang, H.-W., Huang, Y.-K., & Liu, J.-P. (2022). Wangliang asks jing II: Intermediate objects [罔兩問景II:中間物]. National Yang Ming Chiao Tung University Press. (In Chinese) Liu, J.-P. (2025). Spectres of equality: Early modern Chinese discourses on gender/sexuality [「平權」的影子:現代早期中國性/別論述]. National Taiwan University Press. (In Chinese) Foucault, M. (2008). The birth of biopolitics: Lectures at the Collège de France, 1978–1979 (G. Burchell, Trans.; M. Senellart, Ed.). Palgrave Macmillan. (Original work published 2004) Foucault, M. (1978). The history of sexuality: Vol. 1. An introduction (R. Hurley, Trans.). Pantheon Books. (Original work published 1976) Mignolo, W. D., & Walsh, C. E. (2018). On decoloniality: Concepts, analytics, praxis. Duke University Press. Li, P.-H. (2025). Jie zhi ku er shi jian: Hou zhi min di yuan zheng zhi yu kua yu di kang de ya ji fen xi [Decolonial queer practices: An Inter-Asian analysis of postcolonial geopolitics and transborder resistance]. Taiwan Sociology, 49, 1–42. (In Chinese) Nandy, A. (1983). The intimate enemy: Loss and recovery of self under colonialism. Oxford University Press. Puar, J. K. (2007). Terrorist assemblages: Homonationalism in queer times. Durham, NC: Duke University Press. Quijano, Aníbal.(2000). “Coloniality of Power, Eurocentrism, and Latin America.” Spivak, Gayatri Chakravorty and Gloria-Jean Masciarotte. 1994. “‘What Is It For?’ Gayatri Chakravorty Spivak on the Functions of the Postcolonial Critic.” Nineteenth- Century Contexts 18(1): 71-81. Spivak, G. C. (1988). Can the subaltern speak? In C. Nelson & L. Grossberg (Eds.), Marxism and the interpretation of culture (pp. 271–313). Urbana, IL: University of Illinois Press. Smith, L. T. (1999). Decolonizing Methodologies: Research and Indigenous Peoples. London and Dunedin: Zed Books and University of Otago Press. Sandra Grande, 2004, Chapter 1, Red pedagogy: Native American social and political thought. Rowman & Littlefield. Sandra Grande, 2004, Chapter 3, Red pedagogy: Native American social and political thought. Rowman & Littlefield. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Fostering Curiosity and Scientific Inquiry Skills in STEM Education Through Guided Inquiry: A Quasi-Experimental Study 1: Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Turkestan, Kazakhstan; 2: Zhanibekov University, Shymkent, Kazakhstan; 3: 12 Baurzhan Momyshuly School, Kentau, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Contemporary STEM education frameworks emphasise fostering curiosity alongside scientific inquiry skills to cultivate evidence-based reasoning, intrinsic motivation, and lifelong scientific engagement. Curiosity in science manifests as a drive to explore phenomena, seek explanations, and tolerate uncertainty, while scientific inquiry skills include formulating investigable questions, constructing testable hypotheses, designing experiments, analysing data, and drawing evidence-based conclusions. These align with European priorities for inquiry-based science education (European Commission, 2021) and international benchmarks such as PISA scientific literacy. In Kazakhstan, secondary STEM instruction often remains transmissive, prioritising algorithmic tasks and confirmatory labs over curiosity-driven exploration. This limits authentic inquiry, conceptual depth, and motivational persistence. National reforms advocate inquiry-oriented, competency-based approaches; yet, empirical evidence on their impact in fostering both curiosity and inquiry skills remains scarce, especially in innovative NIS settings piloting international curricula. This quasi-experimental study addresses the research question: To what extent does guided inquiry-based learning in 10th-grade chemistry lessons enhance students’ science curiosity, scientific inquiry skills (question formulation, hypothesis construction, data analysis), conceptual understanding, and engagement compared to conventional instruction? Grounded in social constructivism, guided inquiry provides structured scaffolding to activate curiosity through authentic phenomena while progressively building autonomy (Pedaste et al., 2015). In chemistry, guided inquiry situates learning in real-world contexts (e.g., everyday material properties and reactions), sparking epistemic curiosity and procedural skills. European and international meta-analyses confirm guided inquiry's positive effects on inquiry competencies, conceptual gains, and motivational outcomes, including curiosity (Lazonder & Harmsen, 2016; Furtak et al., 2012). This study aligns with European Schoolnet inquiry principles while contextualising findings within Kazakhstan’s NIS innovation ecosystem, contributing evidence for inquiry reforms in Central Asian STEM education and transferable insights for post-Soviet systems. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A quasi-experimental pretest-posttest design with nonequivalent control groups was implemented. The study took place during the first semester of the 2025–2026 academic year (September–December 2025) in Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Kazakhstan. Participants included 75 tenth-grade students from five parallel classes (experimental n=38; control n=37), assigned by intact classes. Groups showed equivalence in prior natural sciences achievement (NIS monitoring data) and gender distribution. Experimental group: 14 lessons (45–90 min) delivered via guided inquiry. Authentic driving questions structured cycles (e.g., “How do everyday materials interact with common substances, and what patterns can we discover?”). Students (teams of 4–5) engaged in: - posing investigable questions; - constructing testable hypotheses; - designing controlled experiments using basic lab equipment (e.g., simple reaction setups, pH indicators, conductivity testers); - collecting/analysing data; - evaluating evidence; - concluding and presenting with peer feedback. Activities drew from open educational resources and adapted inquiry protocols emphasising guided-to-open progression (e.g., structured observation of reactions, material testing). Control group followed standard curriculum: teacher-led explanations, textbook tasks, and confirmatory labs without structured inquiry. Instruments: 1. Scientific Inquiry Skills Assessment (pre/post; 12 open-ended + 10 structured items targeting question formulation, hypothesis construction, data analysis; validated by three experts; Cronbach’s α = 0.84 posttest). 2. Science Curiosity Scale (adapted Likert-based items from validated tools, focusing on epistemic curiosity in science contexts; reliability checked). 3. Inquiry Skills Rubric (4-level scale for question quality, hypothesis testability, data handling, evidence use; inter-rater reliability established). 4. Laboratory worksheets (scored via rubric). 5. Structured observation protocol (5-point Likert for curiosity/inquiry behaviours: questioning, hypothesising, data exploration, engagement). 6. Post-intervention motivation questionnaire (Likert; adapted validated scales). 7. Focus-group interviews (three per group, 7–9 students). Quantitative: paired/independent t-tests, Cohen’s d (SPSS v.28). Qualitative: thematic analysis. Ethical approval secured; informed consent/assent obtained; anonymity preserved. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results showed significant gains in the guided inquiry group. Posttest scientific inquiry skills increased by 29 percentage points on average (from 57% to 86%; p < 0.001, d = 1.62), versus 12 points in control. Curiosity scores rose notably (28% gain vs. 8% in control), particularly in epistemic drive to explore chemical phenomena. Conceptual understanding improved substantially (35% gain vs. 9% in control). Rubric and observation data indicated +43% increase in curiosity-driven behaviours (questioning, hypothesising, data exploration). Questionnaire responses revealed 89% of inquiry students rated lessons as “highly engaging,” with enhanced intrinsic motivation and perceived relevance. Interviews highlighted greater willingness to pursue uncertain questions, confidence in independent exploration, and sustained interest in material interactions. Guided inquiry effectively fostered intertwined curiosity and inquiry competencies in chemistry. Limitations include modest sample size, single-site context, potential novelty/teacher effects, and short-term measurement of curiosity (state vs. trait). Findings affirm guided inquiry’s superiority over traditional methods for cultivating measurable curiosity and scientific inquiry skills in secondary STEM. The approach aligns with European inquiry-based priorities and provides a scalable model for Kazakhstani schools advancing competency reforms. Future research should explore longitudinal curiosity persistence, cross-subject transfer, and teacher scaffolding for broader adoption. This study is funded by the Science Committee of the Ministry of Science and Higher Education of the Republic of Kazakhstan (AP26102613 "Development of methodological aspects of the application of virtual and augmented reality technologies in teaching chemistry and biology in the context of implementing an integrative approach in the educational process") References 1.European Commission. (2021). *Promoting STEM education in Europe: Policy recommendations and best practices*. Publications Office of the European Union. 2.Furtak, E. M., Seidel, T., Iverson, H., & Briggs, D. C. (2012). Experimental and quasi-experimental studies of inquiry-based science teaching: A meta-analysis. *Review of Educational Research, 82*(3), 300–329. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654312457206 3.Lazonder, A. W., & Harmsen, R. (2016). Meta-analysis of inquiry-based learning: Effects of guidance. *Review of Educational Research, 86*(4), 681–718. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654315627366 4.Pedaste, M., Mäeots, M., Siiman, L. A., de Jong, T., van Riesen, S. A. N., Kamp, E. T., Manoli, C. C., Zacharia, Z. C., & Tsourlidaki, E. (2015). Phases of inquiry-based learning: Definitions and the inquiry cycle. *Educational Research Review, 14*, 47–61. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2015.02.003 5.Adal, S., Çepni, S., Akylbekova, T., Ibraimov, A., Dong, X., Tlesbaeva, D., & Korganbaeva, Z. (2025). Enhancing research skills in chemistry education via integrated project and inquiry-based learning in a STEM context. *Science Education International*. https://doi.org/10.33828/sei.2025.36.4.5 6.Sesen, B. A., & Tarhan, L. (2013). Inquiry-based laboratory activities on understanding of electrochemistry and attitudes towards chemistry and laboratory work. *Chemistry Education Research and Practice, 14*(3), 334–344. https://doi.org/10.1039/C3RP00012A 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Beyond Access, Identity, and Preparedness: Urbanormativity in Higher Education Scholarship on Rural Students George Mason Unviersity, Fairfax, Virginia, USA Presenting Author:Rural higher education scholarship in the United States, U.S., has grown significantly over the last five decades but remains uneven, fragmented, and dominated by urban-centric assumptions (Grant et al., 2024). Despite rural areas covering more than 90% of the North American landmass and housing roughly one-quarter of the populations(Barkey & Renaud, 2025; Dobis, 2021), studies often portray rural students through deficit-oriented, homogenizing lenses (Bell, 1992; Koricich et al., 2018; Showalter et al., 2023; Stotzer, 2012). This creates a gap between the lived realities of rural communities and the knowledge produced about them. Using a thematic literature review approach, this paper examines rural higher education scholarship primarily in the U.S. Thirty peer-reviewed studies were critically assessed to identity recurring themes, with supporting documentation from state and federal governments and historical texts used to contextualize the findings. Three major themes emerged as central pillars shaping understandings of rurality within the higher education landscape: “access and equity,” “identity and community,” and “academic preparedness. This paper critically examines the role of institutions of higher education in perpetuating narratives of absence, homogenized constructions of rurality, and the systemic exclusion of rural communities as legitimate knowledge producers. To illuminate how these dynamics operate and to guide analysis, the paper is organized around three research questions:
The paper pursues four interrelated objectives. First, it maps the existing literature through a thematic review of 30 peer-reviewed studies to examine how the three dominant tenets are framed and linked. Second, it interrogates epistemic authority, by tracing who is recognized as legitimate knowledge producers and how their positionalities reinforce urban-normative narratives. Third, it develops a revised analytical framework that foregrounds rural identity as a distinct, non-deficit construct and proposes concrete pathways for community-partnered research. Finally, the paper generates actionable recommendations for higher education practitioners and scholars to redesign access, identity, and preparedness initiatives and outreach that respect local rural heterogeneity. While grounded primarily in U.S.-based scholarship, the concerns raised in this paper extend well beyond the American context. Across Europe and other international higher education systems, rural and peripheral regions face parallel challenges related to spatial inequality, demographic decline, limited institutional access, and urban-centered policy design. By foregrounding urbanormativity as a transnational analytical lens, this paper offers a framework that can be adapted across national contexts to examine how rural students are positioned within diverse national systems. This paper invites comparative and place-based approaches that recognize rural communities as active participants in knowledge creation rather than peripheral beneficiaries of higher education policy. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper employs a critical, theory-driven qualitative literature review methodology to examine how rural students are conceptualized within higher education scholarship. Drawing on Critical Rural Theory, this paper conceptualizes rurality as socially constructed, politically contested, and historically marginalized within higher education research (Bernal, 2002),(Pfrenger, 2024; Showalter et al., 2023). Critical Race Theory examines how power, inequality, and knowledge production shape whose experiences and perspectives are legitimized in rural higher education research (Cain & Smith, 2020; Hernández, 2016; Sims & Ferrare, 2021). Together with frameworks of urbanormativity and metronormativity, these perspectives inform critical synthesis of existing literature and guide analysis of how knowledge about rurality is produced, framed, and circulated (Fulkerson, 2019). A narrative literature review was conducted to identify peer-reviewed journal articles, book chapters, and selected policy-relevant and historical texts published primarily within the past two decades. The literature spans higher education, rural sociology, education policy, and student development. Sources were identified through database searches and citation tracing, with attention to frequently cited works shaping dominant narratives in the field. Using a narrative approach, the literature was thematically analyzed across three dominant tenets in the field: access and equity, identity and community, and academic preparedness. The analysis followed a thematic synthesis process. Studies were first grouped by tenet and then examined for recurring assumptions, deficit framings, and urban-centric benchmarks of success. Particular attention was paid to how rural identity was positioned, either as stand-alone identity or only in conjunction with other marginalized identities, a pattern the author terms “rural and.” Elements of critical discourse analysis were incorporated to examine how language such as “college readiness,” “brain drain,” and “success” reinforces urban-normative hierarchies. This methodological approach treats the literature as a site of knowledge production rather than neutral evidence, aligning with the paper’s broader aim of interrogating epistemic authority in rural higher education research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Three primary outcomes are expected from this paper. First, it demonstrates the narrow set of recurring themes found in higher education scholarship on rural students. While well intentioned, these themes often reproduce deficit-based and homogenizing narratives. Across the three tenets of access and equity, identity and community, and academic preparedness, rural students are frequently positioned as lacking, behind, or in need of remediation to succeed in urban-centric institutional environments. Second, the analysis reveals that urbanormativity operates not only within institutional practices, but also within the understanding of what constitutes creators of knowledge and knowledge production. Rural communities are rarely treated as sites of legitimate expertise, and rural students’ success is commonly measured by their ability to assimilate into urban or metropolitan norms rather than by outcomes to their communities. This reinforces spatial hierarchies that privilege urban institutions, researchers, and policy actors as primary knowledge creators. Third, this paper identities a significant gap in participator, place-based, and community-engaged research approaches within rural higher education scholarship. The absence of rural voices in defining research questions, methodologies, and interpretations, limits the field’s capacity to generate contextually valid and ethically grounded knowledge. In all, these findings support a reorientation of rural higher education research toward epistemic justice. The paper argues that recognizing rural students and communities as knowledge actors, rather than as statistical data sources, can lead to more nuanced understanding of access, identity, and preparedness, and can inform more equitable institutional policy responses. References Barkey, M., & Renaud, P. (2025). Mapping Canada’s Urban and Rural Lanscape—HillNotes. Library of Parliament. Bell, M., M. (1992). The Fruit of Difference: The Rural-Urban Continum as a System of Identity. Rural Sociology, 57(1), 65–82. Bernal, D. D. (2002). Critical Race Theory, Latino Critical Theory, and Critical Raced-Gendered Epistemologies: Recognizing Students of Color as Holders and Creators of Knowledge. Qualitative Inquiry, 8(1), 105–126. https://doi.org/10.1177/107780040200800107 Cain, E. J., & Smith, N. (2020). Using Critical Race Theory to Explore the Experiences of College Students from Rural Areas. Georgia Journal of College Student Affairs, 36(1). https://doi.org/10.20429/gcpa.2020.360102 Dobis, E. A. (2021). Rural America at a Glance: 2021 Edition. Fulkerson, G. M. (with Thomas, A. R.). (2019). Urbanormativity: Reality, Representation, and Everyday Life (1st ed). Lexington Books/Fortress Academic. Grant, P. D., Longhurst, J. M., & Thier, M. (2024). Rural Definition Triangulation: Improving the Credibility and Transferability of Rural Education Research in the United States. https://doi.org/10.26209/JRRE4001 Hernández, E. (2016). Utilizing Critical Race Theory to Examine Race/Ethnicity, Racism, and Power in Student Development Theory and Research. Journal of College Student Development, 57(2), 168–180. https://doi.org/10.1353/csd.2016.0020 Koricich, A., Chen, X., & Hughes, R. P. (2018). Understanding the Effects of Rurality and Socioeconomic Status on College Attendance and Institutional Choice in the United States. Review of Higher Education, 41(2), 281–305. https://doi.org/10.1353/rhe.2018.0004 Koricich, A., Sansone, V., Fryer, A. H., Orphan, C. M., & McClure, K. R. (2022). Introducing our nation’s rural-serving postsecondary institutions: Moving toward greater visibility and appreciation (pp. 1–26). Alliance for Research on Regional Colleges. Pfrenger, W. (2024). Critical Rural Theory: A Decade of Influence on Rural Education Research. Rural Sociology, 89(3), 524–544. https://doi.org/10.1111/ruso.12556 Showalter, D., Hartman, S. L., Eppley, K., Johnson, J., & Klein, B. (2023). Why Rural Matters 2023: Centering Equity and Opportunity (pp. 1–148). National Rural Education Association. Sims, L. R., & Ferrare, J. J. (2021). “Since I Am From Where I Am From”: How Rural and Urban First-Generation College Students Differentially Use Social Capital to Choose a College Major. https://doi.org/10.26209/JRRE3706 Stotzer, R. L. (2012). Serving Rural Communities with Distance Education Degree Programs. Journal of Technology in Human Services, 30(2), 109–117. https://doi.org/10.1080/15228835.2012.699510 |
| 18:00 - 18:30 | 99 ERC SES 06 A: Network Meeting - Emerging Researchers' Group Location: D11 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Lisa Bugno Session Chair: Sofia Eleftheriadou Network Meeting |
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Network Meeting - Emerging Researchers' Group University of Padua (Italy), Italy Presenting Author:The ERG holds a meeting during the Emerging Researchers' Conference. All are welcome to attend. |
